Authors’ Note
With the exception of this note, the entire document is machine-written. We have carefully supervised its preparation to ensure that the proofs are readable and that previous literature is appropriately cited. We are releasing this manuscript on Hexagon to disseminate the result as quickly as possible because it may be of interest to the mathematical community. We welcome suggestions concerning mathematical corrections, omitted citations, and attribution of ideas.
P. L. was partially supported by NSF grant DMS-2450004.
Introduction
Spherical spin glasses are mean-field models of disordered systems, in which the energy is a random Gaussian function on a high-dimensional sphere. Following the work of Kirkpatrick, Thirumalai, and Wolynes [100–102], p p p -spin models have served as mean-field models of the glass transition, and spherical models are among those that can be solved: Crisanti and Sommers computed their statics [52], and Crisanti, Horner, and Sommers their dynamics [54]. For pure spherical p p p -spin models with p ≥ 3 p \ge3 p ≥ 3 , the standard picture involves a dynamical transition temperature T d T_d T d and a lower static transition temperature T s T_s T s . Between T s T_s T s and T d T_d T d , the Langevin dynamics is predicted to fall out of equilibrium, although the free energy keeps its annealed value: equilibrium dynamics is predicted to remain for very long times in one of exponentially many states that together carry the Gibbs measure [19, 54, 73]. Below T s T_s T s , the Gibbs measure itself condenses onto few states. Started instead from a random configuration, the dynamics below T d T_d T d is predicted to age and to stay away from the states that carry the Gibbs measure, on all time scales that survive the limit of infinite dimension [56]. Mixtures can behave differently: the two transitions may coincide (Example 18.10), and the long-time behavior can depend on the preparation [70].
In this article, we prove versions of these predictions in finite dimension N N N , on time scales exponential in N N N . We study the Langevin dynamics of spherical mixed p p p -spin glasses at a fixed temperature and ask two questions. The first concerns temperatures below T s T_s T s : does the dynamics started from the uniform law on the sphere, which does not depend on the disorder, reach equilibrium, and on what time scale? The second concerns the interval T s < T < T d T_s < T < T_d T s < T < T d : what does the equilibrium dynamics remember of its starting point? For the first question, we show that the law of the dynamics started from the uniform law stays at total variation distance tending to one from the Gibbs measure up to a time exponential in N N N . This holds at every temperature below T s T_s T s for pure models of degree at least four, and for the mixtures in a class defined by an explicit scalar condition (Theorem 1.2 and Corollary 1.3 ), and it extends to every initial law chosen independently of the disorder (Theorem 1.4 ). For the second question, we show for general finite mixtures that the generator has exponentially many exponentially small eigenvalues, that a fixed part of the spin lies in the corresponding slow modes, that the stationary spin correlation stays above a plateau up to an exponential time, that the dynamics started from most points of the Gibbs measure stays far from equilibrium, and that the two endpoints of the stationary dynamics share mutual information at least linear in N N N (Theorems 1.5 to 1.7 ).
The model and the two thresholds
Let S N = { x ∈ R N : ∣ x ∣ 2 = N } S_N = \{x \in\mathbb{R}^N : \lvert x\rvert^2 = N\} S N = { x ∈ R N : ∣ x ∣ 2 = N } , and let ν N \nu_N ν N be the uniform probability measure on S N S_N S N . For x , y ∈ R N x,y \in\mathbb{R}^N x , y ∈ R N , we write R ( x , y ) = x ⋅ y / N R(x,y) = x \cdot y/N R ( x , y ) = x ⋅ y / N for the overlap and U ( x ) = x / N U(x) = x/\sqrt{N} U ( x ) = x / N for the normalized spin. A finite mixture is a nonzero polynomial
ξ ( r ) = ∑ p = 2 P c p r p , c p ≥ 0. \xi(r) = \sum_{p=2}^{P} c_p r^p,\qquad c_p \ge0. ξ ( r ) = p = 2 ∑ P c p r p , c p ≥ 0.
Its minimum degree d d d is the smallest p p p with c p > 0 c_p > 0 c p > 0 , and ξ \xi ξ is pure if exactly one coefficient is nonzero. The field H N H_N H N is the centered Gaussian process on S N S_N S N with covariance
E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y ) ) . \mathbb{E}H_N(x)H_N(y) = N\xi(R(x,y)). E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y )) .
For ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r) = r^p ξ ( r ) = r p , we may take H N ( x ) = N − ( p − 1 ) / 2 ∑ i 1 , … , i p g i 1 ⋯ i p x i 1 ⋯ x i p H_N(x) = N^{-(p-1)/2} \sum_{i_1,\ldots,i_p} g_{i_1\cdots i_p}x_{i_1}\cdots x_{i_p} H N ( x ) = N − ( p − 1 ) /2 ∑ i 1 , … , i p g i 1 ⋯ i p x i 1 ⋯ x i p with independent standard Gaussian coefficients, and a mixture is a sum of independent fields of this form with weights c p \sqrt{c_p} c p . We allow a quadratic term and odd degrees. We refer to the randomness of H N H_N H N as the disorder. For an inverse temperature β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , the Gibbs measure and the free energy are
π ( d x ) = e β H N ( x ) Z N , β ν N ( d x ) , Z N , β = ∫ S N e β H N d ν N , F ( β ) = lim N → ∞ 1 N E log Z N , β . \pi(dx) = \frac{e^{\beta H_N(x)}}{Z_{N,\beta}}\nu_N(dx),\qquad Z_{N,\beta} = \int_{S_N}e^{\beta H_N}\,d\nu_N,\qquad F(\beta) = \lim_{N\to\infty}\frac{1}{N}\mathbb{E}\log Z_{N,\beta}. π ( d x ) = Z N , β e β H N ( x ) ν N ( d x ) , Z N , β = ∫ S N e β H N d ν N , F ( β ) = N → ∞ lim N 1 E log Z N , β .
The Gibbs measure favors large values of H N H_N H N ; in the physics literature, the energy is usually − H N -H_N − H N . The limit F ( β ) F(\beta) F ( β ) exists by the Parisi formula, which we recall below. The Langevin dynamics is the diffusion on S N S_N S N with generator
L = Δ S N + β ∇ S N H N ⋅ ∇ S N , L = \Delta_{S_N} + \beta\nabla_{S_N}H_N \cdot\nabla_{S_N}, L = Δ S N + β ∇ S N H N ⋅ ∇ S N ,
that is, the solution of d X t = 2 P X t d W t + β ∇ S N H N ( X t ) d t − ( 1 − 1 / N ) X t d t dX_t = \sqrt{2}P_{X_t}\,dW_t + \beta\nabla_{S_N}H_N(X_t)\,dt - (1 - 1/N)X_t\,dt d X t = 2 P X t d W t + β ∇ S N H N ( X t ) d t − ( 1 − 1/ N ) X t d t , where W W W is a standard Brownian motion in R N \mathbb{R}^N R N and P x P_x P x is the orthogonal projection onto the tangent space of S N S_N S N at x x x . It is reversible with respect to π \pi π , and its Dirichlet form is E ( f , f ) = ∫ ∣ ∇ S N f ∣ 2 d π \mathcal{E}(f,f) = \int\lvert\nabla_{S_N}f\rvert^2\,d\pi E ( f , f ) = ∫ ∣ ∇ S N f ∣ 2 d π . The operator − L -L − L has discrete spectrum 0 = λ 0 < λ 1 ≤ λ 2 ≤ ⋯ 0 = \lambda_0 < \lambda_1 \le\lambda_2 \le\cdots 0 = λ 0 < λ 1 ≤ λ 2 ≤ ⋯ , where eigenvalues are counted with multiplicity. We write P t = e t L P_t = e^{tL} P t = e t L , P t ( x , ⋅ ) P_t(x,\cdot) P t ( x , ⋅ ) for its transition kernel, and μ P t \mu P_t μ P t for the law at time t t t of the diffusion with initial law μ \mu μ . All these objects depend on the realization of H N H_N H N , which we suppress from the notation. The total variation distance is ∥ μ − ν ∥ T V = sup A ∣ μ ( A ) − ν ( A ) ∣ \lVert\mu- \nu\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} = \sup_A\lvert\mu(A) - \nu(A)\rvert ∥ μ − ν ∥ TV = sup A ∣ μ ( A ) − ν ( A )∣ . Physicists often write the generator as T Δ − ∇ E ⋅ ∇ T\Delta- \nabla E \cdot\nabla T Δ − ∇ E ⋅ ∇ with E = − H N E = -H_N E = − H N ; this changes the time scale by a constant factor, which does not matter on the exponential time scales considered here.
The two thresholds are defined through the functions
A ( r ) = ( 1 − r ) ξ ′ ( r ) r , Φ β ( r ) = β 2 ξ ( r ) + r + log ( 1 − r ) , 0 < r < 1. A(r)=\frac{(1-r)\xi'(r)}{r},\qquad\Phi_\beta(r)=\beta^2\xi(r)+r+\log(1-r),\qquad0<r<1. A ( r ) = r ( 1 − r ) ξ ′ ( r ) , Φ β ( r ) = β 2 ξ ( r ) + r + log ( 1 − r ) , 0 < r < 1.
The dynamical threshold β d = β d ( ξ ) \beta_{\mathrm d}=\beta_{\mathrm d}(\xi) β d = β d ( ξ ) and the static threshold β s = β s ( ξ ) \beta_{\mathrm s}=\beta_{\mathrm s}(\xi) β s = β s ( ξ ) are given by
β d − 2 = sup 0 < r < 1 A ( r ) , β s 2 = inf 0 < r < 1 − r − log ( 1 − r ) ξ ( r ) . (1) \beta_{\mathrm d}^{-2}=\sup_{0<r<1} A(r),\qquad\beta_{\mathrm s}^{2}=\inf_{0<r<1}\frac{-r-\log(1-r)}{\xi(r)}. \tag*{(1)} β d − 2 = 0 < r < 1 sup A ( r ) , β s 2 = 0 < r < 1 inf ξ ( r ) − r − log ( 1 − r ) . (1)
For a pure model, we write β d ( p ) \beta_{\mathrm d}(p) β d ( p ) and β s ( p ) \beta_{\mathrm s}(p) β s ( p ) for the thresholds of ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r)=r^p ξ ( r ) = r p .
The static threshold is the point where the free energy leaves its annealed value. By Jensen’s inequality, we have F ( β ) ≤ lim N N − 1 log E Z N , β = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 F(\beta)\leq\lim_{N}N^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{N,\beta}=\beta^2\xi(1)/2 F ( β ) ≤ lim N N − 1 log E Z N , β = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 , and equality holds if and only if Φ β ≤ 0 \Phi_\beta\leq0 Φ β ≤ 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , that is, if and only if β ≤ β s \beta\leq\beta_{\mathrm s} β ≤ β s . For even mixtures, Talagrand proved that the corresponding strict inequality is sufficient for this equality and that the non-strict inequality is necessary [146, Proposition 2.3]. The equivalence follows from the optimality criterion [146, Proposition 2.1] and the Parisi formula, which Chen proved for general mixtures [46] (see Lemma 3.18 ). Following Huang and Sellke [90, Definition 3], we say that ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric if Φ β < 0 \Phi_\beta<0 Φ β < 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) (Definition 3.16). For every β < β s \beta<\beta_{\mathrm s} β < β s , the pair is strictly replica symmetric and β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\xi''(0)<1 β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 (Lemma 3.18). We call the range β > β s \beta>\beta_{\mathrm s} β > β s the condensed phase .
The dynamical threshold enters through the derivative
Φ β ′ ( r ) = r 1 − r ( β 2 A ( r ) − 1 ) . \Phi_\beta'(r)=\frac{r}{1-r}\left(\beta^2A(r)-1\right). Φ β ′ ( r ) = 1 − r r ( β 2 A ( r ) − 1 ) .
If β ≤ β d \beta\leq\beta_{\mathrm d} β ≤ β d , then this identity implies that Φ β \Phi_\beta Φ β is nonincreasing, hence Φ β ≤ 0 \Phi_\beta\leq0 Φ β ≤ 0 . We conclude that β d ≤ β s \beta_{\mathrm d}\leq\beta_{\mathrm s} β d ≤ β s . For β > β d \beta>\beta_{\mathrm d} β > β d , the set { r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) : β 2 A ( r ) > 1 } \{r\in(0,1):\beta^2A(r)>1\} { r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) : β 2 A ( r ) > 1 } is nonempty and its closure does not contain 1 1 1 , since A ( 1 − ) = 0 A(1^-)=0 A ( 1 − ) = 0 . We define its right endpoint
q ∗ = sup { r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) : β 2 ( 1 − r ) ξ ′ ( r ) > r } . (2) q_*=\sup\{r\in(0,1):\beta^2(1-r)\xi'(r)>r\}. \tag*{(2)} q ∗ = sup { r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) : β 2 ( 1 − r ) ξ ′ ( r ) > r } . (2)
By continuity, q ∗ q_* q ∗ solves the plateau equation
β 2 ( 1 − q ) ξ ′ ( q ) = q . (3) \beta^2(1-q)\xi'(q)=q. \tag*{(3)} β 2 ( 1 − q ) ξ ′ ( q ) = q . (3)
It is the largest solution, unless β 2 A \beta^2A β 2 A touches the value 1 1 1 at some point to the right of q ∗ q_* q ∗ without exceeding it. In the physics literature, for β d < β < β s \beta_{\mathrm d}<\beta<\beta_{\mathrm s} β d < β < β s , the largest solution of (3) is the predicted long-time limit of the equilibrium spin correlation (see § 2.6 ); below the static transition, the equilibrium plateau involves the parameters of the condensed phase instead. The threshold β d \beta_{\mathrm d} β d is the infimum of the inverse temperatures at which (3) has a solution in ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) . For ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r)=r^p ξ ( r ) = r p with p ≥ 3 p\geq3 p ≥ 3 , the function A A A is maximized at q d = ( p − 2 ) / ( p − 1 ) q_{\mathrm d}=(p-2)/(p-1) q d = ( p − 2 ) / ( p − 1 ) , and β d ( p ) − 2 = p ( p − 2 ) p − 2 / ( p − 1 ) p − 1 \beta_{\mathrm d}(p)^{-2}=p(p-2)^{p-2}/(p-1)^{p-1} β d ( p ) − 2 = p ( p − 2 ) p − 2 / ( p − 1 ) p − 1 ; for p = 2 p=2 p = 2 , the supremum of A A A is approached as r ↓ 0 r\downarrow0 r ↓ 0 , and β d ( 2 ) = β s ( 2 ) = 1 / 2 \beta_{\mathrm d}(2)=\beta_{\mathrm s}(2)=1/\sqrt{2} β d ( 2 ) = β s ( 2 ) = 1/ 2 . In the normalization ξ ( r ) = r p / 2 \xi(r)=r^{p/2} ξ ( r ) = r p /2 , which is common in the physics literature, this is the classical value of the dynamical temperature [40, Section 4.5]. The interval β d < β < β s \beta_{\mathrm d}<\beta<\beta_{\mathrm s} β d < β < β s between the dynamical and static thresholds is nonempty for pure models with p ≥ 3 p\ge3 p ≥ 3 , and more generally whenever c 2 = 0 c_2=0 c 2 = 0 (see Remark 18.7). It can be empty: for ξ ( r ) = r 2 / 2 + r 4 \xi(r)=r^2/2+r^4 ξ ( r ) = r 2 /2 + r 4 , we have β d = β s = 1 \beta_{\mathrm d}=\beta_{\mathrm s}=1 β d = β s = 1 (Example 18.10).
To describe the condensed phase, we recall the Crisanti–Sommers formula. For a probability measure ζ \zeta ζ on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , let x ^ ζ ( t ) = ∫ ( 1 − max { s , t } ) ζ ( d s ) \widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)=\int(1-\max\{s,t\})\zeta(\mathrm ds) x ζ ( t ) = ∫ ( 1 − max { s , t }) ζ ( d s ) . The Parisi formula expresses F ( β ) F(\beta) F ( β ) as the minimum over ζ \zeta ζ of an explicit functional of x ^ ζ \widehat{x}_{\zeta} x ζ , and its minimizer is the Parisi measure (Definition 3.13 and Theorem 3.14 ). This formula was derived by Crisanti and Sommers [52] and proved by Talagrand for even mixtures [146, Theorem 1.1] and by Chen in general [46, Theorem 1]; Huang and Sellke gave a constructive proof [90]. The Parisi measure is δ 0 \delta_0 δ 0 exactly when β ≤ β s \beta\le\beta_{\mathrm s} β ≤ β s . A minimizer ζ \zeta ζ is characterized by its first variation: the function
V ζ ( r ) = ∫ 0 r r − v x ^ ζ ( v ) 2 d v − β 2 ξ ( r ) , 0 ≤ r < 1 , V_{\zeta}(r)=\int_0^r\frac{r-v}{\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(v)^2}\,\mathrm dv-\beta^2\xi(r),\qquad0\le r<1, V ζ ( r ) = ∫ 0 r x ζ ( v ) 2 r − v d v − β 2 ξ ( r ) , 0 ≤ r < 1 ,
is nonnegative and vanishes on the support of ζ \zeta ζ [146, Proposition 2.1], [90, Lemma 1.2]. For the Parisi measure ζ \zeta ζ , we call V ζ V_{\zeta} V ζ the first-variation function and its zero set in [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) the contact set . The contact set contains the support of ζ \zeta ζ , and it can be larger [90, Remark 1.4]. We consider measures with two atoms, ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q \zeta=x\delta_0+(1-x)\delta_Q ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q , which describe one-step replica symmetry breaking (1RSB). For such ζ \zeta ζ , x ^ ζ \widehat{x}_{\zeta} x ζ is the function x ^ \widehat{x} x of the next definition, and V ζ V_{\zeta} V ζ is the function V V V .
Definition 1.1 (Strict one-step replica symmetry breaking). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture with minimum degree at least four, and let β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 . For x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) x,Q\in(0,1) x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , let s = 1 − Q s=1-Q s = 1 − Q , C = s + x Q C=s+xQ C = s + x Q , and
x ^ ( v ) = { C − x v , 0 ≤ v ≤ Q , 1 − v , Q ≤ v < 1 , V ( r ) = ∫ 0 r r − v x ^ ( v ) 2 d v − β 2 ξ ( r ) , 0 ≤ r < 1. \widehat{x}(v)=
\begin{cases}
C-xv, & 0\le v\le Q,\\
1-v, & Q\le v<1,
\end{cases}
\qquad
V(r)=\int_0^r\frac{r-v}{\widehat{x}(v)^2}\,\mathrm dv-\beta^2\xi(r),\qquad0\le r<1. x ( v ) = { C − xv , 1 − v , 0 ≤ v ≤ Q , Q ≤ v < 1 , V ( r ) = ∫ 0 r x ( v ) 2 r − v d v − β 2 ξ ( r ) , 0 ≤ r < 1. The pair ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB if there exist x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) x,Q\in(0,1) x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) such that its Parisi measure is x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q x\delta_0+(1-x)\delta_Q x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q and its contact set { r ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) : V ( r ) = 0 } \{r\in[0,1):V(r)=0\} { r ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) : V ( r ) = 0 } is exactly { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } . The contact at Q Q Q is nondegenerate if V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V''(Q)>0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 . Equivalently (§ 5.2.3 ), ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q if and only if there exist x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) x,Q\in(0,1) x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) such that
V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 , V ( r ) > 0 for r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } , V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0. (4) V(Q)=V'(Q)=0,\qquad V(r)>0\quad\text{for }r\in(0,1)\setminus\{Q\},\qquad V''(Q)>0. \tag*{(4)} V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 , V ( r ) > 0 for r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } , V ′′ ( Q ) > 0. (4) Note that V ( 0 ) = V ′ ( 0 ) = 0 V(0)=V'(0)=0 V ( 0 ) = V ′ ( 0 ) = 0 holds automatically. The conditions (1.4) involve one explicit function of one variable, and they can be checked without the Parisi formula; we call them the 1RSB assumptions . They imply that x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q x\delta_0+(1-x)\delta_Q x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q is the Parisi measure, so that x x x and Q Q Q are determined by ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) (Proposition 5.11 ). Since x ^ ( Q ) = 1 − Q \widehat{x}(Q)=1-Q x ( Q ) = 1 − Q , the
condition V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V''(Q)>0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 is equivalent to β 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) < 1 \beta^2(1-Q)^2\xi''(Q)<1 β 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) < 1 , that is, to the positivity of the replicon eigenvalue ( 1 − Q ) − 2 − β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) (1-Q)^{-2}-\beta^2\xi''(Q) ( 1 − Q ) − 2 − β 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) at Q Q Q [25, Section 1.3]. In the language of physics, the Gibbs measure is one-step replica symmetry breaking: Q Q Q is the overlap of two samples from the same state, and x x x is the mass of the atom of the Parisi measure at zero. Our terminology follows Huang and Sellke, who call a model strictly replica symmetric if its contact set is { 0 } \{0\} { 0 } [90, Definition 3] and, at zero temperature, strictly 1RSB if the corresponding contact set is { 0 , 1 } \{0,1\} { 0 , 1 } [90, Definition 4]; Definition 1.1 is the analogous notion at positive temperature. Every pair that satisfies it lies in the condensed phase, β > β s \beta>\beta_{\mathrm{s}} β > β s (Lemma 5.10).
The uniform initial law and Gibbs-typical starting points
The two questions of this paper concern two different initial laws, and the distinction is essential. Three ways of measuring the distance to equilibrium at time t t t are
sup x ∈ S N ∥ P t ( x , ⋅ ) − π ∥ T V , ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ T V , ∫ ∥ P t ( x , ⋅ ) − π ∥ T V π ( d x ) . \sup_{x\in S_N}\|P_t(x,\cdot)-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}},\qquad\|\nu_NP_t-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}},\qquad\int\|P_t(x,\cdot)-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\,\pi(\mathrm{d}x). x ∈ S N sup ∥ P t ( x , ⋅ ) − π ∥ TV , ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ TV , ∫ ∥ P t ( x , ⋅ ) − π ∥ TV π ( d x ) .
An exponentially small spectral gap λ 1 \lambda_1 λ 1 means that the first quantity decays slowly: some observable relaxes slowly from some starting points. It does not show that the dynamics started from ν N \nu_N ν N excites this observable, since the second quantity depends on the projection of the density d ν N / d π \mathrm{d}\nu_N/\mathrm{d}\pi d ν N / d π onto the slow modes. Gheissari, Grant, and Yu gave an example of this phenomenon [82, Theorem 1.2]. In a spiked spherical matrix model at low temperature, the worst-case mixing time is exponential in N N N , while the dynamics started from any initial law that is symmetric in the coordinate along the top eigenvector, including the uniform law, mixes in time of order log N \log N log N . The exponentially small spectral gaps that are known for spherical spin glasses (see § 2.7 ) therefore do not answer the first question.
The uniform law ν N \nu_N ν N is the Gibbs measure at infinite temperature, and it does not depend on the disorder. The dynamics started from ν N \nu_N ν N describes a quench from infinite temperature to the temperature 1 / β 1/\beta 1/ β . This is the protocol of Cugliandolo and Kurchan [56], whose initial configuration is chosen independently of the disorder. For brevity, we call ν N \nu_N ν N the uniform start .
If instead the initial point is drawn from π \pi π , then π P t = π \pi P_t=\pi π P t = π for every t t t , and the law of X t X_t X t is in equilibrium at all times. What the equilibrium dynamics can remember lies in the joint law of X 0 X_0 X 0 and X t X_t X t . It is visible in the conditional law P t ( X 0 , ⋅ ) P_t(X_0,\cdot) P t ( X 0 , ⋅ ) of the dynamics started from a point X 0 X_0 X 0 drawn from π \pi π and then held fixed, in the stationary correlation E π R ( X 0 , X t ) \mathbb{E}_{\pi}R(X_0,X_t) E π R ( X 0 , X t ) , and in the mutual information between X 0 X_0 X 0 and X t X_t X t . We speak of Gibbs-typical starting points . They depend on the disorder, and the example μ = π \mu=\pi μ = π shows that no separation result for the uniform start can hold for all initial laws that depend on the disorder. Theorem 1.4 below says how much dependence is allowed.
Main results
Throughout, the covariance ξ \xi ξ and the inverse temperature β \beta β are fixed before N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ , and probabilities refer to the disorder. The conventions for constants and for statements that hold with high probability are fixed in § 4.1.1 .
The condensed phase
Our first result concerns the dynamics started from the uniform law in the condensed phase.
Theorem 1.2 (Slow equilibration from the uniform law). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture with minimum degree d ≥ 4 d \ge4 d ≥ 4 , and let β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 be such that ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q . Then there exists γ = γ ( ξ , β ) > 0 \gamma= \gamma(\xi,\beta) > 0 γ = γ ( ξ , β ) > 0 such that
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ T V ⟶ 1 in probability as N → ∞ . (5) \inf_{0 \le t \le e^{\gamma N}} \left\|\nu_N P_t-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}} \longrightarrow1 \qquad\text{in probability as } N \to\infty. \tag*{(5)} 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N inf ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ TV ⟶ 1 in probability as N → ∞. (5)
We make no assumption on the number of degrees with c p > 0 c_p > 0 c p > 0 , on their parity, or on the sizes of the coefficients. By the contraction of total variation along a Markov semigroup (Lemma 3.8 ), the infimum in (1.5) is the distance at the final time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N . In fact, the proof shows that one set works for all times. For every ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 and all sufficiently large N N N , with probability at least 1 − ε 1-\varepsilon 1 − ε , there exists a set B B B , depending on the disorder, such that π ( B ) ≥ 1 − ε \pi(B) \ge1-\varepsilon π ( B ) ≥ 1 − ε and ( ν N P t ) ( B ) ≤ ε (\nu_N P_t)(B) \le\varepsilon ( ν N P t ) ( B ) ≤ ε for all t ≤ e γ N t \le e^{\gamma N} t ≤ e γ N . One may take for B B B the set B N , M B_{N,M} B N , M of Definition 4.1: the union of the bands of a small fixed width around the critical points u u u of the center field H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) H_Q(u)=H_N(\sqrt{Q}u) H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) with H Q ( u ) ∈ [ m N − M , m N + M ] H_Q(u) \in[m_N-M,m_N+M] H Q ( u ) ∈ [ m N − M , m N + M ] and with normalized radial derivative K Q ( u ) / N K_Q(u)/N K Q ( u ) / N in a fixed interval, where K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) is the derivative of t ↦ H N ( t Q u ) t \mapsto H_N(t\sqrt{Q}u) t ↦ H N ( t Q u ) at t = 1 t=1 t = 1 , m N m_N m N is a deterministic centering, and M M M depends on ε \varepsilon ε . With probability close to one, these values lie within a bounded distance of the maximum of H Q H_Q H Q (see § 2.10 ).
The 1RSB assumptions can be checked in many cases. The following corollary lists the classes for which we verify them.
Corollary 1.3 (Strictly 1RSB models). The conclusion of Theorem 1.2 holds in each of the following cases.
(a) The pure model ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r)=r^p ξ ( r ) = r p , for every p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 and every β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) .
(b) Every finite mixture ξ \xi ξ with minimum degree at least four such that r ↦ ξ ′ ′ ( r ) − 1 / 2 r \mapsto\xi''(r)^{-1/2} r ↦ ξ ′′ ( r ) − 1/2 is strictly convex on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] , and every β > β s ( ξ ) \beta> \beta_s(\xi) β > β s ( ξ ) . This holds in particular if the smallest and the largest degrees d d d and P P P with $c_p > 0 satisfy 6 ( d − 2 ) ( P − 2 ) > ( d + P − 5 ) 2 6(d-2)(P-2)>(d+P-5)^2 6 ( d − 2 ) ( P − 2 ) > ( d + P − 5 ) 2 ; for example, if all degrees with $c_p > 0 lie in { 4 , 5 , … , 11 } \{4,5,\ldots,11\} { 4 , 5 , … , 11 } .
(c) The covariances ξ ( r ) = r d + ε ∑ d < p ≤ P , p e v e n b p r p \xi(r)=r^d+\varepsilon\sum_{d<p\le P,\ p\ \mathrm{even}}b_pr^p ξ ( r ) = r d + ε ∑ d < p ≤ P , p even b p r p , where d ≥ 4 ∗ i s e v e n , ∗ P > d , β > β s ( d ) , ∗ t h e n u m b e r s ∗ d \ge4 *is even,* P>d, \beta>\beta_s(d), *the numbers* d ≥ 4 ∗ i se v e n , ∗ P > d , β > β s ( d ) , ∗ t h e n u mb er s ∗ b_p \ge 0 satisfy ∑ p b p = 1 , ∗ a n d ∗ \sum_p b_p=1, *and* ∑ p b p = 1 , ∗ an d ∗ 0<\varepsilon<\varepsilon_0, ∗ f o r s o m e ∗ , *for some* , ∗ f or so m e ∗ \varepsilon_0=\varepsilon_0(d,P,\beta)>0 that does not depend on ( b p ) (b_p) ( b p ) .
(d) The covariance ξ ( r ) = r 4 + b r 12 \xi(r)=r^4+br^{12} ξ ( r ) = r 4 + b r 12 at the inverse temperature β \beta β , where
t = 45 − 24 log 6 72 log 6 − 85 , b = t ( 10 9 ) 8 , β 2 = 15000 729 ( 4 + 12 t ) . t=\frac{45-24\log6}{72\log6-85},\qquad b=t\left(\frac{10}{9}\right)^8,\qquad\beta^2=\frac{15000}{729(4+12t)}. t = 72 log 6 − 85 45 − 24 log 6 , b = t ( 9 10 ) 8 , β 2 = 729 ( 4 + 12 t ) 15000 .
Numerically, b ≈ 0.10546 b\approx0.10546 b ≈ 0.10546 and β ≈ 2.12778 \beta\approx2.12778 β ≈ 2.12778 in (d), and the 1RSB assumptions hold there with Q = 9 / 10 Q=9/10 Q = 9/10 and x = 5 / 9 x=5/9 x = 5/9 . In case (d), the function ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi^{\prime\prime-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 is not convex on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] , so (d) is not contained in (b) (Proposition 5.24 ). In case (b), the degrees may have either parity, as in (a). The pure cubic model and models with a quadratic or cubic component are not covered; we return to this point in § 2.3 .
Next, we transfer Theorem 1.2 to other initial laws, with the same exponent γ \gamma γ .
Theorem 1.4 (Other initial laws). Let ξ \xi ξ and β \beta β satisfy the hypotheses of Theorem 1.2 , let γ \gamma γ be the exponent given there, and let T N = e γ N T_N=e^{\gamma N} T N = e γ N .
(i) For every N N N , every Borel probability measure μ \mu μ on S N S_N S N , and every T ≥ 0 T\ge0 T ≥ 0 ,
E [ 1 − ∥ μ P T − π ∥ T V ] ≤ E [ 1 − ∥ ν N P T − π ∥ T V ] . (6) \mathbb{E}\left[1-\left\|\mu P_T-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\right]\le\mathbb{E}\left[1-\left\|\nu_NP_T-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\right]. \tag*{(6)} E [ 1 − ∥ μ P T − π ∥ TV ] ≤ E [ 1 − ∥ ν N P T − π ∥ TV ] . (6) In particular, for every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 ,
sup μ P ( inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ P t − π ∥ T V < 1 − ε ) ⟶ 0 , \sup_{\mu}\mathbb{P}\left(\inf_{0\le t\le T_N}\left\|\mu P_t-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}<1-\varepsilon\right)\longrightarrow0, μ sup P ( 0 ≤ t ≤ T N inf ∥ μ P t − π ∥ TV < 1 − ε ) ⟶ 0 , where the supremum is over all Borel probability measures μ \mu μ on S N S_N S N . The same convergence holds for every random initial law that is independent of H N H_N H N , in the joint probability of the disorder and the random initial law.
(ii) Let 0 ≤ κ < ( d − 2 ) / 2 0\le\kappa<(d-2)/2 0 ≤ κ < ( d − 2 ) /2 and C 0 > 0 C_0>0 C 0 > 0 . For each N N N , let μ N , 1 , … , μ N , K N \mu_{N,1},\ldots,\mu_{N,K_N} μ N , 1 , … , μ N , K N be Borel probability measures on S N S_N S N that do not depend on H N H_N H N , with K N ≤ C 0 N κ K_N\le C_0N^\kappa K N ≤ C 0 N κ . Then
inf { ∥ ( ∑ j = 1 K N w j μ N , j ) P t − π ∥ T V : w j ≥ 0 , ∑ j = 1 K N w j = 1 , 0 ≤ t ≤ T N } ⟶ 1 \inf\left\{\left\|\left(\sum_{j=1}^{K_N}w_j\mu_{N,j}\right)P_t-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}:w_j\ge0,\ \sum_{j=1}^{K_N}w_j=1,\ 0\le t\le T_N\right\}\longrightarrow1 inf ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( j = 1 ∑ K N w j μ N , j ) P t − π TV : w j ≥ 0 , j = 1 ∑ K N w j = 1 , 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ ⟶ 1 in probability. If the collection is random and independent of H N H_N H N , the same convergence holds in the joint probability.
(iii) Let H ↦ μ N H H\mapsto\mu_N^H H ↦ μ N H be a Borel probability kernel from fields to S N S_N S N such that D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) / log N ⟶ 0 D(\mu_N^H\|\nu_N)/\log N\longrightarrow0 D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) / log N ⟶ 0 in probability. Then
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ N H P t − π ∥ T V ⟶ 1 in probability . \inf_{0\le t\le T_N}\left\|\mu_N^H P_t-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\longrightarrow1\qquad\text{in probability}. 0 ≤ t ≤ T N inf μ N H P t − π TV ⟶ 1 in probability . In part (i), we may take any deterministic sequence of initial laws, for instance point masses μ N = δ x N \mu_N=\delta_{x_N} μ N = δ x N , and the bound on the probability of failure is uniform in the initial law. The supremum is outside the probability, and it cannot be moved inside: the initial law
μ = π \mu=\pi μ = π depends on the disorder and is at distance zero from π \pi π at all times. In part (ii), the infimum over the weights allows them to depend on the disorder. For example, among N κ N^\kappa N κ prescribed points, one may choose, after observing the disorder, the point from which the dynamics comes closest to equilibrium. Such a choice can carry information of order κ log N \kappa\log N κ log N about the disorder. In part (iii), the initial law may depend on the disorder in an arbitrary measurable way, provided that its relative entropy with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N is o ( log N ) o(\log N) o ( log N ) ; for comparison, the relative entropy of π \pi π with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N is of order N N N .
Below the static threshold
We now turn to the interval β d < β < β s \beta_d<\beta<\beta_s β d < β < β s and to the equilibrium dynamics. Recall the plateau value q ∗ q_* q ∗ from (2) . The centered spin Z N ( x ) = U ( x ) − π ( U ) Z_N(x)=U(x)-\pi(U) Z N ( x ) = U ( x ) − π ( U ) is an R N \mathbb{R}^N R N -valued function on S N S_N S N , and operators act on it componentwise.
Theorem 1.5 (Slow relaxation of the equilibrium dynamics). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture with β d ( ξ ) < β s ( ξ ) \beta_d(\xi)<\beta_s(\xi) β d ( ξ ) < β s ( ξ ) , let β ∈ ( β d , β s ) \beta\in(\beta_d,\beta_s) β ∈ ( β d , β s ) , and let q ∗ = sup { r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) : β 2 ( 1 − r ) ξ ′ ( r ) > r } q_*=\sup\{r\in(0,1):\beta^2(1-r)\xi'(r)>r\} q ∗ = sup { r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) : β 2 ( 1 − r ) ξ ′ ( r ) > r } . For every 0 < b < q ∗ 2 0<b<q_*^2 0 < b < q ∗ 2 , there exist κ , γ , a , c , C > 0 \kappa,\gamma,a,c,C>0 κ , γ , a , c , C > 0 , depending on ξ \xi ξ , β \beta β , and b b b , such that for all sufficiently large N N N , with probability at least 1 − C e − a N 1-Ce^{-aN} 1 − C e − a N , the following hold.
(i) λ ⌊ e κ N ⌋ ≤ e − 2 γ N \lambda_{\lfloor e^{\kappa N}\rfloor}\le e^{-2\gamma N} λ ⌊ e κ N ⌋ ≤ e − 2 γ N .
(ii) With Z N = U − π ( U ) Z_N=U-\pi(U) Z N = U − π ( U ) and Π N = 1 ( 0 , e − 2 γ N ] ( − L ) \Pi_N=\mathbf{1}_{(0,e^{-2\gamma N}]}(-L) Π N = 1 ( 0 , e − 2 γ N ] ( − L ) , acting componentwise, we have
∥ Π N Z N ∥ L 2 ( π ; R N ) 2 ≥ b . \|\Pi_N Z_N\|_{L^2(\pi;\mathbb{R}^N)}^2\ge b. ∥ Π N Z N ∥ L 2 ( π ; R N ) 2 ≥ b . (iii) For the stationary diffusion, with X 0 ∼ π X_0\sim\pi X 0 ∼ π , we have E π R ( X 0 , X t ) − ∣ π ( U ) ∣ 2 ≥ b \mathbb{E}_\pi R(X_0,X_t)-|\pi(U)|^2\ge b E π R ( X 0 , X t ) − ∣ π ( U ) ∣ 2 ≥ b for all 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N 0\le t\le e^{\gamma N} 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N .
(iv) There exists a Borel set X N ⊂ S N \mathcal{X}_N\subset S_N X N ⊂ S N with π ( X N ) ≥ 1 − C e − a N \pi(\mathcal{X}_N)\ge1-Ce^{-aN} π ( X N ) ≥ 1 − C e − a N such that ∥ P t ( x , ⋅ ) − π ∥ T V ≥ 1 − C e − a N \|P_t(x,\cdot)-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\ge1-Ce^{-aN} ∥ P t ( x , ⋅ ) − π ∥ TV ≥ 1 − C e − a N for all x ∈ X N x\in\mathcal{X}_N x ∈ X N and 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N 0\le t\le e^{\gamma N} 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N .
(v) For the stationary diffusion in the given field, the mutual information satisfies I ( X 0 ; X t ) ≥ c N I(X_0;X_t)\ge cN I ( X 0 ; X t ) ≥ c N for all 0 < t ≤ e γ N 0<t\le e^{\gamma N} 0 < t ≤ e γ N .
We allow a quadratic term and odd degrees, and we make no assumption on the shape of A A A : the endpoint q ∗ q_* q ∗ may be a degenerate root of (3) , and A A A may have several local maxima. All five conclusions hold on one event. In words, the law of the stationary dynamics is π \pi π at every time, but its endpoints stay strongly dependent for an exponential time. We comment on the conclusions in turn.
Conclusion (i) asserts that exponentially many eigenvalues are exponentially small, and (ii) shows that a fixed part of the centered spin lies in the span of the corresponding eigenfunctions, which we call slow modes. Since π \pi π is invariant, we have E π R ( X 0 , X t ) − ∣ π ( U ) ∣ 2 = ⟨ Z N , P t Z N ⟩ L 2 ( π ; R N ) \mathbb{E}_\pi R(X_0,X_t)-|\pi(U)|^2=\langle Z_N,P_tZ_N\rangle_{L^2(\pi;\mathbb{R}^N)} E π R ( X 0 , X t ) − ∣ π ( U ) ∣ 2 = ⟨ Z N , P t Z N ⟩ L 2 ( π ; R N ) , and by the spectral theorem this quantity is nonnegative and nonincreasing in t t t . Conclusion (iii) states that this connected correlation stays above b b b up to time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N ; up to a factor e − e γ N e^{-e^{\gamma N}} e − e γ N , it follows from (ii). Conclusion (iv) concerns the dynamics started from Gibbs-typical points: for most starting points x x x under π \pi π , the law at every time up to e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N is at total variation distance close to one from π \pi π . It concerns starting points that depend on the disorder, and it says nothing about the uniform start. Conclusion (v) states that the endpoint X t X_t X t of the stationary dynamics carries information at least c N cN c N about the starting point; by the chain identity of Lemma 3.12 , I ( X 0 ; X t ) = ∫ D ( P t ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) π ( d x ) I(X_0;X_t)=\int D(P_t(x,\cdot)\mathbin\Vert\pi)\,\pi(dx) I ( X 0 ; X t ) = ∫ D ( P t ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) π ( d x ) .
The plateau level in (ii) and (iii) is q ∗ 2 q_*^2 q ∗ 2 , while the physics literature predicts that the stationary correlation stays close to the largest solution of (3) , which is q ∗ q_* q ∗ except at the exceptional temperatures noted after (3) . In the next theorem, we reach every level below q ∗ q_* q ∗ , at the cost of a weaker probability bound for (ii) and (iii).
Theorem 1.6 (Correlation bounds at every level below q ∗ q_* q ∗ ). Let ξ \xi ξ , β \beta β , and q ∗ q_* q ∗ be as in Theorem 1.5 . For every 0 < b < q ∗ 0<b<q_* 0 < b < q ∗ , there exist κ , γ , a , c , C > 0 \kappa,\gamma,a,c,C>0 κ , γ , a , c , C > 0 , depending on ξ \xi ξ , β \beta β , and b b b , such that conclusions (ii) and (iii) of Theorem 1.5 hold with probability tending to one, and conclusions (i), (iv), and (v) hold for all sufficiently large N N N with probability at least 1 − C e − a N 1-Ce^{-aN} 1 − C e − a N .
We do not prove a matching upper bound: the theorem does not show that the correlation stays close to q ∗ q_* q ∗ , only that it does not fall below any fixed level smaller than q ∗ q_* q ∗ .
Our last main result describes the slow modes as β \beta β decreases to β d \beta_d β d . It holds for infinite mixtures ξ ( r ) = ∑ p ≥ 2 c p r p \xi(r)=\sum_{p\geq2}c_pr^p ξ ( r ) = ∑ p ≥ 2 c p r p with c p ≥ 0 c_p\geq0 c p ≥ 0 that satisfy
∑ p ≥ 2 p 5 / 2 c p < ∞ . (7) \sum_{p\geq2}p^{5/2}\sqrt{c_p}<\infty. \tag*{(7)} p ≥ 2 ∑ p 5/2 c p < ∞. (7)
For such ξ \xi ξ , the field H N H_N H N is twice continuously differentiable, and the dynamics and its spectrum are defined as before (Lemmas 18.2 and 18.3). The thresholds and A A A are defined by the same formulas, and A A A extends continuously to [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] with A ( 0 ) = ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) A(0)=\xi''(0) A ( 0 ) = ξ ′′ ( 0 ) and A ( 1 ) = 0 A(1)=0 A ( 1 ) = 0 .
Theorem 1.7 (Small eigenvalues near the dynamical threshold). Let ξ \xi ξ satisfy (1.7) and β d ( ξ ) < β s ( ξ ) \beta_d(\xi)<\beta_s(\xi) β d ( ξ ) < β s ( ξ ) , and let A max = sup ( 0 , 1 ) A = β d − 2 A_{\max}=\sup_{(0,1)}A=\beta_d^{-2} A m a x = sup ( 0 , 1 ) A = β d − 2 . Then the set of global maximizers of A A A on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] is a finite subset of ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) . Let q d q_d q d be its largest element. There exist an integer m ≥ 1 m\geq1 m ≥ 1 and a > 0 a>0 a > 0 such that
A ( q d + y ) = A max [ 1 − a y 2 m + O ( y 2 m + 1 ) ] ( y → 0 ) . A(q_d+y)=A_{\max}\left[1-ay^{2m}+O\left(y^{2m+1}\right)\right]\qquad(y\to0). A ( q d + y ) = A m a x [ 1 − a y 2 m + O ( y 2 m + 1 ) ] ( y → 0 ) . For β > β d \beta>\beta_d β > β d , let ε = β 2 A max − 1 \varepsilon=\beta^2A_{\max}-1 ε = β 2 A m a x − 1 , and set
C d = ( 2 m q d ( 2 m + 1 ) ( 1 − q d ) ) − 1 / ( 2 m ) a − 1 / ( 2 m ) . C_d=\left(\frac{2m q_d}{(2m+1)(1-q_d)}\right)^{-1/(2m)}a^{-1/(2m)}. C d = ( ( 2 m + 1 ) ( 1 − q d ) 2 m q d ) − 1/ ( 2 m ) a − 1/ ( 2 m ) . There exists κ ∗ > 0 \kappa_*>0 κ ∗ > 0 such that for every ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , there exists ε 0 ( ϑ ) > 0 \varepsilon_0(\vartheta)>0 ε 0 ( ϑ ) > 0 such that for every fixed ε ∈ ( 0 , ε 0 ( ϑ ) ) \varepsilon\in(0,\varepsilon_0(\vartheta)) ε ∈ ( 0 , ε 0 ( ϑ )) , there exist a ′ , C > 0 a',C>0 a ′ , C > 0 such that, for all sufficiently large N N N , with probability at least 1 − C e − a ′ N 1-Ce^{-a'N} 1 − C e − a ′ N ,
λ ⌈ e κ ∗ N ⌉ ≤ exp [ − ( 1 − ϑ ) C d ε 1 + 1 / ( 2 m ) N ] . \lambda_{\lceil e^{\kappa_*N}\rceil}\leq\exp\left[-(1-\vartheta)C_d\varepsilon^{1+1/(2m)}N\right]. λ ⌈ e κ ∗ N ⌉ ≤ exp [ − ( 1 − ϑ ) C d ε 1 + 1/ ( 2 m ) N ] .
The number of slow modes stays exponential in N N N with an exponent κ ∗ \kappa_* κ ∗ that does not depend on ε \varepsilon ε , while the exponent of the eigenvalue bound tends to zero with ε \varepsilon ε . The maximizer q d q_d q d may be degenerate, and it need not be unique; the order 2 m 2m 2 m of its contact with the maximum is determined by ξ \xi ξ . When the maximum is nondegenerate, m = 1 m=1 m = 1 and the exponent is 3 / 2 3/2 3/2 . The quantity C d ε 1 + 1 / ( 2 m ) C_d\varepsilon^{1+1/(2m)} C d ε 1 + 1/ ( 2 m ) is the leading order of the height of a barrier in the explicit trial pressure of Lemma 14.9, which bounds from below the corresponding barrier of the constrained pressure of Definition 14.4, the potential of Franz and Parisi (see § 2.6 ). For the pure cubic model, q d = 1 / 2 q_d=1/2 q d = 1/2 , A max = 3 / 4 A_{\max}=3/4 A m a x = 3/4 , m = 1 m=1 m = 1 , and C d = 1 / 3 C_d=1/3 C d = 1/3 (Example 18.9). The constants a ′ a' a ′ and C C C and the threshold for N N N may depend on ε \varepsilon ε and ϑ \vartheta ϑ .
Scope
We record here what the theorems do not assert. The convergence in Theorem 1.2 is in probability; we do not show that the probability of failure is exponentially small. The covariance and the temperature are fixed before N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ . We do not assert that the exponent γ \gamma γ of Theorem 1.2 is uniform near β s \beta_s β s ; the uniformity in the temperature is that stated in Theorem 1.7 . The proof of Theorem 1.2 requires minimum degree at least four: for a component of degree two or three, an error term in our hitting estimate for the caps around critical points does not tend to zero (Remark 13.2). In particular, the pure cubic model is not covered in the condensed phase, although it is covered by Theorems 1.5 to 1.7 . In Theorem 1.4 (ii), the endpoint κ = ( d − 2 ) / 2 \kappa=(d-2)/2 κ = ( d − 2 ) /2 is not covered. We do not study the dynamics started from the uniform law for β d < β ≤ β s \beta_d<\beta\le\beta_s β d < β ≤ β s , where, for pure spherical models, it is also predicted to be slow [26, arXiv v1, Section 2.5, Conjecture 6]; see § 2.7 . In Theorem 1.6 , the probability in (ii) and (iii) tends to one without a rate. Theorem 1.7 bounds eigenvalues only. Finally, the exponent κ \kappa κ in Theorem 1.5 (i) is a lower bound for the growth rate of the number of slow modes; we do not identify it with the complexity of metastable states.
Background from physics
The distinction between a temperature of dynamical arrest and a lower static, or Kauzmann, temperature goes back to Kirkpatrick and Thirumalai, who connected the dynamical equations of p p p -spin models with theories of the structural glass transition [100], and to Kirkpatrick and Wolynes, who explained freezing above the thermodynamic transition through metastable states and their configurational entropy [? ]. Kirkpatrick, Thirumalai, and Wolynes developed the corresponding activated picture for liquids in finite dimension [? ]. For the spherical p p p -spin model, Crisanti and Sommers computed the statics and found a one-step replica symmetry breaking transition [? ], and Crisanti, Horner, and Sommers analyzed the dynamics and found a dynamical transition above the static one [54]. In our notation, these transitions occur at β d \beta_{\mathrm d} β d and β s \beta_{\mathrm s} β s . A pedagogical account of statics, dynamics, and complexity is given by Castellani and Cavagna [40]. Between the two transitions, the free energy has its annealed value, but the dynamics is not expected to decorrelate: the replica symmetry of the Gibbs measure does not imply fast relaxation of the equilibrium dynamics.
Between the two transitions, the correlation of the equilibrium dynamics, computed in the limit N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ , tends to a nonzero plateau at large times. In our normalization, the plateau solves (1.3) [54]. For the pure model, this equation appears in the work of Barrat, Burioni, and Mézard, who select its largest solution [19, Equation (14)], and for mixtures in the work of Folena, Franz, and Ricci-Tersenghi [70, Equation (A2)]. Below T s T_{\mathrm s} T s , the equilibrium plateau involves the parameters of the condensed phase instead; in our notation, Q Q Q solves β 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = Q / ( ( 1 − Q ) ( 1 − Q + x Q ) ) \beta^2 \xi'(Q) = Q/((1-Q)(1-Q+xQ)) β 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = Q / (( 1 − Q ) ( 1 − Q + x Q )) (Proposition 5.11). The literature selects the largest solution of (1.3), the nonergodicity parameter of the stationary dynamics, which is often called the dynamical Edwards–Anderson parameter. Our q ∗ q_* q ∗ agrees with this solution unless β 2 A \beta^2 A β 2 A touches the value 1 to the right of q ∗ q_* q ∗ ; at such exceptional temperatures, we use q ∗ q_* q ∗ as the reference value for our lower bounds. The stationary plateau should be distinguished from the plateau of the aging dynamics started from a random configuration, which satisfies the marginality condition β 2 ( 1 − q ) 2 ξ ′ ′ ( q ) = 1 \beta^2(1-q)^2\xi''(q)=1 β 2 ( 1 − q ) 2 ξ ′′ ( q ) = 1 [73, Equation (8)]. When q d q_{\mathrm d} q d is an interior maximizer of A A A , the two conditions agree at β = β d \beta=\beta_{\mathrm d} β = β d and q = q d q=q_{\mathrm d} q = q d , but they differ for β > β d \beta>\beta_{\mathrm d} β > β d .
Cugliandolo and Kurchan solved the dynamics started from a configuration chosen independently of the disorder, in the limit where N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ before the time tends to infinity [56]. Below T d T_{\mathrm d} T d , this dynamics ages: correlations depend on both times, time translation invariance is lost, and the energy approaches the energy of the marginal threshold TAP states instead of the equilibrium energy. The associated threshold of the Hamiltonian at zero temperature is 2 ( p − 1 ) / p 2\sqrt{(p-1)/p} 2 ( p − 1 ) / p per site for ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r)=r^p ξ ( r ) = r p in our normalization; the asymptotic energy at positive temperature depends on the temperature. Barrat, Burioni, and Mézard contrasted this behavior with the dynamics started from equilibrium, which remains in the state in which it starts [19]. Kurchan and Laloux explained the slowness of aging through the geometry of phase space, without trapping in stable metastable states [107]. For mixed models under gradient descent at zero temperature after a preparation at positive temperature, with extensions to small thermal noise, Folena, Franz, and Ricci-Tersenghi found that the asymptotic energy depends on the preparation and that the dynamics keeps a memory of its initial condition, in contrast with the picture of a single attracting threshold in pure models [70]. Folena and Zamponi subsequently gave evidence against weak ergodicity breaking in classes of mixed models [71]. Citro and Ricci-Tersenghi obtained numerical evidence for persistent memory during aging in the spherical 3 + 4 3+4 3 + 4 model [51], and Lang, Sachdev, and Diehl studied a transition between strong and weak ergodicity breaking as the preparation temperature varies [109].
These works concern the dynamical mean-field equations and numerical evidence, rather than finite-N N N probability bounds up to exponential times. Lang, Citro, Leuzzi, and Ricci-Tersenghi studied mixed spherical ( p + s ) (p+s) ( p + s ) -spin models quenched from uniformly random configurations to zero temperature. They solved the asymptotic equations of Cugliandolo and Kurchan under the assumptions of ultrametricity between time scales and local equilibration on each time scale, found aging states with one, two, or continuously many effective temperatures, and obtained the asymptotic energies analytically [110].
Franz and Parisi introduced the free energy of configurations constrained to have a prescribed overlap with a reference configuration drawn from equilibrium [73]; see also [74]. In the replica-symmetric phase, their potential is ( F ( β ) − F F P ( r ) ) / β (F(\beta)-F_{\mathrm{FP}}(r))/\beta ( F ( β ) − F FP ( r )) / β , where F F P F_{\mathrm{FP}} F FP is the constrained pressure of Definition 14.4, so that a local maximum of F F P F_{\mathrm{FP}} F FP at a positive overlap corresponds to metastable states. Monasson counted metastable states by weakly coupling replicas [119], and Kurchan, Parisi, and Virasoro interpreted saddle points of the replica free energy as metastable states and barriers [108]. Cavagna, Giardina, and Parisi studied the structure of states, the barriers between them, and the stationary points of the TAP free energy [41–43]. Barrat, Burioni, and Mézard also followed an equilibrium state through a change of temperature [19]. Barrat, Franz, and Parisi developed this following of states, including bifurcations [20], and Sun, Crisanti, Krzakala, Leuzzi, and Zdeborová revisited it for spherical s + p s+p s + p models with planted configurations [145]. Quiet planting, introduced by Krzakala and Zdeborová for random constraint satisfaction problems [105], represents a typical equilibrium configuration through a planted law of the disorder; we use a planted law in the same way in Section 14.
The clustering and condensation transitions were formulated for random constraint satisfaction problems by Krzakala, Montanari, Ricci-Tersenghi, Semerjian, and Zdeborová [106]. Mézard and Montanari related the dynamical transition to reconstruction on trees [117], and Montanari and Semerjian proved inequalities between point-to-set correlation lengths and relaxation times, with exponential lower bounds on relaxation times for sparse models [120]. Biroli and Kurchan defined metastable states and their configurational entropy through the low-lying spectrum of the Fokker–Planck operator [33], and Tănase-Nicola and Kurchan made this construction explicit [148]; related ideas appear in the work of Gaveau and Schulman [79]. Biroli derived dynamical TAP equations [32]. Lopatin and Ioffe used dynamical instantons to study barriers between metastable states in the spherical p p p -spin model [114]. Ros, Biroli, and Cammarota computed the complexity of barriers near a reference minimum [132], and combined Kac–Rice analysis with dynamical mean-field theory to construct activated trajectories through index-one saddles [133]. Rizzo computed the probabilities of activated transitions between states by path integrals [130]. Charbonneau, Folena, Malatesta, Rizzo, and Zamponi studied rare trajectories from equilibrium through a dynamical potential at prescribed final overlap, emphasizing that crossing a typical saddle need not decorrelate the dynamics [44]. Near T d T_d T d , Franz described the constrained potential by the cubic normal form of a spinodal [72, Section 5.2.1], following the classical theory of nucleation near a spinodal [150]. In this scalar normal form, the height of the barrier between the local minimum and the saddle point scales as ∣ T − T d ∣ 3 / 2 |T-T_d|^{3/2} ∣ T − T d ∣ 3/2 . This is the height of the scalar potential barrier; the spatial droplet barrier studied in [72, Section 5.2.1] also includes a dimension-dependent factor.
We now compare our results with these predictions. Theorem 1.2 is consistent with the aging picture of [56], in which the dynamics from a disorder-independent start does not reach the states that carry the Gibbs measure. It is a statement of a different kind: it holds in finite dimension up to times e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N , but only below the static transition, and it says nothing about the energy reached by the dynamics. Conclusions (iii) of Theorems 1.5 and 1.6 are lower bounds for the stationary correlation at levels below q ∗ q_* q ∗ , which is the plateau predicted in [19, 54, 70] except at the exceptional temperatures noted above; we do not prove that the correlation is close to q ∗ q_* q ∗ . Conclusion (iv) is a finite-dimensional form of the prediction that a configuration drawn from equilibrium remains in its state [19, 73]. Conclusion (i) is close to the spectral description of metastable states in [33, 148], but we do not identify the exponent κ \kappa κ with the configurational entropy. Conclusion (v) is an information-theoretic expression of the persistence of the state of the dynamics, related to the configurational entropy [119] and to the interpretation of reconstruction in [117]. We did not locate an earlier explicit statement of a lower bound, linear in N N N , on the stationary endpoint information up to exponential times in our regime; in the regime of [65], such a bound follows from the persistence of clusters (see § 2.7 ). For m = 1 m=1 m = 1 , the exponent 3 / 2 3/2 3/2 in Theorem 1.7 matches the barrier exponent of the cubic normal form [72], and 1 + 1 / ( 2 m ) 1+1/(2m) 1 + 1/ ( 2 m ) is the same computation for a contact of order 2 m 2m 2 m . The number of slow modes stays exponential as β ↓ β d \beta\downarrow\beta_d β ↓ β d , which is consistent with the picture in which the complexity of states need not vanish at T d T_d T d .
Mathematical background
Statics and the geometry of the Gibbs measure
The free energy of spherical models was computed by Crisanti and Sommers [52]. Talagrand proved their formula for even mixtures [146], Chen extended it to general mixtures [46], and Huang and Sellke gave a constructive proof of the lower bound [90]. The ground state energy was computed by Chen and Sen [48] and by Jagannath and Tobasco [96], and properties of Parisi measures and contact sets of spherical models were studied in [9, 10, 97]. The TAP approach was introduced by Thouless, Anderson, and Palmer [149], and it was applied to spherical pure models by Kurchan, Parisi, and Virasoro [108] and by Crisanti and Sommers [53]. Subag developed a generalized TAP approach for spherical models [143]. He introduced multisamplable overlaps, values q q q such that many independent samples from the Gibbs measure can have pairwise overlaps close to q q q , and characterized them by equality in a TAP representation of the free energy [143, Theorem 5]. For Ising spins, the generalized TAP free energy was developed by Chen, Panchenko, and Subag [49, 50]; see also [47]. Subag computed the free energy of pure models at all temperatures rigorously from the generalized TAP approach, without the Parisi formula [142]; the resulting formula had been predicted in [53, 108].
The expected number of critical points of spherical spin glasses was computed with the Kac–Rice formula by Auffinger, Ben Arous, and Černý for pure models [12] and by Auffinger and Ben Arous for mixtures [8]. For pure models, Subag proved that the number of critical points at low energies concentrates, by a second moment computation [140], and Subag and Zeitouni identified the extremal process of critical values [144]. In [141], Subag showed that for pure models at sufficiently low temperature, the Gibbs measure concentrates on thin bands around the deepest critical points. Ben Arous, Subag, and Zeitouni obtained a similar description for mixtures close to pure models at low temperature [30]. Dembo and Subag proved a decomposition of this kind for generic mixtures that are strictly k k k -step replica symmetry breaking at some β > β s \beta> \beta_{\mathrm{s}} β > β s . For k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 , almost all of the Gibbs measure lies in narrow bands around critical points of H N H_N H N on the sphere of radius q N \sqrt{qN} q N , where q q q is the positive atom of the Parisi measure, and the energies of these critical points are maximal up to o ( N ) o(N) o ( N ) [59, Proposition 3.1]. The Dovbysh–Sudakov representation describes the limits of overlap arrays [63, 123]. Under hypotheses that ensure the full family of Ghirlanda–Guerra identities [83, 124], such as generic mixtures or suitable generic perturbations, these limits are ultrametric [126]; see the monograph [125]. Related stochastic stability identities were derived by Aizenman and Contucci [4].
Dynamics
The rigorous study of Langevin dynamics for spin glasses was initiated by Ben Arous and Guionnet, who proved large deviations for the empirical measure of paths and derived self-consistent limiting equations for soft spins [23, 24]. Ben Arous, Dembo, and Guionnet proved aging for the spherical 2-spin model [27] and derived the Cugliandolo–Kurchan equations for mixed p p p -spin models with a soft spherical constraint and an initial law independent of the disorder [28]. Dembo, Guionnet, and Mazza treated the hard spherical constraint and analyzed the limiting equations at high temperature [60]. For asymmetric soft-spin dynamics of Sherrington–Kirkpatrick type, Dembo, Lubetzky, and Zeitouni proved universality of the empirical path law at fixed times under independence assumptions on the couplings [61]. Dembo and Subag derived the limiting dynamics for initial conditions spread uniformly over a band of prescribed overlap around a critical point [57] and for initial conditions drawn from the Gibbs measure, in replica-symmetric models and generic strictly one-step replica symmetry breaking models, in the limit N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ followed by a limit of hard constraint [58]. For β d < β < β s \beta_{\mathrm{d}} < \beta< \beta_{\mathrm{s}} β d < β < β s , where the model is replica symmetric, the limiting correlation of the stationary dynamics has a nonzero plateau at a root of the plateau equation [58, Proposition 1.14 and Corollary 1.18]. These results concern the limit N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ at fixed times, and they do not control the dynamics at times exponential in N N N . Jagannath surveyed the dynamics on short and long time scales [95].
In finite dimension, Ben Arous, Gheissari, and Jagannath proved differential inequalities for the energy and the gradient along the dynamics, uniformly over initial points [29]. Sellke studied pure models at sufficiently low temperature. From every initial point, the energy of the dynamics rises above the threshold energy minus any fixed η > 0 \eta> 0 η > 0 and stays above this level up to an exponential time [136, Theorem 1.1]. For an initial law independent of the disorder, the energy stays below the threshold minus a positive δ ( p , β 0 ) \delta(p, \beta_0) δ ( p , β 0 ) on every fixed bounded time interval, uniformly over β ≤ β 0 \beta\le\beta_0 β ≤ β 0 , with exponentially high probability [136, Theorem 1.7]. Obstructions based on the overlap gap property were proved for approximate message passing [77] and for Langevin dynamics started independently of the disorder, on the time scales considered there [78]. Huang and Sellke proved sharp hardness results for Lipschitz optimization algorithms, with applications to Langevin dynamics on bounded time intervals [91]. The energy bounds from independent starts and the hardness results cited here concern bounded time intervals; Sellke’s lower bound on the energy from arbitrary starts persists to exponential times.
Exponentially slow relaxation has been studied through the spectral gap. Gheissari and Jagannath proved for pure models with p ≥ 3 p \ge3 p ≥ 3 that the spectral gap is bounded below at sufficiently high temperature and exponentially small at sufficiently low temperature [81, Theorem 1]. Ben Arous and Jagannath showed that a free-energy barrier in the overlap implies an exponentially small spectral gap, and verified such a barrier for classes of mixtures that include pure even models with p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 [25, Theorems 1.24–1.26]. In [26], for pure spherical models with p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 at temperatures below a threshold T B B M T_{\mathrm{BBM}} T BBM , they constructed exponentially many bands around critical points such that the dynamics started from the Gibbs measure conditioned on a band has exponentially small probability of escaping before an exponential time. They also formulated a weak notion of shattering and proved it for pure models with p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 in an interval of temperatures just above the static transition. Such bands may carry a small part of the Gibbs measure. On the high-temperature side, Kim ruled out shattering in this fixed-overlap critical-point-band sense for all overlaps in the pure cubic model when β ≤ β d ( 3 ) \beta\le\beta_{\mathrm{d}}(3) β ≤ β d ( 3 ) , and for specified overlap ranges when p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 [99, Theorem 1.1 and Corollary 1.2]. This concerns the definition of Ben Arous and Jagannath, rather than the stronger cluster decomposition below; it does not establish rapid mixing. El Alaoui, Montanari, and Sellke proved shattering of pure models in a strong sense, with consequences for the spectrum and the equilibrium correlation [65], which we discuss in § 2.7 . Auffinger, El Alaoui, and Sellke studied mixtures with a discontinuous replica symmetry breaking transition and with β s < ζ ′ ′ ( 0 ) − 1 / 2 \beta_{\mathrm{s}} < \zeta^{\prime\prime}(0)^{-1/2} β s < ζ ′′ ( 0 ) − 1/2 . For all $\beta in an interval immediately below β s \beta_s β s , they proved that the constrained pressure is strictly increasing on an interval of positive overlaps [13, Theorem 1.1], and they deduced an exponentially small spectral gap [13, Remark 1.2]. Sellke studied spherical models near their ground states. For every mixture, he showed that at all approximate ground states, the gradient is close to an explicit multiple of the point and the bulk of the spectrum of the Hessian has explicit edges, and for even mixtures, that the largest eigenvalue of the Hessian is at most the upper edge, up to a small error [138, Proposition 1.2 and Theorem 1.3]. For even mixtures whose approximate ground states are not marginally stable (in his terms, without full RSB endpoint behavior), he showed by the argument of [65, Corollary 2.9] that at sufficiently large β \beta β , the stationary dynamics started from a Gibbs sample keeps overlap at least 1 − ε 1-\varepsilon 1 − ε with its starting point up to time e c N e^{cN} e c N , with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N , and he noted that this implies exponentially slow mixing [138, Corollary 1.6]. We compare his estimates near the ground state with ours before Proposition 10.10. For finite even mixtures with minimum degree at least four, under a strict separation between the ground-state energy and the energies at which the annealed complexities of critical points of index one and two vanish, Badiei Khuzani proved one-sided lower bounds on the relaxation time, in probability over the disorder: a sequential Arrhenius bound, in which β → ∞ \beta\to\infty β → ∞ at fixed N N N before N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ ; a bound at every fixed β \beta β at which the free energy exceeds β \beta β times the first of these two energies; and an aggregate Eyring–Kramers bound at every sufficiently large fixed β \beta β [15, Definition 1 and Theorems 8–10]. The current version of that paper notes that these bounds do not show slow relaxation from the uniform law, since the slow test function in the bound at fixed temperature is odd under x ↦ − x x \mapsto-x x ↦ − x , while the uniform law, the Gibbs measure, and the generator are even [15, Section 4.3]; compare § 2.2 . For Ising models, exponentially slow worst-case mixing at low temperature was proved by Sellke for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model [137] and by Kouraich and Warzel for p p p -spin models [103].
At high temperature, sampling and fast mixing are now well understood. Huang, Montanari, and Pham gave a polynomial-time algorithm, based on stochastic localization, that samples from the Gibbs measure with vanishing error in total variation when β 2 ζ ′ ′ ( q ) < ( 1 − q ) − 2 \beta^2 \zeta''(q) < (1-q)^{-2} β 2 ζ ′′ ( q ) < ( 1 − q ) − 2 for all q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) q \in[0,1) q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) [93 ] . Huang, Mohanty, Rajaraman, and Wu proved that simulated annealing with Langevin dynamics samples from the Gibbs measure up to the same stochastic localization threshold [94]. Their algorithm starts from the uniform law and runs through a sequence of temperatures, and weak Poincaré inequalities control its warm starts. In a different regime, Huang and Sellke proved mixing in logarithmic time at sufficiently low temperature for strongly topologically trivial landscapes with a unique local maximum, which include suitable external fields [92]. For Ising spins, spectral gaps and fast mixing at high temperature were proved in [2, 5, 21, 67].
The relation between metastable sets and small eigenvalues of reversible dynamics has a long history. It goes back to the exit and cycle theory of Freidlin and Wentzell [75] and to Witten’s spectral approach to Morse theory [153] and the semiclassical analysis of multiwell operators [87]. It was developed in the potential-theoretic approach of Bovier, Eckhoff, Gayrard, and Klein [35–39] and in the work of Helffer, Klein, and Nier [88]; see the monograph [34]. The works on reversible diffusions and the semiclassical works give sharp asymptotics as a noise parameter tends to zero, while the works on Markov chains and disordered mean-field models also treat growing systems. Our results concern spherical spin glasses in high dimension, with exponentially many slow modes.
Comparison with the closest results
We begin with the dynamics started from the uniform law. For pure spherical p p p -spin models, Ben Arous and Jagannath conjectured that at every temperature below the dynamical transition, the dynamics started from the uniform law takes exponential time to thermalize, with probability tending to one, and that it thermalizes in bounded time above the dynamical transition [26, arXiv v1, Section 2.5, Conjecture 6]. Their thermalization time is the first time t t t at which max ∥ f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 ∫ ( P t f − π ( f ) ) 2 d ν N ≤ 1 / e \max_{\lVert f\rVert_\infty\le1}\int(P_t f-\pi(f))^2\,d\nu_N\le1/e max ∥ f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 ∫ ( P t f − π ( f ) ) 2 d ν N ≤ 1/ e . Taking f = 21 A − 1 f=2\mathbf{1}_A-1 f = 2 1 A − 1 and applying the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, we see that this maximum is at least 4 ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ T V 2 4\lVert\nu_NP_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}^2 4 ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ TV 2 . Under the hypotheses of Theorem 1.2, this thermalization time is therefore at least e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N with probability tending to one, in the normalization of [26] in which the dynamics is reversible with respect to the Gibbs measure, after the corresponding constant rescaling of time. (The generator displayed in [26, p. 2 of arXiv v1] and the stated Gibbs measure differ by a factor of two in the drift; we compare temperatures through the inverse temperature of the Gibbs measure.) In particular, for pure models with p ≥ 4 p\ge4 p ≥ 4 , the lower bound of the conjecture holds at every temperature below the static transition. For the mixtures that satisfy the 1RSB assumptions of Definition 1.1, the same lower bound follows, although the conjecture was stated for pure models. Theorem 1.2 does not resolve the conjecture: the conjecture also concerns the interval β d < β ≤ β s \beta_d<\beta\le\beta_s β d < β ≤ β s and the case p = 3 p=3 p = 3 , where our methods do not apply to the uniform start, and it predicts thermalization in bounded time above the dynamical transition. On bounded time intervals, and at temperatures low enough that the Gibbs measure concentrates above the threshold energy, the energy bound of Sellke [136, Theorem 1.7] separates the dynamics of pure models, started independently of the disorder, from equilibrium. To our knowledge, Theorem 1.2 is the first result that separates the uniform start from equilibrium in total variation up to times exponential in N N N throughout the condensed phase, for pure spherical models with p ≥ 4 p\ge4 p ≥ 4 at every β > β s \beta>\beta_s β > β s , and for the mixtures that satisfy the 1RSB assumptions. The spectral gap estimates above concern worst-case starting points, and, as the example of [82] shows, they do not imply such a statement.
The closest antecedent of Theorem 1.5 is the work of El Alaoui, Montanari, and Sellke [65]. For pure models, they proved that with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N , all but an exponentially small part of the Gibbs measure is covered by exponentially many clusters of small diameter and exponentially small mass, separated by bottlenecks. This holds for sufficiently large p p p and every β \beta β in an interval ( C , β s ( p ) ) (C,\beta_{\mathrm{s}}(p)) ( C , β s ( p )) , where C C C is an absolute constant [65, Theorem 2.1], and for p ≥ 3 p \ge3 p ≥ 3 whenever the constrained pressure is strictly increasing on an interval of overlaps above 0.9999 0.9999 0.9999 [65, Theorem 2.4]. They deduced that the first e c N e^{cN} e c N eigenvalues of − L -L − L are at most e − c N e^{-cN} e − c N [65, Corollary 2.8], and that, with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N jointly over the disorder, the stationary initial point, and the dynamics, inf 0 ≤ t ≤ e c N R ( X 0 , X t ) ≥ 1 − Δ 2 \inf_{0\le t\le e^{cN}} R(X_0,X_t) \ge1-\Delta^2 inf 0 ≤ t ≤ e c N R ( X 0 , X t ) ≥ 1 − Δ 2 , where Δ \Delta Δ is defined from the scales of the clusters [65, Corollary 2.9]; in particular, their annealed correlation is at least 1 − 2 Δ 2 1-2\Delta^2 1 − 2 Δ 2 on this interval. Exponentially many slow modes and an exponential-time plateau were therefore known for pure models in these regimes. By the same argument, Sellke obtained such a plateau at sufficiently large β \beta β for even mixtures whose approximate ground states are not marginally stable [138, Corollary 1.6]. Theorem 1.5 extends them in three ways. First, it applies to every finite mixture, including a quadratic term and odd degrees, and to every β ∈ ( β d , β s ) \beta\in(\beta_{\mathrm{d}},\beta_{\mathrm{s}}) β ∈ ( β d , β s ) . Second, the plateau level is given in terms of q ∗ 2 q_*^2 q ∗ 2 : every level below q ∗ 2 q_*^2 q ∗ 2 with probability at least 1 − C e − a N 1-Ce^{-aN} 1 − C e − a N , and every level below q ∗ q_* q ∗ with probability tending to one (Theorem 1.6 ). Third, it adds the conclusions on Gibbs-typical starting points and on stationary information. For finite and infinite mixtures, Theorem 1.7 gives eigenvalue bounds close to β d \beta_{\mathrm{d}} β d . On the other hand, where the results of [65] apply, they contain more: an explicit decomposition into clusters and a pathwise plateau. In their regime, trapping from Gibbs-typical points and information at least linear in N N N can also be derived from the persistence of clusters. We construct no clusters, and our argument is different (see § 2.10 ).
In the limit N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ at fixed times, followed by a limit of hard constraint, the plateau of the stationary correlation for β d < β < β s \beta_{\mathrm{d}} < \beta< \beta_{\mathrm{s}} β d < β < β s , where the model is replica symmetric, was identified by Dembo and Subag [58, Proposition 1.14 and Corollary 1.18]. Theorems 1.5 and 1.6 hold in finite dimension up to exponential times, but they are only lower bounds. In their regimes, [13, 25] show that one eigenvalue is exponentially small; in Theorem 1.5 , we obtain exponentially many for every β ∈ ( β d , β s ) \beta\in(\beta_{\mathrm{d}},\beta_{\mathrm{s}}) β ∈ ( β d , β s ) , together with the plateau. The bands of [26] trap the dynamics started from the Gibbs measure conditioned on a band; since they may carry a small part of the Gibbs measure, they do not lead to a plateau of the equilibrium correlation, as noted in [65].
Ideas of the proofs
A detailed overview of the proofs is given in Section 2. Here we describe the main steps and indicate where the tools come from.
The condensed phase. Let ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) be strictly 1RSB with parameters x x x , Q Q Q and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q . The proof of Theorem 1.2 rests on a description of the Gibbs measure that goes back to the work of Subag on pure models at low temperature [141].
Consider the center field H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) H_Q(u)=H_N(\sqrt{Q}u) H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) on S N S_N S N . Its critical points with value in a window of fixed width around a deterministic centering m N = N E 0 + O ( log N ) m_N=NE_0+O(\log N) m N = N E 0 + O ( log N ) , and with normalized radial derivative K Q ( u ) / N K_Q(u)/N K Q ( u ) / N close to an explicit value K 0 K_0 K 0 , have bounded expected number, and the maximum of H Q H_Q H Q lies in this window with probability close to one when the width is large. The bands { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } \{x\in S_N:|R(x,u)-\sqrt{Q}|\le b\} { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } around these critical points u u u carry almost all of the Gibbs measure. On the other hand, a point drawn from ν N \nu_N ν N has overlap of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 with each of these points. We show that before time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N , the diffusion does not reach the caps { x : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } \{x:|R(x,u)|\ge a\} { x : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } , which contain the bands when a < Q − b a<\sqrt{Q}-b a < Q − b . The union of the bands is then a set of Gibbs measure close to one that the diffusion does not visit. In Section 4, we turn these three properties into Theorem 1.2 , using the contraction of total variation and a first moment computation with the Kac–Rice formula. We choose the exponent γ \gamma γ before the width of the window. The inputs are proved as follows.
Statics (Section 5). We identify the Parisi measure under the 1RSB assumptions through the Crisanti–Sommers optimality criterion [146, Proposition 2.1], [90, Lemma 1.2], and the stationarity equations for two atoms are the classical one-step equations of Crisanti and Sommers [52]. When ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi^{\prime\prime-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 is strictly convex, we verify the 1RSB assumptions at every β > β s \beta>\beta_s β > β s by the argument of Crisanti and Sommers that bounds the number of contacts, as presented by Talagrand [146, Proposition 2.2]; its version at zero temperature is [90, Lemma 3.21]. Using the generalized TAP representation of Subag [143], we show for every finite mixture and every β \beta β that an overlap is multisamplable if and only if it belongs to the contact set, that is, it is a zero of the first-variation function of the Parisi measure (Theorem 5.7 ). Subag proved that every zero is multisamplable, and the converse for generic mixtures [143, Theorem 10]. Under the 1RSB assumptions, the multisamplable overlaps are 0 0 0 and Q Q Q . The ground state of H Q H_Q H Q is then strictly 1RSB at zero temperature in the sense of [90, Definition 4], by the restriction and rescaling of minimizers at a contact point [143, Proposition 11] and the formula for the ground state energy [48, 96]. This gives the ground-state energy E 0 E_0 E 0 of H Q H_Q H Q , which determines the centering m N m_N m N , and the value K 0 K_0 K 0 of the normalized radial derivative.
The directing measure (Section 6). Every limit of the overlap array of independent Gibbs samples is generated by a random measure on the unit ball of a Hilbert space, the directing measure [63, 123]. We show that it is carried by vectors of squared norm Q Q Q (Theorem 6.3 ). We exclude other positive squared norms with the characterization of multisamplable overlaps, and an atom at the origin with a single identity of Ghirlanda–Guerra type, which we derive from the self-averaging argument of Panchenko [124]. This argument uses no ultrametricity and no Poisson–Dirichlet structure.
Counts (§ 6.2 and 9 to 11). We use the Kac–Rice formula [3, 14, 116, 139] with weights that are bounded Borel functions of the whole field, such as hitting probabilities of the diffusion. The other inputs are the law of the field at a point of a smaller sphere [30] and bounds on all moments of the Hessian determinant. For pure models, the bound on the counts follows from a first moment computation and the tightness of the centered maximum [144]. For mixtures, we follow the conditional trial argument of Huang and Sellke [90, Section 3.3] to show that a critical point near the ground state has no other high-energy points at intermediate overlap. We then bound the second moment of the number of critical points in a fixed window, in the spirit of [140]. The proof uses a local factorization of the two-point Kac–Rice integrand and an elementary bound for spherical codes in a cap [18, 129].
Concentration on bands (Sections 9 and 12). Using the estimates of Subag for replicated bands with a fixed number of replicas [143, Lemmas 17–19 and Proposition 24], together with the directing measure, we place a Gibbs sample in a band around a critical point of nearly maximal value. We then pass to critical points in a fixed window, with Laplace estimates for the partition functions of bands and the lower tail of normalized partition functions [93 Lemma 3.2 and Remark 3.3] . For pure models at sufficiently low temperature, the concentration of the Gibbs measure on bands around the deepest critical points was proved by Subag [141, Theorem 1], and for generic mixtures that are strictly one-step replica symmetry breaking, the decomposition of Dembo and Subag places almost all of the Gibbs mass in narrow bands around critical points (see § 2.7 ). We prove that the bands around the critical points in a fixed window carry almost all of the Gibbs mass, for pure models with p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 at every β > β s \beta> \beta_s β > β s and for all mixtures that satisfy the 1RSB assumptions. Compared with [59, Proposition 3.1], our mixtures are finite, whereas generic mixtures have infinitely many nonzero coefficients, and the centers lie in an energy window of fixed width, which contains a bounded expected number of critical points, instead of a window of width o ( N ) o(N) o ( N ) . On the other hand, their bands are narrower, and their decomposition also describes the Gibbs weights of the bands.
The hitting estimate (Section 8). Fix a point u u u and condition the field to have a critical point of H Q H_Q H Q at u u u with prescribed value and radial derivative. Using Gaussian regression, we write the conditioned field as H N H_N H N plus a correction that is of order N N N near u u u but vanishes to order ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ d \lvert R(x,u)\rvert^d ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ d near the equator of u u u . The diffusion is the original Langevin diffusion in the conditioned field. We compare it, for an axis u u u that is uniform on S N S_N S N , with the diffusion in the unconditioned field, for which the Gibbs mass of the caps around u u u is exponentially small by rotation invariance. For the averages over latitudes in this comparison, we use the logarithmic Sobolev inequality on the sphere, through the curvature criterion of Bakry and Émery [16], and the Funk–Hecke formula [7]. The main obstacle is the length e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N of the time interval, since a comparison of path laws costs an amount proportional to the time. To overcome it, we compare resolvents instead, at a cost controlled by the relative entropy of ν N \nu_N ν N with respect to the Gibbs measure, which is of order N N N , and not by the time (Lemma 8.11 ). The resulting error N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d} N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d tends to zero because d ≥ 4 d \ge4 d ≥ 4 , and this is where the hypothesis on the minimum degree enters.
Determinant weights and other initial laws (Sections 4, § 6.2 , and 13). The hitting estimate for the caps under critical-point conditioning concerns ordinary Gaussian conditioning, while the Kac–Rice formula weights each critical point by the absolute determinant of its Hessian. We transfer the estimate with Hölder’s inequality and the moment bounds for the determinant, as in the conditional Cauchy–Schwarz argument of [90, Corollary 3.16]. The transfer turns the bound N − ( d − 2 ) / 2 N^{-(d-2)/2} N − ( d − 2 ) /2 into N − ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1 / r ) / 2 N^{-(d-2)(1-1/r)/2} N − ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1/ r ) /2 for a fixed r > 1 r>1 r > 1 , and this is why the endpoint κ = ( d − 2 ) / 2 \kappa=(d-2)/2 κ = ( d − 2 ) /2 is excluded in Theorem 1.4 (ii). Part (i) of Theorem 1.4 is an instance of the classical symmetrization over a compact group, the same averaging that underlies the Hunt–Stein theorem in statistics [113, Section 8.5]: the expected distance to equilibrium is convex and rotation invariant as a function of the initial law, and ν N \nu_N ν N is the rotation average of every initial law, so ν N \nu_N ν N minimizes the expected distance. For parts (ii) and (iii), we combine a polynomial bound on the mass of the bands at time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N with a union bound and with data processing for relative entropy [127, Theorem 2.17].
Below the static threshold. The proof of Theorem 1.5 has a probabilistic part and a deterministic part. In the probabilistic part, we study the constrained pressure F F P ( r ) F_{\mathrm{FP}}(r) F FP ( r ) , the free energy per site of the configurations whose overlap with a reference point drawn from π \pi π is close to r r r , which is the potential of Franz and Parisi [73] written as a pressure. We compute it through a planted model, in which the reference point is drawn first and the disorder is tilted toward it, following El Alaoui, Montanari, and Sellke, who treated pure models [65, Propositions 3.7 and 3.8]; planted models go back to [1, 105]. We transfer exponentially rare events from the planted law to the joint law of the disorder and a reference point drawn from the Gibbs measure, as in [65, Lemma 3.5] and [13, Lemma 2.3]. Dembo and Subag also obtained, through Gaussian conditioning, a formula for the constrained pressure of general spherical models in the replica-symmetric phase β ≤ β s \beta\le\beta_s β ≤ β s , and its extension to generic strictly one-step replica symmetry breaking models in the condensed phase β > β s \beta>\beta_s β > β s [59, Corollary 2.1 and Theorem 2.3]. We bound F F P F_{\mathrm{FP}} F FP by an explicit trial pressure, as in [65, Proposition 3.9], and show that equality holds at q ∗ q_* q ∗ for every finite mixture, using the monotonicity of the ratio r ζ ′ ′ ( r ) / ζ ′ ( r ) r\zeta''(r)/\zeta'(r) r ζ ′′ ( r ) / ζ ′ ( r ) . Seen from a Gibbs-typical reference point x x x , the Gibbs measure of a collar { u : q 1 ≤ R ( x , u ) ≤ q 2 } \{u:q_1\le R(x,u)\le q_2\} { u : q 1 ≤ R ( x , u ) ≤ q 2 } below q ∗ q_* q ∗ is then exponentially smaller than that of the cap { u : R ( x , u ) > q 2 } \{u:R(x,u)>q_2\} { u : R ( x , u ) > q 2 } . Further, every cap of fixed latitude has exponentially small Gibbs mass, by the replica concentration of Huang, Montanari, and Pham [93 Lemma 7.7] .
In the deterministic part, we use one observable, the overlap-weighted Gibbs mean B N B_N B N (Definition 15.6). For x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N , B N ( x ) B_N(x) B N ( x ) is the mean of U U U under the Gibbs measure reweighted by a cutoff that suppresses the points u u u with R ( x , u ) < q 1 R(x,u)<q_1 R ( x , u ) < q 1 . Its norm is at most one, its Dirichlet energy is exponentially small because the collar has exponentially smaller mass than the cap, and U ⋅ B N ≥ q 1 − o ( 1 ) U \cdot B_N \ge q_1 - o(1) U ⋅ B N ≥ q 1 − o ( 1 ) on most of the Gibbs measure. We count slow modes with the averaged variational principle of Harrell and Stubbe [86, Theorem 3.1] and of El Soufi, Harrell, Ilias, and Stubbe [66, Theorem 2.1], for which Kröger’s averaged trial functions are an antecedent [104]. We apply it to translated bumps of B N B_N B N , whose overlaps are controlled by the Gibbs mass of caps. In [65], the eigenvalues are counted with smoothed indicators of clusters with disjoint supports; the averaged principle needs no disjointness. By spectral calculus, we then obtain the projection and the correlation bounds (ii) and (iii) at levels below q 1 2 q_1^2 q 1 2 , and q 1 q_1 q 1 can be taken close to q ∗ q_* q ∗ . We deduce (iv) from a bound on the mean-square displacement of B N B_N B N along the dynamics, Markov’s inequality, and binary data processing, and (v) from the chain identity for mutual information [127, Theorem 4.1].
For Theorem 1.6, we note that ∣ B N ( x ) ∣ 2 |B_N(x)|^2 ∣ B N ( x ) ∣ 2 is the mean overlap of two independent samples from the reweighted Gibbs measure. We show that this overlap concentrates at q ∗ q_* q ∗ by differentiating a transverse pressure with respect to the amplitudes of its covariance, a classical device in the theory of mean-field spin glasses [122], [13, Proposition 2.2], combined with the envelope theorem [118] and the convergence of derivatives of convex functions [131, Theorem 24.5]. The transfer from the planted law uses contiguity [93 Lemma 3.2] , and this step has no rate. For Theorem 1.7, we expand A A A near q d q_d q d to compute the barrier of the trial pressure. We also use a bound on the Gibbs mass of caps whose exponent is uniform in the temperature. For infinite mixtures, we use bounds on the derivatives of homogeneous polynomials that follow from Bernstein’s inequality [128].
The tools above are classical or published. Our proofs establish or combine the following ingredients: the hitting estimate for the caps under critical-point conditioning and its comparison of resolvents; the concentration of the Gibbs measure on bands around critical points in a fixed window, for pure models with p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 at every β > β s \beta> \beta_s β > β s and for mixtures that satisfy the 1RSB assumptions, together with the fact that the directing measure is carried by vectors of squared norm Q Q Q ; the identification of the multisamplable overlaps with the zeros of the first-variation function for every finite mixture; the equality between the constrained pressure and the trial pressure at q ∗ q_* q ∗ for general mixtures; the overlap-weighted Gibbs mean and its use with the averaged variational principle; and the proof of Theorem 1.6 through derivatives in the amplitudes.
Organization of the paper
Section 2 gives an overview of the proofs. Part I consists of Section 3, which fixes conventions for constants, for statements that hold with high probability, and for the order in which parameters are chosen (Section 3.1), and collects facts on the model, the dynamics, Markov semigroups, and statics that both halves of the paper use. The two halves are independent of each other; a reader interested in one of them can skip the other.
Part II proves Theorems 1.2 and 1.4 and Corollary 1.3 . Section 4 reduces separation to three properties of critical points and bands, and treats other initial laws. Section 5 derives the static consequences of the 1RSB assumptions and verifies these assumptions for the classes of Corollary 1.3 , with finite computations for example (d) in Section A. Section 6 proves that the directing measure is carried by vectors of squared norm Q Q Q . § 6.2 contains the Kac–Rice formula and moment bounds for determinants, and Section 8 proves the conditioned hitting estimate. Section 9 proves bounds on counts and the concentration of the Gibbs measure on bands for pure models, and Sections 10 to 12 do so for mixtures. Section 13 assembles the proofs.
Part III proves Theorems 1.5 to 1.7 . Section 14 studies the constrained pressure, Section 15 contains deterministic estimates for counting slow modes and for the dynamics started from Gibbs-typical points, together with the overlap-weighted Gibbs mean, and Section 16 proves Theorem 1.5 . Section 17 proves Theorem 1.6 , Section 18 develops the infinite-mixture inputs and proves Theorem 1.7 . Notation specific to a section is introduced at its start.
Proof overview
In this section, we explain the main steps of the proofs and the ideas behind them. We do not restate the theorems. For each step, we point to the result where it is proved. In § 3.1 , we compare the two kinds of slowness that the two halves of the paper address. We explain the proofs of Theorems 1.2 and 1.4 in § 3.2 and the proofs of Theorems 1.5 to 1.7 in § 3.10 ; these two parts can be read in either order. § 3.14 lists the dependencies among the main propositions.
Both proofs have the same structure. We first show, by a short deterministic argument, that a few properties of the Gibbs measure, or of the critical points of the field, imply the dynamical conclusion. We then prove these properties in separate sections, with tools from the statics of spherical spin glasses. In the condensed phase, the deterministic argument is the reduction of Section 4, and most of the work goes into its inputs. Below the static threshold, the probabilistic input is a set of estimates on the constrained pressure (Section 14), and most of the new arguments are deterministic (Section 15).
We write ≈ \approx ≈ in the displays that are heuristics. Such a display indicates the size of a quantity to leading exponential order, or the origin of a formula; it is not used in the proofs. All other displays are exact statements, which we prove where indicated.
Two kinds of slowness
We can measure the distance to equilibrium from a worst-case starting point, from the uniform law ν N \nu_N ν N , or from a starting point drawn from the Gibbs measure (§ 2.2 ). The two halves of the paper concern the second and the third of these. We use different mechanisms for them.
We first explain why an exponentially small spectral gap does not by itself slow down the dynamics started from ν N \nu_N ν N . Let f = d ν N / d π = Z N , β e − β H N f = \mathrm{d}\nu_N / \mathrm{d}\pi= Z_{N,\beta}e^{-\beta H_N} f = d ν N / d π = Z N , β e − β H N . By reversibility, the density of ν N P t \nu_NP_t ν N P t with respect to π \pi π is P t f P_tf P t f . Let ( ϕ j ) j ≥ 0 (\phi_j)_{j\geq0} ( ϕ j ) j ≥ 0 be an orthonormal basis of eigenfunctions of − L -L − L in L 2 ( π ) L^2(\pi) L 2 ( π ) with ϕ 0 = 1 \phi_0 = 1 ϕ 0 = 1 (Lemma 3.5). Expanding P t f − 1 P_tf - 1 P t f − 1 in this basis and using the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, we find
∥ ν N P t − π ∥ T V = 1 2 ∫ ∣ P t f − 1 ∣ d π ≤ 1 2 ( ∑ j ≥ 1 e − 2 λ j t ⟨ f , ϕ j ⟩ 2 ) 1 / 2 . (8) \lVert\nu_NP_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} = \frac{1}{2}\int\lvert P_tf-1\rvert\,\mathrm{d}\pi\leq\frac{1}{2}\left(\sum_{j\geq1}e^{-2\lambda_jt}\langle f,\phi_j\rangle^2\right)^{1/2}. \tag*{(8)} ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ TV = 2 1 ∫ ∣ P t f − 1 ∣ d π ≤ 2 1 ( j ≥ 1 ∑ e − 2 λ j t ⟨ f , ϕ j ⟩ 2 ) 1/2 . (8)
We see that a small eigenvalue λ j \lambda_j λ j delays the relaxation from ν N \nu_N ν N only through the coefficient ⟨ f , ϕ j ⟩ \langle f,\phi_j\rangle ⟨ f , ϕ j ⟩ . Small coefficients on the slow modes remove that particular obstruction to relaxation; a fast-mixing bound also requires control of the remaining terms in (8) . The example of [82] recalled in § 2.2 shows that a small spectral gap can coexist with fast mixing from the uniform law. To bound the distance from below, we need a different argument.
We use the variational form of the total variation distance. Since ∥ μ − π ∥ T V = sup A ( π ( A ) − μ ( A ) ) \|\mu-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}}=\sup_A(\pi(A)-\mu(A)) ∥ μ − π ∥ TV = sup A ( π ( A ) − μ ( A )) , the distance between ν N P t \nu_NP_t ν N P t and π \pi π is close to one if and only if there exists a set A A A such that π ( A ) \pi(A) π ( A ) is close to one and ( ν N P t ) ( A ) (\nu_NP_t)(A) ( ν N P t ) ( A ) is close to zero. Thus separation at a given time is equivalent to small endpoint mass, for the dynamics started from ν N \nu_N ν N , on a set carrying almost all of the Gibbs measure. Note that this set must depend on the disorder: for a deterministic set A A A , rotation invariance shows that π ( A ) \pi(A) π ( A ) and ( ν N P t ) ( A ) (\nu_NP_t)(A) ( ν N P t ) ( A ) both have mean ν N ( A ) \nu_N(A) ν N ( A ) over the disorder. By the contraction of total variation (Lemma 3.8 ), it suffices to exhibit such a set at the final time. In the condensed phase, we take for A A A a union of thin bands around a bounded number of critical points of a field derived from H N H_N H N . In the proof, we establish the stronger property that the path avoids the caps around these critical points in each fixed window. Below the static threshold, the Gibbs measure is predicted to be spread over exponentially many states, each of exponentially small mass, and a set that carries nearly all of the Gibbs measure must meet exponentially many of them. Our conditioned hitting estimate has a polynomial error for each state, which cannot be summed over exponentially many states. This is one reason why our results on the dynamics started from ν N \nu_N ν N are restricted to the condensed phase.
For Gibbs-typical starting points, the law of X t X_t X t is π \pi π at all times, and the memory of the dynamics lies in the joint law of X 0 X_0 X 0 and X t X_t X t . Here we use a slowly varying observable. If B : S N → R N B:S_N\to\mathbb{R}^N B : S N → R N has small vector energy, then, for the stationary diffusion,
E π ∣ B ( X t ) − B ( X 0 ) ∣ 2 = 2 ⟨ B , ( 1 − P t ) B ⟩ ≤ 2 t E v e c ( B ) (9) \mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left|B(X_t)-B(X_0)\right|^2=2\langle B,(1-P_t)B\rangle\leq2t\,\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B) \tag*{(9)} E π ∣ B ( X t ) − B ( X 0 ) ∣ 2 = 2 ⟨ B , ( 1 − P t ) B ⟩ ≤ 2 t E vec ( B ) (9)
(Lemma 15.8). For every fixed ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 and each time t t t , Markov’s inequality implies that P π { ∣ B ( X t ) − B ( X 0 ) ∣ > ρ } ≤ 2 t E v e c ( B ) / ρ 2 \mathbb{P}_{\pi}\{|B(X_t)-B(X_0)|>\rho\}\leq2t\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B)/\rho^2 P π { ∣ B ( X t ) − B ( X 0 ) ∣ > ρ } ≤ 2 t E vec ( B ) / ρ 2 . The endpoints are close in probability when t E v e c ( B ) → 0 t\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B)\to0 t E vec ( B ) → 0 ; this is not a bound on the supremum along a trajectory. If, in addition, B ( x ) B(x) B ( x ) is aligned with the direction of x x x , in the sense that U ( x ) ⋅ B ( x ) ≥ q > 0 U(x)\cdot B(x)\geq q>0 U ( x ) ⋅ B ( x ) ≥ q > 0 for most x x x , then B ( X t ) B(X_t) B ( X t ) records where the dynamics started. In Part III, we construct one such observable with exponentially small energy and derive all five conclusions of Theorem 1.5 from it.
The condensed phase
Let ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) be strictly 1RSB with parameters x , Q x,Q x , Q and a nondegenerate contact at $Q ({xref}Definition 1.1`). Recall the center field H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) H_Q(u)=H_N(\sqrt{Qu}) H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) and the radial derivative K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) , which is the derivative of t ↦ H N ( t Q u ) t \mapsto H_N(t\sqrt{Q}u) t ↦ H N ( t Q u ) at t = 1 t=1 t = 1 , for u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N . The proof of Theorem 1.2 rests on a picture of the Gibbs measure that Subag established for pure models at sufficiently low temperature [141]. In this picture, the Gibbs measure is carried by the bands B u = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } B_u = \{x \in S_N : \lvert R(x,u) - \sqrt{Q}\rvert\le b\} B u = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } around the critical points u u u of H Q H_Q H Q whose values lie within a bounded distance of the maximum of H Q H_Q H Q . We call these critical points centers.
We can see the reason in the static results of Section 5. By Proposition 5.11 (5), we have
F ( β ) = β E 0 + 1 2 log ( 1 − Q ) + β 2 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) , (10) F(\beta) = \beta E_0 + \frac{1}{2}\log(1-Q) + \frac{\beta^2}{2}\psi_Q(1), \tag*{(10)} F ( β ) = β E 0 + 2 1 log ( 1 − Q ) + 2 β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) , (10)
where E 0 E_0 E 0 is the limit of N − 1 max S N H Q N^{-1}\max_{S_N} H_Q N − 1 max S N H Q and ψ Q ( t ) = ξ ( Q + ( 1 − Q ) t ) − ξ ( Q ) − ( 1 − Q ) ξ ′ ( Q ) t \psi_Q(t) = \xi(Q + (1-Q)t) - \xi(Q) - (1-Q)\xi'(Q)t ψ Q ( t ) = ξ ( Q + ( 1 − Q ) t ) − ξ ( Q ) − ( 1 − Q ) ξ ′ ( Q ) t is the residual covariance. Each term has a meaning for a single band. Conditionally on a critical point u u u with H Q ( u ) = N E H_Q(u) = NE H Q ( u ) = N E , the field at the points of latitude Q \sqrt{Q} Q around u u u is N E NE N E plus a residual Gaussian field with covariance N ψ Q N\psi_Q N ψ Q (Lemma 12.4). The coarea density at latitude Q \sqrt{Q} Q contributes the entropy term log ( 1 − Q ) / 2 \log(1-Q)/2 log ( 1 − Q ) /2 per site, and a latitude interval of width N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 around Q \sqrt{Q} Q has Haar mass ( 1 − Q ) N / 2 + o ( N ) (1-Q)^{N/2+o(N)} ( 1 − Q ) N /2 + o ( N ) . For the fixed-width band, the weighted latitude integral must also be controlled by the saddle estimates. The residual field is strictly replica symmetric (Proposition 5.11 (2)), which suggests that its partition function is close to its mean e N β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) / 2 e^{N\beta^2\psi_Q(1)/2} e N β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) /2 . Heuristically, we find
∫ B u e β H N d ν N ≈ e β H Q ( u ) ( 1 − Q ) N / 2 e N β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) / 2 ≈ e N F ( β ) e β ( H Q ( u ) − N E 0 ) . (11) \int_{B_u} e^{\beta H_N}\,d\nu_N \approx e^{\beta H_Q(u)}(1-Q)^{N/2}e^{N\beta^2\psi_Q(1)/2} \approx e^{NF(\beta)}e^{\beta(H_Q(u)-NE_0)}. \tag*{(11)} ∫ B u e β H N d ν N ≈ e β H Q ( u ) ( 1 − Q ) N /2 e N β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) /2 ≈ e N F ( β ) e β ( H Q ( u ) − N E 0 ) . (11)
Comparing with (10) , we see that a single band around a center of nearly maximal value carries a Gibbs weight comparable to the whole partition function, to leading exponential order. We control the number of centers with the Kac–Rice formula. For non-pure mixtures, Theorem 10.6 shows that the expected number of local maxima of H Q H_Q H Q , with normalized radial derivative in its admissible interval U U U and value above m N + t m_N+t m N + t , tends to e − c 0 t e^{-c_0t} e − c 0 t for each fixed t t t , where c 0 = β x c_0=\beta x c 0 = β x . Here m N m_N m N is chosen in that theorem by requiring the expected number of these local maxima above m N m_N m N to equal one, and m N = N E 0 − ( log N ) / ( 2 c 0 ) + O ( 1 ) m_N=NE_0-(\log N)/(2c_0)+O(1) m N = N E 0 − ( log N ) / ( 2 c 0 ) + O ( 1 ) . In this heuristic, the bands of the centers u u u with energy deficit m N − H Q ( u ) m_N-H_Q(u) m N − H Q ( u ) close to v v v have total weight of order e c 0 v e − β v e^{c_0v}e^{-\beta v} e c 0 v e − β v , which is summable in v v v because x < 1 x<1 x < 1 . Note that the ratio c 0 / β = x c_0/\beta=x c 0 / β = x is the mass of the atom at zero of the Parisi measure. We expect that a finite number of bands carries most of the Gibbs measure, and that the bands of centers with a larger energy deficit carry a part that decays exponentially in the deficit.
On the other hand, a point drawn from ν N \nu_N ν N has overlap of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 with each center. Fix a < Q − b a<\sqrt{Q}-b a < Q − b , and let C a ( u ) = { x : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } C_a(u)=\{x:\lvert R(x,u)\rvert\ge a\} C a ( u ) = { x : ∣ R ( x , u )∣ ≥ a } be the union of the two caps of latitude a a a around ± u \pm u ± u . Every band B u B_u B u lies in C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) , and the diffusion started from ν N \nu_N ν N must enter C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) before it reaches B u B_u B u . The heart of the proof is that, before time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N , it does not enter C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) for any center.
The separation criterion
For M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 , let C N , M \mathcal{C}_{N,M} C N , M be the set of critical points of H Q H_Q H Q with value in [ m N − M , m N + M ] [m_N - M, m_N + M] [ m N − M , m N + M ] and normalized radial derivative in a small interval U U U around K 0 K_0 K 0 , and let B N , M B_{N,M} B N , M be the union of their bands (Definition 4.1). For a time T N T_N T N , we write θ N ( H , u ) = P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ≤ T N } \theta_N(H,u) = \mathbb{P}^{H}_{\nu_N}\{X_t \in C_a(u)\text{ for some }t \leq T_N\} θ N ( H , u ) = P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ≤ T N } for the probability that the diffusion started from ν N \nu_N ν N enters C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) before T N T_N T N . Testing B N , M B_{N,M} B N , M in the definition of the total variation distance and taking a union bound over centers, we have, for every realization of the field,
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ T V ≥ 1 − π ( B N , M c ) − ∑ u ∈ C N , M θ N ( H N , u ) (12) \inf_{0 \leq t \leq T_N}\left\|\nu_N P_t-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}} \geq1-\pi\left(B^c_{N,M}\right)-\sum_{u\in\mathcal{C}_{N,M}}\theta_N(H_N,u) \tag*{(12)} 0 ≤ t ≤ T N inf ∥ ν N P t − π ∥ TV ≥ 1 − π ( B N , M c ) − u ∈ C N , M ∑ θ N ( H N , u ) (12)
(Proposition 4.5). It suffices to prove three properties. The first is that the bands carry almost all of the Gibbs mass, in the sense that E π ( B N , M c ) \mathbb{E}\pi(B^c_{N,M}) E π ( B N , M c ) tends to zero as N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ and then M → ∞ M\to\infty M → ∞ . The second is that the expected number of centers in each fixed window is bounded. The third is that the expected sum in (12) tends to zero for each fixed M M M .
The third property concerns an average over critical points of a random field. We compute it with the Kac–Rice formula, which expresses it through the law of the field conditioned to have a critical point at a fixed u u u with prescribed marks, that is, prescribed value and radial derivative. Let D u = ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ D_u=\left|\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)\right| D u = det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) , and let E h , k , u \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u} E h , k , u denote the expectation with respect to the field conditioned on H Q ( u ) = N h H_Q(u)=Nh H Q ( u ) = N h , K Q ( u ) = N k K_Q(u)=Nk K Q ( u ) = N k , and ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0 ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 (Definition 7.3). Using Theorem 7.17 and rotation invariance, we can write this average as
E ∑ u ∈ C N , M θ N ( H N , u ) = c N ∫ W N , M p N ( h , k ) E h , k , u [ D u θ N ( H N , u ) ] d h d k , (13) \mathbb{E}\sum_{u\in\mathcal{C}_{N,M}}\theta_N(H_N,u)=c_N\int_{\mathcal{W}_{N,M}}p_N(h,k)\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\left[D_u\theta_N(H_N,u)\right]\,dh\,dk, \tag*{(13)} E u ∈ C N , M ∑ θ N ( H N , u ) = c N ∫ W N , M p N ( h , k ) E h , k , u [ D u θ N ( H N , u ) ] d h d k , (13)
where W N , M \mathcal{W}_{N,M} W N , M is the set of normalized marks of the window, p N p_N p N is their density at a point, and c N c_N c N collects the volume of S N S_N S N and the density of the gradient at zero. For pure models, we have K Q = p H Q K_Q=pH_Q K Q = p H Q , and the integral is over the value alone. We meet two difficulties here. The first is that the weight θ N \theta_N θ N is the probability of a trajectory event. It is a bounded Borel function of the whole field. We do not assume continuity or dependence only on the value, radial derivative, gradient, and Hessian at u u u . The marked formulas cited in § 6.2 impose continuity or tameness hypotheses. We prove the required formula for Borel weights in the coefficient space of the polynomial field, with an explicit version of the conditional law (Proposition 7.16 and Theorem 7.17 ).
The second difficulty is the determinant. The conditioned hitting estimate, which we describe in § 3.2 , bounds q N = sup h , k , u E h , k , u θ N q_N=\sup_{h,k,u}\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\theta_N q N = sup h , k , u E h , k , u θ N , without the weight D u D_u D u . We cannot simply drop the weight, since D u D_u D u and the trajectory depend on the same field. To overcome this difficulty, we apply Hölder’s inequality to the normalized determinant. If the normalized radial derivative k k k lies a fixed distance above the edge 2 b Q 2\sqrt{b_Q} 2 b Q of the semicircle law, where b Q = Q 2 ζ ′ ′ ( Q ) b_Q = Q^2 \zeta''(Q) b Q = Q 2 ζ ′′ ( Q ) , then every fixed moment of D u / E h , k , u D u D_u/\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}D_u D u / E h , k , u D u is bounded uniformly in N N N (Proposition 7.7). For r > 1 r > 1 r > 1 , this implies that
E h , k , u [ D u θ N ] ≤ K r 1 / r q N 1 − 1 / r E h , k , u D u (14) \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\left[D_u\theta_N\right] \le K_r^{1/r}q_N^{1-1/r}\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}D_u \tag*{(14)} E h , k , u [ D u θ N ] ≤ K r 1/ r q N 1 − 1/ r E h , k , u D u (14)
(Lemma 7.22). We insert (2.7) into (2.6) and apply (2.6) once more with θ N = 1 \theta_N = 1 θ N = 1 . We find that the average is at most K r 1 / r q N 1 − 1 / r E ∣ C N , M ∣ K_r^{1/r}q_N^{1-1/r}\mathbb{E}\lvert C_{N,M}\rvert K r 1/ r q N 1 − 1/ r E ∣ C N , M ∣ (Theorem 7.23). This is a form of the conditional Cauchy–Schwarz argument of Huang and Sellke [90, Corollary 3.16]. Since q N ≤ C N − ( d − 2 ) / 2 q_N \le CN^{-(d-2)/2} q N ≤ C N − ( d − 2 ) /2 , it is at most C M , r N − ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1 / r ) / 2 C_{M,r}N^{-(d-2)(1-1/r)/2} C M , r N − ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1/ r ) /2 (Proposition 13.1).
The order in which we choose the parameters is part of the argument. The concentration property lets M M M tend to infinity after N N N . We must choose the time T N = e γ N T_N = e^{\gamma N} T N = e γ N before M M M , and the bound on the expected sum must hold for every fixed M M M with the same γ \gamma γ ; a hitting estimate whose exponent depended on M M M would not suffice. We prove the hitting estimate uniformly over a compact rectangle K = [ E 0 − 1 , E 0 + 1 ] × U \mathcal{K} = [E_0 - 1, E_0 + 1] \times U K = [ E 0 − 1 , E 0 + 1 ] × U of normalized marks, which contains the marks of every fixed window once N N N is large (Corollary 8.3). We fix the interval U U U , the band width b b b , and the rectangle first, then the cap latitude a a a and the exponent γ \gamma γ , and only then the tolerance and the window half-width M M M . Only the constants and the threshold for N N N depend on M M M (Table 13.2).
Statics
We now explain where Q Q Q , E 0 E_0 E 0 , K 0 K_0 K 0 , and c 0 c_0 c 0 come from. Recall that the Crisanti–Sommers functional has a unique minimizer ζ \zeta ζ , the Parisi measure, and that ζ \zeta ζ is characterized by its first variation: the function V ζ V_\zeta V ζ of Section 1.1 is nonnegative and vanishes on the support of ζ \zeta ζ (Lemma 3.15). The 1RSB assumptions of Definition 1.1 ask that the two-atom measure x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q x\delta_0 + (1-x)\delta_Q x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q pass this test, that its contact set { V = 0 } \{V = 0\} { V = 0 } be exactly { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } , and that the contact at Q Q Q be nondegenerate, V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V''(Q) > 0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 . They concern one explicit function of one variable. We verify them for the classes of Corollary 1.3 in Section 5.6 and Section A.
The first variation also describes the geometry of the Gibbs measure. Following Subag [143], we say that an overlap q q q is multisamplable if, for every fixed k k k , the probability that k k k independent samples from π \pi π have pairwise overlaps close to q q q is not exponentially small. Let V β V_\beta V β be the first-variation function of the Parisi measure, whose zero set is the contact set. In Theorem 5.7, we show for every finite mixture and every β \beta β that q q q is multisamplable if and only if V β ( q ) = 0 V_\beta(q) = 0 V β ( q ) = 0 , that is, if and only if q q q belongs to the contact set. The proof uses Subag’s generalized TAP functional T β ( q ) T_\beta(q) T β ( q ) , which is the sum of β \beta β times the ground energy at radius q \sqrt{q} q , the entropy term log ( 1 − q ) / 2 \log(1-q)/2 log ( 1 − q ) /2 , and the free energy of the residual mixture ψ q \psi_q ψ q . Subag proved that T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) T_\beta(q) \le F(\beta) T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) , with equality exactly when q q q is multisamplable [143, Theorem 5]. The ground energy and the residual free energy are the values of two variational problems. We show in (5.9) that F ( β ) F(\beta) F ( β ) is the same sum with both problems evaluated at trial points built from the Parisi measure, and this gives an upper bound for T β ( q ) T_\beta(q) T β ( q ) . If V β ( q ) > 0 V_\beta(q) > 0 V β ( q ) > 0 , then a variation of the ground profile in an explicit direction lowers the zero-temperature Crisanti–Sommers functional, and this leads to the bound T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) − V β ( q ) 2 / ( 8 β 3 M q ) T_\beta(q) \le F(\beta) - V_\beta(q)^2/(8\beta^3 M_q) T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) − V β ( q ) 2 / ( 8 β 3 M q ) , with an explicit M q > 0 M_q > 0 M q > 0 (Theorem 5.7 (3)). If V β ( q ) = 0 V_\beta(q) = 0 V β ( q ) = 0 , we show that both trial points are optimal. That every zero of V β V_\beta V β is multisamplable is due to Subag, who also proved the converse for generic mixtures [143, Theorem 10].
We collect the static consequences of the 1RSB assumptions in Proposition 5.11 . The multisamplable overlaps are 0 and Q Q Q , and the residual model at Q Q Q is strictly replica symmetric. The ground state of H Q H_Q H Q is strictly one-step replica symmetry breaking at zero temperature, with energy E 0 E_0 E 0 and normalized radial derivative K 0 K_0 K 0 given by explicit formulas, and c 0 = β x < β c_0 = \beta x < \beta c 0 = β x < β . Finally, K 0 K_0 K 0 lies strictly above the edge of the semicircle law: with y = Q / ( β ( 1 − Q ) ) y = Q/(\beta(1 - Q)) y = Q / ( β ( 1 − Q )) , we have
K 0 − 2 b ˉ Q = ( y − b ˉ Q ) 2 y > 0. (15) K_0 - 2\sqrt{\bar{b}_Q} = \frac{\left(y - \sqrt{\bar{b}_Q}\right)^2}{y} > 0. \tag*{(15)} K 0 − 2 b ˉ Q = y ( y − b ˉ Q ) 2 > 0. (15)
This gap matters for the following reason. Conditionally on H Q ( u ) = N h H_Q(u) = Nh H Q ( u ) = N h , K Q ( u ) = N k K_Q(u) = Nk K Q ( u ) = N k , and ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 \nabla_{\mathrm{S}_N} H_Q(u) = 0 ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , the Hessian ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla^2_{\mathrm{S}_N} H_Q(u) ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) is a scaled GOE matrix with spectrum near [ − 2 b ˉ Q , 2 b ˉ Q ] [-2\sqrt{\bar{b}_Q}, 2\sqrt{\bar{b}_Q}] [ − 2 b ˉ Q , 2 b ˉ Q ] , shifted by − k -k − k (Lemma 5.14 ). For a deterministic u u u and prescribed marks with k k k near K 0 K_0 K 0 , the Hessian is bounded above by a fixed negative multiple of the identity with conditional probability 1 − C e − c N 1 - Ce^{-cN} 1 − C e − c N (Corollary 7.6 ). The statements about all high critical points are established separately in Proposition 10.10 and Lemma 9.10 . The normalized determinant moments used in (2.7) follow from Proposition 7.7 .
The directing measure
The concentration argument of § 3.2 places a Gibbs sample in the band of a center by finding additional independent replicas whose overlaps with each other and with the given sample are all close to Q Q Q . Such replicas exist if the overlap structure of the Gibbs measure has no other scale. Recall the theorem of Dovbysh and Sudakov (Theorem 6.2 ): every limit in distribution of the overlap array of independent Gibbs samples is generated by drawing a random measure G G G on the unit ball of a Hilbert space, and then independent vectors v 1 , v 2 , … v_1, v_2, \ldots v 1 , v 2 , … with law G G G , and setting R i j = v i ⋅ v j R_{ij} = v_i \cdot v_j R ij = v i ⋅ v j for i ≠ j i \ne j i = j . We show in Theorem 6.3 that, under the 1RSB assumptions, G G G is carried by the vectors of squared norm Q Q Q . The vectors in a small ball around v 1 v_1 v 1 then have mutual inner products close to Q Q Q , and they produce these replicas.
We have to exclude two possibilities. Directing vectors of a squared norm q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } q \in(0,1) \setminus\{Q\} q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } would make q q q multisamplable, and the exponential bound for replicas at overlaps outside the contact set rules them out (Lemmas 5.8 and 6.5 ); we exclude vectors of norm one with an entropy estimate (Lemma 6.4). An atom of G G G at the origin would describe a positive fraction of samples that are asymptotically orthogonal to all other samples. To exclude it, we use a single identity of Ghirlanda–Guerra type, with the test function ζ ( R ) \zeta(R) ζ ( R ) , which we derive from Gaussian integration by parts and the self-averaging of the energy (Lemma 6.7). It states that, for every limiting overlap law, every n ≥ 1 n \ge1 n ≥ 1 , and every bounded function f f f of ( R i j ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n (R_{ij})_{1 \le i<j \le n} ( R ij ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n ,
E [ f ζ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ] = ( 1 − x ) ζ ( Q ) n E f + 1 n ∑ j = 2 n E [ f ζ ( R 1 j ) ] . (16) \mathbb{E}\left[f\zeta(R_{1,n+1})\right] = \frac{(1-x)\zeta(Q)}{n}\mathbb{E}f + \frac{1}{n}\sum_{j=2}^{n}\mathbb{E}\left[f\zeta(R_{1j})\right]. \tag*{(16)} E [ f ζ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ] = n ( 1 − x ) ζ ( Q ) E f + n 1 j = 2 ∑ n E [ f ζ ( R 1 j ) ] . (16)
Let a n a_n a n be the probability that ζ ( R 1 j ) = 0 \zeta(R_{1j})=0 ζ ( R 1 j ) = 0 for 2 ≤ j ≤ n 2 \le j \le n 2 ≤ j ≤ n , and take for f f f the indicator of this event. The sum on the right vanishes. After the first step, we know that ∣ R i j ∣ ≤ Q |R_{ij}| \le Q ∣ R ij ∣ ≤ Q for i ≠ j i \ne j i = j , which implies that ζ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ≤ ζ ( Q ) \zeta(R_{1,n+1}) \le\zeta(Q) ζ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ≤ ζ ( Q ) , and the left side is at most ζ ( Q ) ( a n − a n + 1 ) \zeta(Q)(a_n-a_{n+1}) ζ ( Q ) ( a n − a n + 1 ) . We find that a n + 1 ≤ ( 1 − ( 1 − x ) / n ) a n a_{n+1} \le(1-(1-x)/n)a_n a n + 1 ≤ ( 1 − ( 1 − x ) / n ) a n , and hence a n ≤ n − ( 1 − x ) → 0 a_n \le n^{-(1-x)} \to0 a n ≤ n − ( 1 − x ) → 0 . A sample with directing vector zero would satisfy ζ ( R 1 j ) = 0 \zeta(R_{1j})=0 ζ ( R 1 j ) = 0 for all j j j . We conclude that G G G has no atom at the origin. The argument uses no ultrametricity and no description of the atoms or the weights of G G G .
Critical points near the maximum
We prove the second property of Section 2.2, bounded counts in fixed windows, in Section 9 for pure models and in Sections 10 and 11 for non-pure mixtures, together with the existence of at least one center, which the concentration argument needs. The following limits for the complexity in two variables and for the normalized intensity concern non-pure mixtures. For pure models, K Q = p H Q K_Q=pH_Q K Q = p H Q , and Proposition 9.1 and Lemma 9.8 provide the count bound in the energy variable alone and the tightness of the centered maximum. The first moment is a one-point Kac–Rice computation. Ben Arous, Subag, and Zeitouni computed the exponential rate of the expected number of critical points of H Q H_Q H Q with normalized value e e e and normalized radial derivative k k k , which is the marked complexity [30]. We show that, for each e e e , it is strongly concave in k k k , that its maximizer at e = E 0 e=E_0 e = E 0 is K 0 K_0 K 0 , and that its derivative in e e e at ( E 0 , K 0 ) (E_0,K_0) ( E 0 , K 0 ) is − c 0 -c_0 − c 0 . A Laplace computation with bounded prefactors then shows that, for all fixed a < b a<b a < b ,
E # { u : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U , H Q ( u ) − m N ∈ [ a , b ] } ⟶ e − c 0 a − e − c 0 b (17) \mathbb{E}\#\left\{u:\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0,\ K_Q(u)/N\in U,\ H_Q(u)-m_N\in[a,b]\right\}\longrightarrow e^{-c_0a}-e^{-c_0b} \tag*{(17)} E # { u : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U , H Q ( u ) − m N ∈ [ a , b ] } ⟶ e − c 0 a − e − c 0 b (17)
(Theorem 10.6). In particular, the expected count in every fixed window is bounded, and the probability that the maximum of H Q H_Q H Q exceeds m N + L m_N+L m N + L is at most e − c 0 L e^{-c_0L} e − c 0 L in the limit.
For existence, we need a second moment. For pure models, existence follows from the tightness of the centered maximum, which is a consequence of the work of Subag and Zeitouni [144] (Lemma 9.8 and Proposition 9.1). For non-pure mixtures, we bound the second moment of the number C N ( L ) C_N(L) C N ( L ) of critical points in the window [ m N − L , m N + L ] [m_N-L,m_N+L] [ m N − L , m N + L ] that satisfy a selection condition described below. The two-point Kac–Rice integrand is singular as the overlap r r r of the two points tends to ± 1 \pm1 ± 1 . We split the pairs into three ranges.
Overlaps r ≥ ε r \ge\varepsilon r ≥ ε . We use the exclusion of high-energy points at positive overlap, Theorem 10.13, which is proved at the ground-state parameters ( E 0 , K 0 ) (E_0,K_0) ( E 0 , K 0 ) and follows
the conditional trial argument of Huang and Sellke [90, Section 3.3]. We show that, conditionally on a critical point at u u u with marks near ( E 0 , K 0 ) (E_0,K_0) ( E 0 , K 0 ) , with probability 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N no point at overlap between ε \varepsilon ε and 1 − η 1-\eta 1 − η with u u u has value larger than N E 0 NE_0 N E 0 minus a fixed multiple of N N N , and no other critical point has overlap at least 1 − η 1-\eta 1 − η with u u u . The local maxima with this property are called retained maxima (Definition 10.14). Distinct retained maxima have overlap smaller than ε \varepsilon ε , and the selection removes only an exponentially small fraction of the expected count, also after weighting by the determinant (Proposition 10.15).
Overlaps r ≤ − δ r \le-\delta r ≤ − δ . For even mixtures, these pairs are reflections of pairs with r ≥ δ r \ge\delta r ≥ δ . In general, an elementary bound for spherical codes in a cap suffices [18, 129]. Suppose that some unit vectors have pairwise inner products at most ε < δ 2 \varepsilon< \delta^2 ε < δ 2 , and that v 1 , … , v k v_1,\ldots,v_k v 1 , … , v k among them have inner product at most − δ -\delta − δ with a fixed v 0 v_0 v 0 . Then k δ ≤ ∣ v 1 + ⋯ + v k ∣ ≤ ( k + k ( k − 1 ) ε ) 1 / 2 k\delta\le\lvert v_1+\cdots+v_k\rvert\le(k+k(k-1)\varepsilon)^{1/2} k δ ≤ ∣ v 1 + ⋯ + v k ∣ ≤ ( k + k ( k − 1 ) ε ) 1/2 , which implies that each retained maximum has at most ( 1 − ε ) / ( δ 2 − ε ) (1-\varepsilon)/(\delta^2-\varepsilon) ( 1 − ε ) / ( δ 2 − ε ) such points, deterministically (Lemma 11.12).
Overlaps ∣ r ∣ < δ \lvert r\rvert< \delta ∣ r ∣ < δ . We show that, for ∣ r ∣ ≤ N − α \lvert r\rvert\le N^{-\alpha} ∣ r ∣ ≤ N − α with 1 / 4 < α < 1 / 2 1/4<\alpha<1/2 1/4 < α < 1/2 , the two-point integrand is the product of the two one-point integrands and the density of the overlap of two independent uniform points, up to a factor 1 + O ( N 1 − 4 α + N − 1 / 2 ) 1+O(N^{1-4\alpha}+N^{-1/2}) 1 + O ( N 1 − 4 α + N − 1/2 ) (Theorem 11.10). On ∣ r ∣ ≤ N − α \lvert r\rvert\le N^{-\alpha} ∣ r ∣ ≤ N − α , the overlap density satisfies f N ( r ) = ( 1 + o ( 1 ) ) N / ( 2 π ) e − N r 2 / 2 f_N(r)=(1+o(1))\sqrt{N/(2\pi)}e^{-Nr^2/2} f N ( r ) = ( 1 + o ( 1 )) N / ( 2 π ) e − N r 2 /2 , uniformly in r r r . On N − α ≤ ∣ r ∣ < δ N^{-\alpha}\le\lvert r\rvert<\delta N − α ≤ ∣ r ∣ < δ , Theorem 11.10(c) bounds the full two-point integrand by C N e − N r 2 / 4 C\sqrt{N}e^{-Nr^2/4} C N e − N r 2 /4 times the product of the one-point integrands, using the overlap density together with the regression and determinant estimates. For the factorization, we need the expected product of the two Hessian determinants under two-point conditioning. We write each Hessian as a bulk block bordered by one row and a corner entry and compare the bulk determinants with a maximal correlation inequality for Gaussian vectors, whose constant does not depend on the dimension.
Combining the three ranges, we find that E C N ( L ) 2 ≤ ( 1 + o ( 1 ) ) ( E C N ( L ) ) 2 + ( 1 + K ) E C N ( L ) \mathbb{E}C_N(L)^2\le(1+o(1))(\mathbb{E}C_N(L))^2+(1+K)\mathbb{E}C_N(L) E C N ( L ) 2 ≤ ( 1 + o ( 1 )) ( E C N ( L ) ) 2 + ( 1 + K ) E C N ( L ) , with a constant K K K that does not depend on L L L (Theorem 11.13). Since E C N ( L ) → e c 0 L − e − c 0 L \mathbb{E}C_N(L)\to e^{c_0L}-e^{-c_0L} E C N ( L ) → e c 0 L − e − c 0 L , Chebyshev’s inequality implies that the window contains a retained maximum with probability at least 1 − ( 1 + K ) / ( e c 0 L − e − c 0 L ) − o ( 1 ) 1-(1+K)/(e^{c_0L}-e^{-c_0L})-o(1) 1 − ( 1 + K ) / ( e c 0 L − e − c 0 L ) − o ( 1 ) (Theorem 11.14).
Gibbs concentration on bands
We prove the concentration property in Section 9 for pure models (Theorem 9.2) and in Section 12 for non-pure mixtures (Theorem 12.22). For pure models at sufficiently low temperature, this concentration was proved by Subag [141, Theorem 1]; we need it at every temperature of the condensed phase and in a fixed window. For non-pure mixtures, the three inputs below verify Proposition 4.9. The pure proof instead starts from a coarse cap cover, lets the energy deficit per spin tend to zero, removes the caps around critical points with a large energy deficit, and passes from the caps of a fixed window to bands of width of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 (Lemma 9.22 and Section 9.9).
The first step is a coarse cover: for every fixed energy tolerance τ > 0 \tau> 0 τ > 0 , the caps (in pure models, Proposition 9.16) or the bands (in non-pure mixtures, Proposition 12.10) around the critical points of H Q H_Q H Q with value at least N ( E 0 − τ ) N(E_0-\tau) N ( E 0 − τ ) carry almost all of the Gibbs mass. By Theorem 6.3 , among a fixed number of additional independent replicas, a Gibbs sample typically has n n n whose mutual overlaps and overlaps with it are close to Q Q Q . Using Subag’s estimates for the free energy of replicated bands with a fixed number of replicas [143, Lemmas 17–19 and Proposition 24], we show that the normalized empirical mean of such a group has value close to N E 0 NE_0 N E 0 under H Q H_Q H Q (Proposition 9.15 and Lemma 12.7). Writing σ ˉ = n − 1 ∑ i σ i \bar{\sigma}=n^{-1}\sum_i \sigma^i σ ˉ = n − 1 ∑ i σ i and q ˉ = ∣ σ ˉ ∣ 2 / N \bar{q}=|\bar{\sigma}|^2/N q ˉ = ∣ σ ˉ ∣ 2 / N , we have q ˉ \bar{q} q ˉ close to Q + ( 1 − Q ) / n Q+(1-Q)/n Q + ( 1 − Q ) / n , since the diagonal of the overlap matrix enters the mean. The point u = σ ˉ / q ˉ u=\bar{\sigma}/\sqrt{\bar{q}} u = σ ˉ / q ˉ lies on S N S_N S N , and H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q / q ˉ σ ˉ ) H_Q(u)=H_N(\sqrt{Q/\bar{q}}\,\bar{\sigma}) H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q / q ˉ σ ˉ ) . We therefore choose n n n large, so that q ˉ \bar{q} q ˉ is close to Q Q Q , but fixed before N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ . A localization lemma then moves u u u to a nearby critical point of H Q H_Q H Q , and the given sample lies in its band (for pure models, in its cap of a fixed latitude). In the pure proof, compactness gives a number of additional replicas that is uniform over the limiting overlap laws. In the mixed proof, this number is chosen after passing to a limiting overlap law and may depend on that subsequence; the subsequence argument then proves the full-sequence coarse-cover limit. In both cases, it is fixed before the dimension tends to infinity.
For non-pure mixtures, the coarse band family can contain exponentially many critical points, and the next two inputs pass to a fixed window. Let Z H ( D ) = ∫ D e β H d ν N Z_H(D)=\int_D e^{\beta H}\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N Z H ( D ) = ∫ D e β H d ν N . Suppose that a center u u u in the window [ m N − L , m N + L ] [m_N-L,m_N+L] [ m N − L , m N + L ] satisfies Z H ( B u ) ≥ δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) Z_H(B_u)\geq\delta D_N e^{\beta(H_Q(u)-m_N)} Z H ( B u ) ≥ δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) , for a deterministic scale D N D_N D N . Then Z N , β ≥ δ e − β L D N Z_{N,\beta}\geq\delta e^{-\beta L}D_N Z N , β ≥ δ e − β L D N , and on the event that max H Q ≤ m N + M \max H_Q\leq m_N+M max H Q ≤ m N + M , we have
π ( B N , M c ) ≤ π ( [ ⋃ u c o a r s e B u ] c ) + e β L δ D N ∑ u c o a r s e H Q ( u ) < m N − M Z H ( B u ) (18) \pi\left(B^c_{N,M}\right)\leq\pi\left(\left[\bigcup_{u\ \mathrm{coarse}}B_u\right]^c\right)+\frac{e^{\beta L}}{\delta D_N}\sum_{\substack{u\ \mathrm{coarse}\\H_Q(u)<m_N-M}}Z_H(B_u) \tag*{(18)} π ( B N , M c ) ≤ π ( [ u coarse ⋃ B u ] c ) + δ D N e β L u coarse H Q ( u ) < m N − M ∑ Z H ( B u ) (18)
(Remark 12.23). In the second step, we bound the expected sum. In the third step, we show that light bands, those with Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) Z_H(B_u)<\delta D_N e^{\beta(H_Q(u)-m_N)} Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) , are rare, so that a center as above exists.
For the bands of centers below the window, we use the Kac–Rice formula with the band partition function as a weight. We show that the Palm expectation of Z H ( B u ) Z_H(B_u) Z H ( B u ) at a center of value E E E , that is, its conditional mean weighted by the determinant, is at most C 1 D N e β ( E − m N ) + C 2 N ( E / N − E 0 ) 2 C_1D_Ne^{\beta(E-m_N)+C_2N(E/N-E_0)^2} C 1 D N e β ( E − m N ) + C 2 N ( E / N − E 0 ) 2 (Proposition 12.15). The density of centers at value m N − v m_N-v m N − v is at most C e c + v Ce^{c_+v} C e c + v , with c 0 < c + < β c_0<c_+<\beta c 0 < c + < β (Lemma 12.16). We choose the coarse energy width 0 < τ ≤ τ 0 = min { ε 0 , ( β − c + ) / ( 4 C 2 ) } 0<\tau\leq\tau_0=\min\{\varepsilon_0,(\beta-c_+)/(4C_2)\} 0 < τ ≤ τ 0 = min { ε 0 , ( β − c + ) / ( 4 C 2 )} , as in Corollary 12.17. This absorbs the quadratic correction into the decay in the energy deficit, and the expected sum in (2.11) is at most C D N e − a 0 M CD_Ne^{-a_0M} C D N e − a 0 M , with a 0 = ( β − c + ) / 2 > 0 a_0=(\beta-c_+)/2>0 a 0 = ( β − c + ) /2 > 0 . This is the rigorous form of the heuristic e c 0 v e − β v e^{c_0v}e^{-\beta v} e c 0 v e − β v above, and it is the only place where c 0 < β c_0 < \beta c 0 < β enters the concentration argument for non-pure mixtures. The difficulty is that the upper bound must hold without any power of N N N , since M M M is fixed while N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ . We write the Palm expectation as the ratio of a Laplace integral over the radial derivative and the latitude to a Laplace integral over the radial derivative alone. In the ratio, one latitude width N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 remains, and it cancels the growth of the constant ( N / 2 π ) 1 / 2 (N/2\pi)^{1/2} ( N /2 π ) 1/2 in the coarea formula over latitudes. The determinant prefactors are bounded (Lemmas 12.11 and 12.14).
The bound on light bands rests on the structure of the field on the band. At latitude exactly Q \sqrt{Q} Q , the field is the prescribed value plus a residual field with covariance N ψ Q N\psi_Q N ψ Q , whose law does not depend on the marks. Since the residual model is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ψ Q ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\psi_Q''(0) < 1 β 2 ψ Q ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 , the theorem of Huang, Montanari, and Pham [93 Lemma 3.2 and Remark 3.3] implies that its normalized partition function is tight away from zero (Lemma 3.19 ). We pass from this latitude to the band with Jensen’s inequality over a symmetric latitude interval of width N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 (Lemma 12.19). The Hessian determinant is correlated with the field on the band. We transfer the bound to the Palm law with the normalized second moment of the determinant, which needs no information on this correlation (Proposition 12.20). Then the expected number of light bands in each fixed window is small (Corollary 12.21), which is the remaining hypothesis of Proposition 4.9 .
For pure models, the radial derivative is a multiple of the value, K Q = p H Q K_Q = pH_Q K Q = p H Q , and the conditioning involves the value and the gradient only. We show that the band partition functions at a critical point have normalized second moments bounded by a constant and a lower tail of order 1 / T 1/T 1/ T at level e − T e^{-T} e − T . The proof is an interpolation argument that needs an exponential moment of the covariance of the field on the band (Lemma 9.18 and Proposition 9.19). This moment is finite because the residual coefficient satisfies β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) < 1 / 2 \beta^2\psi_Q(1) < 1/2 β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) < 1/2 for every p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 and β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) (Lemma 5.22 ). The contribution of the bands around critical points with a large energy deficit decays exponentially in the deficit, at a rate that is positive because x < 1 x < 1 x < 1 and the cap latitude is chosen close to Q \sqrt{Q} Q (Lemma 9.3 and the proof of Theorem 9.2 ).
The conditioned hitting estimate
The hitting estimate for the caps under critical-point conditioning, Theorem 8.2 , is the main dynamical input of Part II. For a finite mixture of minimum degree d ≥ 4 d \ge4 d ≥ 4 , fixed Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] Q \in(0,1] Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , and fixed bounds h ˉ , k ˉ \bar h,\bar k h ˉ , k ˉ on the marks, there exists a ∗ > 0 a_* > 0 a ∗ > 0 such that for every a ∈ ( 0 , a ∗ ] a \in(0,a_*] a ∈ ( 0 , a ∗ ] there are γ , c , C > 0 \gamma,c,C > 0 γ , c , C > 0 for which, for all sufficiently large N N N ,
E h , k , u [ P ν N H N ( sup 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ] ≤ C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N , (19) \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\left[\mathbb{P}_{\nu_N}^{H_N}\left(\sup_{0\le t\le e^{\gamma N}} \left|R(X_t,u)\right| \ge a\right)\right] \le C\left(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d}\right)+e^{-cN}, \tag*{(19)} E h , k , u [ P ν N H N ( 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N sup ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ] ≤ C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N , (19)
uniformly in u u u and admissible marks ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , meaning ∣ h ∣ ≤ h ˉ |h| \le\bar h ∣ h ∣ ≤ h ˉ , ∣ k ∣ ≤ k ˉ |k| \le\bar k ∣ k ∣ ≤ k ˉ , and k = p h k = ph k = p h when the mixture is pure of degree p p p . Here the diffusion is the original Langevin diffusion, run in the conditioned field. § 6.3.2 explains the proof in detail; here we describe its main points.
We begin with the unconditioned field. For an axis u u u that is uniform on S N S_N S N and independent of the field, the mean Gibbs mass of C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) is ∫ ν N { u : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } π ( d x ) \int\nu_N\{u : |R(x,u)| \ge a\}\,\pi(\mathrm{d}x) ∫ ν N { u : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } π ( d x ) . The rotation invariance of ν N \nu_N ν N implies that this equals ν N ( C a ( v ) ) \nu_N(C_a(v)) ν N ( C a ( v )) for any fixed v ∈ S N v \in S_N v ∈ S N , which is exponentially small, for every realization of the field. The conditioning changes the whole field. By Gaussian regression, the conditioned field is H N + δ h , k , u H_N+\delta_{h,k,u} H N + δ h , k , u , where the correction is explicit and of order N N N near u u u (Proposition 8.7 ). We cannot treat it as a small perturbation. However, it vanishes to high order at the equator of u u u . The following correction bound is on the regularity event Ω N \Omega_N Ω N of Lemma 8.6 , whose complement has probability at most e − N e^{-N} e − N : with r = R ( x , u ) r=R(x,u) r = R ( x , u ) and V x ( u ) = N − 1 / 2 ∇ S N H Q ( u ) ⋅ x V_x(u)=N^{-1/2}\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)\cdot x V x ( u ) = N − 1/2 ∇ S N H Q ( u ) ⋅ x , we have
∣ δ h , k , u ( x ) ∣ ≤ C N ∣ r ∣ d + C N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ∣ V x ( u ) ∣ . (20) |\delta_{h,k,u}(x)| \le CN|r|^d+C\sqrt{N}|r|^{d-1}|V_x(u)|. \tag*{(20)} ∣ δ h , k , u ( x ) ∣ ≤ C N ∣ r ∣ d + C N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ∣ V x ( u ) ∣. (20)
A fixed point x x x has overlap of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 with a uniform axis, and V x ( u ) V_x(u) V x ( u ) is of order one. We see that the correction is of order N 1 − d / 2 N^{1-d/2} N 1 − d /2 , and this is the source of both polynomial errors in (19) . Fix the field in Ω N \Omega_N Ω N . For a sufficiently small fixed α > 0 \alpha>0 α > 0 , let χ \chi χ be an even smooth cutoff equal to one on [ − 1 , 1 ] [-1,1] [ − 1 , 1 ] and zero outside [ − 2 , 2 ] [-2,2] [ − 2 , 2 ] , set s = ∇ S N H Q ( u ) ⋅ x / N s=\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)\cdot x/N s = ∇ S N H Q ( u ) ⋅ x / N , and define δ α ( u , x ) = χ ( r / α ) χ ( s / α ) δ h , k , u ( x ) \delta_\alpha(u,x)=\chi(r/\alpha)\chi(s/\alpha)\delta_{h,k,u}(x) δ α ( u , x ) = χ ( r / α ) χ ( s / α ) δ h , k , u ( x ) and w ( u , x ) = β δ α ( u , x ) w(u,x)=\beta\delta_\alpha(u,x) w ( u , x ) = β δ α ( u , x ) . We compare the dynamics in this truncated field, at a uniform axis, with the unconditioned dynamics. Only two averaged moments enter, and they hold uniformly in x x x , the field in Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , and the admissible marks (Proposition 8.10):
η = E u ∣ e w − 1 ∣ = O ( N 1 − d / 2 ) , ϵ = E u [ e w ( 1 − e − w ) 2 ] = O ( N 2 − d ) . (21) \eta=\mathbb{E}_u|e^w-1|=O(N^{1-d/2}),\qquad\epsilon=\mathbb{E}_u\left[e^w(1-e^{-w})^2\right]=O(N^{2-d}). \tag*{(21)} η = E u ∣ e w − 1∣ = O ( N 1 − d /2 ) , ϵ = E u [ e w ( 1 − e − w ) 2 ] = O ( N 2 − d ) . (21)
There is an apparent difficulty here, since the point x x x in these averages may depend on the field, and so does the gradient ∇ S N H Q ( u ) \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N H Q ( u ) in V x ( u ) V_x(u) V x ( u ) . The way out is to fix the field and x x x and to average u u u over each latitude { u : R ( x , u ) = r } \{u:R(x,u)=r\} { u : R ( x , u ) = r } . On a latitude, V x V_x V x concentrates by the logarithmic Sobolev inequality on the sphere [16], and the Funk–Hecke formula [7] gives its mean exactly (Lemmas 8.8 and 8.9 and Proposition 8.10).
The main obstacle is the length e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N of the time interval, since a comparison of path laws, for instance by Girsanov’s formula, costs an amount proportional to the time. To overcome this obstacle, we compare resolvents instead. Let τ \tau τ be the killing time for a killing rate κ \kappa κ supported near the caps. The entropy–resolvent comparison of Lemma 8.11 bounds the Laplace transform E e − λ τ \mathbb{E}e^{-\lambda\tau} E e − λ τ for the perturbed process by the integrated killing rate against a resolvent of the unperturbed process, plus a cost
η + ϵ + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) = O ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) , (22) \eta+\sqrt{\epsilon}+\epsilon(1+\mathcal{H}_0)=O(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d}), \tag*{(22)} η + ϵ + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) = O ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) , (22)
where H 0 \mathcal{H}_0 H 0 is an entropy of the density of ν N \nu_N ν N with respect to the Gibbs measure. Note that H 0 \mathcal{H}_0 H 0 is of order N N N , since ∣ H N ∣ ≤ K N |H_N|\le KN ∣ H N ∣ ≤ K N with overwhelming probability. The point is that the cost is not multiplied by the time: with λ = e − γ N \lambda= e^{-\gamma N} λ = e − γ N , the factor e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N multiplies only the integrated killing rate, which is exponentially small when γ \gamma γ is small. The comparison cost other than the killing term depends on the initial density f 0 f_0 f 0 through H 0 H_0 H 0 ; the killing term also involves its unperturbed resolvent λ ( λ + A 0 ) − 1 f 0 \lambda(\lambda+ A_0)^{-1}f_0 λ ( λ + A 0 ) − 1 f 0 , where A 0 A_0 A 0 is the generator of the unperturbed dynamics. A commutator identity in the proof cancels a cross term that would otherwise be of order one. For d = 4 d = 4 d = 4 , both terms in (22) are of order N − 1 N^{-1} N − 1 . For d = 3 d = 3 d = 3 , the second term is of order one, and this is where we need the hypothesis on the minimum degree.
Two further steps return to the true process. Recall that we have truncated the correction at a fixed scale α \alpha α in both r r r and s s s , since the comparison requires a bounded perturbation. The truncated correction is at most C N α d CN^{\alpha d} C N α d , while the cap of latitude α / 4 \alpha/4 α /4 has mass e − c N α 2 e^{-cN\alpha^2} e − c N α 2 . Since d > 2 d > 2 d > 2 , we can choose α \alpha α small, and then γ \gamma γ small. Except with exponentially small probability, a hit of the cap forces the smooth killing rate to act during a time interval of fixed length, and this converts the killing time into a hitting time (Proposition 8.12 ). The true and truncated processes coincide until ∣ r ∣ |r| ∣ r ∣ or ∣ s ∣ |s| ∣ s ∣ reaches α \alpha α . Reaching ∣ r ∣ = α |r| = \alpha ∣ r ∣ = α requires crossing the cap of latitude a = α / 2 a = \alpha/2 a = α /2 first. Reaching ∣ s ∣ = α |s| = \alpha ∣ s ∣ = α is exponentially unlikely, because the gradient ∇ S N H Q ( u ) \nabla_{S_N} H_Q(u) ∇ S N H Q ( u ) is exactly the Gaussian vector that the conditioning removes by regression. In the unrestricted regression coupling, conditionally on u u u , this tangent gradient is independent of the conditioned field and its whole trajectory. Conditionally on u u u and the trajectory, s t s_t s t is centered Gaussian with variance at most a Q / N a_Q/N a Q / N at each fixed time. The resulting exponential bound for the gradient cutoff also holds after restricting to Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , by bounding the unrestricted probability and dividing by P ( Ω N ) \mathbb{P}(\Omega_N) P ( Ω N ) (Lemma 8.13 ). Finally, we pass from a uniform axis to every deterministic axis by rotation invariance.
Other initial laws
We deduce Theorem 1.4 from Theorem 1.2 and the polynomial bound of Proposition 13.1, by three arguments that use only the rotation invariance of the disorder (§ 5.1.5 ). For part (i), let μ \mu μ be a deterministic initial law. The expected distance μ ↦ E ∥ μ P T − π ∥ T V \mu\mapsto\mathbb{E}\left\|\mu P_T-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}} μ ↦ E ∥ μ P T − π ∥ TV is convex, and it is invariant under rotations of μ \mu μ , because we can compensate a rotation of the initial law by a rotation of the field, whose law is invariant. The rotation average of μ \mu μ is ν N \nu_N ν N , and convexity implies that
E [ 1 − ∥ μ P T − π ∥ T V ] ≤ E [ 1 − ∥ ν N P T − π ∥ T V ] (23) \mathbb{E}\left[1-\left\|\mu P_T-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\right]\leq\mathbb{E}\left[1-\left\|\nu_NP_T-\pi\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\right] \tag*{(23)} E [ 1 − ∥ μ P T − π ∥ TV ] ≤ E [ 1 − ∥ ν N P T − π ∥ TV ] (23)
(Theorem 4.11 ). This is an instance of the classical symmetrization over a compact group, the same averaging that underlies the Hunt–Stein theorem [113, Section 8.5]. In particular, ν N \nu_N ν N is the hardest case among the initial laws chosen independently of the disorder.
For parts (ii) and (iii), the same invariance shows that the expected mass of the band union at time T N T_N T N is the same from every starting point (Lemma 4.13 ). Proposition 13.1 implies that this mass is at most q N , M ≤ C M , r N − ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1 / r ) / 2 q_{N,M} \le C_{M,r}N^{-(d-2)(1-1/r)/2} q N , M ≤ C M , r N − ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1/ r ) /2 . We handle a field-dependent choice among K N ≤ C 0 N κ K_N \le C_0N^\kappa K N ≤ C 0 N κ prescribed laws by a union bound, since K N q N , M → 0 K_Nq_{N,M} \to0 K N q N , M → 0 when κ < ( d − 2 ) / 2 \kappa< (d-2)/2 κ < ( d − 2 ) /2 and r r r is large (Corollary 4.14 ). The loss of the factor 1 − 1 / r 1-1/r 1 − 1/ r in the Hölder step is why we exclude the endpoint κ = ( d − 2 ) / 2 \kappa=(d-2)/2 κ = ( d − 2 ) /2 . We handle a field-dependent law μ \mu μ with small relative entropy with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N by binary data processing. Let q q q be the mass of the band union under ν N P T N \nu_NP_{T_N} ν N P T N . Then its mass under μ P T N \mu P_{T_N} μ P T N is at most ( D ( μ ∥ ν N ) + log 2 ) / log ( 1 / q ) (D(\mu\Vert\nu_N)+\log2)/\log(1/q) ( D ( μ ∥ ν N ) + log 2 ) / log ( 1/ q ) (Lemma 3.9 and Corollary 4.15 ). For any fixed r > 1 r>1 r > 1 and 0 < τ < ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1 / r ) / 2 0<\tau<(d-2)(1-1/r)/2 0 < τ < ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1/ r ) /2 , we have q ≤ N − τ q\le N^{-\tau} q ≤ N − τ with probability tending to one, by Markov’s inequality. The entropy bound then tends to zero in disorder probability when D ( μ ∥ ν N ) / log N → 0 D(\mu\Vert\nu_N)/\log N\to0 D ( μ ∥ ν N ) / log N → 0 in that probability mode.
Below the static threshold
Let β d < β < β s \beta_d<\beta<\beta_s β d < β < β s , and recall the plateau value q ∗ q_* q ∗ of (2) . The proof of Theorem 1.5 has a probabilistic part, in which we describe the Gibbs measure as seen from a Gibbs-typical point, and a deterministic part, in which we build one observable from this description and derive the five conclusions from it.
The constrained pressure and the equality at q ∗ q_* q ∗
For a reference point x x x and an overlap r r r , consider the Gibbs mass of the configurations u u u with R ( x , u ) R(x,u) R ( x , u ) close to r r r . For a reference point x x x drawn from π \pi π , the constrained pressure F F P F_{\mathrm{FP}} F FP of Definition 14.4 is the Franz–Parisi potential written as a pressure. With F = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 F=\beta^2\xi(1)/2 F = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 , for a fixed h > 0 h>0 h > 0 such that [ r − h , r + h ] ⊂ ( − 1 , 1 ) [r-h,r+h]\subset(-1,1) [ r − h , r + h ] ⊂ ( − 1 , 1 ) , the leading exponential form under the Gibbs-reference law is
π { u : R ( x , u ) ∈ [ r − h , r + h ] } ≍ exp { N [ max v ∈ [ r − h , r + h ] F F P ( v ) − F ] } . (24) \pi\{u:R(x,u)\in[r-h,r+h]\}\asymp\exp\left\{N\left[\max_{v\in[r-h,r+h]}F_{\mathrm{FP}}(v)-F\right]\right\}. \tag*{(24)} π { u : R ( x , u ) ∈ [ r − h , r + h ]} ≍ exp { N [ v ∈ [ r − h , r + h ] max F FP ( v ) − F ] } . (24)
The midpoint exponent F F P ( r ) − F F_{\mathrm{FP}}(r)-F F FP ( r ) − F is recovered by sending h h h to zero after the limit in N N N (Proposition 14.7). A direct computation is difficult, because x x x depends on the disorder. Following El Alaoui, Montanari, and Sellke [65], who treated pure models, we work under a planted law, in which x x x is uniform on S N S_N S N and the field is a Gaussian field plus the drift β N ξ ( R ( x , ⋅ ) ) \beta N\xi(R(x,\cdot)) β N ξ ( R ( x , ⋅ )) . Below the static threshold, events of exponentially small probability under the planted law have exponentially small probability under the joint law of the field and a reference point drawn from π \pi π (Lemma 14.3). Let η r ( t ) = ξ ( r 2 + ( 1 − r 2 ) t ) − ξ ( r 2 ) \eta_r(t)=\xi(r^2+(1-r^2)t)-\xi(r^2) η r ( t ) = ξ ( r 2 + ( 1 − r 2 ) t ) − ξ ( r 2 ) . Under the planted law, with n = N − 1 n=N-1 n = N − 1 , the field on the section { u : R ( x , u ) = r } \{u:R(x,u)=r\} { u : R ( x , u ) = r } has the law of β N ξ ( r ) + W + Y \beta N\xi(r)+W+Y β N ξ ( r ) + W + Y , where W W W is centered Gaussian with variance N ξ ( r 2 ) N\xi(r^2) N ξ ( r 2 ) and is independent of the transverse spherical field Y Y Y , whose covariance is N η r ( R n ) = n ( N / n ) η r ( R n ) N\eta_r(R_n)=n(N/n)\eta_r(R_n) N η r ( R n ) = n ( N / n ) η r ( R n ) (Lemma 14.5). The Parisi formula then gives
F F P ( r ) = β 2 ξ ( r ) + 1 2 log ( 1 − r 2 ) + P β ( η r ) (25) F_{\mathrm{FP}}(r)=\beta^2\xi(r)+\frac{1}{2}\log(1-r^2)+\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\eta_r) \tag*{(25)} F FP ( r ) = β 2 ξ ( r ) + 2 1 log ( 1 − r 2 ) + P β ( η r ) (25)
(Proposition 14.7). For r ≠ 0 r \ne0 r = 0 , the mixture η r \eta_r η r has a positive term of degree one, even though ξ ~ \tilde{\xi} ξ ~ has none; at r = 0 r=0 r = 0 , we have η 0 = ξ ~ \eta_0=\tilde{\xi} η 0 = ξ ~ . The Parisi formula of Chen [46] allows the degree-one term.
The infimum P β ( η r ) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\eta_r) P β ( η r ) is not explicit, but an upper bound suffices. For the trial bound, we restrict to r ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) r \in[0,1) r ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) . Evaluating the Crisanti–Sommers functional of η r \eta_r η r at the point mass δ r / ( 1 + r ) \delta_{r/(1+r)} δ r / ( 1 + r ) , we obtain F F P ( r ) ≤ Ψ ( r ) F_{\mathrm{FP}}(r) \le\Psi(r) F FP ( r ) ≤ Ψ ( r ) (Lemma 14.9), where
Ψ ( r ) = F + 1 2 Φ β ( r ) , Ψ ′ ( r ) = r 2 ( 1 − r ) ( β 2 A ( r ) − 1 ) . (26) \Psi(r)=F+\frac{1}{2}\Phi_{\beta}(r), \qquad\Psi'(r)=\frac{r}{2(1-r)}\left(\beta^2 A(r)-1\right). \tag*{(26)} Ψ ( r ) = F + 2 1 Φ β ( r ) , Ψ ′ ( r ) = 2 ( 1 − r ) r ( β 2 A ( r ) − 1 ) . (26)
For pure models, this is the trial bound of [65, Proposition 3.9]. By the definition of q ∗ q_* q ∗ , the trial pressure increases on an interval ( q ∗ − ε 0 , q ∗ ) (q_*-\varepsilon_0,q_*) ( q ∗ − ε 0 , q ∗ ) and does not increase on [ q ∗ , 1 ) [q_*,1) [ q ∗ , 1 ) . The new point is that F F P ( q ∗ ) = Ψ ( q ∗ ) F_{\mathrm{FP}}(q_*)=\Psi(q_*) F FP ( q ∗ ) = Ψ ( q ∗ ) for every finite mixture (Proposition 14.11). This amounts to showing that δ r 0 \delta_{r_0} δ r 0 , with r 0 = q ∗ / ( 1 + q ∗ ) r_0=q_* /(1+q_*) r 0 = q ∗ / ( 1 + q ∗ ) , minimizes the Crisanti–Sommers functional of η q ∗ \eta_{q_*} η q ∗ , which we check with the Crisanti–Sommers optimality criterion. Above r 0 r_0 r 0 , the derivative of the first variation has the sign of β 2 A − 1 \beta^2 A-1 β 2 A − 1 to the right of q ∗ q_* q ∗ , which is nonpositive. Below r 0 r_0 r 0 , we need that ξ ~ ′ ( v ) / ( v − q ∗ 2 ) \tilde{\xi}'(v)/(v-q_*^2) ξ ~ ′ ( v ) / ( v − q ∗ 2 ) is nonincreasing on ( q ∗ 2 , q ∗ ] (q_*^2,q_*] ( q ∗ 2 , q ∗ ] . We deduce this from the monotonicity of the ratio χ ( v ) = v ξ ~ ′ ′ ( v ) / ξ ~ ′ ( v ) \chi(v)=v\tilde{\xi}''(v)/\tilde{\xi}'(v) χ ( v ) = v ξ ~ ′′ ( v ) / ξ ~ ′ ( v ) , whose derivative is the variance of p − 1 p-1 p − 1 under the weights p c p v p − 1 / ξ ~ ′ ( v ) pc_pv^{p-1}/\tilde{\xi}'(v) p c p v p − 1 / ξ ~ ′ ( v ) , divided by v v v , together with A ′ ( q ∗ ) ≤ 0 A'(q_*)\le0 A ′ ( q ∗ ) ≤ 0 . We allow q ∗ q_* q ∗ to be a degenerate root of the plateau equation.
Fix an admissible collar 0 < q 1 < q 2 < q ∗ 0<q_1<q_2<q_* 0 < q 1 < q 2 < q ∗ , so that β 2 A ( r ) > 1 \beta^2A(r)>1 β 2 A ( r ) > 1 on ( q 1 , q ∗ ) (q_1,q_*) ( q 1 , q ∗ ) . Since Ψ \Psi Ψ increases on [ q 1 , q ∗ ] [q_1,q_*] [ q 1 , q ∗ ] and does not increase on [ q ∗ , 1 ) [q_*,1) [ q ∗ , 1 ) , the equality at q ∗ q_* q ∗ implies two bounds. On the cap [ q 1 , 1 ) [q_1,1) [ q 1 , 1 ) , the constrained pressure is at most F − J F-J F − J , with equality at q ∗ q_* q ∗ , where J = − Φ β ( q ∗ ) / 2 > 0 J=-\Phi_{\beta}(q_*)/2>0 J = − Φ β ( q ∗ ) /2 > 0 . On the collar [ q 1 , q 2 ] [q_1,q_2] [ q 1 , q 2 ] , it is at most F − J − G F-J-G F − J − G , where G = Ψ ( q ∗ ) − Ψ ( q 2 ) > 0 G=\Psi(q_*)-\Psi(q_2)>0 G = Ψ ( q ∗ ) − Ψ ( q 2 ) > 0 . After fixing the collar, choose 0 < δ < min { J , G } / 8 0<\delta<\min\{J,G\}/8 0 < δ < min { J , G } /8 . Using the planted law and likelihood transfer, we turn these limits into quenched estimates (Proposition 14.13). With probability at least 1 − C e − a N 1-Ce^{-aN} 1 − C e − a N , there exists a set G \mathcal{G} G of good reference points with π ( G c ) ≤ e − a N \pi(\mathcal{G}^{c})\le e^{-aN} π ( G c ) ≤ e − a N such that, for every x ∈ G x\in\mathcal{G} x ∈ G ,
π { u : R ( x , u ) ≥ q 2 } ≥ e − N ( J + 2 δ ) , π { u : q 1 ≤ R ( x , u ) ≤ q 2 } ≤ e − N ( J + G − 2 δ ) . (27) \pi\{u:R(x,u)\ge q_2\}\ge e^{-N(J+2\delta)}, \qquad\pi\{u:q_1\le R(x,u)\le q_2\}\le e^{-N(J+G-2\delta)}. \tag*{(27)} π { u : R ( x , u ) ≥ q 2 } ≥ e − N ( J + 2 δ ) , π { u : q 1 ≤ R ( x , u ) ≤ q 2 } ≤ e − N ( J + G − 2 δ ) . (27)
In words, around a Gibbs-typical point there is a region of Gibbs mass about e − N J e^{-NJ} e − N J at overlap close to q ∗ q_* q ∗ , and it is separated from the rest of the Gibbs measure by a collar of exponentially smaller mass.
The second input is a uniform bound on the Gibbs masses of caps. By the replica concentration of Huang, Montanari, and Pham [93 Lemma 7.7] , for each fixed s > 0 s>0 s > 0 , two independent samples from π \pi π have overlap larger than s s s in absolute value with Gibbs probability at most 2 e − c N 2e^{-cN} 2 e − c N , on an event of probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N (Proposition 14.14). We convert this into a bound for every cap, uniformly over its axis, with an elementary barycenter estimate (Lemma 14.15):
sup v ∈ S N π { x : R ( x , v ) ≥ s } ≤ [ 2 − s 2 s 2 ( π ⊗ π ) { R > s 2 / 2 } ] 1 / 2 . (28) \sup_{v\in S_N}\pi\{x:R(x,v)\ge s\}\le\left[\frac{2-s^2}{s^2}(\pi\otimes\pi)\{R>s^2/2\}\right]^{1/2}. \tag*{(28)} v ∈ S N sup π { x : R ( x , v ) ≥ s } ≤ [ s 2 2 − s 2 ( π ⊗ π ) { R > s 2 /2 } ] 1/2 . (28)
The axis may depend on the field, and we need no union bound over axes. In the same way, we find that ∣ π ( U ) ∣ 2 ≤ s + e − c N |\pi(U)|^2 \le s + e^{-cN} ∣ π ( U ) ∣ 2 ≤ s + e − c N (Corollary 14.16).
The overlap-weighted Gibbs mean
The estimates (27) suggest an observable that records the region around x x x . Let h : [ − 1 , 1 ] → [ 0 , K ] h : [-1,1] \to[0,K] h : [ − 1 , 1 ] → [ 0 , K ] be smooth and nonincreasing, with h = K h = K h = K on [ − 1 , q 1 ] [-1,q_1] [ − 1 , q 1 ] and h = 0 h = 0 h = 0 on [ q 2 , 1 ] [q_2,1] [ q 2 , 1 ] , and let ψ u ( x ) = e − N h ( R ( x , u ) ) \psi_u(x) = e^{-Nh(R(x,u))} ψ u ( x ) = e − N h ( R ( x , u )) . The overlap-weighted Gibbs mean (Definition 15.6) is
B N ( x ) = ∫ U ( u ) w x ( d u ) , w x ( d u ) = ψ u ( x ) 2 π ( d u ) ∫ ψ u ′ ( x ) 2 π ( d u ′ ) . (29) B_N(x) = \int U(u)\,w_x(\mathrm{d}u), \qquad w_x(\mathrm{d}u) = \frac{\psi_u(x)^2\pi(\mathrm{d}u)}{\int\psi_{u'}(x)^2\pi(\mathrm{d}u')}. \tag*{(29)} B N ( x ) = ∫ U ( u ) w x ( d u ) , w x ( d u ) = ∫ ψ u ′ ( x ) 2 π ( d u ′ ) ψ u ( x ) 2 π ( d u ) . (29)
In words, B N ( x ) B_N(x) B N ( x ) is the mean of U U U under the Gibbs measure reweighted by a cutoff that suppresses the points u u u with R ( x , u ) < q 1 R(x,u) < q_1 R ( x , u ) < q 1 . We call w x w_x w x the overlap-reweighted Gibbs measure seen from x x x . Note that ∣ B N ∣ ≤ 1 |B_N| \le1 ∣ B N ∣ ≤ 1 .
We show that B N B_N B N has two properties at the points x ∈ G x \in\mathcal{G} x ∈ G , and both follow from (27) (Lemma 15.7). The first is that its gradient is small. Differentiating (29) , we find that ∇ B N ( x ) \nabla B_N(x) ∇ B N ( x ) is twice the w x w_x w x -mean of ( U ( u ) − B N ( x ) ) ⊗ ∇ log ψ u ( x ) (U(u) - B_N(x)) \otimes\nabla\log\psi_u(x) ( U ( u ) − B N ( x )) ⊗ ∇ log ψ u ( x ) . The factor ∇ log ψ u ( x ) \nabla\log\psi_u(x) ∇ log ψ u ( x ) vanishes unless u u u lies in the collar of x x x , and only the w x w_x w x -mass of the collar counts. With d N ( x ) d_N(x) d N ( x ) the denominator in (29) , we obtain
∥ ∇ B N ( x ) ∥ H S 2 ≤ 4 N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 π { u : q 1 ≤ R ( x , u ) ≤ q 2 } d N ( x ) ≤ 4 N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 e − N ( G − 4 δ ) , (30) \lVert\nabla B_N(x)\rVert_{\mathrm{HS}}^2 \le4N\lVert h'\rVert_\infty^2 \frac{\pi\{u:q_1 \le R(x,u) \le q_2\}}{d_N(x)} \le4N\lVert h'\rVert_\infty^2 e^{-N(G-4\delta)}, \tag*{(30)} ∥ ∇ B N ( x ) ∥ HS 2 ≤ 4 N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 d N ( x ) π { u : q 1 ≤ R ( x , u ) ≤ q 2 } ≤ 4 N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 e − N ( G − 4 δ ) , (30)
where we used d N ( x ) ≥ π { u : R ( x , u ) ≥ q 2 } d_N(x) \ge\pi\{u:R(x,u) \ge q_2\} d N ( x ) ≥ π { u : R ( x , u ) ≥ q 2 } and (27) . The second property is alignment. The references with R ( x , u ) ≤ q 1 R(x,u) \le q_1 R ( x , u ) ≤ q 1 carry w x w_x w x -mass at most e − 2 K N / d N ( x ) e^{-2KN}/d_N(x) e − 2 K N / d N ( x ) , and with 2 K = J + 2 δ + 1 2K = J + 2\delta+ 1 2 K = J + 2 δ + 1 we find that U ( x ) ⋅ B N ( x ) ≥ q 1 − ( 1 + q 1 ) e − N U(x) \cdot B_N(x) \ge q_1 - (1 + q_1)e^{-N} U ( x ) ⋅ B N ( x ) ≥ q 1 − ( 1 + q 1 ) e − N (Section 16.2).
The definition averages over all references u u u , including those outside G \mathcal{G} G , at which the estimates (27) may fail. The function B N B_N B N is then smooth on all of S N S_N S N , and ∥ ∇ B N ∥ H S 2 ≤ 4 N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 \lVert\nabla B_N\rVert_{\mathrm{HS}}^2 \le4N\lVert h'\rVert_\infty^2 ∥ ∇ B N ∥ HS 2 ≤ 4 N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 at every point, because ∣ ∇ ψ u ∣ 2 ≤ N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 ψ u 2 |\nabla\psi_u|^2 \le N\lVert h'\rVert_\infty^2\psi_u^2 ∣∇ ψ u ∣ 2 ≤ N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 ψ u 2 and w x w_x w x is a probability measure (Lemma 15.7). The points x x x outside G \mathcal{G} G therefore enter the vector energy only through their Gibbs mass:
E v e c ( B N ) ≤ 4 N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 ( e − N ( G − 4 δ ) + e − a N ) . (31) \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B_N) \le4N\lVert h'\rVert_\infty^2\left(e^{-N(G-4\delta)} + e^{-aN}\right). \tag*{(31)} E vec ( B N ) ≤ 4 N ∥ h ′ ∥ ∞ 2 ( e − N ( G − 4 δ ) + e − a N ) . (31)
From one observable to five conclusions
On the event of Proposition 14.13 and Corollary 14.16, the rest of the proof is deterministic (Sections 15 and 16). We list in Table 2.1 the tool that we use for each conclusion of Theorem 1.5 .
Table 2.1. The five conclusions of Theorem 1.5 and the deterministic results that derive them from the energy and the alignment of the overlap-weighted Gibbs mean.
For (i), we use the averaged variational principle of Harrell and Stubbe [86, Theorem 3.1] in the following form (Lemma 15.1). Suppose that a family of nonnegative trial functions f z f_z f z , indexed by a measure space, has total squared L 2 ( π ) L^2(\pi) L 2 ( π ) mass
0 < T = ∫ ∥ f z ∥ 2 2 μ ( d z ) < ∞ 0<T=\int\|f_z\|_2^2\,\mu(\mathrm{d}z)<\infty 0 < T = ∫ ∥ f z ∥ 2 2 μ ( d z ) < ∞ and averaged energy at most r T rT r T , that each function satisfies π ( f z ) ≤ R \pi(f_z)\le R π ( f z ) ≤ R , and that the family covers each point with total weight at most C C C . Then the number of eigenvalues below Λ > r \Lambda>r Λ > r is at least ( 1 − r / Λ ) T / ( R C ) (1-r/\Lambda)T/(RC) ( 1 − r /Λ ) T / ( R C ) . We apply this to the bumps f z ( x ) = α ( [ N [ 1 − ∣ B N ( x ) − z ∣ 2 / ρ 2 ] ] ) f_z(x)=\alpha([N[1-|B_N(x)-z|^2/\rho^2]]) f z ( x ) = α ([ N [ 1 − ∣ B N ( x ) − z ∣ 2 / ρ 2 ]]) , with z z z averaged over a ball of R N \mathbb{R}^N R N (Lemma 15.2). A bump is supported where B N B_N B N is within ρ \rho ρ of z z z . Since B N B_N B N is aligned with U U U on G G G , the part of this set in G G G lies in a cap of a fixed latitude, and (28) bounds its Gibbs mass by e − c N e^{-cN} e − c N . With the index measure of Lemma 15.2, we have ∫ f z ( x ) μ ( d z ) ≤ 1 \int f_z(x)\,\mu(\mathrm{d}z)\le1 ∫ f z ( x ) μ ( d z ) ≤ 1 at every x x x and 1 / 2 ≤ ∫ ∥ f z ∥ 2 2 μ ( d z ) ≤ 1 1/2\le\int\|f_z\|_2^2\,\mu(\mathrm{d}z)\le1 1/2 ≤ ∫ ∥ f z ∥ 2 2 μ ( d z ) ≤ 1 . The averaged energy of the bumps is at most C N 2 ρ − 2 E v e c ( B N ) CN^2\rho^{-2}\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B_N) C N 2 ρ − 2 E vec ( B N ) , which is exponentially small by (31) . This shows that at least e c N e^{cN} e c N eigenvalues lie below e − 2 γ N e^{-2\gamma N} e − 2 γ N . Unlike the smoothed indicators of disjoint clusters used in [65], the bumps overlap, and the averaged principle needs only the bounds R R R and C C C .
For (ii) and (iii), let Z N = U − π ( U ) Z_N=U-\pi(U) Z N = U − π ( U ) , B ‾ N = B N − π ( B N ) \overline{B}_N=B_N-\pi(B_N) B N = B N − π ( B N ) , and Π Λ = 1 ( 0 , Λ ] ( − L ) \Pi_\Lambda=\mathbf{1}_{(0,\Lambda]}(-L) Π Λ = 1 ( 0 , Λ ] ( − L ) . The part of B ‾ N \overline{B}_N B N above Λ \Lambda Λ has squared norm at most E v e c ( B N ) / Λ \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B_N)/\Lambda E vec ( B N ) /Λ , and we find that
∥ Π Λ Z N ∥ 2 ∥ B ‾ N ∥ 2 ≥ ⟨ Z N , B ‾ N ⟩ − ( E v e c ( B N ) / Λ ) 1 / 2 (32) \|\Pi_\Lambda Z_N\|_2\|\overline{B}_N\|_2\ge\langle Z_N,\overline{B}_N\rangle-\left(\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B_N)/\Lambda\right)^{1/2} \tag*{(32)} ∥ Π Λ Z N ∥ 2 ∥ B N ∥ 2 ≥ ⟨ Z N , B N ⟩ − ( E vec ( B N ) /Λ ) 1/2 (32)
(Lemma 15.5). The alignment implies that ⟨ U , B N ⟩ ≥ q 1 − o ( 1 ) \langle U,B_N\rangle\ge q_1-o(1) ⟨ U , B N ⟩ ≥ q 1 − o ( 1 ) , and the magnetization π ( U ) \pi(U) π ( U ) is small by Corollary 14.16. Together, they give ⟨ Z N , B ‾ N ⟩ ≥ q 0 \langle Z_N,\overline{B}_N\rangle\ge q_0 ⟨ Z N , B N ⟩ ≥ q 0 for a fixed q 0 < q 1 q_0<q_1 q 0 < q 1 close to q 1 q_1 q 1 , while ∥ B ‾ N ∥ 2 ≤ 1 \|\overline{B}_N\|_2\le1 ∥ B N ∥ 2 ≤ 1 . With Λ = e − 2 γ N \Lambda=e^{-2\gamma N} Λ = e − 2 γ N , we obtain ∥ Π Λ Z N ∥ 2 2 ≥ q 0 2 − o ( 1 ) \|\Pi_\Lambda Z_N\|_2^2\ge q_0^2-o(1) ∥ Π Λ Z N ∥ 2 2 ≥ q 0 2 − o ( 1 ) . For every b < q ∗ 2 b<q_*^2 b < q ∗ 2 , we can choose the collar and q 0 q_0 q 0 so that q 0 2 > b q_0^2>b q 0 2 > b , and this proves (ii). The connected correlation satisfies ⟨ Z N , P t Z N ⟩ ≥ e − Λ t ∥ Π Λ Z N ∥ 2 2 \langle Z_N,P_tZ_N\rangle\ge e^{-\Lambda t}\|\Pi_\Lambda Z_N\|_2^2 ⟨ Z N , P t Z N ⟩ ≥ e − Λ t ∥ Π Λ Z N ∥ 2 2 , which implies (iii) up to time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N .
Conclusion (iv) follows from (2.2) and Markov’s inequality. Let T = e γ N T=e^{\gamma N} T = e γ N . For all x x x outside a set of Gibbs mass e − c N e^{-cN} e − c N , we find that the law P T ( x , ⋅ ) P_T(x,\cdot) P T ( x , ⋅ ) gives mass at least 1 − e − γ N 1-e^{-\gamma N} 1 − e − γ N to the set D x = { y : ∣ B N ( y ) − B N ( x ) ∣ ≤ ρ } D_x=\{y:|B_N(y)-B_N(x)|\le\rho\} D x = { y : ∣ B N ( y ) − B N ( x ) ∣ ≤ ρ } . For x ∈ G x\in G x ∈ G , the set D x D_x D x lies in the union of G c \mathcal{G}^{c} G c and a cap around the direction of B N ( x ) B_N(x) B N ( x ) , and its Gibbs mass is at most w = e − c N w=e^{-cN} w = e − c N . Testing D x D_x D x at time T T T , we obtain ∥ P T ( x , ⋅ ) − π ∥ T V ≥ 1 − e − γ N − w \lVert P_T(x,\cdot)-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\ge1-e^{-\gamma N}-w ∥ P T ( x , ⋅ ) − π ∥ TV ≥ 1 − e − γ N − w , and the contraction of total variation gives the same lower bound for every 0 ≤ t ≤ T 0\le t\le T 0 ≤ t ≤ T . For (v), by binary data processing at time T T T , we have D ( P T ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) ≥ ( 1 − e − γ N ) log ( 1 / w ) − log 2 D(P_T(x,\cdot)\mathbin\Vert\pi)\ge(1-e^{-\gamma N})\log(1/w)-\log2 D ( P T ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) ≥ ( 1 − e − γ N ) log ( 1/ w ) − log 2 . The contraction of relative entropy gives this bound for every 0 < t ≤ T 0<t\le T 0 < t ≤ T , and it is at least c N cN c N for all sufficiently large N N N (Lemma 15.8). We conclude with the chain identity I ( X 0 ; X t ) = ∫ D ( P t ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) π ( d x ) I(X_0;X_t)=\int D(P_t(x,\cdot)\mathbin\Vert\pi)\,\pi(dx) I ( X 0 ; X t ) = ∫ D ( P t ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) π ( d x ) of Lemma 3.12, which goes back to the golden formula [127, Theorem 4.1].
Correlation bounds at every level below q ∗ q_* q ∗
The proof above gives levels below q ∗ 2 q_*^2 q ∗ 2 . The physics prediction uses the largest positive solution of the plateau equation, which equals q ∗ q_* q ∗ except when β 2 A \beta^2 A β 2 A touches one from below at an isolated point farther to the right (see § 2.1 ). Theorem 1.6 gives lower bounds approaching q ∗ q_* q ∗ . The loss of the square occurs in (32) , where we used ∥ B N ‾ ∥ 2 2 ≤ 1 \lVert\overline{B_N}\rVert_2^2\le1 ∥ B N ∥ 2 2 ≤ 1 . Recall from (29) that ∣ B N ( x ) ∣ 2 \lvert B_N(x)\rvert^2 ∣ B N ( x ) ∣ 2 is the mean overlap of two independent samples from w x w_x w x , which concentrate at overlap about q ∗ q_* q ∗ with x x x . If their mutual overlap also concentrates at q ∗ q_* q ∗ , then ∥ B N ‾ ∥ 2 2 ≤ q ∗ + o ( 1 ) \lVert\overline{B_N}\rVert_2^2\le q_*+o(1) ∥ B N ∥ 2 2 ≤ q ∗ + o ( 1 ) . Combining this with (32) , for a fixed sufficiently small 0 < ϑ < min { 1 , q 1 / 3 } 0<\vartheta<\min\{1,q_1/3\} 0 < ϑ < min { 1 , q 1 /3 } and a time exponent γ \gamma γ chosen as in Section 17.2, the norm, magnetization, and energy estimates give, with probability tending to one,
∥ Π Λ N Z N ∥ 2 2 ≥ ( q 1 − 3 ϑ ) 2 q ∗ + ϑ , Λ N = e − 2 γ N . (33) \lVert\Pi_{\Lambda_N}Z_N\rVert_2^2\ge\frac{(q_1-3\vartheta)^2}{q_*+\vartheta},\qquad\Lambda_N=e^{-2\gamma N}. \tag*{(33)} ∥ Π Λ N Z N ∥ 2 2 ≥ q ∗ + ϑ ( q 1 − 3 ϑ ) 2 , Λ N = e − 2 γ N . (33)
Choosing q 1 q_1 q 1 close to q ∗ q_* q ∗ and then ϑ \vartheta ϑ small makes this lower bound exceed any fixed b < q ∗ b<q_* b < q ∗ . The main step of Section 17 is therefore the estimate ∫ ∣ B N ∣ 2 d π → q ∗ \int\lvert B_N\rvert^2\,d\pi\to q_* ∫ ∣ B N ∣ 2 d π → q ∗ in probability (Proposition 17.1).
We prove it under the planted law. We write each u u u through its latitude r = R ( x , u ) r=R(x,u) r = R ( x , u ) and its transverse part y y y , a point of the sphere in x ⊥ x^\perp x ⊥ . For two such points, we have R ( u , u ′ ) = r r ′ + ( ( 1 − r 2 ) ( 1 − r ′ 2 ) ) 1 / 2 R n ( y , y ′ ) R(u,u')=rr'+((1-r^2)(1-r'^2))^{1/2}R_n(y,y') R ( u , u ′ ) = r r ′ + (( 1 − r 2 ) ( 1 − r ′2 ) ) 1/2 R n ( y , y ′ ) . The latitude concentrates at q ∗ q_* q ∗ under w x w_x w x , by the constrained pressure. It remains to show that the transverse overlap R n ( y , y ′ ) R_n(y,y') R n ( y , y ′ ) concentrates at t 0 = q ∗ / ( 1 + q ∗ ) t_0=q_*/(1+q_*) t 0 = q ∗ / ( 1 + q ∗ ) , since q ∗ 2 + ( 1 − q ∗ 2 ) t 0 = q ∗ q_*^2+(1-q_*^2)t_0=q_* q ∗ 2 + ( 1 − q ∗ 2 ) t 0 = q ∗ . By the optimality of the replica-symmetric trial at q ∗ q_* q ∗ , the Parisi measure of the transverse spin glass at latitude q ∗ q_* q ∗ is the point mass at t 0 t_0 t 0 (Lemma 17.5). Note that the transverse covariance η q ∗ \eta_{q_*} η q ∗ contains the monomials t t t and t 2 t^2 t 2 with positive coefficients. We multiply two Gaussian components of the field that contribute to these monomials by amplitudes s 1 s_1 s 1 and s 2 s_2 s 2 and differentiate the expected logarithm of the reweighted partition function in these amplitudes. Using Gaussian integration by parts, we find that the derivative in s k s_k s k at s = ( 1 , 1 ) s=(1,1) s = ( 1 , 1 ) is, once the latitude has concentrated, an affine function of the k k k -th moment of the transverse overlap (Lemma 17.9). We compute its limit from the Crisanti–Sommers formula and the envelope theorem [118]: it equals β 2 a k 2 ( 1 − t 0 k ) \beta^2a_k^2(1-t_0^k) β 2 a k 2 ( 1 − t 0 k ) , where a k 2 > 0 a_k^2>0 a k 2 > 0 is the coefficient of t k t^k t k contributed by the k k k -th component (Lemma 17.8). Convexity in the amplitudes lets us pass from the convergence of the pressures to the convergence of their derivatives [131, Theorem 24.5]. We find that the first two moments of the transverse overlap tend to t 0 t_0 t 0 and t 0 2 t_0^2 t 0 2 , and that its variance tends to zero. This use of derivatives in the coefficients of a covariance is classical in the theory of mean-field spin glasses [122]; see [13, Proposition 2.2] for spherical mixtures. Finally, since ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 E ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\mathcal{E}''(0)<1 β 2 E ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 , the planted law and the Gibbs-reference law are mutually contiguous [93 Lemma 3.2, Remark 3.3, and Corollary 3.5] , which transfers the estimate to the original disorder. Neither the convex derivative convergence nor the likelihood transfer supplies a rate. The derivative argument does not give exponentially small planted failure probabilities, so the exponential transfer of Lemma 14.3 cannot be applied; this is why (ii) and (iii) of Theorem 1.6 are proved only with probability tending to one.
Eigenvalues near the dynamical threshold
The proof of Theorem 1.7 reuses the estimates above.
For Theorem 1.7, we count slow modes with smooth cap cutoffs f u ( x ) = φ ( R ( x , u ) ) f_u(x)=\varphi(R(x,u)) f u ( x ) = φ ( R ( x , u )) as trial functions, where φ \varphi φ is smooth, vanishes on ( − ∞ , q 1 ] (-\infty,q_1] ( − ∞ , q 1 ] , and equals one on [ q 2 , ∞ ) [q_2,\infty) [ q 2 , ∞ ) , indexed by good references with measure 1 G ( u ) π ( d u ) \mathbf{1}_G(u)\pi(\mathrm{d}u) 1 G ( u ) π ( d u ) (Remark 16.1 and Lemma 18.8). The exponent of the eigenvalue bound can then be any number below the collar gap G G G , which we compute as β ↓ β d \beta\downarrow\beta_d β ↓ β d . Near the largest maximizer q d q_d q d of A A A , we write ε = β 2 A max − 1 \varepsilon=\beta^2A_{\max}-1 ε = β 2 A m a x − 1 and r = q d + h z r=q_d+hz r = q d + h z with h = ( ε / a ) 1 / ( 2 m ) h=(\varepsilon/a)^{1/(2m)} h = ( ε / a ) 1/ ( 2 m ) . On the component of { β 2 A > 1 } \{\beta^2A>1\} { β 2 A > 1 } that ends at q ∗ q_* q ∗ , (2.19) shows that, heuristically, Ψ ′ ( r ) ≈ q d ε ( 1 − z 2 m ) / ( 2 ( 1 − q d ) ) \Psi'(r)\approx q_d\varepsilon(1-z^{2m})/(2(1-q_d)) Ψ ′ ( r ) ≈ q d ε ( 1 − z 2 m ) / ( 2 ( 1 − q d )) . Integrating over z ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] z\in[-1,1] z ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] , we find
Ψ ( q ∗ ) − Ψ ( q − ) ≈ q d 2 ( 1 − q d ) h ε ∫ − 1 1 ( 1 − z 2 m ) d z = C d ε 1 + 1 / ( 2 m ) , (34) \Psi(q_*)-\Psi(q_-)\approx\frac{q_d}{2(1-q_d)}h\varepsilon\int_{-1}^{1}(1-z^{2m})\,\mathrm{d}z=C_d\varepsilon^{1+1/(2m)}, \tag*{(34)} Ψ ( q ∗ ) − Ψ ( q − ) ≈ 2 ( 1 − q d ) q d h ε ∫ − 1 1 ( 1 − z 2 m ) d z = C d ε 1 + 1/ ( 2 m ) , (34)
where q − q_- q − is the left end of this component. The precise forms are (18.22) and, for the collar gap, (18.23). In the counting bound, the core exponent J J J enters both T T T and R R R and cancels, and the covering constant C C C is the largest Gibbs mass of a cap. We use a cap bound whose exponent is uniform in the temperature (Lemma 18.5). The number of slow modes then stays e κ ∗ N e^{\kappa_*N} e κ ∗ N , with κ ∗ \kappa_* κ ∗ independent of ε \varepsilon ε , while the exponent of the eigenvalue bound tends to zero. Here ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 is fixed before N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ ; the probability exponent and the threshold for N N N may depend on ε \varepsilon ε and ϑ \vartheta ϑ . The computed barrier is that of the trial pressure, and it yields a lower bound for the constrained-pressure gap, rather than an asymptotic formula for that gap or for the eigenvalues.
Dependencies among the main steps
We list in Tables 2.2 and 2.3 the principal proof inputs for each main result, including selected intermediate results, in the order discussed above. We suppress most general preliminary facts, but retain the Crisanti–Sommers optimality criterion where it is a central variational input.
Table 2. Dependencies in Part II.
Table 2.3. Dependencies in Part III.
Preliminaries
Preliminaries
This section collects the definitions and general facts that are used in both halves of the paper. § 4.1.1 fixes our conventions for constants, probabilities, and the order in which parameters are chosen. § 4.1.2 defines the model and records two standard Gaussian facts: the regularity of the field and of its derivatives (Lemma 3.2) and the concentration of free energies over deterministic domains (Lemma 3.3 ). § 4.1.3 introduces the Langevin dynamics on the sphere (Definition 3.4 and Lemma 3.5) and the spectral calculus of its generator (Lemma 3.6 ). § 4.1.4 contains facts that hold for every Markov semigroup with an invariant law. These are the contraction of total variation and relative entropy (Lemma 3.8 ), binary data processing (Lemma 3.9 ), an endpoint criterion for separation in total variation (Proposition 3.10 ), and the chain identity for the mutual information between the two endpoints (Lemma 3.12 ). § 4.1.5 recalls the Crisanti–Sommers functional, the Parisi formula, and the first-variation characterization of the minimizer (Definition 3.13 , Theorem 3.14 , and Lemma 3.15 ), and it defines the thresholds β d \beta_{\mathrm d} β d and β s \beta_{\mathrm s} β s (Definition 3.16 and Lemma 3.18 ). Finally, § 4.1.6 states two results of Huang, Montanari, and Pham in our notation (Lemmas 3.19 and 3.20 ).
The facts in § 4.1.3 and § 4.1.4 concern a fixed field, and no randomness enters. They are used in Sections 4 and 13 for the condensed phase and in Sections 15 and 16 below the static threshold. The field estimates of § 4.1.2 are used in Part II, in the Kac–Rice formula and in the proof that the Gibbs measure concentrates on bands, and in Section 14. The static facts of § 4.1.5 enter Sections 5, 14, and 18. Lemma 3.19 is used in Sections 12 and 17, and Lemma 3.20 in Section 14. We prove the elementary statements and give precise citations for the others. Facts that are used in a single section are stated there.
Conventions
Throughout, N ≥ 2 N \ge2 N ≥ 2 is the dimension. The covariance ξ \xi ξ and the inverse temperature β \beta β are fixed at the start of every statement, and all limits are taken as N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ with them fixed. We write C for a large positive constant and c and a for small positive constants. In estimates taken as N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ , these constants depend only on ξ \xi ξ , β \beta β , and the other parameters fixed in the statement at hand, never on N N N or on the realization of the field. Their values may change from line to line, and the same convention applies to the constants implicit in the notation O ( ⋅ ) O(\cdot) O ( ⋅ ) and o ( ⋅ ) o(\cdot) o ( ⋅ ) . Constants used only in deterministic analytic arguments for a fixed N N N and a fixed field H H H may depend on N N N and H H H ; we then indicate this dependence, as in C r , N , H C_{r,N,H} C r , N , H . Logarithms are natural.
Probabilities. We refer to the randomness of the field as the disorder and write P \mathbb{P} P and E \mathbb{E} E for its law and expectation. We say that a statement holds for all sufficiently large N N N if there exists N 0 N_0 N 0 , depending only on the fixed parameters, such that it holds for all N ≥ N 0 N \ge N_0 N ≥ N 0 . We say that an event, defined for each N N N in terms of the field, holds with probability at least 1 − C e − a N 1-Ce^{-aN} 1 − C e − a N if there exist constants C , a > 0 C,a>0 C , a > 0 such that its probability is at least 1 − C e − a N 1-Ce^{-aN} 1 − C e − a N for all sufficiently large N N N . It holds with probability tending to one if its probability tends to one as N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ . A statement of the form “with probability at least 1 − C e − a N 1-Ce^{-aN} 1 − C e − a N , the following holds” is quenched. This means that on the event, every listed property holds for the realized field, simultaneously for all times, starting points, and other variables quantified inside the statement, unless the statement says otherwise.
Order of parameters. When a statement or proof involves several parameters, they are chosen in a fixed order. First ξ \xi ξ and β \beta β are fixed. Then the accuracy parameters of the statement (for example a plateau level, a tolerance, or the half-width of an energy window) are chosen in the order given in the proof. Then the constants C C C , c c c , a a a , γ \gamma γ , κ \kappa κ are chosen, and they may depend on all of the above. Last, N 0 N_0 N 0 is chosen. No statement is uniform as β \beta β approaches β d \beta_d β d or β s \beta_s β s unless this is said explicitly. Each proof with more than two parameters states their order.
Measures and information. For a fixed field, we write P μ \mathbb{P}_{\mu} P μ and E μ \mathbb{E}_{\mu} E μ for the law and expectation of the diffusion of Definition 3.4 with initial law μ \mu μ , and P x \mathbb{P}_x P x , E x \mathbb{E}_x E x when μ = δ x \mu=\delta_x μ = δ x . For probability measures μ \mu μ and ν \nu ν on a measurable space, the total variation distance is ∥ μ − ν ∥ T V = sup A ∣ μ ( A ) − ν ( A ) ∣ \lVert\mu-\nu\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}=\sup_A\lvert\mu(A)-\nu(A)\rvert ∥ μ − ν ∥ TV = sup A ∣ μ ( A ) − ν ( A )∣ . The relative entropy is D ( μ ∥ ν ) = ∫ log ( d μ d ν ) d μ D(\mu\Vert\nu)=\int\log\left(\frac{\mathrm{d}\mu}{\mathrm{d}\nu}\right)\mathrm{d}\mu D ( μ ∥ ν ) = ∫ log ( d ν d μ ) d μ if μ ≪ ν \mu\ll\nu μ ≪ ν , and D ( μ ∥ ν ) = ∞ D(\mu\Vert\nu)=\infty D ( μ ∥ ν ) = ∞ otherwise. The mutual information of two random variables X X X and Y Y Y is the relative entropy of their joint law with respect to the product of the marginal laws. For p , a ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] p,a\in[0,1] p , a ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , the binary relative entropy and the binary entropy are
d ( p ∥ a ) = p log p a + ( 1 − p ) log 1 − p 1 − a , h ( p ) = − p log p − ( 1 − p ) log ( 1 − p ) , d(p\Vert a)=p\log\frac{p}{a}+(1-p)\log\frac{1-p}{1-a},\qquad h(p)=-p\log p-(1-p)\log(1-p), d ( p ∥ a ) = p log a p + ( 1 − p ) log 1 − a 1 − p , h ( p ) = − p log p − ( 1 − p ) log ( 1 − p ) ,
with 0 log 0 = 0 0\log0=0 0 log 0 = 0 and d ( p ∥ a ) = ∞ d(p\Vert a)=\infty d ( p ∥ a ) = ∞ if a ∈ { 0 , 1 } a\in\{0,1\} a ∈ { 0 , 1 } and p ≠ a p\ne a p = a . We also use 0 log ( 0 / a ) = 0 0\log(0/a)=0 0 log ( 0/ a ) = 0 for a ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] a\in[0,1] a ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] and 0 ⋅ ∞ = 0 0\cdot\infty=0 0 ⋅ ∞ = 0 , while p log ( p / 0 ) = ∞ p\log(p/0)=\infty p log ( p /0 ) = ∞ for p > 0 p>0 p > 0 . All state spaces are standard Borel spaces.
The model
Definition 3.1 (Model). Let S N = { x ∈ R N : ∣ x ∣ 2 = N } S_N=\{x\in\mathbb{R}^N:\lvert x\rvert^2=N\} S N = { x ∈ R N : ∣ x ∣ 2 = N } , let ν N \nu_N ν N be the uniform probability measure on S N S_N S N , and for x , y ∈ R N x,y\in\mathbb{R}^N x , y ∈ R N let R ( x , y ) = x ⋅ y / N R(x,y)=x\cdot y/N R ( x , y ) = x ⋅ y / N and U ( x ) = x / N U(x)=x/\sqrt{N} U ( x ) = x / N . A finite mixture is a nonzero polynomial
ξ ( r ) = ∑ p = 2 P c p r p , c p ≥ 0 ( 2 ≤ p ≤ P ) . \xi(r) = \sum_{p=2}^{P} c_p r^p,\qquad c_p \ge0\quad(2 \le p \le P). ξ ( r ) = p = 2 ∑ P c p r p , c p ≥ 0 ( 2 ≤ p ≤ P ) .
Its minimum degree is d = min { p : c p > 0 } d = \min\{p : c_p > 0\} d = min { p : c p > 0 } , and ξ \xi ξ is pure if exactly one coefficient is nonzero and non-pure if at least two coefficients are nonzero. The field H N H_N H N is the centered Gaussian process on S N S_N S N with covariance E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y ) ) \mathbb{E}H_N(x)H_N(y) = N\xi(R(x,y)) E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y )) , realized as in Lemma 3.2. For β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , the Gibbs measure π = π N , β \pi= \pi_{N,\beta} π = π N , β and the partition function Z N , β Z_{N,\beta} Z N , β are
π ( d x ) = e β H N ( x ) Z N , β ν N ( d x ) , Z N , β = ∫ S N e β H N d ν N . \pi(\mathrm{d}x) = \frac{e^{\beta H_N(x)}}{Z_{N,\beta}}\,\nu_N(\mathrm{d}x),\qquad Z_{N,\beta} = \int_{S_N} e^{\beta H_N}\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N. π ( d x ) = Z N , β e β H N ( x ) ν N ( d x ) , Z N , β = ∫ S N e β H N d ν N .
The free energy is F N ( β ) = N − 1 E log Z N , β F_N(\beta) = N^{-1}\mathbb{E}\log Z_{N,\beta} F N ( β ) = N − 1 E log Z N , β , and F ( β ) = lim N → ∞ F N ( β ) F(\beta) = \lim_{N\to\infty}F_N(\beta) F ( β ) = lim N → ∞ F N ( β ) . The limit exists by Theorem 3.14 .
We allow odd degrees and a quadratic term. Note that the Gibbs measure favors large values of H N H_N H N . For a function f f f on S N S_N S N , we write π ( f ) = ∫ f d π \pi(f) = \int f\,\mathrm{d}\pi π ( f ) = ∫ f d π ; in particular, π ( U ) ∈ R N \pi(U) \in\mathbb{R}^N π ( U ) ∈ R N is the Gibbs mean of the normalized spin. For x , y ∈ S N x,y \in S_N x , y ∈ S N , we have ∣ U ( x ) ∣ = 1 \lvert U(x)\rvert= 1 ∣ U ( x )∣ = 1 , R ( x , x ) = 1 R(x,x) = 1 R ( x , x ) = 1 , and ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ 1 \lvert R(x,y)\rvert\le1 ∣ R ( x , y )∣ ≤ 1 . For each x ∈ S N x \in S_N x ∈ S N , the variable H N ( x ) H_N(x) H N ( x ) is centered Gaussian with variance N ξ ( 1 ) N\xi(1) N ξ ( 1 ) . By Fubini’s theorem, we have
E Z N , β = ∫ S N E e β H N ( x ) ν N ( d x ) = e N β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 . (35) \mathbb{E}Z_{N,\beta} = \int_{S_N}\mathbb{E}e^{\beta H_N(x)}\,\nu_N(\mathrm{d}x) = e^{N\beta^2\xi(1)/2}. \tag*{(35)} E Z N , β = ∫ S N E e β H N ( x ) ν N ( d x ) = e N β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 . (35)
Lemma 3.2 (Representation, rotation invariance, and regularity of the field). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture. Let g i 1 … i p ( p ) g^{(p)}_{i_1\ldots i_p} g i 1 … i p ( p ) , for 2 ≤ p ≤ P 2 \le p \le P 2 ≤ p ≤ P and 1 ≤ i 1 , … , i p ≤ N 1 \le i_1,\ldots,i_p \le N 1 ≤ i 1 , … , i p ≤ N , be independent standard Gaussian variables, and define the random polynomial
H N ( x ) = ∑ p = 2 P c p N − ( p − 1 ) / 2 ∑ i 1 , … , i p = 1 N g i 1 … i p ( p ) x i 1 ⋯ x i p , x ∈ R N . (36) H_N(x) = \sum_{p=2}^{P}\sqrt{c_p}\,N^{-(p-1)/2}\sum_{i_1,\ldots,i_p=1}^{N}g^{(p)}_{i_1\ldots i_p}x_{i_1}\cdots x_{i_p},\qquad x\in\mathbb{R}^N. \tag*{(36)} H N ( x ) = p = 2 ∑ P c p N − ( p − 1 ) /2 i 1 , … , i p = 1 ∑ N g i 1 … i p ( p ) x i 1 ⋯ x i p , x ∈ R N . (36) For all x , y ∈ R N x,y \in\mathbb{R}^N x , y ∈ R N , we have E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y ) ) \mathbb{E}H_N(x)H_N(y) = N\xi(R(x,y)) E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y )) . In particular, the restriction of H N H_N H N to S N S_N S N is the field of Definition 3.1.
For every g ∈ O ( N ) g \in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) , the random polynomials H N ∘ g − 1 H_N\circ g^{-1} H N ∘ g − 1 and H N H_N H N have the same law.
There exist K , c > 0 K,c > 0 K , c > 0 , depending only on ξ \xi ξ , such that for every N ≥ 2 N \ge2 N ≥ 2 , with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N ,
sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N ∣ H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ K N , sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N ∣ ∇ H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ K N , \sup_{\lvert x\rvert\le\sqrt{N}}\lvert H_N(x)\rvert\le KN,\qquad
\sup_{\lvert x\rvert\le\sqrt{N}}\lvert\nabla H_N(x)\rvert\le K\sqrt{N}, ∣ x ∣ ≤ N sup ∣ H N ( x )∣ ≤ K N , ∣ x ∣ ≤ N sup ∣ ∇ H N ( x )∣ ≤ K N , sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N ∥ ∇ 2 H N ( x ) ∥ op ≤ K , sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N ∥ ∇ 3 H N ( x ) ∥ op ≤ K / N . (37) \sup_{\lvert x\rvert\le\sqrt{N}}\lVert\nabla^2H_N(x)\rVert_{\operatorname{op}} \le K,\qquad
\sup_{\lvert x\rvert\le\sqrt{N}}\lVert\nabla^3H_N(x)\rVert_{\operatorname{op}} \le K/\sqrt{N}. \tag*{(37)} ∣ x ∣ ≤ N sup ∥ ∇ 2 H N ( x ) ∥ op ≤ K , ∣ x ∣ ≤ N sup ∥ ∇ 3 H N ( x ) ∥ op ≤ K / N . (37)
and, on the same event,
sup x ∈ S N ∣ ∇ S N H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ K N , sup x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N 2 H N ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ 2 K . (38) \sup_{x \in S_N} \left|\nabla_{S_N} H_N(x)\right| \le K\sqrt{N}, \qquad\sup_{x \in S_N} \left\|\nabla_{S_N}^{2} H_N(x)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}} \le2K. \tag*{(38)} x ∈ S N sup ∣ ∇ S N H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ K N , x ∈ S N sup ∇ S N 2 H N ( x ) op ≤ 2 K . (38)
Here ∇ k \nabla^k ∇ k is the k k k -th Euclidean derivative, ∥ T ∥ o p = sup { ∣ T [ v 1 , … , v k ] ∣ : ∣ v 1 ∣ , … , ∣ v k ∣ ≤ 1 } \|T\|_{\mathrm{op}} = \sup\{|T[v_1,\ldots,v_k]| : |v_1|,\ldots,|v_k| \le1\} ∥ T ∥ op = sup { ∣ T [ v 1 , … , v k ] ∣ : ∣ v 1 ∣ , … , ∣ v k ∣ ≤ 1 } for a k k k -linear form T T T , and ∇ S N \nabla_{S_N} ∇ S N and ∇ S N 2 \nabla_{S_N}^{2} ∇ S N 2 are the Riemannian gradient and Hessian on S N S_N S N .
Proof. For (1), since the variables g i 1 … i p ( p ) g_{i_1\ldots i_p}^{(p)} g i 1 … i p ( p ) are independent and centered, we have
E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = ∑ p = 2 P c p N − ( p − 1 ) ∑ i 1 , … , i p = 1 N x i 1 y i 1 ⋯ x i p y i p = ∑ p = 2 P c p N 1 − p ( x ⋅ y ) p = N ξ ( R ( x , y ) ) . \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}H_N(x)H_N(y) = \sum_{p=2}^{P} c_p N^{-(p-1)} \sum_{i_1,\ldots,i_p=1}^{N} x_{i_1}y_{i_1}\cdots x_{i_p}y_{i_p} \\
&= \sum_{p=2}^{P} c_p N^{1-p}(x\cdot y)^p = N\xi(R(x,y)).
\end{aligned} E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = p = 2 ∑ P c p N − ( p − 1 ) i 1 , … , i p = 1 ∑ N x i 1 y i 1 ⋯ x i p y i p = p = 2 ∑ P c p N 1 − p ( x ⋅ y ) p = N ξ ( R ( x , y )) .
For (2), note that g − 1 g^{-1} g − 1 preserves inner products. By (1), the process H N ∘ g − 1 H_N \circ g^{-1} H N ∘ g − 1 is then a centered Gaussian process on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N with the same covariance as H N H_N H N . Both are random elements of the finite-dimensional space of polynomials of degree at most P P P on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N . Recall that such a polynomial is determined by its values on the finite set of points of { 0 , 1 , … , P } N \{0,1,\ldots,P\}^N { 0 , 1 , … , P } N whose coordinates sum to at most P P P . The law of a random polynomial of degree at most P P P is therefore determined by the joint law of its values at these points. For H N ∘ g − 1 H_N \circ g^{-1} H N ∘ g − 1 and H N H_N H N , these joint laws are centered Gaussian with the same covariance, which proves (2).
For (3), we use [93 Proposition 3.6] , which is quoted there from [91]. Their Hamiltonian [93 (1.1)] is (3.2) with γ p 2 = c p \gamma_p^2 = c_p γ p 2 = c p , and their summability hypothesis ∑ p 2 p γ p 2 < ∞ \sum_p 2^p\gamma_p^2 < \infty ∑ p 2 p γ p 2 < ∞ holds because only finitely many c p c_p c p are nonzero. For a k k k -tensor A A A , their normalized operator norm is ∥ A ∥ o p , N = N ( k − 2 ) / 2 ∥ A ∥ o p \|A\|_{\mathrm{op},N} = N^{(k-2)/2}\|A\|_{\mathrm{op}} ∥ A ∥ op , N = N ( k − 2 ) /2 ∥ A ∥ op , and their supremum runs over ∣ x ∣ ≤ N |x| \le\sqrt{N} ∣ x ∣ ≤ N . In our notation, the proposition states that there exist constants C k C_k C k and c > 0 c > 0 c > 0 such that, with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N , we have sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N N ( k − 2 ) / 2 ∥ ∇ k H N ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ C k \sup_{|x|\le\sqrt{N}} N^{(k-2)/2}\|\nabla^k H_N(x)\|_{\mathrm{op}} \le C_k sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N N ( k − 2 ) /2 ∥ ∇ k H N ( x ) ∥ op ≤ C k for all k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 . Taking k = 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 k=0,1,2,3 k = 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , we obtain (3.3) with K = max ( C 0 , C 1 , C 2 , C 3 ) K=\max(C_0,C_1,C_2,C_3) K = max ( C 0 , C 1 , C 2 , C 3 ) .
For (3.4), let x ∈ S N x \in S_N x ∈ S N , and let P x = I − x x T / N P_x = I-xx^{\mathsf{T}}/N P x = I − x x T / N be the orthogonal projection onto the tangent space at x x x . Then ∇ S N H N ( x ) = P x ∇ H N ( x ) \nabla_{S_N}H_N(x)=P_x\nabla H_N(x) ∇ S N H N ( x ) = P x ∇ H N ( x ) . Differentiating twice along the great circle through x x x in the direction of a tangent vector, we find that
∇ S N 2 H N ( x ) [ v , w ] = ∇ 2 H N ( x ) [ v , w ] − N − 1 ( x ⋅ ∇ H N ( x ) ) v ⋅ w \nabla_{S_N}^{2}H_N(x)[v,w] = \nabla^{2}H_N(x)[v,w] - N^{-1}(x\cdot\nabla H_N(x))\,v\cdot w ∇ S N 2 H N ( x ) [ v , w ] = ∇ 2 H N ( x ) [ v , w ] − N − 1 ( x ⋅ ∇ H N ( x )) v ⋅ w
for tangent vectors v v v and w w w . On the event in (3.3), it follows that ∣ ∇ S N H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ K N \left|\nabla_{S_N}H_N(x)\right| \le K\sqrt{N} ∣ ∇ S N H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ K N and ∥ ∇ S N 2 H N ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ K + N − 1 ∣ x ∣ ∣ ∇ H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ 2 K \left\|\nabla_{S_N}^{2}H_N(x)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}} \le K+N^{-1}|x||\nabla H_N(x)| \le2K ∇ S N 2 H N ( x ) op ≤ K + N − 1 ∣ x ∣∣∇ H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ 2 K .
We always use the extension (3.2) when Euclidean derivatives of H N H_N H N are taken. The next lemma is the classical Gaussian concentration inequality for Lipschitz functions, due to Tsirelson, Ibragimov, and Sudakov, applied to free energies. We use it in the form [111, Proposition 4.1 and (4.1)]; see also [112].
Lemma 3.3 (Concentration of free energies). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture and β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 . Let B ⊂ S N B \subset S_N B ⊂ S N be a Borel set with ν N ( B ) > 0 \nu_N(B) > 0 ν N ( B ) > 0 and let h : S N → R h:S_N \to\mathbb{R} h : S N → R be a bounded Borel function, both deterministic. Then
Y = log ∫ B e β H N + h d ν N Y = \log\int_B e^{\beta H_N+h}\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N Y = log ∫ B e β H N + h d ν N is integrable and, for every t > 0 t > 0 t > 0 ,
P ( ∣ Y − E Y ∣ ≥ t N ) ≤ 2 exp ( − t 2 N 2 β 2 ξ ( 1 ) ) . (39) \mathbb{P}\left(\lvert Y-\mathbb{E}Y\rvert\ge tN\right) \le2\exp\left(-\frac{t^2N}{2\beta^2\xi(1)}\right). \tag*{(39)} P ( ∣ Y − E Y ∣ ≥ tN ) ≤ 2 exp ( − 2 β 2 ξ ( 1 ) t 2 N ) . (39)
Proof. Let g g g be the vector of all the variables g i 1 … i p ( p ) g_{i_1\ldots i_p}^{(p)} g i 1 … i p ( p ) in (3.2). Then H N ( x ) = g ⋅ Ψ ( x ) H_N(x)=g\cdot\Psi(x) H N ( x ) = g ⋅ Ψ ( x ) , where Ψ ( x ) \Psi(x) Ψ ( x ) is the vector with entries c p N − ( p − 1 ) / 2 x i 1 ⋯ x i p \sqrt{c_p}N^{-(p-1)/2}x_{i_1}\cdots x_{i_p} c p N − ( p − 1 ) /2 x i 1 ⋯ x i p . By the computation in the proof of Lemma 3.2, we have ∣ Ψ ( x ) ∣ 2 = N ξ ( 1 ) \lvert\Psi(x)\rvert^2=N\xi(1) ∣ Ψ ( x ) ∣ 2 = N ξ ( 1 ) for x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N . The function g ↦ Y g\mapsto Y g ↦ Y is smooth, and its gradient is β \beta β times the average of Ψ \Psi Ψ under the probability measure on B B B with density proportional to e β H N + h e^{\beta H_N+h} e β H N + h . Since this average has norm at most N ξ ( 1 ) \sqrt{N\xi(1)} N ξ ( 1 ) , the function Y Y Y is β N ξ ( 1 ) \beta\sqrt{N\xi(1)} β N ξ ( 1 ) -Lipschitz in the standard Gaussian vector g g g . The bound ∣ Y − log ν N ( B ) ∣ ≤ ∥ h ∥ ∞ + β ∣ g ∣ N ξ ( 1 ) \lvert Y-\log\nu_N(B)\rvert\le\lVert h\rVert_\infty+\beta\lvert g\rvert\sqrt{N\xi(1)} ∣ Y − log ν N ( B )∣ ≤ ∥ h ∥ ∞ + β ∣ g ∣ N ξ ( 1 ) shows that Y Y Y is integrable. Recall that an L L L -Lipschitz function Y Y Y of a standard Gaussian vector satisfies P ( ∣ Y − E Y ∣ ≥ s ) ≤ 2 e − s 2 / ( 2 L 2 ) \mathbb{P}(\lvert Y-\mathbb{E}Y\rvert\ge s)\le2e^{-s^2/(2L^2)} P (∣ Y − E Y ∣ ≥ s ) ≤ 2 e − s 2 / ( 2 L 2 ) . Taking s = t N s=tN s = tN and L 2 = β 2 N ξ ( 1 ) L^2=\beta^2N\xi(1) L 2 = β 2 N ξ ( 1 ) gives (3.5).
The bounded function h h h accommodates a deterministic shift of the field, such as the one that appears under the planted law in Section 14. The same proof applies to a centered Gaussian field with covariance N η ( R ( x , y ) ) N\eta(R(x,y)) N η ( R ( x , y )) for any nonzero polynomial η \eta η with nonnegative coefficients, including a term of degree one, with ξ ( 1 ) \xi(1) ξ ( 1 ) replaced by η ( 1 ) \eta(1) η ( 1 ) . If η ≡ 0 \eta\equiv0 η ≡ 0 , the free energy is deterministic and its deviation probability is zero. The lemma does not apply to domains B B B that depend on the field.
Langevin dynamics on the sphere
We equip S N S_N S N with the Riemannian metric induced by R N \mathbb{R}^N R N and write ∇ S N \nabla_{S_N} ∇ S N and Δ S N \Delta_{S_N} Δ S N for its gradient and Laplace–Beltrami operator. For y ∈ R N y\in\mathbb{R}^N y ∈ R N , let P y = I − y y T / N P_y=I-yy^{\mathsf{T}}/N P y = I − y y T / N . For y ∈ S N y\in S_N y ∈ S N , this is the orthogonal projection onto the tangent space at y y y .
Definition 3.4 (Langevin dynamics). Let β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 and let H H H be a smooth function on S N S_N S N ; in our applications, H H H is a realization of the field H N H_N H N . Let π \pi π be the probability measure with density proportional to e β H e^{\beta H} e β H with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N . The generator L = L β , H L=L_{\beta,H} L = L β , H and the Dirichlet form E \mathcal{E} E act on smooth functions f , g f,g f , g on S N S_N S N by
L f = Δ S N f + β ∇ S N H ⋅ ∇ S N f , E ( f , g ) = ∫ S N ∇ S N f ⋅ ∇ S N g d π , Lf=\Delta_{S_N}f+\beta\nabla_{S_N}H\cdot\nabla_{S_N}f,\qquad\mathcal{E}(f,g)=\int_{S_N}\nabla_{S_N}f\cdot\nabla_{S_N}g\,\mathrm{d}\pi, L f = Δ S N f + β ∇ S N H ⋅ ∇ S N f , E ( f , g ) = ∫ S N ∇ S N f ⋅ ∇ S N g d π ,
and we write E ( f ) = E ( f , f ) \mathcal{E}(f)=\mathcal{E}(f,f) E ( f ) = E ( f , f ) . We use the same letters for the closed form, with domain D ( E ) \mathcal{D}(\mathcal{E}) D ( E ) , and for the self-adjoint operator constructed in Lemma 3.5. The semigroup is P t = e t L P_t=e^{tL} P t = e t L , t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 . We list the eigenvalues of − L -L − L in nondecreasing order with multiplicity as λ 0 ≤ λ 1 ≤ λ 2 ≤ ⋯ \lambda_0\le\lambda_1\le\lambda_2\le\cdots λ 0 ≤ λ 1 ≤ λ 2 ≤ ⋯ . For a vector-valued function B = ( B 1 , … , B m ) B=(B_1,\ldots,B_m) B = ( B 1 , … , B m ) with components in D ( E ) \mathcal{D}(\mathcal{E}) D ( E ) , its Dirichlet energy, which we call the vector energy , is E v e c ( B ) = ∑ i = 1 m E ( B i ) \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B)=\sum_{i=1}^m\mathcal{E}(B_i) E vec ( B ) = ∑ i = 1 m E ( B i ) . The Langevin diffusion ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 is the diffusion process on S N S_N S N described in Lemma 3.5(5).
We work in the real Hilbert space L 2 ( π ) L^2(\pi) L 2 ( π ) of real-valued square-integrable functions, with inner product ⟨ f , g ⟩ = ∫ f g d π \langle f,g\rangle=\int fg\,\mathrm{d}\pi ⟨ f , g ⟩ = ∫ f g d π and norm ∥ f ∥ 2 \|f\|_2 ∥ f ∥ 2 . For vector-valued functions, inner products, norms, and operators are taken componentwise and summed. For example, ∥ B ∥ 2 2 = ∫ ∣ B ∣ 2 d π \|B\|_2^2=\int|B|^2\,\mathrm{d}\pi ∥ B ∥ 2 2 = ∫ ∣ B ∣ 2 d π . We write H 1 ( S N ) H^1(S_N) H 1 ( S N ) for the Sobolev space of functions on S N S_N S N with one weak derivative in L 2 ( ν N ) L^2(\nu_N) L 2 ( ν N ) .
Lemma 3.5 (Basic properties of the dynamics). Let β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 and let H H H be a smooth function on S N S_N S N , with π \pi π , L L L , and E \mathcal{E} E as in Definition 3.4.
Integration by parts. For smooth f f f and g g g , we have ∫ f L g d π = − E ( f , g ) = ∫ g L f d π \int fLg\,\mathrm{d}\pi=-\mathcal{E}(f,g)=\int gLf\,\mathrm{d}\pi ∫ f Lg d π = − E ( f , g ) = ∫ g L f d π .
Self-adjoint generator. The form E \mathcal{E} E on smooth functions is closable in L 2 ( π ) L^2(\pi) L 2 ( π ) , and its closure has domain D ( E ) = H 1 ( S N ) \mathcal{D}(\mathcal{E})=H^1(S_N) D ( E ) = H 1 ( S N ) . The associated nonnegative self-adjoint operator A A A on L 2 ( π ) L^2(\pi) L 2 ( π ) satisfies D ( A 1 / 2 ) = D ( E ) \mathcal{D}(A^{1/2})=\mathcal{D}(\mathcal{E}) D ( A 1/2 ) = D ( E ) and E ( f ) = ∥ A 1 / 2 f ∥ 2 2 \mathcal{E}(f)=\|A^{1/2}f\|_2^2 E ( f ) = ∥ A 1/2 f ∥ 2 2 . The operator − L -L − L on smooth functions is essentially self-adjoint, and its closure is A A A .
Discrete spectrum. The operator A A A has compact resolvent. There exist an orthonormal basis ( ϕ j ) j ≥ 0 (\phi_j)_{j\ge0} ( ϕ j ) j ≥ 0 of L 2 ( π ) L^2(\pi) L 2 ( π ) consisting of real smooth functions and numbers 0 = λ 0 < λ 1 ≤ λ 2 ≤ ⋯ 0=\lambda_0<\lambda_1\le\lambda_2\le\cdots 0 = λ 0 < λ 1 ≤ λ 2 ≤ ⋯ with λ j → ∞ \lambda_j\to\infty λ j → ∞ such that A ϕ j = λ j ϕ j A\phi_j=\lambda_j\phi_j A ϕ j = λ j ϕ j for all j j j . The kernel of A A A consists of the constant functions, and ϕ 0 = 1 \phi_0=1 ϕ 0 = 1 . For f ∈ L 2 ( π ) f\in L^2(\pi) f ∈ L 2 ( π ) , let f ^ j = ⟨ f , ϕ j ⟩ \widehat{f}_j=\langle f,\phi_j\rangle f j = ⟨ f , ϕ j ⟩ . Then ∥ f ∥ 2 2 = ∑ j f ^ j 2 \|f\|_2^2=\sum_j\widehat{f}_j^2 ∥ f ∥ 2 2 = ∑ j f j 2 . Moreover, f ∈ D ( E ) f\in\mathcal{D}(\mathcal{E}) f ∈ D ( E ) if and only if ∑ j λ j f ^ j 2 < ∞ \sum_j\lambda_j\widehat{f}_j^2<\infty ∑ j λ j f j 2 < ∞ , and in that case E ( f ) = ∑ j λ j f ^ j 2 \mathcal{E}(f)=\sum_j\lambda_j\widehat{f}_j^2 E ( f ) = ∑ j λ j f j 2 .
Semigroup. The semigroup P t = e − t A P_t=e^{-tA} P t = e − t A is given by a transition kernel with a smooth density. Precisely, there exists a smooth function ( t , x , y ) ↦ p t ( x , y ) (t,x,y)\mapsto p_t(x,y) ( t , x , y ) ↦ p t ( x , y ) on ( 0 , ∞ ) × S N × S N (0,\infty)\times S_N\times S_N ( 0 , ∞ ) × S N × S N , with p t ≥ 0 p_t\ge0 p t ≥ 0 , p t ( x , y ) = p t ( y , x ) p_t(x,y)=p_t(y,x) p t ( x , y ) = p t ( y , x ) , and ∫ p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) = 1 \int p_t(x,y)\,\pi(\mathrm{d}y)=1 ∫ p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) = 1 , with the following property. The kernels P t ( x , d y ) = p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) P_t(x,\mathrm{d}y)=p_t(x,y)\pi(\mathrm{d}y) P t ( x , d y ) = p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) for t > 0 t>0 t > 0 and P 0 ( x , ⋅ ) = δ x P_0(x,\cdot)=\delta_x P 0 ( x , ⋅ ) = δ x satisfy P t f ( x ) = ∫ f ( y ) P t ( x , d y ) P_tf(x)=\int f(y)P_t(x,\mathrm{d}y) P t f ( x ) = ∫ f ( y ) P t ( x , d y ) for every f ∈ L 2 ( π ) f\in L^2(\pi) f ∈ L 2 ( π ) , every x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N , and every t > 0 t>0 t > 0 . These kernels form a Markov semigroup that maps continuous functions to continuous functions, and π \pi π is invariant and reversible: π ( d x ) P t ( x , d y ) = π ( d y ) P t ( y , d x ) \pi(\mathrm{d}x)P_t(x,\mathrm{d}y)=\pi(\mathrm{d}y)P_t(y,\mathrm{d}x) π ( d x ) P t ( x , d y ) = π ( d y ) P t ( y , d x ) .
The diffusion. Let ( W t ) t ≥ 0 (W_t)_{t\ge0} ( W t ) t ≥ 0 be a standard Brownian motion in R N \mathbb{R}^N R N . For every x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N , the equation
d X t = 2 P X t d W t + β ∇ S N H ( X t ) d t − N − 1 N X t d t , X 0 = x , (40) \mathrm{d}X_t=\sqrt{2}P_{X_t}\,\mathrm{d}W_t+\beta\nabla_{S_N}H(X_t)\,\mathrm{d}t-\frac{N-1}{N}X_t\,\mathrm{d}t,\qquad X_0=x, \tag*{(40)} d X t = 2 P X t d W t + β ∇ S N H ( X t ) d t − N N − 1 X t d t , X 0 = x , (40) with coefficients extended smoothly and with compact support off a neighborhood of S N S_N S N , has a unique strong solution. It stays on S N S_N S N , its law does not depend on the extension, and
P x ( X t ∈ ⋅ ) = P t ( x , ⋅ ) \mathbb{P}_x(X_t \in\cdot) = P_t(x, \cdot) P x ( X t ∈ ⋅ ) = P t ( x , ⋅ ) for all t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 . For every smooth f f f on S N S_N S N , the process f ( X t ) − f ( x ) − ∫ 0 t L f ( X s ) d s f(X_t) - f(x) - \int_0^t Lf(X_s)\,\mathrm{d}s f ( X t ) − f ( x ) − ∫ 0 t L f ( X s ) d s is a martingale.
All of these facts are standard for a smooth elliptic operator on a compact connected manifold that is symmetric with respect to a smooth positive density. We refer to [17, Section 1.7] for the correspondence between closed forms, self-adjoint operators, and spectral decompositions. We give the short arguments below. The diffusion is the spherical Langevin dynamics studied, up to normalization, in [25, 65, 81]. The factor 2 \sqrt{2} 2 in front of the noise makes L L L , without a factor 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 , its generator.
Proof. In this proof, ∇ = ∇ S N \nabla= \nabla_{S_N} ∇ = ∇ S N and Δ = Δ S N \Delta= \Delta_{S_N} Δ = Δ S N . We prove (1)–(3) with the standard correspondence between closed forms and self-adjoint operators. For (4) and (5), we expand in eigenfunctions and identify the resulting semigroup with the transition function of (40) . We use three classical facts. The first is the Rellich–Kondrachov theorem: the inclusion H 1 ( S N ) ⊂ L 2 ( ν N ) H^1(S_N) \subset L^2(\nu_N) H 1 ( S N ) ⊂ L 2 ( ν N ) is compact [64, Theorem 15.10]. The second is elliptic regularity for the second-order elliptic operator 1 − L 1-L 1 − L . A weak solution of the eigenvalue equation is smooth [64, Theorem 15.1], and iterating the elliptic estimate [64, Theorem 15.7], we find that for every integer r ≥ 0 r \ge0 r ≥ 0 and every eigenfunction ϕ \phi ϕ of A A A with eigenvalue λ \lambda λ and ∥ ϕ ∥ 2 = 1 \|\phi\|_2 = 1 ∥ ϕ ∥ 2 = 1 ,
∥ ϕ ∥ H 2 r ( S N ) ≤ C r , N , H ( 1 + λ ) r . \|\phi\|_{H^{2r}(S_N)} \le C_{r,N,H}(1+\lambda)^r. ∥ ϕ ∥ H 2 r ( S N ) ≤ C r , N , H ( 1 + λ ) r .
Together with Sobolev embedding in local charts [64, Theorem 12.16], applied with 2 r > k + ( N − 1 ) / 2 2r > k + (N-1)/2 2 r > k + ( N − 1 ) /2 , this gives ∥ ϕ ∥ C k ≤ C k , N , H ( 1 + λ ) m k \|\phi\|_{C^k} \le C_{k,N,H}(1+\lambda)^{m_k} ∥ ϕ ∥ C k ≤ C k , N , H ( 1 + λ ) m k for some integer m k m_k m k . The third is strong existence and uniqueness for stochastic differential equations with bounded Lipschitz coefficients [151, Theorem 4.1]. Note that the density ρ = d π / d ν N \rho= \mathrm{d}\pi/\mathrm{d}\nu_N ρ = d π / d ν N is smooth, that ∇ ρ = β ρ ∇ H \nabla\rho= \beta\rho\nabla H ∇ ρ = β ρ ∇ H , and that e − β osc H ≤ ρ ≤ e β osc H e^{-\beta\operatorname{osc} H} \le\rho\le e^{\beta\operatorname{osc} H} e − β osc H ≤ ρ ≤ e β osc H , where osc H = max H − min H \operatorname{osc} H = \max H - \min H osc H = max H − min H .
Integration by parts. By the divergence theorem on the closed manifold S N S_N S N , we have
∫ f Δ g ρ d ν N = − ∫ ∇ ( f ρ ) ⋅ ∇ g d ν N = − ∫ ∇ f ⋅ ∇ g ρ d ν N − β ∫ f ∇ H ⋅ ∇ g ρ d ν N . \int f\Delta g\,\rho\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N = -\int\nabla(f\rho)\cdot\nabla g\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N = -\int\nabla f\cdot\nabla g\,\rho\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N - \beta\int f\nabla H\cdot\nabla g\,\rho\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N. ∫ f Δ g ρ d ν N = − ∫ ∇ ( f ρ ) ⋅ ∇ g d ν N = − ∫ ∇ f ⋅ ∇ g ρ d ν N − β ∫ f ∇ H ⋅ ∇ g ρ d ν N .
where in the last step we used ∇ ρ = β ρ ∇ H \nabla\rho= \beta\rho\nabla H ∇ ρ = β ρ ∇ H . Rearranging, we have ∫ f L g d π = − E ( f , g ) \int fLg\,\mathrm{d}\pi= -\mathcal{E}(f,g) ∫ f Lg d π = − E ( f , g ) . The second identity in (1) follows from the symmetry of E \mathcal{E} E .
The form and the operator. By the bounds on ρ \rho ρ , the norm ( E ( f ) + ∥ f ∥ 2 2 ) 1 / 2 (\mathcal{E}(f) + \|f\|_2^2)^{1/2} ( E ( f ) + ∥ f ∥ 2 2 ) 1/2 on smooth functions is equivalent to the norm of H 1 ( S N ) H^1(S_N) H 1 ( S N ) . Since H 1 ( S N ) H^1(S_N) H 1 ( S N ) is the completion of the smooth functions in that norm, E \mathcal{E} E is closable and D ( E ) = H 1 ( S N ) D(\mathcal{E}) = H^1(S_N) D ( E ) = H 1 ( S N ) . Let A A A be the nonnegative self-adjoint operator associated with the closed form. Recall that g ∈ D ( A ) g \in D(A) g ∈ D ( A ) and A g = k Ag = k A g = k if and only if g ∈ D ( E ) g \in D(\mathcal{E}) g ∈ D ( E ) and E ( f , g ) = ⟨ f , k ⟩ \mathcal{E}(f,g) = \langle f,k\rangle E ( f , g ) = ⟨ f , k ⟩ for all f ∈ D ( E ) f \in D(\mathcal{E}) f ∈ D ( E ) , and that D ( A 1 / 2 ) = D ( E ) D(A^{1/2}) = D(\mathcal{E}) D ( A 1/2 ) = D ( E ) and E ( f ) = ∥ A 1 / 2 f ∥ 2 2 \mathcal{E}(f) = \|A^{1/2}f\|_2^2 E ( f ) = ∥ A 1/2 f ∥ 2 2 . Using (1) and the density of smooth functions in D ( E ) D(\mathcal{E}) D ( E ) , we find that every smooth g g g belongs to D ( A ) D(A) D ( A ) and that A g = − L g Ag = -Lg A g = − Lg . We prove the essential self-adjointness after (3).
The spectrum. If A g + g = k Ag+g=k A g + g = k , then E ( g ) + ∥ g ∥ 2 2 = ⟨ g , k ⟩ ≤ ∥ g ∥ 2 ∥ k ∥ 2 \mathcal{E}(g)+\lVert g\rVert_{2}^{2}=\langle g,k\rangle\leq\lVert g\rVert_{2}\lVert k\rVert_{2} E ( g ) + ∥ g ∥ 2 2 = ⟨ g , k ⟩ ≤ ∥ g ∥ 2 ∥ k ∥ 2 . This shows that ( A + 1 ) − 1 (A+1)^{-1} ( A + 1 ) − 1 maps bounded subsets of L 2 ( π ) L^{2}(\pi) L 2 ( π ) to bounded subsets of H 1 ( S N ) H^{1}(S_N) H 1 ( S N ) . The Rellich–Kondrachov theorem and the equivalence of L 2 ( π ) L^{2}(\pi) L 2 ( π ) and L 2 ( ν N ) L^{2}(\nu_N) L 2 ( ν N ) then imply that the operator ( A + 1 ) − 1 (A+1)^{-1} ( A + 1 ) − 1 is compact. The spectral theorem for compact self-adjoint operators on a real Hilbert space now provides an orthonormal basis of eigenfunctions of A A A . The eigenvalues λ j ≥ 0 \lambda_j\geq0 λ j ≥ 0 have finite multiplicity and tend to infinity, and by elliptic regularity the eigenfunctions are smooth. Suppose that A f = 0 Af=0 A f = 0 . Then E ( f ) = ⟨ f , A f ⟩ = 0 \mathcal{E}(f)=\langle f,Af\rangle=0 E ( f ) = ⟨ f , A f ⟩ = 0 , and the weak gradient of f f f vanishes almost everywhere. As S N S_N S N is connected, f f f is almost everywhere constant. We conclude that the kernel of A A A consists of the constants, that λ 0 = 0 \lambda_0=0 λ 0 = 0 is simple, and that ϕ 0 = 1 \phi_0=1 ϕ 0 = 1 and λ 1 > 0 \lambda_1>0 λ 1 > 0 . The identities for ∥ f ∥ 2 \lVert f\rVert^2 ∥ f ∥ 2 and E ( f ) \mathcal{E}(f) E ( f ) follow from the expansion A 1 / 2 f = ∑ j λ j 1 / 2 f ^ j ϕ j A^{1/2}f=\sum_j\lambda_j^{1/2}\hat{f}_j\phi_j A 1/2 f = ∑ j λ j 1/2 f ^ j ϕ j for f ∈ D ( A 1 / 2 ) f\in D(A^{1/2}) f ∈ D ( A 1/2 ) . Finally, the finite linear combinations of eigenfunctions are smooth. They form a core for A A A , since the truncations of the expansion of f ∈ D ( A ) f\in D(A) f ∈ D ( A ) converge to f f f in the graph norm. As − L -L − L on smooth functions is a restriction of the closed operator A A A , its closure is A A A . This proves the essential self-adjointness claimed in (2).
The semigroup. We define p t ( x , y ) = ∑ j e − λ j t ϕ j ( x ) ϕ j ( y ) p_t(x,y)=\sum_j e^{-\lambda_jt}\phi_j(x)\phi_j(y) p t ( x , y ) = ∑ j e − λ j t ϕ j ( x ) ϕ j ( y ) . We first show that the series converges in C ∞ ( ( 0 , ∞ ) × S N × S N ) C^\infty((0,\infty)\times S_N\times S_N) C ∞ (( 0 , ∞ ) × S N × S N ) . Since ρ \rho ρ is bounded above and below, the min–max principle for − L -L − L and for − Δ -\Delta − Δ implies that λ j ≥ e − 2 β osc H λ j ( − Δ ) \lambda_j\geq e^{-2\beta\operatorname{osc}H}\lambda_j(-\Delta) λ j ≥ e − 2 β osc H λ j ( − Δ ) ; see Lemma 3.6 (5), whose proof uses only (3). The eigenvalues of − Δ -\Delta − Δ are k ( k + N − 2 ) / N k(k+N-2)/N k ( k + N − 2 ) / N , k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , with multiplicities bounded by a polynomial in k k k . Hence ∑ j ( 1 + λ j ) − m < ∞ \sum_j(1+\lambda_j)^{-m}<\infty ∑ j ( 1 + λ j ) − m < ∞ for some m m m , and together with the bounds on ∥ ϕ j ∥ C k \lVert\phi_j\rVert_{C^k} ∥ ϕ j ∥ C k this gives the convergence. For f ∈ L 2 ( π ) f\in L^2(\pi) f ∈ L 2 ( π ) and t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , we have P t f = ∑ j e − λ j t f ^ j ϕ j P_tf=\sum_j e^{-\lambda_jt}\hat{f}_j\phi_j P t f = ∑ j e − λ j t f ^ j ϕ j . The series ∑ j e − λ j t f ^ j ϕ j ( x ) = ∫ f ( y ) p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) \sum_j e^{-\lambda_jt}\hat{f}_j\phi_j(x)=\int f(y)p_t(x,y)\,\pi(\mathrm{d}y) ∑ j e − λ j t f ^ j ϕ j ( x ) = ∫ f ( y ) p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) converges uniformly in x x x , which identifies P t f P_tf P t f with a continuous function. The symmetry of p t p_t p t is evident, and ∫ p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) = P t 1 ( x ) = 1 \int p_t(x,y)\,\pi(\mathrm{d}y)=P_t1(x)=1 ∫ p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) = P t 1 ( x ) = 1 . The Chapman–Kolmogorov equations follow from e − ( s + t ) A = e − s A e − t A e^{-(s+t)A}=e^{-sA}e^{-tA} e − ( s + t ) A = e − s A e − t A and the continuity of the kernels. Reversibility follows from the symmetry of p t p_t p t , and it implies invariance. We prove that p t ≥ 0 p_t\geq0 p t ≥ 0 below.
The diffusion. We extend σ ( y ) = 2 P y \sigma(y)=\sqrt{2}P_y σ ( y ) = 2 P y and b ( y ) = β ∇ H ( y ) − ( N − 1 ) y / N b(y)=\beta\nabla H(y)-(N-1)y/N b ( y ) = β ∇ H ( y ) − ( N − 1 ) y / N from a neighborhood of S N S_N S N to smooth compactly supported functions on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N . With these Lipschitz coefficients, (3.6) has a unique strong solution. Let u ( y ) = ∣ y ∣ 2 − N u(y)=|y|^2-N u ( y ) = ∣ y ∣ 2 − N . By Itô’s formula, the drift and diffusion coefficients of u ( X t ) u(X_t) u ( X t ) are 2 y ⋅ b ( y ) + Tr ( σ σ T ) ( y ) 2y\cdot b(y)+\operatorname{Tr}(\sigma\sigma^{\mathsf{T}})(y) 2 y ⋅ b ( y ) + Tr ( σ σ T ) ( y ) and 2 y T σ ( y ) 2y^{\mathsf{T}}\sigma(y) 2 y T σ ( y ) , evaluated at y = X t y=X_t y = X t . Both are smooth and vanish on S N S_N S N , because y T P y = 0 y^{\mathsf{T}}P_y=0 y T P y = 0 , y ⋅ ∇ H ( y ) = 0 y\cdot\nabla H(y)=0 y ⋅ ∇ H ( y ) = 0 , and Tr ( 2 P y 2 ) = 2 ( N − 1 ) \operatorname{Tr}(2P_y^2)=2(N-1) Tr ( 2 P y 2 ) = 2 ( N − 1 ) for y ∈ S N y\in S_N y ∈ S N . As S N S_N S N is a regular level set of u u u , near S N S_N S N these coefficients have the form u ( y ) α ( y ) u(y)\alpha(y) u ( y ) α ( y ) and u ( y ) γ ( y ) u(y)\gamma(y) u ( y ) γ ( y ) with α \alpha α and γ \gamma γ smooth. Then u ( X t ) u(X_t) u ( X t ) solves a linear equation with zero initial value up to the exit time from a neighborhood of S N S_N S N , which implies that u ( X t ) = 0 u(X_t)=0 u ( X t ) = 0 for all t t t . In particular, the law of X X X does not depend on the extension.
Next, let F F F be a smooth function on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N . For y ∈ S N y\in S_N y ∈ S N , the Laplace–Beltrami operator of the sphere of radius N \sqrt{N} N satisfies Δ ( F ∣ S N ) ( y ) = Tr ( P y ∇ 2 F ( y ) P y ) − ( N − 1 ) y ⋅ ∇ F ( y ) / N \Delta(F|_{S_N})(y)=\operatorname{Tr}(P_y\nabla^2F(y)P_y)-(N-1)y\cdot\nabla F(y)/N Δ ( F ∣ S N ) ( y ) = Tr ( P y ∇ 2 F ( y ) P y ) − ( N − 1 ) y ⋅ ∇ F ( y ) / N , where ∇ \nabla ∇ and ∇ 2 \nabla^2 ∇ 2 on the right are Euclidean. By Itô’s formula, we have
d F ( X t ) = L F ( X t ) d t + 2 ∇ F ( X t ) ⋅ P X t d W t , (41) \mathrm{d}F(X_t)=LF(X_t)\,\mathrm{d}t+\sqrt{2}\,\nabla F(X_t)\cdot P_{X_t}\,\mathrm{d}W_t, \tag*{(41)} d F ( X t ) = L F ( X t ) d t + 2 ∇ F ( X t ) ⋅ P X t d W t , (41)
which proves the martingale property. We now apply (41) to e λ j t ϕ j ( X t ) e^{\lambda_jt}\phi_j(X_t) e λ j t ϕ j ( X t ) , with ϕ j \phi_j ϕ j extended to a smooth function on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N . Since L ϕ j = − λ j ϕ j L\phi_j=-\lambda_j\phi_j L ϕ j = − λ j ϕ j , the process e λ j t ϕ j ( X t ) e^{\lambda_jt}\phi_j(X_t) e λ j t ϕ j ( X t ) is a martingale; here the stochastic integral is a martingale because its integrand is bounded. Taking expectations, we find E x ϕ j ( X t ) = e − λ j t ϕ j ( x ) = P t ϕ j ( x ) \mathbb{E}_x\phi_j(X_t)=e^{-\lambda_jt}\phi_j(x)=P_t\phi_j(x) E x ϕ j ( X t ) = e − λ j t ϕ j ( x ) = P t ϕ j ( x ) for every x x x . The law of X t X_t X t under P x \mathbb{P}_x P x and the finite signed measure p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) p_t(x,y)\,\pi(\mathrm{d}y) p t ( x , y ) π ( d y ) therefore agree on finite linear combinations of eigenfunctions. These combinations are dense in the continuous functions on S N S_N S N in the uniform norm. Indeed, smooth functions are dense, and for smooth f f f we have f ^ j = λ j − k ⟨ ( − L ) k f , ϕ j ⟩ \hat{f}_j=\lambda_j^{-k}\langle(-L)^k f,\phi_j\rangle f ^ j = λ j − k ⟨( − L ) k f , ϕ j ⟩ for j ≥ 1 j\geq1 j ≥ 1 and every k k k , and the bounds above then show that the expansion of f f f converges uniformly. We conclude that the two measures coincide, which proves that P x ( X t ∈ ⋅ ) = P t ( x , ⋅ ) \mathbb{P}_x(X_t\in\cdot)=P_t(x,\cdot) P x ( X t ∈ ⋅ ) = P t ( x , ⋅ ) and that p t ≥ 0 p_t\geq0 p t ≥ 0 .
Lemma 3.6 (Spectral calculus). In the setting of Lemma 3.5, let f ∈ L 2 ( π ) f\in L^2(\pi) f ∈ L 2 ( π ) and t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 .
We have P t f = ∑ j e − t λ j f ^ j ϕ j P_tf=\sum_j e^{-t\lambda_j}\hat{f}_j\phi_j P t f = ∑ j e − t λ j f ^ j ϕ j and ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ = ∑ j e − t λ j f ^ j 2 \langle f,P_tf\rangle=\sum_j e^{-t\lambda_j}\hat{f}_j^2 ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ = ∑ j e − t λ j f ^ j 2 .
If f ∈ D ( E ) f\in D(\mathcal{E}) f ∈ D ( E ) , then ∥ f − P t f ∥ 2 2 ≤ t E ( f ) \|f-P_tf\|_2^2\leq t\mathcal{E}(f) ∥ f − P t f ∥ 2 2 ≤ t E ( f ) and ⟨ f , ( 1 − P t ) f ⟩ ≤ t E ( f ) \langle f,(1-P_t)f\rangle\leq t\mathcal{E}(f) ⟨ f , ( 1 − P t ) f ⟩ ≤ t E ( f ) .
If X 0 X_0 X 0 has law π \pi π , then E π [ f ( X 0 ) g ( X t ) ] = ⟨ f , P t g ⟩ \mathbb{E}_\pi[f(X_0)g(X_t)]=\langle f,P_tg\rangle E π [ f ( X 0 ) g ( X t )] = ⟨ f , P t g ⟩ for every g ∈ L 2 ( π ) g\in L^2(\pi) g ∈ L 2 ( π ) , and
E π ∣ f ( X t ) − f ( X 0 ) ∣ 2 = 2 ⟨ f , ( 1 − P t ) f ⟩ ≤ 2 t E ( f ) if f ∈ D ( E ) . \mathbb{E}_\pi\lvert f(X_t)-f(X_0)\rvert^2=2\langle f,(1-P_t)f\rangle\leq2t\mathcal{E}(f)\qquad\text{if }f\in D(\mathcal{E}). E π ∣ f ( X t ) − f ( X 0 ) ∣ 2 = 2 ⟨ f , ( 1 − P t ) f ⟩ ≤ 2 t E ( f ) if f ∈ D ( E ) . For Λ > 0 \Lambda>0 Λ > 0 , let Π Λ = 1 ( 0 , Λ ] ( A ) \Pi_\Lambda=1_{(0,\Lambda]}(A) Π Λ = 1 ( 0 , Λ ] ( A ) , so that Π Λ f = ∑ j : 0 < λ j ≤ Λ f ^ j ϕ j \Pi_\Lambda f=\sum_{j:0<\lambda_j\leq\Lambda}\hat{f}_j\phi_j Π Λ f = ∑ j : 0 < λ j ≤ Λ f ^ j ϕ j . Then rank Π Λ = # { j ≥ 1 : λ j ≤ Λ } \operatorname{rank}\Pi_\Lambda=\#\{j\geq1:\lambda_j\leq\Lambda\} rank Π Λ = # { j ≥ 1 : λ j ≤ Λ } , and for every integer k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 we have λ k ≤ Λ \lambda_k\leq\Lambda λ k ≤ Λ if and only if rank Π Λ ≥ k \operatorname{rank}\Pi_\Lambda\geq k rank Π Λ ≥ k .
If π ( f ) = 0 \pi(f)=0 π ( f ) = 0 , then ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ ≥ e − t Λ ∥ Π Λ f ∥ 2 2 \langle f,P_tf\rangle\geq e^{-t\Lambda}\|\Pi_\Lambda f\|_2^2 ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ ≥ e − t Λ ∥ Π Λ f ∥ 2 2 . If f ∈ D ( E ) f\in D(\mathcal{E}) f ∈ D ( E ) , then ∥ f − π ( f ) − Π Λ f ∥ 2 2 ≤ E ( f ) / Λ \|f-\pi(f)-\Pi_\Lambda f\|_2^2\leq\mathcal{E}(f)/\Lambda ∥ f − π ( f ) − Π Λ f ∥ 2 2 ≤ E ( f ) /Λ .
Min–max principle. For every $k\geq 0,
λ k = min V max f ∈ V ∖ { 0 } E ( f ) ∥ f ∥ 2 2 , \lambda_k=\min_{V}\max_{f\in V\setminus\{0\}}\frac{\mathcal{E}(f)}{\|f\|_2^2}, λ k = V min f ∈ V ∖ { 0 } max ∥ f ∥ 2 2 E ( f ) , where V V V ranges over the ( k + 1 ) (k+1) ( k + 1 ) -dimensional subspaces of D ( E ) D(\mathcal{E}) D ( E ) . The minimum is attained at the span of ϕ 0 , … , ϕ k \phi_0,\ldots,\phi_k ϕ 0 , … , ϕ k , which consists of smooth functions, so V V V may equally range over subspaces of smooth functions.
Items (1)–(3) and the two estimates for functions in item (4) extend to vector-valued functions, by applying the operators componentwise and summing over components, with E v e c \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}} E vec in place of E \mathcal{E} E . The rank identity and the min–max principle concern the scalar operator A A A . For example,
E π ∣ B ( X t ) − B ( X 0 ) ∣ 2 ≤ 2 t E v e c ( B ) . \mathbb{E}_\pi\lvert B(X_t)-B(X_0)\rvert^2\leq2t\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{vec}}(B). E π ∣ B ( X t ) − B ( X 0 ) ∣ 2 ≤ 2 t E vec ( B ) .
Proof. Item (1) is the spectral theorem for P t = e − t A P_t=e^{-tA} P t = e − t A , together with Lemma 3.5(3). For (2), we have
∥ f − P t f ∥ 2 2 = ∑ j ( 1 − e − t λ j ) 2 f ^ j 2 ≤ ∑ j t λ j f ^ j 2 = t E ( f ) , \|f-P_tf\|_2^2=\sum_j(1-e^{-t\lambda_j})^2\hat{f}_j^2\leq\sum_j t\lambda_j\hat{f}_j^2=t\mathcal{E}(f), ∥ f − P t f ∥ 2 2 = j ∑ ( 1 − e − t λ j ) 2 f ^ j 2 ≤ j ∑ t λ j f ^ j 2 = t E ( f ) ,
where we used ( 1 − e − u ) 2 ≤ u (1-e^{-u})^2\le u ( 1 − e − u ) 2 ≤ u for u ≥ 0 u\ge0 u ≥ 0 . For u ≤ 1 u\le1 u ≤ 1 , this follows from 1 − e − u ≤ u 1-e^{-u}\le u 1 − e − u ≤ u , and for u ≥ 1 u\ge1 u ≥ 1 , the left side is at most 1. The second bound in (2) follows in the same way from 1 − e − u ≤ u 1-e^{-u}\le u 1 − e − u ≤ u .
For (3), recall from Lemma 3.5(4)–(5) that the joint law of ( X 0 , X t ) (X_0,X_t) ( X 0 , X t ) under P π \mathbb{P}_{\pi} P π is π ( d x ) P t ( x , d y ) \pi(\mathrm{d}x)P_t(x,\mathrm{d}y) π ( d x ) P t ( x , d y ) . Then E π [ f ( X 0 ) g ( X t ) ] = ∫ f ( x ) P t g ( x ) π ( d x ) = ⟨ f , P t g ⟩ \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[f(X_0)g(X_t)]=\int f(x)P_tg(x)\,\pi(\mathrm{d}x)=\langle f,P_tg\rangle E π [ f ( X 0 ) g ( X t )] = ∫ f ( x ) P t g ( x ) π ( d x ) = ⟨ f , P t g ⟩ . Both endpoints have law π \pi π , and therefore
E π ∣ f ( X t ) − f ( X 0 ) ∣ 2 = 2 ∥ f ∥ 2 2 − 2 ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ = 2 ⟨ f , ( 1 − P t ) f ⟩ , \mathbb{E}_{\pi}|f(X_t)-f(X_0)|^2=2\|f\|_2^2-2\langle f,P_tf\rangle=2\langle f,(1-P_t)f\rangle, E π ∣ f ( X t ) − f ( X 0 ) ∣ 2 = 2∥ f ∥ 2 2 − 2 ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ = 2 ⟨ f , ( 1 − P t ) f ⟩ ,
and the bound follows from (2).
For (4), note that the range of Π Λ \Pi_{\Lambda} Π Λ is spanned by the ϕ j \phi_j ϕ j with j ≥ 1 j\ge1 j ≥ 1 and λ j ≤ Λ \lambda_j\le\Lambda λ j ≤ Λ , which gives the rank. Since λ 0 = 0 \lambda_0=0 λ 0 = 0 and the eigenvalues are nondecreasing, λ k ≤ Λ \lambda_k\le\Lambda λ k ≤ Λ holds if and only if at least k + 1 k+1 k + 1 indices j ≥ 0 j\ge0 j ≥ 0 satisfy λ j ≤ Λ \lambda_j\le\Lambda λ j ≤ Λ , that is, if and only if rank Π Λ ≥ k \operatorname{rank}\Pi_{\Lambda}\ge k rank Π Λ ≥ k . If π ( f ) = 0 \pi(f)=0 π ( f ) = 0 , then f ^ 0 = 0 \widehat f_0=0 f 0 = 0 , and every term of the series for ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ \langle f,P_tf\rangle ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ in (1) is nonnegative. Keeping only the terms with 0 < λ j ≤ Λ 0<\lambda_j\le\Lambda 0 < λ j ≤ Λ , we find ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ ≥ e − t Λ ∥ Π Λ f ∥ 2 2 \langle f,P_tf\rangle\ge e^{-t\Lambda}\|\Pi_{\Lambda}f\|_2^2 ⟨ f , P t f ⟩ ≥ e − t Λ ∥ Π Λ f ∥ 2 2 . Finally, since f ^ 0 = π ( f ) \widehat f_0=\pi(f) f 0 = π ( f ) , we have f − π ( f ) − Π Λ f = ∑ j : λ j > Λ f ^ j ϕ j f-\pi(f)-\Pi_{\Lambda}f=\sum_{j:\lambda_j>\Lambda}\widehat f_j\phi_j f − π ( f ) − Π Λ f = ∑ j : λ j > Λ f j ϕ j , and the squared norm of this function is at most Λ − 1 ∑ j λ j f ^ j 2 = E ( f ) / Λ \Lambda^{-1}\sum_j\lambda_j\widehat f_j^2=\mathcal{E}(f)/\Lambda Λ − 1 ∑ j λ j f j 2 = E ( f ) /Λ .
For (5), let V V V be a ( k + 1 ) (k+1) ( k + 1 ) -dimensional subspace of D ( E ) \mathcal{D}(\mathcal{E}) D ( E ) . It contains a nonzero f f f orthogonal to ϕ 0 , … , ϕ k − 1 \phi_0,\ldots,\phi_{k-1} ϕ 0 , … , ϕ k − 1 (no condition if k = 0 k=0 k = 0 ), and by Lemma 3.5(3) this f f f satisfies E ( f ) = ∑ j ≥ k λ j f ^ j 2 ≥ λ k ∥ f ∥ 2 2 \mathcal{E}(f)=\sum_{j\ge k}\lambda_j\widehat f_j^2\ge\lambda_k\|f\|_2^2 E ( f ) = ∑ j ≥ k λ j f j 2 ≥ λ k ∥ f ∥ 2 2 . On the other hand, every f f f in the span of ϕ 0 , … , ϕ k \phi_0,\ldots,\phi_k ϕ 0 , … , ϕ k satisfies E ( f ) = ∑ j ≤ k λ j f ^ j 2 ≤ λ k ∥ f ∥ 2 2 \mathcal{E}(f)=\sum_{j\le k}\lambda_j\widehat f_j^2\le\lambda_k\|f\|_2^2 E ( f ) = ∑ j ≤ k λ j f j 2 ≤ λ k ∥ f ∥ 2 2 . This proves (5), including the attainment of the minimum by smooth functions. This is the classical min–max principle; compare [66, equation (2)] for the equivalent weighted formulation. The vector-valued estimates follow by summing over components.
Markov semigroups and relative entropy
In this section, E E E and F F F are standard Borel spaces. A Markov kernel K K K from E E E to F F F acts on probability measures on E E E by μ K ( ⋅ ) = ∫ K ( x , ⋅ ) μ ( d x ) \mu K(\cdot)=\int K(x,\cdot)\,\mu(\mathrm{d}x) μ K ( ⋅ ) = ∫ K ( x , ⋅ ) μ ( d x ) and on bounded measurable functions on F F F by K f ( x ) = ∫ f ( y ) K ( x , d y ) Kf(x)=\int f(y)K(x,\mathrm{d}y) K f ( x ) = ∫ f ( y ) K ( x , d y ) . A Markov kernel on E E E is a Markov kernel from E E E to E E E . A Markov semigroup is a family ( P t ) t ≥ 0 (P_t)_{t\ge0} ( P t ) t ≥ 0 of Markov kernels on E E E such that P 0 ( x , ⋅ ) = δ x P_0(x,\cdot)=\delta_x P 0 ( x , ⋅ ) = δ x and P s + t = P s P t P_{s+t}=P_sP_t P s + t = P s P t for all s , t ≥ 0 s,t\ge0 s , t ≥ 0 . A probability measure π \pi π is invariant if π P t = π \pi P_t=\pi π P t = π for all t t t . Recall from Lemma 3.5(4) that the Langevin semigroup is a Markov semigroup on S N S_N S N with invariant law π \pi π . Nothing in this section uses reversibility.
The following facts are classical. For data processing, we refer to [55] and [127, Theorem 2.17 and Corollary 2.18]. We include the short proofs.
Lemma 3.8 (Contraction). Let K K K be a Markov kernel from E E E to F F F , and let μ , ν \mu,\nu μ , ν be probability measures on E E E . Then
∥ μ K − ν K ∥ T V ≤ ∥ μ − ν ∥ T V , D ( μ K ∥ ν K ) ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) . \lVert\mu K-\nu K\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\le\lVert\mu-\nu\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}},\qquad D(\mu K\mathbin\Vert\nu K)\le D(\mu\mathbin\Vert\nu). ∥ μ K − ν K ∥ TV ≤ ∥ μ − ν ∥ TV , D ( μ K ∥ ν K ) ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) . Let ( P t ) (P_t) ( P t ) be a Markov semigroup with invariant law π \pi π . Then for every probability measure μ \mu μ , the functions t ↦ ∥ μ P t − π ∥ T V t\mapsto\lVert\mu P_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} t ↦ ∥ μ P t − π ∥ TV and t ↦ D ( μ P t ∥ π ) t\mapsto D(\mu P_t\mathbin\Vert\pi) t ↦ D ( μ P t ∥ π ) are nonincreasing on [ 0 , ∞ ) [0,\infty) [ 0 , ∞ ) .
Proof. Let E + E_+ E + be a positive set of a Hahn decomposition of the signed measure μ − ν \mu-\nu μ − ν . Then ∥ μ − ν ∥ T V = ( μ − ν ) ( E + ) = − ( μ − ν ) ( E + c ) \lVert\mu-\nu\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}=(\mu-\nu)(E_+) =-(\mu-\nu)(E_+^{\mathrm{c}}) ∥ μ − ν ∥ TV = ( μ − ν ) ( E + ) = − ( μ − ν ) ( E + c ) . For every measurable function u u u with 0 ≤ u ≤ 1 0\le u\le1 0 ≤ u ≤ 1 , we have ( μ − ν ) ( E + c ) ≤ ∫ u d ( μ − ν ) ≤ ( μ − ν ) ( E + ) (\mu-\nu)(E_+^{\mathrm{c}})\le\int u\,\mathrm{d}(\mu-\nu)\le(\mu-\nu)(E_+) ( μ − ν ) ( E + c ) ≤ ∫ u d ( μ − ν ) ≤ ( μ − ν ) ( E + ) , which gives ∣ ∫ u d ( μ − ν ) ∣ ≤ ∥ μ − ν ∥ T V \left|\int u\,\mathrm{d}(\mu-\nu)\right|\le\lVert\mu-\nu\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} ∫ u d ( μ − ν ) ≤ ∥ μ − ν ∥ TV . Choosing u = K ( ⋅ , A ) u=K(\cdot,A) u = K ( ⋅ , A ) , we obtain ∣ μ K ( A ) − ν K ( A ) ∣ ≤ ∥ μ − ν ∥ T V |\mu K(A)-\nu K(A)|\le\lVert\mu-\nu\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} ∣ μ K ( A ) − ν K ( A ) ∣ ≤ ∥ μ − ν ∥ TV for every measurable A ⊂ F A\subset F A ⊂ F .
For relative entropy, we use the Donsker–Varadhan formula D ( μ ∥ ν ) = sup u { ∫ u d μ − log ∫ e u d ν } D(\mu\mathbin\Vert\nu)=\sup_u\left\{\int u\,\mathrm{d}\mu-\log\int e^u\,\mathrm{d}\nu\right\} D ( μ ∥ ν ) = sup u { ∫ u d μ − log ∫ e u d ν } , where the supremum is over bounded measurable functions [127, Theorem 4.6]. Let u u u be a bounded measurable function on F F F . By Jensen’s inequality, we have K ( e u ) ≥ e K u K(e^u)\ge e^{Ku} K ( e u ) ≥ e K u pointwise. This implies that
∫ u d ( μ K ) − log ∫ e u d ( ν K ) ≤ ∫ K u d μ − log ∫ e K u d ν ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) . \int u\,\mathrm{d}(\mu K)-\log\int e^u\,\mathrm{d}(\nu K)\le\int Ku\,\mathrm{d}\mu-\log\int e^{Ku}\,\mathrm{d}\nu\le D(\mu\mathbin\Vert\nu). ∫ u d ( μ K ) − log ∫ e u d ( ν K ) ≤ ∫ K u d μ − log ∫ e K u d ν ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) .
In the last inequality, we used that K u Ku K u is a bounded measurable function on E E E . Taking the supremum over u u u proves that D ( μ K ∥ ν K ) ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) D(\mu K\mathbin\Vert\nu K)\le D(\mu\mathbin\Vert\nu) D ( μ K ∥ ν K ) ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) .
For the last assertion, let s , t ≥ 0 s,t\ge0 s , t ≥ 0 . Since μ P t + s = ( μ P t ) P s \mu P_{t+s}=(\mu P_t)P_s μ P t + s = ( μ P t ) P s and π = π P s \pi=\pi P_s π = π P s , the two inequalities with K = P s K=P_s K = P s imply that ∥ μ P t + s − π ∥ T V ≤ ∥ μ P t − π ∥ T V \lVert\mu P_{t+s}-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\le\lVert\mu P_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} ∥ μ P t + s − π ∥ TV ≤ ∥ μ P t − π ∥ TV and D ( μ P t + s ∥ π ) ≤ D ( μ P t ∥ π ) D(\mu P_{t+s}\mathbin\Vert\pi)\le D(\mu P_t\mathbin\Vert\pi) D ( μ P t + s ∥ π ) ≤ D ( μ P t ∥ π ) . □
Lemma 3.9 (Binary data processing). Let μ \mu μ and ν \nu ν be probability measures on a measurable space, let B B B be a measurable set, and let p = μ ( B ) p=\mu(B) p = μ ( B ) and a = ν ( B ) a=\nu(B) a = ν ( B ) . Then
D ( μ ∥ ν ) ≥ d ( p ∥ a ) ≥ p log 1 a − log 2. (42) D(\mu\mathbin\Vert\nu)\ge d(p\mathbin\Vert a)\ge p\log\frac{1}{a}-\log2. \tag*{(42)} D ( μ ∥ ν ) ≥ d ( p ∥ a ) ≥ p log a 1 − log 2. (42) In particular, if 0 < a < 1 0<a<1 0 < a < 1 , then p ≤ ( D ( μ ∥ ν ) + log 2 ) / log ( 1 / a ) p\le\bigl(D(\mu\mathbin\Vert\nu)+\log2\bigr)/\log(1/a) p ≤ ( D ( μ ∥ ν ) + log 2 ) / log ( 1/ a ) . If a = 0 a=0 a = 0 and D ( μ ∥ ν ) < ∞ D(\mu\mathbin\Vert\nu)<\infty D ( μ ∥ ν ) < ∞ , then p = 0 p=0 p = 0 .
Proof. Let K K K be the kernel that sends x x x to the point mass at 1 B ( x ) ∈ { 0 , 1 } 1_B(x)\in\{0,1\} 1 B ( x ) ∈ { 0 , 1 } . Then μ K \mu K μ K and ν K \nu K ν K are the Bernoulli laws with parameters p p p and a a a , and Lemma 3.8 , applied to this kernel
into { 0 , 1 } \{0,1\} { 0 , 1 } , implies that D ( μ ∥ ν ) ≥ D ( μ K ∥ ν K ) = d ( p ∥ a ) D(\mu\Vert\nu) \ge D(\mu K\Vert\nu K)=d(p\Vert a) D ( μ ∥ ν ) ≥ D ( μ K ∥ ν K ) = d ( p ∥ a ) . For 0 < a < 1 0<a<1 0 < a < 1 , expanding the definition, we find
d ( p ∥ a ) = p log 1 a + ( 1 − p ) log 1 1 − a − h ( p ) ≥ p log 1 a − log 2 , d(p\Vert a)=p\log\frac{1}{a}+(1-p)\log\frac{1}{1-a}-h(p)\ge p\log\frac{1}{a}-\log2, d ( p ∥ a ) = p log a 1 + ( 1 − p ) log 1 − a 1 − h ( p ) ≥ p log a 1 − log 2 ,
since the middle term is nonnegative and h ( p ) ≤ log 2 h(p)\le\log2 h ( p ) ≤ log 2 . If a = 0 < p a=0<p a = 0 < p , then d ( p ∥ a ) = ∞ = p log ( 1 / a ) d(p\Vert a)=\infty=p\log(1/a) d ( p ∥ a ) = ∞ = p log ( 1/ a ) . If a = p = 0 a=p=0 a = p = 0 , the right side of (3.8) is − log 2 -\log2 − log 2 by the convention 0 ⋅ ∞ = 0 0\cdot\infty=0 0 ⋅ ∞ = 0 . If a = 1 a=1 a = 1 , the right side is − log 2 -\log2 − log 2 as well. In these cases, (3.8) holds because d ( p ∥ a ) ≥ 0 d(p\Vert a)\ge0 d ( p ∥ a ) ≥ 0 . The two final assertions follow by rearranging (3.8).
The next proposition starts from a bound on the mass that the law at a single time T T T gives to a set B B B of almost full Gibbs measure. It converts this bound into separation in total variation on the whole interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , and it transfers the separation to initial laws of finite relative entropy.
Proposition 3.10 (Separation in total variation and transfer by relative entropy). Let ( P t ) (P_t) ( P t ) be a Markov semigroup on E E E with invariant law π \pi π . Let ν \nu ν be a probability measure on E E E , let T ≥ 0 T\ge0 T ≥ 0 , let B ⊂ E B\subset E B ⊂ E be measurable, and let a = ( ν P T ) ( B ) a=(\nu P_T)(B) a = ( ν P T ) ( B ) and η = π ( B c ) \eta=\pi(B^c) η = π ( B c ) . Then
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∥ ν P t − π ∥ T V ≥ 1 − η − a . (43) \inf_{0\le t\le T}\lVert\nu P_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\ge1-\eta-a. \tag*{(43)} 0 ≤ t ≤ T inf ∥ ν P t − π ∥ TV ≥ 1 − η − a . (43) Let μ \mu μ be another probability measure with D ( μ ∥ ν ) < ∞ D(\mu\Vert\nu)<\infty D ( μ ∥ ν ) < ∞ . If 0 < a < 1 0<a<1 0 < a < 1 , then
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∥ μ P t − π ∥ T V ≥ 1 − η − min { 1 , D ( μ ∥ ν ) + log 2 log ( 1 / a ) } . (44) \inf_{0\le t\le T}\lVert\mu P_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\ge1-\eta-\min\left\{1,\frac{D(\mu\Vert\nu)+\log2}{\log(1/a)}\right\}. \tag*{(44)} 0 ≤ t ≤ T inf ∥ μ P t − π ∥ TV ≥ 1 − η − min { 1 , log ( 1/ a ) D ( μ ∥ ν ) + log 2 } . (44) If a = 0 a=0 a = 0 , then ( μ P T ) ( B ) = 0 (\mu P_T)(B)=0 ( μ P T ) ( B ) = 0 and inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∥ μ P t − π ∥ T V ≥ 1 − η \inf_{0\le t\le T}\lVert\mu P_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\ge1-\eta inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∥ μ P t − π ∥ TV ≥ 1 − η .
Proof. Let ρ \rho ρ be a probability measure on E E E . Lemma 3.8 implies that the function t ↦ ∥ ρ P t − π ∥ T V t\mapsto\lVert\rho P_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} t ↦ ∥ ρ P t − π ∥ TV is nonincreasing. Testing the set B B B at time T T T , we obtain
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∥ ρ P t − π ∥ T V = ∥ ρ P T − π ∥ T V ≥ π ( B ) − ( ρ P T ) ( B ) = 1 − η − ( ρ P T ) ( B ) . (45) \inf_{0\le t\le T}\lVert\rho P_t-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}=\lVert\rho P_T-\pi\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\ge\pi(B)-(\rho P_T)(B)=1-\eta-(\rho P_T)(B). \tag*{(45)} 0 ≤ t ≤ T inf ∥ ρ P t − π ∥ TV = ∥ ρ P T − π ∥ TV ≥ π ( B ) − ( ρ P T ) ( B ) = 1 − η − ( ρ P T ) ( B ) . (45)
With ρ = ν \rho=\nu ρ = ν , this is (3.9).
Now let ρ = μ \rho=\mu ρ = μ and p = ( μ P T ) ( B ) p=(\mu P_T)(B) p = ( μ P T ) ( B ) . By Lemma 3.8 with K = P T K=P_T K = P T , we have D ( μ P T ∥ ν P T ) ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) D(\mu P_T\Vert\nu P_T)\le D(\mu\Vert\nu) D ( μ P T ∥ ν P T ) ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) . If 0 < a < 1 0<a<1 0 < a < 1 , then Lemma 3.9, applied to μ P T \mu P_T μ P T , ν P T \nu P_T ν P T , and B B B , implies that p ≤ ( D ( μ ∥ ν ) + log 2 ) / log ( 1 / a ) p\le(D(\mu\Vert\nu)+\log2)/\log(1/a) p ≤ ( D ( μ ∥ ν ) + log 2 ) / log ( 1/ a ) . Together with p ≤ 1 p\le1 p ≤ 1 and (3.11), this proves (3.10). If a = 0 a=0 a = 0 , then D ( μ P T ∥ ν P T ) < ∞ D(\mu P_T\Vert\nu P_T)<\infty D ( μ P T ∥ ν P T ) < ∞ and Lemma 3.9 gives p = 0 p=0 p = 0 . The last assertion then follows from (3.11).
and Proposition 3.10 is applied for each fixed realization. For example, suppose that ( ν P T ) ( B ) ≤ N − ζ (\nu P_T)(B) \le N^{-\zeta} ( ν P T ) ( B ) ≤ N − ζ for some ζ > 0 \zeta> 0 ζ > 0 . The proof of Proposition 3.10 shows that
( μ P T ) ( B ) ≤ D ( μ ∥ ν ) + log 2 ζ log N . (\mu P_T)(B) \le\frac{D(\mu\Vert\nu)+\log2}{\zeta\log N}. ( μ P T ) ( B ) ≤ ζ log N D ( μ ∥ ν ) + log 2 .
In particular, a field-dependent initial law μ \mu μ has vanishing mass in B B B at time T T T as soon as its relative entropy D ( μ ∥ ν ) D(\mu\Vert\nu) D ( μ ∥ ν ) with respect to ν \nu ν , computed in the realized field, is o ( log N ) o(\log N) o ( log N ) on the event, or in the probability mode, used in the statement at hand. The proposition concerns only the law at time T T T , and it gives no information about the path before time T T T .
The last lemma of this section is the chain identity for mutual information, known as the golden formula [127, Theorem 4.1], with the reference law π \pi π in the role of the output law.
Lemma 3.12 (Endpoint mutual information). Let K K K be a Markov kernel on E E E , let π \pi π and μ \mu μ be probability measures on E E E , and let ( X 0 , X 1 ) (X_0,X_1) ( X 0 , X 1 ) have joint law μ ( d x ) K ( x , d y ) \mu(\mathrm{d}x)K(x,\mathrm{d}y) μ ( d x ) K ( x , d y ) . Then, in [ 0 , ∞ ] [0,\infty] [ 0 , ∞ ] ,
∫ D ( K ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) μ ( d x ) = I ( X 0 ; X 1 ) + D ( μ K ∥ π ) . (46) \int D(K(x,\cdot)\Vert\pi)\,\mu(\mathrm{d}x)=I(X_0;X_1)+D(\mu K\Vert\pi). \tag*{(46)} ∫ D ( K ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) μ ( d x ) = I ( X 0 ; X 1 ) + D ( μ K ∥ π ) . (46) In particular, if D ( μ K ∥ π ) < ∞ D(\mu K\Vert\pi)<\infty D ( μ K ∥ π ) < ∞ , then I ( X 0 ; X 1 ) = ∫ D ( K ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) μ ( d x ) − D ( μ K ∥ π ) I(X_0;X_1)=\int D(K(x,\cdot)\Vert\pi)\,\mu(\mathrm{d}x)-D(\mu K\Vert\pi) I ( X 0 ; X 1 ) = ∫ D ( K ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) μ ( d x ) − D ( μ K ∥ π ) . If π K = π \pi K=\pi π K = π , then the stationary pair, with μ = π \mu=\pi μ = π , satisfies
I ( X 0 ; X 1 ) = ∫ D ( K ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) π ( d x ) . (47) I(X_0;X_1)=\int D(K(x,\cdot)\Vert\pi)\,\pi(\mathrm{d}x). \tag*{(47)} I ( X 0 ; X 1 ) = ∫ D ( K ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) π ( d x ) . (47)
For a Markov semigroup, we write I μ ( X 0 ; X t ) I_\mu(X_0;X_t) I μ ( X 0 ; X t ) for the mutual information of ( X 0 , X t ) (X_0,X_t) ( X 0 , X t ) when X 0 X_0 X 0 has law μ \mu μ and K = P t K=P_t K = P t , and I ( X 0 ; X t ) = I π ( X 0 ; X t ) I(X_0;X_t)=I_\pi(X_0;X_t) I ( X 0 ; X t ) = I π ( X 0 ; X t ) in the stationary case.
Proof. Let Γ ( d x , d y ) = μ ( d x ) K ( x , d y ) \Gamma(\mathrm{d}x,\mathrm{d}y)=\mu(\mathrm{d}x)K(x,\mathrm{d}y) Γ ( d x , d y ) = μ ( d x ) K ( x , d y ) and μ 1 = μ K \mu_1=\mu K μ 1 = μ K , and recall that I ( X 0 ; X 1 ) = D ( Γ ∥ μ ⊗ μ 1 ) I(X_0;X_1)=D(\Gamma\Vert\mu\otimes\mu_1) I ( X 0 ; X 1 ) = D ( Γ∥ μ ⊗ μ 1 ) . The identity (3.12) follows from the two identities
D ( Γ ∥ μ ⊗ π ) = ∫ D ( K ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) μ ( d x ) , (48) D(\Gamma\Vert\mu\otimes\pi)=\int D(K(x,\cdot)\Vert\pi)\,\mu(\mathrm{d}x), \tag*{(48)} D ( Γ∥ μ ⊗ π ) = ∫ D ( K ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ π ) μ ( d x ) , (48)
D ( Γ ∥ μ ⊗ π ) = D ( Γ ∥ μ ⊗ μ 1 ) + D ( μ 1 ∥ π ) . (49) D(\Gamma\Vert\mu\otimes\pi)=D(\Gamma\Vert\mu\otimes\mu_1)+D(\mu_1\Vert\pi). \tag*{(49)} D ( Γ∥ μ ⊗ π ) = D ( Γ∥ μ ⊗ μ 1 ) + D ( μ 1 ∥ π ) . (49)
We begin with (3.14). Suppose that Γ ≪ μ ⊗ π \Gamma\ll\mu\otimes\pi Γ ≪ μ ⊗ π with density k k k . By Fubini’s theorem, for μ \mu μ -almost every x x x we have K ( x , A ) = ∫ A k ( x , y ) π ( d y ) K(x,A)=\int_A k(x,y)\,\pi(\mathrm{d}y) K ( x , A ) = ∫ A k ( x , y ) π ( d y ) for all sets A A A in a countable generating algebra, and then for all measurable A A A by the monotone class theorem. It follows that K ( x , ⋅ ) ≪ π K(x,\cdot)\ll\pi K ( x , ⋅ ) ≪ π with density k ( x , ⋅ ) k(x,\cdot) k ( x , ⋅ ) for μ \mu μ -almost every x x x , and Tonelli’s theorem, applied to k log k + e − 1 ≥ 0 k\log k+e^{-1}\ge0 k log k + e − 1 ≥ 0 , gives (3.14). If Γ \Gamma Γ is not absolutely continuous with respect to μ ⊗ π \mu\otimes\pi μ ⊗ π , the left side of (3.14) is infinite, and so is the right side. Indeed, if the right side were finite, then K ( x , ⋅ ) ≪ π K(x,\cdot)\ll\pi K ( x , ⋅ ) ≪ π for μ \mu μ -almost every x x x , and a jointly measurable choice of the densities, which exists on standard Borel spaces, would be a density of Γ \Gamma Γ with respect to μ ⊗ π \mu\otimes\pi μ ⊗ π .
For (3.15), suppose first that μ 1 ≪̸ π \mu_1 \not\ll\pi μ 1 ≪ π . Since μ 1 \mu_1 μ 1 is the second marginal of Γ \Gamma Γ , Lemma 3.8 , applied to the projection kernel from E × E E \times E E × E to E E E , implies that D ( Γ ∥ μ ⊗ π ) ≥ D ( μ 1 ∥ π ) = ∞ D(\Gamma\Vert\mu\otimes\pi) \ge D(\mu_1\Vert\pi) = \infty D ( Γ∥ μ ⊗ π ) ≥ D ( μ 1 ∥ π ) = ∞ , and both sides are infinite. Suppose next that μ 1 ≪ π \mu_1 \ll\pi μ 1 ≪ π with density r r r . Then μ ⊗ μ 1 \mu\otimes\mu_1 μ ⊗ μ 1 has density r ( y ) r(y) r ( y ) with respect to μ ⊗ π \mu\otimes\pi μ ⊗ π , so Γ ≪ μ ⊗ μ 1 \Gamma\ll\mu\otimes\mu_1 Γ ≪ μ ⊗ μ 1 implies Γ ≪ μ ⊗ π \Gamma\ll\mu\otimes\pi Γ ≪ μ ⊗ π . Conversely, suppose that Γ ≪ μ ⊗ π \Gamma\ll\mu\otimes\pi Γ ≪ μ ⊗ π and that ( μ ⊗ μ 1 ) ( E ′ ) = 0 (\mu\otimes\mu_1)(E') = 0 ( μ ⊗ μ 1 ) ( E ′ ) = 0 for a measurable set E ′ ⊂ E × E E' \subset E \times E E ′ ⊂ E × E . Then r ( y ) = 0 r(y) = 0 r ( y ) = 0 for ( μ ⊗ π ) (\mu\otimes\pi) ( μ ⊗ π ) -almost every ( x , y ) ∈ E ′ (x,y) \in E' ( x , y ) ∈ E ′ , so the set E ′ ∩ { ( x , y ) : r ( y ) > 0 } E' \cap\{(x,y) : r(y) > 0\} E ′ ∩ {( x , y ) : r ( y ) > 0 } is ( μ ⊗ π ) (\mu\otimes\pi) ( μ ⊗ π ) -null and hence Γ \Gamma Γ -null. Together with Γ ( { ( x , y ) : r ( y ) = 0 } ) = μ 1 ( { r = 0 } ) = 0 \Gamma(\{(x,y) : r(y) = 0\}) = \mu_1(\{r = 0\}) = 0 Γ ({( x , y ) : r ( y ) = 0 }) = μ 1 ({ r = 0 }) = 0 , this gives Γ ( E ′ ) = 0 \Gamma(E') = 0 Γ ( E ′ ) = 0 . We conclude that Γ ≪ μ ⊗ π \Gamma\ll\mu\otimes\pi Γ ≪ μ ⊗ π if and only if Γ ≪ μ ⊗ μ 1 \Gamma\ll\mu\otimes\mu_1 Γ ≪ μ ⊗ μ 1 , and if neither holds, both sides of (3.15) are infinite. Otherwise, let k k k be the density of Γ \Gamma Γ with respect to μ ⊗ μ 1 \mu\otimes\mu_1 μ ⊗ μ 1 . Then Γ \Gamma Γ has density k ( x , y ) r ( y ) k(x,y)r(y) k ( x , y ) r ( y ) with respect to μ ⊗ π \mu\otimes\pi μ ⊗ π , and we have
D ( Γ ∥ μ ⊗ π ) = ∫ log k d Γ + ∫ log r ( y ) Γ ( d x , d y ) = D ( Γ ∥ μ ⊗ μ 1 ) + D ( μ 1 ∥ π ) . D(\Gamma\Vert\mu\otimes\pi) = \int\log k\,\mathrm{d}\Gamma+ \int\log r(y)\,\Gamma(\mathrm{d}x,\mathrm{d}y) = D(\Gamma\Vert\mu\otimes\mu_1) + D(\mu_1\Vert\pi). D ( Γ∥ μ ⊗ π ) = ∫ log k d Γ + ∫ log r ( y ) Γ ( d x , d y ) = D ( Γ∥ μ ⊗ μ 1 ) + D ( μ 1 ∥ π ) .
The splitting of the integral is legitimate because the negative parts of log k \log k log k and log r \log r log r are Γ \Gamma Γ -integrable. For instance, ∫ ( log k ) − d Γ = ∫ k ( log k ) − d ( μ ⊗ μ 1 ) ≤ e − 1 \int(\log k)^{-}\,\mathrm{d}\Gamma= \int k(\log k)^{-}\,\mathrm{d}(\mu\otimes\mu_1) \le e^{-1} ∫ ( log k ) − d Γ = ∫ k ( log k ) − d ( μ ⊗ μ 1 ) ≤ e − 1 .
The remaining assertions follow from (3.12). If D ( μ K ∥ π ) < ∞ D(\mu K\Vert\pi) < \infty D ( μ K ∥ π ) < ∞ , we may subtract it, and if π K = π \pi K = \pi π K = π and μ = π \mu= \pi μ = π , then D ( μ K ∥ π ) = 0 D(\mu K\Vert\pi) = 0 D ( μ K ∥ π ) = 0 .
For the Langevin semigroup, P t ( x , ⋅ ) P_t(x,\cdot) P t ( x , ⋅ ) has the continuous density p t ( x , ⋅ ) p_t(x,\cdot) p t ( x , ⋅ ) for t > 0 t > 0 t > 0 by Lemma 3.5(4), and the measure-theoretic points in the proof are immediate there. At t = 0 t = 0 t = 0 , the stationary pair lies on the diagonal, which has π ⊗ π \pi\otimes\pi π ⊗ π -measure zero, and I ( X 0 ; X 0 ) = ∞ I(X_0;X_0) = \infty I ( X 0 ; X 0 ) = ∞ .
The Crisanti–Sommers functional and the static thresholds
The free energy of a spherical spin glass is given by a variational formula over probability measures on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) . This formula was derived by Crisanti and Sommers [52] with the replica method, in a form equivalent to Parisi’s formula. It was proved by Talagrand for even mixtures [146] and by Chen for general mixtures [46], and Huang and Sellke gave a constructive proof of the lower bound [90]. We need the formula for covariances with a term of degree one, which appear in Section 14.
Definition 3.13 (Crisanti–Sommers functional). Let M \mathcal{M} M be the set of Borel probability measures ζ \zeta ζ on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) such that ζ ( [ 0 , q ^ ] ) = 1 \zeta([0,\hat{q}]) = 1 ζ ([ 0 , q ^ ]) = 1 for some q ^ < 1 \hat{q} < 1 q ^ < 1 . For ζ ∈ M \zeta\in\mathcal{M} ζ ∈ M define
x ^ ζ ( t ) = ∫ t 1 ζ ( [ 0 , s ] ) d s = ∫ ( 1 − max ( t , s ) ) ζ ( d s ) , 0 ≤ t ≤ 1. \hat{x}_{\zeta}(t) = \int_t^1 \zeta([0,s])\,\mathrm{d}s = \int(1-\max(t,s))\,\zeta(\mathrm{d}s), \qquad0 \le t \le1. x ^ ζ ( t ) = ∫ t 1 ζ ([ 0 , s ]) d s = ∫ ( 1 − max ( t , s )) ζ ( d s ) , 0 ≤ t ≤ 1.
A covariance polynomial is a polynomial η ( t ) = ∑ p = 1 P a p t p \eta(t)=\sum_{p=1}^{P}a_pt^p η ( t ) = ∑ p = 1 P a p t p with a p ≥ 0 a_p\ge0 a p ≥ 0 ; a term of degree one is allowed. For a covariance polynomial η \eta η and β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , the Crisanti–Sommers functional is
P β ( ζ ; η ) = 1 2 [ β 2 ( η ( 1 ) − ∫ η d ζ ) + ∫ 0 q ^ d t x ^ ζ ( t ) + log ( 1 − q ^ ) ] , (50) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta;\eta)=\frac{1}{2}\left[\beta^2\left(\eta(1)-\int\eta\,\mathrm{d}\zeta\right)+\int_{0}^{\hat{q}}\frac{\mathrm{d}t}{\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)}+\log(1-\hat{q})\right], \tag*{(50)} P β ( ζ ; η ) = 2 1 [ β 2 ( η ( 1 ) − ∫ η d ζ ) + ∫ 0 q ^ x ζ ( t ) d t + log ( 1 − q ^ ) ] , (50)
where q ^ < 1 \hat{q}<1 q ^ < 1 is any number with ζ ( [ 0 , q ^ ] ) = 1 \zeta([0,\hat{q}])=1 ζ ([ 0 , q ^ ]) = 1 , and we set P β ( η ) = inf ζ ∈ M P β ( ζ ; η ) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\eta)=\inf_{\zeta\in\mathcal{M}}\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta;\eta) P β ( η ) = inf ζ ∈ M P β ( ζ ; η ) .
The second expression for x ^ ζ \widehat{x}_{\zeta} x ζ follows from Fubini’s theorem. The function x ^ ζ \widehat{x}_{\zeta} x ζ is Lipschitz, with derivative − ζ ( [ 0 , t ] ) -\zeta([0,t]) − ζ ([ 0 , t ]) almost everywhere, and x ^ ζ ( t ) = 1 − t \widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)=1-t x ζ ( t ) = 1 − t for t ≥ q ^ t\ge\hat{q} t ≥ q ^ . Since ζ \zeta ζ is carried by [ 0 , q ^ ] [0,\hat{q}] [ 0 , q ^ ] , the second expression gives x ^ ζ ( t ) ≥ 1 − max ( t , q ^ ) > 0 \widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)\ge1-\max(t,\hat{q})>0 x ζ ( t ) ≥ 1 − max ( t , q ^ ) > 0 for t < 1 t<1 t < 1 . Further, (3.16) does not depend on the choice of q ^ \hat{q} q ^ , because ∫ q ^ q ^ ′ d t / ( 1 − t ) = log ( 1 − q ^ ) − log ( 1 − q ^ ′ ) \int_{\hat{q}}^{\hat{q}'}\mathrm{d}t/(1-t)=\log(1-\hat{q})-\log(1-\hat{q}') ∫ q ^ q ^ ′ d t / ( 1 − t ) = log ( 1 − q ^ ) − log ( 1 − q ^ ′ ) . Using η ( 0 ) = 0 \eta(0)=0 η ( 0 ) = 0 , we also have
η ( 1 ) − ∫ η d ζ = ∫ 0 1 η ′ ( t ) ζ ( [ 0 , t ] ) d t = η ′ ( 0 ) x ^ ζ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 1 η ′ ′ ( t ) x ^ ζ ( t ) d t . (51) \eta(1)-\int\eta\,\mathrm{d}\zeta=\int_{0}^{1}\eta'(t)\zeta([0,t])\,\mathrm{d}t=\eta'(0)\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(0)+\int_{0}^{1}\eta''(t)\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)\,\mathrm{d}t. \tag*{(51)} η ( 1 ) − ∫ η d ζ = ∫ 0 1 η ′ ( t ) ζ ([ 0 , t ]) d t = η ′ ( 0 ) x ζ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 1 η ′′ ( t ) x ζ ( t ) d t . (51)
For the first equality, we wrote η ( 1 ) − η ( s ) = ∫ s 1 η ′ ( t ) d t \eta(1)-\eta(s)=\int_s^1\eta'(t)\,\mathrm{d}t η ( 1 ) − η ( s ) = ∫ s 1 η ′ ( t ) d t and used Fubini’s theorem. For the second, we integrated by parts, using x ^ ζ ′ ( t ) = − ζ ( [ 0 , t ] ) \widehat{x}_{\zeta}'(t)=-\zeta([0,t]) x ζ ′ ( t ) = − ζ ([ 0 , t ]) and x ^ ζ ( 1 ) = 0 \widehat{x}_{\zeta}(1)=0 x ζ ( 1 ) = 0 . By (3.17), P β ( ζ ; η ) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta;\eta) P β ( ζ ; η ) coincides with the functional P ( x ; ξ ) \mathcal{P}(x;\xi) P ( x ; ξ ) of [90, (1.4)] for ξ = β 2 η \xi=\beta^2\eta ξ = β 2 η and x ( t ) = ζ ( [ 0 , t ] ) x(t)=\zeta([0,t]) x ( t ) = ζ ([ 0 , t ]) .
Two choices of ζ \zeta ζ appear repeatedly. For ζ = δ 0 \zeta=\delta_0 ζ = δ 0 , we have x ^ δ 0 ( t ) = 1 − t \widehat{x}_{\delta_0}(t)=1-t x δ 0 ( t ) = 1 − t and P β ( δ 0 ; η ) = β 2 η ( 1 ) / 2 \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\delta_0;\eta)=\beta^2\eta(1)/2 P β ( δ 0 ; η ) = β 2 η ( 1 ) /2 . For ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q \zeta=x\delta_0+(1-x)\delta_Q ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q with 0 < x < 1 0<x<1 0 < x < 1 and 0 < Q < 1 0<Q<1 0 < Q < 1 , we have x ^ ζ ( t ) = 1 − Q + x ( Q − t ) \widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)=1-Q+x(Q-t) x ζ ( t ) = 1 − Q + x ( Q − t ) for t ≤ Q t\le Q t ≤ Q and x ^ ζ ( t ) = 1 − t \widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)=1-t x ζ ( t ) = 1 − t for t ≥ Q t\ge Q t ≥ Q . This is the function x ^ \widehat{x} x used in Section 5.
Theorem 3.14 (Parisi formula; [46, 146]). Let η \eta η be a covariance polynomial, let β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , and let G N G_N G N be a centered Gaussian process on S N S_N S N with continuous sample paths and covariance E G N ( x ) G N ( y ) = N η ( R ( x , y ) ) \mathbb{E}G_N(x)G_N(y)=N\eta(R(x,y)) E G N ( x ) G N ( y ) = N η ( R ( x , y )) . Then
lim N → ∞ 1 N E log ∫ S N e β G N d ν N = P β ( η ) . \lim_{N\to\infty}\frac{1}{N}\mathbb{E}\log\int_{S_N}e^{\beta G_N}\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N=\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\eta). N → ∞ lim N 1 E log ∫ S N e β G N d ν N = P β ( η ) . In particular, F ( β ) = P β ( ξ ) F(\beta)=\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\xi) F ( β ) = P β ( ξ ) for every finite mixture ξ \xi ξ and every β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 .
For even η \eta η , this is [146, Theorem 1.1]. For general covariance polynomials, including odd degrees and a term of degree one, it is [46, Theorem 1]. The summability hypothesis there holds trivially, because the coefficients β p = β a p \beta_p=\beta\sqrt{a_p} β p = β a p in the notation of [46, (1.2)] are nonnegative and only finitely many are nonzero. Chen states the formula in Parisi’s form, and its equality with the Crisanti–Sommers form is [146, Theorem 4.1]. In exactly the form (3.16), the statement is [90, Theorem 1.1], which also gives convergence in probability of N − 1 log ∫ e β G N d ν N N^{-1}\log\int e^{\beta G_N}\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N N − 1 log ∫ e β G N d ν N . The value of ∫ e β G N d ν N \int e^{\beta G_N}\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N ∫ e β G N d ν N depends only on the law of G N G_N G N , and any realization may be used, for example the analog of (3.2) with p p p ranging over the degrees of η \eta η .
The minimizer of the Crisanti–Sommers functional is characterized by its first variation. For ζ ∈ M \zeta\in\mathcal{M} ζ ∈ M , let
f ζ ( s ) = β 2 η ( s ) − ∫ 0 s s − t x ^ ζ ( t ) 2 d t , 0 ≤ s < 1 , (52) f_{\zeta}(s) = \beta^{2}\eta(s) - \int_{0}^{s} \frac{s-t}{\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)^{2}}\,\mathrm{d}t,\qquad0 \le s < 1, \tag*{(52)} f ζ ( s ) = β 2 η ( s ) − ∫ 0 s x ζ ( t ) 2 s − t d t , 0 ≤ s < 1 , (52)
and let S ζ = { s ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) : f ζ ( s ) = sup [ 0 , 1 ) f ζ } S_{\zeta} = \{s \in[0,1): f_{\zeta}(s) = \sup_{[0,1)} f_{\zeta}\} S ζ = { s ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) : f ζ ( s ) = sup [ 0 , 1 ) f ζ } . With η = ξ \eta= \xi η = ξ and ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q \zeta= x\delta_{0} + (1-x)\delta_{Q} ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q , the function − f ζ -f_{\zeta} − f ζ is the function V V V of Section 5.
Lemma 3.15 (First variation and the optimality criterion). Let η \eta η be a covariance polynomial and β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 .
For every ζ ∈ M \zeta\in\mathcal{M} ζ ∈ M , the function f ζ f_{\zeta} f ζ is continuous on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) and tends to − ∞ -\infty − ∞ at 1 1 1 . In particular, S ζ S_{\zeta} S ζ is a nonempty compact subset of [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) .
For ζ , μ ∈ M \zeta,\mu\in\mathcal{M} ζ , μ ∈ M , the function ε ↦ P β ( ( 1 − ε ) ζ + ε μ ; η ) \varepsilon\mapsto\mathcal{P}_{\beta}((1-\varepsilon)\zeta+\varepsilon\mu;\eta) ε ↦ P β (( 1 − ε ) ζ + ε μ ; η ) is convex and differentiable on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and its derivative at ε = 0 \varepsilon=0 ε = 0 is − ∫ f ζ d ( μ − ζ ) / 2 -\int f_{\zeta}\,\mathrm{d}(\mu-\zeta)/2 − ∫ f ζ d ( μ − ζ ) /2 . In particular,
P β ( μ ; η ) − P β ( ζ ; η ) ≥ 1 2 ( ∫ f ζ d ζ − ∫ f ζ d μ ) . (53) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\mu;\eta)-\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta;\eta) \ge\frac{1}{2}\left(\int f_{\zeta}\,\mathrm{d}\zeta-\int f_{\zeta}\,\mathrm{d}\mu\right). \tag*{(53)} P β ( μ ; η ) − P β ( ζ ; η ) ≥ 2 1 ( ∫ f ζ d ζ − ∫ f ζ d μ ) . (53) The functional P β ( ⋅ ; η ) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\cdot\,;\eta) P β ( ⋅ ; η ) has a unique minimizer on M \mathcal{M} M , and ζ ∈ M \zeta\in\mathcal{M} ζ ∈ M is this minimizer if and only if ζ ( S ζ ) = 1 \zeta(S_{\zeta})=1 ζ ( S ζ ) = 1 .
We call the characterization in (3) the Crisanti–Sommers optimality criterion . Together with existence and uniqueness, it is due to Talagrand [146, Proposition 2.1]. In the present normalization it is [90, Lemma 1.2]; see also [143, Proposition 9]. For η = ξ \eta=\xi η = ξ , we call the minimizer the Parisi measure of ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) . We include the short proof of the characterization, since its first-variation formula is used in Sections 5 and 14.
Proof. For (1), continuity is clear. Fix q ^ < 1 \widehat{q}<1 q < 1 with ζ ( [ 0 , q ^ ] ) = 1 \zeta([0,\widehat{q}])=1 ζ ([ 0 , q ]) = 1 . For q ^ < s < 1 \widehat{q}<s<1 q < s < 1 , using x ^ ζ ( t ) = 1 − t \widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)=1-t x ζ ( t ) = 1 − t on [ q ^ , s ] [\widehat{q},s] [ q , s ] , we find
f ζ ( s ) ≤ β 2 η ( 1 ) − ∫ q ^ s s − t ( 1 − t ) 2 d t = β 2 η ( 1 ) − log 1 − q ^ 1 − s + 1 − 1 − s 1 − q ^ . f_{\zeta}(s) \le\beta^{2}\eta(1)-\int_{\widehat{q}}^{s}\frac{s-t}{(1-t)^{2}}\,\mathrm{d}t
=\beta^{2}\eta(1)-\log\frac{1-\widehat{q}}{1-s}+1-\frac{1-s}{1-\widehat{q}}. f ζ ( s ) ≤ β 2 η ( 1 ) − ∫ q s ( 1 − t ) 2 s − t d t = β 2 η ( 1 ) − log 1 − s 1 − q + 1 − 1 − q 1 − s .
The right side tends to − ∞ -\infty − ∞ as s → 1 s\to1 s → 1 . Hence the supremum of f ζ f_{\zeta} f ζ is attained, and S ζ S_{\zeta} S ζ is a nonempty closed subset of an interval [ 0 , s 0 ] [0,s_{0}] [ 0 , s 0 ] with s 0 < 1 s_{0}<1 s 0 < 1 .
For (2), let ζ ε = ( 1 − ε ) ζ + ε μ \zeta_{\varepsilon}=(1-\varepsilon)\zeta+\varepsilon\mu ζ ε = ( 1 − ε ) ζ + ε μ and choose q ^ < 1 \widehat{q}<1 q < 1 such that ζ ( [ 0 , q ^ ] ) = μ ( [ 0 , q ^ ] ) = 1 \zeta([0,\widehat{q}])=\mu([0,\widehat{q}])=1 ζ ([ 0 , q ]) = μ ([ 0 , q ]) = 1 . The map ε ↦ x ^ ζ ε = x ^ ζ + ε ( x ^ μ − x ^ ζ ) \varepsilon\mapsto\widehat{x}_{\zeta_{\varepsilon}}=\widehat{x}_{\zeta}+\varepsilon(\widehat{x}_{\mu}-\widehat{x}_{\zeta}) ε ↦ x ζ ε = x ζ + ε ( x μ − x ζ ) is affine, and x ^ ζ ε ≥ 1 − q ^ \widehat{x}_{\zeta_{\varepsilon}}\ge1-\widehat{q} x ζ ε ≥ 1 − q on [ 0 , q ^ ] [0,\widehat{q}] [ 0 , q ] for ε ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \varepsilon\in[0,1] ε ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . The energy term in (3.16) is affine in ε \varepsilon ε , and the entropy term is convex in ε \varepsilon ε because u ↦ 1 / u u\mapsto1/u u ↦ 1/ u is convex on ( 0 , ∞ ) (0,\infty) ( 0 , ∞ ) . Differentiating under the integral, which is justified by the lower bound 1 − q ^ 1-\widehat{q} 1 − q on the denominators, we find that the derivative at ε = 0 \varepsilon=0 ε = 0 is
− 1 2 [ β 2 ∫ η d ( μ − ζ ) + ∫ 0 q ^ x ^ μ ( t ) − x ^ ζ ( t ) x ^ ζ ( t ) 2 d t ] = − 1 2 ∫ G ( s ) ( μ − ζ ) ( d s ) , -\frac{1}{2}\left[\beta^{2}\int\eta\,\mathrm{d}(\mu-\zeta)+\int_{0}^{\widehat{q}}\frac{\widehat{x}_{\mu}(t)-\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)}{\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)^{2}}\,\mathrm{d}t\right]
=-\frac{1}{2}\int G(s)\,(\mu-\zeta)(\mathrm{d}s), − 2 1 [ β 2 ∫ η d ( μ − ζ ) + ∫ 0 q x ζ ( t ) 2 x μ ( t ) − x ζ ( t ) d t ] = − 2 1 ∫ G ( s ) ( μ − ζ ) ( d s ) ,
@page 68/200 starts_mid=0 ends_mid=1 where G ( s ) = β 2 η ( s ) + ∫ 0 q ^ ( 1 − max ( t , s ) ) x ^ ζ ( t ) − 2 d t G(s)=\beta^{2}\eta(s)+\int_{0}^{\widehat{q}}(1-\max(t,s))\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)^{-2}\,\mathrm{d}t G ( s ) = β 2 η ( s ) + ∫ 0 q ( 1 − max ( t , s )) x ζ ( t ) − 2 d t . Here we used the second expression for x ^ ζ \widehat{x}_{\zeta} x ζ in Definition 3.13 and Fubini’s theorem. For s ≤ q ^ s\leq\widehat{q} s ≤ q , the identity 1 − max ( t , s ) = ( 1 − t ) − ( s − t ) + 1-\max(t,s)=(1-t)-(s-t)_{+} 1 − max ( t , s ) = ( 1 − t ) − ( s − t ) + gives G ( s ) = f ζ ( s ) + ∫ 0 q ^ ( 1 − t ) x ^ ζ ( t ) − 2 d t G(s)=f_{\zeta}(s)+\int_{0}^{\widehat{q}}(1-t)\widehat{x}_{\zeta}(t)^{-2}\,\mathrm{d}t G ( s ) = f ζ ( s ) + ∫ 0 q ( 1 − t ) x ζ ( t ) − 2 d t . The last term does not depend on s s s , and μ − ζ \mu-\zeta μ − ζ has total mass zero and is carried by [ 0 , q ^ ] [0,\widehat{q}] [ 0 , q ] . It follows that the derivative equals − ∫ f ζ d ( μ − ζ ) / 2 -\int f_{\zeta}\,\mathrm{d}(\mu-\zeta)/2 − ∫ f ζ d ( μ − ζ ) /2 . A convex differentiable function on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] lies above its tangent line at 0 0 0 , and evaluating at ε = 1 \varepsilon=1 ε = 1 gives (53) .
For (3), suppose first that ζ ( S ζ ) = 1 \zeta(S_{\zeta})=1 ζ ( S ζ ) = 1 . Then ∫ f ζ d ζ = max f ζ ≥ ∫ f ζ d μ \int f_{\zeta}\,\mathrm{d}\zeta=\max f_{\zeta}\geq\int f_{\zeta}\,\mathrm{d}\mu ∫ f ζ d ζ = max f ζ ≥ ∫ f ζ d μ for every μ ∈ M \mu\in\mathcal{M} μ ∈ M , and (53) implies that ζ \zeta ζ is a minimizer. Conversely, let ζ \zeta ζ be a minimizer and r ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) r\in[0,1) r ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) . With μ = δ r \mu=\delta_{r} μ = δ r in (2), the derivative at ε = 0 \varepsilon=0 ε = 0 is nonnegative, which means that f ζ ( r ) ≤ ∫ f ζ d ζ f_{\zeta}(r)\leq\int f_{\zeta}\,\mathrm{d}\zeta f ζ ( r ) ≤ ∫ f ζ d ζ . Taking the supremum over r r r , we find max f ζ ≤ ∫ f ζ d ζ ≤ max f ζ \max f_{\zeta}\leq\int f_{\zeta}\,\mathrm{d}\zeta\leq\max f_{\zeta} max f ζ ≤ ∫ f ζ d ζ ≤ max f ζ . This shows that f ζ = max f ζ f_{\zeta}=\max f_{\zeta} f ζ = max f ζ holds ζ \zeta ζ -almost surely, that is, ζ ( S ζ ) = 1 \zeta(S_{\zeta})=1 ζ ( S ζ ) = 1 . For uniqueness, let ζ ≠ μ \zeta\neq\mu ζ = μ be two minimizers. Since x ^ ζ ′ ( t ) = − ζ ( [ 0 , t ] ) \widehat{x}_{\zeta}'(t)=-\zeta([0,t]) x ζ ′ ( t ) = − ζ ([ 0 , t ]) almost everywhere and distribution functions are right-continuous, the continuous functions x ^ ζ \widehat{x}_{\zeta} x ζ and x ^ μ \widehat{x}_{\mu} x μ differ on an interval contained in [ 0 , q ^ ] [0,\widehat{q}] [ 0 , q ] . By the strict convexity of u ↦ 1 / u u\mapsto1/u u ↦ 1/ u , the entropy term is then strictly convex along the segment from ζ \zeta ζ to μ \mu μ . The midpoint of the segment then has a strictly smaller value, which is a contradiction. The existence of a minimizer is part of [146, Proposition 2.1] and [90, Lemma 1.2].
Definition 3.16 (Static and dynamical thresholds). Let ζ \zeta ζ be a finite mixture and β ≥ 0 \beta\geq0 β ≥ 0 . For 0 < r < 1 0<r<1 0 < r < 1 , let
A ( r ) = ( 1 − r ) ζ ′ ( r ) r , Φ β ( r ) = β 2 ζ ( r ) + r + log ( 1 − r ) . A(r)=\frac{(1-r)\zeta'(r)}{r},\qquad\Phi_{\beta}(r)=\beta^{2}\zeta(r)+r+\log(1-r). A ( r ) = r ( 1 − r ) ζ ′ ( r ) , Φ β ( r ) = β 2 ζ ( r ) + r + log ( 1 − r ) . The dynamical threshold β d = β d ( ζ ) \beta_{\mathrm{d}}=\beta_{\mathrm{d}}(\zeta) β d = β d ( ζ ) and the static threshold β s = β s ( ζ ) \beta_{\mathrm{s}}=\beta_{\mathrm{s}}(\zeta) β s = β s ( ζ ) are defined by
β d 2 = sup 0 < r < 1 A ( r ) , β s 2 = inf 0 < r < 1 − r − log ( 1 − r ) ζ ( r ) . \beta_{\mathrm{d}}^{2}=\sup_{0<r<1}A(r),\qquad\beta_{\mathrm{s}}^{2}=\inf_{0<r<1}\frac{-r-\log(1-r)}{\zeta(r)}. β d 2 = 0 < r < 1 sup A ( r ) , β s 2 = 0 < r < 1 inf ζ ( r ) − r − log ( 1 − r ) . The pair ( ζ , β ) (\zeta,\beta) ( ζ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric if Φ β ( r ) < 0 \Phi_{\beta}(r)<0 Φ β ( r ) < 0 for all r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) r\in(0,1) r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) .
In the proof of Lemma 3.18 below, we show that Φ β \Phi_{\beta} Φ β is the first-variation function f δ 0 f_{\delta_{0}} f δ 0 of (3.18) for η = ζ \eta=\zeta η = ζ . By Lemma 3.15(3), ( ζ , β ) (\zeta,\beta) ( ζ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric if and only if δ 0 \delta_{0} δ 0 is its Parisi measure and S δ 0 = { 0 } S_{\delta_{0} }=\{0\} S δ 0 = { 0 } . This is the definition of Huang and Sellke [90, Definition 3], with the temperature absorbed into the covariance. Several results below require in addition that β 2 ζ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^{2}\zeta''(0)<1 β 2 ζ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 , and we then say that ( ζ , β ) (\zeta,\beta) ( ζ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ζ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^{2}\zeta''(0)<1 β 2 ζ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 .
positive and continuous on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , and it tends to ∞ \infty ∞ at 1 1 1 and to 1 / ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) 1/\xi^{\prime\prime}(0) 1/ ξ ′′ ( 0 ) at 0 0 0 , which is ∞ \infty ∞ if ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 \xi^{\prime\prime}(0)=0 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) = 0 . Further, Φ β ( r ) → 0 \Phi_\beta(r)\to0 Φ β ( r ) → 0 as r → 0 r\to0 r → 0 , and
Φ β ′ ( r ) = β 2 ξ ′ ( r ) − r 1 − r = r 1 − r ( β 2 A ( r ) − 1 ) , 0 < r < 1. (54) \Phi_\beta'(r)=\beta^2\xi'(r)-\frac{r}{1-r}=\frac{r}{1-r}\left(\beta^2A(r)-1\right),\qquad0<r<1. \tag*{(54)} Φ β ′ ( r ) = β 2 ξ ′ ( r ) − 1 − r r = 1 − r r ( β 2 A ( r ) − 1 ) , 0 < r < 1. (54)
If β ≤ β d \beta\le\beta_d β ≤ β d , then β 2 A ≤ 1 \beta^2A\le1 β 2 A ≤ 1 , and (54) implies that Φ β \Phi_\beta Φ β is nonincreasing and hence nonpositive on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) . This means that β 2 ≤ ( − r − log ( 1 − r ) ) / ξ ( r ) \beta^2\le(-r-\log(1-r))/\xi(r) β 2 ≤ ( − r − log ( 1 − r )) / ξ ( r ) for every r r r , that is, β ≤ β s \beta\le\beta_s β ≤ β s . We conclude that β d ≤ β s \beta_d\le\beta_s β d ≤ β s . Part II concerns β > β s \beta>\beta_s β > β s , and Part III concerns β d < β < β s \beta_d<\beta<\beta_s β d < β < β s .
Lemma 3.18 (The replica-symmetric regime). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture and β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 .
We have F ( β ) ≤ β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 F(\beta)\le\beta^2\xi(1)/2 F ( β ) ≤ β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 . Moreover, F ( β ) = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 F(\beta)=\beta^2\xi(1)/2 F ( β ) = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 if and only if Φ β ( r ) ≤ 0 \Phi_\beta(r)\le0 Φ β ( r ) ≤ 0 for all r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) r\in(0,1) r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , if and only if β ≤ β s \beta\le\beta_s β ≤ β s . In this case, δ 0 \delta_0 δ 0 is the Parisi measure of ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) .
If β < β s \beta<\beta_s β < β s , then ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\xi^{\prime\prime}(0)<1 β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 .
If 0 < β ≤ β s 0<\beta\le\beta_s 0 < β ≤ β s , then for every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , for all sufficiently large N N N ,
P ( ∣ 1 N log Z N , β − β 2 ξ ( 1 ) 2 ∣ > ε ) ≤ 2 exp ( − ε 2 N 8 β 2 ξ ( 1 ) ) . (55) \mathbb{P}\left(\left|\frac{1}{N}\log Z_{N,\beta}-\frac{\beta^2\xi(1)}{2}\right|>\varepsilon\right)\le2\exp\left(-\frac{\varepsilon^2N}{8\beta^2\xi(1)}\right). \tag*{(55)} P ( N 1 log Z N , β − 2 β 2 ξ ( 1 ) > ε ) ≤ 2 exp ( − 8 β 2 ξ ( 1 ) ε 2 N ) . (55)
For even mixtures, Talagrand proved that the strict form of the criterion in (1) is sufficient and that the non-strict form is necessary [146, Proposition 2.3]; see also [13, (5.2)] for the formula for β s \beta_s β s . The proof of the equivalence below uses only Theorem 3.14 and Lemma 3.15 , and so it applies to all finite mixtures, including those with odd degrees.
Proof. For (1), by Jensen’s inequality and (35) , we have F N ( β ) ≤ N − 1 log E Z N , β = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 F_N(\beta)\le N^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{N,\beta}=\beta^2\xi(1)/2 F N ( β ) ≤ N − 1 log E Z N , β = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 for all N N N , and F ( β ) ≤ β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 F(\beta)\le\beta^2\xi(1)/2 F ( β ) ≤ β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 follows. For ζ = δ 0 \zeta=\delta_0 ζ = δ 0 , we have x ^ δ 0 ( t ) = 1 − t \hat{x}_{\delta_0}(t)=1-t x ^ δ 0 ( t ) = 1 − t and
∫ 0 s s − t ( 1 − t ) 2 d t = ∫ 0 s ( 1 1 − t − 1 − s ( 1 − t ) 2 ) d t = − log ( 1 − s ) − s . \int_0^s\frac{s-t}{(1-t)^2}\,\mathrm{d}t=\int_0^s\left(\frac{1}{1-t}-\frac{1-s}{(1-t)^2}\right)\,\mathrm{d}t=-\log(1-s)-s. ∫ 0 s ( 1 − t ) 2 s − t d t = ∫ 0 s ( 1 − t 1 − ( 1 − t ) 2 1 − s ) d t = − log ( 1 − s ) − s .
Comparing with (52) for η = ξ \eta=\xi η = ξ , we find that f δ 0 = Φ β f_{\delta_0}=\Phi_\beta f δ 0 = Φ β and f δ 0 ( 0 ) = 0 f_{\delta_0}(0)=0 f δ 0 ( 0 ) = 0 . By Lemma 3.15 (3), δ 0 \delta_0 δ 0 is the Parisi measure if and only if 0 ∈ S δ 0 0\in S_{\delta_0} 0 ∈ S δ 0 , that is, if and only if Φ β ≤ 0 \Phi_\beta\le0 Φ β ≤ 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) . Recall that P β ( δ 0 ; ξ ) = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 P_\beta(\delta_0;\xi)=\beta^2\xi(1)/2 P β ( δ 0 ; ξ ) = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 . By Theorem 3.14 and the uniqueness of the minimizer, we find that F ( β ) = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 F(\beta)=\beta^2\xi(1)/2 F ( β ) = β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 if and only if δ 0 \delta_0 δ 0 is the Parisi measure. Finally, since ξ ( r ) > 0 \xi(r)>0 ξ ( r ) > 0 for 0 < r < 1 0<r<1 0 < r < 1 , the inequality Φ β ( r ) ≤ 0 \Phi_\beta(r)\le0 Φ β ( r ) ≤ 0 is equivalent to β 2 ≤ ( − r − log ( 1 − r ) ) / ξ ( r ) \beta^2\le(-r-\log(1-r))/\xi(r) β 2 ≤ ( − r − log ( 1 − r )) / ξ ( r ) . This holds for all r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) r\in(0,1) r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) if and only if β ≤ β s \beta\le\beta_s β ≤ β s .
For (2), let β < β s \beta<\beta_s β < β s . For each r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) r\in(0,1) r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , we have β 2 < β s 2 ≤ ( − r − log ( 1 − r ) ) / ξ ( r ) \beta^2<\beta_s^2\le(-r-\log(1-r))/\xi(r) β 2 < β s 2 ≤ ( − r − log ( 1 − r )) / ξ ( r ) , which gives Φ β ( r ) < 0 \Phi_\beta(r)<0 Φ β ( r ) < 0 . If ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) = 2 c 2 > 0 \xi^{\prime\prime}(0)=2c_2>0 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) = 2 c 2 > 0 , then ( − r − log ( 1 − r ) ) / ξ ( r ) → 1 / ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) (-r-\log(1-r))/\xi(r)\to1/\xi^{\prime\prime}(0) ( − r − log ( 1 − r )) / ξ ( r ) → 1/ ξ ′′ ( 0 ) as r → 0 r\to0 r → 0 by Remark 3.17 . This implies β s 2 ≤ 1 / ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) \beta_s^2\le1/\xi^{\prime\prime}(0) β s 2 ≤ 1/ ξ ′′ ( 0 ) , and therefore β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\xi^{\prime\prime}(0)<1 β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 . If ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 \xi^{\prime\prime}(0)=0 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) = 0 , the inequality β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\xi^{\prime\prime}(0)<1 β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 is trivial.
For (3), note that F N ( β ) → β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 F_N(\beta)\to\beta^2\xi(1)/2 F N ( β ) → β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 by (1) and Theorem 3.14 . Then ∣ F N ( β ) − β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 ∣ ≤ ε / 2 |F_N(\beta)-\beta^2\xi(1)/2|\le\varepsilon/2 ∣ F N ( β ) − β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2∣ ≤ ε /2 for all sufficiently large N N N , and for such N N N the event in (55) is contained in the event ∣ log Z N , β − E log Z N , β ∣ > ε N / 2 |\log Z_{N,\beta}-\mathbb{E}\log Z_{N,\beta}|>\varepsilon N/2 ∣ log Z N , β − E log Z N , β ∣ > εN /2 . Using Lemma 3.3 with B = S N B=S_N B = S N , h = 0 h=0 h = 0 , and t = ε / 2 t=\varepsilon/2 t = ε /2 , we obtain (55) . □ \square □
Two inputs from Huang, Montanari, and Pham
We state two results of [93 ] in our notation. Both hold when ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\xi''(0)<1 β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 , which by Lemma 3.18 (2) is the case for every β < β s \beta<\beta_s β < β s . In [93 ] , the temperature is absorbed into the covariance. The field has covariance N η ( R ( x , y ) ) N\eta(R(x,y)) N η ( R ( x , y )) , where η ( t ) = ∑ p ≥ 2 γ p 2 t p \eta(t)=\sum_{p\ge2}\gamma_p^2t^p η ( t ) = ∑ p ≥ 2 γ p 2 t p and ∑ p 2 p γ p 2 < ∞ \sum_p2^p\gamma_p^2<\infty ∑ p 2 p γ p 2 < ∞ , and the Gibbs measure has density proportional to e G e^G e G with respect to the uniform measure on the sphere of radius N \sqrt{N} N [93 (1.1)–(1.2)] . For our model at inverse temperature β \beta β , this means that η = β 2 ξ \eta=\beta^2\xi η = β 2 ξ and G = β H N G=\beta H_N G = β H N , and the summability condition holds for finite mixtures. Their condition [93 (2.21)] , reproduced as [93 (7.9)] , reads
η ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 , η ( t ) + t + log ( 1 − t ) < 0 for all t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . (56) \eta''(0)<1,\qquad\eta(t)+t+\log(1-t)<0\quad\text{for all }t\in(0,1). \tag*{(56)} η ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 , η ( t ) + t + log ( 1 − t ) < 0 for all t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . (56)
For η = β 2 ξ \eta=\beta^2\xi η = β 2 ξ , this says exactly that ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\xi''(0)<1 β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 .
Lemma 3.19 (Normalized partition function; [93 Lemma 3.2 and Remark 3.3] ). Let η ( t ) = ∑ p = 2 P a p t p \eta(t)=\sum_{p=2}^P a_pt^p η ( t ) = ∑ p = 2 P a p t p be a polynomial with nonnegative coefficients satisfying (56) . For n ≥ 2 n\ge2 n ≥ 2 , let G n G_n G n be a centered Gaussian process on S n S_n S n with continuous sample paths and covariance n η ( R ( x , y ) ) n\eta(R(x,y)) n η ( R ( x , y )) , and let
W n = e − n η ( 1 ) / 2 ∫ S n e G n d ν n , W_n=e^{-n\eta(1)/2}\int_{S_n}e^{G_n}\,d\nu_n, W n = e − n η ( 1 ) /2 ∫ S n e G n d ν n , so that E W n = 1 \mathbb{E}W_n=1 E W n = 1 . Then W n W_n W n converges in distribution to e σ g − σ 2 / 2 e^{\sigma g-\sigma^2/2} e σ g − σ 2 /2 , where g g g is a standard Gaussian variable and σ 2 = − log ( 1 − η ′ ′ ( 0 ) ) / 2 \sigma^2=-\log(1-\eta''(0))/2 σ 2 = − log ( 1 − η ′′ ( 0 )) /2 . Moreover, the following hold.
The lower tail of W n W_n W n is tight: lim t ↓ 0 lim sup n → ∞ P ( W n < t ) = 0 \lim_{t\downarrow0}\limsup_{n\to\infty}\mathbb{P}(W_n<t)=0 lim t ↓ 0 lim sup n → ∞ P ( W n < t ) = 0 .
For each n n n , let Q n Q_n Q n be a probability measure under which G n G_n G n has the law above, and let P n P_n P n be the probability measure with d P n / d Q n = W n dP_n/dQ_n=W_n d P n / d Q n = W n . Then for all events A n A_n A n and all t > 0 t>0 t > 0 ,
Q n ( A n ) ≤ t − 1 P n ( A n ) + Q n ( W n < t ) . Q_n(A_n)\le t^{-1}P_n(A_n)+Q_n(W_n<t). Q n ( A n ) ≤ t − 1 P n ( A n ) + Q n ( W n < t ) . In particular, P n ( A n ) → 0 P_n(A_n)\to0 P n ( A n ) → 0 implies Q n ( A n ) → 0 Q_n(A_n)\to0 Q n ( A n ) → 0 .
If ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\xi''(0)<1 β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 , then Z N , β / E Z N , β Z_{N,\beta}/\mathbb{E}Z_{N,\beta} Z N , β / E Z N , β converges in distribution to e σ g − σ 2 / 2 e^{\sigma g-\sigma^2/2} e σ g − σ 2 /2 with σ 2 = − log ( 1 − β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) ) / 2 \sigma^2=-\log(1-\beta^2\xi''(0))/2 σ 2 = − log ( 1 − β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 )) /2 .
Proof. The convergence in distribution is [93 Lemma 3.2] , applied with their mixture equal to η \eta η , that is, with γ p 2 = a p \gamma_p^2=a_p γ p 2 = a p . As noted in [93 Remark 3.3] , it is proved there under (56) alone. The law of W n W_n W n depends only on the covariance of G n G_n G n , and the realization in [93 (1.1)] may be replaced by any other. As in (35) , Fubini’s theorem gives E W n = 1 \mathbb{E}W_n=1 E W n = 1 . For (1), note that the set { w ≤ t } \{w\le t\} { w ≤ t } is closed. By the portmanteau theorem, we have lim sup n P ( W n < t ) ≤ P ( e σ g − σ 2 / 2 ≤ t ) \limsup_n\mathbb{P}(W_n<t)\le\mathbb{P}(e^{\sigma g-\sigma^2/2}\le t) lim sup n P ( W n < t ) ≤ P ( e σ g − σ 2 /2 ≤ t ) , which tends to zero as t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 because e σ g − σ 2 / 2 > 0 e^{\sigma g-\sigma^2/2}>0 e σ g − σ 2 /2 > 0 almost surely. For (2), we have
Q n ( A n ) ≤ Q n ( A n ∩ { W n ≥ t } ) + Q n ( W n < t ) ≤ t − 1 ∫ A n W n d Q n + Q n ( W n < t ) , Q_n(A_n)\le Q_n(A_n\cap\{W_n\ge t\})+Q_n(W_n<t)\le t^{-1}\int_{A_n}W_n\,dQ_n+Q_n(W_n<t), Q n ( A n ) ≤ Q n ( A n ∩ { W n ≥ t }) + Q n ( W n < t ) ≤ t − 1 ∫ A n W n d Q n + Q n ( W n < t ) ,
and the integral equals P n ( A n ) P_n(A_n) P n ( A n ) . The last assertion of (2) follows by letting n → ∞ n \to\infty n → ∞ and then t ↓ 0 t \downarrow0 t ↓ 0 , and using (1). The final statement is the case n = N n=N n = N , η = β 2 ξ \eta=\beta^2\xi η = β 2 ξ , and G N = β H N G_N=\beta H_N G N = β H N , with E Z N , β \mathbb{E}Z_{N,\beta} E Z N , β given by (3.1).
Item (2) is the one-sided contiguity of [93 Corollary 3.5] , which deduces it from [93 Lemma 3.2] by Le Cam’s first lemma. In Section 12, the lemma is applied in dimension n = N − 1 n=N-1 n = N − 1 .
Lemma 3.20 (Replica concentration; [93 Section 7.1 and Lemma 7.7] ). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture and let β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 be such that ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\xi^{\prime\prime}(0)<1 β 2 ξ ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 . For every s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) s\in(0,1) s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , there exists c s > 0 c_s>0 c s > 0 such that for all sufficiently large N N N , with probability at least 1 − e − c s N 1-e^{-c_sN} 1 − e − c s N , there exists a Borel set T s ⊂ S N T_s\subset S_N T s ⊂ S N with
π ( T s c ) ≤ e − c s N and π ( { y : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s } ) ≤ e − c s N for every x ∈ T s . (57) \pi(T_s^c)\le e^{-c_sN}\quad\text{and}\quad\pi(\{y:|R(x,y)|>s\})\le e^{-c_sN}\quad\text{for every }x\in T_s. \tag*{(57)} π ( T s c ) ≤ e − c s N and π ({ y : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s }) ≤ e − c s N for every x ∈ T s . (57) On the same event,
( π ⊗ π ) ( { ( x , y ) : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s } ) ≤ 2 e − c s N . (58) (\pi\otimes\pi)(\{(x,y):|R(x,y)|>s\})\le2e^{-c_sN}. \tag*{(58)} ( π ⊗ π ) ({( x , y ) : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s }) ≤ 2 e − c s N . (58)
Proof. We apply the results of [93 Section 7.1] to the model [93 (7.7)–(7.8)] with mixture η = β 2 ξ \eta=\beta^2\xi η = β 2 ξ and external field u = 0 u=0 u = 0 . Quadratic terms and odd degrees are allowed there, and the standing assumption [93 (7.9)] is (3.22), which holds by hypothesis. For u = 0 u=0 u = 0 , the smallness condition ∥ u ∥ ≤ u ( δ ) N \lVert u\rVert\le u(\delta)\sqrt{N} ∥ u ∥ ≤ u ( δ ) N of [93 Lemma 7.7] holds for every δ \delta δ . Fix s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) s\in(0,1) s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and take δ = s \delta=s δ = s . The typical set T ( s ) T(s) T ( s ) of [93 (7.31)] consists of the points x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N such that
∫ { y : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s } e β H N ( y ) ν N ( d y ) < e − c 1 ( s ) N min { Z N , β , e N β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 } , \int_{\{y:|R(x,y)|>s\}} e^{\beta H_N(y)}\,\nu_N(\mathrm{d}y)<e^{-c_1(s)N}\min\{Z_{N,\beta},e^{N\beta^2\xi(1)/2}\}, ∫ { y : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s } e β H N ( y ) ν N ( d y ) < e − c 1 ( s ) N min { Z N , β , e N β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 } ,
for a constant c 1 ( s ) > 0 c_1(s)>0 c 1 ( s ) > 0 . Dividing by Z N , β Z_{N,\beta} Z N , β , we find that every x ∈ T ( s ) x\in T(s) x ∈ T ( s ) satisfies π ( { y : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s } ) < e − c 1 ( s ) N \pi(\{y:|R(x,y)|>s\})<e^{-c_1(s)N} π ({ y : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s }) < e − c 1 ( s ) N . By [93 (7.34)] , with probability at least 1 − e − c 2 ( s ) N 1-e^{-c_2(s)N} 1 − e − c 2 ( s ) N , we have π ( T ( s ) ) ≥ 1 − e − c 2 ( s ) N \pi(T(s))\ge1-e^{-c_2(s)N} π ( T ( s )) ≥ 1 − e − c 2 ( s ) N . The set T ( s ) T(s) T ( s ) is Borel, since the function x ↦ ∫ { ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s } e β H N ( y ) ν N ( d y ) x\mapsto\int_{\{|R(x,y)|>s\}}e^{\beta H_N(y)}\nu_N(\mathrm{d}y) x ↦ ∫ { ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ > s } e β H N ( y ) ν N ( d y ) is lower semicontinuous by Fatou’s lemma. We conclude that (3.23) holds with T s = T ( s ) T_s=T(s) T s = T ( s ) and c s = min ( c 1 ( s ) , c 2 ( s ) ) c_s=\min(c_1(s),c_2(s)) c s = min ( c 1 ( s ) , c 2 ( s )) . Integrating the second bound in (3.23) over x ∈ T s x\in T_s x ∈ T s , and bounding the contribution of T s c T_s^c T s c by its mass, we obtain (3.24).
The proof of [93 Lemma 7.7] uses that N − 1 log Z N , β → β 2 ξ ( 1 ) / 2 N^{-1}\log Z_{N,\beta}\to\beta^2\xi(1)/2 N − 1 log Z N , β → β 2 ξ ( 1 ) /2 in probability, together with the concentration of log Z N , β \log Z_{N,\beta} log Z N , β . Under the hypothesis of the lemma, we have Φ β < 0 \Phi_\beta<0 Φ β < 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , hence β ≤ β s \beta\le\beta_s β ≤ β s by Lemma 3.18(1), and this input is Lemma 3.18(3); it holds for all finite mixtures, including those with odd degrees. The lemma holds for each fixed s s s , or for finitely many values of s s s at once, and it gives no rate that is uniform as s ↓ 0 s\downarrow0 s ↓ 0 .
II The condensed phase
Total variation lower bounds from Gibbs concentration and hitting estimates
In this section, we reduce the separation from equilibrium of the dynamics started from the uniform law to estimates on the critical points of the center field H Q H_Q H Q and on the Gibbs measure of the bands around them. The main statement is Proposition 4.5 . It shows that separation up to a deterministic time T N T_N T N follows from three properties of the critical points in a fixed energy window: the union of their bands carries almost all of the Gibbs mass once the window is large; their expected number is bounded; and the probability that the diffusion started from ν N \nu_N ν N comes close to one of them before time T N T_N T N , averaged with the weights of the Kac–Rice formula, tends to zero. Proposition 4.9 reduces the first property to three estimates on single bands. In § 5.1.5 , we use the rotation invariance of the disorder to transfer the conclusion from the uniform initial law to every initial law independent of the field (Theorem 4.11 ), to field-dependent choices among polynomially many prescribed laws (Corollary 4.14 ), and to field-dependent initial laws whose relative entropy with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N is o ( log N ) o(\log N) o ( log N ) (Corollary 4.15 ).
No estimate on the critical points or on the Gibbs measure is proved here. The only property of the disorder that we use is the invariance of its law under rotations. From § 6.4 , we use the representation of H N H_N H N by Gaussian tensors (Lemma 3.2), the construction of the dynamics (Lemma 3.5), the contraction and data processing inequalities (Lemma 3.8 ), binary data processing (Lemma 3.9 ), and the endpoint estimate of Proposition 3.10 . The results of this section are applied in Section 13, where the three properties above are verified using Sections 5 to 12.
Setting and notation
Throughout this part, ξ ( r ) = ∑ p c p r p \xi(r)=\sum_p c_p r^p ξ ( r ) = ∑ p c p r p is a nonzero finite mixture with c p ≥ 0 c_p\geq0 c p ≥ 0 , and P = { p : c p > 0 } \mathcal{P}=\{p:c_p>0\} P = { p : c p > 0 } . For N ≥ 2 N\geq2 N ≥ 2 , we let H N \mathcal{H}_N H N be the finite-dimensional real vector space spanned by the homogeneous polynomials on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N whose degrees lie in P \mathcal{P} P , with the topology given by any norm ∣ ⋅ ∣ |\cdot| ∣ ⋅ ∣ . The field H N H_N H N is a centered Gaussian random element of H N \mathcal{H}_N H N (Lemma 3.2). We write P H \mathbb{P}_{H} P H and E H \mathbb{E}_{H} E H for its law and the corresponding expectation, and H H H for a generic element of H N \mathcal{H}_N H N . For g ∈ O ( N ) g\in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) , we set H g = H ∘ g − 1 H^g=H\circ g^{-1} H g = H ∘ g − 1 , and for a probability measure μ \mu μ on S N S_N S N we let g ∗ μ = μ ∘ g − 1 g_*\mu=\mu\circ g^{-1} g ∗ μ = μ ∘ g − 1 be its image under g g g . The covariance of H N H_N H N depends only on R ( x , y ) R(x,y) R ( x , y ) , and Lemma 3.2 shows that
H N g = d H N for every g ∈ O ( N ) . (59) H_N^g \overset{d}{=} H_N \qquad\text{for every } g \in O(N). \tag*{(59)} H N g = d H N for every g ∈ O ( N ) . (59)
Fix β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 . For H ∈ H N H \in\mathcal{H}_N H ∈ H N , we write π H = π N , β H \pi^H = \pi^H_{N,\beta} π H = π N , β H for the Gibbs measure, P t H = e t L β , H P_t^H = e^{tL_{\beta,H}} P t H = e t L β , H for the semigroup, and P t H ( x , A ) P_t^H(x,A) P t H ( x , A ) for its transition kernel. For a probability measure μ \mu μ on S N S_N S N , we set ( μ P t H ) ( A ) = ∫ μ ( d x ) P t H ( x , A ) (\mu P_t^H)(A) = \int\mu(dx)P_t^H(x,A) ( μ P t H ) ( A ) = ∫ μ ( d x ) P t H ( x , A ) . We let P μ H P_\mu^H P μ H be the law of the diffusion ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 with generator L β , H L_{\beta,H} L β , H and initial law μ \mu μ ; we write P x H P_x^H P x H when μ = δ x \mu= \delta_x μ = δ x . The initial point is always independent of the driving noise. For a Borel set D ⊂ S N D \subset S_N D ⊂ S N , we set
Z H ( D ) = ∫ D e β H d ν N , Z_H(D) = \int_D e^{\beta H} \,d\nu_N, Z H ( D ) = ∫ D e β H d ν N ,
so that Z N , β = Z H ( S N ) Z_{N,\beta} = Z_H(S_N) Z N , β = Z H ( S N ) and π H ( D ) = Z H ( D ) / Z H ( S N ) \pi^H(D) = Z_H(D)/Z_H(S_N) π H ( D ) = Z H ( D ) / Z H ( S N ) .
Fix Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) Q \in(0,1) Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Recall the center field H Q ( u ) = H ( Q u ) H_Q(u) = H(\sqrt{Q}u) H Q ( u ) = H ( Q u ) and the radial derivative K Q ( u ) = d d t H ( t Q u ) ∣ t = 1 K_Q(u) = \left.\frac{d}{dt}H(t\sqrt{Q}u)\right|_{t=1} K Q ( u ) = d t d H ( t Q u ) t = 1 for u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N . Here H H H is the polynomial itself, and K Q ( u ) = Q u ⋅ ∇ H ( Q u ) K_Q(u) = \sqrt{Q}u \cdot\nabla H(\sqrt{Q}u) K Q ( u ) = Q u ⋅ ∇ H ( Q u ) , where ∇ \nabla ∇ is the Euclidean gradient. We write ∇ S N \nabla_{S_N} ∇ S N for the gradient along S N S_N S N .
Definition 4.1 (Critical points in a window and their bands). Let Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) Q \in(0,1) Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , let U ⊂ R U \subset\mathbb{R} U ⊂ R be a compact interval, let ( m N ) N ≥ 2 (m_N)_{N\ge2} ( m N ) N ≥ 2 be a deterministic real sequence, and let b ∈ ( 0 , Q ) b \in(0,\sqrt{Q}) b ∈ ( 0 , Q ) . For H ∈ H N H \in\mathcal{H}_N H ∈ H N and M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , we define
C N , M ( H ) = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , ∣ H Q ( u ) − m N ∣ ≤ M , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U } . C_{N,M}(H) = \{u \in S_N : \nabla_{S_N} H_Q(u)=0,\ |H_Q(u)-m_N|\le M,\ K_Q(u)/N \in U\}. C N , M ( H ) = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , ∣ H Q ( u ) − m N ∣ ≤ M , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U } . For u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N , the band of u u u is B u = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } B_u = \{x \in S_N : |R(x,u)-\sqrt{Q}|\le b\} B u = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } , and we set
B N , M ( H ) = ⋃ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) B u . B_{N,M}(H) = \bigcup_{u\in C_{N,M}(H)} B_u. B N , M ( H ) = u ∈ C N , M ( H ) ⋃ B u . For a ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) a \in(0,1) a ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N , we let C a ( u ) = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } C_a(u) = \{x \in S_N : |R(x,u)|\ge a\} C a ( u ) = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } .
The elements of C N , M ( H ) C_{N,M}(H) C N , M ( H ) are the critical points of H Q H_Q H Q in the energy window [ m N − M , m N + M ] [m_N-M,m_N+M] [ m N − M , m N + M ] whose normalized radial derivative lies in U U U . In Section 13, U U U is a small interval around K 0 K_0 K 0 and m N = N E 0 + O ( log N ) m_N = NE_0 + O(\log N) m N = N E 0 + O ( log N ) , where the ground-state energy E 0 E_0 E 0 and the radial derivative K 0 K_0 K 0 are given by Proposition 5.11; in this section, U U U , ( m N ) (m_N) ( m N ) , and b b b are arbitrary. We count points of S N S_N S N . When ξ \xi ξ is even, we have H Q ( − u ) = H Q ( u ) H_Q(-u)=H_Q(u) H Q ( − u ) = H Q ( u ) and K Q ( − u ) = K Q ( u ) K_Q(-u)=K_Q(u) K Q ( − u ) = K Q ( u ) . Then C N , M ( H ) = − C N , M ( H ) C_{N,M}(H)=-C_{N,M}(H) C N , M ( H ) = − C N , M ( H ) , and both bands B u B_u B u and B − u = − B u B_{-u}=-B_u B − u = − B u enter the union. If a < Q − b a<\sqrt{Q}-b a < Q − b , then
B u ⊂ C a ( u ) , B_u \subset C_a(u), B u ⊂ C a ( u ) , since every x ∈ B u x \in B_u x ∈ B u satisfies R ( x , u ) ≥ Q − b > a R(x,u)\ge\sqrt{Q}-b>a R ( x , u ) ≥ Q − b > a .
We say that the bands carry almost all of the Gibbs mass if
lim M → ∞ lim sup N → ∞ E H [ π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) ] = 0. (60) \lim_{M\to\infty}\limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{E}_{H}\left[\pi^{H}\left(B_{N,M}(H)^{c}\right)\right]=0. \tag*{(60)} M → ∞ lim N → ∞ lim sup E H [ π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) ] = 0. (60)
Because 0 ≤ π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) ≤ 1 0\leq\pi^{H}\left(B_{N,M}(H)^{c}\right)\leq1 0 ≤ π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) ≤ 1 , this is equivalent to
lim M → ∞ lim sup N → ∞ P H { π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) > η } = 0 \lim_{M\to\infty}\limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{P}_{H}\left\{\pi^{H}\left(B_{N,M}(H)^{c}\right)>\eta\right\}=0 M → ∞ lim N → ∞ lim sup P H { π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) > η } = 0
for every η > 0 \eta>0 η > 0 , by Markov’s inequality in one direction and the bound E Y ≤ η + P { Y > η } \mathbb{E}Y\leq\eta+\mathbb{P}\{Y>\eta\} E Y ≤ η + P { Y > η } for Y ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] Y\in[0,1] Y ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] in the other. The order of the limits is part of the meaning of (60) : M M M is fixed while N N N tends to infinity, and only afterward does M M M tend to infinity. The same convention applies to every iterated limit in this part; no parameter is allowed to grow with N N N .
Measurability and rotations
The arguments below integrate quantities such as P T H ( x , B N , M ( H ) ) P^{H}_{T}(x,B_{N,M}(H)) P T H ( x , B N , M ( H )) over the field, the initial point, and the rotation group. The next two lemmas show that these quantities are Borel functions and that they transform correctly under rotations.
Lemma 4.2 (Measurable path laws and rotation covariance). Let N ≥ 2 N\geq2 N ≥ 2 , β ≥ 0 \beta\geq0 β ≥ 0 , and T ∈ ( 0 , ∞ ) T\in(0,\infty) T ∈ ( 0 , ∞ ) . For H ∈ H N H\in\mathcal{H}_{N} H ∈ H N and x ∈ S N x\in S_{N} x ∈ S N , let P x H P^{H}_{x} P x H also denote the law of ( X t ) t ∈ [ 0 , T ] (X_{t})_{t\in[0,T]} ( X t ) t ∈ [ 0 , T ] on C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) C([0,T],S_{N}) C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) .
(a) The map ( H , x ) ↦ P x H (H,x)\mapsto P^{H}_{x} ( H , x ) ↦ P x H is a Borel probability kernel from H N × S N \mathcal{H}_{N}\times S_{N} H N × S N to C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) C([0,T],S_{N}) C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) . In particular, ( H , x ) ↦ P t H ( x , A ) (H,x)\mapsto P^{H}_{t}(x,A) ( H , x ) ↦ P t H ( x , A ) is Borel for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] and every Borel set A ⊂ S N A\subset S_{N} A ⊂ S N .
(b) For every g ∈ O ( N ) g\in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) , x ∈ S N x\in S_{N} x ∈ S N , t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 , and Borel set A ⊂ S N A\subset S_{N} A ⊂ S N ,
P t H g ( g x , g A ) = P t H ( x , A ) , π H g = g ∗ π H . (61) P^{Hg}_{t}(gx,gA)=P^{H}_{t}(x,A),\qquad\pi^{Hg}=g_{*}\pi^{H}. \tag*{(61)} P t H g ( g x , g A ) = P t H ( x , A ) , π H g = g ∗ π H . (61) (c) For every Borel probability kernel H ↦ μ H H\mapsto\mu^{H} H ↦ μ H from H N \mathcal{H}_{N} H N to S N S_{N} S N and every t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 , the map H ↦ ∥ μ H P t H − π H ∥ T V H\mapsto\left\|\mu^{H}P^{H}_{t}-\pi^{H}\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}} H ↦ μ H P t H − π H TV is Borel, and
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∥ μ H P t H − π H ∥ T V = ∥ μ H P T H − π H ∥ T V . (62) \inf_{0\leq t\leq T}\left\|\mu^{H}P^{H}_{t}-\pi^{H}\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}
=
\left\|\mu^{H}P^{H}_{T}-\pi^{H}\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}. \tag*{(62)} 0 ≤ t ≤ T inf μ H P t H − π H TV = μ H P T H − π H TV . (62)
Proof. We realize the diffusion as the solution of an Itô equation in R N \mathbb{R}^{N} R N whose coefficients depend continuously on H H H . Part (a) then follows from the continuity of the solution in ( H , x ) (H,x) ( H , x ) , and part (b) from the transformation of the equation under g g g .
The stochastic differential equation. For x ∈ R N x\in\mathbb{R}^{N} x ∈ R N , let Π x = Id − x x T / N \Pi_{x}=\operatorname{Id}-xx^{T}/N Π x = Id − x x T / N ; for x ∈ S N x\in S_{N} x ∈ S N , this is the orthogonal projection onto the tangent space of S N S_{N} S N at x x x . Fix a smooth function χ : R N → [ 0 , 1 ] \chi:\mathbb{R}^{N}\to[0,1] χ : R N → [ 0 , 1 ] that depends only on ∣ x ∣ \lvert x\rvert ∣ x ∣ , equals one on { N / 2 ≤ ∣ x ∣ 2 ≤ 2 N } \{N/2\leq\lvert x\rvert^{2}\leq2N\} { N /2 ≤ ∣ x ∣ 2 ≤ 2 N } , and vanishes outside { N / 4 ≤ ∣ x ∣ 2 ≤ 4 N } \{N/4\leq\lvert x\rvert^{2}\leq4N\} { N /4 ≤ ∣ x ∣ 2 ≤ 4 N } . Let W W W be a standard Brownian motion in R N \mathbb{R}^{N} R N , and consider
d X t = 2 χ ( X t ) Π X t d W t + χ ( X t ) ( β Π X t ∇ H ( X t ) − N − 1 N X t ) d t , X 0 = x ∈ S N . (63) \mathrm{d}X_{t}=\sqrt{2}\,\chi(X_{t})\Pi_{X_{t}}\,\mathrm{d}W_{t}+\chi(X_{t})\left(\beta\Pi_{X_{t}}\nabla H(X_{t})-\frac{N-1}{N}X_{t}\right)\mathrm{d}t,\qquad X_{0}=x\in S_{N}. \tag*{(63)} d X t = 2 χ ( X t ) Π X t d W t + χ ( X t ) ( β Π X t ∇ H ( X t ) − N N − 1 X t ) d t , X 0 = x ∈ S N . (63)
For x ∈ S N x \in S_N x ∈ S N , we have Π x ∇ H ( x ) = ∇ S N H ( x ) \Pi_x \nabla H(x) = \nabla_{S_N} H(x) Π x ∇ H ( x ) = ∇ S N H ( x ) . Then (63) is the equation (40) of Lemma 3.5, with a particular extension of its coefficients off a neighborhood of S N S_N S N . That lemma shows that (63) has a unique strong solution X H , x X^{H,x} X H , x , which stays on S N S_N S N and is the diffusion with generator L β , H L_{\beta,H} L β , H started at x x x , so that P x H \mathbb{P}_x^H P x H is the law of X H , x X^{H,x} X H , x .
We now show that X H , x X^{H,x} X H , x depends continuously on ( H , x ) (H,x) ( H , x ) . The coefficients of (63) are smooth with compact support in x x x , and the drift is affine in H H H . For every R > 0 R > 0 R > 0 , there exists C = C ( N , β , R ) C = C(N,\beta,R) C = C ( N , β , R ) such that, for ∣ H ∣ , ∣ H ′ ∣ ≤ R |H|, |H'| \le R ∣ H ∣ , ∣ H ′ ∣ ≤ R , both coefficients are C C C -Lipschitz in x x x and the drift changes by at most C ∣ H − H ′ ∣ C|H-H'| C ∣ H − H ′ ∣ when H H H is replaced by H ′ H' H ′ . We set X t ( 0 ) = x X_t^{(0)} = x X t ( 0 ) = x and define X ( k + 1 ) X^{(k+1)} X ( k + 1 ) by inserting X ( k ) X^{(k)} X ( k ) on the right side of (63) . Using Doob’s maximal inequality and the Itô isometry, we find
E sup s ≤ t ∣ X s ( k + 1 ) − X s ( k ) ∣ 2 ≤ C ′ ∫ 0 t E sup v ≤ s ∣ X v ( k ) − X v ( k − 1 ) ∣ 2 d s . \mathbb{E}\sup_{s\le t}\left|X_s^{(k+1)}-X_s^{(k)}\right|^2 \le C'\int_0^t\mathbb{E}\sup_{v\le s}\left|X_v^{(k)}-X_v^{(k-1)}\right|^2\,\mathrm{d}s. E s ≤ t sup X s ( k + 1 ) − X s ( k ) 2 ≤ C ′ ∫ 0 t E v ≤ s sup X v ( k ) − X v ( k − 1 ) 2 d s .
so the left side is at most C ′ ′ ( C ′ t ) k / k ! C''(C't)^k/k! C ′′ ( C ′ t ) k / k ! . The iterates converge almost surely, uniformly on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , and by uniqueness the limit is X H , x X^{H,x} X H , x . By induction on k k k , the joint law of ( X ( k ) , W ) (X^{(k)},W) ( X ( k ) , W ) is the same for all standard Brownian motions W W W , because the stochastic integral in (63) is a limit in probability of Riemann sums, which are continuous functions of ( X ( k ) , W ) (X^{(k)},W) ( X ( k ) , W ) . Hence the law of X H , x X^{H,x} X H , x does not depend on the choice of the driving Brownian motion. Using the same inequalities and Gronwall’s lemma, we obtain
E sup t ≤ T ∣ X t H , x − X t H ′ , x ′ ∣ 2 ≤ C T ( ∣ x − x ′ ∣ 2 + ∣ H − H ′ ∣ 2 ) , ∣ H ∣ , ∣ H ′ ∣ ≤ R . (64) \mathbb{E}\sup_{t\le T}\left|X_t^{H,x}-X_t^{H',x'}\right|^2 \le C_T\left(|x-x'|^2+|H-H'|^2\right), \qquad|H|,|H'|\le R. \tag*{(64)} E t ≤ T sup X t H , x − X t H ′ , x ′ 2 ≤ C T ( ∣ x − x ′ ∣ 2 + ∣ H − H ′ ∣ 2 ) , ∣ H ∣ , ∣ H ′ ∣ ≤ R . (64)
where both solutions are driven by the same W W W and C T C_T C T depends on N N N , β \beta β , R R R , and T T T .
Measurability. If ( H j , x j ) → ( H , x ) (H_j,x_j)\to(H,x) ( H j , x j ) → ( H , x ) , then (64) implies that X H j , x j → X H , x X^{H_j,x_j}\to X^{H,x} X H j , x j → X H , x in probability in C ( [ 0 , T ] , R N ) C([0,T],\mathbb{R}^N) C ([ 0 , T ] , R N ) , and in particular P x j H j → P x H \mathbb{P}_{x_j}^{H_j}\to\mathbb{P}_x^H P x j H j → P x H weakly. Then ( H , x ) ↦ ∫ Φ d P x H (H,x)\mapsto\int\Phi\,\mathrm{d}\mathbb{P}_x^H ( H , x ) ↦ ∫ Φ d P x H is continuous for all bounded continuous functions Φ \Phi Φ on C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) C([0,T],S_N) C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) , and by the monotone class theorem it is Borel for all bounded Borel Φ \Phi Φ . This proves (a).
Rotations. Fix g ∈ O ( N ) g\in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) . Note that χ \chi χ depends only on ∣ x ∣ |x| ∣ x ∣ , that Π g x = g Π x g − 1 \Pi_{gx}=g\Pi_xg^{-1} Π g x = g Π x g − 1 , and that ∇ H g ( g x ) = g ∇ H ( x ) \nabla H^g(gx)=g\nabla H(x) ∇ H g ( g x ) = g ∇ H ( x ) . Then the process g X H , x gX^{H,x} g X H , x solves (63) with H g H^g H g in place of H H H , initial point g x gx g x , and the Brownian motion g W gW g W in place of W W W . By pathwise uniqueness, g X H , x gX^{H,x} g X H , x is the solution of (63) for the field H g H^g H g and the initial point g x gx g x , driven by g W gW g W . Since g W gW g W is a standard Brownian motion and the law of the solution does not depend on the driving Brownian motion, g X H , x gX^{H,x} g X H , x has the law of X H g , g x X^{H^g,gx} X H g , g x . Evaluating at time t t t , we obtain the first identity in (61) . For the second identity, we use the invariance of ν N \nu_N ν N under g g g :
∫ g A e β H g d ν N = ∫ g A e β H ( g − 1 y ) ν N ( d y ) = ∫ A e β H d ν N . \int_{gA}e^{\beta H^g}\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N=\int_{gA}e^{\beta H(g^{-1}y)}\,\nu_N(\mathrm{d}y)=\int_Ae^{\beta H}\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N. ∫ g A e β H g d ν N = ∫ g A e β H ( g − 1 y ) ν N ( d y ) = ∫ A e β H d ν N .
Taking A = S N A=S_N A = S N and dividing, we obtain π H g ( g A ) = π H ( A ) \pi^{H^g}(gA)=\pi^H(A) π H g ( g A ) = π H ( A ) .
Total variation. Let A \mathcal{A} A be the algebra generated by a countable base of the topology of S N S_N S N ; it is countable. For finite Borel measures λ , ρ \lambda,\rho λ , ρ on S N S_N S N , we claim that the supremum of ∣ λ ( A ) − ρ ( A ) ∣ |\lambda(A)-\rho(A)| ∣ λ ( A ) − ρ ( A ) ∣ over A ∈ A A\in\mathcal{A} A ∈ A equals the supremum over all Borel sets. Indeed, given a Borel set A A A and ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , by regularity there exist a compact set K K K and an open set O O O with K ⊂ A ⊂ O K\subset A\subset O K ⊂ A ⊂ O and ( λ + ρ ) ( O ∖ K ) < ε (\lambda+\rho)(O\setminus K)<\varepsilon ( λ + ρ ) ( O ∖ K ) < ε . Finitely many base sets contained in O O O cover K K K , and their union A ′ ∈ A A'\in\mathcal{A} A ′ ∈ A satisfies ∣ λ ( A ) − λ ( A ′ ) ∣ + ∣ ρ ( A ) − ρ ( A ′ ) ∣ ≤ ( λ + ρ ) ( O ∖ K ) < ε |\lambda(A)-\lambda(A')|+|\rho(A)-\rho(A')|\leq(\lambda+\rho)(O\setminus K)<\varepsilon ∣ λ ( A ) − λ ( A ′ ) ∣ + ∣ ρ ( A ) − ρ ( A ′ ) ∣ ≤ ( λ + ρ ) ( O ∖ K ) < ε . For each A ∈ A A\in\mathcal{A} A ∈ A , the map H ↦ ( μ H H P t H ) ( A ) H\mapsto(\mu_H^H P_t^H)(A) H ↦ ( μ H H P t H ) ( A ) is Borel by (a), and H ↦ π H ( A ) H\mapsto\pi^H(A) H ↦ π H ( A ) is continuous by dominated convergence. We deduce that H ↦ ∥ μ H H P t H − π H ∥ T V H\mapsto\lVert\mu_H^H P_t^H-\pi^H\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} H ↦ ∥ μ H H P t H − π H ∥ TV is Borel, as a countable supremum of Borel functions. Finally, π H \pi^H π H is invariant for P t H P_t^H P t H by Lemma 3.5, and Lemma 3.8 implies that t ↦ ∥ μ H H P t H − π H ∥ T V t\mapsto\lVert\mu_H^H P_t^H-\pi^H\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} t ↦ ∥ μ H H P t H − π H ∥ TV is nonincreasing, which gives (4.4).
Lemma 4.3 (Measurable and equivariant critical sets). Let Q Q Q , U U U , ( m N ) (m_N) ( m N ) , and b b b be as in Definition 4.1, and let M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , a ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) a\in(0,1) a ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and T ∈ ( 0 , ∞ ) T\in(0,\infty) T ∈ ( 0 , ∞ ) .
(a) The sets { ( H , u ) : u ∈ C N , M ( H ) } \{(H,u):u\in C_{N,M}(H)\} {( H , u ) : u ∈ C N , M ( H )} and { ( H , x ) : x ∈ B N , M ( H ) } \{(H,x):x\in B_{N,M}(H)\} {( H , x ) : x ∈ B N , M ( H )} are closed in H N × S N \mathcal{H}_N\times S_N H N × S N . For every g ∈ O ( N ) g\in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) and H ∈ H N H\in\mathcal{H}_N H ∈ H N ,
C N , M ( H g ) = g C N , M ( H ) , B N , M ( H g ) = g B N , M ( H ) . (65) C_{N,M}(H^g)=gC_{N,M}(H),\qquad B_{N,M}(H^g)=gB_{N,M}(H). \tag*{(65)} C N , M ( H g ) = g C N , M ( H ) , B N , M ( H g ) = g B N , M ( H ) . (65) (b) The function θ ( H , u ) = P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ∈ [ 0 , T ] } \theta(H,u)=\mathbb{P}_{\nu_N^H}\{X_t\in C_a(u)\text{ for some }t\in[0,T]\} θ ( H , u ) = P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ∈ [ 0 , T ]} is Borel on H N × S N \mathcal{H}_N\times S_N H N × S N , and the probability P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ∈ [ 0 , T ] and some u ∈ C N , M ( H ) } \mathbb{P}_{\nu_N^H}\{X_t\in C_a(u)\text{ for some }t\in[0,T]\text{ and some }u\in C_{N,M}(H)\} P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ∈ [ 0 , T ] and some u ∈ C N , M ( H )} is a Borel function of H H H .
(c) The set of H H H for which C N , M ( H ) C_{N,M}(H) C N , M ( H ) is finite is Borel, and S ( H ) = ∑ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) θ ( H , u ) ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ] S(H)=\sum_{u\in C_{N,M}(H)}\theta(H,u)\in[0,\infty] S ( H ) = ∑ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) θ ( H , u ) ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ] is a Borel function of H H H ; it equals + ∞ +\infty + ∞ when C N , M ( H ) C_{N,M}(H) C N , M ( H ) is infinite. Moreover, for all H H H ,
sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T ( ν N P t H ) ( ⋃ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) C a ( u ) ) ≤ P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ≤ T and u ∈ C N , M ( H ) } ≤ S ( H ) . (66) \sup_{0\leq t\leq T}\left(\nu_NP_t^H\right)\left(\bigcup_{u\in C_{N,M}(H)}C_a(u)\right)\leq\mathbb{P}_{\nu_N^H}\{X_t\in C_a(u)\text{ for some }t\leq T\text{ and }u\in C_{N,M}(H)\}\leq S(H). \tag*{(66)} 0 ≤ t ≤ T sup ( ν N P t H ) u ∈ C N , M ( H ) ⋃ C a ( u ) ≤ P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ≤ T and u ∈ C N , M ( H )} ≤ S ( H ) . (66)
Proof. For (a), we first note that the maps ( H , u ) ↦ H Q ( u ) (H,u)\mapsto H_Q(u) ( H , u ) ↦ H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) , and ∇ S N H Q ( u ) \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N H Q ( u ) are continuous, because the coefficients of these polynomials in u u u depend linearly on H H H . The first set is closed because U U U is closed. The second set is the projection, along the compact factor S N S_N S N of the variable u u u , of the closed set { ( H , u , x ) : u ∈ C N , M ( H ) , ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } \{(H,u,x):u\in C_{N,M}(H),\ |R(x,u)-\sqrt{Q}|\leq b\} {( H , u , x ) : u ∈ C N , M ( H ) , ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } . Such a projection is closed: if ( H j , x j ) → ( H , x ) (H_j,x_j)\to(H,x) ( H j , x j ) → ( H , x ) with witnesses u j u_j u j , we may pass to a subsequence along which u j u_j u j converges to some u u u , and then ( H , u , x ) (H,u,x) ( H , u , x ) belongs to the closed set. For the equivariance, note that ( H g ) Q ( v ) = H Q ( g − 1 v ) (H^g)_Q(v)=H_Q(g^{-1}v) ( H g ) Q ( v ) = H Q ( g − 1 v ) for v ∈ S N v\in S_N v ∈ S N , so that
( H g ) Q ( g u ) = H Q ( u ) , ( K g ) Q ( g u ) = K Q ( u ) , ∇ S N ( H g ) Q ( g u ) = g ∇ S N H Q ( u ) , (H^g)_Q(gu)=H_Q(u),\qquad(K^g)_Q(gu)=K_Q(u),\qquad\nabla_{S_N}(H^g)_Q(gu)=g\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u), ( H g ) Q ( g u ) = H Q ( u ) , ( K g ) Q ( g u ) = K Q ( u ) , ∇ S N ( H g ) Q ( g u ) = g ∇ S N H Q ( u ) ,
where ( K g ) Q (K^g)_Q ( K g ) Q is the radial derivative of H g H^g H g . From these identities, we see that u ∈ C N , M ( H ) u\in C_{N,M}(H) u ∈ C N , M ( H ) if and only if g u ∈ C N , M ( H g ) gu\in C_{N,M}(H^g) g u ∈ C N , M ( H g ) . Since R ( g x , g u ) = R ( x , u ) R(gx,gu)=R(x,u) R ( g x , g u ) = R ( x , u ) , we have B g u = g B u B_{gu}=gB_u B g u = g B u , and the second identity in (4.7) follows. For (b), the map ( ω , u ) ↦ max t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u ) ∣ (\omega,u) \mapsto\max_{t\le T} \lvert R(\omega(t),u)\rvert ( ω , u ) ↦ max t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u )∣ is continuous on C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) × S N C([0,T],S_N)\times S_N C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) × S N , and the set { ( ω , u ) : max t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u ) ∣ ≥ a } \{(\omega,u):\max_{t\le T}\lvert R(\omega(t),u)\rvert\ge a\} {( ω , u ) : max t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u )∣ ≥ a } is closed. Integrating its indicator against the Borel kernel P x H P_x^H P x H of Lemma 4.2(a), and then against ν N ( d x ) \nu_N(\mathrm{d}x) ν N ( d x ) , we find that θ \theta θ is Borel. The set of pairs ( H , ω ) (H,\omega) ( H , ω ) for which some u ∈ C N , M ( H ) u\in C_{N,M}(H) u ∈ C N , M ( H ) satisfies max t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u ) ∣ ≥ a \max_{t\le T}\lvert R(\omega(t),u)\rvert\ge a max t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u )∣ ≥ a is closed, by the projection argument of (a), and the same integration proves the second assertion. The first assertion is also the case A = { ( ω , u ) : max t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u ) ∣ ≥ a } \mathcal{A}=\{(\omega,u):\max_{t\le T}\lvert R(\omega(t),u)\rvert\ge a\} A = {( ω , u ) : max t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u )∣ ≥ a } of Lemma 7.21.
For (c), let O ⊂ S N O\subset S_N O ⊂ S N be open and let O k = { x ∈ S N : dist ( x , O c ) ≥ 1 / k } O_k=\{x\in S_N:\operatorname{dist}(x,O^c)\ge1/k\} O k = { x ∈ S N : dist ( x , O c ) ≥ 1/ k } . For l ∈ N l\in\mathbb{N} l ∈ N , the event { # ( C N , M ( H ) ∩ O ) ≥ l } \{\#(C_{N,M}(H)\cap O)\ge l\} { # ( C N , M ( H ) ∩ O ) ≥ l } is the union over k k k of the events that there exist u 1 , … , u l ∈ C N , M ( H ) ∩ O k u_1,\ldots,u_l\in C_{N,M}(H)\cap O_k u 1 , … , u l ∈ C N , M ( H ) ∩ O k with ∣ u i − u j ∣ ≥ 1 / k \lvert u_i-u_j\rvert\ge1/k ∣ u i − u j ∣ ≥ 1/ k for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j . Each of these is the projection along the compact factor ( S N ) l (S_N)^l ( S N ) l of a closed set, and it is closed. Hence H ↦ # ( C N , M ( H ) ∩ O ) H\mapsto\#(C_{N,M}(H)\cap O) H ↦ # ( C N , M ( H ) ∩ O ) is Borel for all open O O O , and the set F F F where C N , M ( H ) C_{N,M}(H) C N , M ( H ) is finite is Borel. On F l = { H : # C N , M ( H ) ≤ l } F_l=\{H:\#C_{N,M}(H)\le l\} F l = { H : # C N , M ( H ) ≤ l } , the counting measure n H = ∑ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) δ u n_H=\sum_{u\in C_{N,M}(H)}\delta_u n H = ∑ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) δ u is finite. The Borel sets A A A for which H ↦ n H ( A ) 1 F l ( H ) H\mapsto n_H(A)1_{F_l}(H) H ↦ n H ( A ) 1 F l ( H ) is Borel form a class that contains the open sets and is closed under proper differences and increasing unions; by Dynkin’s theorem, it contains all Borel sets. Applying the monotone class theorem to θ \theta θ , starting from products 1 A 1 ( H ) 1 A 2 ( u ) 1_{A_1}(H)1_{A_2}(u) 1 A 1 ( H ) 1 A 2 ( u ) , we find that H ↦ ∫ θ ( H , u ) n H ( d u ) = S ( H ) H\mapsto\int\theta(H,u)\,n_H(\mathrm{d}u)=S(H) H ↦ ∫ θ ( H , u ) n H ( d u ) = S ( H ) is Borel on each F l F_l F l . Off F F F , every term satisfies θ ( H , u ) ≥ P ν N H { X 0 ∈ C a ( u ) } = ν N ( C a ( u ) ) \theta(H,u)\ge P^H_{\nu_N}\{X_0\in C_a(u)\}=\nu_N(C_a(u)) θ ( H , u ) ≥ P ν N H { X 0 ∈ C a ( u )} = ν N ( C a ( u )) , and ν N ( C a ( u ) ) > 0 \nu_N(C_a(u))>0 ν N ( C a ( u )) > 0 does not depend on u u u , because a < 1 a<1 a < 1 and ν N \nu_N ν N is rotation invariant. Then S = + ∞ S=+\infty S = + ∞ off F F F , and S S S is Borel. In (4.8), the first inequality holds because X t ∈ ⋃ u C a ( u ) X_t\in\bigcup_u C_a(u) X t ∈ ⋃ u C a ( u ) for one t ≤ T t\le T t ≤ T is contained in the event on the right. The second is countable subadditivity when C N , M ( H ) C_{N,M}(H) C N , M ( H ) is finite, and it is trivial otherwise.
Separation from Gibbs concentration, counts, and hitting bounds
Each of the separation statements in this part ends with the same order of limits: a window half-width M M M is fixed for a given tolerance, N N N tends to infinity, and only then is the tolerance removed. We isolate this step.
Lemma 4.4 (Testing the band union). Assume that the bands carry almost all of the Gibbs mass , (4.2). Let Δ N ( H ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \Delta_N(H)\in[0,1] Δ N ( H ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] be random variables. Suppose that, for every fixed M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , there exist random variables E N , M ( H ) ≥ 0 \mathcal{E}_{N,M}(H)\ge0 E N , M ( H ) ≥ 0 with E N , M → 0 \mathcal{E}_{N,M}\to0 E N , M → 0 in P H P_H P H -probability as N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ , such that
Δ N ( H ) ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − E N , M ( H ) for all N and H . \Delta_N(H)\ge1-\pi^H(B_{N,M}(H)^c)-\mathcal{E}_{N,M}(H)\qquad\text{for all }N\text{ and }H. Δ N ( H ) ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − E N , M ( H ) for all N and H . Then Δ N → 1 \Delta_N\to1 Δ N → 1 in P H P_H P H -probability.
Proof. Fix ε , δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon,\delta\in(0,1) ε , δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . By (4.2), there exists M M M such that lim sup N E H π H ( B N , M c ) < ε δ / 4 \limsup_N\mathbb{E}_H\pi^H(B_{N,M}^c)<\varepsilon\delta/4 lim sup N E H π H ( B N , M c ) < ε δ /4 . Using Markov’s inequality, we find that lim sup N P H { π H ( B N , M c ) > ε / 2 } ≤ δ / 2 \limsup_NP_H\{\pi^H(B_{N,M}^c)>\varepsilon/2\}\le\delta/2 lim sup N P H { π H ( B N , M c ) > ε /2 } ≤ δ /2 . With this M M M fixed, P H { E N , M > ε / 2 } → 0 P_H\{\mathcal{E}_{N,M}>\varepsilon/2\}\to0 P H { E N , M > ε /2 } → 0 . Outside these two events we have Δ N ≥ 1 − ε \Delta_N\ge1-\varepsilon Δ N ≥ 1 − ε , so lim sup N P H { Δ N < 1 − ε } ≤ δ / 2 \limsup_NP_H\{\Delta_N<1-\varepsilon\}\le\delta/2 lim sup N P H { Δ N < 1 − ε } ≤ δ /2 . Since δ \delta δ is arbitrary, this completes the proof.
In the applications, Δ N = inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ H P t H − π H ∥ T V \Delta_N=\inf_{0\leq t\leq T_N}\lVert\mu^H P_t^H-\pi^H\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} Δ N = inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ H P t H − π H ∥ TV for an initial law μ H \mu^H μ H , and Proposition 3.10 implies that Δ N ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M c ) − ( μ H P T N H ) ( B N , M ) \Delta_N\geq1-\pi^H(B_{N,M}^c)-(\mu^H P_{T_N}^H)(B_{N,M}) Δ N ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M c ) − ( μ H P T N H ) ( B N , M ) . The next proposition is the reduction for the uniform initial law.
Proposition 4.5. (Separation from Gibbs concentration, counts, and hitting bounds.) Let β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 , let Q Q Q , U U U , ( m N ) (m_N) ( m N ) , and b b b be as in Definition 4.1 , let a ∈ ( 0 , Q − b ) a\in(0,\sqrt{Q}-b) a ∈ ( 0 , Q − b ) , and let ( T N ) (T_N) ( T N ) be deterministic times. For u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , set
θ N ( H , u ) = P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ∈ [ 0 , T N ] } . \theta_N(H,u)=\mathbb{P}_{\nu_N^H}\{X_t\in C_a(u)\text{ for some }t\in[0,T_N]\}. θ N ( H , u ) = P ν N H { X t ∈ C a ( u ) for some t ∈ [ 0 , T N ]} . Assume the following.
(i) The bands carry almost all of the Gibbs mass, (60) .
(ii) For every fixed M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , A M = lim sup N → ∞ E H ∣ C N , M ( H ) ∣ < ∞ A_M=\limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{E}_H|C_{N,M}(H)|<\infty A M = lim sup N → ∞ E H ∣ C N , M ( H ) ∣ < ∞ .
(iii) For every fixed M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , there exist numbers q N , M ≥ 0 q_{N,M}\geq0 q N , M ≥ 0 with lim N → ∞ q N , M = 0 \lim_{N\to\infty}q_{N,M}=0 lim N → ∞ q N , M = 0 such that, for all sufficiently large N N N ,
E H ∑ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) θ N ( H , u ) ≤ q N , M E H ∣ C N , M ( H ) ∣ . (67) \mathbb{E}_H\sum_{u\in C_{N,M}(H)}\theta_N(H,u)\leq q_{N,M}\mathbb{E}_H|C_{N,M}(H)|. \tag*{(67)} E H u ∈ C N , M ( H ) ∑ θ N ( H , u ) ≤ q N , M E H ∣ C N , M ( H ) ∣. (67) For M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , let S N , M ( H ) = ∑ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) θ N ( H , u ) S_{N,M}(H)=\sum_{u\in C_{N,M}(H)}\theta_N(H,u) S N , M ( H ) = ∑ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) θ N ( H , u ) . Then lim N → ∞ E H S N , M = 0 \lim_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{E}_H S_{N,M}=0 lim N → ∞ E H S N , M = 0 for each fixed M M M , and, for all H H H ,
sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ( ν N P t H ) ( B N , M ( H ) ) ≤ S N , M ( H ) , \sup_{0\leq t\leq T_N}(\nu_NP_t^H)(B_{N,M}(H))\leq S_{N,M}(H), 0 ≤ t ≤ T N sup ( ν N P t H ) ( B N , M ( H )) ≤ S N , M ( H ) , inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ T V ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − S N , M ( H ) . (68) \inf_{0\leq t\leq T_N}\lVert\nu_NP_t^H-\pi^H\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\geq1-\pi^H(B_{N,M}(H)^c)-S_{N,M}(H). \tag*{(68)} 0 ≤ t ≤ T N inf ∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ TV ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − S N , M ( H ) . (68) In particular, inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ T V → 1 \inf_{0\leq t\leq T_N}\lVert\nu_NP_t^H-\pi^H\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\to1 inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ TV → 1 in P H \mathbb{P}_H P H -probability.
Proof. Fix M M M . By (ii) and (iii), we have E H S N , M ≤ q N , M ( A M + 1 ) \mathbb{E}_H S_{N,M}\leq q_{N,M}(A_M+1) E H S N , M ≤ q N , M ( A M + 1 ) for all sufficiently large N N N , and the right side tends to zero. Because a < Q − b a<\sqrt{Q}-b a < Q − b , every band satisfies B u ⊂ C a ( u ) B_u\subset C_a(u) B u ⊂ C a ( u ) , so that B N , M ( H ) ⊂ ⋃ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) C a ( u ) B_{N,M}(H)\subset\bigcup_{u\in C_{N,M}(H)}C_a(u) B N , M ( H ) ⊂ ⋃ u ∈ C N , M ( H ) C a ( u ) . The first bound in (68) now follows from (66) . For every t ≤ T N t\leq T_N t ≤ T N , we test the set B N , M ( H ) B_{N,M}(H) B N , M ( H ) in the definition of the total variation distance and obtain
∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ T V ≥ π H ( B N , M ( H ) ) − ( ν N P t H ) ( B N , M ( H ) ) \lVert\nu_NP_t^H-\pi^H\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}\geq\pi^H(B_{N,M}(H))-(\nu_NP_t^H)(B_{N,M}(H)) ∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ TV ≥ π H ( B N , M ( H )) − ( ν N P t H ) ( B N , M ( H ))
≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − S N , M ( H ) . \geq1-\pi^H(B_{N,M}(H)^c)-S_{N,M}(H). ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − S N , M ( H ) .
which is the second bound. Using Markov’s inequality, we find that S N , M → 0 S_{N,M}\to0 S N , M → 0 in P H \mathbb{P}_H P H -probability for each fixed M M M . Lemma 4.4 , applied with Δ N = inf t ≤ T N ∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ T V \Delta_N=\inf_{t\leq T_N}\lVert\nu_NP_t^H-\pi^H\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} Δ N = inf t ≤ T N ∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ TV and E N , M = S N , M \mathcal{E}_{N,M}=S_{N,M} E N , M = S N , M , completes the proof. The function Δ N \Delta_N Δ N is Borel by Lemma 4.2 (c), and S N , M S_{N,M} S N , M is Borel by Lemma 4.3(c).
Remark 4.6 (The weights in hypothesis (iii)). The left side of (67) is the expected sum of the hitting probabilities over the critical points in the window. By the marked Kac–Rice formula of Theorem 7.17 , we can write it as the integral, against the intensity measure of C N , M C_{N,M} C N , M , of the expectation of θ N ( H , u ) \theta_N(H,u) θ N ( H , u ) under the law of the field conditioned on a critical point at u u u with prescribed marks, reweighted by ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ \lvert\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)\rvert ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u )∣ and normalized to a probability measure. Since the total mass of the intensity measure is E H ∣ C N , M ∣ \mathbb{E}_H\lvert C_{N,M}\rvert E H ∣ C N , M ∣ , (67) holds whenever this determinant-weighted conditional hitting probability is at most q N , M q_{N,M} q N , M at every point of the window. The hitting estimate for the caps under critical-point conditioning in Section 8 bounds the hitting probability under the ordinary Gaussian conditioning on the values of H Q ( u ) H_Q(u) H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) , and ∇ S N H Q ( u ) \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N H Q ( u ) , without the determinant. The weight cannot simply be dropped, since the determinant and the trajectory both depend on the whole field. Lemma 7.22 converts the ordinary bound into (67) , at the cost of a power, using the moments of the normalized determinant from Proposition 7.7. This is carried out in Proposition 13.1.
Remark 4.7 (The order of the parameters). In Proposition 4.5, the times T N T_N T N do not depend on M M M , and hypothesis (iii) must hold for every fixed M M M with the same T N T_N T N . In Section 13, T N = e γ N T_N=e^{\gamma N} T N = e γ N , and γ \gamma γ comes from a hitting estimate that holds uniformly over a fixed compact rectangle of normalized marks ( h , k ) = ( H Q ( u ) / N , K Q ( u ) / N ) (h,k)=(H_Q(u)/N,K_Q(u)/N) ( h , k ) = ( H Q ( u ) / N , K Q ( u ) / N ) . When m N / N m_N/N m N / N converges, this rectangle contains the marks [ ( m N − M ) / N , ( m N + M ) / N ] × U [(m_N-M)/N,(m_N+M)/N]\times U [( m N − M ) / N , ( m N + M ) / N ] × U of every fixed window once N N N is large enough, depending on M M M . We therefore fix the rectangle, a a a , and γ \gamma γ first. The half-width M M M is chosen afterward, depending on the tolerance, and only the constants and the threshold for N N N in (iii) depend on $M. A hitting estimate whose time scale depended on M M M would not suffice, because (60) lets M M M tend to infinity after N N N .
Remark 4.8 (An endpoint formulation). For separation alone, the bound on the whole path in (68) is more than needed. If lim N → ∞ E H ( ν N P N H ) ( B N , M ( H ) ) = 0 \lim_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{E}_H(\nu_NP_N^{H})(B_{N,M}(H))=0 lim N → ∞ E H ( ν N P N H ) ( B N , M ( H )) = 0 for each fixed M M M , then the same conclusion follows from Proposition 3.10, Markov’s inequality, and Lemma 4.4. The results of Section 4.5 use this endpoint form.
Concentration on the bands of a fixed window from a coarse cover
The hypothesis (60) concerns critical points in a fixed window [ m N − M , m N + M ] [m_N-M,m_N+M] [ m N − M , m N + M ] . In the next proposition, we derive it from three estimates that are easier to verify directly: the bands of a coarser family of critical points carry almost all of the Gibbs mass; the band of a critical point in a fixed window is rarely much lighter than its energy suggests; and the sum of the partition functions Z H ( B u ) Z_H(B_u) Z H ( B u ) of the bands of critical points with H Q ( u ) < m N − M H_Q(u)<m_N-M H Q ( u ) < m N − M decays exponentially in M M M . The estimates of Sections 9 and 12 have this form.
Proposition 4.9 (Concentration on the bands of a fixed window from a coarse cover). Let β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 and let Q Q Q , U U U , ( m N ) (m_N) ( m N ) , and b b b be as in Definition 4.1. Assume that
lim L → ∞ lim inf N → ∞ P H { C N , L ( H ) ≠ ∅ and max S N H Q ≤ m N + L } = 1. (69) \lim_{L\to\infty}\liminf_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{P}_{\mathcal{H}}\left\{C_{N,L}(H)\ne\varnothing\ \text{and}\ \max_{S_N} H_Q \le m_N+L\right\}=1. \tag*{(69)} L → ∞ lim N → ∞ lim inf P H { C N , L ( H ) = ∅ and S N max H Q ≤ m N + L } = 1. (69) Let D N > 0 D_N>0 D N > 0 be deterministic, and let C N c o ( H ) C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H) C N co ( H ) be finite sets of critical points u u u of H Q H_Q H Q with K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U K_Q(u)/N\in U K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U , whose graphs { ( H , u ) : u ∈ C N c o ( H ) } \{(H,u):u\in C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H)\} {( H , u ) : u ∈ C N co ( H )} are Borel. Assume the following.
(i) (Coarse cover.)
lim N → ∞ E H π H ( [ ⋃ u ∈ C N c o ( H ) B u ] c ) = 0. \lim_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{E}_{H}\,\pi^H\left(\left[\bigcup_{u\in C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H)}B_u\right]^c\right)=0. N → ∞ lim E H π H u ∈ C N co ( H ) ⋃ B u c = 0. (ii) (Light bands are rare.) For every fixed L > 0 L>0 L > 0 ,
lim δ ↓ 0 lim sup N → ∞ E H ∑ u ∈ C N , L ( H ) 1 { Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) } = 0. \lim_{\delta\downarrow0}\limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{E}_{H}\sum_{u\in C_{N,L}(H)}\mathbf{1}\left\{Z_H(B_u)<\delta D_Ne^{\beta(H_Q(u)-m_N)}\right\}=0. δ ↓ 0 lim N → ∞ lim sup E H u ∈ C N , L ( H ) ∑ 1 { Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) } = 0. (iii) (Critical points below the window.) There exist C ∗ , c ∗ > 0 C_*,c_*>0 C ∗ , c ∗ > 0 such that, for every fixed M > 0 M>0 M > 0 ,
lim sup N → ∞ D N − 1 E H ∑ u ∈ C N c o ( H ) H Q ( u ) < m N − M Z H ( B u ) ≤ C ∗ e − c ∗ M . \limsup_{N\to\infty}D_N^{-1}\mathbb{E}_{H}\sum_{\substack{u\in C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H)\\H_Q(u)<m_N-M}}Z_H(B_u)\le C_*e^{-c_*M}. N → ∞ lim sup D N − 1 E H u ∈ C N co ( H ) H Q ( u ) < m N − M ∑ Z H ( B u ) ≤ C ∗ e − c ∗ M . Then the bands carry almost all of the Gibbs mass, (60) .
We call the band B u B_u B u of a point u ∈ C N , L ( H ) u\in C_{N,L}(H) u ∈ C N , L ( H ) light if Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) Z_H(B_u)<\delta D_Ne^{\beta(H_Q(u)-m_N)} Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) , so that (ii) bounds the expected number of light bands. The quantities in (i)–(iii) are Borel functions of H H H . Indeed, the map ( H , u ) ↦ Z H ( B u ) (H,u)\mapsto Z_H(B_u) ( H , u ) ↦ Z H ( B u ) is continuous, by dominated convergence, since the two latitude spheres bounding B u B_u B u have ν N \nu_N ν N -measure zero. For fixed N N N , L L L , and δ \delta δ , let f ( H , u ) = δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) − Z H ( B u ) f(H,u)=\delta D_Ne^{\beta(H_Q(u)-m_N)}-Z_H(B_u) f ( H , u ) = δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) − Z H ( B u ) . The event that at least l l l points u ∈ C N , L ( H ) u\in C_{N,L}(H) u ∈ C N , L ( H ) satisfy f ( H , u ) > 0 f(H,u)>0 f ( H , u ) > 0 is the union over k ≥ 1 k\ge1 k ≥ 1 of the projections, along the compact factor ( S N ) l (S_N)^l ( S N ) l , of the closed sets defined by u i ∈ C N , L ( H ) u_i\in C_{N,L}(H) u i ∈ C N , L ( H ) , f ( H , u i ) ≥ 1 / k f(H,u_i)\ge1/k f ( H , u i ) ≥ 1/ k , and ∣ u i − u j ∣ ≥ 1 / k \lvert u_i-u_j\rvert\ge1/k ∣ u i − u j ∣ ≥ 1/ k for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j . These projections are closed, so the count in (ii) is Borel, also on fields with infinitely many critical points. The graph of C N c o C_N^{\mathrm{co}} C N co is a Borel set with finite sections. By the Lusin–Novikov uniformization theorem [98, Theorem 18.10], it is a countable disjoint union of graphs of Borel maps u j u_j u j defined on Borel subsets of H N \mathcal{H}_N H N . Summing over this enumeration shows that the sum in (iii) is Borel, and that the union of the coarse bands has a Borel graph in ( H , x ) (H,x) ( H , x ) , so that its Gibbs mass in (i) is Borel.
Proof. We first use (ii) and the existence part of (69) to bound Z H ( S N ) Z_H(S_N) Z H ( S N ) from below by one band. Then we split the missing Gibbs mass into the part missed by the coarse family and the part carried by the bands of critical points below the window.
A lower bound for the partition function. Fix ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon\in(0,1) ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . By (4.11), there exists L L L such that lim sup N → ∞ P H { C N , L ( H ) = ∅ } < ε \limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{P}_H\{C_{N,L}(H)=\varnothing\}<\varepsilon lim sup N → ∞ P H { C N , L ( H ) = ∅ } < ε . With L L L fixed, by (ii) there exists δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 such that the expected number of u ∈ C N , L ( H ) u\in C_{N,L}(H) u ∈ C N , L ( H ) with Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) Z_H(B_u)<\delta D_N e^{\beta(H_Q(u)-m_N)} Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) has lim sup \limsup lim sup in N N N below ε \varepsilon ε . Using Markov’s inequality, we see that the probability that there exists such a u u u has lim sup \limsup lim sup below ε \varepsilon ε . If C N , L ( H ) C_{N,L}(H) C N , L ( H ) contains a point u u u that is not of this kind, then H Q ( u ) ≥ m N − L H_Q(u)\ge m_N-L H Q ( u ) ≥ m N − L , and
Z H ( S N ) ≥ Z H ( B u ) ≥ δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) ≥ η D N , η = δ e − β L . Z_H(S_N)\ge Z_H(B_u)\ge\delta D_N e^{\beta(H_Q(u)-m_N)}\ge\eta D_N,\qquad\eta=\delta e^{-\beta L}. Z H ( S N ) ≥ Z H ( B u ) ≥ δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) ≥ η D N , η = δ e − β L .
We conclude that
lim sup N → ∞ P H { Z H ( S N ) < η D N } < 2 ε . (70) \limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{P}_H\{Z_H(S_N)<\eta D_N\}<2\varepsilon. \tag*{(70)} N → ∞ lim sup P H { Z H ( S N ) < η D N } < 2 ε . (70)
This uses only the expected number of light bands; no band is selected in a way that depends on its determinant or on the field.
Critical points below the window. Let G N , M = { max S N H Q ≤ m N + M } G_{N,M}=\{\max_{S_N}H_Q\le m_N+M\} G N , M = { max S N H Q ≤ m N + M } . Note that lim M → ∞ lim sup N → ∞ P H ( G N , M c ) = 0 \lim_{M\to\infty}\limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{P}_H(G_{N,M}^{\mathrm c})=0 lim M → ∞ lim sup N → ∞ P H ( G N , M c ) = 0 by (4.11). On G N , M G_{N,M} G N , M , every u ∈ C N c o ( H ) ∖ C N , M ( H ) u\in C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H)\setminus C_{N,M}(H) u ∈ C N co ( H ) ∖ C N , M ( H ) satisfies H Q ( u ) < m N − M H_Q(u)<m_N-M H Q ( u ) < m N − M . Indeed, u u u is a critical point with K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U K_Q(u)/N\in U K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U , and u ∉ C N , M ( H ) u\notin C_{N,M}(H) u ∈ / C N , M ( H ) means that ∣ H Q ( u ) − m N ∣ > M \lvert H_Q(u)-m_N\rvert>M ∣ H Q ( u ) − m N ∣ > M , while H Q ( u ) ≤ m N + M H_Q(u)\le m_N+M H Q ( u ) ≤ m N + M on G N , M G_{N,M} G N , M . It follows that, on G N , M G_{N,M} G N , M ,
B N , M ( H ) c ⊂ [ ⋃ u ∈ C N c o ( H ) B u ] c ∪ ⋃ u ∈ C N c o ( H ) H Q ( u ) < m N − M B u . B_{N,M}(H)^{\mathrm c}\subset\left[\bigcup_{u\in C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H)}B_u\right]^{\mathrm c}\cup\bigcup_{\substack{u\in C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H)\\H_Q(u)<m_N-M}}B_u. B N , M ( H ) c ⊂ u ∈ C N co ( H ) ⋃ B u c ∪ u ∈ C N co ( H ) H Q ( u ) < m N − M ⋃ B u .
and on G N , M ∩ { Z H ( S N ) ≥ η D N } G_{N,M}\cap\{Z_H(S_N)\ge\eta D_N\} G N , M ∩ { Z H ( S N ) ≥ η D N } we obtain
π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) ≤ π H ( [ ⋃ u ∈ C N c o ( H ) B u ] c ) + 1 η D N ∑ u ∈ C N c o ( H ) H Q ( u ) < m N − M Z H ( B u ) . (71) \pi^H(B_{N,M}(H)^{\mathrm c})\le\pi^H\left(\left[\bigcup_{u\in C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H)}B_u\right]^{\mathrm c}\right)+\frac{1}{\eta D_N}\sum_{\substack{u\in C_N^{\mathrm{co}}(H)\\H_Q(u)<m_N-M}}Z_H(B_u). \tag*{(71)} π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) ≤ π H u ∈ C N co ( H ) ⋃ B u c + η D N 1 u ∈ C N co ( H ) H Q ( u ) < m N − M ∑ Z H ( B u ) . (71)
A point covered by several bands is counted several times in the last sum, which only increases it; we therefore do not need the bands to be disjoint.
Conclusion. We bound π H ( B N , M c ) \pi^H(B_{N,M}^{\mathrm c}) π H ( B N , M c ) by one outside G N , M ∩ { Z H ( S N ) ≥ η D N } G_{N,M}\cap\{Z_H(S_N)\ge\eta D_N\} G N , M ∩ { Z H ( S N ) ≥ η D N } , take expectations in (4.13), and let N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ with M M M fixed. Using (i), (4.12), and (iii), we find
lim sup N → ∞ E H π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) ≤ 2 ε + lim sup N → ∞ P H ( G N , M c ) + η − 1 C ∗ e − c ∗ M . \limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{E}_H\pi^H(B_{N,M}(H)^{\mathrm c})\le2\varepsilon+\limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{P}_H(G_{N,M}^{\mathrm c})+\eta^{-1}C_*e^{-c_*M}. N → ∞ lim sup E H π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) ≤ 2 ε + N → ∞ lim sup P H ( G N , M c ) + η − 1 C ∗ e − c ∗ M .
Letting M → ∞ M\to\infty M → ∞ with L L L , δ \delta δ , and η \eta η fixed, the right side tends to 2 ε 2\varepsilon 2 ε . Since ε \varepsilon ε is arbitrary, (4.2) follows. The parameters are chosen in the order L L L , δ \delta δ , M M M , and each is fixed before N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ . □
Remark 4.10 (On hypothesis (ii)). Hypothesis (ii) bounds the expected number of critical points in a fixed window whose band is light. Suppose that the counts in the window C N , L C_{N,L} C N , L are bounded as in Proposition 4.5(ii), and that the determinant-weighted conditional probability of { Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) } \{Z_H(B_u)<\delta D_N e^{\beta(H_Q(u)-m_N)}\} { Z H ( B u ) < δ D N e β ( H Q ( u ) − m N ) } is at most ρ L ( δ ) + o N ( 1 ) \rho_L(\delta)+o_N(1) ρ L ( δ ) + o N ( 1 ) , uniformly over the points and marks of this window, where ρ L ( δ ) → 0 \rho_L(\delta)\to0 ρ L ( δ ) → 0 as δ ↓ 0 \delta\downarrow0 δ ↓ 0 . Using the marked Kac–Rice formula of Theorem 7.17, we find that the expected number of light bands is at most ( A L + o N ( 1 ) ) ( ρ L ( δ ) + o N ( 1 ) ) (A_L+o_N(1))(\rho_L(\delta)+o_N(1)) ( A L + o N ( 1 )) ( ρ L ( δ ) + o N ( 1 )) , which gives (ii). If the existence part of (4.11) is known only for a subfamily of C N , L ( H ) C_{N,L}(H) C N , L ( H ) , for instance the critical points on which an additional selection event holds, the proof applies with that subfamily in the existence event. The light bands are still counted over all of C N , L ( H ) C_{N,L}(H) C N , L ( H ) , which can only increase their number, and no conditional law normalized by the probability of the selection event is needed.
Initial laws other than the uniform law
We now transfer separation from the uniform initial law to other initial laws. The first result uses only the rotation invariance (4.1). It is an instance of the classical symmetrization over a compact group: the expected distance to equilibrium is a convex and rotation-invariant function of the initial law, so it is smallest at the rotation average of any initial law, which is ν N \nu_N ν N . The same averaging over a group underlies the Hunt–Stein theorem in statistics; see Lehmann and Romano [113, Section 8.5].
Theorem 4.11 (Initial laws independent of the field). Let β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 and N ≥ 2 N\ge2 N ≥ 2 . For every Borel probability measure μ \mu μ on S N S_N S N and every T ≥ 0 T\ge0 T ≥ 0 ,
E H [ 1 − ∥ μ P T H − π H ∥ T V ] ≤ E H [ 1 − ∥ ν N P T H − π H ∥ T V ] . (72) \mathbb{E}_H\left[1-\left\|\mu P_T^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\right]\le\mathbb{E}_H\left[1-\left\|\nu_NP_T^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\right]. \tag*{(72)} E H [ 1 − μ P T H − π H TV ] ≤ E H [ 1 − ν N P T H − π H TV ] . (72) Further, for deterministic times T N T_N T N and every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 ,
sup μ P H { inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ P t H − π H ∥ T V < 1 − ε } ≤ ε − 1 E H [ 1 − ∥ ν N P T N H − π H ∥ T V ] , (73) \sup_{\mu}\mathbb{P}^H\left\{\inf_{0\le t\le T_N}\left\|\mu P_t^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}<1-\varepsilon\right\}\le\varepsilon^{-1}\mathbb{E}_H\left[1-\left\|\nu_NP_{T_N}^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\right], \tag*{(73)} μ sup P H { 0 ≤ t ≤ T N inf μ P t H − π H TV < 1 − ε } ≤ ε − 1 E H [ 1 − ν N P T N H − π H TV ] , (73) where the supremum is over all Borel probability measures μ \mu μ on S N S_N S N . In particular, if inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ ν N P t H − π H ∥ T V → 1 \inf_{0\le t\le T_N}\left\|\nu_NP_t^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\to1 inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ν N P t H − π H TV → 1 in P H \mathbb{P}_H P H -probability, then the left side of (4.15) tends to zero for every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 . The same convergence holds for every random probability measure μ N \mu_N μ N on S N S_N S N that is independent of H N H_N H N , in the joint probability of H N H_N H N and μ N \mu_N μ N .
Proof. We show that the expected distance is invariant under rotations of the initial law and convex in it, and then average over the rotation group.
Averaging over rotations. Let d g dg d g be the normalized Haar measure on O ( N ) O(N) O ( N ) , which is invariant under left and right multiplication. For a bounded Borel function f f f on S N S_N S N , let φ ( x ) = ∫ f ( g x ) d g \varphi(x)=\int f(gx)\,dg φ ( x ) = ∫ f ( g x ) d g . For h ∈ O ( N ) h\in O(N) h ∈ O ( N ) , we have φ ( h x ) = ∫ f ( g h x ) d g = φ ( x ) \varphi(hx)=\int f(ghx)\,dg=\varphi(x) φ ( h x ) = ∫ f ( g h x ) d g = φ ( x ) by right invariance. The group O ( N ) O(N) O ( N ) acts transitively on S N S_N S N , and φ \varphi φ is constant. Integrating against ν N \nu_N ν N and using Fubini’s theorem and the rotation invariance of ν N \nu_N ν N , we find that the constant is ∫ f d ν N \int f\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N ∫ f d ν N . Since f f f is arbitrary, we obtain ∫ ∫ f ( g x ) μ ( d x ) d g = ∫ f d ν N \int\!\int f(gx)\,\mu(\mathrm{d}x)\,\mathrm{d}g=\int f\,\mathrm{d}\nu_N ∫ ∫ f ( g x ) μ ( d x ) d g = ∫ f d ν N , that is,
∫ O ( N ) g ∗ μ d g = ν N . (74) \int_{O(N)}g_*\mu\,\mathrm{d}g=\nu_N. \tag*{(74)} ∫ O ( N ) g ∗ μ d g = ν N . (74)
Invariance and convexity. For a probability measure λ \lambda λ on S N S_N S N , let F ( λ ) = E H ∥ λ P T H − π H ∥ T V F(\lambda)=\mathbb{E}_H\left\|\lambda P_T^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}} F ( λ ) = E H λ P T H − π H TV ; the integrand is Borel by Lemma 4.2(c). Fix g ∈ O ( N ) g\in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) . By (4.3), we have ( g ∗ μ ) P T H g = g ∗ ( μ P T H ) (g_*\mu)P_T^{H^g}=g_*(\mu P_T^H) ( g ∗ μ ) P T H g = g ∗ ( μ P T H ) and π H g = g ∗ π H \pi^{H^g}=g_*\pi^H π H g = g ∗ π H . As g ∗ g_* g ∗ preserves the total variation distance, it follows that
∥ ( g ∗ μ ) P T H g − π H g ∥ T V = ∥ μ P T H − π H ∥ T V . \left\|(g_*\mu)P_T^{H^g}-\pi^{H^g}\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}=\left\|\mu P_T^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}. ( g ∗ μ ) P T H g − π H g TV = μ P T H − π H TV .
Taking expectations and using (4.1), we obtain F ( g ∗ μ ) = F ( μ ) F(g_*\mu)=F(\mu) F ( g ∗ μ ) = F ( μ ) . On the other hand, by (4.16) and Fubini’s theorem, we have ν N P T H = ∫ ( g ∗ μ ) P T H d g \nu_NP_T^H=\int(g_*\mu)P_T^H\,\mathrm{d}g ν N P T H = ∫ ( g ∗ μ ) P T H d g for all H H H . For every Borel set A A A , we therefore have
∣ ( ν N P T H ) ( A ) − π H ( A ) ∣ ≤ ∫ ∣ ( ( g ∗ μ ) P T H ) ( A ) − π H ( A ) ∣ d g ≤ ∫ ∥ ( g ∗ μ ) P T H − π H ∥ T V d g . \left|(\nu_NP_T^H)(A)-\pi^H(A)\right|\leq\int\left|((g_*\mu)P_T^H)(A)-\pi^H(A)\right|\,\mathrm{d}g\leq\int\left\|(g_*\mu)P_T^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\,\mathrm{d}g. ( ν N P T H ) ( A ) − π H ( A ) ≤ ∫ (( g ∗ μ ) P T H ) ( A ) − π H ( A ) d g ≤ ∫ ( g ∗ μ ) P T H − π H TV d g .
Taking the supremum over A A A , we find ∥ ν N P T H − π H ∥ T V ≤ ∫ ∥ ( g ∗ μ ) P T H − π H ∥ T V d g \left\|\nu_NP_T^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\leq\int\left\|(g_*\mu)P_T^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\,\mathrm{d}g ν N P T H − π H TV ≤ ∫ ( g ∗ μ ) P T H − π H TV d g . The integrand is jointly Borel in ( H , g ) (H,g) ( H , g ) : the map ( H , g , x ) ↦ P T H ( g x , A ) (H,g,x)\mapsto P_T^H(gx,A) ( H , g , x ) ↦ P T H ( g x , A ) is Borel by Lemma 4.2(a), and the distance is a supremum over the countable algebra A \mathcal{A} A in the proof of that lemma. Taking expectations and using Tonelli’s theorem, we conclude that F ( ν N ) ≤ ∫ F ( g ∗ μ ) d g = F ( μ ) F(\nu_N)\leq\int F(g_*\mu)\,\mathrm{d}g=F(\mu) F ( ν N ) ≤ ∫ F ( g ∗ μ ) d g = F ( μ ) , which is (4.14).
Uniformity. Recall from (4.4) that the infimum over t ≤ T N t\leq T_N t ≤ T N in (4.15) equals the distance at T N T_N T N . Applying Markov’s inequality to the nonnegative deficit 1 − ∥ μ P T N H − π H ∥ T V 1-\left\|\mu P_{T_N}^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}} 1 − μ P T N H − π H TV and using (4.14), we obtain (4.15) for each μ \mu μ ; the bound does not depend on μ \mu μ . If the deficit Y N = 1 − ∥ ν N P T N H − π H ∥ T V ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] Y_N=1-\left\|\nu_NP_{T_N}^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\in[0,1] Y N = 1 − ν N P T N H − π H TV ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] of the uniform initial law tends to zero in probability, then E H Y N → 0 \mathbb{E}_H Y_N\to0 E H Y N → 0 , because E H Y N ≤ η + P H { Y N > η } \mathbb{E}_H Y_N\leq\eta+\mathbb{P}_H\{Y_N>\eta\} E H Y N ≤ η + P H { Y N > η } for every η > 0 \eta>0 η > 0 . For a random initial law μ N \mu_N μ N independent of H N H_N H N , we condition on μ N \mu_N μ N , apply (4.15) to its realization, and integrate. The map ( H , μ ) ↦ ∥ μ P T N H − π H ∥ T V (H,\mu)\mapsto\left\|\mu P_{T_N}^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}} ( H , μ ) ↦ μ P T N H − π H TV is jointly measurable, by the countable supremum above and the measurability of μ ↦ ∫ f d μ \mu\mapsto\int f\,\mathrm{d}\mu μ ↦ ∫ f d μ for bounded Borel f f f .
Lemma 4.13 (Equal expected mass from every starting point). Let T ≥ 0 T \ge0 T ≥ 0 , and let B ( H ) ⊂ S N B(H) \subset S_N B ( H ) ⊂ S N be sets such that { ( H , x ) : x ∈ B ( H ) } \{(H,x): x \in B(H)\} {( H , x ) : x ∈ B ( H )} is Borel and B ( H g ) = g B ( H ) B(H^g) = gB(H) B ( H g ) = g B ( H ) for all g ∈ O ( N ) g \in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) and H ∈ H N H \in\mathcal{H}_N H ∈ H N . Set q = E H ( ν N P T H ) ( B ( H N ) ) q = \mathbb{E}_H(\nu_N P_T^H)(B(H_N)) q = E H ( ν N P T H ) ( B ( H N )) . Then, for every x ∈ S N x \in S_N x ∈ S N and every Borel probability measure μ \mu μ on S N S_N S N ,
E H P T H ( x , B ( H ) ) = q , E H ( μ P T H ) ( B ( H ) ) = q . (75) \mathbb{E}_H P_T^H(x,B(H)) = q,\qquad\mathbb{E}_H(\mu P_T^H)(B(H)) = q. \tag*{(75)} E H P T H ( x , B ( H )) = q , E H ( μ P T H ) ( B ( H )) = q . (75)
Proof. The function ϱ ( H , x ) = P T H ( x , B ( H ) ) \varrho(H,x) = P_T^H(x,B(H)) ϱ ( H , x ) = P T H ( x , B ( H )) is Borel on H N × S N \mathcal{H}_N \times S_N H N × S N , since it is the integral of the indicator of the Borel graph of B B B against the kernel of Lemma 4.2(a). By (4.3) and the equivariance of B B B , we have ϱ ( H g , g x ) = P T H g ( g x , g B ( H ) ) = ϱ ( H , x ) \varrho(H^g,gx) = P_T^{H^g}(gx,gB(H)) = \varrho(H,x) ϱ ( H g , g x ) = P T H g ( g x , g B ( H )) = ϱ ( H , x ) . Then (4.1) implies that E H ϱ ( H , g x ) = E H ϱ ( H g , g x ) = E H ϱ ( H , x ) \mathbb{E}_H\varrho(H,gx) = \mathbb{E}_H\varrho(H^g,gx) = \mathbb{E}_H\varrho(H,x) E H ϱ ( H , g x ) = E H ϱ ( H g , g x ) = E H ϱ ( H , x ) . Because O ( N ) O(N) O ( N ) acts transitively on S N S_N S N , the function x ↦ E H ϱ ( H , x ) x \mapsto\mathbb{E}_H\varrho(H,x) x ↦ E H ϱ ( H , x ) is constant. Integrating it against ν N \nu_N ν N and using Fubini’s theorem identifies the constant as q q q , and integrating it against μ \mu μ gives the second identity. □ \square □
For the remaining results, we let Q Q Q , U U U , ( m N ) (m_N) ( m N ) , and b b b be as in Definition 4.1. Recall from Lemma 4.3(a) that the band unions B N , M ( H ) B_{N,M}(H) B N , M ( H ) have Borel graphs and satisfy B N , M ( H g ) = g B N , M ( H ) B_{N,M}(H^g) = gB_{N,M}(H) B N , M ( H g ) = g B N , M ( H ) ; in particular, Lemma 4.13 applies to them. For deterministic times T N T_N T N we write
q N , M = E H ( ν N P T N H ) ( B N , M ( H ) ) . q_{N,M} = \mathbb{E}_H\left(\nu_N P_{T_N}^H\right)(B_{N,M}(H)). q N , M = E H ( ν N P T N H ) ( B N , M ( H )) .
In Proposition 13.1, this endpoint mass is shown to be at most a negative power of N N N for each fixed M M M . Such a bound leaves room for initial laws that depend on the field in a limited way. We will use the bound
q N , M ≤ C M N − ζ for all sufficiently large N , (76) q_{N,M} \le C_M N^{-\zeta}\qquad\text{for all sufficiently large }N, \tag*{(76)} q N , M ≤ C M N − ζ for all sufficiently large N , (76)
where ζ > 0 \zeta> 0 ζ > 0 and, for each fixed M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 , C M C_M C M is a constant.
The next result allows a field-dependent choice among K N K_N K N prescribed initial laws. It uses a union bound and allows K N K_N K N to grow polynomially when (4.18) holds.
Corollary 4.14 (Selection among prescribed initial laws). Let β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 , let ( T N ) (T_N) ( T N ) be deterministic times, and suppose that the bands carry almost all of the Gibbs mass, (4.2). For each N N N , let μ N , 1 , … , μ N , K N \mu_{N,1},\ldots,\mu_{N,K_N} μ N , 1 , … , μ N , K N be Borel probability measures on S N S_N S N that do not depend on H H H . If K N q N , M → 0 K_Nq_{N,M} \to0 K N q N , M → 0 as N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ for every fixed M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 , then
inf { ∥ ( ∑ j = 1 K N w j μ N , j ) P t H − π H ∥ T V : w j ≥ 0 , ∑ j = 1 K N w j = 1 , 0 ≤ t ≤ T N } ⟶ 1 (77) \inf\left\{\left\|\left(\sum_{j=1}^{K_N}w_j\mu_{N,j}\right)P_t^H-\pi^H\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}: w_j\ge0,\ \sum_{j=1}^{K_N}w_j=1,\ 0\le t\le T_N\right\}\longrightarrow1 \tag*{(77)} inf ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( j = 1 ∑ K N w j μ N , j ) P t H − π H TV : w j ≥ 0 , j = 1 ∑ K N w j = 1 , 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ ⟶ 1 (77) in P H \mathbb{P}_H P H -probability. In particular, the conclusion holds for weights w j = w j ( H ) w_j = w_j(H) w j = w j ( H ) that are arbitrary Borel functions of the field, and for a field-dependent choice of one of the laws μ N , j \mu_{N,j} μ N , j . For collections that are random but independent of H N H_N H N , with the same deterministic K N K_N K N , the conclusion holds in the joint probability.
Proof. Fix M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 and set a j ( H ) = ( μ N , j P N H ) ( B N , M ( H ) ) a_j(H) = (\mu_{N,j}P_N^H)(B_{N,M}(H)) a j ( H ) = ( μ N , j P N H ) ( B N , M ( H )) . By Lemma 4.13 , E H a j = q N , M \mathbb{E}_H a_j = q_{N,M} E H a j = q N , M for all j j j , and
E H max j ≤ K N a j ( H ) ≤ ∑ j ≤ K N E H a j ( H ) = K N q N , M ⟶ 0. \mathbb{E}_H \max_{j \le K_N} a_j(H) \le\sum_{j \le K_N} \mathbb{E}_H a_j(H) = K_N q_{N,M} \longrightarrow0. E H j ≤ K N max a j ( H ) ≤ j ≤ K N ∑ E H a j ( H ) = K N q N , M ⟶ 0.
For every choice of weights, the mass of B N , M ( H ) B_{N,M}(H) B N , M ( H ) under ( ∑ j w j μ N , j ) P N H (\sum_j w_j\mu_{N,j})P_N^H ( ∑ j w j μ N , j ) P N H is ∑ j w j a j ( H ) ≤ max j a j ( H ) \sum_j w_j a_j(H) \le\max_j a_j(H) ∑ j w j a j ( H ) ≤ max j a j ( H ) . Applying Proposition 3.10 to each mixture, we find that the infimum Δ N ( H ) \Delta_N(H) Δ N ( H ) in (77) satisfies
Δ N ( H ) ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − max j ≤ K N a j ( H ) . \Delta_N(H) \ge1 - \pi^H\left(B_{N,M}(H)^c\right) - \max_{j \le K_N} a_j(H). Δ N ( H ) ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − j ≤ K N max a j ( H ) .
Then Lemma 4.4 , with E N , M = max j a j \mathcal{E}_{N,M} = \max_j a_j E N , M = max j a j , implies (77) . The infimum Δ N \Delta_N Δ N is a Borel function of H H H . Indeed, by (62) it is the infimum over the weights of the distance at T N T_N T N ; this distance changes by at most ∑ j ∣ w j − w j ′ ∣ \sum_j |w_j - w'_j| ∑ j ∣ w j − w j ′ ∣ when w w w is replaced by w ′ w' w ′ , so the infimum may be taken over the countable set of rational weights. For an independent random collection, we condition on its realization. The bound E H max j a j ≤ K N q N , M \mathbb{E}_H \max_j a_j \le K_N q_{N,M} E H max j a j ≤ K N q N , M holds for all realizations, and it can be integrated.
Finally, we measure the dependence of the initial law on the field by its relative entropy with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N , which may be large on a set of fields of small probability.
Corollary 4.15 (Field-dependent initial laws with small relative entropy). Let β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 and let ( T N ) (T_N) ( T N ) be deterministic times. Assume that the bands carry almost all of the Gibbs mass, (60) , and that (76) holds for some ζ > 0 \zeta> 0 ζ > 0 . Let H ↦ μ N H H \mapsto\mu_N^H H ↦ μ N H be a Borel probability kernel from H N \mathcal{H}_N H N to S N \mathcal{S}_N S N such that
D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) log N ⟶ 0 in P H -probability . (78) \frac{D(\mu_N^H \Vert\nu_N)}{\log N} \longrightarrow0 \quad\text{in } \mathbb{P}_H\text{-probability}. \tag*{(78)} log N D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) ⟶ 0 in P H -probability . (78) Then inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ N H P t H − π H ∥ T V ⟶ 1 \inf_{0 \le t \le T_N} \lVert\mu_N^H P_t^H - \pi^H \rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} \longrightarrow1 inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ N H P t H − π H ∥ TV ⟶ 1 in P H \mathbb{P}_H P H -probability.
Proof. Fix M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 and τ ∈ ( 0 , ζ ) \tau\in(0,\zeta) τ ∈ ( 0 , ζ ) , and let a N , M ( H ) = ( ν N P N H ) ( B N , M ( H ) ) a_{N,M}(H) = (\nu_NP_N^H)(B_{N,M}(H)) a N , M ( H ) = ( ν N P N H ) ( B N , M ( H )) . By Markov's inequality and (76) , we have
P H { a N , M > N − τ } ≤ C M N τ − ζ ⟶ 0. \mathbb{P}_H\{a_{N,M} > N^{-\tau}\} \le C_M N^{\tau-\zeta} \longrightarrow0. P H { a N , M > N − τ } ≤ C M N τ − ζ ⟶ 0.
Fix a field H H H with a N , M ( H ) ≤ N − τ a_{N,M}(H) \le N^{-\tau} a N , M ( H ) ≤ N − τ and D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) < ∞ D(\mu_N^H\Vert\nu_N) < \infty D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) < ∞ . If a N , M ( H ) = 0 a_{N,M}(H) = 0 a N , M ( H ) = 0 , then by Proposition 3.10 we have
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ N H P t H − π H ∥ T V ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) . \inf_{0 \le t \le T_N} \lVert\mu_N^H P_t^H - \pi^H \rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} \ge1 - \pi^H\left(B_{N,M}(H)^c\right). 0 ≤ t ≤ T N inf ∥ μ N H P t H − π H ∥ TV ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) .
If 0 < a N , M ( H ) ≤ N − τ < 1 0 < a_{N,M}(H) \le N^{-\tau} < 1 0 < a N , M ( H ) ≤ N − τ < 1 , then Proposition 3.10 implies that
inf 0 ≤ t ≤ T N ∥ μ N H P t H − π H ∥ T V ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) + log 2 τ log N . \inf_{0 \le t \le T_N} \lVert\mu_N^H P_t^H - \pi^H \rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} \ge1 - \pi^H\left(B_{N,M}(H)^c\right) - \frac{D(\mu_N^H\Vert\nu_N) + \log2}{\tau\log N}. 0 ≤ t ≤ T N inf ∥ μ N H P t H − π H ∥ TV ≥ 1 − π H ( B N , M ( H ) c ) − τ log N D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) + log 2 .
Let E N , M ( H ) \mathcal{E}_{N,M}(H) E N , M ( H ) be the last fraction when a N , M ( H ) ≤ N − τ a_{N,M}(H) \le N^{-\tau} a N , M ( H ) ≤ N − τ and D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) < ∞ D(\mu_{N}^{H}\mathbin{\|}\nu_{N}) < \infty D ( μ N H ∥ ν N ) < ∞ , and let E N , M ( H ) = 1 \mathcal{E}_{N,M}(H) = 1 E N , M ( H ) = 1 otherwise. Then (4.20) implies that the fraction tends to zero in probability and that the probability that the relative entropy is infinite tends to zero. Therefore E N , M → 0 \mathcal{E}_{N,M} \to0 E N , M → 0 in probability, and Lemma 4.4 completes the proof. □ \square □
Statics of the condensed phase
In this section, we prove the static results on which Part II rests. The central object is the first-variation function V β V_\beta V β of the Parisi measure, defined in (79) below, whose zero set is the contact set. In Theorem 5.7 , we show for every finite mixture and every β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 that an overlap q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) q \in[0,1) q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) is multisamplable in the sense of Subag (Definition 5.4 ) if and only if V β ( q ) = 0 V_\beta(q) = 0 V β ( q ) = 0 . At every positive zero, the minimizer of the ground-state problem on the sphere of squared radius q N qN q N and the Parisi measure of the residual model are obtained from the Parisi measure by restriction and rescaling. At every other overlap, the generalized TAP functional has an explicit gap. Lemma 5.8 restates this gap as an exponential bound for replicas with mutual overlaps close to q q q .
In § 5.2.3 , we specialize to pairs ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) that are strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , in the sense of Definition 1.1 , which we restate as Definition 5.9 . Such pairs are condensed (Lemma 5.10 ). Proposition 5.11 collects the static consequences of these 1RSB assumptions. The Parisi measure has two atoms 0 0 0 and Q Q Q , and the residual model at Q Q Q is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ψ Q ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\psi_Q^{\prime\prime}(0) < 1 β 2 ψ Q ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 . The ground state of H Q H_Q H Q is strictly one-step replica symmetry breaking at zero temperature, with explicit ground-state energy E 0 E_0 E 0 and radial derivative K 0 K_0 K 0 , and K 0 K_0 K 0 lies strictly above the edge 2 b Q 2\sqrt{b_Q} 2 b Q of the spectrum of the GOE part of the tangent Hessian. The multisamplable overlaps are 0 0 0 and Q Q Q . In Section 5.4, we record the covariance of the value and the radial derivative of H Q H_Q H Q at a point, the identities satisfied by E 0 E_0 E 0 and K 0 K_0 K 0 , and the conditional law of the Hessian. § 5.2.5 shows that the 1RSB assumptions persist under small changes of ξ \xi ξ and β \beta β and that the free energy is differentiable at every inverse temperature at which they hold. Finally, § 5.2.6 verifies the 1RSB assumptions for the classes of Corollary 1.3 . These are the covariances for which ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi^{\prime\prime-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 is strictly convex (Proposition 5.17 ), in particular those in a degree window (Proposition 5.18 ), the pure models (Proposition 5.20 ), the small even perturbations of pure even models (Proposition 5.23), and the explicit covariance r 4 + b r 12 r^4 + br^{12} r 4 + b r 12 of Proposition 5.24 , for which ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi^{\prime\prime-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 is not convex. The finite rational computations behind the last example are in Section A.
From § 6.4 , we use the representation of the field (Lemma 3.2), the Crisanti–Sommers functional, the Parisi formula, and the Crisanti–Sommers optimality criterion (Definition 3.13 , Theorem 3.14 , and Lemma 3.15 ), and the thresholds and the replica-symmetric regime (Definition 3.16 and Lemma 3.18 ). No other result of the paper is used here. The results of this section are used as follows. Section 6 uses Theorem 5.7 , Lemma 5.8, Proposition 5.11, and Corollary 5.16. The radius Q \sqrt{Q} Q , the values E 0 E_0 E 0 and K 0 K_0 K 0 , and the Hessian margin of Propositions 5.11 and 5.13 and Lemma 5.14 define the critical points studied in Section 4 and in § 6.2 and 9 to 12. The bound of Lemma 5.22 is used in Section 9, and the strict replica symmetry of the residual model in Section 12. The membership statements of § 5.2.6 enter only the proof of Corollary 1.3 in Section 13.
Theorem 5.7 belongs to Subag’s generalized TAP theory [143]. That every zero of V β V_\beta V β is multisamplable is [143, Theorem 10, (1.39)], and the restricted and rescaled minimizers at a zero are [143, Proposition 11, (1.43)–(1.44)]. The converse, that every multisamplable overlap is a zero of V β V_\beta V β , is proved in [143, Theorem 10, (1.40)] for generic mixtures. We prove it for every finite mixture by an explicit variation of the ground profile. We derive the whole theorem from the ground-state and generalized TAP formulas recalled below (Theorems 5.2 and 5.5), using the identity (87) for both directions. The ground-state formula that we use is due to Chen and Sen [48] and, independently, to Jagannath and Tobasco [96]. The two-atom stationarity equations are the classical one-step equations of Crisanti and Sommers [52]. The bound on the number of contacts under strict convexity of ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi^{\prime\prime-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 is their argument as presented by Talagrand [146, Proposition 2.2], and its zero-temperature version is [90, Lemma 3.21]. For pure models, the static parameters were computed from the TAP approach by Subag [142, Theorems 1 and 2].
Notation. Throughout the section, ξ ( r ) = ∑ p = 2 P c p r p \xi(r) = \sum_{p=2}^{P} c_p r^p ξ ( r ) = ∑ p = 2 P c p r p is a finite mixture in the sense of Definition 3.1, with c P > 0 c_P > 0 c P > 0 , and β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 . Only Sections 5.3 to 5.6 assume that the minimum degree is at least four. We use the set M \mathcal{M} M , the functions x ^ ζ \hat{x}_{\zeta} x ^ ζ , and the functional P β ( ζ ; η ) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta;\eta) P β ( ζ ; η ) of Definition 3.13. For ζ ∈ M \zeta\in\mathcal{M} ζ ∈ M , we define
V ζ ( r ) = ∫ 0 r r − t x ^ ζ ( t ) 2 d t − β 2 ξ ( r ) , 0 ≤ r < 1. (79) V_{\zeta}(r) = \int_0^r \frac{r-t}{\hat{x}_{\zeta}(t)^2}\,\mathrm{d}t - \beta^2 \xi(r), \qquad0 \le r < 1. \tag*{(79)} V ζ ( r ) = ∫ 0 r x ^ ζ ( t ) 2 r − t d t − β 2 ξ ( r ) , 0 ≤ r < 1. (79)
In the notation of (3.18) with η = ξ \eta= \xi η = ξ , we have V ζ = − f ζ V_{\zeta} = -f_{\zeta} V ζ = − f ζ . The function x ^ ζ \hat{x}_{\zeta} x ^ ζ is continuous and positive on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) . Hence V ζ V_{\zeta} V ζ is twice continuously differentiable on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , and
V ζ ( 0 ) = V ζ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , V ζ ′ ( r ) = ∫ 0 r d t x ^ ζ ( t ) 2 − β 2 ξ ′ ( r ) , V ζ ′ ′ ( r ) = 1 x ^ ζ ( r ) 2 − β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( r ) . (80) V_{\zeta}(0) = V_{\zeta}'(0) = 0, \qquad V_{\zeta}'(r) = \int_0^r \frac{\mathrm{d}t}{\hat{x}_{\zeta}(t)^2} - \beta^2 \xi'(r), \qquad V_{\zeta}''(r) = \frac{1}{\hat{x}_{\zeta}(r)^2} - \beta^2 \xi''(r). \tag*{(80)} V ζ ( 0 ) = V ζ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , V ζ ′ ( r ) = ∫ 0 r x ^ ζ ( t ) 2 d t − β 2 ξ ′ ( r ) , V ζ ′′ ( r ) = x ^ ζ ( r ) 2 1 − β 2 ξ ′′ ( r ) . (80)
We write ζ β \zeta_{\beta} ζ β for the Parisi measure of ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) , that is, the minimizer of P β ( ⋅ ; ξ ) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\cdot\,;\xi) P β ( ⋅ ; ξ ) given by Lemma 3.15, and set x ^ β = x ^ ζ β \hat{x}_{\beta} = \hat{x}_{\zeta_{\beta}} x ^ β = x ^ ζ β and V β = V ζ β V_{\beta} = V_{\zeta_{\beta}} V β = V ζ β . We call V ζ V_{\zeta} V ζ the first-variation function of ζ \zeta ζ ; it is the function − f ζ -f_{\zeta} − f ζ of (3.18), with the sign chosen so that V β ≥ 0 V_{\beta} \ge0 V β ≥ 0 (Lemma 5.6). The zero set of V β V_{\beta} V β in [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) is the contact set of ( ζ , β ) (\zeta,\beta) ( ζ , β ) , and its elements are the contact points . This interpretation agrees with the coincidence set in the obstacle formulation of [97, Theorem 1.1], after absorbing β 2 \beta^2 β 2 into the covariance. Recall from Theorem 3.14 that F ( β ) = P β ( ζ β ; ξ ) F(\beta) = \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta_{\beta};\xi) F ( β ) = P β ( ζ β ; ξ ) , and by Lemma 3.15(3), ζ β \zeta_{\beta} ζ β is carried by the set of minimizers of V β V_{\beta} V β on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) ; since this set is closed, it contains the support of ζ β \zeta_{\beta} ζ β .
For 0 ≤ q < 1 0 \le q < 1 0 ≤ q < 1 , the residual mixture at q q q is
ψ q ( t ) = ξ ( q + ( 1 − q ) t ) − ξ ( q ) − ( 1 − q ) ξ ′ ( q ) t = ∑ k = 2 P ( ∑ p = k P c p ( p k ) q p − k ) ( 1 − q ) k t k . (81) \psi_q(t)=\xi\bigl(q+(1-q)t\bigr)-\xi(q)-(1-q)\xi'(q)t=\sum_{k=2}^{P}\left(\sum_{p=k}^{P}c_p\binom{p}{k}q^{p-k}\right)(1-q)^kt^k. \tag*{(81)} ψ q ( t ) = ξ ( q + ( 1 − q ) t ) − ξ ( q ) − ( 1 − q ) ξ ′ ( q ) t = k = 2 ∑ P p = k ∑ P c p ( k p ) q p − k ( 1 − q ) k t k . (81)
Its coefficients are nonnegative, it has no terms of degree zero or one, and its coefficient of t P t^P t P is c P ( 1 − q ) P > 0 c_P(1-q)^P>0 c P ( 1 − q ) P > 0 . This means that ψ q \psi_q ψ q is a finite mixture. Note that ψ 0 = ξ \psi_0=\xi ψ 0 = ξ . For 0 < Q < 1 0<Q<1 0 < Q < 1 and u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , we write
H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) , K Q ( u ) = d d t H N ( t Q u ) ∣ t = 1 = u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) , H_Q(u)=H_N(\sqrt{Q}u),\qquad K_Q(u)=\left.\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}H_N(t\sqrt{Q}u)\right|_{t=1}=u\cdot\nabla H_Q(u), H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) , K Q ( u ) = d t d H N ( t Q u ) t = 1 = u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) ,
where H N H_N H N is the polynomial of (3.2) and ∇ \nabla ∇ is the Euclidean gradient. We also set a Q = Q ξ ′ ( Q ) a_Q=Q\xi'(Q) a Q = Q ξ ′ ( Q ) and b Q = Q 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) b_Q=Q^2\xi''(Q) b Q = Q 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) . We call K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) the radial derivative of H Q H_Q H Q at u u u .
Ground states and the generalized TAP functional
For 0 < q ≤ 1 0<q\le1 0 < q ≤ 1 , the field u ↦ H N ( q u ) u\mapsto H_N(\sqrt{q}u) u ↦ H N ( q u ) on S N S_N S N is centered Gaussian with covariance N ξ ( q R ( u , v ) ) N\xi(qR(u,v)) N ξ ( q R ( u , v )) , and its maximum is the maximum of H N H_N H N on the sphere of squared radius q N qN q N . The limit of this maximum, divided by N N N , is given by a zero-temperature analog of the Crisanti–Sommers formula.
Definition 5.1 (Zero-temperature Crisanti–Sommers functional). Let 0 < q ≤ 1 0<q\le1 0 < q ≤ 1 . An admissible ground profile on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] is a function
ℓ ( v ) = L − ∫ 0 v α ( w ) d w , 0 ≤ v ≤ q , \ell(v)=L-\int_0^v\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w,\qquad0\le v\le q, ℓ ( v ) = L − ∫ 0 v α ( w ) d w , 0 ≤ v ≤ q , where α : [ 0 , q ) → [ 0 , ∞ ) \alpha:[0,q)\to[0,\infty) α : [ 0 , q ) → [ 0 , ∞ ) is nondecreasing, right-continuous, and integrable, and L > ∫ 0 q α ( w ) d w L>\int_0^q\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w L > ∫ 0 q α ( w ) d w . The zero-temperature Crisanti–Sommers functional is
Q q ( ℓ ) = 1 2 ( ∫ 0 q ξ ′ ′ ( v ) ℓ ( v ) d v + ∫ 0 q d v ℓ ( v ) ) . (82) \mathcal{Q}_q(\ell)=\frac{1}{2}\left(\int_0^q\xi''(v)\ell(v)\,\mathrm{d}v+\int_0^q\frac{\mathrm{d}v}{\ell(v)}\right). \tag*{(82)} Q q ( ℓ ) = 2 1 ( ∫ 0 q ξ ′′ ( v ) ℓ ( v ) d v + ∫ 0 q ℓ ( v ) d v ) . (82)
Note that an admissible profile is nonincreasing. It follows that ℓ ≥ ℓ ( q ) > 0 \ell\ge\ell(q)>0 ℓ ≥ ℓ ( q ) > 0 on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] and that Q q ( ℓ ) \mathcal{Q}_q(\ell) Q q ( ℓ ) is finite. The admissible profiles form a convex set, on which Q q \mathcal{Q}_q Q q is strictly convex, because z ↦ 1 / z z\mapsto1/z z ↦ 1/ z is strictly convex on ( 0 , ∞ ) (0,\infty) ( 0 , ∞ ) .
Theorem 5.2 (Ground-state energy; Chen–Sen). Let 0 < q ≤ 1 0<q\le1 0 < q ≤ 1 . The limit
E ( q ) = lim N → ∞ 1 N E max u ∈ S N H N ( q u ) E(q)=\lim_{N\to\infty}\frac{1}{N}\mathbb{E}\max_{u\in S_N}H_N(\sqrt{q}u) E ( q ) = N → ∞ lim N 1 E u ∈ S N max H N ( q u ) exists, and E ( q ) = min ℓ Q q ( ℓ ) E(q)=\min_{\ell}\mathcal{Q}_q(\ell) E ( q ) = min ℓ Q q ( ℓ ) , where the minimum is over admissible ground profiles on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] and is attained at exactly one profile.
We also set E ( 0 ) = 0 E(0)=0 E ( 0 ) = 0 . Theorem 5.2 is [48, Theorem 1] after a change of variables, as we now explain. Chen and Sen consider a field on S N S_N S N with covariance N η ( R ) N\eta(R) N η ( R ) , where η ( r ) = ∑ p ≥ 2 γ p 2 r p \eta(r)=\sum_{p\geq2}\gamma_p^2r^p η ( r ) = ∑ p ≥ 2 γ p 2 r p , and an external field h h h [48, (1)]. We take h = 0 h=0 h = 0 and η ( r ) = ξ ( q r ) \eta(r)=\xi(qr) η ( r ) = ξ ( q r ) , which is the covariance of u ↦ H N ( q u ) u\mapsto H_N(\sqrt{q}\,u) u ↦ H N ( q u ) ; their summability hypothesis ∑ p 2 p γ p 2 < ∞ \sum_p 2^p\gamma_p^2<\infty ∑ p 2 p γ p 2 < ∞ holds because only finitely many γ p \gamma_p γ p are nonzero, and their formula allows odd degrees. Their theorem [48, (8)–(11)] states that N − 1 max S N N^{-1}\max_{S_N} N − 1 max S N of the field converges in L 1 L^1 L 1 and almost surely to
min 1 2 ( η ′ ( 1 ) L − ∫ 0 1 η ′ ′ ( r ) ∫ 0 r α ( w ) d w d r + ∫ 0 1 d r L − ∫ 0 r α ( w ) d w ) \min\frac{1}{2}\left(\eta'(1)L-\int_0^1\eta''(r)\int_0^r\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w\,\mathrm{d}r+\int_0^1\frac{\mathrm{d}r}{L-\int_0^r\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w}\right) min 2 1 ( η ′ ( 1 ) L − ∫ 0 1 η ′′ ( r ) ∫ 0 r α ( w ) d w d r + ∫ 0 1 L − ∫ 0 r α ( w ) d w d r )
where the minimum is over L > ∫ 0 1 α L>\int_0^1\alpha L > ∫ 0 1 α and nonnegative, nondecreasing, right-continuous α \alpha α on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , and is attained at a unique pair. Given such a pair, let b ( r ) = L − ∫ 0 r α ( w ) d w b(r)=L-\int_0^r\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w b ( r ) = L − ∫ 0 r α ( w ) d w and ℓ ( v ) = q b ( v / q ) \ell(v)=qb(v/q) ℓ ( v ) = q b ( v / q ) . Then ℓ \ell ℓ is an admissible ground profile on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] , with slope α ( ⋅ / q ) \alpha(\cdot/q) α ( ⋅ / q ) , and every admissible profile arises in this way from exactly one pair. Using η ′ ( 0 ) = 0 \eta'(0)=0 η ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , η ′ ′ ( r ) = q 2 ξ ′ ′ ( q r ) \eta''(r)=q^2\xi''(qr) η ′′ ( r ) = q 2 ξ ′′ ( q r ) , and the substitution v = q r v=qr v = q r , we find
η ′ ( 1 ) L − ∫ 0 1 η ′ ′ ( r ) ∫ 0 r α ( w ) d w d r = ∫ 0 1 η ′ ′ ( r ) b ( r ) d r = ∫ 0 q ξ ′ ′ ( v ) ℓ ( v ) d v , \eta'(1)L-\int_0^1\eta''(r)\int_0^r\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w\,\mathrm{d}r=\int_0^1\eta''(r)b(r)\,\mathrm{d}r=\int_0^q\xi''(v)\ell(v)\,\mathrm{d}v, η ′ ( 1 ) L − ∫ 0 1 η ′′ ( r ) ∫ 0 r α ( w ) d w d r = ∫ 0 1 η ′′ ( r ) b ( r ) d r = ∫ 0 q ξ ′′ ( v ) ℓ ( v ) d v ,
∫ 0 1 d r b ( r ) = ∫ 0 q d v ℓ ( v ) . \int_0^1\frac{\mathrm{d}r}{b(r)}=\int_0^q\frac{\mathrm{d}v}{\ell(v)}. ∫ 0 1 b ( r ) d r = ∫ 0 q ℓ ( v ) d v .
This shows that the objective of Chen and Sen at ( L , α ) (L,\alpha) ( L , α ) equals Q q ( ℓ ) Q_q(\ell) Q q ( ℓ ) , and Theorem 5.2 follows.
Definition 5.3 (Generalized TAP functional). For 0 ≤ q < 1 0\leq q<1 0 ≤ q < 1 , let F r e s ( β , q ) = P β ( ψ q ) F_{\mathrm{res}}(\beta,q)=P_\beta(\psi_q) F res ( β , q ) = P β ( ψ q ) . By Theorem 3.14 , this is the limiting free energy of a field with covariance N ψ q ( R ) N\psi_q(R) N ψ q ( R ) at inverse temperature β \beta β . The generalized TAP functional is
T β ( q ) = β E ( q ) + 1 2 log ( 1 − q ) + F r e s ( β , q ) . (83) T_\beta(q)=\beta E(q)+\frac{1}{2}\log(1-q)+F_{\mathrm{res}}(\beta,q). \tag*{(83)} T β ( q ) = β E ( q ) + 2 1 log ( 1 − q ) + F res ( β , q ) . (83)
Definition 5.4 (Multisamplable overlaps). For q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) q\in[0,1) q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) , an integer k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , and ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 , let
p N , k , ρ ( q ) = E π ⊗ k ( ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − q ∣ < ρ for all 1 ≤ i < j ≤ k ) . (84) p_{N,k,\rho}(q)=\mathbb{E}\,\pi^{\otimes k}\left(\left|R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)-q\right|<\rho\text{ for all }1\leq i<j\leq k\right). \tag*{(84)} p N , k , ρ ( q ) = E π ⊗ k ( R ( σ i , σ j ) − q < ρ for all 1 ≤ i < j ≤ k ) . (84) where σ 1 , … , σ k \sigma^1,\ldots,\sigma^k σ 1 , … , σ k are independent samples from π \pi π . The overlap q q q is multisamplable if lim N → ∞ N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) = 0 \lim_{N\to\infty}N^{-1}\log p_{N,k,\rho}(q)=0 lim N → ∞ N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) = 0 for every k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 and every ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 .
Note that for k = 1 k=1 k = 1 the event in (5.6) is the whole space; only k ≥ 2 k\geq2 k ≥ 2 matters.
Theorem 5.5 (Generalized TAP representation; Subag). Let 0 ≤ q < 1 0\leq q<1 0 ≤ q < 1 .
We have T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) T_\beta(q)\leq F(\beta) T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) , with equality if and only if q q q is multisamplable.
If lim sup N → ∞ N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) = 0 \limsup_{N\to\infty} N^{-1}\log p_{N,k,\rho}(q)=0 lim sup N → ∞ N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) = 0 for every k ≥ 1 k\ge1 k ≥ 1 and every ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 , then q q q is multisamplable.
Part (1) is [143, Theorem 5, (1.24)], and part (2) is [143, footnote 4 to Definition 2, and Remark 25]. Subag’s mixtures ν ( t ) = ∑ p γ p 2 t p \nu(t)=\sum_p\gamma_p^2t^p ν ( t ) = ∑ p γ p 2 t p have exponentially decaying coefficients, which holds here with γ p 2 = c p \gamma_p^2=c_p γ p 2 = c p . Neither statement assumes genericity, and odd degrees are allowed. In his notation, the sphere of radius N \sqrt{N} N carries the normalized surface measure, and his limiting free energy is our F ( β ) F(\beta) F ( β ) . His ground energy E ⋆ ( q ) E_\star(q) E ⋆ ( q ) in [143, (1.16)] is the maximum over the sphere of squared radius N q Nq N q divided by N N N , which is our E ( q ) E(q) E ( q ) . His residual free energy F β ( q ) F_\beta(q) F β ( q ) is defined from the mixture ν q \nu_q ν q of [143, (1.22)], which is our ψ q \psi_q ψ q . We conclude that F β ( q ) = F r e s ( β , q ) F_\beta(q)=F_{\mathrm{res}}(\beta,q) F β ( q ) = F res ( β , q ) .
Multisamplable overlaps and the contact set
We first show that 0 always belongs to the contact set. This is [143, Lemma 37] in our notation; we include the short proof.
Lemma 5.6 (Zero is a contact point). The minimum of V β V_\beta V β on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) equals V β ( 0 ) = 0 V_\beta(0)=0 V β ( 0 ) = 0 . In particular, V β ≥ 0 V_\beta\ge0 V β ≥ 0 on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , and ζ β \zeta_\beta ζ β is carried by the contact set. If the minimum degree of ξ \xi ξ is at least three, then 0 belongs to the support of ζ β \zeta_\beta ζ β .
Proof. Let a 0 a_0 a 0 be the smallest point of the support of ζ β \zeta_\beta ζ β , so that 0 ≤ a 0 < 1 0\le a_0<1 0 ≤ a 0 < 1 , and recall that a 0 a_0 a 0 minimizes V β V_\beta V β . If a 0 = 0 a_0=0 a 0 = 0 , the minimum of V β V_\beta V β is V β ( 0 ) = 0 V_\beta(0)=0 V β ( 0 ) = 0 . Suppose that a 0 > 0 a_0>0 a 0 > 0 . Then ζ β ( [ 0 , t ] ) = 0 \zeta_\beta([0,t])=0 ζ β ([ 0 , t ]) = 0 for t < a 0 t<a_0 t < a 0 , and x ^ β \hat{x}_\beta x ^ β is constant on [ 0 , a 0 ] [0,a_0] [ 0 , a 0 ] , equal to x ^ β ( 0 ) \hat{x}_\beta(0) x ^ β ( 0 ) . Using (80) , we see that the function G = − V β ′ G=-V_\beta' G = − V β ′ is
G ( r ) = β 2 ξ ′ ( r ) − r x ^ β ( 0 ) 2 , 0 ≤ r ≤ a 0 . G(r)=\beta^2\xi'(r)-\frac{r}{\hat{x}_\beta(0)^2}, \qquad0\le r\le a_0. G ( r ) = β 2 ξ ′ ( r ) − x ^ β ( 0 ) 2 r , 0 ≤ r ≤ a 0 .
We have G ( 0 ) = 0 G(0)=0 G ( 0 ) = 0 because ξ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 \xi'(0)=0 ξ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , and G ( a 0 ) = 0 G(a_0)=0 G ( a 0 ) = 0 because a 0 a_0 a 0 is an interior minimum of V β V_\beta V β . Further, G ′ ′ = β 2 ξ ′ ′ ′ ≥ 0 G''=\beta^2\xi''' \ge0 G ′′ = β 2 ξ ′′′ ≥ 0 on [ 0 , a 0 ] [0,a_0] [ 0 , a 0 ] , since the coefficients of ξ \xi ξ are nonnegative. A convex function that vanishes at both endpoints of an interval is nonpositive on it, so G ≤ 0 G\le0 G ≤ 0 on [ 0 , a 0 ] [0,a_0] [ 0 , a 0 ] and
V β ( a 0 ) − V β ( 0 ) = − ∫ 0 a 0 G ( r ) d r ≥ 0. V_\beta(a_0)-V_\beta(0)=-\int_0^{a_0}G(r)\,\mathrm{d}r\ge0. V β ( a 0 ) − V β ( 0 ) = − ∫ 0 a 0 G ( r ) d r ≥ 0.
Since a 0 a_0 a 0 is a global minimizer, we also have V β ( a 0 ) ≤ V β ( 0 ) V_\beta(a_0)\le V_\beta(0) V β ( a 0 ) ≤ V β ( 0 ) . We conclude that the minimum of V β V_\beta V β equals V β ( 0 ) = 0 V_\beta(0)=0 V β ( 0 ) = 0 in this case too.
If the minimum degree is at least three, then ξ ′ ′ ′ > 0 \xi'''>0 ξ ′′′ > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , and G G G is strictly convex. In the case a 0 > 0 a_0>0 a 0 > 0 , this gives G < 0 G<0 G < 0 on ( 0 , a 0 ) (0,a_0) ( 0 , a 0 ) and V β ( a 0 ) > V β ( 0 ) V_\beta(a_0)>V_\beta(0) V β ( a 0 ) > V β ( 0 ) , which contradicts the minimality of a 0 a_0 a 0 . This contradiction shows that a 0 = 0 a_0=0 a 0 = 0 .
For q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q \in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , we define ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q as the probability measure on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) with distribution function
ζ β , q ( [ 0 , t ] ) = ζ β ( [ 0 , q + ( 1 − q ) t ] ) , 0 ≤ t ≤ 1. (85) \zeta_{\beta,q}([0,t])=\zeta_{\beta}([0,q+(1-q)t]), \qquad0\le t\le1. \tag*{(85)} ζ β , q ([ 0 , t ]) = ζ β ([ 0 , q + ( 1 − q ) t ]) , 0 ≤ t ≤ 1. (85)
Equivalently, ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q is the image of ζ β \zeta_{\beta} ζ β under τ ( r ) = max { 0 , ( r − q ) / ( 1 − q ) } \tau(r)=\max\{0,(r-q)/(1-q)\} τ ( r ) = max { 0 , ( r − q ) / ( 1 − q )} . It satisfies ζ β , q ( { 0 } ) = ζ β ( [ 0 , q ] ) \zeta_{\beta,q}(\{0\})=\zeta_{\beta}([0,q]) ζ β , q ({ 0 }) = ζ β ([ 0 , q ]) ; this mass may be zero. Note that ζ β , q ∈ M \zeta_{\beta,q}\in\mathcal{M} ζ β , q ∈ M .
Theorem 5.7 (Multisamplable overlaps and the contact set). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture and β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 .
An overlap q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) q\in[0,1) q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) is multisamplable if and only if V β ( q ) = 0 V_{\beta}(q)=0 V β ( q ) = 0 .
Let q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) with V β ( q ) = 0 V_{\beta}(q)=0 V β ( q ) = 0 . Then the unique minimizer of Q q Q_q Q q is ℓ q ( v ) = β x ^ β ( v ) \ell_q(v)=\beta\widehat{x}_{\beta}(v) ℓ q ( v ) = β x β ( v ) , 0 ≤ v ≤ q 0\le v\le q 0 ≤ v ≤ q , so that E ( q ) = Q q ( ℓ q ) E(q)=Q_q(\ell_q) E ( q ) = Q q ( ℓ q ) . Further, ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q is the Parisi measure of ( ψ q , β ) (\psi_q,\beta) ( ψ q , β ) .
Let q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) with V β ( q ) > 0 V_{\beta}(q)>0 V β ( q ) > 0 , and let
M q = 1 β 3 ∫ 0 q ( q − v ) 2 x ^ β ( v ) 3 d v . M_q=\frac{1}{\beta^3}\int_0^q\frac{(q-v)^2}{\widehat{x}_{\beta}(v)^3}\,\mathrm{d}v. M q = β 3 1 ∫ 0 q x β ( v ) 3 ( q − v ) 2 d v . Then 0 < M q ≤ q 3 / ( 3 β 3 x ^ β ( q ) 3 ) 0<M_q\le q^3/(3\beta^3\widehat{x}_{\beta}(q)^3) 0 < M q ≤ q 3 / ( 3 β 3 x β ( q ) 3 ) , and
T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) − V β ( q ) 2 8 β 3 M q . (86) T_{\beta}(q)\le F(\beta)-\frac{V_{\beta}(q)^2}{8\beta^3M_q}. \tag*{(86)} T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) − 8 β 3 M q V β ( q ) 2 . (86) In particular, for every compact set K ⊂ ( 0 , 1 ) K\subset(0,1) K ⊂ ( 0 , 1 ) that contains no contact point, inf q ∈ K V β ( q ) 2 / M q > 0 \inf_{q\in K}V_{\beta}(q)^2/M_q>0 inf q ∈ K V β ( q ) 2 / M q > 0 .
Before the proof, we describe its structure. For every q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , the identity (5.9) below writes F ( β ) F(\beta) F ( β ) as the sum of β Q q ( ℓ q ) \beta Q_q(\ell_q) β Q q ( ℓ q ) , the term 1 2 log ( 1 − q ) \frac{1}{2}\log(1-q) 2 1 log ( 1 − q ) , and the Crisanti–Sommers functional of ψ q \psi_q ψ q evaluated at ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q . Since ℓ q \ell_q ℓ q and ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q are trial points of two variational problems, this identity yields an upper bound for T β ( q ) T_{\beta}(q) T β ( q ) . If V β ( q ) > 0 V_{\beta}(q)>0 V β ( q ) > 0 , a variation of ℓ q \ell_q ℓ q in an explicit admissible direction lowers the zero-temperature functional by an amount of order V β ( q ) 2 V_{\beta}(q)^2 V β ( q ) 2 , and this leads to (5.8). If V β ( q ) = 0 V_{\beta}(q)=0 V β ( q ) = 0 , we show by a convexity inequality that ℓ q \ell_q ℓ q is optimal and by the optimality criterion that ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q is optimal; then the upper bound is an equality. Theorem 5.5 then identifies the multisamplable overlaps.
Proof. Throughout the proof, we fix q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and write s = 1 − q s=1-q s = 1 − q , ζ = ζ β \zeta=\zeta_{\beta} ζ = ζ β , x ^ = x ^ β \widehat{x}=\widehat{x}_{\beta} x = x β , and V = V β V=V_{\beta} V = V β . We also write P β ( ⋅ ; ψ q ) \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\mathord{\cdot};\psi_q) P β ( ⋅ ; ψ q ) for the Crisanti–Sommers functional of the residual mixture.
A decomposition at overlap $q. We use the variational split behind [143, proof of Lemma 34, (6.8)], evaluated here at trial profiles for every q q q . The function ℓ q = β x ^ \ell_q=\beta\widehat{x} ℓ q = β x is an admissible ground profile on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] : its slope is β ζ ( [ 0 , ⋅ ] ) \beta\zeta([0,\mathord{\cdot}]) β ζ ([ 0 , ⋅ ]) , which is nonnegative, nondecreasing, right-continuous, and bounded, and ℓ q ( q ) = β x ^ ( q ) > 0 \ell_q(q)=\beta\hat{x}(q)>0 ℓ q ( q ) = β x ^ ( q ) > 0 . For the residual measure, we use the definition (85) and the substitution w = q + s u w=q+su w = q + s u , and find that
x ^ ζ β , q ( t ) = ∫ t 1 ζ ( [ 0 , q + s u ] ) d u = 1 s ∫ q + s t 1 ζ ( [ 0 , w ] ) d w = x ^ ( q + s t ) s , 0 ≤ t ≤ 1. \hat{x}_{\zeta_{\beta,q}}(t)=\int_t^1\zeta([0,q+su])\,du=\frac{1}{s}\int_{q+st}^1\zeta([0,w])\,dw=\frac{\hat{x}(q+st)}{s},\qquad0\leq t\leq1. x ^ ζ β , q ( t ) = ∫ t 1 ζ ([ 0 , q + s u ]) d u = s 1 ∫ q + s t 1 ζ ([ 0 , w ]) d w = s x ^ ( q + s t ) , 0 ≤ t ≤ 1.
Fix q ^ ∈ ( q , 1 ) \hat{q}\in(q,1) q ^ ∈ ( q , 1 ) with ζ ( [ 0 , q ^ ] ) = 1 \zeta([0,\hat{q}])=1 ζ ([ 0 , q ^ ]) = 1 , and let q ^ ′ = ( q ^ − q ) / s \hat{q}'=(\hat{q}-q)/s q ^ ′ = ( q ^ − q ) / s , so that ζ β , q ( [ 0 , q ^ ′ ] ) = 1 \zeta_{\beta,q}([0,\hat{q}'])=1 ζ β , q ([ 0 , q ^ ′ ]) = 1 . Using the last display and the substitution v = q + s t v=q+st v = q + s t , we find
∫ 0 q ^ ′ d t x ^ ζ β , q ( t ) + log ( 1 − q ^ ′ ) = ∫ q q ^ d v x ^ ( v ) + log 1 − q ^ s . \int_0^{\hat{q}'}\frac{dt}{\hat{x}_{\zeta_{\beta,q}}(t)}+\log(1-\hat{q}')=\int_q^{\hat{q}}\frac{dv}{\hat{x}(v)}+\log\frac{1-\hat{q}}{s}. ∫ 0 q ^ ′ x ^ ζ β , q ( t ) d t + log ( 1 − q ^ ′ ) = ∫ q q ^ x ^ ( v ) d v + log s 1 − q ^ .
For the energy terms, we use (51) for ψ q \psi_q ψ q and ζ \zeta ζ . We have ψ q ′ ( t ) = s ( ζ ′ ( q + s t ) − ζ ′ ( q ) ) \psi_q'(t)=s(\zeta'(q+st)-\zeta'(q)) ψ q ′ ( t ) = s ( ζ ′ ( q + s t ) − ζ ′ ( q )) , and the same substitution yields
ψ q ( 1 ) − ∫ ψ q d ζ β , q = ∫ 0 1 ψ q ′ ( t ) ζ ( [ 0 , q + s t ] ) d t = ∫ q 1 ζ ′ ( v ) ζ ( [ 0 , v ] ) d v − ζ ′ ( q ) x ^ ( q ) . \psi_q(1)-\int\psi_q\,d\zeta_{\beta,q}=\int_0^1\psi_q'(t)\zeta([0,q+st])\,dt=\int_q^1\zeta'(v)\zeta([0,v])\,dv-\zeta'(q)\hat{x}(q). ψ q ( 1 ) − ∫ ψ q d ζ β , q = ∫ 0 1 ψ q ′ ( t ) ζ ([ 0 , q + s t ]) d t = ∫ q 1 ζ ′ ( v ) ζ ([ 0 , v ]) d v − ζ ′ ( q ) x ^ ( q ) .
Inserting the last two displays into (50) , we find
P β ( ζ β , q ; ψ q ) = β 2 2 ( ∫ q 1 ζ ′ ( v ) ζ ( [ 0 , v ] ) d v − ζ ′ ( q ) x ^ ( q ) ) + 1 2 ∫ q q ^ d v x ^ ( v ) + 1 2 log ( 1 − q ^ ) − 1 2 log s . \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta_{\beta,q};\psi_q)=\frac{\beta^2}{2}\left(\int_q^1\zeta'(v)\zeta([0,v])\,dv-\zeta'(q)\hat{x}(q)\right)+\frac{1}{2}\int_q^{\hat{q}}\frac{dv}{\hat{x}(v)}+\frac{1}{2}\log(1-\hat{q})-\frac{1}{2}\log s. P β ( ζ β , q ; ψ q ) = 2 β 2 ( ∫ q 1 ζ ′ ( v ) ζ ([ 0 , v ]) d v − ζ ′ ( q ) x ^ ( q ) ) + 2 1 ∫ q q ^ x ^ ( v ) d v + 2 1 log ( 1 − q ^ ) − 2 1 log s .
For the zero-temperature functional, we integrate by parts, using x ^ ′ ( v ) = − ζ ( [ 0 , v ] ) \hat{x}'(v)=-\zeta([0,v]) x ^ ′ ( v ) = − ζ ([ 0 , v ]) for almost every v v v and ζ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 \zeta'(0)=0 ζ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , and obtain
β Q q ( ℓ q ) = β 2 2 ( ζ ′ ( q ) x ^ ( q ) + ∫ 0 q ζ ′ ( v ) ζ ( [ 0 , v ] ) d v ) + 1 2 ∫ 0 q d v x ^ ( v ) . \beta Q_q(\ell_q)=\frac{\beta^2}{2}\left(\zeta'(q)\hat{x}(q)+\int_0^q\zeta'(v)\zeta([0,v])\,dv\right)+\frac{1}{2}\int_0^q\frac{dv}{\hat{x}(v)}. β Q q ( ℓ q ) = 2 β 2 ( ζ ′ ( q ) x ^ ( q ) + ∫ 0 q ζ ′ ( v ) ζ ([ 0 , v ]) d v ) + 2 1 ∫ 0 q x ^ ( v ) d v .
We add the last two identities and 1 2 log s \frac{1}{2}\log s 2 1 log s . The terms ζ ′ ( q ) x ^ ( q ) \zeta'(q)\hat{x}(q) ζ ′ ( q ) x ^ ( q ) and log s \log s log s cancel, and the integrals combine into integrals over [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] and [ 0 , q ^ ] [0,\hat{q}] [ 0 , q ^ ] . Then (51) for ζ \zeta ζ implies that
F ( β ) = P β ( ζ ; ζ ) = β Q q ( ℓ q ) + 1 2 log s + P β ( ζ β , q ; ψ q ) . (87) F(\beta)=\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta;\zeta)=\beta Q_q(\ell_q)+\frac{1}{2}\log s+\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta_{\beta,q};\psi_q). \tag*{(87)} F ( β ) = P β ( ζ ; ζ ) = β Q q ( ℓ q ) + 2 1 log s + P β ( ζ β , q ; ψ q ) . (87)
This holds for every q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , whether or not q q q is a contact point. By Theorem 5.2 , E ( q ) = min Q q ≤ Q q ( ℓ q ) E(q)=\min Q_q\leq Q_q(\ell_q) E ( q ) = min Q q ≤ Q q ( ℓ q ) , and by definition, F r e s ( β , q ) = min P β ( ⋅ ; ψ q ) ≤ P β ( ζ β , q ; ψ q ) F_{\mathrm{res}}(\beta,q)=\min\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\cdot\,;\psi_q)\leq\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\zeta_{\beta,q};\psi_q) F res ( β , q ) = min P β ( ⋅ ; ψ q ) ≤ P β ( ζ β , q ; ψ q ) . Then (87) implies that
T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) − β ( Q q ( ℓ q ) − E ( q ) ) . (88) T_\beta(q)\leq F(\beta)-\beta\bigl(Q_q(\ell_q)-E(q)\bigr). \tag*{(88)} T β ( q ) ≤ F ( β ) − β ( Q q ( ℓ q ) − E ( q ) ) . (88)
Away from the contacts. For ε ≥ 0 \varepsilon\geq0 ε ≥ 0 , let ℓ ε ( v ) = ℓ q ( v ) + ε ( q − v ) \ell_\varepsilon(v)=\ell_q(v)+\varepsilon(q-v) ℓ ε ( v ) = ℓ q ( v ) + ε ( q − v ) . Its slope is β ζ ( [ 0 , ⋅ ] ) + ε \beta\zeta([0,\cdot])+\varepsilon β ζ ([ 0 , ⋅ ]) + ε , its value at 0 0 0 is β x ^ ( 0 ) + ε q \beta\hat{x}(0)+\varepsilon q β x ^ ( 0 ) + εq , and ℓ ε ( q ) = ℓ q ( q ) > 0 \ell_\varepsilon(q)=\ell_q(q)>0 ℓ ε ( q ) = ℓ q ( q ) > 0 . Thus ℓ ε \ell_\varepsilon ℓ ε is admissible, and ℓ ε ≥ ℓ q ≥ β x ^ ( q ) \ell_\varepsilon\geq\ell_q\geq\beta\hat{x}(q) ℓ ε ≥ ℓ q ≥ β x ^ ( q ) on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] . Since ℓ ε \ell_\varepsilon ℓ ε is bounded below by β x ^ ( q ) > 0 \beta\hat{x}(q)>0 β x ^ ( q ) > 0 , uniformly in ε \varepsilon ε , we may differentiate under the integrals in (82) , and we find
d d ε Q q ( ℓ ε ) ∣ ε = 0 = 1 2 ∫ 0 q ( ζ ′ ′ ( v ) − 1 β 2 x ^ ( v ) 2 ) ( q − v ) d v = − 1 2 β 2 ∫ 0 q V ′ ′ ( v ) ( q − v ) d v = − V ( q ) 2 β 2 . \left.\frac{d}{d\varepsilon}Q_q(\ell_\varepsilon)\right|_{\varepsilon=0}
=\frac{1}{2}\int_0^q\left(\zeta''(v)-\frac{1}{\beta^2\hat{x}(v)^2}\right)(q-v)\,dv
=-\frac{1}{2\beta^2}\int_0^q V''(v)(q-v)\,dv
=-\frac{V(q)}{2\beta^2}. d ε d Q q ( ℓ ε ) ε = 0 = 2 1 ∫ 0 q ( ζ ′′ ( v ) − β 2 x ^ ( v ) 2 1 ) ( q − v ) d v = − 2 β 2 1 ∫ 0 q V ′′ ( v ) ( q − v ) d v = − 2 β 2 V ( q ) .
In the second step, we used (80) , and in the last step we integrated by parts and used V ( 0 ) = V ′ ( 0 ) = 0 V(0)=V'(0)=0 V ( 0 ) = V ′ ( 0 ) = 0 . Further, for every ε ≥ 0 \varepsilon\ge0 ε ≥ 0 ,
d 2 d ε 2 Q q ( ℓ ε ) = ∫ 0 q ( q − v ) 2 ℓ ε ( v ) 3 d v ≤ ∫ 0 q ( q − v ) 2 ℓ q ( v ) 3 d v = M q . \frac{\mathrm{d}^{2}}{\mathrm{d}\varepsilon^{2}}Q_q(\ell_\varepsilon)=\int_{0}^{q}\frac{(q-v)^2}{\ell_\varepsilon(v)^3}\,\mathrm{d}v\le\int_{0}^{q}\frac{(q-v)^2}{\ell_q(v)^3}\,\mathrm{d}v=M_q. d ε 2 d 2 Q q ( ℓ ε ) = ∫ 0 q ℓ ε ( v ) 3 ( q − v ) 2 d v ≤ ∫ 0 q ℓ q ( v ) 3 ( q − v ) 2 d v = M q .
Taylor’s theorem implies that Q q ( ℓ ε ) ≤ Q q ( ℓ q ) − ε V ( q ) / ( 2 β 2 ) + ε 2 M q / 2 Q_q(\ell_\varepsilon)\le Q_q(\ell_q)-\varepsilon V(q)/(2\beta^2)+\varepsilon^2M_q/2 Q q ( ℓ ε ) ≤ Q q ( ℓ q ) − ε V ( q ) / ( 2 β 2 ) + ε 2 M q /2 for every ε ≥ 0 \varepsilon\ge0 ε ≥ 0 . If V ( q ) > 0 V(q)>0 V ( q ) > 0 , we choose ε = V ( q ) / ( 2 β 2 M q ) \varepsilon=V(q)/(2\beta^2M_q) ε = V ( q ) / ( 2 β 2 M q ) and obtain
E ( q ) ≤ Q q ( ℓ ε ) ≤ Q q ( ℓ q ) − V ( q ) 2 8 β 4 M q . E(q)\le Q_q(\ell_\varepsilon)\le Q_q(\ell_q)-\frac{V(q)^2}{8\beta^4M_q}. E ( q ) ≤ Q q ( ℓ ε ) ≤ Q q ( ℓ q ) − 8 β 4 M q V ( q ) 2 .
Inserting this bound into (88) gives (86) . The bounds on M q M_q M q follow from β x ^ ( q ) ≤ ℓ q ≤ β \beta\hat{x}(q)\le\ell_q\le\beta β x ^ ( q ) ≤ ℓ q ≤ β on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] and ∫ 0 q ( q − v ) 2 d v = q 3 / 3 \int_0^q(q-v)^2\,\mathrm{d}v=q^3/3 ∫ 0 q ( q − v ) 2 d v = q 3 /3 . On a compact set K ⊂ ( 0 , 1 ) K\subset(0,1) K ⊂ ( 0 , 1 ) without contact points, the continuous function V V V has a positive minimum, while M q ≤ q 3 / ( 3 β 3 x ^ ( max K ) 3 ) M_q\le q^3/(3\beta^3\hat{x}(\max K)^3) M q ≤ q 3 / ( 3 β 3 x ^ ( max K ) 3 ) is bounded, which proves the last assertion of (3).
At a contact: the ground profile. Suppose that V ( q ) = 0 V(q)=0 V ( q ) = 0 . Then q q q is an interior minimum of V ≥ 0 V\ge0 V ≥ 0 (Lemma 5.6 ), and we also have V ′ ( q ) = 0 V'(q)=0 V ′ ( q ) = 0 . Let ℓ ( v ) = L − ∫ 0 v α ( w ) d w \ell(v)=L-\int_0^v\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w ℓ ( v ) = L − ∫ 0 v α ( w ) d w be an admissible ground profile on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] , and let m m m be the Borel measure on [ 0 , q ) [0,q) [ 0 , q ) with m ( [ 0 , v ] ) = α ( v ) m([0,v])=\alpha(v) m ([ 0 , v ]) = α ( v ) ; it has an atom of mass α ( 0 ) \alpha(0) α ( 0 ) at 0 0 0 and may have infinite total mass. Similarly, the slope β ζ ( [ 0 , ⋅ ] ) \beta\zeta([0,\cdot]) β ζ ([ 0 , ⋅ ]) of ℓ q \ell_q ℓ q is the distribution function of m q = β ζ m_q=\beta\zeta m q = β ζ restricted to [ 0 , q ) [0,q) [ 0 , q ) . By Fubini’s theorem, ∫ 0 v α ( w ) d w = ∫ [ 0 , v ] ( v − t ) m ( d t ) \int_0^v\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w=\int_{[0,v]}(v-t)m(\mathrm{d}t) ∫ 0 v α ( w ) d w = ∫ [ 0 , v ] ( v − t ) m ( d t ) , and therefore
ℓ ( v ) = L − ∫ [ 0 , v ] ( v − t ) m ( d t ) , ℓ q ( v ) = β x ^ ( 0 ) − ∫ [ 0 , v ] ( v − t ) m q ( d t ) . \ell(v)=L-\int_{[0,v]}(v-t)m(\mathrm{d}t),\qquad\ell_q(v)=\beta\hat{x}(0)-\int_{[0,v]}(v-t)m_q(\mathrm{d}t). ℓ ( v ) = L − ∫ [ 0 , v ] ( v − t ) m ( d t ) , ℓ q ( v ) = β x ^ ( 0 ) − ∫ [ 0 , v ] ( v − t ) m q ( d t ) .
Using the convexity inequality 1 / z ≥ 1 / z 0 − ( z − z 0 ) / z 0 2 1/z\ge1/z_0-(z-z_0)/z_0^2 1/ z ≥ 1/ z 0 − ( z − z 0 ) / z 0 2 for z , z 0 > 0 z,z_0>0 z , z 0 > 0 and (80) , we find that
Q q ( ℓ ) − Q q ( ℓ q ) ≥ 1 2 ∫ 0 q ( ζ ′ ′ ( v ) − 1 ℓ q ( v ) 2 ) ( ℓ ( v ) − ℓ q ( v ) ) d v = − 1 2 β 2 ∫ 0 q V ′ ′ ( v ) ( ℓ ( v ) − ℓ q ( v ) ) d v . (89) \begin{aligned}
Q_q(\ell)-Q_q(\ell_q)&\ge\frac{1}{2}\int_0^q\left(\zeta''(v)-\frac{1}{\ell_q(v)^2}\right)(\ell(v)-\ell_q(v))\,\mathrm{d}v\\
&=-\frac{1}{2\beta^2}\int_0^q V''(v)(\ell(v)-\ell_q(v))\,\mathrm{d}v. \tag*{(89)}
\end{aligned} Q q ( ℓ ) − Q q ( ℓ q ) ≥ 2 1 ∫ 0 q ( ζ ′′ ( v ) − ℓ q ( v ) 2 1 ) ( ℓ ( v ) − ℓ q ( v )) d v = − 2 β 2 1 ∫ 0 q V ′′ ( v ) ( ℓ ( v ) − ℓ q ( v )) d v . (89)
We compute the contribution of ℓ \ell ℓ . The constant L L L contributes − L ( V ′ ( q ) − V ′ ( 0 ) ) = 0 -L(V'(q)-V'(0))=0 − L ( V ′ ( q ) − V ′ ( 0 )) = 0 . For 0 ≤ t < q 0\le t<q 0 ≤ t < q , we integrate by parts and obtain
∫ t q V ′ ′ ( v ) ( v − t ) d v = ( q − t ) V ′ ( q ) − V ( q ) + V ( t ) = V ( t ) . \int_t^q V''(v)(v-t)\,\mathrm{d}v=(q-t)V'(q)-V(q)+V(t)=V(t). ∫ t q V ′′ ( v ) ( v − t ) d v = ( q − t ) V ′ ( q ) − V ( q ) + V ( t ) = V ( t ) .
To exchange the order of integration below, note that ∫ t q ∣ V ′ ′ ( v ) ∣ ( v − t ) d v ≤ ∥ V ′ ′ ∥ ∞ , [ 0 , q ] ( q − t ) 2 / 2 \int_t^q|V''(v)|(v-t)\,\mathrm{d}v\le\lVert V''\rVert_{\infty,[0,q]}(q-t)^2/2 ∫ t q ∣ V ′′ ( v ) ∣ ( v − t ) d v ≤ ∥ V ′′ ∥ ∞ , [ 0 , q ] ( q − t ) 2 /2 , and by Fubini’s theorem for nonnegative functions,
∫ [ 0 , q ) ( q − t ) 2 m ( d t ) ≤ q ∫ [ 0 , q ) ( q − t ) m ( d t ) = q ∫ 0 q α ( w ) d w < ∞ . \int_{[0,q)}(q-t)^2m(\mathrm{d}t)\le q\int_{[0,q)}(q-t)m(\mathrm{d}t)=q\int_0^q\alpha(w)\,\mathrm{d}w<\infty. ∫ [ 0 , q ) ( q − t ) 2 m ( d t ) ≤ q ∫ [ 0 , q ) ( q − t ) m ( d t ) = q ∫ 0 q α ( w ) d w < ∞.
Hence Fubini’s theorem applies to V ′ ′ ( v ) ( v − t ) V''(v)(v-t) V ′′ ( v ) ( v − t ) on { 0 ≤ t ≤ v ≤ q } \{0\le t\le v\le q\} { 0 ≤ t ≤ v ≤ q } with respect to m ( d t ) d v m(\mathrm{d}t)\,\mathrm{d}v m ( d t ) d v , and we obtain
− ∫ 0 q V ′ ′ ( v ) ℓ ( v ) d v = ∫ [ 0 , q ) ( ∫ t q V ′ ′ ( v ) ( v − t ) d v ) m ( d t ) = ∫ [ 0 , q ) V ( t ) m ( d t ) . -\int_0^q V''(v)\ell(v)\,\mathrm{d}v=\int_{[0,q)}\left(\int_t^q V''(v)(v-t)\,\mathrm{d}v\right)m(\mathrm{d}t)=\int_{[0,q)}V(t)m(\mathrm{d}t). − ∫ 0 q V ′′ ( v ) ℓ ( v ) d v = ∫ [ 0 , q ) ( ∫ t q V ′′ ( v ) ( v − t ) d v ) m ( d t ) = ∫ [ 0 , q ) V ( t ) m ( d t ) .
For ℓ q \ell_q ℓ q , the same computation yields ∫ [ 0 , q ) V d m q \int_{[0,q)}V\,\mathrm{d}m_q ∫ [ 0 , q ) V d m q , which is zero, because ζ \zeta ζ is carried by the zeros of V V V (Lemma 5.6 ). Inserting these two identities into (89) , we find
Q q ( ℓ ) − Q q ( ℓ q ) ≥ 1 2 β 2 ∫ [ 0 , q ) V ( t ) m ( d t ) ≥ 0. (90) Q_q(\ell)-Q_q(\ell_q)\ge\frac{1}{2\beta^2}\int_{[0,q)}V(t)m(\mathrm{d}t)\ge0. \tag*{(90)} Q q ( ℓ ) − Q q ( ℓ q ) ≥ 2 β 2 1 ∫ [ 0 , q ) V ( t ) m ( d t ) ≥ 0. (90)
We see that ℓ q \ell_q ℓ q minimizes Q q Q_q Q q . If Q q ( ℓ ) = Q q ( ℓ q ) Q_q(\ell)=Q_q(\ell_q) Q q ( ℓ ) = Q q ( ℓ q ) , then equality holds in (89) , that is, ∫ 0 q ( ℓ − ℓ q ) 2 / ( ℓ ℓ q 2 ) d v = 0 \int_0^q(\ell-\ell_q)^2/(\ell\ell_q^2)\,\mathrm{d}v=0 ∫ 0 q ( ℓ − ℓ q ) 2 / ( ℓ ℓ q 2 ) d v = 0 , and the continuous functions ℓ \ell ℓ and ℓ q \ell_q ℓ q coincide. This proves the first assertion of (2), and E ( q ) = Q q ( ℓ q ) E(q)=Q_q(\ell_q) E ( q ) = Q q ( ℓ q ) by Theorem 5.2 .
At a contact: the residual measure. Still assuming V ( q ) = 0 V(q)=0 V ( q ) = 0 , let W = V ζ β , q W=V_{\zeta_{\beta,q}} W = V ζ β , q be the function (5.1) for the mixture ψ q \psi_q ψ q and the measure ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q , that is,
W ( t ) = ∫ 0 t t − u x ^ ζ β , q ( u ) 2 d u − β 2 ψ q ( t ) , 0 ≤ t < 1. W(t)=\int_0^t\frac{t-u}{\widehat{x}_{\zeta_{\beta,q}}(u)^2}\,\mathrm{d}u-\beta^2\psi_q(t),\qquad0\le t<1. W ( t ) = ∫ 0 t x ζ β , q ( u ) 2 t − u d u − β 2 ψ q ( t ) , 0 ≤ t < 1.
Using x ^ ζ β , q ( u ) = x ^ ( q + s u ) / s \widehat{x}_{\zeta_{\beta,q}}(u)=\widehat{x}(q+su)/s x ζ β , q ( u ) = x ( q + s u ) / s and the substitution v = q + s u v=q+su v = q + s u , we find ∫ 0 t ( t − u ) x ^ ζ β , q ( u ) − 2 d u = ∫ q q + s t ( q + s t − v ) x ^ ( v ) − 2 d v \int_0^t(t-u)\widehat{x}_{\zeta_{\beta,q}}(u)^{-2}\,\mathrm{d}u=\int_q^{q+st}(q+st-v)\widehat{x}(v)^{-2}\,\mathrm{d}v ∫ 0 t ( t − u ) x ζ β , q ( u ) − 2 d u = ∫ q q + s t ( q + s t − v ) x ( v ) − 2 d v . On the other hand, by Taylor’s formula with integral remainder and (5.2), we have
V ( q + s t ) − V ( q ) − s t V ′ ( q ) = ∫ q q + s t q + s t − v x ^ ( v ) 2 d v − β 2 ( ζ ( q + s t ) − ζ ( q ) − s t ζ ′ ( q ) ) . V(q+st)-V(q)-stV'(q)=\int_q^{q+st}\frac{q+st-v}{\widehat{x}(v)^2}\,\mathrm{d}v-\beta^2\bigl(\zeta(q+st)-\zeta(q)-st\zeta'(q)\bigr). V ( q + s t ) − V ( q ) − s t V ′ ( q ) = ∫ q q + s t x ( v ) 2 q + s t − v d v − β 2 ( ζ ( q + s t ) − ζ ( q ) − s t ζ ′ ( q ) ) .
We have V ( q ) = V ′ ( q ) = 0 V(q)=V'(q)=0 V ( q ) = V ′ ( q ) = 0 , and comparing the two displays shows that
W ( t ) = V ( q + s t ) , 0 ≤ t < 1. (91) W(t)=V(q+st),\qquad0\le t<1. \tag*{(91)} W ( t ) = V ( q + s t ) , 0 ≤ t < 1. (91)
In particular, W ≥ 0 = W ( 0 ) W\ge0=W(0) W ≥ 0 = W ( 0 ) . Recall that ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q is the image of ζ \zeta ζ under τ ( r ) = max { 0 , ( r − q ) / s } \tau(r)=\max\{0,(r-q)/s\} τ ( r ) = max { 0 , ( r − q ) / s } . For r ≤ q r\le q r ≤ q , we have W ( τ ( r ) ) = W ( 0 ) = 0 W(\tau(r))=W(0)=0 W ( τ ( r )) = W ( 0 ) = 0 . For ζ \zeta ζ -almost every r > q r>q r > q , we have W ( τ ( r ) ) = V ( r ) = 0 W(\tau(r))=V(r)=0 W ( τ ( r )) = V ( r ) = 0 , because ζ \zeta ζ is carried by the zeros of V V V . This shows that ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q is carried by the zeros of W W W , which are its global minimizers, that is, the maximizers of f ζ β , q = − W f_{\zeta_{\beta,q}}=-W f ζ β , q = − W for the mixture ψ q \psi_q ψ q . Using Lemma 3.15 (3), we find that ζ β , q \zeta_{\beta,q} ζ β , q is the Parisi measure of ( ψ q , β ) (\psi_q,\beta) ( ψ q , β ) . This completes the proof of (2).
Conclusion. If q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and V ( q ) > 0 V(q)>0 V ( q ) > 0 , then T β ( q ) < F ( β ) T_\beta(q)<F(\beta) T β ( q ) < F ( β ) by (3), and q q q is not multisamplable by Theorem 5.5 (1). If q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and V ( q ) = 0 V(q)=0 V ( q ) = 0 , then by (2) both variational problems in (87) are solved by the trial points, that is, E ( q ) = Q q ( ℓ q ) E(q)=Q_q(\ell_q) E ( q ) = Q q ( ℓ q ) and F r e s ( β , q ) = P β ( ζ β , q ; ψ q ) F_{\mathrm{res}}(\beta,q)=\mathcal{P}_\beta(\zeta_{\beta,q};\psi_q) F res ( β , q ) = P β ( ζ β , q ; ψ q ) . Then (87) gives T β ( q ) = F ( β ) T_\beta(q)=F(\beta) T β ( q ) = F ( β ) , and q q q is multisamplable by Theorem 5.5 (1). Finally, V ( 0 ) = 0 V(0)=0 V ( 0 ) = 0 , and since E ( 0 ) = 0 E(0)=0 E ( 0 ) = 0 and ψ 0 = ξ \psi_0=\xi ψ 0 = ξ , we have T β ( 0 ) = P β ( ξ ) = F ( β ) T_\beta(0)=\mathcal{P}_\beta(\xi)=F(\beta) T β ( 0 ) = P β ( ξ ) = F ( β ) ; by Theorem 5.5 (1), 0 0 0 is multisamplable. This proves (1).
The next lemma restates the bound for overlaps outside the contact set in the form used in Section 6. The point is that the replica number, the tolerance, and the exponential rate are fixed before N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ , and that the bound holds along the full sequence.
Lemma 5.8 (Replicas at an overlap outside the contact set). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture, β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 , and q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q \in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) with V β ( q ) > 0 V_\beta(q) > 0 V β ( q ) > 0 . There exist an integer k ≥ 2 k \ge2 k ≥ 2 and numbers ρ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \rho\in(0,1) ρ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and c > 0 c > 0 c > 0 , depending only on ξ \xi ξ , β \beta β , and q q q , such that p N , k , ρ ( q ) ≤ e − c N p_{N,k,\rho}(q) \le e^{-cN} p N , k , ρ ( q ) ≤ e − c N for all sufficiently large N N N .
Proof. By Theorem 5.7 (1), q q q is not multisamplable. Every lim sup N N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) \limsup_N N^{-1}\log p_{N,k,\rho}(q) lim sup N N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) is at most zero, because p N , k , ρ ( q ) ≤ 1 p_{N,k,\rho}(q) \le1 p N , k , ρ ( q ) ≤ 1 . By Theorem 5.5 (2), there exist k ≥ 1 k \ge1 k ≥ 1 and ρ > 0 \rho> 0 ρ > 0 for which this lim sup is negative, say smaller than − c -c − c with c > 0 c > 0 c > 0 . Then p N , k , ρ ( q ) ≤ e − c N p_{N,k,\rho}(q) \le e^{-cN} p N , k , ρ ( q ) ≤ e − c N for all sufficiently large N N N . We have k ≥ 2 k \ge2 k ≥ 2 , because p N , 1 , ρ ( q ) = 1 p_{N,1,\rho}(q) = 1 p N , 1 , ρ ( q ) = 1 . Finally, since p N , k , ρ ( q ) p_{N,k,\rho}(q) p N , k , ρ ( q ) is nondecreasing in ρ \rho ρ , we may replace ρ \rho ρ by min { ρ , 1 / 2 } \min\{\rho,1/2\} min { ρ , 1/2 } .
Strict one-step replica symmetry breaking
We restate Definition 1.1 .
Definition 5.9 (Strict one-step replica symmetry breaking). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture with minimum degree at least four, and let β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 . The pair ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1 R S B 1RSB 1 R S B with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q if there exist x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) x,Q \in(0,1) x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) such that, with s = 1 − Q s = 1-Q s = 1 − Q , C = s + x Q C = s+xQ C = s + x Q ,
x ^ ( v ) = { C − x v , 0 ≤ v ≤ Q , 1 − v , Q ≤ v < 1 , (92) \hat{x}(v) =
\begin{cases}
C-xv, & 0 \le v \le Q,\\
1-v, & Q \le v < 1,
\end{cases} \tag*{(92)} x ^ ( v ) = { C − xv , 1 − v , 0 ≤ v ≤ Q , Q ≤ v < 1 , (92) and
V ( r ) = ∫ 0 r r − v x ^ ( v ) 2 d v − β 2 ξ ( r ) , 0 ≤ r < 1 , V(r) = \int_0^r \frac{r-v}{\hat{x}(v)^2}\,\mathrm{d}v-\beta^2\xi(r), \qquad0 \le r < 1, V ( r ) = ∫ 0 r x ^ ( v ) 2 r − v d v − β 2 ξ ( r ) , 0 ≤ r < 1 , we have
V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 , V ( r ) > 0 for r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } , V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0. (93) V(Q)=V'(Q)=0,\qquad V(r)>0\quad\text{for }r\in(0,1)\setminus\{Q\},\qquad V''(Q)>0. \tag*{(93)} V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 , V ( r ) > 0 for r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } , V ′′ ( Q ) > 0. (93) We call x x x and Q Q Q the parameters , and we refer to the three conditions in (93) as the 1 R S B 1RSB 1 R S B assumptions .
The function x ^ \hat{x} x ^ is x ^ ζ \hat{x}_{\zeta} x ^ ζ for ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q \zeta=x\delta_0+(1-x)\delta_Q ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q , as noted after Definition 3.13 , and V = V ζ V=V_{\zeta} V = V ζ . Then V V V is twice continuously differentiable on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , V ( 0 ) = V ′ ( 0 ) = 0 V(0)=V'(0)=0 V ( 0 ) = V ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , and V ′ ′ ( Q ) = s − 2 − β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) V''(Q)=s^{-2}-\beta^2\xi''(Q) V ′′ ( Q ) = s − 2 − β 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) . By Lemma 3.15 (3), as in the proof of Proposition 5.11 (1) below, the first two conditions in (93) imply that ζ \zeta ζ is the Parisi measure, so that V = V β V=V_\beta V = V β and the contact set of ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is exactly { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } . Conversely, if the Parisi measure is x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q x\delta_0+(1-x)\delta_Q x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q and the contact set is { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } , then V = V β ≥ 0 V=V_\beta\ge0 V = V β ≥ 0 by Lemma 5.6 , Q Q Q is an interior minimum of V V V , and the first two conditions hold. In this sense, the pair is strictly 1 R S B 1RSB 1 R S B : the Parisi
measure has two atoms and the contact set is exactly its support. In particular, the parameters are determined by ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) . The third condition says that the contact at Q Q Q is nondegenerate. Since V ′ ′ ( Q ) = s − 2 − β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) V''(Q)=s^{-2}-\beta^2\xi''(Q) V ′′ ( Q ) = s − 2 − β 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) , it is equivalent to β 2 s 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) < 1 \beta^2s^2\xi''(Q)<1 β 2 s 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) < 1 , that is, to the positivity at Q Q Q of the replicon eigenvalue x ^ ( Q ) − 2 − β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) \hat{x}(Q)^{-2}-\beta^2\xi''(Q) x ^ ( Q ) − 2 − β 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) of [25, Section 1.3], written with the temperature absorbed into the covariance.
This terminology follows Huang and Sellke [90], who call a model strictly replica symmetric if its contact set is { 0 } \{0\} { 0 } [90, Definition 3] (compare Definition 3.16 ) and, at zero temperature, strictly 1RSB if the zero set of the corresponding function is { 0 , 1 } \{0,1\} { 0 , 1 } [90, Definition 4]; Definition 5.9 is the analogous notion at positive temperature, with the nondegeneracy condition added. Throughout Sections 5.3 and 5.4, when ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) satisfies the 1RSB assumptions, we write
z = x Q s , y = Q β s , c 0 = β x . (94) z=\frac{xQ}{s},\qquad y=\frac{Q}{\beta s},\qquad c_0=\beta x. \tag*{(94)} z = s x Q , y = β s Q , c 0 = β x . (94)
In this section, the letter C C C always denotes the constant C = s + x Q C=s+xQ C = s + x Q of Definition 5.9 , never a generic constant.
Lemma 5.10 (Strictly 1RSB pairs are condensed). If ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , then β > β s ( ξ ) \beta>\beta_s(\xi) β > β s ( ξ ) .
Proof. For 0 ≤ v < Q 0\leq v<Q 0 ≤ v < Q , we have x ^ ( v ) = 1 − Q + x ( Q − v ) < 1 − v \hat{x}(v)=1-Q+x(Q-v)<1-v x ^ ( v ) = 1 − Q + x ( Q − v ) < 1 − v , since x < 1 x<1 x < 1 . The equation V ( Q ) = 0 V(Q)=0 V ( Q ) = 0 implies that
β 2 ξ ( Q ) = ∫ 0 Q Q − v x ^ ( v ) 2 d v > ∫ 0 Q Q − v ( 1 − v ) 2 d v = − Q − log ( 1 − Q ) , \beta^2\xi(Q)=\int_0^Q\frac{Q-v}{\hat{x}(v)^2}\,\mathrm{d}v>\int_0^Q\frac{Q-v}{(1-v)^2}\,\mathrm{d}v=-Q-\log(1-Q), β 2 ξ ( Q ) = ∫ 0 Q x ^ ( v ) 2 Q − v d v > ∫ 0 Q ( 1 − v ) 2 Q − v d v = − Q − log ( 1 − Q ) ,
where the last integral was computed in the proof of Lemma 3.18 . Dividing by ξ ( Q ) > 0 \xi(Q)>0 ξ ( Q ) > 0 and comparing with the definition of β s \beta_s β s in Definition 3.16 , we obtain β 2 > β s 2 \beta^2>\beta_s^2 β 2 > β s 2 . □
Proposition 5.11 (Static consequences of strict 1RSB). Let ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) be strictly 1RSB with parameters x x x , Q Q Q and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , and let s s s , C C C , x ^ \hat{x} x ^ , V V V , z z z , y y y , and c 0 c_0 c 0 be as in Definition 5.9 and (5.16).
(Parisi measure.) The Parisi measure of ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is ζ β = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q \zeta_\beta=x\delta_0+(1-x)\delta_Q ζ β = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q , so that x ^ β = x ^ \hat{x}_\beta=\hat{x} x ^ β = x ^ and V β = V V_\beta=V V β = V . The parameters satisfy
β 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = Q s C , β 2 x 2 ξ ( Q ) = log C s − x Q C , (95) \beta^2\xi'(Q)=\frac{Q}{sC},\qquad\beta^2x^2\xi(Q)=\log\frac{C}{s}-\frac{xQ}{C}, \tag*{(95)} β 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = s C Q , β 2 x 2 ξ ( Q ) = log s C − C x Q , (95) and
F ( β ) = 1 2 ( β 2 ( ξ ( 1 ) − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ) + 1 x log C s + log s ) . (96) F(\beta)=\frac{1}{2}\left(\beta^2\left(\xi(1)-(1-x)\xi(Q)\right)+\frac{1}{x}\log\frac{C}{s}+\log s\right). \tag*{(96)} F ( β ) = 2 1 ( β 2 ( ξ ( 1 ) − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ) + x 1 log s C + log s ) . (96) (Residual model.) We have β 2 s 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) < 1 \beta^2s^2\xi''(Q)<1 β 2 s 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) < 1 and
β 2 ψ Q ( t ) + t + log ( 1 − t ) = − V ( Q + s t ) < 0 , 0 < t < 1. (97) \beta^2\psi_Q(t)+t+\log(1-t)=-V(Q+st)<0,\qquad0<t<1. \tag*{(97)} β 2 ψ Q ( t ) + t + log ( 1 − t ) = − V ( Q + s t ) < 0 , 0 < t < 1. (97)
There exists κ r e s = κ r e s ( ζ ~ , β ) > 0 \kappa_{\mathrm{res}}=\kappa_{\mathrm{res}}(\widetilde{\zeta},\beta)>0 κ res = κ res ( ζ , β ) > 0 such that V ( Q + s t ) ≥ κ r e s t 2 V(Q+st)\geq\kappa_{\mathrm{res}}t^2 V ( Q + s t ) ≥ κ res t 2 for 0 < t < 1 0<t<1 0 < t < 1 . In particular, ( ψ Q , β ) (\psi_Q,\beta) ( ψ Q , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ψ Q ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\psi_Q''(0)<1 β 2 ψ Q ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 , its Parisi measure is δ 0 \delta_0 δ 0 , and F r e s ( β , Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) / 2 F_{\mathrm{res}}(\beta,Q)=\beta^2\psi_Q(1)/2 F res ( β , Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) /2 .
(Ground state at radius Q \sqrt{Q} Q .) The unique minimizer of Q Q \mathcal{Q}_Q Q Q is ℓ ( v ) = β x ^ ( v ) = β ( C − x v ) \ell(v)=\beta\hat{x}(v)=\beta(C-xv) ℓ ( v ) = β x ^ ( v ) = β ( C − xv ) , 0 ≤ v ≤ Q 0\leq v\leq Q 0 ≤ v ≤ Q , and
E ( Q ) = E 0 , where E 0 = a Q + z ζ ~ ( Q ) y . (98) E(Q)=E_0,\qquad\text{where}\quad E_0=\frac{a_Q+z\widetilde{\zeta}(Q)}{y}. \tag*{(98)} E ( Q ) = E 0 , where E 0 = y a Q + z ζ ( Q ) . (98)
The function g ( r ) = β − 2 V ( Q r ) g(r)=\beta^{-2}V(Qr) g ( r ) = β − 2 V ( Q r ) on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] satisfies g ( 0 ) = g ( 1 ) = 0 g(0)=g(1)=0 g ( 0 ) = g ( 1 ) = 0 and g ( r ) > 0 g(r)>0 g ( r ) > 0 for 0 < r < 1 0<r<1 0 < r < 1 , and
g ( r ) = ζ ~ ( Q ) − ζ ~ ( Q r ) − a Q ( 1 + z z 2 log ( 1 + ( 1 − r ) z ) − 1 − r z ) , 0 ≤ r ≤ 1. (99) g(r)=\widetilde{\zeta}(Q)-\widetilde{\zeta}(Qr)-a_Q\left(\frac{1+z}{z^2}\log(1+(1-r)z)-\frac{1-r}{z}\right),\qquad0\leq r\leq1. \tag*{(99)} g ( r ) = ζ ( Q ) − ζ ( Q r ) − a Q ( z 2 1 + z log ( 1 + ( 1 − r ) z ) − z 1 − r ) , 0 ≤ r ≤ 1. (99)
(Energy and radial derivative.) Let K 0 = y + b Q / y K_0=y+b_Q/y K 0 = y + b Q / y . Then
y 2 = ( 1 + z ) a Q , ζ ~ ( Q ) a Q = ( 1 + z ) log ( 1 + z ) − z z 2 , c 0 = z y < β , (100) y^2=(1+z)a_Q,\qquad\frac{\widetilde{\zeta}(Q)}{a_Q}=\frac{(1+z)\log(1+z)-z}{z^2},\qquad c_0=\frac{z}{y}<\beta, \tag*{(100)} y 2 = ( 1 + z ) a Q , a Q ζ ( Q ) = z 2 ( 1 + z ) log ( 1 + z ) − z , c 0 = y z < β , (100)
and
b Q y 2 = β 2 s 2 ζ ~ ′ ′ ( Q ) < 1 , K 0 − 2 b Q = ( y − b Q ) 2 y > 0. (101) \frac{b_Q}{y^2}=\beta^2s^2\widetilde{\zeta}''(Q)<1,\qquad K_0-2\sqrt{b_Q}=\frac{(y-\sqrt{b_Q})^2}{y}>0. \tag*{(101)} y 2 b Q = β 2 s 2 ζ ′′ ( Q ) < 1 , K 0 − 2 b Q = y ( y − b Q ) 2 > 0. (101)
(TAP identity.) We have
F ( β ) = β E 0 + 1 2 log s + β 2 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) , (102) F(\beta)=\beta E_0+\frac{1}{2}\log s+\frac{\beta^2}{2}\psi_Q(1), \tag*{(102)} F ( β ) = β E 0 + 2 1 log s + 2 β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) , (102)
the set of multisamplable overlaps in [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) is { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } , and (86) holds for every q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } q\in(0,1)\setminus\{Q\} q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } , with x ^ β = x ^ \hat{x}_\beta=\hat{x} x ^ β = x ^ in the definition of M q M_q M q .
In the language of [90, Definition 4], part (3) says that the field H Q H_Q H Q , whose covariance is N ζ ~ ( Q R ) N\widetilde{\zeta}(QR) N ζ ( QR ) , is strictly 1RSB at zero temperature: the function g g g is the function of [90, (2.3)] for the covariance r ↦ ζ ~ ( Q r ) r\mapsto\widetilde{\zeta}(Qr) r ↦ ζ ( Q r ) and the normalized profile ℓ ( Q r ) / Q \ell(Qr)/Q ℓ ( Q r ) / Q , and its zero set is { 0 , 1 } \{0,1\} { 0 , 1 } . We compare the parameters with those of [90] after the proof.
Proof. We prove the five parts in order, except that part (3) uses the first two identities of (100) , which are proved in part (4) from part (1) alone.
Part (1). Let ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q \zeta=x\delta_0+(1-x)\delta_Q ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q . Then x ^ ζ = x ^ \hat{x}_\zeta=\hat{x} x ^ ζ = x ^ , V ζ = V V_\zeta=V V ζ = V , and f ζ = − V f_\zeta=-V f ζ = − V in (52) . By (93) and V ( 0 ) = 0 V(0)=0 V ( 0 ) = 0 , the set of maximizers of f ζ f_\zeta f ζ is { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } , which carries ζ \zeta ζ . We conclude from Lemma 3.15 (3) that ζ \zeta ζ is the Parisi measure. Direct integration gives
∫ 0 Q d v ( C − x v ) 2 = Q s C , ∫ 0 Q Q − v ( C − x v ) 2 d v = 1 x 2 ( log C s − x Q C ) , \int_0^Q\frac{dv}{(C-xv)^2}=\frac{Q}{sC},\qquad\int_0^Q\frac{Q-v}{(C-xv)^2}\,dv=\frac{1}{x^2}\left(\log\frac{C}{s}-\frac{xQ}{C}\right), ∫ 0 Q ( C − xv ) 2 d v = s C Q , ∫ 0 Q ( C − xv ) 2 Q − v d v = x 2 1 ( log s C − C x Q ) ,
where we used C − x Q = s C-xQ=s C − x Q = s . Using (80) , we see that the equations V ′ ( Q ) = 0 V'(Q)=0 V ′ ( Q ) = 0 and V ( Q ) = 0 V(Q)=0 V ( Q ) = 0 are the two equations in (95) . For (96) , we evaluate (50) at ζ \zeta ζ with q ^ = Q \hat{q}=Q q ^ = Q , using ∫ ζ ~ d ζ = ( 1 − x ) ζ ~ ( Q ) \int\widetilde{\zeta}\,d\zeta=(1-x)\widetilde{\zeta}(Q) ∫ ζ d ζ = ( 1 − x ) ζ ( Q ) and ∫ 0 Q d v / ( C − x v ) = x − 1 log ( C / s ) \int_0^Qdv/(C-xv)=x^{-1}\log(C/s) ∫ 0 Q d v / ( C − xv ) = x − 1 log ( C / s ) , and recall that F ( β ) = P β ( ζ ; ζ ~ ) F(\beta)=P_\beta(\zeta;\widetilde{\zeta}) F ( β ) = P β ( ζ ; ζ ) .
Part (2). On [ Q , 1 ) [Q,1) [ Q , 1 ) , we have x ^ ( v ) = 1 − v \hat{x}(v)=1-v x ^ ( v ) = 1 − v and V ′ ′ ( v ) = ( 1 − v ) − 2 − β 2 ζ ′ ′ ( v ) V''(v)=(1-v)^{-2}-\beta^2\zeta''(v) V ′′ ( v ) = ( 1 − v ) − 2 − β 2 ζ ′′ ( v ) . By Taylor’s formula and V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 V(Q)=V'(Q)=0 V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 , for 0 ≤ t < 1 0\leq t<1 0 ≤ t < 1 ,
V ( Q + s t ) = ∫ Q Q + s t Q + s t − v ( 1 − v ) 2 d v − β 2 ψ Q ( t ) = ∫ 0 t t − w ( 1 − w ) 2 d w − β 2 ψ Q ( t ) = − t − log ( 1 − t ) − β 2 ψ Q ( t ) . \begin{aligned}
V(Q+st)&=\int_Q^{Q+st}\frac{Q+st-v}{(1-v)^2}\,dv-\beta^2\psi_Q(t)\\
&=\int_0^t\frac{t-w}{(1-w)^2}\,dw-\beta^2\psi_Q(t)=-t-\log(1-t)-\beta^2\psi_Q(t).
\end{aligned} V ( Q + s t ) = ∫ Q Q + s t ( 1 − v ) 2 Q + s t − v d v − β 2 ψ Q ( t ) = ∫ 0 t ( 1 − w ) 2 t − w d w − β 2 ψ Q ( t ) = − t − log ( 1 − t ) − β 2 ψ Q ( t ) .
where we substituted v = Q + s w v=Q+sw v = Q + s w in the second step and used the computation in the proof of Lemma 3.18 in the third. With (5.15), this proves (5.19). Further, since V ′ ′ ( Q ) = s − 2 − β 2 ζ ′ ′ ( Q ) V''(Q)=s^{-2}-\beta^2\zeta''(Q) V ′′ ( Q ) = s − 2 − β 2 ζ ′′ ( Q ) , the condition V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V''(Q)>0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 is equivalent to β 2 s 2 ζ ′ ′ ( Q ) < 1 \beta^2s^2\zeta''(Q)<1 β 2 s 2 ζ ′′ ( Q ) < 1 . Let κ r e s = inf 0 < t < 1 V ( Q + s t ) / t 2 \kappa_{\mathrm{res}}=\inf_{0<t<1}V(Q+st)/t^2 κ res = inf 0 < t < 1 V ( Q + s t ) / t 2 . As t → 0 t\to0 t → 0 , the ratio tends to s 2 V ′ ′ ( Q ) / 2 > 0 s^2V''(Q)/2>0 s 2 V ′′ ( Q ) /2 > 0 . As t → 1 t\to1 t → 1 , the ratio tends to infinity, because − log ( 1 − t ) → ∞ -\log(1-t)\to\infty − log ( 1 − t ) → ∞ while t t t and ψ Q ( t ) \psi_Q(t) ψ Q ( t ) stay bounded. Since the ratio is continuous and positive on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , we conclude that κ r e s > 0 \kappa_{\mathrm{res}}>0 κ res > 0 . Using ψ Q ′ ′ ( 0 ) = s 2 ζ ′ ′ ( Q ) \psi_Q''(0)=s^2\zeta''(Q) ψ Q ′′ ( 0 ) = s 2 ζ ′′ ( Q ) , we see that the residual pair ( ψ Q , β ) (\psi_Q,\beta) ( ψ Q , β ) is strictly replica symmetric with β 2 ψ Q ′ ′ ( 0 ) < 1 \beta^2\psi_Q''(0)<1 β 2 ψ Q ′′ ( 0 ) < 1 , in the sense of Definition 3.16. Then Lemma 3.18(1) shows that its Parisi measure is δ 0 \delta_0 δ 0 and that F r e s ( β , Q ) = P β ( ψ Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) / 2 F_{\mathrm{res}}(\beta,Q)=\mathcal{P}_\beta(\psi_Q)=\beta^2\psi_Q(1)/2 F res ( β , Q ) = P β ( ψ Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) /2 .
Part (3). By (1), V β ( Q ) = V ( Q ) = 0 V_\beta(Q)=V(Q)=0 V β ( Q ) = V ( Q ) = 0 , and Theorem 5.7(2) implies that ℓ = β x ^ β = β x ^ \ell=\beta\hat{x}_\beta=\beta\hat{x} ℓ = β x ^ β = β x ^ is the unique minimizer of Q Q \mathcal{Q}_Q Q Q and that E ( Q ) = Q Q ( ℓ ) E(Q)=\mathcal{Q}_Q(\ell) E ( Q ) = Q Q ( ℓ ) . We compute
∫ 0 Q ζ ′ ′ ( v ) β ( C − x v ) d v = β ( ( C − x Q ) ζ ′ ( Q ) + x ζ ( Q ) ) = β ( s ζ ′ ( Q ) + x ζ ( Q ) ) . \int_0^Q\zeta''(v)\beta(C-xv)\,dv=\beta\bigl((C-xQ)\zeta'(Q)+x\zeta(Q)\bigr)=\beta\bigl(s\zeta'(Q)+x\zeta(Q)\bigr). ∫ 0 Q ζ ′′ ( v ) β ( C − xv ) d v = β ( ( C − x Q ) ζ ′ ( Q ) + x ζ ( Q ) ) = β ( s ζ ′ ( Q ) + x ζ ( Q ) ) .
∫ 0 Q d v β ( C − x v ) = 1 β x log C s . \int_0^Q\frac{dv}{\beta(C-xv)}=\frac{1}{\beta x}\log\frac{C}{s}. ∫ 0 Q β ( C − xv ) d v = β x 1 log s C .
Using C / s = 1 + z C/s=1+z C / s = 1 + z , β s ζ ′ ( Q ) = a Q / y \beta s\zeta'(Q)=a_Q/y β s ζ ′ ( Q ) = a Q / y , β x = z / y \beta x=z/y β x = z / y , and 1 / ( β x ) = y / z 1/(\beta x)=y/z 1/ ( β x ) = y / z , we find
2 Q Q ( ℓ ) = a Q + z ζ ( Q ) y + y z log ( 1 + z ) . 2\mathcal{Q}_Q(\ell)=\frac{a_Q+z\zeta(Q)}{y}+\frac{y}{z}\log(1+z). 2 Q Q ( ℓ ) = y a Q + z ζ ( Q ) + z y log ( 1 + z ) .
By the first two identities in (5.22), we have ( y / z ) log ( 1 + z ) = ( 1 + z ) a Q log ( 1 + z ) / ( y z ) = ( a Q + z ζ ( Q ) ) / y (y/z)\log(1+z)=(1+z)a_Q\log(1+z)/(yz)=(a_Q+z\zeta(Q))/y ( y / z ) log ( 1 + z ) = ( 1 + z ) a Q log ( 1 + z ) / ( y z ) = ( a Q + z ζ ( Q )) / y . This proves (5.20).
For g g g , we have g ( 0 ) = β − 2 V ( 0 ) = 0 g(0)=\beta^{-2}V(0)=0 g ( 0 ) = β − 2 V ( 0 ) = 0 and g ( 1 ) = β − 2 V ( Q ) = 0 g(1)=\beta^{-2}V(Q)=0 g ( 1 ) = β − 2 V ( Q ) = 0 , and g > 0 g>0 g > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) by (5.15). To prove (5.21), let g ~ \tilde{g} g ~ be its right side. Then g ~ ( 1 ) = 0 = g ( 1 ) \tilde{g}(1)=0=g(1) g ~ ( 1 ) = 0 = g ( 1 ) , and it suffices to show that g ′ = g ~ ′ g'=\tilde{g}' g ′ = g ~ ′ on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . By (5.2),
g ′ ( r ) = Q β 2 V ′ ( Q r ) = Q β 2 ∫ 0 Q r d v ( C − x v ) 2 − Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) = Q 2 r β 2 C ( C − x Q r ) − Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) . g'(r)=\frac{Q}{\beta^2}V'(Qr)=\frac{Q}{\beta^2}\int_0^{Qr}\frac{dv}{(C-xv)^2}-Q\zeta'(Qr)=\frac{Q^2r}{\beta^2C(C-xQr)}-Q\zeta'(Qr). g ′ ( r ) = β 2 Q V ′ ( Q r ) = β 2 Q ∫ 0 Q r ( C − xv ) 2 d v − Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) = β 2 C ( C − x Q r ) Q 2 r − Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) .
Since C = s ( 1 + z ) C=s(1+z) C = s ( 1 + z ) , C − x Q r = s ( 1 + ( 1 − r ) z ) C-xQr=s(1+(1-r)z) C − x Q r = s ( 1 + ( 1 − r ) z ) , and Q 2 / ( β 2 s 2 ) = y 2 = ( 1 + z ) a Q Q^2/(\beta^2s^2)=y^2=(1+z)a_Q Q 2 / ( β 2 s 2 ) = y 2 = ( 1 + z ) a Q , the first term equals a Q r / ( 1 + ( 1 − r ) z ) a_Qr/(1+(1-r)z) a Q r / ( 1 + ( 1 − r ) z ) . On the other hand,
g ~ ′ ( r ) = − Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) − a Q ( − 1 + z z ( 1 + ( 1 − r ) z ) + 1 z ) = − Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) + a Q r 1 + ( 1 − r ) z , \tilde{g}'(r)=-Q\zeta'(Qr)-a_Q\left(-\frac{1+z}{z(1+(1-r)z)}+\frac{1}{z}\right)=-Q\zeta'(Qr)+\frac{a_Qr}{1+(1-r)z}, g ~ ′ ( r ) = − Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) − a Q ( − z ( 1 + ( 1 − r ) z ) 1 + z + z 1 ) = − Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) + 1 + ( 1 − r ) z a Q r ,
and we conclude that g ′ = g ~ ′ g'=\tilde{g}' g ′ = g ~ ′ .
Part (4). Recall that C = s ( 1 + z ) C=s(1+z) C = s ( 1 + z ) . The first equation in (95) reads β 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = Q / ( s 2 ( 1 + z ) ) \beta^2\xi'(Q)=Q/(s^2(1+z)) β 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = Q / ( s 2 ( 1 + z )) . Multiplying by Q / β 2 Q/\beta^2 Q / β 2 gives a Q = y 2 / ( 1 + z ) a_Q=y^2/(1+z) a Q = y 2 / ( 1 + z ) . Further, log ( C / s ) = log ( 1 + z ) \log(C/s)=\log(1+z) log ( C / s ) = log ( 1 + z ) , x Q / C = z / ( 1 + z ) x_Q/C=z/(1+z) x Q / C = z / ( 1 + z ) , and β 2 x 2 = z 2 / y 2 = z 2 / ( ( 1 + z ) a Q ) \beta^2x^2=z^2/y^2=z^2/((1+z)a_Q) β 2 x 2 = z 2 / y 2 = z 2 / (( 1 + z ) a Q ) , and the second equation in (95) reads
z 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) ( 1 + z ) a Q = log ( 1 + z ) − z 1 + z , \frac{z^2\xi'(Q)}{(1+z)a_Q}=\log(1+z)-\frac{z}{1+z}, ( 1 + z ) a Q z 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = log ( 1 + z ) − 1 + z z ,
which is the second identity in (100) . Next, z / y = ( x Q / s ) ( β s / Q ) = β x = c 0 z/y=(x_Q/s)(\beta s/Q)=\beta x=c_0 z / y = ( x Q / s ) ( β s / Q ) = β x = c 0 , and c 0 < β c_0<\beta c 0 < β because x < 1 x<1 x < 1 . Further, b Q / y 2 = Q 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) β 2 s 2 / Q 2 = β 2 s 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) b_Q/y^2=Q^2\xi''(Q)\beta^2s^2/Q^2=\beta^2s^2\xi''(Q) b Q / y 2 = Q 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) β 2 s 2 / Q 2 = β 2 s 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) , which is less than one by (2). Finally, K 0 − 2 b Q = ( y 2 − 2 y b Q + b Q ) / y K_0-2\sqrt{b_Q}=(y^2-2y\sqrt{b_Q}+b_Q)/y K 0 − 2 b Q = ( y 2 − 2 y b Q + b Q ) / y , which is positive because y > b Q y>\sqrt{b_Q} y > b Q .
Part (5). By (1), the contact set is the zero set of V V V , which is { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } by (93) . Using Theorem 5.7 (1), we find that the multisamplable overlaps are 0 0 0 and Q Q Q , and Theorem 5.7 (3) implies (86) for every other q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . We have T β ( Q ) = F ( β ) T_\beta(Q)=F(\beta) T β ( Q ) = F ( β ) by Theorem 5.5 (1). Inserting E ( Q ) = E 0 E(Q)=E_0 E ( Q ) = E 0 from (3) and F r e s ( β , Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) / 2 F_{\mathrm{res}}(\beta,Q)=\beta^2\psi_Q(1)/2 F res ( β , Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) /2 from (2) into (5.5) yields (5.24).
Remark 5.12 (Comparison with Huang and Sellke). For the covariance η ( r ) = ξ ( Q r ) \eta(r)=\xi(Qr) η ( r ) = ξ ( Q r ) , we have η ( 1 ) = ξ ( Q ) \eta(1)=\xi(Q) η ( 1 ) = ξ ( Q ) , η ′ ( 1 ) = a Q \eta'(1)=a_Q η ′ ( 1 ) = a Q , and η ′ ′ ( 1 ) = b Q \eta''(1)=b_Q η ′′ ( 1 ) = b Q . The normalized ground profile is ℓ ( Q r ) / Q = ( 1 + z − z r ) / y \ell(Qr)/Q=(1+z-zr)/y ℓ ( Q r ) / Q = ( 1 + z − z r ) / y , which has initial value ( 1 + z ) / y (1+z)/y ( 1 + z ) / y and constant slope c 0 = z / y c_0=z/y c 0 = z / y . Recall from (100) that z z z solves ( ( 1 + z ) log ( 1 + z ) − z ) / z 2 = η ( 1 ) / η ′ ( 1 ) ((1+z)\log(1+z)-z)/z^2=\eta(1)/\eta'(1) (( 1 + z ) log ( 1 + z ) − z ) / z 2 = η ( 1 ) / η ′ ( 1 ) and y = ( 1 + z ) η ′ ( 1 ) y=\sqrt{(1+z)\eta'(1)} y = ( 1 + z ) η ′ ( 1 ) . These are the parameters z z z , y y y , L = ( 1 + z ) / y L=(1+z)/y L = ( 1 + z ) / y , and u = z / y u=z/y u = z / y of [90, Lemma 3.5], whose energy ( η ′ ( 1 ) + z η ( 1 ) ) / y (\eta'(1)+z\eta(1))/y ( η ′ ( 1 ) + z η ( 1 )) / y is our E 0 E_0 E 0 . The zero-temperature contact inequality [90, (3.4)], with equality exactly at 0 0 0 and 1 1 1 , is the positivity of (5.21) on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) . The radial value R 0 = y + η ′ ′ ( 1 ) / y R_0=y+\eta''(1)/y R 0 = y + η ′′ ( 1 ) / y in [90, Section 3.2, p. 15, display preceding (3.6)] is our K 0 K_0 K 0 , because their radial derivative of H Q H_Q H Q at u u u is K Q ( u ) / N K_Q(u)/\sqrt{N} K Q ( u ) / N and they normalize it by N \sqrt{N} N . Finally, [90, Lemma 3.6] gives y 2 ≥ η ′ ′ ( 1 ) y^2\geq\eta''(1) y 2 ≥ η ′′ ( 1 ) for every strictly 1RSB covariance; the strict inequality b Q < y 2 b_Q<y^2 b Q < y 2 in (5.23) comes from V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V''(Q)>0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 . In [90], strict 1RSB at zero temperature is an assumption; here it is a consequence of the 1RSB assumptions at positive temperature.
Value, radial derivative, and Hessian at radius Q \sqrt{Q} Q
In this section, ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with parameters x x x , Q Q Q and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , and E 0 E_0 E 0 , K 0 K_0 K 0 , c 0 c_0 c 0 , y y y , z z z are given by Proposition 5.11 and (5.16). Let
Σ Q = ( ξ ( Q ) a Q a Q a Q + b Q ) . (103) \Sigma_Q=\begin{pmatrix}\xi(Q)&a_Q\\a_Q&a_Q+b_Q\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(103)} Σ Q = ( ξ ( Q ) a Q a Q a Q + b Q ) . (103)
For t > 2 t>2 t > 2 , let
Ω ( t ) = ∫ − 2 2 log ( t − λ ) ρ s c ( d λ ) , ρ s c ( d λ ) = 4 − λ 2 2 π d λ , \Omega(t)=\int_{-2}^{2}\log(t-\lambda)\,\rho_{\mathrm{sc}}(\mathrm{d}\lambda),\qquad
\rho_{\mathrm{sc}}(\mathrm{d}\lambda)=\frac{\sqrt{4-\lambda^2}}{2\pi}\,\mathrm{d}\lambda, Ω ( t ) = ∫ − 2 2 log ( t − λ ) ρ sc ( d λ ) , ρ sc ( d λ ) = 2 π 4 − λ 2 d λ ,
and Ω ( 2 ) = lim t ↓ 2 Ω ( t ) \Omega(2)=\lim_{t\downarrow2}\Omega(t) Ω ( 2 ) = lim t ↓ 2 Ω ( t ) . For n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 , a GOE matrix G n G_n G n is a real symmetric n × n n\times n n × n random matrix whose entries on and above the diagonal are independent centered Gaussian variables, with variance 1 / n 1/n 1/ n off the diagonal and 2 / n 2/n 2/ n on the diagonal. Its empirical spectral distribution converges to ρ s c \rho_{\mathrm{sc}} ρ sc , whose support is [ − 2 , 2 ] [-2,2] [ − 2 , 2 ] .
Proposition 5.13 (Value and radial derivative). Let ( ζ , β ) (\zeta,\beta) ( ζ , β ) be strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q .
For every u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , the vector ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u)) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) is centered Gaussian with covariance N Σ Q N\Sigma_Q N Σ Q . With w p = c p Q p / ξ ( Q ) w_p=c_pQ^p/\xi(Q) w p = c p Q p / ξ ( Q ) , we have
det Σ Q = ξ ( Q ) 2 ( ∑ p p 2 w p − ( ∑ p p w p ) 2 ) . \det\Sigma_Q=\xi(Q)^2\left(\sum_p p^2w_p-\left(\sum_p pw_p\right)^2\right). det Σ Q = ξ ( Q ) 2 p ∑ p 2 w p − ( p ∑ p w p ) 2 . which is ξ ( Q ) 2 \xi(Q)^2 ξ ( Q ) 2 times the variance of p p p under the probability weights ( w p ) (w_p) ( w p ) . In particular, Σ Q \Sigma_Q Σ Q is invertible if and only if ξ \xi ξ is not pure.
We have
Σ Q ( c 0 1 / y ) = ( E 0 K 0 ) . (104) \Sigma_Q\begin{pmatrix}c_0\\1/y\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}E_0\\K_0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(104)} Σ Q ( c 0 1/ y ) = ( E 0 K 0 ) . (104) If ξ \xi ξ is not pure, then Σ Q − 1 ( E 0 , K 0 ) T = ( c 0 , 1 / y ) T \Sigma_Q^{-1}(E_0,K_0)^{\mathsf T}=(c_0,1/y)^{\mathsf T} Σ Q − 1 ( E 0 , K 0 ) T = ( c 0 , 1/ y ) T . If ξ ( r ) = c p r p \xi(r)=c_pr^p ξ ( r ) = c p r p is pure, then K Q = p H Q K_Q=pH_Q K Q = p H Q identically, K 0 = p E 0 K_0=pE_0 K 0 = p E 0 , and E 0 / ξ ( Q ) = c 0 + p / y E_0/\xi(Q)=c_0+p/y E 0 / ξ ( Q ) = c 0 + p / y .
Suppose that ξ \xi ξ is not pure, and define, for e ∈ R e\in\mathbb{R} e ∈ R and k ≥ 2 b Q k\ge2\sqrt{b_Q} k ≥ 2 b Q ,
Θ ( e , k ) = 1 2 + 1 2 log b Q a Q − 1 2 ( e , k ) Σ Q − 1 ( e , k ) T + Ω ( k / b Q ) . (105) \Theta(e,k)=\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\log\frac{b_Q}{a_Q}-\frac{1}{2}(e,k)\Sigma_Q^{-1}(e,k)^{\mathsf T}+\Omega(k/\sqrt{b_Q}). \tag*{(105)} Θ ( e , k ) = 2 1 + 2 1 log a Q b Q − 2 1 ( e , k ) Σ Q − 1 ( e , k ) T + Ω ( k / b Q ) . (105) Then
Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = 0 , ∂ e Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = − c 0 , ∂ k Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = 0 , \Theta(E_0,K_0)=0,\qquad\partial_e\Theta(E_0,K_0)=-c_0,\qquad\partial_k\Theta(E_0,K_0)=0, Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = 0 , ∂ e Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = − c 0 , ∂ k Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = 0 , and K 0 K_0 K 0 is the unique maximizer of k ↦ Θ ( E 0 , k ) k\mapsto\Theta(E_0,k) k ↦ Θ ( E 0 , k ) on [ 2 b Q , ∞ ) [2\sqrt{b_Q},\infty) [ 2 b Q , ∞ ) .
Suppose that ξ ( r ) = c p r p \xi(r)=c_pr^p ξ ( r ) = c p r p is pure, and define, for e ≥ 2 b Q / p e\ge2\sqrt{b_Q}/p e ≥ 2 b Q / p ,
Θ p u r e ( e ) = 1 2 + 1 2 log b Q a Q − e 2 2 ξ ( Q ) + Ω ( p e / b Q ) . \Theta_{\mathrm{pure}}(e)=\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\log\frac{b_Q}{a_Q}-\frac{e^2}{2\xi(Q)}+\Omega(pe/\sqrt{b_Q}). Θ pure ( e ) = 2 1 + 2 1 log a Q b Q − 2 ξ ( Q ) e 2 + Ω ( p e / b Q ) . Then E 0 > 2 b Q / p E_0>2\sqrt{b_Q}/p E 0 > 2 b Q / p , Θ p u r e ( E 0 ) = 0 \Theta_{\mathrm{pure}}(E_0)=0 Θ pure ( E 0 ) = 0 , and Θ p u r e ′ ( E 0 ) = − c 0 \Theta_{\mathrm{pure}}'(E_0)=-c_0 Θ pure ′ ( E 0 ) = − c 0 .
In Section 10, Θ \Theta Θ appears as the exponential growth rate of the Kac–Rice density of critical points of H Q H_Q H Q with normalized value e e e and normalized radial derivative k k k ; for mixed spherical models this density was computed by Ben Arous, Subag, and Zeitouni [30, Theorem 5, (3.4), and Section 4.1, (4.2)]. Part (3) says that ( E 0 , K 0 ) (E_0,K_0) ( E 0 , K 0 ) is a point of zero complexity, at which the complexity decreases in the energy with slope c 0 c_0 c 0 and is stationary in the radial derivative. We only use the explicit formula here.
Proof. For (1), let u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N . By Lemma 3.2(1), E H N ( t Q u ) H N ( t ′ Q u ) = N ζ ( t t ′ Q ) \mathbb{E}H_N(t\sqrt{Q}u)H_N(t'\sqrt{Q}u)=N\zeta(tt'Q) E H N ( t Q u ) H N ( t ′ Q u ) = N ζ ( t t ′ Q ) for t , t ′ > 0 t,t'>0 t , t ′ > 0 , since ∣ u ∣ 2 = N \lvert u\rvert^2=N ∣ u ∣ 2 = N . Differentiating once in t ′ t' t ′ , and once in each of t t t and t ′ t' t ′ , at t = t ′ = 1 t=t'=1 t = t ′ = 1 , we find
E H Q ( u ) K Q ( u ) = N Q ζ ′ ( Q ) = N a Q , E K Q ( u ) 2 = N ( Q ζ ′ ( Q ) + Q 2 ζ ′ ′ ( Q ) ) . \mathbb{E}H_Q(u)K_Q(u)=NQ\zeta'(Q)=Na_Q,\qquad\mathbb{E}K_Q(u)^2=N\bigl(Q\zeta'(Q)+Q^2\zeta''(Q)\bigr). E H Q ( u ) K Q ( u ) = N Q ζ ′ ( Q ) = N a Q , E K Q ( u ) 2 = N ( Q ζ ′ ( Q ) + Q 2 ζ ′′ ( Q ) ) .
Differentiation under the expectation is justified because H N H_N H N is a polynomial with Gaussian coefficients. With w p = c p Q p / ζ ( Q ) w_p=c_pQ^p/\zeta(Q) w p = c p Q p / ζ ( Q ) , we have ζ ′ ( Q ) = ζ ( Q ) ∑ p w p \zeta'(Q)=\zeta(Q)\sum_p w_p ζ ′ ( Q ) = ζ ( Q ) ∑ p w p , a Q = ζ ( Q ) ∑ p p w p a_Q=\zeta(Q)\sum_p pw_p a Q = ζ ( Q ) ∑ p p w p , and a Q + b Q = ∑ p ( p + p ( p − 1 ) ) c p Q p = ζ ( Q ) ∑ p p 2 w p a_Q+b_Q=\sum_p\bigl(p+p(p-1)\bigr)c_pQ^p=\zeta(Q)\sum_p p^2w_p a Q + b Q = ∑ p ( p + p ( p − 1 ) ) c p Q p = ζ ( Q ) ∑ p p 2 w p , which implies the formula for det Σ Q \det\Sigma_Q det Σ Q . The variance of p p p under ( w p ) (w_p) ( w p ) vanishes if and only if exactly one w p w_p w p is positive.
For (2), we use c 0 = z / y c_0=z/y c 0 = z / y and y 2 = ( 1 + z ) a Q y^2=(1+z)a_Q y 2 = ( 1 + z ) a Q from (100) , and multiply:
Σ Q ( z / y 1 / y ) = 1 y ( z ζ ( Q ) + a Q z a Q + a Q + b Q ) = ( ( a Q + z ζ ( Q ) ) / y ( y 2 + b Q ) / y ) = ( E 0 K 0 ) . \Sigma_Q
\begin{pmatrix}
z/y\\
1/y
\end{pmatrix}
=
\frac{1}{y}
\begin{pmatrix}
z\zeta(Q)+a_Q\\
za_Q+a_Q+b_Q
\end{pmatrix}
=
\begin{pmatrix}
(a_Q+z\zeta(Q))/y\\
(y^2+b_Q)/y
\end{pmatrix}
=
\begin{pmatrix}
E_0\\
K_0
\end{pmatrix}. Σ Q ( z / y 1/ y ) = y 1 ( z ζ ( Q ) + a Q z a Q + a Q + b Q ) = ( ( a Q + z ζ ( Q )) / y ( y 2 + b Q ) / y ) = ( E 0 K 0 ) .
If Σ Q \Sigma_Q Σ Q is invertible, this is the inverse statement. If ζ = c p r p \zeta=c_pr^p ζ = c p r p , then by Euler’s identity for homogeneous polynomials, we have K Q ( u ) = u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) K_Q(u)=u\cdot\nabla H_Q(u)=pH_Q(u) K Q ( u ) = u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) . In this case
a Q = p ζ ( Q ) and b Q = p ( p − 1 ) ζ ( Q ) , a_Q=p\zeta(Q)\quad\text{and}\quad b_Q=p(p-1)\zeta(Q), a Q = pζ ( Q ) and b Q = p ( p − 1 ) ζ ( Q ) ,
so that
Σ Q = ζ ( Q ) ( 1 p p p 2 ) , \Sigma_Q=\zeta(Q)
\begin{pmatrix}
1 & p\\
p & p^2
\end{pmatrix}, Σ Q = ζ ( Q ) ( 1 p p p 2 ) ,
and (104) reads
E 0 = ζ ( Q ) ( c 0 + p / y ) and K 0 = p ζ ( Q ) ( c 0 + p / y ) = p E 0 . E_0=\zeta(Q)(c_0+p/y)\quad\text{and}\quad K_0=p\zeta(Q)(c_0+p/y)=pE_0. E 0 = ζ ( Q ) ( c 0 + p / y ) and K 0 = pζ ( Q ) ( c 0 + p / y ) = p E 0 .
For (3) and (4), we first compute Ω \Omega Ω to the right of 2. For t > 2 t>2 t > 2 , we write t = ω + 1 / ω t=\omega+1/\omega t = ω + 1/ ω with ω > 1 \omega>1 ω > 1 . Then
Ω ′ ( t ) = ∫ ρ s c ( d λ ) t − λ = t − t 2 − 4 2 = 1 ω , Ω ( t ) = log ω + 1 2 ω 2 . (106) \Omega'(t)=\int\frac{\rho_{\mathrm{sc}}(d\lambda)}{t-\lambda}=\frac{t-\sqrt{t^2-4}}{2}=\frac{1}{\omega},\qquad\Omega(t)=\log\omega+\frac{1}{2\omega^2}. \tag*{(106)} Ω ′ ( t ) = ∫ t − λ ρ sc ( d λ ) = 2 t − t 2 − 4 = ω 1 , Ω ( t ) = log ω + 2 ω 2 1 . (106)
The first identity is the classical Stieltjes transform of the semicircle law; the resulting logarithmic potential is also [30, (3.3)]; it follows from the substitution λ = 2 cos θ \lambda=2\cos\theta λ = 2 cos θ and the elementary integral ∫ 0 π ( t − 2 cos θ ) − 1 d θ = π ( t 2 − 4 ) − 1 / 2 \int_0^\pi(t-2\cos\theta)^{-1}\,d\theta=\pi(t^2-4)^{-1/2} ∫ 0 π ( t − 2 cos θ ) − 1 d θ = π ( t 2 − 4 ) − 1/2 . For the second, note that d d t ( log ω + 1 2 ω 2 ) = ( 1 ω − 1 ω 3 ) d ω d t = 1 ω \frac{d}{dt}\left(\log\omega+\frac{1}{2\omega^2}\right)=\left(\frac{1}{\omega}-\frac{1}{\omega^3}\right)\frac{d\omega}{dt}=\frac{1}{\omega} d t d ( log ω + 2 ω 2 1 ) = ( ω 1 − ω 3 1 ) d t d ω = ω 1 , since d t d ω = 1 − ω − 2 \frac{dt}{d\omega}=1-\omega^{-2} d ω d t = 1 − ω − 2 , and that both sides of the second identity in (106) equal log t + o ( 1 ) \log t+o(1) log t + o ( 1 ) as t → ∞ t\to\infty t → ∞ . Further, Ω ′ ′ ( t ) = − ∫ ( t − λ ) − 2 ρ s c ( d λ ) < 0 \Omega''(t)=-\int(t-\lambda)^{-2}\rho_{\mathrm{sc}}(d\lambda)<0 Ω ′′ ( t ) = − ∫ ( t − λ ) − 2 ρ sc ( d λ ) < 0 for t > 2 t>2 t > 2 , and Ω \Omega Ω is continuous on [ 2 , ∞ ) [2,\infty) [ 2 , ∞ ) .
We have K 0 / b Q = ω + 1 / ω K_0/\sqrt{b_Q}=\omega+1/\omega K 0 / b Q = ω + 1/ ω with ω = y / b Q > 1 \omega=y/\sqrt{b_Q}>1 ω = y / b Q > 1 , by (101) . Using (106) , we obtain
1 2 log b Q + Ω ( K 0 / b Q ) = log y + b Q 2 y 2 , 1 b Q Ω ′ ( K 0 / b Q ) = 1 y . (107) \frac{1}{2}\log b_Q+\Omega(K_0/\sqrt{b_Q})=\log y+\frac{b_Q}{2y^2},\qquad\frac{1}{\sqrt{b_Q}}\Omega'(K_0/\sqrt{b_Q})=\frac{1}{y}. \tag*{(107)} 2 1 log b Q + Ω ( K 0 / b Q ) = log y + 2 y 2 b Q , b Q 1 Ω ′ ( K 0 / b Q ) = y 1 . (107)
By (104) , the quadratic term at ( E 0 , K 0 ) (E_0,K_0) ( E 0 , K 0 ) is ( E 0 , K 0 ) Σ Q − 1 ( E 0 , K 0 ) T = c 0 E 0 + K 0 / y (E_0,K_0)\Sigma_Q^{-1}(E_0,K_0)^{\mathsf T}=c_0E_0+K_0/y ( E 0 , K 0 ) Σ Q − 1 ( E 0 , K 0 ) T = c 0 E 0 + K 0 / y , and
c 0 E 0 + K 0 y = z a Q + z 2 ζ ( Q ) y 2 + 1 + b Q y 2 . c_0E_0+\frac{K_0}{y}=\frac{za_Q+z^2\zeta(Q)}{y^2}+1+\frac{b_Q}{y^2}. c 0 E 0 + y K 0 = y 2 z a Q + z 2 ζ ( Q ) + 1 + y 2 b Q .
When we insert this and (107) into (105) , the constant terms and the terms b Q / ( 2 y 2 ) b_Q/(2y^2) b Q / ( 2 y 2 ) cancel, which gives
Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = 1 2 log y 2 a Q − z a Q + z 2 ζ ( Q ) 2 y 2 = 1 2 log ( 1 + z ) − z 2 ( 1 + z ) ( 1 + z ζ ( Q ) a Q ) = 0. \Theta(E_0,K_0)=\frac{1}{2}\log\frac{y^2}{a_Q}-\frac{za_Q+z^2\zeta(Q)}{2y^2}=\frac{1}{2}\log(1+z)-\frac{z}{2(1+z)}\left(1+\frac{z\zeta(Q)}{a_Q}\right)=0. Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = 2 1 log a Q y 2 − 2 y 2 z a Q + z 2 ζ ( Q ) = 2 1 log ( 1 + z ) − 2 ( 1 + z ) z ( 1 + a Q z ζ ( Q ) ) = 0.
In the second step, we used y 2 = ( 1 + z ) a Q y^{2}=(1+z)a_{Q} y 2 = ( 1 + z ) a Q , and in the last step the second identity in (100) , which gives 1 + z ξ ( Q ) / a Q = ( 1 + z ) log ( 1 + z ) / z 1+z\xi(Q)/a_{Q}=(1+z)\log(1+z)/z 1 + z ξ ( Q ) / a Q = ( 1 + z ) log ( 1 + z ) / z . The gradient of the positive quadratic cost 1 2 ( e , k ) Σ − 1 ( e , k ) T \frac{1}{2}(e,k)\Sigma^{-1}(e,k)^{\mathsf{T}} 2 1 ( e , k ) Σ − 1 ( e , k ) T at ( E 0 , K 0 ) (E_{0},K_{0}) ( E 0 , K 0 ) is Σ − 1 ( E 0 , K 0 ) T = ( c 0 , 1 / y ) T \Sigma^{-1}(E_{0},K_{0})^{\mathsf{T}}=(c_{0},1/y)^{\mathsf{T}} Σ − 1 ( E 0 , K 0 ) T = ( c 0 , 1/ y ) T , and by (107) we find ∂ e Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = − c 0 \partial_{e}\Theta(E_{0},K_{0})=-c_{0} ∂ e Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = − c 0 and ∂ k Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = − 1 / y + 1 / y = 0 \partial_{k}\Theta(E_{0},K_{0})=-1/y+1/y=0 ∂ k Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) = − 1/ y + 1/ y = 0 . The matrix Σ − 1 \Sigma^{-1} Σ − 1 is positive definite and Ω ′ ′ < 0 \Omega''<0 Ω ′′ < 0 to the right of 2 2 2 , so the function k ↦ Θ ( E 0 , k ) k\mapsto\Theta(E_{0},k) k ↦ Θ ( E 0 , k ) is strictly concave on ( 2 b Q , ∞ ) (2\sqrt{b_{Q}},\infty) ( 2 b Q , ∞ ) and continuous on [ 2 b Q , ∞ ) [2\sqrt{b_{Q}},\infty) [ 2 b Q , ∞ ) . It follows that its stationary point K 0 K_{0} K 0 is its unique maximizer. This proves (3).
For (4), we have p E 0 = K 0 > 2 b Q pE_{0}=K_{0}>2\sqrt{b_{Q}} p E 0 = K 0 > 2 b Q by (2) and (101) . By (2), E 0 2 / ξ ( Q ) = E 0 ( c 0 + p / y ) = c 0 E 0 + K 0 / y E_{0}^{2}/\xi(Q)=E_{0}(c_{0}+p/y)=c_{0}E_{0}+K_{0}/y E 0 2 / ξ ( Q ) = E 0 ( c 0 + p / y ) = c 0 E 0 + K 0 / y , and the computation of Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) \Theta(E_{0},K_{0}) Θ ( E 0 , K 0 ) above applies without change. It shows that Θ p u r e ( E 0 ) = 0 \Theta_{\mathrm{pure}}(E_{0})=0 Θ pure ( E 0 ) = 0 . Finally, by (107) ,
Θ p u r e ′ ( E 0 ) = − E 0 ξ ( Q ) + p b Q Ω ′ ( K 0 b Q ) = − E 0 ξ ( Q ) + p y = − c 0 . \Theta'_{\mathrm{pure}}(E_{0})=-\frac{E_{0}}{\xi(Q)}+\frac{p}{\sqrt{b_{Q}}}\Omega'\left(\frac{K_{0}}{\sqrt{b_{Q}}}\right)=-\frac{E_{0}}{\xi(Q)}+\frac{p}{y}=-c_{0}. Θ pure ′ ( E 0 ) = − ξ ( Q ) E 0 + b Q p Ω ′ ( b Q K 0 ) = − ξ ( Q ) E 0 + y p = − c 0 .
The next lemma gives the law of the Riemannian Hessian of H Q H_{Q} H Q at a fixed point, given the value, the radial derivative, and a vanishing tangent gradient. It is the classical computation of Auffinger, Ben Arous, and Černý [12] and Auffinger and Ben Arous [8]; in exactly this form it is [90, (2.11) and Lemma 2.14] for the covariance r ↦ ξ ( Q r ) r\mapsto\xi(Qr) r ↦ ξ ( Q r ) . The same computation appears in Lemma 7.4, where the conditioning is used in the Kac–Rice formula. We include the short proof, with the exact factor ( N − 1 ) / N (N-1)/N ( N − 1 ) / N .
Lemma 5.14 (Conditional law of the Hessian). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture, 0 < Q < 1 0<Q<1 0 < Q < 1 , N ≥ 2 N\geq2 N ≥ 2 , and u ∈ S N u\in S_{N} u ∈ S N . Let e 2 , … , e N e_{2},\ldots,e_{N} e 2 , … , e N be an orthonormal basis of the tangent space { w : w ⋅ u = 0 } \{w:w\cdot u=0\} { w : w ⋅ u = 0 } , and identify the Riemannian Hessian ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla^{2}_{S_{N}}H_{Q}(u) ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) with the matrix ( ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) [ e i , e j ] ) i , j = 2 N (\nabla^{2}_{S_{N}}H_{Q}(u)[e_{i},e_{j}])_{i,j=2}^{N} ( ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) [ e i , e j ] ) i , j = 2 N .
The matrix ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) + N − 1 K Q ( u ) I N − 1 \nabla^{2}_{S_{N}}H_{Q}(u)+N^{-1}K_{Q}(u)I_{N-1} ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) + N − 1 K Q ( u ) I N − 1 is independent of ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , ∇ S N H Q ( u ) ) (H_{Q}(u),K_{Q}(u),\nabla_{S_{N}}H_{Q}(u)) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , ∇ S N H Q ( u )) and has the law of ( N − 1 ) b Q / N G N − 1 \sqrt{(N-1)b_{Q}/N}\,G_{N-1} ( N − 1 ) b Q / N G N − 1 . Consequently, conditionally on H Q ( u ) = N e H_{Q}(u)=Ne H Q ( u ) = N e , K Q ( u ) = N k K_{Q}(u)=Nk K Q ( u ) = N k , and ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 \nabla_{S_{N}}H_{Q}(u)=0 ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , the Hessian has the law
∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) = l a w ( N − 1 ) b Q N G N − 1 − k I N − 1 . (108) \nabla^{2}_{S_{N}}H_{Q}(u)\mathrel{\stackrel{\mathrm{law}}{=}}\sqrt{\frac{(N-1)b_{Q}}{N}}G_{N-1}-kI_{N-1}. \tag*{(108)} ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) = law N ( N − 1 ) b Q G N − 1 − k I N − 1 . (108) When ξ \xi ξ is pure of degree p p p , the conditioning on K Q ( u ) K_{Q}(u) K Q ( u ) is redundant and only values with k = p e k=pe k = p e occur.
If ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , let g 0 = K 0 − 2 b Q = ( y − 2 / b Q ) 2 / y > 0 g_{0}=K_{0}-2\sqrt{b_{Q}}=(y-2/\sqrt{b_{Q}})^{2}/y>0 g 0 = K 0 − 2 b Q = ( y − 2/ b Q ) 2 / y > 0 . Then the interval U 0 = ( K 0 − g 0 / 4 , K 0 + g 0 / 4 ) U_{0}=(K_{0}-g_{0}/4,K_{0}+g_{0}/4) U 0 = ( K 0 − g 0 /4 , K 0 + g 0 /4 ) satisfies inf U 0 = 2 b Q + 3 g 0 / 4 \inf U_{0}=2\sqrt{b_{Q}}+3g_{0}/4 inf U 0 = 2 b Q + 3 g 0 /4 .
By (1), for each fixed k ∈ U 0 k\in U_{0} k ∈ U 0 , the conditional empirical spectral distribution of the Hessian converges to the semicircle law scaled by b Q \sqrt{b_{Q}} b Q and translated by − k -k − k . Its limiting support is l e f t [ − k − 2 b Q , − k + 2 b Q ] left[-k-2\sqrt{b_{Q}},-k+2\sqrt{b_{Q}}] l e f t [ − k − 2 b Q , − k + 2 b Q ] , whose upper endpoint is at most − 3 g 0 / 4 -3g_{0}/4 − 3 g 0 /4 . Localization of every eigenvalue at finite N N N requires a fixed enlargement of this interval; the corresponding edge estimates are proved in § 6.2 . Part (2) itself is a deterministic statement about the location of U 0 U_0 U 0 . The law in (1) is restated, for the version of the conditional law fixed in Definition 7.3 , as Corollary 7.6 , which is the form used in the later sections.
Proof. For (1), by rotation invariance (Lemma 3.2(2)), we may assume that u = N e 1 u=\sqrt{N}e_1 u = N e 1 and that e 2 , … , e N e_2,\ldots,e_N e 2 , … , e N are the remaining standard basis vectors. The field H Q H_Q H Q , extended to R N \mathbb{R}^N R N , is centered Gaussian with covariance E H Q ( v ) H Q ( w ) = N η ( v ⋅ w / N ) \mathbb{E}H_Q(v)H_Q(w)=N\eta(v\cdot w/N) E H Q ( v ) H Q ( w ) = N η ( v ⋅ w / N ) , where η ( r ) = ξ ( Q r ) \eta(r)=\xi(Qr) η ( r ) = ξ ( Q r ) , so that η ′ ( 1 ) = a Q \eta'(1)=a_Q η ′ ( 1 ) = a Q and η ′ ′ ( 1 ) = b Q \eta''(1)=b_Q η ′′ ( 1 ) = b Q . Covariances of derivatives of H Q H_Q H Q at u u u are derivatives of N η ( v ⋅ w / N ) N\eta(v\cdot w/N) N η ( v ⋅ w / N ) in v v v and w w w , evaluated at v = w = u v=w=u v = w = u . For indices i , j , k , l ≥ 2 i,j,k,l\ge2 i , j , k , l ≥ 2 , we find
E [ ∂ i j H Q ( u ) ∂ k l H Q ( u ) ] = ∂ v i ∂ v j ∂ w k ∂ w l N η ( v ⋅ w N ) ∣ v = w = u = η ′ ′ ( 1 ) N ( δ i k δ j l + δ i l δ j k ) . \mathbb{E}\bigl[\partial_{ij}H_Q(u)\,\partial_{kl}H_Q(u)\bigr]
=\left.\partial_{v_i}\partial_{v_j}\partial_{w_k}\partial_{w_l}N\eta\left(\frac{v\cdot w}{N}\right)\right|_{v=w=u}
=\frac{\eta''(1)}{N}\left(\delta_{ik}\delta_{jl}+\delta_{il}\delta_{jk}\right). E [ ∂ ij H Q ( u ) ∂ k l H Q ( u ) ] = ∂ v i ∂ v j ∂ w k ∂ w l N η ( N v ⋅ w ) v = w = u = N η ′′ ( 1 ) ( δ ik δ j l + δ i l δ j k ) .
Indeed, every other term of this fourth derivative contains a factor w i w_i w i , w j w_j w j , v k v_k v k , or v l v_l v l , which vanishes at v = w = u v=w=u v = w = u . Similarly, the covariances of ∂ i j H Q ( u ) \partial_{ij}H_Q(u) ∂ ij H Q ( u ) , with i , j ≥ 2 i,j\ge2 i , j ≥ 2 , with H Q ( u ) H_Q(u) H Q ( u ) , with ∂ 1 H Q ( u ) \partial_1H_Q(u) ∂ 1 H Q ( u ) , and with ∂ k H Q ( u ) \partial_kH_Q(u) ∂ k H Q ( u ) for k ≥ 2 k\ge2 k ≥ 2 , are derivatives of the covariance in which every term contains a factor w i w_i w i or w j w_j w j , and they vanish. Since these variables are jointly Gaussian, the tangent block ( ∂ i j H Q ( u ) ) i , j ≥ 2 (\partial_{ij}H_Q(u))_{i,j\ge2} ( ∂ ij H Q ( u ) ) i , j ≥ 2 is independent of H Q ( u ) H_Q(u) H Q ( u ) , of K Q ( u ) = N ∂ 1 H Q ( u ) K_Q(u)=\sqrt{N}\partial_1H_Q(u) K Q ( u ) = N ∂ 1 H Q ( u ) , and of ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = ( ∂ k H Q ( u ) ) k ≥ 2 \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=(\partial_kH_Q(u))_{k\ge2} ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = ( ∂ k H Q ( u ) ) k ≥ 2 . Its entries are independent up to symmetry, with variance b Q / N b_Q/N b Q / N off the diagonal and 2 b Q / N 2b_Q/N 2 b Q / N on it, which is the law of ( N − 1 ) b Q / N G N − 1 \sqrt{(N-1)b_Q/N}G_{N-1} ( N − 1 ) b Q / N G N − 1 . By the formula for the Riemannian Hessian in the proof of Lemma 3.2,
∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) [ e i , e j ] = ∂ i j H Q ( u ) − N − 1 ( u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) ) δ i j = ∂ i j H Q ( u ) − N − 1 K Q ( u ) δ i j . \nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)[e_i,e_j]=\partial_{ij}H_Q(u)-N^{-1}(u\cdot\nabla H_Q(u))\delta_{ij}=\partial_{ij}H_Q(u)-N^{-1}K_Q(u)\delta_{ij}. ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) [ e i , e j ] = ∂ ij H Q ( u ) − N − 1 ( u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u )) δ ij = ∂ ij H Q ( u ) − N − 1 K Q ( u ) δ ij .
which proves the first assertion. The conditional law (108) follows from this independence. In the pure case, K Q = p H Q K_Q=pH_Q K Q = p H Q by Euler’s identity. For (2), the identity for g 0 g_0 g 0 is (101) , and K 0 − g 0 / 4 = 2 b Q + 3 g 0 / 4 K_0-g_0/4=2\sqrt{b_Q}+3g_0/4 K 0 − g 0 /4 = 2 b Q + 3 g 0 /4 . □
Continuation of the 1RSB solution and the derivative of the free energy
In this section, we fix a finite set D \mathcal{D} D of integers, each at least four, and for c = ( c p ) p ∈ D ∈ R D c=(c_p)_{p\in\mathcal{D}}\in\mathbb{R}^{\mathcal{D}} c = ( c p ) p ∈ D ∈ R D we write ξ c ( r ) = ∑ p ∈ D c p r p \xi_c(r)=\sum_{p\in\mathcal{D}}c_pr^p ξ c ( r ) = ∑ p ∈ D c p r p . For ( c , β ) (c,\beta) ( c , β ) with c ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) D ∖ { 0 } c\in[0,\infty)^{\mathcal{D}}\setminus\{0\} c ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) D ∖ { 0 } and β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 , we write V c , β , x , Q V_{c,\beta,x,Q} V c , β , x , Q for the function V V V of Definition 5.9 built from ξ c \xi_c ξ c , β \beta β , and parameters x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) x,Q\in(0,1) x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) .
Lemma 5.15 (Continuation of the 1RSB solution). Let c ˉ ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) D ∖ { 0 } \bar{c}\in[0,\infty)^{\mathcal{D}}\setminus\{0\} c ˉ ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) D ∖ { 0 } and β ˉ > 0 \bar{\beta}>0 β ˉ > 0 be such that ( ξ c ˉ , β ˉ ) (\xi_{\bar{c}},\bar{\beta}) ( ξ c ˉ , β ˉ ) is strictly 1RSB with parameters x ˉ , Q ˉ \bar{x},\bar{Q} x ˉ , Q ˉ and a nondegenerate contact at Q ˉ \bar{Q} Q ˉ . There exist a neighborhood U U U of ( c ˉ , β ˉ ) (\bar{c},\bar{\beta}) ( c ˉ , β ˉ ) in R D × ( 0 , ∞ ) \mathbb{R}^{\mathcal{D}}\times(0,\infty) R D × ( 0 , ∞ ) and real-analytic functions x , Q : U → ( 0 , 1 ) x,Q:U\to(0,1) x , Q : U → ( 0 , 1 ) with x ( c ˉ , β ˉ ) = x ˉ x(\bar{c},\bar{\beta})=\bar{x} x ( c ˉ , β ˉ ) = x ˉ and Q ( c ˉ , β ˉ ) = Q ˉ Q(\bar{c},\bar{\beta})=\bar{Q} Q ( c ˉ , β ˉ ) = Q ˉ , such that for every ( c , β ) ∈ U (c,\beta)\in U ( c , β ) ∈ U with c ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) D ∖ { 0 } c\in[0,\infty)^{\mathcal{D}}\setminus\{0\} c ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) D ∖ { 0 } , the pair ( ξ c , β ) (\xi_c,\beta) ( ξ c , β ) is strictly 1RSB with parameters x ( c , β ) , Q ( c , β ) x(c,\beta),Q(c,\beta) x ( c , β ) , Q ( c , β ) and a nondegenerate contact at Q ( c , β ) Q(c,\beta) Q ( c , β ) . Proof. The proof has two steps. We first continue the two contact equations V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 V(Q)=V'(Q)=0 V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 by the implicit function theorem. Because V V V vanishes at the two contacts 0 0 0 and Q Q Q , continuity alone does not give positivity of the continued function near them. In the second step, we therefore prove positivity separately near 0 0 0 , near the moving contact, near 1 1 1 , and on the remaining compact set.
The contact equations. For ( x , Q ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) 2 (x,Q)\in(0,1)^2 ( x , Q ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) 2 , c ∈ R D c\in\mathbb{R}^D c ∈ R D , and β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 , let C = 1 − Q + x Q > 0 C=1-Q+xQ>0 C = 1 − Q + x Q > 0 and
H 1 = V c , β , x , Q ( Q ) = 1 x 2 ( log C 1 − Q − x Q C ) − β 2 ξ c ( Q ) , H_1=V_{c,\beta,x,Q}(Q)=\frac{1}{x^2}\left(\log\frac{C}{1-Q}-\frac{xQ}{C}\right)-\beta^2\xi_c(Q), H 1 = V c , β , x , Q ( Q ) = x 2 1 ( log 1 − Q C − C x Q ) − β 2 ξ c ( Q ) ,
H 2 = V c , β , x , Q ′ ( Q ) = Q ( 1 − Q ) C − β 2 ξ c ′ ( Q ) . H_2=V'_{c,\beta,x,Q}(Q)=\frac{Q}{(1-Q)C}-\beta^2\xi'_c(Q). H 2 = V c , β , x , Q ′ ( Q ) = ( 1 − Q ) C Q − β 2 ξ c ′ ( Q ) .
where we used the integrals in the proof of Proposition 5.11(1). These are real-analytic functions of ( x , Q , c , β ) (x,Q,c,\beta) ( x , Q , c , β ) . We write J j = ∫ 0 Q ( Q − v ) j ( C − x v ) − 3 d v J_j=\int_0^Q(Q-v)^j(C-xv)^{-3}\,\mathrm{d}v J j = ∫ 0 Q ( Q − v ) j ( C − xv ) − 3 d v for j = 0 , 1 , 2 j=0,1,2 j = 0 , 1 , 2 . Differentiating the integral expressions H 1 = ∫ 0 Q ( Q − v ) ( C − x v ) − 2 d v − β 2 ξ c ( Q ) H_1=\int_0^Q(Q-v)(C-xv)^{-2}\,\mathrm{d}v-\beta^2\xi_c(Q) H 1 = ∫ 0 Q ( Q − v ) ( C − xv ) − 2 d v − β 2 ξ c ( Q ) and H 2 = ∫ 0 Q ( C − x v ) − 2 d v − β 2 ξ c ′ ( Q ) H_2=\int_0^Q(C-xv)^{-2}\,\mathrm{d}v-\beta^2\xi'_c(Q) H 2 = ∫ 0 Q ( C − xv ) − 2 d v − β 2 ξ c ′ ( Q ) , and using ∂ x ( C − x v ) = Q − v \partial_x(C-xv)=Q-v ∂ x ( C − xv ) = Q − v and ∂ Q ( C − x v ) = − ( 1 − x ) \partial_Q(C-xv)=-(1-x) ∂ Q ( C − xv ) = − ( 1 − x ) , we find
\begin{pmatrix}
\partial_xH_1 & \partial_QH_1\\
\partial_xH_2 & \partial_QH_2
\end{pmatrix}
=
\begin{pmatrix}
-2J_2 & H_2+2(1-x)J_1\\
-2J_1 & V''(Q)+2(1-x)J_0
\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(109)}\end{pmatrix}
where V ′ ′ ( Q ) = ( 1 − Q ) − 2 − β 2 ξ c ′ ′ ( Q ) V''(Q)=(1-Q)^{-2}-\beta^2\xi''_c(Q) V ′′ ( Q ) = ( 1 − Q ) − 2 − β 2 ξ c ′′ ( Q ) . In ∂ Q H 1 \partial_QH_1 ∂ Q H 1 , the boundary term vanishes because the integrand ( Q − v ) ( C − x v ) − 2 (Q-v)(C-xv)^{-2} ( Q − v ) ( C − xv ) − 2 vanishes at v = Q v=Q v = Q ; in ∂ Q H 2 \partial_QH_2 ∂ Q H 2 , the boundary term is ( C − x Q ) − 2 = ( 1 − Q ) − 2 (C-xQ)^{-2}=(1-Q)^{-2} ( C − x Q ) − 2 = ( 1 − Q ) − 2 . At ( x ˉ , Q ˉ , c ˉ , β ˉ ) (\bar{x},\bar{Q},\bar{c},\bar{\beta}) ( x ˉ , Q ˉ , c ˉ , β ˉ ) , we have H 2 = 0 H_2=0 H 2 = 0 , and the determinant of (5.31) is
− 2 J 2 V ′ ′ ( Q ˉ ) − 4 ( 1 − x ˉ ) ( J 0 J 2 − J 1 2 ) < 0. -2J_2V''(\bar{Q})-4(1-\bar{x})(J_0J_2-J_1^2)<0. − 2 J 2 V ′′ ( Q ˉ ) − 4 ( 1 − x ˉ ) ( J 0 J 2 − J 1 2 ) < 0.
Here J 2 > 0 J_2>0 J 2 > 0 , V ′ ′ ( Q ˉ ) > 0 V''(\bar{Q})>0 V ′′ ( Q ˉ ) > 0 by (5.15), and J 0 J 2 > J 1 2 J_0J_2>J_1^2 J 0 J 2 > J 1 2 by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, which is strict because v ↦ Q ˉ − v v\mapsto\bar{Q}-v v ↦ Q ˉ − v is not constant. By the implicit function theorem, there exist a neighborhood U 1 U_1 U 1 of ( c ˉ , β ˉ ) (\bar{c},\bar{\beta}) ( c ˉ , β ˉ ) and real-analytic functions x , Q x,Q x , Q on U 1 U_1 U 1 with values in ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , such that H 1 = H 2 = 0 H_1=H_2=0 H 1 = H 2 = 0 at ( x ( c , β ) , Q ( c , β ) , c , β ) (x(c,\beta),Q(c,\beta),c,\beta) ( x ( c , β ) , Q ( c , β ) , c , β ) .
Positivity. For ( c , β ) ∈ U 1 (c,\beta)\in U_1 ( c , β ) ∈ U 1 with c ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) D ∖ { 0 } c\in[0,\infty)^D\setminus\{0\} c ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) D ∖ { 0 } , let V ~ = V c , β , x ( c , β ) , Q ( c , β ) \widetilde{V}=V_{c,\beta,x(c,\beta),Q(c,\beta)} V = V c , β , x ( c , β ) , Q ( c , β ) , Q ~ = Q ( c , β ) \widetilde{Q}=Q(c,\beta) Q = Q ( c , β ) , and let V 0 V_0 V 0 be the function V V V of ( ξ ˉ c , β ˉ ) (\bar{\xi}_c,\bar{\beta}) ( ξ ˉ c , β ˉ ) . We shrink U 1 U_1 U 1 to a neighborhood U U U with compact closure in U 1 U_1 U 1 , on which ∣ Q ( c , β ) − Q ˉ ∣ \lvert Q(c,\beta)-\bar{Q}\rvert ∣ Q ( c , β ) − Q ˉ ∣ is small and β 2 ∑ p ∣ c p ∣ ≤ M \beta^2\sum_p\lvert c_p\rvert\le M β 2 ∑ p ∣ c p ∣ ≤ M for some M < ∞ M<\infty M < ∞ . We cover ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) by four regions.
Near the origin: since the function x ^ \hat{x} x ^ of (5.14) satisfies 0 < x ^ ≤ 1 0<\hat{x}\le1 0 < x ^ ≤ 1 , and ξ c ( r ) ≤ r 4 ∑ p c p \xi_c(r)\le r^4\sum_p c_p ξ c ( r ) ≤ r 4 ∑ p c p for 0 ≤ r ≤ 1 0\le r\le1 0 ≤ r ≤ 1 , we have V ~ ( r ) ≥ r 2 / 2 − M r 4 ≥ r 2 / 4 \widetilde{V}(r)\ge r^2/2-Mr^4\ge r^2/4 V ( r ) ≥ r 2 /2 − M r 4 ≥ r 2 /4 for 0 < r ≤ r 0 = ( 4 M ) − 1 / 2 0<r\le r_0=(4M)^{-1/2} 0 < r ≤ r 0 = ( 4 M ) − 1/2 .
Near the contact: let λ = V 0 ′ ′ ( Q ˉ ) > 0 \lambda=V_0''(\bar{Q})>0 λ = V 0 ′′ ( Q ˉ ) > 0 . The function V ~ ′ ′ = x ^ − 2 − β 2 ξ c ′ ′ \widetilde{V}''=\hat{x}^{-2}-\beta^2\xi''_c V ′′ = x ^ − 2 − β 2 ξ c ′′ is continuous in r r r and in the parameters, on compact subsets of [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , because x ^ \hat{x} x ^ is continuous in ( v , x , Q ) (v,x,Q) ( v , x , Q ) and positive for v < 1 v<1 v < 1 . After shrinking U U U , there exists δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 such that V ~ ′ ′ ≥ λ / 2 \widetilde{V}''\ge\lambda/2 V ′′ ≥ λ /2 on I = [ Q ˉ − 2 δ , Q ˉ + 2 δ ] I=[\bar{Q}-2\delta,\bar{Q}+2\delta] I = [ Q ˉ − 2 δ , Q ˉ + 2 δ ] and ∣ Q ~ − Q ˉ ∣ ≤ δ \lvert\widetilde{Q}-\bar{Q}\rvert\le\delta ∣ Q − Q ˉ ∣ ≤ δ . Using V ~ ( Q ~ ) = V ~ ′ ( Q ~ ) = 0 \widetilde{V}(\widetilde{Q})=\widetilde{V}'(\widetilde{Q})=0 V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 and Taylor’s formula, we find V ~ ( r ) ≥ λ ( r − Q ~ ) 2 / 4 \widetilde{V}(r)\ge\lambda(r-\widetilde{Q})^2/4 V ( r ) ≥ λ ( r − Q ) 2 /4 for r ∈ I r\in I r ∈ I , which is positive for r ≠ Q ~ r\ne\widetilde{Q} r = Q . Near one: for r ≥ Q ~ r \ge\widetilde{Q} r ≥ Q , we have, by the computation in the proof of Proposition 5.11 (2),
V ~ ( r ) = − log 1 − r 1 − Q ~ − r − Q ~ 1 − Q ~ − β 2 ( ξ c ( r ) − ξ c ( Q ~ ) − ( r − Q ~ ) ξ c ′ ( Q ~ ) ) . \widetilde{V}(r)=-\log\frac{1-r}{1-\widetilde{Q}}-\frac{r-\widetilde{Q}}{1-\widetilde{Q}}-\beta^2\left(\xi_c(r)-\xi_c(\widetilde{Q})-(r-\widetilde{Q})\xi_c'(\widetilde{Q})\right). V ( r ) = − log 1 − Q 1 − r − 1 − Q r − Q − β 2 ( ξ c ( r ) − ξ c ( Q ) − ( r − Q ) ξ c ′ ( Q ) ) .
All terms except − log ( 1 − r ) -\log(1-r) − log ( 1 − r ) are bounded uniformly over U \mathcal{U} U and r ∈ [ Q ~ , 1 ) r\in[\widetilde{Q},1) r ∈ [ Q , 1 ) , by a constant M 1 M_1 M 1 . Then V ~ ( r ) ≥ − log ( 1 − r ) − M 1 > 0 \widetilde{V}(r)\ge-\log(1-r)-M_1>0 V ( r ) ≥ − log ( 1 − r ) − M 1 > 0 for 1 − e − M 1 < r < 1 1-e^{-M_1}<r<1 1 − e − M 1 < r < 1 ; we may assume that 1 − e − M 1 > Q ‾ + 2 δ 1-e^{-M_1}>\overline{Q}+2\delta 1 − e − M 1 > Q + 2 δ .
The remaining set K = [ r 0 , 1 − e − M 1 ] ∖ ( Q ‾ − δ , Q ‾ + δ ) K=[r_0,1-e^{-M_1}]\setminus(\overline{Q}-\delta,\overline{Q}+\delta) K = [ r 0 , 1 − e − M 1 ] ∖ ( Q − δ , Q + δ ) is compact and does not contain 0 0 0 , Q ‾ \overline{Q} Q , or 1 1 1 , so V 0 V_0 V 0 has a positive minimum m 0 m_0 m 0 on K K K . The function ( c , β , r ) ↦ V ~ ( r ) (c,\beta,r)\mapsto\widetilde{V}(r) ( c , β , r ) ↦ V ( r ) is continuous on the closure of U \mathcal{U} U times K K K . After shrinking U \mathcal{U} U , we have V ~ ≥ m 0 / 2 \widetilde{V}\ge m_0/2 V ≥ m 0 /2 on K K K .
Since these four regions cover ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , we have V ~ > 0 \widetilde{V}>0 V > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q ~ } (0,1)\setminus\{\widetilde{Q}\} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } . Together with V ~ ( Q ~ ) = V ~ ′ ( Q ~ ) = 0 \widetilde{V}(\widetilde{Q})=\widetilde{V}'(\widetilde{Q})=0 V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 and V ~ ′ ′ ( Q ~ ) ≥ λ / 2 \widetilde{V}''(\widetilde{Q})\ge\lambda/2 V ′′ ( Q ) ≥ λ /2 , this proves that ( ξ c , β ) (\xi_c,\beta) ( ξ c , β ) satisfies the 1RSB assumptions with parameters x ( c , β ) x(c,\beta) x ( c , β ) and Q ( c , β ) Q(c,\beta) Q ( c , β ) .
The proof also shows that the margins r 2 / 4 r^2/4 r 2 /4 near the origin, λ ( r − Q ~ ) 2 / 4 \lambda(r-\widetilde{Q})^2/4 λ ( r − Q ) 2 /4 near the contact, and m 0 / 2 m_0/2 m 0 /2 on the compact set hold uniformly on U \mathcal{U} U .
Corollary 5.16 (Derivative of the free energy). Let ( ξ , β 0 ) (\xi,\beta_0) ( ξ , β 0 ) be strictly 1RSB with parameters x , Q x,Q x , Q and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q . Then F F F is real-analytic on a neighborhood of β 0 \beta_0 β 0 , and
F ′ ( β 0 ) = β 0 ( ξ ( 1 ) − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ) . (110) F'(\beta_0)=\beta_0\left(\xi(1)-(1-x)\xi(Q)\right). \tag*{(110)} F ′ ( β 0 ) = β 0 ( ξ ( 1 ) − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ) . (110) Moreover, F N ′ ( β 0 ) = N − 1 E π ( H N ) F_N'(\beta_0)=N^{-1}\mathbb{E}\,\pi(H_N) F N ′ ( β 0 ) = N − 1 E π ( H N ) for every N N N , and F N ′ ( β 0 ) → F ′ ( β 0 ) F_N'(\beta_0)\to F'(\beta_0) F N ′ ( β 0 ) → F ′ ( β 0 ) as N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ .
Proof. Let D \mathcal{D} D be the set of supported degrees of ξ \xi ξ , and apply Lemma 5.15 with c c c fixed. For β \beta β near β 0 \beta_0 β 0 , the pair ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) satisfies the 1RSB assumptions with real-analytic parameters x ( β ) , Q ( β ) x(\beta),Q(\beta) x ( β ) , Q ( β ) , and by (5.18), F ( β ) = F ( x ( β ) , Q ( β ) , β ) F(\beta)=\mathcal{F}(x(\beta),Q(\beta),\beta) F ( β ) = F ( x ( β ) , Q ( β ) , β ) , where
F ( x , Q , β ) = 1 2 ( β 2 ( ξ ( 1 ) − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ) + 1 x log 1 − Q + x Q 1 − Q + log ( 1 − Q ) ) . \mathcal{F}(x,Q,\beta)=\frac{1}{2}\left(\beta^2\left(\xi(1)-(1-x)\xi(Q)\right)+\frac{1}{x}\log\frac{1-Q+xQ}{1-Q}+\log(1-Q)\right). F ( x , Q , β ) = 2 1 ( β 2 ( ξ ( 1 ) − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ) + x 1 log 1 − Q 1 − Q + x Q + log ( 1 − Q ) ) .
This proves analyticity. By direct differentiation, we have
∂ x F = − 1 2 V x , Q ( Q ) , ∂ Q F = 1 2 ( 1 − x ) V x , Q ′ ( Q ) , \partial_x\mathcal{F}=-\frac{1}{2}V_{x,Q}(Q),\qquad\partial_Q\mathcal{F}=\frac{1}{2}(1-x)V'_{x,Q}(Q), ∂ x F = − 2 1 V x , Q ( Q ) , ∂ Q F = 2 1 ( 1 − x ) V x , Q ′ ( Q ) ,
where V x , Q V_{x,Q} V x , Q is the function of Definition 5.9 with parameters x , Q x,Q x , Q at inverse temperature β \beta β ; for the first identity, we used the expression for H 1 H_1 H 1 in the proof of Lemma 5.15, and for the second, the expression for H 2 H_2 H 2 . Both vanish along the branch. Using the chain rule, we find that F ′ ( β 0 ) = ∂ β F ( x , Q , β 0 ) F'(\beta_0)=\partial_\beta\mathcal{F}(x,Q,\beta_0) F ′ ( β 0 ) = ∂ β F ( x , Q , β 0 ) , which is (5.32).
For each N N N , the function F N F_N F N is convex and differentiable, with F N ′ ( β ) = N − 1 E π ( H N ) F_N'(\beta)=N^{-1}\mathbb{E}\,\pi(H_N) F N ′ ( β ) = N − 1 E π ( H N ) , by differentiation under the expectation (the field is a polynomial with Gaussian coefficients, and sup S N ∣ H N ∣ \sup_{S_N}|H_N| sup S N ∣ H N ∣ has Gaussian tails). For h > 0 h>0 h > 0 , convexity implies that
F N ( β 0 ) − F N ( β 0 − h ) h ≤ F N ′ ( β 0 ) ≤ F N ( β 0 + h ) − F N ( β 0 ) h . \frac{F_N(\beta_0)-F_N(\beta_0-h)}{h}\le F_N'(\beta_0)\le\frac{F_N(\beta_0+h)-F_N(\beta_0)}{h}. h F N ( β 0 ) − F N ( β 0 − h ) ≤ F N ′ ( β 0 ) ≤ h F N ( β 0 + h ) − F N ( β 0 ) .
By Theorem 3.14 , F N → F F_N \to F F N → F at every inverse temperature. Letting N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ and then h ↓ 0 h \downarrow0 h ↓ 0 , and using the differentiability of F F F at β 0 \beta_0 β 0 , we obtain F N ′ ( β 0 ) → F ′ ( β 0 ) F_N'(\beta_0) \to F'(\beta_0) F N ′ ( β 0 ) → F ′ ( β 0 ) . □ \square □
Classes of strictly 1RSB covariances
Proposition 5.17 (Strict convexity of ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi''^{-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 ). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture with minimum degree at least four, such that r ↦ ξ ′ ′ ( r ) − 1 / 2 r \mapsto\xi''(r)^{-1/2} r ↦ ξ ′′ ( r ) − 1/2 is strictly convex on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] . Then for every β > β s ( ξ ) \beta> \beta_s(\xi) β > β s ( ξ ) , the pair ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , where its parameters x , Q x,Q x , Q are given by ζ β = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q \zeta_\beta= x\delta_0 + (1-x)\delta_Q ζ β = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q .
The argument that bounds the number of contacts is that of Crisanti and Sommers [52], as presented by Talagrand [146, Proposition 2.2], who treats even mixtures. The optimality criterion of Lemma 3.15 holds for all finite mixtures, and the argument applies to odd degrees as well; we include it with the strictness made explicit. The contact-count argument also appears in the rule of signs of [97, Theorem 1.3(1) and Remark 1.4] when ( ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 ) ′ ′ > 0 (\xi''^{-1/2})'' > 0 ( ξ ′′ − 1/2 ) ′′ > 0 . For the ground state, the analogous criterion is [90, Lemma 3.21]; we do not use it.
Proof. Fix β > β s ( ξ ) \beta> \beta_s(\xi) β > β s ( ξ ) , and write ζ = ζ β \zeta= \zeta_\beta ζ = ζ β , x ^ = x ^ β \hat{x} = \hat{x}_\beta x ^ = x ^ β , and V = V β V = V_\beta V = V β . By Lemma 5.6 , V ≥ 0 V \ge0 V ≥ 0 on [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , the support of ζ \zeta ζ consists of contact points, and 0 0 0 belongs to the support, since the minimum degree is at least three. Let
D ( r ) = ( β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( r ) ) − 1 / 2 − x ^ ( r ) , 0 < r < 1. D(r) = \left(\beta^2 \xi''(r)\right)^{-1/2} - \hat{x}(r), \qquad0 < r < 1. D ( r ) = ( β 2 ξ ′′ ( r ) ) − 1/2 − x ^ ( r ) , 0 < r < 1.
The function x ^ \hat{x} x ^ is concave, because its almost everywhere derivative − ζ ( [ 0 , r ] ) -\zeta([0,r]) − ζ ([ 0 , r ]) is nonincreasing. Then D D D is strictly convex on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , and it has at most two zeros there. By (80) , for 0 < r < 1 0 < r < 1 0 < r < 1 we have V ′ ′ ( r ) = 0 V''(r) = 0 V ′′ ( r ) = 0 if and only if D ( r ) = 0 D(r) = 0 D ( r ) = 0 .
At most two contacts. Let a < b a < b a < b be two contact points. Then V ( a ) = V ( b ) = 0 V(a) = V(b) = 0 V ( a ) = V ( b ) = 0 and V ′ ( a ) = V ′ ( b ) = 0 V'(a) = V'(b) = 0 V ′ ( a ) = V ′ ( b ) = 0 ; for a = 0 a = 0 a = 0 this is (80) , and otherwise it holds because V ≥ 0 V \ge0 V ≥ 0 has interior minima at a a a and b b b . The function V V V does not vanish identically on [ a , b ] [a,b] [ a , b ] : otherwise V ′ ′ = 0 V'' = 0 V ′′ = 0 on ( a , b ) (a,b) ( a , b ) , and D D D would vanish on an interval. The maximum of V V V on [ a , b ] [a,b] [ a , b ] is therefore positive and is attained at some c ∈ ( a , b ) c \in(a,b) c ∈ ( a , b ) , where V ′ ( c ) = 0 V'(c) = 0 V ′ ( c ) = 0 . Applying Rolle’s theorem to V ′ V' V ′ on [ a , c ] [a,c] [ a , c ] and on [ c , b ] [c,b] [ c , b ] , we obtain zeros of V ′ ′ V'' V ′′ in ( a , c ) (a,c) ( a , c ) and in ( c , b ) (c,b) ( c , b ) , that is, two distinct zeros of D D D in ( a , b ) (a,b) ( a , b ) . If there were three contacts a < b < b ′ a < b < b' a < b < b ′ , we would obtain two zeros of D D D in ( a , b ) (a,b) ( a , b ) and two in ( b , b ′ ) (b,b') ( b , b ′ ) , which is impossible. We conclude that there are at most two contact points.
Two atoms. As β > β s ( ξ ) \beta> \beta_s(\xi) β > β s ( ξ ) , Lemma 3.18 (1) implies that ζ ≠ δ 0 \zeta\ne\delta_0 ζ = δ 0 . The support of ζ \zeta ζ contains 0 0 0 , is not { 0 } \{0\} { 0 } , and consists of at most two contacts. This implies that ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q \zeta= x\delta_0 + (1-x)\delta_Q ζ = x δ 0 + ( 1 − x ) δ Q with x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) x,Q \in(0,1) x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and the contact set is { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } . Then x ^ \hat{x} x ^ is the function (92) with these parameters, V V V is the function of Definition 5.9, V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 V(Q)=V'(Q)=0 V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 , and V > 0 V>0 V > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } (0,1)\setminus\{Q\} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } .
Strict curvature at Q Q Q . Since Q Q Q is an interior minimum of V V V , we have V ′ ′ ( Q ) ≥ 0 V''(Q)\geq0 V ′′ ( Q ) ≥ 0 . If V ′ ′ ( Q ) = 0 V''(Q)=0 V ′′ ( Q ) = 0 , then D ( Q ) = 0 D(Q)=0 D ( Q ) = 0 . The argument above, applied to the contacts 0 < Q 0<Q 0 < Q , shows that the function D D D also has two zeros in ( 0 , Q ) (0,Q) ( 0 , Q ) . It would then have three zeros, which is impossible. Therefore V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V''(Q)>0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 , and ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) satisfies (5.15). □
The next proposition gives a criterion for the convexity hypothesis of Proposition 5.17 that involves only the smallest and the largest supported degrees.
Proposition 5.18 (A condition on the smallest and largest degrees). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture whose smallest supported degree is d ≥ 4 d\geq4 d ≥ 4 and whose largest supported degree is P P P . If
6 ( d − 2 ) ( P − 2 ) > ( d + P − 5 ) 2 , (111) 6(d-2)(P-2)>(d+P-5)^2, \tag*{(111)} 6 ( d − 2 ) ( P − 2 ) > ( d + P − 5 ) 2 , (111) which is equivalent to P − d < d − 1 + 3 d ( d − 2 ) P-d<d-1+\sqrt{3d(d-2)} P − d < d − 1 + 3 d ( d − 2 ) , then ( ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 ) ′ ′ > 0 (\xi''^{-1/2})''>0 ( ξ ′′ − 1/2 ) ′′ > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] . In particular, ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi''^{-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 is strictly convex on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] , and ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact for every β > β s ( ξ ) \beta>\beta_s(\xi) β > β s ( ξ ) . The condition (5.33) holds whenever all supported degrees of ξ \xi ξ lie in one of the sets { 4 , 5 , … , 11 } \{4,5,\ldots,11\} { 4 , 5 , … , 11 } , { 6 , 7 , … , 18 } \{6,7,\ldots,18\} { 6 , 7 , … , 18 } , and { 8 , 9 , … , 26 } \{8,9,\ldots,26\} { 8 , 9 , … , 26 } .
The proof applies the Bhatia–Davis bound Var ( I ) ≤ ( m − n ) ( M − m ) \operatorname{Var}(I)\leq(m-n)(M-m) Var ( I ) ≤ ( m − n ) ( M − m ) for a random variable I I I with values in [ n , M ] [n,M] [ n , M ] and mean m m m [31] to a tilted distribution of the degrees. No restriction on the number of supported degrees, their parity, or the sizes of the coefficients is needed.
Proof. We write v ( r ) = ξ ′ ′ ( r ) = ∑ i a i r i v(r)=\xi''(r)=\sum_i a_i r^i v ( r ) = ξ ′′ ( r ) = ∑ i a i r i , where i = p − 2 i=p-2 i = p − 2 ranges over the shifted supported degrees and a i = p ( p − 1 ) c p > 0 a_i=p(p-1)c_p>0 a i = p ( p − 1 ) c p > 0 . Fix r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] r\in(0,1] r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , and let I I I be a random variable with P ( I = i ) = a i r i / v ( r ) \mathbb{P}(I=i)=a_i r^i/v(r) P ( I = i ) = a i r i / v ( r ) , with mean m m m and variance σ 2 \sigma^2 σ 2 . Differentiating term by term, we have
r v ′ ( r ) v ( r ) = m , r 2 v ′ ′ ( r ) v ( r ) = E [ I ( I − 1 ) ] = m 2 + σ 2 − m , \frac{rv'(r)}{v(r)}=m,\qquad\frac{r^2v''(r)}{v(r)}=\mathbb{E}[I(I-1)]=m^2+\sigma^2-m, v ( r ) r v ′ ( r ) = m , v ( r ) r 2 v ′′ ( r ) = E [ I ( I − 1 )] = m 2 + σ 2 − m ,
and therefore
r 2 v ( r ) 2 ( 3 v ′ ( r ) 2 − 2 v ( r ) v ′ ′ ( r ) ) = 3 m 2 − 2 ( m 2 + σ 2 − m ) = m 2 + 2 m − 2 σ 2 . (112) \frac{r^2}{v(r)^2}\left(3v'(r)^2-2v(r)v''(r)\right)=3m^2-2(m^2+\sigma^2-m)=m^2+2m-2\sigma^2. \tag*{(112)} v ( r ) 2 r 2 ( 3 v ′ ( r ) 2 − 2 v ( r ) v ′′ ( r ) ) = 3 m 2 − 2 ( m 2 + σ 2 − m ) = m 2 + 2 m − 2 σ 2 . (112)
Let n = d − 2 ≥ 2 n=d-2\geq2 n = d − 2 ≥ 2 and M = P − 2 M=P-2 M = P − 2 . Since n ≤ I ≤ M n\leq I\leq M n ≤ I ≤ M , we have 0 ≤ E [ ( I − n ) ( M − I ) ] = ( m − n ) ( M − m ) − σ 2 0\leq\mathbb{E}[(I-n)(M-I)]=(m-n)(M-m)-\sigma^2 0 ≤ E [( I − n ) ( M − I )] = ( m − n ) ( M − m ) − σ 2 , which is the Bhatia–Davis bound. It follows that the right side of (5.34) is at least
f ( m ) = m 2 + 2 m − 2 ( m − n ) ( M − m ) = 3 m 2 − 2 ( n + M − 1 ) m + 2 n M , n ≤ m ≤ M . f(m)=m^2+2m-2(m-n)(M-m)=3m^2-2(n+M-1)m+2nM,\qquad n\leq m\leq M. f ( m ) = m 2 + 2 m − 2 ( m − n ) ( M − m ) = 3 m 2 − 2 ( n + M − 1 ) m + 2 n M , n ≤ m ≤ M .
The vertex of this quadratic is at m ∗ = ( n + M − 1 ) / 3 m_*=(n+M-1)/3 m ∗ = ( n + M − 1 ) /3 . If M ≤ 2 n + 1 M\leq2n+1 M ≤ 2 n + 1 , then m ∗ ≤ n m_*\leq n m ∗ ≤ n , and f ( m ) ≥ f ( n ) = n ( n + 2 ) > 0 f(m)\geq f(n)=n(n+2)>0 f ( m ) ≥ f ( n ) = n ( n + 2 ) > 0 on [ n , M ] [n,M] [ n , M ] . Otherwise, m ∗ ∈ ( n , M ) m_*\in(n,M) m ∗ ∈ ( n , M ) , and the minimum of $f on [ n , M ] [n,M] [ n , M ] is f ( m ∗ ) = 2 n M − ( n + M − 1 ) 2 / 3 f(m_\ast)=2nM-(n+M-1)^2/3 f ( m ∗ ) = 2 n M − ( n + M − 1 ) 2 /3 , which is positive by (111) . In both cases, 3 v ′ 2 − 2 v v ′ ′ > 0 3v'^2-2vv''>0 3 v ′2 − 2 v v ′′ > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] , and
( v − 1 / 2 ) ′ ′ = 3 v ′ 2 − 2 v v ′ ′ 4 v 5 / 2 > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ] . \left(v^{-1/2}\right)''=\frac{3v'^2-2vv''}{4v^{5/2}}>0 \qquad\text{on }(0,1]. ( v − 1/2 ) ′′ = 4 v 5/2 3 v ′2 − 2 v v ′′ > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ] .
A function with positive second derivative is strictly convex, and Proposition 5.17 implies that the 1RSB assumptions hold for every β > β s ( ξ ) \beta>\beta_s(\xi) β > β s ( ξ ) .
For the equivalent form, let k = P − d k=P-d k = P − d . Expanding both sides, we find
6 ( d − 2 ) ( P − 2 ) − ( d + P − 5 ) 2 = 3 d ( d − 2 ) − ( k − ( d − 1 ) ) 2 . 6(d-2)(P-2)-(d+P-5)^2=3d(d-2)-(k-(d-1))^2. 6 ( d − 2 ) ( P − 2 ) − ( d + P − 5 ) 2 = 3 d ( d − 2 ) − ( k − ( d − 1 ) ) 2 .
Since d − 1 − 3 d ( d − 2 ) < 0 ≤ k d-1-\sqrt{3d(d-2)}<0\leq k d − 1 − 3 d ( d − 2 ) < 0 ≤ k for d ≥ 4 d\geq4 d ≥ 4 , the left side is positive if and only if k < d − 1 + 3 d ( d − 2 ) k<d-1+\sqrt{3d(d-2)} k < d − 1 + 3 d ( d − 2 ) . For the three sets, let h ( d ) = d − 1 + 3 d ( d − 2 ) h(d)=d-1+\sqrt{3d(d-2)} h ( d ) = d − 1 + 3 d ( d − 2 ) , which is increasing in d d d , and let [ d 1 , P 1 ] [d_1,P_1] [ d 1 , P 1 ] be the set. If d 1 ≤ d ≤ P ≤ P 1 d_1\leq d\leq P\leq P_1 d 1 ≤ d ≤ P ≤ P 1 , then P − d ≤ P 1 − d 1 P-d\leq P_1-d_1 P − d ≤ P 1 − d 1 , and it suffices to check P 1 − d 1 < h ( d 1 ) P_1-d_1<h(d_1) P 1 − d 1 < h ( d 1 ) . For ( d 1 , P 1 ) = ( 4 , 11 ) , ( 6 , 18 ) , ( 8 , 26 ) (d_1,P_1)=(4,11),(6,18),(8,26) ( d 1 , P 1 ) = ( 4 , 11 ) , ( 6 , 18 ) , ( 8 , 26 ) , the left side of (5.33) is 108, 384, 864 and the right side is 100, 361, 841. By the equivalence just proved, this means that P 1 − d 1 < h ( d 1 ) P_1-d_1<h(d_1) P 1 − d 1 < h ( d 1 ) .
We now turn to pure models, whose static parameters Subag computed rigorously from the generalized TAP representation, without the Parisi formula (see Remark 5.21). For z > 0 z>0 z > 0 , let
v ( z ) = ( 1 + z ) log ( 1 + z ) − z z 2 = ∫ 0 1 1 − t 1 + z t d t . (113) v(z)=\frac{(1+z)\log(1+z)-z}{z^2}=\int_0^1\frac{1-t}{1+zt}\,dt. \tag*{(113)} v ( z ) = z 2 ( 1 + z ) log ( 1 + z ) − z = ∫ 0 1 1 + z t 1 − t d t . (113)
The second expression follows by computing the integral. Differentiating under the integral, we see that v v v is strictly decreasing, with v ( 0 + ) = 1 / 2 v(0+)=1/2 v ( 0 + ) = 1/2 and v ( ∞ ) = 0 v(\infty)=0 v ( ∞ ) = 0 . Under the 1RSB assumptions, (5.22) implies that the parameter z z z of (5.16) satisfies v ( z ) = ξ ( Q ) / a Q v(z)=\xi(Q)/a_Q v ( z ) = ξ ( Q ) / a Q .
Proposition 5.20 (Pure models). Let p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 and ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r)=r^p ξ ( r ) = r p . Let z p > 0 z_p>0 z p > 0 be the unique solution of υ ( z p ) = 1 / p \upsilon(z_p)=1/p υ ( z p ) = 1/ p , and let
q s = z p 1 + z p , e p = p + z p p ( 1 + z p ) . q_s=\frac{z_p}{1+z_p},\qquad e_p=\frac{p+z_p}{\sqrt{p(1+z_p)}}. q s = 1 + z p z p , e p = p ( 1 + z p ) p + z p . We have z p > 2 ( p − 2 ) z_p>2(p-2) z p > 2 ( p − 2 ) , q s q_s q s is the unique minimizer of r ↦ ( − r − log ( 1 − r ) ) / r p r\mapsto(-r-\log(1-r))/r^p r ↦ ( − r − log ( 1 − r )) / r p on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , and
β s ( p ) 2 = 1 p q s p − 2 ( 1 − q s ) . \beta_s(p)^2=\frac{1}{p q_s^{p-2}(1-q_s)}. β s ( p ) 2 = p q s p − 2 ( 1 − q s ) 1 . Let β > β s ( p ) \beta>\beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) . Then ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact. Its parameter Q Q Q is the unique solution in ( q s , 1 ) (q_s,1) ( q s , 1 ) of
β 2 p ( 1 + z p ) Q p − 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 = 1 , (114) \beta^2p(1+z_p)Q^{p-2}(1-Q)^2=1, \tag*{(114)} β 2 p ( 1 + z p ) Q p − 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 = 1 , (114) and x = z p ( 1 − Q ) / Q x=z_p(1-Q)/Q x = z p ( 1 − Q ) / Q . Moreover, V ′ ′ ( Q ) = ( 1 − Q ) − 2 ( 1 − ( p − 1 ) / ( 1 + z p ) ) V''(Q)=(1-Q)^{-2}(1-(p-1)/(1+z_p)) V ′′ ( Q ) = ( 1 − Q ) − 2 ( 1 − ( p − 1 ) / ( 1 + z p )) .
We have E ( q ) = e p q p / 2 E(q)=e_pq^{p/2} E ( q ) = e p q p /2 for 0 ≤ q ≤ 1 0\le q\le1 0 ≤ q ≤ 1 , E 0 = e p Q p / 2 E_0=e_pQ^{p/2} E 0 = e p Q p /2 , K 0 = p E 0 K_0=pE_0 K 0 = p E 0 , and
F ( β ) = β e p Q p / 2 + 1 2 log ( 1 − Q ) + β 2 2 ( 1 − Q p − p Q p − 1 ( 1 − Q ) ) . F(\beta)=\beta e_pQ^{p/2}+\frac{1}{2}\log(1-Q)+\frac{\beta^2}{2}(1-Q^p-pQ^{p-1}(1-Q)). F ( β ) = β e p Q p /2 + 2 1 log ( 1 − Q ) + 2 β 2 ( 1 − Q p − p Q p − 1 ( 1 − Q )) .
Proof. Recall that υ \upsilon υ is strictly decreasing from 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 to 0 0 0 . As 1 / p ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ) 1/p\in(0,1/2) 1/ p ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ) , the solution z p z_p z p exists and is unique.
The bound on $z_p. Let m = p − 2 ≥ 2 m=p-2\ge2 m = p − 2 ≥ 2 . Since υ \upsilon υ is decreasing, z p > 2 m z_p>2m z p > 2 m is equivalent to υ ( 2 m ) > 1 / ( m + 2 ) \upsilon(2m)>1/(m+2) υ ( 2 m ) > 1/ ( m + 2 ) . Multiplying by $4m^2/(2m+1)$ and rearranging, this is equivalent to h 0 ( m ) > 0 h_0(m)>0 h 0 ( m ) > 0 , where
h 0 ( m ) = log ( 2 m + 1 ) − 2 m ( 3 m + 2 ) ( m + 2 ) ( 2 m + 1 ) . h_0(m)=\log(2m+1)-\frac{2m(3m+2)}{(m+2)(2m+1)}. h 0 ( m ) = log ( 2 m + 1 ) − ( m + 2 ) ( 2 m + 1 ) 2 m ( 3 m + 2 ) .
A direct computation gives h 0 ′ ( m ) = 4 m 2 ( m − 1 ) / ( ( m + 2 ) 2 ( 2 m + 1 ) 2 ) > 0 h_0'(m)=4m^2(m-1)/((m+2)^2(2m+1)^2)>0 h 0 ′ ( m ) = 4 m 2 ( m − 1 ) / (( m + 2 ) 2 ( 2 m + 1 ) 2 ) > 0 for m > 1 m>1 m > 1 . At m = 2 m=2 m = 2 , since log 5 = 2 atanh ( 2 / 3 ) \log5=2\operatorname{atanh}(2/3) log 5 = 2 atanh ( 2/3 ) and the series of atanh \operatorname{atanh} atanh has positive terms,
log 5 > 2 ( 2 3 + ( 2 / 3 ) 3 3 + ( 2 / 3 ) 5 5 + ( 2 / 3 ) 7 7 ) = 8 5 + 4 15309 , \log5>2\left(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{(2/3)^3}{3}+\frac{(2/3)^5}{5}+\frac{(2/3)^7}{7}\right)=\frac{8}{5}+\frac{4}{15309}, log 5 > 2 ( 3 2 + 3 ( 2/3 ) 3 + 5 ( 2/3 ) 5 + 7 ( 2/3 ) 7 ) = 5 8 + 15309 4 ,
that is, h 0 ( 2 ) = log 5 − 8 / 5 > 0 h_0(2)=\log5-8/5>0 h 0 ( 2 ) = log 5 − 8/5 > 0 . Since h 0 h_0 h 0 is increasing, we have h 0 ( m ) > 0 h_0(m)>0 h 0 ( m ) > 0 for m ≥ 2 m\ge2 m ≥ 2 , and therefore z p > 2 ( p − 2 ) z_p>2(p-2) z p > 2 ( p − 2 ) .
The static threshold. The derivative of ( − r − log ( 1 − r ) ) / r p (-r-\log(1-r))/r^p ( − r − log ( 1 − r )) / r p has the sign of D p ( r ) = r 2 / ( 1 − r ) − p ( − r − log ( 1 − r ) ) D_p(r)=r^2/(1-r)-p(-r-\log(1-r)) D p ( r ) = r 2 / ( 1 − r ) − p ( − r − log ( 1 − r )) . Substituting r = z / ( 1 + z ) r=z/(1+z) r = z / ( 1 + z ) , which is an increasing bijection of ( 0 , ∞ ) (0,\infty) ( 0 , ∞ ) onto ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , we find r 2 / ( 1 − r ) = z 2 / ( 1 + z ) r^2/(1-r)=z^2/(1+z) r 2 / ( 1 − r ) = z 2 / ( 1 + z ) and − r − log ( 1 − r ) = z 2 υ ( z ) / ( 1 + z ) -r-\log(1-r)=z^2\upsilon(z)/(1+z) − r − log ( 1 − r ) = z 2 υ ( z ) / ( 1 + z ) , so that
D p ( z 1 + z ) = z 2 1 + z ( 1 − p υ ( z ) ) . D_p\left(\frac{z}{1+z}\right)=\frac{z^2}{1+z}(1-p\upsilon(z)). D p ( 1 + z z ) = 1 + z z 2 ( 1 − p υ ( z )) .
This is negative for z < z p z<z_p z < z p and positive for z > z p z>z_p z > z p , which shows that q s q_s q s is the unique minimizer. Since D p ( q s ) = 0 D_p(q_s)=0 D p ( q s ) = 0 , the minimum equals q s 2 / ( p ( 1 − q s ) q s p ) q_s^2/(p(1-q_s)q_s^p) q s 2 / ( p ( 1 − q s ) q s p ) , which is the formula for β s ( p ) 2 \beta_s(p)^2 β s ( p ) 2 .
The 1RSB assumptions. The function ξ ′ ′ ( r ) − 1 / 2 = ( p ( p − 1 ) ) − 1 / 2 r − ( p − 2 ) / 2 \xi^{\prime\prime}(r)^{-1/2} = (p(p-1))^{-1/2}r^{-(p-2)/2} ξ ′′ ( r ) − 1/2 = ( p ( p − 1 ) ) − 1/2 r − ( p − 2 ) /2 has positive second derivative on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] . Proposition 5.17 implies that ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) satisfies the 1RSB assumptions for every β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) . Let x , Q x,Q x , Q be its parameters. By (100) and ξ ( Q ) / a Q = 1 / p \xi(Q)/a_Q = 1/p ξ ( Q ) / a Q = 1/ p , we have υ ( z ) = 1 / p \upsilon(z) = 1/p υ ( z ) = 1/ p . This means that z = x Q / ( 1 − Q ) = z p z = xQ/(1-Q) = z_p z = x Q / ( 1 − Q ) = z p , that is, x = z p ( 1 − Q ) / Q x = z_p(1-Q)/Q x = z p ( 1 − Q ) / Q . As C = ( 1 − Q ) ( 1 + z p ) C = (1-Q)(1+z_p) C = ( 1 − Q ) ( 1 + z p ) , the first equation in (95) becomes (114) . We have Q > z p / ( 1 + z p ) = q s Q > z_p/(1+z_p) = q_s Q > z p / ( 1 + z p ) = q s , because x < 1 x < 1 x < 1 . To see that (114) has only one solution in ( q s , 1 ) (q_s,1) ( q s , 1 ) , note that r ↦ r p − 2 ( 1 − r ) 2 r \mapsto r^{p-2}(1-r)^2 r ↦ r p − 2 ( 1 − r ) 2 is strictly decreasing on ( ( p − 2 ) / p , 1 ) ((p-2)/p,1) (( p − 2 ) / p , 1 ) , and that q s > ( p − 2 ) / p q_s > (p-2)/p q s > ( p − 2 ) / p , because z p > 2 ( p − 2 ) z_p > 2(p-2) z p > 2 ( p − 2 ) gives q s > 2 ( p − 2 ) / ( 2 p − 3 ) > ( p − 2 ) / p q_s > 2(p-2)/(2p-3) > (p-2)/p q s > 2 ( p − 2 ) / ( 2 p − 3 ) > ( p − 2 ) / p . Further, by (114) , we have β 2 p ( p − 1 ) Q p − 2 = ( p − 1 ) / ( ( 1 + z p ) ( 1 − Q ) 2 ) \beta^2p(p-1)Q^{p-2} = (p-1)/((1+z_p)(1-Q)^2) β 2 p ( p − 1 ) Q p − 2 = ( p − 1 ) / (( 1 + z p ) ( 1 − Q ) 2 ) , and V ′ ′ ( Q ) = ( 1 − Q ) − 2 − β 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) V^{\prime\prime}(Q) = (1-Q)^{-2} - \beta^2\xi^{\prime\prime}(Q) V ′′ ( Q ) = ( 1 − Q ) − 2 − β 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) has the stated form; it is positive because z p > p − 2 z_p > p-2 z p > p − 2 .
Energies and free energy. For ξ = r p \xi= r^p ξ = r p , we have ξ ( Q ) = Q p \xi(Q) = Q^p ξ ( Q ) = Q p , a Q = p Q p a_Q = pQ^p a Q = p Q p , b Q = p ( p − 1 ) Q p b_Q = p(p-1)Q^p b Q = p ( p − 1 ) Q p , and y = ( 1 + z p ) a Q = p ( 1 + z p ) Q p / 2 y = \sqrt{(1+z_p)a_Q} = \sqrt{p(1+z_p)}Q^{p/2} y = ( 1 + z p ) a Q = p ( 1 + z p ) Q p /2 . Using (98) , we find E 0 = ( p + z p ) Q p / y = e p Q p / 2 E_0 = (p+z_p)Q^p/y = e_pQ^{p/2} E 0 = ( p + z p ) Q p / y = e p Q p /2 , and K 0 = p E 0 K_0 = pE_0 K 0 = p E 0 by Proposition 5.13 (2). By homogeneity, max u ∈ S N H N ( q u ) = q p / 2 max u ∈ S N H N ( u ) \max_{u\in S_N} H_N(\sqrt{q}\,u) = q^{p/2}\max_{u\in S_N}H_N(u) max u ∈ S N H N ( q u ) = q p /2 max u ∈ S N H N ( u ) for every q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] q\in(0,1] q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and every N N N , which implies that E ( q ) = q p / 2 E ( 1 ) E(q) = q^{p/2}E(1) E ( q ) = q p /2 E ( 1 ) . Taking q = Q q = Q q = Q , we find E ( 1 ) = e p E(1) = e_p E ( 1 ) = e p , and then E ( q ) = e p q p / 2 E(q) = e_pq^{p/2} E ( q ) = e p q p /2 for 0 ≤ q ≤ 1 0 \leq q \leq1 0 ≤ q ≤ 1 . The formula for F ( β ) F(\beta) F ( β ) is (102) , since ψ Q ( 1 ) = 1 − Q p − p Q p − 1 ( 1 − Q ) \psi_Q(1) = 1-Q^p-pQ^{p-1}(1-Q) ψ Q ( 1 ) = 1 − Q p − p Q p − 1 ( 1 − Q ) .
Remark 5.21 (Subag’s formulas for pure models). Subag obtained the formulas of Proposition 5.20 for the static overlap, the static threshold, the ground-state energy, the largest multisamplable overlap, and the free energy at all temperatures, from the generalized TAP representation and without the Parisi formula [142, Theorems 1 and 2, (1.9)–(1.13)]. The free energy, the ground-state energy, and the 1RSB parameters had been derived earlier in physics, by the replica method and the TAP approach [52, 53, 108]; see [142, Section 1.1]. His critical overlap q c q_c q c , defined by [142, (1.9)], is our q s q_s q s : multiplying D p ( q s ) = 0 D_p(q_s) = 0 D p ( q s ) = 0 by 1 − q s 1-q_s 1 − q s gives p ( 1 − q s ) log ( 1 − q s ) + p q s − ( p − 1 ) q s 2 = 0 p(1-q_s)\log(1-q_s)+pq_s-(p-1)q_s^2=0 p ( 1 − q s ) log ( 1 − q s ) + p q s − ( p − 1 ) q s 2 = 0 . His critical inverse temperature [142, (1.10)] is q s 1 − p / 2 ( p ( 1 − q s ) ) − 1 / 2 = β s ( p ) q_s^{1-p/2}(p(1-q_s))^{-1/2} = \beta_s(p) q s 1 − p /2 ( p ( 1 − q s ) ) − 1/2 = β s ( p ) . His ground-state energy [142, (1.11)] equals e p e_p e p , and his equation [142, (1.12)] for the largest multisamplable overlap is equivalent to (114) , where z p > p − 2 z_p > p-2 z p > p − 2 selects the root; [142, (1.13)] is the formula for F ( β ) F(\beta) F ( β ) in Proposition 5.20 (3). Our derivation of these parameters from the 1RSB assumptions, through Propositions 5.11 and 5.17 , is independent of his argument. What the later sections need beyond his formulas is the strict 1RSB structure with a nondegenerate contact, in particular the strict inequalities V > 0 V > 0 V > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } (0,1)\setminus\{Q\} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } and V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V^{\prime\prime}(Q) > 0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 .
The next bound is used in Section 9 to control the variance of the residual field at latitudes a ≥ Q a \geq\sqrt{Q} a ≥ Q .
Lemma 5.22 (A bound on the pure residual coefficient). Let p ≥ 4 p \geq4 p ≥ 4 , ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r) = r^p ξ ( r ) = r p , β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) , and let Q Q Q be as in Proposition 5.20 . For 0 ≤ a ≤ 1 0 \leq a \leq1 0 ≤ a ≤ 1 , let
C β ( a ) = β 2 ( 1 − a 2 p − p a 2 p − 2 ( 1 − a 2 ) ) . C_\beta(a) = \beta^2\left(1-a^{2p}-pa^{2p-2}(1-a^2)\right). C β ( a ) = β 2 ( 1 − a 2 p − p a 2 p − 2 ( 1 − a 2 ) ) .
Then C β ( Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) C_\beta(\sqrt{Q})=\beta^2\psi_Q(1) C β ( Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) ,
C β ( Q ) < 159 320 < 1 2 , C β ′ ( a ) = − 2 β 2 p ( p − 1 ) a 2 p − 3 ( 1 − a 2 ) ≤ 0. (115) C_\beta(\sqrt{Q})<\frac{159}{320}<\frac{1}{2},\qquad C_\beta'(a)=-2\beta^2p(p-1)a^{2p-3}(1-a^2)\leq0. \tag*{(115)} C β ( Q ) < 320 159 < 2 1 , C β ′ ( a ) = − 2 β 2 p ( p − 1 ) a 2 p − 3 ( 1 − a 2 ) ≤ 0. (115)
Proof. The identity C β ( Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) C_\beta(\sqrt{Q})=\beta^2\psi_Q(1) C β ( Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) follows from (5.3) with ξ ~ = r p \tilde{\xi}=r^p ξ ~ = r p , and the derivative is a direct computation. Let m = p − 2 m=p-2 m = p − 2 , z = z p z=z_p z = z p , and t = ( 1 − Q ) / Q t=(1-Q)/Q t = ( 1 − Q ) / Q . By (5.3), ψ Q ( 1 ) = Q p ∑ k = 2 p ( p k ) t k \psi_Q(1)=Q^p\sum_{k=2}^p\binom{p}{k}t^k ψ Q ( 1 ) = Q p ∑ k = 2 p ( k p ) t k , and by (5.36), β 2 = 1 / ( p ( 1 + z ) Q p − 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 ) \beta^2=1/(p(1+z)Q^{p-2}(1-Q)^2) β 2 = 1/ ( p ( 1 + z ) Q p − 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 ) . We obtain
C β ( Q ) = Q 2 p ( 1 + z ) ( 1 − Q ) 2 ∑ k = 2 p ( p k ) t k = 1 p ( 1 + z ) ∑ k = 2 p ( p k ) t k − 2 . C_\beta(\sqrt{Q})=\frac{Q^2}{p(1+z)(1-Q)^2}\sum_{k=2}^p\binom{p}{k}t^k=\frac{1}{p(1+z)}\sum_{k=2}^p\binom{p}{k}t^{k-2}. C β ( Q ) = p ( 1 + z ) ( 1 − Q ) 2 Q 2 k = 2 ∑ p ( k p ) t k = p ( 1 + z ) 1 k = 2 ∑ p ( k p ) t k − 2 .
For 2 ≤ k ≤ p 2\leq k\leq p 2 ≤ k ≤ p , we have ( p k ) = p ( p − 1 ) k ( k − 1 ) ( p − 2 k − 2 ) ≤ p ( p − 1 ) 2 ( p − 2 k − 2 ) \binom{p}{k}=\frac{p(p-1)}{k(k-1)}\binom{p-2}{k-2}\leq\frac{p(p-1)}{2}\binom{p-2}{k-2} ( k p ) = k ( k − 1 ) p ( p − 1 ) ( k − 2 p − 2 ) ≤ 2 p ( p − 1 ) ( k − 2 p − 2 ) . By the binomial theorem,
C β ( Q ) ≤ p − 1 2 ( 1 + z ) ∑ k = 2 p ( p − 2 k − 2 ) t k − 2 = m + 1 2 ( 1 + z ) ( 1 + t ) m . C_\beta(\sqrt{Q})\leq\frac{p-1}{2(1+z)}\sum_{k=2}^p\binom{p-2}{k-2}t^{k-2}=\frac{m+1}{2(1+z)}(1+t)^m. C β ( Q ) ≤ 2 ( 1 + z ) p − 1 k = 2 ∑ p ( k − 2 p − 2 ) t k − 2 = 2 ( 1 + z ) m + 1 ( 1 + t ) m .
By Proposition 5.20(1), we have z > 2 m z>2m z > 2 m , and therefore ( m + 1 ) / ( 2 ( 1 + z ) ) < ( m + 1 ) / ( 2 ( 1 + 2 m ) ) ≤ 3 / 10 (m+1)/(2(1+z))<(m+1)/(2(1+2m))\leq3/10 ( m + 1 ) / ( 2 ( 1 + z )) < ( m + 1 ) / ( 2 ( 1 + 2 m )) ≤ 3/10 , where the last inequality holds because m ≥ 2 m\geq2 m ≥ 2 and ( m + 1 ) / ( 1 + 2 m ) (m+1)/(1+2m) ( m + 1 ) / ( 1 + 2 m ) is decreasing in m m m . Further, z t = x < 1 zt=x<1 z t = x < 1 by Proposition 5.20(2). Then t < 1 / z < 1 / ( 2 m ) t<1/z<1/(2m) t < 1/ z < 1/ ( 2 m ) and ( 1 + t ) m ≤ e m t < e 1 / 2 (1+t)^m\leq e^{mt}<e^{1/2} ( 1 + t ) m ≤ e m t < e 1/2 . It remains to bound e 1 / 2 e^{1/2} e 1/2 . For j ≥ 8 j\geq8 j ≥ 8 , the ratio of consecutive terms of ∑ j 2 − j / j ! \sum_{j}2^{-j}/j! ∑ j 2 − j / j ! is 1 / ( 2 ( j + 1 ) ) ≤ 1 / 18 1/(2(j+1))\leq1/18 1/ ( 2 ( j + 1 )) ≤ 1/18 , and a geometric bound for the tail gives
e 1 / 2 < ∑ j = 0 7 2 − j j ! + 2 − 8 8 ! ⋅ 1 1 − 1 / 18 = 48217579 29245440 < 53 32 . e^{1/2}<\sum_{j=0}^7\frac{2^{-j}}{j!}+\frac{2^{-8}}{8!}\cdot\frac{1}{1-1/18}=\frac{48217579}{29245440}<\frac{53}{32}. e 1/2 < j = 0 ∑ 7 j ! 2 − j + 8 ! 2 − 8 ⋅ 1 − 1/18 1 = 29245440 48217579 < 32 53 .
Combining these bounds, we obtain C β ( Q ) < 3 10 ⋅ 53 32 = 159 320 C_\beta(\sqrt{Q})<\frac{3}{10}\cdot\frac{53}{32}=\frac{159}{320} C β ( Q ) < 10 3 ⋅ 32 53 = 320 159 .
Proposition 5.23 (Small even perturbations of pure even models)
Proposition 5.23 (Small even perturbations of pure even models). Let d ≥ 4 d\geq4 d ≥ 4 be even, let P > d P>d P > d , and let β > β s ( d ) \beta>\beta_s(d) β > β s ( d ) . There exists ε 0 = ε 0 ( d , P , β ) > 0 \varepsilon_0=\varepsilon_0(d,P,\beta)>0 ε 0 = ε 0 ( d , P , β ) > 0 with the following property. For every ε ∈ [ 0 , ε 0 ) \varepsilon\in[0,\varepsilon_0) ε ∈ [ 0 , ε 0 ) and every family ( b p ) (b_p) ( b p ) , indexed by the even integers p p p with d < p ≤ P d<p\leq P d < p ≤ P , such that b p ≥ 0 b_p\geq0 b p ≥ 0 and ∑ p b p ≤ 1 \sum_p b_p\leq1 ∑ p b p ≤ 1 , the covariance
ξ ~ ( r ) = r d + ε ∑ p b p r p \tilde{\xi}(r)=r^d+\varepsilon\sum_p b_pr^p ξ ~ ( r ) = r d + ε p ∑ b p r p
is such that ( ξ ~ , β ) (\tilde{\xi},\beta) ( ξ ~ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact. Moreover, its parameters converge to those of ( r d , β ) (r^d,\beta) ( r d , β ) as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , uniformly over the families ( b p ) (b_p) ( b p ) .
Proof. Recall from Proposition 5.20 that ( r d , β ) (r^d,\beta) ( r d , β ) satisfies the 1RSB assumptions. Let D = { d } ∪ { p even : d < p ≤ P } D=\{d\}\cup\{p\text{ even}:d<p\leq P\} D = { d } ∪ { p even : d < p ≤ P } , and apply Lemma 5.15 at the coefficient vector e d e_d e d of r d r^d r d and at β \beta β , with β \beta β held fixed. Fix ε 0 > 0 \varepsilon_0>0 ε 0 > 0 such that the compact convex set B = { ( c , β ) : ∑ p ∈ D ∣ c p − ( e d ) p ∣ ≤ ε 0 } B=\{(c,\beta):\sum_{p\in D}|c_p-(e_d)_p|\leq\varepsilon_0\} B = {( c , β ) : ∑ p ∈ D ∣ c p − ( e d ) p ∣ ≤ ε 0 } , with β \beta β fixed, is contained in the neighborhood U U U given by the lemma. The coefficient vector of r d + ε ∑ p b p r p r^d+\varepsilon\sum_p b_p r^p r d + ε ∑ p b p r p is e d + ε b e_d+\varepsilon b e d + ε b , which is nonnegative, nonzero, and at ℓ 1 \ell^1 ℓ 1 distance at most ε < ε 0 \varepsilon<\varepsilon_0 ε < ε 0 from e d e_d e d . Using Lemma 5.15, we find that it satisfies the 1RSB assumptions with parameters x ( e d + ε b , β ) x(e_d+\varepsilon b,\beta) x ( e d + ε b , β ) and Q ( e d + ε b , β ) Q(e_d+\varepsilon b,\beta) Q ( e d + ε b , β ) . The functions x x x and Q Q Q are smooth on U \mathcal{U} U , and their derivatives are bounded on B B B , and the mean value theorem shows that the parameters differ from those of ( r d , β ) (r^d,\beta) ( r d , β ) by O ( ε ) O(\varepsilon) O ( ε ) , uniformly in b b b . □
The proof uses neither the parity of d d d nor that of the perturbing degrees, which may be any finite set of degrees larger than d d d . The threshold ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 depends on β \beta β and P P P ; we make no claim of uniformity as β ↓ β s ( d ) \beta\downarrow\beta_s(d) β ↓ β s ( d ) or as P → ∞ P\to\infty P → ∞ .
Finally, we give a covariance that satisfies the 1RSB assumptions although ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi^{\prime\prime-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 is not convex. For related two-degree phase diagrams, Auffinger and Zhou classify the Parisi measure of spherical p + s p+s p + s models at zero temperature [11, Theorems 2–4]; the proposition below verifies the positive-temperature contact conditions directly.
Proposition 5.24 (A strictly 1RSB example without convexity). Let Q = 9 / 10 Q=9/10 Q = 9/10 , x = 5 / 9 x=5/9 x = 5/9 , and
t = 45 − 24 log 6 72 log 6 − 85 , b = t ( 10 9 ) 8 , ξ ( r ) = r 4 + b r 12 , β 2 = 15 Q 3 ( 4 + 12 t ) . (116) t=\frac{45-24\log6}{72\log6-85},\qquad b=t\left(\frac{10}{9}\right)^8,\qquad\xi(r)=r^4+br^{12},\qquad\beta^2=\frac{15}{Q^3(4+12t)}. \tag*{(116)} t = 72 log 6 − 85 45 − 24 log 6 , b = t ( 9 10 ) 8 , ξ ( r ) = r 4 + b r 12 , β 2 = Q 3 ( 4 + 12 t ) 15 . (116) Then 4539 / 100000 < t < 4541 / 100000 4539/100000<t<4541/100000 4539/100000 < t < 4541/100000 ; in particular b > 0 b>0 b > 0 and β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 . The pair ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with parameters x , Q x,Q x , Q and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , and β 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 ξ ′ ′ ( Q ) < 2 / 3 \beta^2(1-Q)^2\xi^{\prime\prime}(Q)<2/3 β 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) < 2/3 . Further, ( ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 ) ′ ′ ( 5 / 6 ) < 0 (\xi^{\prime\prime-1/2})^{\prime\prime}(5/6)<0 ( ξ ′′ − 1/2 ) ′′ ( 5/6 ) < 0 , so ξ ′ ′ − 1 / 2 \xi^{\prime\prime-1/2} ξ ′′ − 1/2 is not convex on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] .
Numerically, t ≈ 0.0453970 t\approx0.0453970 t ≈ 0.0453970 , b ≈ 0.1054599 b\approx0.1054599 b ≈ 0.1054599 , and β ≈ 2.1277773 \beta\approx2.1277773 β ≈ 2.1277773 ; these decimals are not used in the proof. The degrees 4 and 12 violate (111) , since 6 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 10 = 120 < 121 = 11 2 6\cdot2\cdot10=120<121=11^2 6 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 10 = 120 < 121 = 1 1 2 , and Proposition 5.17 does not apply.
Proof. The proof uses two finite computations, which are carried out in Section A: the enclosure of t t t (Lemma A.1) and the sign pattern of a polynomial of degree twelve (Lemma A.3). We have s = 1 − Q = 1 / 10 s=1-Q=1/10 s = 1 − Q = 1/10 , C = s + x Q = 3 / 5 C=s+xQ=3/5 C = s + x Q = 3/5 , C / s = 6 C/s=6 C / s = 6 , and z = x Q / s = 5 z=xQ/s=5 z = x Q / s = 5 .
The contact equations. By Lemma A.1, t − < t < t + t_-<t<t_+ t − < t < t + , where t − = 4539 / 100000 t_-=4539/100000 t − = 4539/100000 and t + = 4541 / 100000 t_+=4541/100000 t + = 4541/100000 ; in particular t t t , b b b , and β 2 \beta^2 β 2 are positive. Solving the definition of t t t for log 6 \log6 log 6 , we find
1 + t 4 + 12 t = 6 log 6 − 5 25 . (117) \frac{1+t}{4+12t}=\frac{6\log6-5}{25}. \tag*{(117)} 4 + 12 t 1 + t = 25 6 log 6 − 5 . (117)
We have b Q 8 = t bQ^8=t b Q 8 = t , ξ ( Q ) = Q 4 ( 1 + t ) \xi(Q)=Q^4(1+t) ξ ( Q ) = Q 4 ( 1 + t ) , and ξ ′ ( Q ) = Q 3 ( 4 + 12 t ) \xi'(Q)=Q^3(4+12t) ξ ′ ( Q ) = Q 3 ( 4 + 12 t ) . It follows that
β 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = 15 = Q s C , β 2 x 2 ξ ( Q ) = 25 ( 1 + t ) 6 ( 4 + 12 t ) = log 6 − 5 6 = log C s − x Q C , \beta^2\xi'(Q)=15=\frac{Q}{sC},\qquad\beta^2x^2\xi(Q)=\frac{25(1+t)}{6(4+12t)}=\log6-\frac{5}{6}=\log\frac{C}{s}-\frac{xQ}{C}, β 2 ξ ′ ( Q ) = 15 = s C Q , β 2 x 2 ξ ( Q ) = 6 ( 4 + 12 t ) 25 ( 1 + t ) = log 6 − 6 5 = log s C − C x Q ,
where we used (117) . By the integrals in the proof of Proposition 5.11(1), these are the equations V ′ ( Q ) = 0 V'(Q)=0 V ′ ( Q ) = 0 and V ( Q ) = 0 V(Q)=0 V ( Q ) = 0 .
Below the contact. For 0 ≤ r ≤ 1 0 \le r \le1 0 ≤ r ≤ 1 , let U ( r ) = x 2 V ( Q r ) U(r) = x^2V(Qr) U ( r ) = x 2 V ( Q r ) . For 0 ≤ q ≤ Q 0 \le q \le Q 0 ≤ q ≤ Q , direct integration gives ∫ 0 q ( q − v ) ( C − x v ) − 2 d v = x − 2 ( log ( C / ( C − x q ) ) − x q / C ) \int_0^q (q-v)(C-xv)^{-2}\,\mathrm{d}v = x^{-2}(\log(C/(C-xq))-xq/C) ∫ 0 q ( q − v ) ( C − xv ) − 2 d v = x − 2 ( log ( C / ( C − x q )) − x q / C ) . Since C / ( C − x Q r ) = 6 / ( 6 − 5 r ) C/(C-xQr)=6/(6-5r) C / ( C − x Q r ) = 6/ ( 6 − 5 r ) , x Q r / C = 5 r / 6 xQr/C=5r/6 x Q r / C = 5 r /6 , and x 2 β 2 Q 4 = 25 / ( 6 ( 4 + 12 t ) ) x^2\beta^2Q^4=25/(6(4+12t)) x 2 β 2 Q 4 = 25/ ( 6 ( 4 + 12 t )) , we obtain
U ( r ) = − log ( 1 − 5 r 6 ) − 5 r 6 − 25 6 ( 4 + 12 t ) ( r 4 + t r 12 ) . (118) U(r)=-\log\left(1-\frac{5r}{6}\right)-\frac{5r}{6}-\frac{25}{6(4+12t)}\left(r^4+tr^{12}\right). \tag*{(118)} U ( r ) = − log ( 1 − 6 5 r ) − 6 5 r − 6 ( 4 + 12 t ) 25 ( r 4 + t r 12 ) . (118)
We have U ( 0 ) = U ′ ( 0 ) = 0 U(0)=U'(0)=0 U ( 0 ) = U ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , and U ( 1 ) = x 2 V ( Q ) = 0 U(1)=x^2V(Q)=0 U ( 1 ) = x 2 V ( Q ) = 0 and U ′ ( 1 ) = x 2 Q V ′ ( Q ) = 0 U'(1)=x^2QV'(Q)=0 U ′ ( 1 ) = x 2 Q V ′ ( Q ) = 0 by the contact equations. Differentiating twice, we find
U ′ ′ ( r ) = 25 P t ( r ) 6 ( 4 + 12 t ) ( 6 − 5 r ) 2 , P t ( r ) = 24 + 72 t − ( 12 r 2 + 132 t r 10 ) ( 6 − 5 r ) 2 . (119) U''(r)=\frac{25P_t(r)}{6(4+12t)(6-5r)^2},\qquad P_t(r)=24+72t-(12r^2+132tr^{10})(6-5r)^2. \tag*{(119)} U ′′ ( r ) = 6 ( 4 + 12 t ) ( 6 − 5 r ) 2 25 P t ( r ) , P t ( r ) = 24 + 72 t − ( 12 r 2 + 132 t r 10 ) ( 6 − 5 r ) 2 . (119)
By Lemma A.3, there exist a 0 ∈ ( 357 / 1000 , 359 / 1000 ) a_0\in(357/1000,359/1000) a 0 ∈ ( 357/1000 , 359/1000 ) and b 0 ∈ ( 890 / 1000 , 892 / 1000 ) b_0\in(890/1000,892/1000) b 0 ∈ ( 890/1000 , 892/1000 ) such that U ′ ′ > 0 U''>0 U ′′ > 0 on ( 0 , a 0 ) (0,a_0) ( 0 , a 0 ) , U ′ ′ < 0 U''<0 U ′′ < 0 on ( a 0 , b 0 ) (a_0,b_0) ( a 0 , b 0 ) , and U ′ ′ > 0 U''>0 U ′′ > 0 on ( b 0 , 1 ) (b_0,1) ( b 0 , 1 ) . Using U ′ ( 0 ) = 0 U'(0)=0 U ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , we find U ′ > 0 U'>0 U ′ > 0 on ( 0 , a 0 ] (0,a_0] ( 0 , a 0 ] , and using U ′ ( 1 ) = 0 U'(1)=0 U ′ ( 1 ) = 0 , we find U ′ < 0 U'<0 U ′ < 0 on [ b 0 , 1 ) [b_0,1) [ b 0 , 1 ) . As U ′ U' U ′ is strictly decreasing on [ a 0 , b 0 ] [a_0,b_0] [ a 0 , b 0 ] , it has exactly one zero c ∈ ( a 0 , b 0 ) c\in(a_0,b_0) c ∈ ( a 0 , b 0 ) . We conclude that U ′ > 0 U'>0 U ′ > 0 on ( 0 , c ) (0,c) ( 0 , c ) and U ′ < 0 U'<0 U ′ < 0 on ( c , 1 ) (c,1) ( c , 1 ) . Together with U ( 0 ) = U ( 1 ) = 0 U(0)=U(1)=0 U ( 0 ) = U ( 1 ) = 0 , this shows that U > 0 U>0 U > 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , that is, V > 0 V>0 V > 0 on ( 0 , Q ) (0,Q) ( 0 , Q ) .
Above the contact. By (116) and b Q 10 = Q 2 t bQ^{10}=Q^2t b Q 10 = Q 2 t ,
μ Q = β 2 s 2 ζ ′ ′ ( Q ) = 15 ( 12 Q 2 + 132 t Q 2 ) 100 Q 3 ( 4 + 12 t ) = 15 ( 12 + 132 t ) 90 ( 4 + 12 t ) = 12 + 132 t 24 + 72 t . \mu_Q=\beta^2s^2\zeta''(Q)=\frac{15(12Q^2+132tQ^2)}{100Q^3(4+12t)}=\frac{15(12+132t)}{90(4+12t)}=\frac{12+132t}{24+72t}. μ Q = β 2 s 2 ζ ′′ ( Q ) = 100 Q 3 ( 4 + 12 t ) 15 ( 12 Q 2 + 132 t Q 2 ) = 90 ( 4 + 12 t ) 15 ( 12 + 132 t ) = 24 + 72 t 12 + 132 t .
The right side is increasing in t t t , with derivative 2304 / ( 24 + 72 t ) 2 2304/(24+72t)^2 2304/ ( 24 + 72 t ) 2 , and therefore μ Q < ( 12 + 132 t + ) / ( 24 + 72 t + ) = 149951 / 227246 < 2 / 3 \mu_Q<(12+132t_+)/(24+72t_+)=149951/227246<2/3 μ Q < ( 12 + 132 t + ) / ( 24 + 72 t + ) = 149951/227246 < 2/3 . For p ∈ { 4 , 12 } p\in\{4,12\} p ∈ { 4 , 12 } , the derivative of ( 1 − q ) 2 q p − 2 (1-q)^2q^{p-2} ( 1 − q ) 2 q p − 2 is ( 1 − q ) q p − 3 ( ( p − 2 ) − p q ) (1-q)q^{p-3}((p-2)-pq) ( 1 − q ) q p − 3 (( p − 2 ) − pq ) , which is negative for q ≥ Q q\ge Q q ≥ Q , since Q = 9 / 10 > 5 / 6 ≥ ( p − 2 ) / p Q=9/10>5/6\ge(p-2)/p Q = 9/10 > 5/6 ≥ ( p − 2 ) / p . This implies that β 2 ( 1 − q ) 2 ζ ′ ′ ( q ) ≤ μ Q < 1 \beta^2(1-q)^2\zeta''(q)\le\mu_Q<1 β 2 ( 1 − q ) 2 ζ ′′ ( q ) ≤ μ Q < 1 for Q ≤ q < 1 Q\le q<1 Q ≤ q < 1 . As x ^ ( q ) = 1 − q \hat{x}(q)=1-q x ^ ( q ) = 1 − q there, we have V ′ ′ ( q ) = ( 1 − q ) − 2 ( 1 − β 2 ( 1 − q ) 2 ζ ′ ′ ( q ) ) > 0 V''(q)=(1-q)^{-2}(1-\beta^2(1-q)^2\zeta''(q))>0 V ′′ ( q ) = ( 1 − q ) − 2 ( 1 − β 2 ( 1 − q ) 2 ζ ′′ ( q )) > 0 on [ Q , 1 ) [Q,1) [ Q , 1 ) . In particular, V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V''(Q)>0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 , and since V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 V(Q)=V'(Q)=0 V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 , we have V > 0 V>0 V > 0 on ( Q , 1 ) (Q,1) ( Q , 1 ) . We have now verified (93) .
Nonconvexity. Let v = ζ ′ ′ v=\zeta'' v = ζ ′′ . Then v ( r ) = 12 r 2 ( 1 + w ( r ) ) v(r)=12r^2(1+w(r)) v ( r ) = 12 r 2 ( 1 + w ( r )) with w ( r ) = 11 b r 8 w(r)=11br^8 w ( r ) = 11 b r 8 . We have r v ′ ( r ) = 12 r 2 ( 2 + 10 w ( r ) ) rv'(r)=12r^2(2+10w(r)) r v ′ ( r ) = 12 r 2 ( 2 + 10 w ( r )) and r 2 v ′ ′ ( r ) = 12 r 2 ( 2 + 90 w ( r ) ) r^2v''(r)=12r^2(2+90w(r)) r 2 v ′′ ( r ) = 12 r 2 ( 2 + 90 w ( r )) , and
r 2 ( 3 v ′ ( r ) 2 − 2 v ( r ) v ′ ′ ( r ) ) ( 12 r 2 ) 2 = 3 ( 2 + 10 w ) 2 − 2 ( 1 + w ) ( 2 + 90 w ) = 8 ( 1 − 3 w ) ( 1 − 5 w ) , \frac{r^2(3v'(r)^2-2v(r)v''(r))}{(12r^2)^2}=3(2+10w)^2-2(1+w)(2+90w)=8(1-3w)(1-5w), ( 12 r 2 ) 2 r 2 ( 3 v ′ ( r ) 2 − 2 v ( r ) v ′′ ( r )) = 3 ( 2 + 10 w ) 2 − 2 ( 1 + w ) ( 2 + 90 w ) = 8 ( 1 − 3 w ) ( 1 − 5 w ) ,
where w = w ( r ) w=w(r) w = w ( r ) . At r 0 = 5 / 6 r_0=5/6 r 0 = 5/6 , we have w ( r 0 ) = 11 t ( 10 / 9 ) 8 ( 5 / 6 ) 8 = 11 t ( 25 / 27 ) 8 w(r_0)=11t(10/9)^8(5/6)^8=11t(25/27)^8 w ( r 0 ) = 11 t ( 10/9 ) 8 ( 5/6 ) 8 = 11 t ( 25/27 ) 8 , and Lemma A.1 gives 1 / 4 < 11 t − ( 25 / 27 ) 8 < w ( r 0 ) < 11 t + ( 25 / 27 ) 8 < 3 / 10 1/4<11t_-(25/27)^8<w(r_0)<11t_+(25/27)^8<3/10 1/4 < 11 t − ( 25/27 ) 8 < w ( r 0 ) < 11 t + ( 25/27 ) 8 < 3/10 ; the two outer inequalities are rational comparisons checked in Section A. Then 1 − 3 w ( r 0 ) > 0 > 1 − 5 w ( r 0 ) 1-3w(r_0)>0>1-5w(r_0) 1 − 3 w ( r 0 ) > 0 > 1 − 5 w ( r 0 ) , which implies that 3 v ′ 2 − 2 v v ′ ′ < 0 3v'^2-2vv''<0 3 v ′2 − 2 v v ′′ < 0 and ( v − 1 / 2 ) ′ ′ = ( 3 v ′ 2 − 2 v v ′ ′ ) / ( 4 v 5 / 2 ) < 0 (v^{-1/2})''=(3v'^2-2vv'')/(4v^{5/2})<0 ( v − 1/2 ) ′′ = ( 3 v ′2 − 2 v v ′′ ) / ( 4 v 5/2 ) < 0 at r 0 r_0 r 0 .
The directing measure
In this section, we prove Theorem 6.3 . It concerns the overlaps of independent samples σ 1 , σ 2 , … \sigma^1,\sigma^2,\ldots σ 1 , σ 2 , … from the Gibbs measure in the condensed phase. By the theorem of Dovbysh and Sudakov, every limit in distribution of the overlap array ( R ( σ i , σ j ) ) i , j ≥ 1 (R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j))_{i,j\geq1} ( R ( σ i , σ j ) ) i , j ≥ 1 , averaged over the disorder, can be generated in two stages. One first draws a random probability measure G G G on the unit ball of a Hilbert space and then independent vectors v 1 , v 2 , … v_1,v_2,\ldots v 1 , v 2 , … with law G G G , and one sets R i j = v i ⋅ v j R_{ij}=v_i\cdot v_j R ij = v i ⋅ v j for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j . We call G G G a directing measure of the limit. Two samples whose directing vectors are close have overlap close to the squared norm of either vector. In this way, the squared norms of the vectors in the support of G G G are overlap values that many independent samples realize simultaneously. Theorem 6.3 states that if ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with parameters x x x and Q Q Q and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , then every directing measure of every limit is carried by the vectors of squared norm Q Q Q .
This is the property of the Gibbs measure that the coarse cover by bands around critical points needs in Sections 9 and 12 (see Proposition 12.10). There, a Gibbs sample is placed in a band around a critical point of the center field H Q H_Q H Q as follows. Among a fixed finite number of additional independent replicas, we find n n n replicas whose overlaps with each other and with the given sample are all close to Q Q Q . The replicated estimates of Subag [143] show that the normalized average of these replicas has nearly maximal energy, and a localization argument then places it near a critical point of H Q H_Q H Q (Proposition 9.12 and Lemma 12.8). In the limit, such replicas exist with probability close to one if the directing vector v 1 v_1 v 1 of the given sample lies in the support of G G G and ∥ v 1 ∥ 2 \lVert v_1\rVert^2 ∥ v 1 ∥ 2 is close to Q Q Q . Indeed, the vectors in a small ball around v 1 v_1 v 1 then have inner products close to Q Q Q with each other and with v 1 v_1 v 1 . An atom of G G G at the origin would describe a positive fraction of samples that are asymptotically orthogonal to all other samples, and such a sample has overlap close to Q Q Q with no additional replica. For a sample whose directing vector has another squared norm q q q , the additional replicas found in this way would have overlaps close to q q q instead of Q Q Q . Theorem 6.3 excludes both possibilities.
We use the following results of Section 5. Under the 1RSB assumptions of Definition 5.9, the first-variation function V V V is positive on ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } (0,1)\setminus\{Q\} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } , and Theorem 5.7 and Proposition 5.11 show that 0 0 0 and Q Q Q are the only multisampleable overlaps. Lemma 5.8 expresses the failure of multisamplability at every other q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q\in(0,1) q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) as an exponential bound, valid for all large N N N , on the probability that a fixed number of samples have pairwise overlaps near q q q . Finally, F F F is differentiable at β \beta β (Corollary 5.16 ). From § 6.4 , we use the tensor representation of H N H_N H N (Lemma 3.2), the concentration of free energies (Lemma 3.3 ), and the Parisi formula (Theorem 3.14 ).
The proof has three steps. In § 6.1.3 , we show that replica exclusion at an overlap q q q , that is, the convergence to zero of the probability that a fixed number of samples have pairwise overlaps near q q q , forbids directing vectors of squared norm near q q q (Lemma 6.5 ). We exclude vectors of norm one separately, by the entropy estimate of Lemma 6.4, since multisamplability concerns overlaps below one. After this step, the squared norms lie in { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } . In § 6.1.4 , we derive one identity of Ghirlanda–Guerra type, with test function ξ ( R ) \xi(R) ξ ( R ) , from Gaussian integration by parts and the self-averaging of the energy at the point β \beta β where F F F is differentiable (Lemma 6.7 ). In Section 6.5, we show that this identity leaves no mass at the origin. The argument uses a single identity of this type, for the original Hamiltonian without a perturbation. It uses no ultrametricity, no atomicity of the directing measure, and no Poisson–Dirichlet structure. Odd degrees are allowed throughout: ξ ( R ) \xi(R) ξ ( R ) may be negative at negative overlaps, and the last step uses only the upper bound ξ ( R ) ≤ ξ ( Q ) \xi(R) \le\xi(Q) ξ ( R ) ≤ ξ ( Q ) for ∣ R ∣ ≤ Q |R| \le Q ∣ R ∣ ≤ Q .
Notation. Throughout this section, ξ \xi ξ is a finite mixture and β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 . Conditionally on H N H_N H N , let σ 1 , σ 2 , … \sigma^1,\sigma^2,\ldots σ 1 , σ 2 , … be independent samples from π \pi π . We write R i j = R ( σ i , σ j ) R_{ij}=R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j) R ij = R ( σ i , σ j ) , so that R i i = 1 R_{ii}=1 R ii = 1 , and ⟨ ⋅ ⟩ \langle\cdot\rangle ⟨ ⋅ ⟩ for the average over the samples; thus ⟨ f ⟩ = ∫ f d π ⊗ n \langle f\rangle= \int f\,d\pi^{\otimes n} ⟨ f ⟩ = ∫ f d π ⊗ n for a bounded Borel function f f f of σ 1 , … , σ n \sigma^1,\ldots,\sigma^n σ 1 , … , σ n . Recall that F N ( β ) = N − 1 E log Z N , β F_N(\beta)=N^{-1}\mathbb{E}\log Z_{N,\beta} F N ( β ) = N − 1 E log Z N , β and F ( β ) = lim N F N ( β ) F(\beta)=\lim_N F_N(\beta) F ( β ) = lim N F N ( β ) . We set
e N = E ⟨ H N ( σ 1 ) N ⟩ , ε N = E ⟨ ∣ H N ( σ 1 ) N − e N ∣ ⟩ . (120) e_N=\mathbb{E}\left\langle\frac{H_N(\sigma^1)}{N}\right\rangle,\qquad
\varepsilon_N=\mathbb{E}\left\langle\left|\frac{H_N(\sigma^1)}{N}-e_N\right|\right\rangle. \tag*{(120)} e N = E ⟨ N H N ( σ 1 ) ⟩ , ε N = E ⟨ N H N ( σ 1 ) − e N ⟩ . (120)
Recall from Definition 5.9 that ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with parameters x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) x,Q\in(0,1) x , Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q if ξ \xi ξ has minimum degree at least four and the function
V ( r ) = ∫ 0 r r − v x ^ ( v ) 2 d v − β 2 ξ ( r ) , x ^ ( v ) = { 1 − Q + x ( Q − v ) , 0 ≤ v ≤ Q , 1 − v , Q ≤ v < 1 , V(r)=\int_0^r\frac{r-v}{\widehat{x}(v)^2}\,dv-\beta^2\xi(r),\qquad
\widehat{x}(v)=
\begin{cases}
1-Q+x(Q-v), & 0\le v\le Q,\\
1-v, & Q\le v<1,
\end{cases} V ( r ) = ∫ 0 r x ( v ) 2 r − v d v − β 2 ξ ( r ) , x ( v ) = { 1 − Q + x ( Q − v ) , 1 − v , 0 ≤ v ≤ Q , Q ≤ v < 1 ,
satisfies V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 V(Q)=V'(Q)=0 V ( Q ) = V ′ ( Q ) = 0 , V ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 V''(Q)>0 V ′′ ( Q ) > 0 , and V ( r ) > 0 V(r)>0 V ( r ) > 0 for every r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } r\in(0,1)\setminus\{Q\} r ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } .
Overlap arrays and directing measures
Let M = [ − 1 , 1 ] N × N \mathcal{M}=[-1,1]^{\mathbb{N}\times\mathbb{N}} M = [ − 1 , 1 ] N × N be the space of arrays ( r i j ) i , j ≥ 1 (r_{ij})_{i,j\ge1} ( r ij ) i , j ≥ 1 with entries in [ − 1 , 1 ] [-1,1] [ − 1 , 1 ] , with the product topology. It is compact and metrizable. We also write R i j R_{ij} R ij for the coordinate maps on M \mathcal{M} M . For each N N N , let L N \mathcal{L}_N L N be the annealed law of the overlap array, that is,
L N ( A ) = E π ⊗ ∞ ( { ( R ( σ i , σ j ) ) i , j ≥ 1 ∈ A } ) \mathcal{L}_N(A)=\mathbb{E}\,\pi^{\otimes\infty}\left(\left\{\left(R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)\right)_{i,j\ge1}\in A\right\}\right) L N ( A ) = E π ⊗ ∞ ( { ( R ( σ i , σ j ) ) i , j ≥ 1 ∈ A } )
for Borel sets A ⊂ M A\subset\mathcal{M} A ⊂ M . By the compactness of M \mathcal{M} M , every subsequence of ( L N ) (\mathcal{L}_N) ( L N ) has a further subsequence that converges weakly. We call the limits limiting overlap laws. Weak convergence on M \mathcal{M} M is the convergence of the joint laws of all finite collections of entries. For a limiting overlap law L \mathcal{L} L , we write E L \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}} E L for the expectation with respect to L \mathcal{L} L .
Each L N \mathcal{L}_N L N is carried by the set of symmetric arrays with diagonal entries one whose finite principal submatrices are positive semidefinite, since R ( σ i , σ j ) = U ( σ i ) ⋅ U ( σ j ) R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)=U(\sigma^i)\cdot U(\sigma^j) R ( σ i , σ j ) = U ( σ i ) ⋅ U ( σ j ) is a Gram matrix. This set is closed. Further, L N \mathcal{L}_N L N is invariant under the maps of M \mathcal{M} M that permute finitely many indices, because the samples are exchangeable. Both properties pass to weak limits: the first by the portmanteau theorem, since the set is closed, and the second because the permutation maps are continuous. Every limiting overlap law L \mathcal{L} L is the law of a symmetric, nonnegative definite, weakly exchangeable array with diagonal entries one. We use two further consequences of weak convergence along a subsequence ( N m ) (N_m) ( N m ) with limit L \mathcal{L} L . If E ⊂ M E\subset\mathcal{M} E ⊂ M is open, then L ( E ) ≤ lim inf m L N m ( E ) \mathcal{L}(E)\le\liminf_m\mathcal{L}_{N_m}(E) L ( E ) ≤ lim inf m L N m ( E ) . If f f f is a bounded continuous function on M \mathcal{M} M that depends on finitely many coordinates, then E L f = lim m E ⟨ f ⟩ \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}}f=\lim_m\mathbb{E}\langle f\rangle E L f = lim m E ⟨ f ⟩ , where on the right f f f is evaluated at the overlaps of the samples.
Let B \mathrm{B} B be the closed unit ball of the Hilbert space ℓ 2 \ell^2 ℓ 2 , and let B ( v , r ) B(v,r) B ( v , r ) be the open ball of radius r r r around v ∈ ℓ 2 v\in\ell^2 v ∈ ℓ 2 . For a Borel probability measure G G G on B \mathrm{B} B , let L G \mathcal{L}^G L G be the law of the array with entries v i ⋅ v j v_i\cdot v_j v i ⋅ v j for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j and 1 1 1 on the diagonal, where v 1 , v 2 , … v_1,v_2,\ldots v 1 , v 2 , … are independent with law G G G .
Definition 6.1 (Directing measure). Let L \mathcal{L} L be a Borel probability measure on M \mathcal{M} M . A directing measure of L \mathcal{L} L is a family ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω (G_\omega)_{\omega\in\Omega} ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω of Borel probability measures on B \mathrm{B} B , indexed by a probability space ( Ω , F , Pr ) (\Omega,\mathcal{F},\Pr) ( Ω , F , Pr ) , such that for every Borel set A ⊂ M A\subset\mathcal{M} A ⊂ M , the map ω ↦ L G ω ( A ) \omega\mapsto\mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}(A) ω ↦ L G ω ( A ) is measurable and
L ( A ) = ∫ Ω L G ω ( A ) Pr ( d ω ) . \mathcal{L}(A)=\int_\Omega\mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}(A)\,\Pr(\mathrm{d}\omega). L ( A ) = ∫ Ω L G ω ( A ) Pr ( d ω ) . For each fixed ω \omega ω , the array law L G ω \mathcal{L}^{G_\omega} L G ω is generated by independent vectors with law G ω G_\omega G ω , and L \mathcal{L} L is the mixture of these array laws. If ω ↦ G ω ( A ) \omega\mapsto G_\omega(A) ω ↦ G ω ( A ) is measurable for every Borel set A ⊂ B A\subset\mathrm{B} A ⊂ B , this also gives a joint construction, in which one draws ω \omega ω with law Pr \Pr Pr and then independent vectors v 1 , v 2 , … v_1,v_2,\ldots v 1 , v 2 , … with law G ω G_\omega G ω , and sets R i j = v i ⋅ v j R_{ij}=v_i\cdot v_j R ij = v i ⋅ v j for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j . The definition does not require this measurability, and the proofs below use only the measurable functions ω ↦ L G ω ( A ) \omega\mapsto\mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}(A) ω ↦ L G ω ( A ) .
Theorem 6.2 (Dovbysh–Sudakov; [123, Proposition 1]). Every limiting overlap law has a directing measure.
This is the representation theorem of Dovbysh and Sudakov [63], in the form proved by Panchenko [123, Proposition 1]. That proposition applies to the law of every symmetric, nonnegative definite, weakly exchangeable array, and we checked above that limiting overlap laws are of this kind. It states that such a law is a mixture, over a probability space ( Ω , F , Pr ) (\Omega,\mathcal{F},\Pr) ( Ω , F , Pr ) , of laws Q ω \mathcal{Q}_\omega Q ω on M \mathcal{M} M such that ω ↦ Q ω ( A ) \omega\mapsto\mathcal{Q}_\omega(A) ω ↦ Q ω ( A ) is measurable for every Borel set A A A , and such that each Q ω \mathcal{Q}_\omega Q ω is the law of the array ( h i ⋅ h j + a i 1 { i = j } ) i , j ≥ 1 (h_i\cdot h_j+a_i\mathbf{1}\{i=j\})_{i,j\ge1} ( h i ⋅ h j + a i 1 { i = j } ) i , j ≥ 1 for an independent sequence of pairs ( h i , a i ) (h_i,a_i) ( h i , a i ) with a common law η ω \eta_\omega η ω on ℓ 2 × [ 0 , ∞ ) \ell^2\times[0,\infty) ℓ 2 × [ 0 , ∞ ) [123, (1.1)–(1.2)]. Since the diagonal entries equal one L \mathcal{L} L -almost surely, we have ∫ Q ω ( { R 11 = 1 } ) Pr ( d ω ) = 1 \int Q_\omega(\{R_{11}=1\})\,\Pr(\mathrm{d}\omega)=1 ∫ Q ω ({ R 11 = 1 }) Pr ( d ω ) = 1 , and the measurable set Ω 0 \Omega_0 Ω 0 of those ω \omega ω with Q ω ( { R 11 = 1 } ) = 1 Q_\omega(\{R_{11}=1\})=1 Q ω ({ R 11 = 1 }) = 1 has Pr ( Ω 0 ) = 1 \Pr(\Omega_0)=1 Pr ( Ω 0 ) = 1 . For ω ∈ Ω 0 \omega\in\Omega_0 ω ∈ Ω 0 , the measure η ω \eta_\omega η ω is carried by { ∥ h ∥ 2 + a = 1 } \{\|h\|^2+a=1\} { ∥ h ∥ 2 + a = 1 } , hence by { ∥ h ∥ ≤ 1 } \{\|h\|\le1\} { ∥ h ∥ ≤ 1 } . We let G ω G_\omega G ω be the image of η ω \eta_\omega η ω under ( h , a ) ↦ h (h,a)\mapsto h ( h , a ) ↦ h . Then L G ω = Q ω \mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}=Q_\omega L G ω = Q ω . For ω ∉ Ω 0 \omega\notin\Omega_0 ω ∈ / Ω 0 , we let G ω = δ 0 G_\omega=\delta_0 G ω = δ 0 . This defines a directing measure of L \mathcal{L} L . A directing measure is not unique; for example, it may be composed with any linear isometry of ℓ 2 \ell^2 ℓ 2 . The following theorem applies to every directing measure.
Theorem 6.3 (Directing vectors have squared norm Q Q Q ). Let ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) be strictly 1RSB with parameters x x x and Q Q Q and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q (Definition 5.9 ). Let L \mathcal{L} L be a limiting overlap law, and let ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω (G_\omega)_{\omega\in\Omega} ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω be a directing measure of L \mathcal{L} L . Then, for Pr \Pr Pr -almost every ω \omega ω ,
G ω ( { v ∈ B : ∥ v ∥ 2 = Q } ) = 1. G_\omega\bigl(\{v\in B:\|v\|^2=Q\}\bigr)=1. G ω ( { v ∈ B : ∥ v ∥ 2 = Q } ) = 1. Equivalently, for Pr \Pr Pr -almost every ω \omega ω , if v 1 , v 2 , … v_1,v_2,\ldots v 1 , v 2 , … are independent with law G ω G_\omega G ω , then almost surely ∥ v i ∥ 2 = Q \|v_i\|^2=Q ∥ v i ∥ 2 = Q for every i i i . Then ∥ v i − v j ∥ 2 = 2 ( Q − v i ⋅ v j ) \|v_i-v_j\|^2=2(Q-v_i\cdot v_j) ∥ v i − v j ∥ 2 = 2 ( Q − v i ⋅ v j ) for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j , so that distances between directing vectors are functions of the array. In particular, ∣ R i j ∣ ≤ Q |R_{ij}|\le Q ∣ R ij ∣ ≤ Q for all i ≠ j i\ne j i = j , L \mathcal{L} L -almost surely. When the directing measure is a random measure G G G , that is, when ω ↦ G ω ( A ) \omega\mapsto G_\omega(A) ω ↦ G ω ( A ) is measurable for every Borel set A ⊂ B A\subset B A ⊂ B , the conclusion reads G ( { ∥ v ∥ 2 = Q } ) = 1 G(\{\|v\|^2=Q\})=1 G ({ ∥ v ∥ 2 = Q }) = 1 almost surely.
Pairs of samples near overlap one
The results of Section 5 concern overlaps in [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , and they do not exclude directing vectors of norm one. We exclude them with an entropy estimate. On an event of probability close to one, the density of π \pi π with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N is at most e 2 β K N e^{2\beta K N} e 2 β K N , while a spherical cap { R ( ⋅ , u ) > 1 − δ } \{R(\mathord\cdot,u)>1-\delta\} { R ( ⋅ , u ) > 1 − δ } has ν N \nu_N ν N -mass at most N ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 \sqrt{N}(2\delta)^{(N-3)/2} N ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) /2 ; for small δ \delta δ , the second factor wins.
Lemma 6.4 (A field bound and a cap estimate). Let P = { p : c p > 0 } \mathcal{P}=\{p:c_p>0\} P = { p : c p > 0 } , and set
a p = ( 2 p log ( 1 + 4 p ) + 2 ) 1 / 2 , K = 2 ∑ p ∈ P c p a p . a_p=(2p\log(1+4p)+2)^{1/2},\qquad K=2\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}}\sqrt{c_p}\,a_p. a p = ( 2 p log ( 1 + 4 p ) + 2 ) 1/2 , K = 2 p ∈ P ∑ c p a p . For every N ≥ 2 N\ge2 N ≥ 2 ,
P ( sup x ∈ S N ∣ H N ( x ) ∣ > K N ) ≤ 2 ∣ P ∣ e − N . (121) \mathbb{P}\left(\sup_{x\in S_N}|H_N(x)|>KN\right)\le2|\mathcal{P}|e^{-N}. \tag*{(121)} P ( x ∈ S N sup ∣ H N ( x ) ∣ > K N ) ≤ 2∣ P ∣ e − N . (121) For every N ≥ 3 N\ge3 N ≥ 3 , every u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , and every δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ) \delta\in(0,1/2) δ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ) ,
ν N ( { x ∈ S N : R ( x , u ) > 1 − δ } ) ≤ N ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 . (122) \nu_N\left(\{x\in S_N:R(x,u)>1-\delta\}\right)\le\sqrt{N}(2\delta)^{(N-3)/2}. \tag*{(122)} ν N ( { x ∈ S N : R ( x , u ) > 1 − δ } ) ≤ N ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) /2 . (122) Let δ = e − 4 β K − 4 / 2 \delta=e^{-4\beta K-4}/2 δ = e − 4 β K − 4 /2 . For every N ≥ 3 N\ge3 N ≥ 3 ,
E π ⊗ 2 ( { R 12 > 1 − δ } ) ≤ 2 ∣ P ∣ e − N + e 6 β K + 6 N e − 2 N . (123) \mathbb{E}\,\pi^{\otimes2}\left(\{R_{12}>1-\delta\}\right)\le2|\mathcal{P}|e^{-N}+e^{6\beta K+6}\sqrt{N}e^{-2N}. \tag*{(123)} E π ⊗ 2 ( { R 12 > 1 − δ } ) ≤ 2∣ P ∣ e − N + e 6 β K + 6 N e − 2 N . (123) :::`
Part (1) is an explicit version of the bound on sup ∣ H N ∣ \sup|H_N| sup ∣ H N ∣ in Lemma 3.2(3). We include its short proof, since it gives a value of K K K and holds for every N N N .
Proof. For (1), let v ∈ R N v \in\mathbb{R}^N v ∈ R N be a unit vector. By (36) , we have
H N ( N v ) = N ∑ p ∈ P c p T p ( v , … , v ) , T p ( v 1 , … , v p ) = ∑ i 1 , … , i p = 1 N g i 1 … i p ( p ) v 1 , i 1 ⋯ v p , i p . H_N(\sqrt{N}v)=\sqrt{N}\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}}\sqrt{c_p}\,T_p(v,\ldots,v),\qquad T_p(v_1,\ldots,v_p)=\sum_{i_1,\ldots,i_p=1}^N g^{(p)}_{i_1\ldots i_p}v_{1,i_1}\cdots v_{p,i_p}. H N ( N v ) = N p ∈ P ∑ c p T p ( v , … , v ) , T p ( v 1 , … , v p ) = i 1 , … , i p = 1 ∑ N g i 1 … i p ( p ) v 1 , i 1 ⋯ v p , i p .
where v k , i v_{k,i} v k , i is the i i i -th coordinate of v k v_k v k . For unit vectors v 1 , … , v p v_1,\ldots,v_p v 1 , … , v p , the variable T p ( v 1 , … , v p ) T_p(v_1,\ldots,v_p) T p ( v 1 , … , v p ) is centered Gaussian with variance ∏ k ∣ v k ∣ 2 = 1 \prod_k |v_k|^2=1 ∏ k ∣ v k ∣ 2 = 1 . Let ∥ T p ∥ \|T_p\| ∥ T p ∥ be the supremum of ∣ T p ( v 1 , … , v p ) ∣ |T_p(v_1,\ldots,v_p)| ∣ T p ( v 1 , … , v p ) ∣ over unit vectors v 1 , … , v p v_1,\ldots,v_p v 1 , … , v p . Fix p ∈ P p\in\mathcal{P} p ∈ P and let ε = 1 / ( 2 p ) \varepsilon=1/(2p) ε = 1/ ( 2 p ) . A maximal ε \varepsilon ε -separated subset N \mathcal{N} N of the unit sphere of R N \mathbb{R}^N R N is an ε \varepsilon ε -net. The balls of radius ε / 2 \varepsilon/2 ε /2 around its points are disjoint and contained in the ball of radius 1 + ε / 2 1+\varepsilon/2 1 + ε /2 , and comparing volumes, as in [147, Appendix A.8, Proposition A.8.1], we find ∣ N ∣ ≤ ( 1 + 2 / ε ) N = ( 1 + 4 p ) N |\mathcal{N}|\leq(1+2/\varepsilon)^N=(1+4p)^N ∣ N ∣ ≤ ( 1 + 2/ ε ) N = ( 1 + 4 p ) N .
Given unit vectors v 1 , … , v p v_1,\ldots,v_p v 1 , … , v p , choose w k ∈ N w_k\in\mathcal{N} w k ∈ N with ∣ v k − w k ∣ ≤ ε |v_k-w_k|\leq\varepsilon ∣ v k − w k ∣ ≤ ε . By multilinearity,
T p ( v 1 , … , v p ) − T p ( w 1 , … , w p ) = ∑ k = 1 p T p ( w 1 , … , w k − 1 , v k − w k , v k + 1 , … , v p ) . T_p(v_1,\ldots,v_p)-T_p(w_1,\ldots,w_p)=\sum_{k=1}^p T_p(w_1,\ldots,w_{k-1},v_k-w_k,v_{k+1},\ldots,v_p). T p ( v 1 , … , v p ) − T p ( w 1 , … , w p ) = k = 1 ∑ p T p ( w 1 , … , w k − 1 , v k − w k , v k + 1 , … , v p ) .
and each term on the right has absolute value at most ε ∥ T p ∥ \varepsilon\|T_p\| ε ∥ T p ∥ . Let M p M_p M p be the maximum of ∣ T p ∣ |T_p| ∣ T p ∣ over N p \mathcal{N}^p N p . Taking the supremum over v 1 , … , v p v_1,\ldots,v_p v 1 , … , v p , we obtain ∥ T p ∥ ≤ M p + p ε ∥ T p ∥ = M p + ∥ T p ∥ / 2 \|T_p\|\leq M_p+p\varepsilon\|T_p\|=M_p+\|T_p\|/2 ∥ T p ∥ ≤ M p + pε ∥ T p ∥ = M p + ∥ T p ∥/2 , that is, ∥ T p ∥ ≤ 2 M p \|T_p\|\leq2M_p ∥ T p ∥ ≤ 2 M p . The set N p \mathcal{N}^p N p has at most ( 1 + 4 p ) p N (1+4p)^{pN} ( 1 + 4 p ) pN elements. Using a union bound and the Gaussian tail bound P ( ∣ γ ∣ > t ) ≤ 2 e − t 2 / 2 \mathbb{P}(|\gamma|>t)\leq2e^{-t^2/2} P ( ∣ γ ∣ > t ) ≤ 2 e − t 2 /2 for a standard Gaussian variable γ \gamma γ , we obtain
P ( ∥ T p ∥ > 2 a p N ) ≤ P ( M p > a p N ) ≤ 2 ( 1 + 4 p ) p N e − a p 2 N / 2 = 2 e − N , \mathbb{P}\left(\|T_p\|>2a_p\sqrt{N}\right)\leq\mathbb{P}\left(M_p>a_p\sqrt{N}\right)\leq2(1+4p)^{pN}e^{-a_p^2N/2}=2e^{-N}, P ( ∥ T p ∥ > 2 a p N ) ≤ P ( M p > a p N ) ≤ 2 ( 1 + 4 p ) pN e − a p 2 N /2 = 2 e − N ,
where we used a p 2 / 2 = p log ( 1 + 4 p ) + 1 a_p^2/2=p\log(1+4p)+1 a p 2 /2 = p log ( 1 + 4 p ) + 1 . On the intersection of the events { ∥ T p ∥ ≤ 2 a p N } \{\|T_p\|\leq2a_p\sqrt{N}\} { ∥ T p ∥ ≤ 2 a p N } , p ∈ P p\in\mathcal{P} p ∈ P , we have ∣ H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ N ∑ p c p ∥ T p ∥ ≤ K N |H_N(x)|\leq\sqrt{N}\sum_p\sqrt{c_p}\,\|T_p\|\leq KN ∣ H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ N ∑ p c p ∥ T p ∥ ≤ K N for every x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N . This proves (1).
For (2), recall that for N ≥ 3 N\geq3 N ≥ 3 and u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , the law of R ( x , u ) R(x,u) R ( x , u ) under ν N ( d x ) \nu_N(dx) ν N ( d x ) has the density d N ( 1 − r 2 ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 d_N(1-r^2)^{(N-3)/2} d N ( 1 − r 2 ) ( N − 3 ) /2 on [ − 1 , 1 ] [-1,1] [ − 1 , 1 ] , where d N − 1 = ∫ − 1 1 ( 1 − r 2 ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 d r d_N^{-1}=\int_{-1}^1(1-r^2)^{(N-3)/2}\,dr d N − 1 = ∫ − 1 1 ( 1 − r 2 ) ( N − 3 ) /2 d r . Restricting this integral to ∣ r ∣ ≤ N − 1 / 2 |r|\leq N^{-1/2} ∣ r ∣ ≤ N − 1/2 , we find
d N − 1 ≥ 2 N − 1 / 2 ( 1 − 1 N ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 ≥ 2 N − 1 / 2 e − 1 / 2 , d_N^{-1}\geq2N^{-1/2}\left(1-\frac{1}{N}\right)^{(N-3)/2}\geq2N^{-1/2}e^{-1/2}, d N − 1 ≥ 2 N − 1/2 ( 1 − N 1 ) ( N − 3 ) /2 ≥ 2 N − 1/2 e − 1/2 ,
where we used log ( 1 − 1 / N ) ≥ − 1 / ( N − 1 ) \log(1-1/N)\geq-1/(N-1) log ( 1 − 1/ N ) ≥ − 1/ ( N − 1 ) , which follows from log ( 1 − t ) ≥ − t / ( 1 − t ) \log(1-t)\geq-t/(1-t) log ( 1 − t ) ≥ − t / ( 1 − t ) , and ( N − 3 ) / ( N − 1 ) ≤ 1 (N-3)/(N-1)\leq1 ( N − 3 ) / ( N − 1 ) ≤ 1 . We conclude that d N ≤ e 1 / 2 N / 2 < N d_N\leq e^{1/2}\sqrt{N}/2<\sqrt{N} d N ≤ e 1/2 N /2 < N . For r ∈ ( 1 − δ , 1 ] r\in(1-\delta,1] r ∈ ( 1 − δ , 1 ] , we have 1 − r 2 = ( 1 − r ) ( 1 + r ) ≤ 2 δ 1-r^2=(1-r)(1+r)\leq2\delta 1 − r 2 = ( 1 − r ) ( 1 + r ) ≤ 2 δ . Integrating over this interval, whose length is δ < 1 \delta<1 δ < 1 , we obtain ν N ( { R ( ⋅ , u ) > 1 − δ } ) ≤ d N δ ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 ≤ N ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 \nu_N(\{R(\cdot,u)>1-\delta\})\leq d_N\delta(2\delta)^{(N-3)/2}\leq\sqrt{N}(2\delta)^{(N-3)/2} ν N ({ R ( ⋅ , u ) > 1 − δ }) ≤ d N δ ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) /2 ≤ N ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) /2 . For (3), let K \mathcal{K} K be the event { sup S N ∣ H N ∣ ≤ K N } \{\sup_{S_N} |H_N| \le KN\} { sup S N ∣ H N ∣ ≤ K N } . On K \mathcal{K} K , we have Z N , β ≥ e − β K N Z_{N,\beta} \ge e^{-\beta KN} Z N , β ≥ e − β K N , and the density of π \pi π with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N is at most e 2 β K N e^{2\beta KN} e 2 β K N . By (2), on K \mathcal{K} K ,
π ⊗ 2 { R 12 > 1 − δ } = ∫ π ( { x : R ( x , y ) > 1 − δ } ) π ( d y ) ≤ e 2 β K N N ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 . \pi^{\otimes2}\{R_{12} > 1-\delta\}=\int\pi(\{x:R(x,y)>1-\delta\})\,\pi(\mathrm{d}y)\le e^{2\beta KN}\sqrt{N}(2\delta)^{(N-3)/2}. π ⊗ 2 { R 12 > 1 − δ } = ∫ π ({ x : R ( x , y ) > 1 − δ }) π ( d y ) ≤ e 2 β K N N ( 2 δ ) ( N − 3 ) /2 .
The integration in y y y does not produce a second density factor, since π \pi π is a probability measure. Inserting log ( 2 δ ) = − 4 β K − 4 \log(2\delta)=-4\beta K-4 log ( 2 δ ) = − 4 β K − 4 , we find that the right side equals N exp ( 2 β K N − ( N − 3 ) ( 2 β K + 2 ) ) = e 6 β K + 6 N e − 2 N \sqrt{N}\exp(2\beta KN-(N-3)(2\beta K+2))=e^{6\beta K+6}\sqrt{N}e^{-2N} N exp ( 2 β K N − ( N − 3 ) ( 2 β K + 2 )) = e 6 β K + 6 N e − 2 N . Off K \mathcal{K} K , we bound π ⊗ 2 ( { R 12 > 1 − δ } ) \pi^{\otimes2}(\{R_{12}>1-\delta\}) π ⊗ 2 ({ R 12 > 1 − δ }) by one. Taking expectations and using (1), we obtain (6.4). □ \square □
Replica exclusion and the norms of directing vectors
Recall from (5.6) the annealed probability p N , k , ρ ( q ) p_{N,k,\rho}(q) p N , k , ρ ( q ) that k k k samples have all their pairwise overlaps within ρ \rho ρ of q q q , and recall that q q q is multisamplable if N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) → 0 N^{-1}\log p_{N,k,\rho}(q)\to0 N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) → 0 for every k k k and ρ \rho ρ (Definition 5.4, following Subag [143, Definition 2]). Theorem 5.5(2), which is [143, footnote 4 and Remark 25], shows that the definition does not change if the limit is replaced by the limit superior. This form matters here. If q q q is not multisamplable, there exist k k k and ρ \rho ρ with lim sup N N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) < 0 \limsup_N N^{-1}\log p_{N,k,\rho}(q)<0 lim sup N N − 1 log p N , k , ρ ( q ) < 0 . Then p N , k , ρ ( q ) p_{N,k,\rho}(q) p N , k , ρ ( q ) tends to zero along the full sequence of dimensions, and hence along the subsequence that defines any given limiting overlap law. With the limit alone, the failure of multisamplability would give decay only along some subsequence, which need not be related to the limiting overlap law at hand. Under the 1RSB assumptions, we have V β = V V_\beta=V V β = V by Proposition 5.11(1), and every q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } q\in(0,1)\setminus\{Q\} q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } has V ( q ) > 0 V(q)>0 V ( q ) > 0 . For such q q q , Lemma 5.8 implies that there exist k ≥ 2 k\ge2 k ≥ 2 , ρ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \rho\in(0,1) ρ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that p N , k , ρ ( q ) ≤ e − c N p_{N,k,\rho}(q)\le e^{-cN} p N , k , ρ ( q ) ≤ e − c N for all sufficiently large N N N .
The next lemma converts replica exclusion into a restriction on the directing measure. Its mechanism is the standard support argument for Dovbysh–Sudakov representations: vectors in a small ball around a point v v v of the support have mutual inner products close to ∥ v ∥ 2 \lVert v\rVert^2 ∥ v ∥ 2 .
Lemma 6.5 (Replica exclusion restricts the directing norms). Let A ⊂ [ 0 , 1 ) \mathcal{A}\subset[0,1) A ⊂ [ 0 , 1 ) be closed relative to [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , with 0 ∈ A 0\in\mathcal{A} 0 ∈ A . Suppose that for every q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A q\in(0,1)\setminus\mathcal{A} q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A , there exist an integer k q ≥ 2 k_q\ge2 k q ≥ 2 and ρ q > 0 \rho_q>0 ρ q > 0 such that p N , k q , ρ q ( q ) → 0 p_{N,k_q,\rho_q}(q)\to0 p N , k q , ρ q ( q ) → 0 as N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ . Let L \mathcal{L} L be a limiting overlap law and ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω (G_\omega)_{\omega\in\Omega} ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω a directing measure of L \mathcal{L} L . Then, for Pr \Pr Pr -almost every ω \omega ω ,
G ω ( { v ∈ B : ∥ v ∥ 2 ∈ A } ) = 1. G_\omega\bigl(\{v\in B:\lVert v\rVert^2\in\mathcal{A}\}\bigr)=1. G ω ( { v ∈ B : ∥ v ∥ 2 ∈ A } ) = 1.
Proof. Since A \mathcal{A} A is closed relative to [ 0 , 1 ) [0,1) [ 0 , 1 ) , it is a Borel subset of [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and the set { v ∈ B : ∥ v ∥ 2 ∈ A } \{v\in B:\lVert v\rVert^2\in\mathcal{A}\} { v ∈ B : ∥ v ∥ 2 ∈ A } is a Borel subset of B B B , as the preimage of A \mathcal{A} A under a continuous map. The same holds for ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A (0,1)\setminus\mathcal{A} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A . We next recall a fact about supports. For a Borel probability measure G G G on B B B , its support supp G \operatorname{supp}G supp G is the set of v ∈ B v\in B v ∈ B with G ( B ( v , r ) ) > 0 G(B(v,r))>0 G ( B ( v , r )) > 0 for every $r>0. The complement of supp G \operatorname{supp} G supp G in B is a union of relatively open balls of G G G -measure zero. As ℓ 2 \ell^2 ℓ 2 is separable, countably many of these balls cover it. This implies that G ( supp G ) = 1 G(\operatorname{supp} G)=1 G ( supp G ) = 1 .
Fix a subsequence ( N m ) (N_m) ( N m ) along which L N m \mathcal{L}_{N_m} L N m converges to L \mathcal{L} L . Let q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A q \in(0,1) \setminus\mathcal{A} q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A , and write k = k q k=k_q k = k q and ρ = ρ q \rho=\rho_q ρ = ρ q . The set
E q = { max 1 ≤ i < j ≤ k ∣ R i j − q ∣ < ρ } ⊂ M E_q=\left\{\max_{1\leq i<j\leq k}\lvert R_{ij}-q\rvert<\rho\right\}\subset\mathcal{M} E q = { 1 ≤ i < j ≤ k max ∣ R ij − q ∣ < ρ } ⊂ M
is open, since it is defined by strict inequalities between finitely many coordinates. By the portmanteau theorem and the hypothesis, we have L ( E q ) ≤ lim inf m p N m , k , ρ ( q ) = 0 \mathcal{L}(E_q)\leq\liminf_m p_{N_m,k,\rho}(q)=0 L ( E q ) ≤ lim inf m p N m , k , ρ ( q ) = 0 . By Definition 6.1, there exists a Pr \Pr Pr -null set Ω q \Omega_q Ω q such that for ω ∉ Ω q \omega\notin\Omega_q ω ∈ / Ω q ,
G ω ⊗ k ( { ( v 1 , … , v k ) : max 1 ≤ i < j ≤ k ∣ v i ⋅ v j − q ∣ < ρ } ) = L G ω ( E q ) = 0. (124) G_\omega^{\otimes k}\left(\left\{(v_1,\ldots,v_k):\max_{1\leq i<j\leq k}\lvert v_i\cdot v_j-q\rvert<\rho\right\}\right)=\mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}(E_q)=0. \tag*{(124)} G ω ⊗ k ( { ( v 1 , … , v k ) : 1 ≤ i < j ≤ k max ∣ v i ⋅ v j − q ∣ < ρ } ) = L G ω ( E q ) = 0. (124)
Let ω ∉ Ω q \omega\notin\Omega_q ω ∈ / Ω q , and suppose that some v ∈ supp G ω v\in\operatorname{supp}G_\omega v ∈ supp G ω satisfies ∣ ∥ v ∥ 2 − q ∣ < ρ / 2 \left|\|v\|^2-q\right|<\rho/2 ∥ v ∥ 2 − q < ρ /2 . Let r = ρ / 4 r=\rho/4 r = ρ /4 . For v i , v j ∈ B ( v , r ) v_i,v_j\in B(v,r) v i , v j ∈ B ( v , r ) , since all vectors in B have norm at most one, we have
∣ v i ⋅ v j − ∥ v ∥ 2 ∣ ≤ ∣ ( v i − v ) ⋅ v j ∣ + ∣ v ⋅ ( v j − v ) ∣ < 2 r = ρ / 2 , \left|v_i\cdot v_j-\|v\|^2\right|\leq\left|(v_i-v)\cdot v_j\right|+\left|v\cdot(v_j-v)\right|<2r=\rho/2, v i ⋅ v j − ∥ v ∥ 2 ≤ ∣ ( v i − v ) ⋅ v j ∣ + ∣ v ⋅ ( v j − v ) ∣ < 2 r = ρ /2 ,
and therefore ∣ v i ⋅ v j − q ∣ < ρ \lvert v_i\cdot v_j-q\rvert<\rho ∣ v i ⋅ v j − q ∣ < ρ . The left side of (6.5) is then at least G ω ( B ( v , r ) ) k > 0 G_\omega(B(v,r))^k>0 G ω ( B ( v , r ) ) k > 0 , which is a contradiction. We conclude that for ω ∉ Ω q \omega\notin\Omega_q ω ∈ / Ω q , no point of supp G ω \operatorname{supp}G_\omega supp G ω has squared norm in the interval I q = ( q − ρ q / 2 , q + ρ q / 2 ) I_q=(q-\rho_q/2,q+\rho_q/2) I q = ( q − ρ q /2 , q + ρ q /2 ) .
The intervals I q I_q I q , q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A q\in(0,1)\setminus\mathcal{A} q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A , cover ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A (0,1)\setminus\mathcal{A} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A . Every subset of R \mathbb{R} R has the Lindelöf property, which means here that countably many of these intervals, say I q 1 , I q 2 , … I_{q_1},I_{q_2},\ldots I q 1 , I q 2 , … , already cover ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A (0,1)\setminus\mathcal{A} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A . For ω \omega ω outside the null set ⋃ l Ω q l \bigcup_l\Omega_{q_l} ⋃ l Ω q l , no point of supp G ω \operatorname{supp}G_\omega supp G ω has squared norm in ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A (0,1)\setminus\mathcal{A} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A . Together with G ω ( supp G ω ) = 1 G_\omega(\operatorname{supp}G_\omega)=1 G ω ( supp G ω ) = 1 , this implies that G ω ( { ∥ v ∥ 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A } ) = 0 G_\omega(\{\|v\|^2\in(0,1)\setminus\mathcal{A}\})=0 G ω ({ ∥ v ∥ 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A }) = 0 .
It remains to exclude norm one. Let δ \delta δ be as in Lemma 6.4(3). The set { R 12 > 1 − δ } ⊂ M \{R_{12}>1-\delta\}\subset\mathcal{M} { R 12 > 1 − δ } ⊂ M is open, and by (6.4) and the portmanteau theorem, we have L ( { R 12 > 1 − δ } ) = 0 \mathcal{L}(\{R_{12}>1-\delta\})=0 L ({ R 12 > 1 − δ }) = 0 . As above, there exists a Pr \Pr Pr -null set Ω 1 \Omega_1 Ω 1 such that G ω ⊗ 2 ( { v 1 ⋅ v 2 > 1 − δ } ) = 0 G_\omega^{\otimes2}(\{v_1\cdot v_2>1-\delta\})=0 G ω ⊗ 2 ({ v 1 ⋅ v 2 > 1 − δ }) = 0 for ω ∉ Ω 1 \omega\notin\Omega_1 ω ∈ / Ω 1 . Let ω ∉ Ω 1 \omega\notin\Omega_1 ω ∈ / Ω 1 , and suppose that v ∈ supp G ω v\in\operatorname{supp}G_\omega v ∈ supp G ω has ∥ v ∥ = 1 \|v\|=1 ∥ v ∥ = 1 . For v 1 , v 2 ∈ B ( v , δ / 2 ) v_1,v_2\in B(v,\delta/2) v 1 , v 2 ∈ B ( v , δ /2 ) , the estimate displayed above, with r = δ / 2 r=\delta/2 r = δ /2 , shows that v 1 ⋅ v 2 > ∥ v ∥ 2 − δ = 1 − δ v_1\cdot v_2>\|v\|^2-\delta=1-\delta v 1 ⋅ v 2 > ∥ v ∥ 2 − δ = 1 − δ . Then G ω ⊗ 2 ( { v 1 ⋅ v 2 > 1 − δ } ) ≥ G ω ( B ( v , δ / 2 ) ) 2 > 0 G_\omega^{\otimes2}(\{v_1\cdot v_2>1-\delta\})\geq G_\omega(B(v,\delta/2))^2>0 G ω ⊗ 2 ({ v 1 ⋅ v 2 > 1 − δ }) ≥ G ω ( B ( v , δ /2 ) ) 2 > 0 , which is a contradiction. Hence supp G ω \operatorname{supp}G_\omega supp G ω contains no vector of norm one, and G ω ( { ∥ v ∥ = 1 } ) = 0 G_\omega(\{\|v\|=1\})=0 G ω ({ ∥ v ∥ = 1 }) = 0 .
The interval [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] is the union of A \mathcal{A} A , ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A (0,1)\setminus\mathcal{A} ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ A , and { 1 } \{1\} { 1 } , because 0 ∈ A ⊂ [ 0 , 1 ) 0\in\mathcal{A}\subset[0,1) 0 ∈ A ⊂ [ 0 , 1 ) . For ω \omega ω outside the null set Ω 1 ∪ ⋃ l Ω q l \Omega_1\cup\bigcup_l\Omega_{q_l} Ω 1 ∪ ⋃ l Ω q l , the last two sets have G ω G_\omega G ω -measure zero, which proves the lemma.
A Ghirlanda–Guerra identity for the covariance
The Ghirlanda–Guerra identities were discovered by Ghirlanda and Guerra [83], and they are closely related to the stochastic stability of Aizenman and Contucci [4]. In their full form, they hold for Hamiltonians with a small generic perturbation. We need only the single identity whose test function is the covariance ξ ( R ) \xi(R) ξ ( R ) , for the original Hamiltonian at a fixed β \beta β where F F F is differentiable. It follows from Gaussian integration by parts once the energy H N / N H_N/N H N / N is known to concentrate under the annealed Gibbs measure. This self-averaging at a point of differentiability is the mechanism of Panchenko [124]. The main theorem of [124], Theorem 1.1 there, is stated for Ising mixed p p p -spin models, but the remark that follows it proves the self-averaging for general Gibbs measures. We use it in that form.
Proposition 6.6 (Self-averaging of the energy; [124, Remark following Theorem 1.1]). Let ξ \xi ξ be a finite mixture and β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 , and suppose that F F F is differentiable at β \beta β . Then ε N → 0 \varepsilon_N \to0 ε N → 0 as N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ .
Proof. The remark following [124, Theorem 1.1] concerns probability measures ν N \nu_N ν N on a common measurable space, random measurable functions A N A_N A N on that space, and the Gibbs averages ⟨ ⋅ ⟩ t \langle\cdot\rangle_t ⟨ ⋅ ⟩ t with density proportional to e t A N e^{tA_N} e t A N with respect to ν N \nu_N ν N . Let ψ N ( t ) = N − 1 log ∫ e t A N d ν N \psi_N(t) = N^{-1}\log\int e^{tA_N}\,d\nu_N ψ N ( t ) = N − 1 log ∫ e t A N d ν N . The remark states that if E ∣ ψ N ( t ) − E ψ N ( t ) ∣ → 0 \mathbb{E}|\psi_N(t) - \mathbb{E}\psi_N(t)| \to0 E ∣ ψ N ( t ) − E ψ N ( t ) ∣ → 0 and E ψ N ( t ) \mathbb{E}\psi_N(t) E ψ N ( t ) converges to a limit P ( t ) P(t) P ( t ) for every t t t in a neighborhood of t 0 t_0 t 0 , and if P P P is differentiable at t 0 t_0 t 0 , then
lim N → ∞ 1 N E ∣ ⟨ A N − E ⟨ A N ⟩ t 0 ⟩ t 0 ∣ = 0 , \lim_{N\to\infty}\frac{1}{N}\mathbb{E}\left|\left\langle A_N-\mathbb{E}\langle A_N\rangle_{t_0}\right\rangle_{t_0}\right|=0, N → ∞ lim N 1 E ⟨ A N − E ⟨ A N ⟩ t 0 ⟩ t 0 = 0 ,
under measurability and integrability conditions that are implicit in its proof [124, (7), p. 190]. We take the disjoint union of the spheres S N S_N S N as the common space, with ν N \nu_N ν N the uniform law on S N S_N S N , A N = H N A_N=H_N A N = H N on S N S_N S N , t 0 = β t_0=\beta t 0 = β , and P = F P=F P = F ; the conclusion is then ε N → 0 \varepsilon_N\to0 ε N → 0 .
We verify the hypotheses. For every t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , we have ψ N ( t ) = N − 1 log Z N , t \psi_N(t)=N^{-1}\log Z_{N,t} ψ N ( t ) = N − 1 log Z N , t , and using Lemma 3.3 with B = S N B=S_N B = S N and h = 0 h=0 h = 0 , we find
E ∣ ψ N ( t ) − E ψ N ( t ) ∣ = ∫ 0 ∞ P ( ∣ ψ N ( t ) − E ψ N ( t ) ∣ ≥ s ) d s ≤ ∫ 0 ∞ 2 e − s 2 N / ( 2 t 2 ξ ( 1 ) ) d s = t ( 2 π ξ ( 1 ) N ) 1 / 2 . \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}|\psi_N(t)-\mathbb{E}\psi_N(t)|
&=\int_0^\infty\mathbb{P}\left(|\psi_N(t)-\mathbb{E}\psi_N(t)|\ge s\right)\,ds\\
&\le\int_0^\infty2e^{-s^2N/(2t^2\xi(1))}\,ds
=t\left(\frac{2\pi\xi(1)}{N}\right)^{1/2}.
\end{aligned} E ∣ ψ N ( t ) − E ψ N ( t ) ∣ = ∫ 0 ∞ P ( ∣ ψ N ( t ) − E ψ N ( t ) ∣ ≥ s ) d s ≤ ∫ 0 ∞ 2 e − s 2 N / ( 2 t 2 ξ ( 1 )) d s = t ( N 2 π ξ ( 1 ) ) 1/2 .
By Theorem 3.14, we have E ψ N ( t ) = F N ( t ) → F ( t ) \mathbb{E}\psi_N(t)=F_N(t)\to F(t) E ψ N ( t ) = F N ( t ) → F ( t ) for every t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 , and F F F is differentiable at β \beta β by assumption. For the integrability conditions, we write H N ( x ) = g ⋅ Ψ ( x ) H_N(x)=g\cdot\Psi(x) H N ( x ) = g ⋅ Ψ ( x ) as in the proof of Lemma 3.3, where g g g is a standard Gaussian vector of finite dimension and ∣ Ψ ( x ) ∣ 2 = N ξ ( 1 ) |\Psi(x)|^2=N\xi(1) ∣Ψ ( x ) ∣ 2 = N ξ ( 1 ) for x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N . Then H N H_N H N is continuous on S N S_N S N and sup S N ∣ H N ∣ ≤ ∣ g ∣ ( N ξ ( 1 ) ) 1 / 2 \sup_{S_N}|H_N|\le|g|(N\xi(1))^{1/2} sup S N ∣ H N ∣ ≤ ∣ g ∣ ( N ξ ( 1 ) ) 1/2 , which has finite moments of all orders. This justifies the differentiations in t t t under the Gibbs average and the expectation that occur in the proof of [124, (7)]. □
Recall from Corollary 5.16 that, under the 1RSB assumptions with parameters x x x and Q Q Q , the free energy F F F is differentiable at β \beta β , with F ′ ( β ) = β ( ξ ( 1 ) − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ) F'(\beta)=\beta(\xi(1)-(1-x)\xi(Q)) F ′ ( β ) = β ( ξ ( 1 ) − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q )) by (110) , and that e N = F N ′ ( β ) → F ′ ( β ) e_N=F_N'(\beta)\to F'(\beta) e N = F N ′ ( β ) → F ′ ( β ) as $N\to\infty.
Lemma 6.7 (The Ghirlanda–Guerra identity for ξ ( R ) \xi(R) ξ ( R ) ). Let ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) be strictly 1RSB with parameters x x x and Q Q Q and a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q .
For every N ≥ 2 N \ge2 N ≥ 2 , every n ≥ 1 n \ge1 n ≥ 1 , and every bounded Borel function f f f on S N n S_N^n S N n , evaluated at ( σ 1 , … , σ n ) (\sigma^1,\ldots,\sigma^n) ( σ 1 , … , σ n ) ,
∣ E ⟨ f ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ⟩ − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) n E ⟨ f ⟩ − 1 n ∑ j = 2 n E ⟨ f ξ ( R 1 j ) ⟩ ∣ ≤ ∥ f ∥ ∞ β n ( ε N + ∣ e N − F ′ ( β ) ∣ ) . (125) \left|\mathbb{E}\langle f\xi(R_{1,n+1})\rangle-\frac{(1-x)\xi(Q)}{n}\mathbb{E}\langle f\rangle-\frac{1}{n}\sum_{j=2}^{n}\mathbb{E}\langle f\xi(R_{1j})\rangle\right| \le\frac{\|f\|_\infty}{\beta n}\left(\varepsilon_N+\left|e_N-F'(\beta)\right|\right). \tag*{(125)} E ⟨ f ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 )⟩ − n ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) E ⟨ f ⟩ − n 1 j = 2 ∑ n E ⟨ f ξ ( R 1 j )⟩ ≤ β n ∥ f ∥ ∞ ( ε N + ∣ e N − F ′ ( β ) ∣ ) . (125) Moreover, ε N + ∣ e N − F ′ ( β ) ∣ → 0 \varepsilon_N+\left|e_N-F'(\beta)\right|\to0 ε N + ∣ e N − F ′ ( β ) ∣ → 0 as N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ .
Let L \mathcal{L} L be a limiting overlap law. For every n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 and every bounded Borel function f f f of the coordinates ( R i j ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n (R_{ij})_{1\le i<j\le n} ( R ij ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n
E L [ f ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ] = ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) n E L f + 1 n ∑ j = 2 n E L [ f ξ ( R 1 j ) ] . (126) \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}}\left[f\xi(R_{1,n+1})\right]=\frac{(1-x)\xi(Q)}{n}\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}}f+\frac{1}{n}\sum_{j=2}^{n}\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}}\left[f\xi(R_{1j})\right]. \tag*{(126)} E L [ f ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ] = n ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) E L f + n 1 j = 2 ∑ n E L [ f ξ ( R 1 j ) ] . (126) In particular, E L ξ ( R 12 ) = ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}}\xi(R_{12})=(1-x)\xi(Q) E L ξ ( R 12 ) = ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) .
For n = 1 n=1 n = 1 , the sums over j j j are empty, and in (2) the function f f f is a constant.
Proof. We begin with the last assertion of (1). By Corollary 5.16 , we have e N = F N ′ ( β ) → F ′ ( β ) e_N=F'_N(\beta)\to F'(\beta) e N = F N ′ ( β ) → F ′ ( β ) , and F F F is differentiable at β \beta β . Then Proposition 6.6 implies that ε N → 0 \varepsilon_N\to0 ε N → 0 .
Next, we derive an exact identity at finite N N N by Gaussian integration by parts. We write H N ( x ) = g ⋅ Ψ ( x ) = ∑ α g α Ψ α ( x ) H_N(x)=g\cdot\Psi(x)=\sum_\alpha g_\alpha\Psi_\alpha(x) H N ( x ) = g ⋅ Ψ ( x ) = ∑ α g α Ψ α ( x ) as in the proof of Proposition 6.6 . By the computation in the proof of Lemma 3.2(1), we have ∑ α Ψ α ( x ) Ψ α ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y ) ) \sum_\alpha\Psi_\alpha(x)\Psi_\alpha(y)=N\xi(R(x,y)) ∑ α Ψ α ( x ) Ψ α ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y )) . Fix n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 and a bounded Borel function f f f on S N n S_N^n S N n , and for each index α \alpha α , let Φ α ( g ) = ⟨ f Ψ α ( σ 1 ) ⟩ \Phi_\alpha(g)=\langle f\Psi_\alpha(\sigma^1)\rangle Φ α ( g ) = ⟨ f Ψ α ( σ 1 )⟩ ; this Gibbs average depends on g g g through π \pi π . Differentiating the n n n Gibbs densities and the normalization Z N , β n Z_{N,\beta}^n Z N , β n , we find
∂ g α Φ α ( g ) = β ⟨ f Ψ α ( σ 1 ) ( ∑ l = 1 n Ψ α ( σ l ) − n Ψ α ( σ n + 1 ) ) ⟩ . \partial_{g_\alpha}\Phi_\alpha(g)=\beta\left\langle f\Psi_\alpha(\sigma^1)\left(\sum_{l=1}^{n}\Psi_\alpha(\sigma^l)-n\Psi_\alpha(\sigma^{n+1})\right)\right\rangle. ∂ g α Φ α ( g ) = β ⟨ f Ψ α ( σ 1 ) ( l = 1 ∑ n Ψ α ( σ l ) − n Ψ α ( σ n + 1 ) ) ⟩ .
The function f f f is not differentiated, since it depends on the samples and not on g g g . The bound ∣ Ψ α ∣ ≤ ( N ξ ( 1 ) ) 1 / 2 |\Psi_\alpha|\le(N\xi(1))^{1/2} ∣ Ψ α ∣ ≤ ( N ξ ( 1 ) ) 1/2 on S N S_N S N implies that Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α is bounded and smooth with bounded first derivatives. Then Gaussian integration by parts gives E [ g α Φ α ( g ) ] = E [ ∂ g α Φ α ( g ) ] \mathbb{E}[g_\alpha\Phi_\alpha(g)]=\mathbb{E}[\partial_{g_\alpha}\Phi_\alpha(g)] E [ g α Φ α ( g )] = E [ ∂ g α Φ α ( g )] . Summing over α \alpha α and dividing by N N N , we obtain
E ⟨ f H N ( σ 1 ) N ⟩ = β E ⟨ f ( ξ ( 1 ) + ∑ j = 2 n ξ ( R 1 j ) − n ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ) ⟩ , (127) \mathbb{E}\left\langle f\frac{H_N(\sigma^1)}{N}\right\rangle=\beta\mathbb{E}\left\langle f\left(\xi(1)+\sum_{j=2}^{n}\xi(R_{1j})-n\xi(R_{1,n+1})\right)\right\rangle, \tag*{(127)} E ⟨ f N H N ( σ 1 ) ⟩ = β E ⟨ f ( ξ ( 1 ) + j = 2 ∑ n ξ ( R 1 j ) − n ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ) ⟩ , (127)
where the term l = 1 l=1 l = 1 contributed ξ ( R 11 ) = ξ ( 1 ) \xi(R_{11})=\xi(1) ξ ( R 11 ) = ξ ( 1 ) .
Taking n = 1 n=1 n = 1 and f = 1 f=1 f = 1 in (127) , we have e N = β ( ξ ( 1 ) − E ⟨ ξ ( R 12 ) ⟩ ) e_N=\beta\bigl(\xi(1)-\mathbb{E}\langle\xi(R_{12})\rangle\bigr) e N = β ( ξ ( 1 ) − E ⟨ ξ ( R 12 )⟩ ) . Inserting this into (127) and rearranging, we find
n E ⟨ f ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ⟩ − ∑ j = 2 n E ⟨ f ξ ( R 1 j ) ⟩ − E ⟨ ξ ( R 12 ) ⟩ E ⟨ f ⟩ = − 1 β E ⟨ f ( H N ( σ 1 ) N − e N ) ⟩ . n\mathbb{E}\langle f\xi(R_{1,n+1})\rangle-\sum_{j=2}^{n}\mathbb{E}\langle f\xi(R_{1j})\rangle-\mathbb{E}\langle\xi(R_{12})\rangle\mathbb{E}\langle f\rangle=-\frac{1}{\beta}\mathbb{E}\left\langle f\left(\frac{H_N(\sigma^1)}{N}-e_N\right)\right\rangle. n E ⟨ f ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 )⟩ − j = 2 ∑ n E ⟨ f ξ ( R 1 j )⟩ − E ⟨ ξ ( R 12 )⟩ E ⟨ f ⟩ = − β 1 E ⟨ f ( N H N ( σ 1 ) − e N ) ⟩ .
The right side has absolute value at most ∥ f ∥ ∞ ε N / β \lVert f\rVert_\infty\varepsilon_N/\beta ∥ f ∥ ∞ ε N / β . By (110) and the formula for e N e_N e N , we have ∣ E ⟨ ξ ( R 12 ) ⟩ − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ∣ = ∣ e N − F ′ ( β ) ∣ / β \left|\mathbb{E}\langle\xi(R_{12})\rangle-(1-x)\xi(Q)\right|=\left|e_N-F'(\beta)\right|/\beta ∣ E ⟨ ξ ( R 12 )⟩ − ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) ∣ = ∣ e N − F ′ ( β ) ∣ / β , and ∣ E ⟨ f ⟩ ∣ ≤ ∥ f ∥ ∞ \left|\mathbb{E}\langle f\rangle\right|\leq\lVert f\rVert_\infty ∣ E ⟨ f ⟩ ∣ ≤ ∥ f ∥ ∞ . Combining these bounds and dividing by n n n , we obtain (125) .
For (2), let ( N m ) (N_m) ( N m ) be a subsequence along which L N m \mathcal{L}_{N_m} L N m converges to L \mathcal{L} L , and write R ( n ) = ( R i j ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n R^{(n)}=(R_{ij})_{1\leq i<j\leq n} R ( n ) = ( R ij ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n . Suppose first that f f f is continuous. Then f ( R ( n ) ) f(R^{(n)}) f ( R ( n ) ) and f ( R ( n ) ) ξ ( R 1 j ) f(R^{(n)})\xi(R_{1j}) f ( R ( n ) ) ξ ( R 1 j ) , 2 ≤ j ≤ n + 1 2\leq j\leq n+1 2 ≤ j ≤ n + 1 , are bounded continuous functions on M \mathcal{M} M that depend on finitely many coordinates. We apply (125) to the bounded Borel function ( σ 1 , … , σ n ) ↦ f ( ( R ( σ i , σ j ) ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n ) (\sigma^1,\ldots,\sigma^n)\mapsto f((R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j))_{1\leq i<j\leq n}) ( σ 1 , … , σ n ) ↦ f (( R ( σ i , σ j ) ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n ) and let m → ∞ m\to\infty m → ∞ . Using the last assertion of (1), we find that the right side of (125) tends to zero, which proves (126) for continuous f f f . For general f f f , both sides of (126) have the form ∫ f d μ \int f\,\mathrm{d}\mu ∫ f d μ for a finite signed Borel measure μ \mu μ on [ − 1 , 1 ] n ( n − 1 ) / 2 [-1,1]^{n(n-1)/2} [ − 1 , 1 ] n ( n − 1 ) /2 , since ξ \xi ξ is bounded on [ − 1 , 1 ] [-1,1] [ − 1 , 1 ] ; for the left side, μ ( A ) = E L [ 1 A ( R ( n ) ) ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ] \mu(A)=\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}}[1_A(R^{(n)})\xi(R_{1,n+1})] μ ( A ) = E L [ 1 A ( R ( n ) ) ξ ( R 1 , n + 1 )] . Two finite signed Borel measures on a compact metric space that agree on continuous functions are equal, and (126) extends to every bounded Borel f f f . For n = 1 n=1 n = 1 and f = 1 f=1 f = 1 , it reads E L ξ ( R 12 ) = ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}}\xi(R_{12})=(1-x)\xi(Q) E L ξ ( R 12 ) = ( 1 − x ) ξ ( Q ) .
Proof of the theorem on directing norms
Let L \mathcal{L} L be a limiting overlap law and ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω (G_\omega)_{\omega\in\Omega} ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω a directing measure of L \mathcal{L} L . The proof has three steps: we restrict the squared norms to { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } , derive a recursion from Lemma 6.7, and use it to remove the mass at the origin.
Squared norms in { 0 , Q } \{0,Q\} { 0 , Q } . Under the 1RSB assumptions, V β = V V_\beta=V V β = V by Proposition 5.11(1), and V ( q ) > 0 V(q)>0 V ( q ) > 0 for every q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } q\in(0,1)\setminus\{Q\} q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) ∖ { Q } . For each such q q q , by Lemma 5.8, there exist k q ≥ 2 k_q\geq2 k q ≥ 2 and ρ q > 0 \rho_q>0 ρ q > 0 such that p N , k q , ρ q ( q ) → 0 p_{N,k_q,\rho_q}(q)\to0 p N , k q , ρ q ( q ) → 0 . Applying Lemma 6.5 with A = { 0 , Q } \mathcal{A}=\{0,Q\} A = { 0 , Q } , we find that for Pr \Pr Pr -almost every ω \omega ω , the measure G ω G_\omega G ω is carried by the vectors of squared norm 0 0 0 or Q Q Q . For such ω \omega ω and independent v 1 , v 2 v_1,v_2 v 1 , v 2 with law G ω G_\omega G ω , we have ∣ v 1 ⋅ v 2 ∣ ≤ ∥ v 1 ∥ ∥ v 2 ∥ ≤ Q |v_1\cdot v_2|\leq\lVert v_1\rVert\lVert v_2\rVert\leq Q ∣ v 1 ⋅ v 2 ∣ ≤ ∥ v 1 ∥ ∥ v 2 ∥ ≤ Q almost surely. Integrating over ω \omega ω and using the weak exchangeability of L \mathcal{L} L , we conclude that ∣ R i j ∣ ≤ Q |R_{ij}|\leq Q ∣ R ij ∣ ≤ Q for all i ≠ j i\neq j i = j , L \mathcal{L} L -almost surely. Since the coefficients of ξ \xi ξ are nonnegative, we have, L \mathcal{L} L -almost surely,
ξ ( R i j ) ≤ ∑ p c p ∣ R i j ∣ p ≤ ξ ( Q ) ( i ≠ j ) . (128) \xi(R_{ij})\leq\sum_p c_p|R_{ij}|^p\leq\xi(Q)\qquad(i\neq j). \tag*{(128)} ξ ( R ij ) ≤ p ∑ c p ∣ R ij ∣ p ≤ ξ ( Q ) ( i = j ) . (128)
Note that (128) holds also when ξ \xi ξ has odd degrees, in which case ξ ( R i j ) \xi(R_{ij}) ξ ( R ij ) may be negative.
A recursion. For n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 , let
A n = { ξ ( R 1 j ) = 0 for 2 ≤ j ≤ n } ⊂ M , a n = L ( A n ) , A_n=\{\xi(R_{1j})=0\text{ for }2\leq j\leq n\}\subset\mathcal{M},\qquad a_n=\mathcal{L}(A_n), A n = { ξ ( R 1 j ) = 0 for 2 ≤ j ≤ n } ⊂ M , a n = L ( A n ) ,
so that A 1 = M A_1=\mathcal{M} A 1 = M and a 1 = 1 a_1=1 a 1 = 1 . The indicator 1 A n \mathbf{1}_{A_n} 1 A n is a bounded Borel function of ( R i j ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n (R_{ij})_{1\le i<j\le n} ( R ij ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n . On A n A_n A n , we have ζ ( R 1 j ) = 0 \zeta(R_{1j})=0 ζ ( R 1 j ) = 0 for 2 ≤ j ≤ n 2\le j\le n 2 ≤ j ≤ n , so the sum in (126) vanishes for f = 1 A n f=\mathbf{1}_{A_n} f = 1 A n , and Lemma 6.7(2) gives
E L [ 1 A n ζ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ] = ( 1 − x ) ζ ( Q ) n a n . \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{L}}\left[\mathbf{1}_{A_n}\zeta(R_{1,n+1})\right]=\frac{(1-x)\zeta(Q)}{n}a_n. E L [ 1 A n ζ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) ] = n ( 1 − x ) ζ ( Q ) a n .
On the other hand, A n + 1 = A n ∩ { ζ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) = 0 } A_{n+1}=A_n\cap\{\zeta(R_{1,n+1})=0\} A n + 1 = A n ∩ { ζ ( R 1 , n + 1 ) = 0 } . The integrand on the left vanishes on A n + 1 A_{n+1} A n + 1 , and on A n ∖ A n + 1 A_n\setminus A_{n+1} A n ∖ A n + 1 it is at most ζ ( Q ) \zeta(Q) ζ ( Q ) by (128) . The left side is therefore at most ζ ( Q ) ( a n − a n + 1 ) \zeta(Q)(a_n-a_{n+1}) ζ ( Q ) ( a n − a n + 1 ) . Comparing the two bounds and dividing by ζ ( Q ) > 0 \zeta(Q)>0 ζ ( Q ) > 0 yields
a n + 1 ≤ ( 1 − 1 − x n ) a n . a_{n+1}\le\left(1-\frac{1-x}{n}\right)a_n. a n + 1 ≤ ( 1 − n 1 − x ) a n .
Every factor lies in ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , because 0 < 1 − x < 1 0<1-x<1 0 < 1 − x < 1 . Iterating from a 1 = 1 a_1=1 a 1 = 1 , we obtain
a n ≤ ∏ j = 1 n − 1 ( 1 − 1 − x j ) ≤ exp ( − ( 1 − x ) ∑ j = 1 n − 1 1 j ) ≤ n − ( 1 − x ) . (129) a_n\le\prod_{j=1}^{n-1}\left(1-\frac{1-x}{j}\right)\le\exp\left(-(1-x)\sum_{j=1}^{n-1}\frac{1}{j}\right)\le n^{-(1-x)}. \tag*{(129)} a n ≤ j = 1 ∏ n − 1 ( 1 − j 1 − x ) ≤ exp ( − ( 1 − x ) j = 1 ∑ n − 1 j 1 ) ≤ n − ( 1 − x ) . (129)
where we used log ( 1 − t ) ≤ − t \log(1-t)\le-t log ( 1 − t ) ≤ − t and ∑ j = 1 n − 1 j − 1 ≥ ∫ 1 n d t / t = log n \sum_{j=1}^{n-1}j^{-1}\ge\int_1^n dt/t=\log n ∑ j = 1 n − 1 j − 1 ≥ ∫ 1 n d t / t = log n .
No mass at the origin. Fix ω ∈ Ω \omega\in\Omega ω ∈ Ω , and let v 1 , v 2 , … v_1,v_2,\ldots v 1 , v 2 , … be independent with law G ω G_\omega G ω . If v 1 = 0 v_1=0 v 1 = 0 , then R 1 j = v 1 ⋅ v j = 0 R_{1j}=v_1\cdot v_j=0 R 1 j = v 1 ⋅ v j = 0 and ζ ( R 1 j ) = 0 \zeta(R_{1j})=0 ζ ( R 1 j ) = 0 for every j ≥ 2 j\ge2 j ≥ 2 , and the array belongs to A n A_n A n for every n n n . This implies that G ω ( { 0 } ) ≤ L G ω ( A n ) G_\omega(\{0\})\le\mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}(A_n) G ω ({ 0 }) ≤ L G ω ( A n ) for every n n n . The numbers L G ω ( A n ) \mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}(A_n) L G ω ( A n ) are nonincreasing in n n n , and by Definition 6.1 and (129) ,
∫ Ω L G ω ( A n ) Pr ( d ω ) = a n ≤ n − ( 1 − x ) . \int_\Omega\mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}(A_n)\,\Pr(d\omega)=a_n\le n^{-(1-x)}. ∫ Ω L G ω ( A n ) Pr ( d ω ) = a n ≤ n − ( 1 − x ) .
By dominated convergence, lim n L G ω ( A n ) = 0 \lim_n\mathcal{L}^{G_\omega}(A_n)=0 lim n L G ω ( A n ) = 0 for Pr \Pr Pr -almost every ω \omega ω , and therefore G ω ( { 0 } ) = 0 G_\omega(\{0\})=0 G ω ({ 0 }) = 0 for Pr \Pr Pr -almost every ω \omega ω . Together with the first step, this shows that G ω G_\omega G ω is carried by { ∥ v ∥ 2 = Q } \{\lVert v\rVert^2=Q\} {∥ v ∥ 2 = Q } for Pr \Pr Pr -almost every ω \omega ω , which completes the proof of Theorem 6.3 .
Determinant moments and the Kac–Rice formula
This section relates the critical points of the center field H Q H_Q H Q to estimates under ordinary Gaussian conditioning at a single deterministic point. Lemma 7.1 records the joint law of the value, the radial derivative, the tangent gradient, and the Hessian of H Q H_Q H Q at a point, and Definition 7.3 fixes the version of the conditional law given these quantities that is used throughout Part II; Corollary 7.6 states the resulting law of the Hessian at a conditioned critical point. Proposition 7.7 bounds every fixed moment of the normalized absolute Hessian determinant when the normalized radial derivative lies a fixed distance above the edge of the semicircle law. Section 7.4 adds a normalization of the expected determinant by the semicircle law, bounds for bordered determinants, and the same moment bound under conditioning at two points with small overlap. Theorem 7.17 is the Kac–Rice formula with bounded Borel weights that may depend on the whole field, and Corollary 7.18 records the resulting exact integrals for expected numbers of critical points. Lemma 7.21 shows that hitting probabilities of the Langevin diffusion are such weights. Finally, Theorem 7.23 combines these results with Hölder’s inequality (Lemma 7.22): a bound on a hitting probability under ordinary conditioning becomes a bound on the expected sum of the hitting probabilities over critical points. Corollary 7.24 specializes it to the critical points in a fixed window.
The section uses only the definition of the model (Definition 3.1), the construction of the Langevin dynamics (Definition 3.4 and Lemma 3.5), and the measurability of its path laws (Lemma 4.2). Corollary 7.24 takes as hypotheses a hitting estimate for the caps under critical-point conditioning, which is proved in Section 8, and a bound on expected counts, which is proved in Sections 9 and 11. The results are used as follows: Definition 7.3 and Corollary 7.6 in Section 8; Theorem 7.17 in the criteria of Section 4 for separation and for the concentration of the Gibbs measure on bands; Theorem 7.23 and the argument of Corollary 7.24 in Proposition 13.1; Proposition 7.7, Theorem 7.17, and Corollary 7.18 in the estimates for counts and for the concentration on bands of Sections 9 to 12; and Proposition 7.16 and Lemmas 7.11 and 7.13 in the two-point estimates of Section 11. No asymptotics of expected counts are proved here.
The Kac–Rice formula is classical [3, Theorems 11.2.1 and 12.1.1], [14, Theorems 6.2 and 6.4]. Its use for spherical spin glasses goes back to Auffinger, Ben Arous, and Černý [12] and Auffinger and Ben Arous [8]. The one-point law of a mixed model at a point of a sphere of smaller radius is computed in [30, Section 4.1]. The determinantweighted Hölder argument of Lemma 7.22 is a form of the conditional Cauchy–Schwarz argument of Huang and Sellke [90, Corollary 3.16]. Two points require more care than in these references. First, the weights to which we apply the formula are probabilities of trajectory events of the diffusion in the given field. They are bounded Borel functions of the whole field, but they need not be continuous and they are not functions of finitely many derivatives at the point. The particular textbook and spin-glass statements cited above assume that these weights, which are called marks there, are continuous [14, Theorem 6.4], or that they are given by a tame auxiliary field [141, Lemma 36]. General Kac–Rice formulas allowing Borel weights that depend on the whole random field were subsequently established by Stecconi [139, Theorem 29]; see also [116, Proposition 6.1]. We retain a direct proof in coefficient space to specify the conditioning version and the observables used here. Second, the event that the gradient vanishes at a given point has probability zero, and a conditional law given this event is defined only up to a choice of version. We therefore fix an explicit version in Definition 7.3 and prove the formula in the coefficient space of the polynomial field (Proposition 7.16). The determinant bounds are proved directly from Gaussian concentration, and this yields all fixed moments uniformly in the dimension.
Standing notation
Throughout this section, ξ ( r ) = ∑ p ∈ P c p r p \xi(r) = \sum_{p \in\mathcal{P}} c_p r^p ξ ( r ) = ∑ p ∈ P c p r p is a finite mixture as in Definition 3.1, where P = { p ≥ 2 : c p > 0 } \mathcal{P} = \{p \ge2 : c_p > 0\} P = { p ≥ 2 : c p > 0 } is finite and nonempty, and d = min P d = \min\mathcal{P} d = min P . Recall from Definition 3.1 that ξ \xi ξ is pure if P = { p } \mathcal{P} = \{p\} P = { p } for a single degree p p p , and non-pure otherwise. Part II assumes d ≥ 4 d \ge4 d ≥ 4 ; in this section the assumption is used only in Lemma 7.13 and Corollary 7.24 . We fix Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] Q \in(0,1] Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . The mixture and Q Q Q do not depend on N N N . We assume N ≥ 2 N \ge2 N ≥ 2 unless stated otherwise and write n = N − 1 n = N - 1 n = N − 1 . Constants C , c > 0 C,c > 0 C , c > 0 depend only on the quantities indicated and may change from line to line.
The field and its coefficients. Let Z = ( Z p , i 1 , … , i p ) Z = (Z_{p,i_1,\ldots,i_p}) Z = ( Z p , i 1 , … , i p ) , indexed by p ∈ P p \in\mathcal{P} p ∈ P and i 1 , … , i p ∈ { 1 , … , N } i_1,\ldots,i_p \in\{1,\ldots,N\} i 1 , … , i p ∈ { 1 , … , N } , be a standard Gaussian vector in R ℓ N \mathbb{R}^{\ell_N} R ℓ N , where ℓ N = ∑ p ∈ P N p \ell_N = \sum_{p \in\mathcal{P}} N^p ℓ N = ∑ p ∈ P N p . For z ∈ R ℓ N z \in\mathbb{R}^{\ell_N} z ∈ R ℓ N and x ∈ R N x \in\mathbb{R}^N x ∈ R N , we set
H z ( x ) = ∑ p ∈ P c p N − ( p − 1 ) / 2 ∑ i 1 , … , i p = 1 N z p , i 1 , … , i p x i 1 ⋯ x i p . (130) H_z(x) = \sum_{p \in\mathcal{P}} \sqrt{c_p}N^{-(p-1)/2}\sum_{i_1,\ldots,i_p=1}^{N} z_{p,i_1,\ldots,i_p}x_{i_1}\cdots x_{i_p}. \tag*{(130)} H z ( x ) = p ∈ P ∑ c p N − ( p − 1 ) /2 i 1 , … , i p = 1 ∑ N z p , i 1 , … , i p x i 1 ⋯ x i p . (130)
Then E H Z ( x ) H Z ( y ) = ∑ p c p N 1 − p ( x ⋅ y ) p = N ξ ( x ⋅ y / N ) \mathbb{E}H_Z(x)H_Z(y) = \sum_p c_pN^{1-p}(x \cdot y)^p = N\xi(x \cdot y/N) E H Z ( x ) H Z ( y ) = ∑ p c p N 1 − p ( x ⋅ y ) p = N ξ ( x ⋅ y / N ) for all x , y ∈ R N x,y \in\mathbb{R}^N x , y ∈ R N . In particular, the restriction of H Z H_Z H Z to S N S_N S N has the law of H N H_N H N . We take H N = H Z H_N = H_Z H N = H Z and always use the polynomial extension (7.1) of H N H_N H N to R N \mathbb{R}^N R N . We write H N , p H_{N,p} H N , p for the homogeneous part of degree p p p of H N H_N H N . As in Section 4, let H N \mathcal{H}_N H N be the finite-dimensional space of real polynomials on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N that are sums of homogeneous polynomials with degrees in P \mathcal{P} P , with the topology of any norm. The map z ↦ H z z \mapsto H_z z ↦ H z is linear from R ℓ N \mathbb{R}^{\ell_N} R ℓ N into H N \mathcal{H}_N H N .
A field-dependent weight is a Borel function φ : H N × S N → R \varphi:\mathcal{H}_N \times S_N \to\mathbb{R} φ : H N × S N → R . Its value φ ( H N , u ) \varphi(H_N,u) φ ( H N , u ) may depend on the whole field, not only on finitely many derivatives at u u u . In the literature on marked point processes, such a function is called a mark; we reserve this word for the value and the radial derivative of a critical point, defined below. The function ( z , u ) ↦ φ ( H z , u ) (z,u) \mapsto\varphi(H_z,u) ( z , u ) ↦ φ ( H z , u ) is Borel, because ( z , u ) ↦ ( H z , u ) (z,u) \mapsto(H_z,u) ( z , u ) ↦ ( H z , u ) is continuous.
The center field. For u ∈ R N u \in\mathbb{R}^N u ∈ R N we write
H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) , K Q ( u ) = d d t H N ( t Q u ) ∣ t = 1 = u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) . H_Q(u) = H_N(\sqrt{Q}u), \qquad K_Q(u) = \left.\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t} H_N(t\sqrt{Q}u)\right|_{t=1} = u \cdot\nabla H_Q(u). H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) , K Q ( u ) = d t d H N ( t Q u ) t = 1 = u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) .
and H z , Q H_{z,Q} H z , Q , K z , Q K_{z,Q} K z , Q for the same objects built from H z H_z H z . By homogeneity, H Q = ∑ p Q p / 2 H N , p H_Q = \sum_p Q^{p/2}H_{N,p} H Q = ∑ p Q p /2 H N , p and K Q = ∑ p p Q p / 2 H N , p K_Q = \sum_p pQ^{p/2}H_{N,p} K Q = ∑ p p Q p /2 H N , p . For u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N we have K Q ( u ) = Q N ∂ R H N ( Q u ) K_Q(u) = \sqrt{QN}\,\partial_R H_N(\sqrt{Q}u) K Q ( u ) = QN ∂ R H N ( Q u ) , where ∂ R \partial_R ∂ R is the derivative in the unit outward normal direction. In other words, K Q K_Q K Q is the Euler radial derivative. We call K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) the radial derivative of H Q H_Q H Q at u u u . We normalize the radial derivatives of critical points by N N N ; at a deterministic point, Var K Q ( u ) = N ( a Q + b Q ) \operatorname{Var} K_Q(u) = N(a_Q+b_Q) Var K Q ( u ) = N ( a Q + b Q ) by Lemma 7.1 . The covariance of H Q H_Q H Q is E H Q ( x ) H Q ( y ) = N ξ ~ Q ( x ⋅ y / N ) \mathbb{E}H_Q(x)H_Q(y) = N\widetilde{\xi}_Q(x\cdot y/N) E H Q ( x ) H Q ( y ) = N ξ Q ( x ⋅ y / N ) , where ξ ~ Q ( t ) = ξ ~ ( Q t ) \widetilde{\xi}_Q(t)=\widetilde{\xi}(Qt) ξ Q ( t ) = ξ ( Qt ) . Recall the center covariance parameters
ξ ~ Q ( 1 ) = ξ ~ ( Q ) , a Q = ξ ~ Q ′ ( 1 ) = Q ξ ~ ′ ( Q ) , b Q = ξ ~ Q ′ ′ ( 1 ) = Q 2 ξ ~ ′ ′ ( Q ) , \widetilde{\xi}_Q(1)=\widetilde{\xi}(Q), \qquad a_Q=\widetilde{\xi}_Q'(1)=Q\widetilde{\xi}'(Q), \qquad b_Q=\widetilde{\xi}_Q''(1)=Q^2\widetilde{\xi}''(Q), ξ Q ( 1 ) = ξ ( Q ) , a Q = ξ Q ′ ( 1 ) = Q ξ ′ ( Q ) , b Q = ξ Q ′′ ( 1 ) = Q 2 ξ ′′ ( Q ) ,
and Σ Q \Sigma_Q Σ Q is the 2 × 2 2\times2 2 × 2 matrix with rows ( ξ ~ ( Q ) , a Q ) (\widetilde{\xi}(Q),a_Q) ( ξ ( Q ) , a Q ) and ( a Q , a Q + b Q ) (a_Q,a_Q+b_Q) ( a Q , a Q + b Q ) .
For u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N , the tangent space is u ⊥ = { v ∈ R N : v ⋅ u = 0 } u^\perp=\{v\in\mathbb{R}^N:v\cdot u=0\} u ⊥ = { v ∈ R N : v ⋅ u = 0 } . We write ∇ S N H Q ( u ) ∈ u ⊥ \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)\in u^\perp ∇ S N H Q ( u ) ∈ u ⊥ for the spherical gradient, which is the orthogonal projection of ∇ H Q ( u ) \nabla H_Q(u) ∇ H Q ( u ) onto u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , and ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) for the Riemannian Hessian, a symmetric operator on u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ . We also write ∇ 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla^2 H_Q(u) ∇ 2 H Q ( u ) for the compression of the Euclidean Hessian to u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , that is, the operator v ↦ P u ∇ 2 H Q ( u ) v v\mapsto P_u\nabla^2H_Q(u)v v ↦ P u ∇ 2 H Q ( u ) v on u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , where P u = Id − u u T / N P_u=\operatorname{Id}-uu^{T}/N P u = Id − u u T / N . A critical point of H Q H_Q H Q is a point u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N with ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0 ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 . Its marks are the normalized value h = H Q ( u ) / N h=H_Q(u)/N h = H Q ( u ) / N and the normalized radial derivative k = K Q ( u ) / N k=K_Q(u)/N k = K Q ( u ) / N . The surface measure of S N S_N S N is
∣ S N ∣ = 2 π N / 2 Γ ( N / 2 ) N ( N − 1 ) / 2 , |S_N|=\frac{2\pi^{N/2}}{\Gamma(N/2)}N^{(N-1)/2}, ∣ S N ∣ = Γ ( N /2 ) 2 π N /2 N ( N − 1 ) /2 ,
and ν N \nu_N ν N is the normalized surface measure.
Random matrices. For m ≥ 1 m\geq1 m ≥ 1 , a standard GOE matrix G m G_m G m is a random real symmetric m × m m\times m m × m matrix whose entries on and above the diagonal are independent centered Gaussians, with variance 1 / m 1/m 1/ m off the diagonal and 2 / m 2/m 2/ m on it. We set
W n , N = b Q n N G n , μ n , N ( k ) = E ∣ det ( W n , N − k Id n ) ∣ ( k ∈ R ) . W_{n,N}=\sqrt{\frac{b_Q n}{N}}G_n,\qquad\mu_{n,N}(k)=\mathbb{E}\left|\det(W_{n,N}-k\operatorname{Id}_n)\right| \qquad(k\in\mathbb{R}). W n , N = N b Q n G n , μ n , N ( k ) = E ∣ det ( W n , N − k Id n ) ∣ ( k ∈ R ) .
The entries of W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N have variance b Q / N b_Q/N b Q / N off the diagonal and 2 b Q / N 2b_Q/N 2 b Q / N on it. Note the normalization by N N N , not by n n n . For every symmetric M M M we have Tr ( W n , N M ) = ∑ i W i i M i i + 2 ∑ i < j W i j M i j \operatorname{Tr}(W_{n,N}M)=\sum_i W_{ii}M_{ii}+2\sum_{i<j}W_{ij}M_{ij} Tr ( W n , N M ) = ∑ i W ii M ii + 2 ∑ i < j W ij M ij , so that
Var Tr ( W n , N M ) = 2 b Q N ∑ i M i i 2 + 4 b Q N ∑ i < j M i j 2 = 2 b Q N Tr ( M 2 ) . (131) \operatorname{Var}\operatorname{Tr}(W_{n,N}M)=\frac{2b_Q}{N}\sum_i M_{ii}^2+\frac{4b_Q}{N}\sum_{i<j}M_{ij}^2=\frac{2b_Q}{N}\operatorname{Tr}(M^2). \tag*{(131)} Var Tr ( W n , N M ) = N 2 b Q i ∑ M ii 2 + N 4 b Q i < j ∑ M ij 2 = N 2 b Q Tr ( M 2 ) . (131)
A symmetric operator on an n n n -dimensional Euclidean space has the law of W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N if its matrix in one orthonormal basis does. By the orthogonal invariance of the GOE, its matrix in every orthonormal basis then has this law. The matrix W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N has a density on the space of symmetric matrices, so det ( W n , N − k Id n ) ≠ 0 \det(W_{n,N}-k\operatorname{Id}_n) \ne0 det ( W n , N − k Id n ) = 0 almost surely and μ n , N ( k ) > 0 \mu_{n,N}(k)>0 μ n , N ( k ) > 0 for every k k k .
The one-point law and the conditioned laws
Lemma 7.1 (One-point law). Let u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N . The three Gaussian objects
( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) , ∇ S N H Q ( u ) , ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u)), \qquad\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u), \qquad\nabla_{\perp}^{2}H_Q(u) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) , ∇ S N H Q ( u ) , ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) are centered and independent. The pair ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u)) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) has covariance matrix N Σ Q N\Sigma_Q N Σ Q , the gradient ∇ S N H Q ( u ) \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N H Q ( u ) is a Q \sqrt{a_Q} a Q times a standard Gaussian vector in u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , and ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla_{\perp}^{2}H_Q(u) ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) has the law of W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N . Moreover,
∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) = ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) − K Q ( u ) N Id u ⊥ . (132) \nabla_{S_N}^{2}H_Q(u)=\nabla_{\perp}^{2}H_Q(u)-\frac{K_Q(u)}{N}\operatorname{Id}_{u^\perp}. \tag*{(132)} ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) = ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) − N K Q ( u ) Id u ⊥ . (132) If ξ \xi ξ is a non-pure mixture, then det Σ Q > 0 \det\Sigma_Q>0 det Σ Q > 0 . If ξ \xi ξ is pure of degree p p p , then K Q = p H Q K_Q=pH_Q K Q = p H Q on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N , and H Q ( u ) H_Q(u) H Q ( u ) , ∇ S N H Q ( u ) \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N H Q ( u ) , and ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla_{\perp}^{2}H_Q(u) ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) are independent, with Var H Q ( u ) = N ξ ( Q ) \operatorname{Var}H_Q(u)=N\xi(Q) Var H Q ( u ) = N ξ ( Q ) .
Proof. The coefficients of the polynomial H Q H_Q H Q are linear in Z Z Z . Hence its derivatives at fixed points are jointly Gaussian and centered, and their covariances are derivatives of
κ ( x , y ) = E H Q ( x ) H Q ( y ) = N ξ Q ( t ) , t = x ⋅ y N . \kappa(x,y)=\mathbb{E}H_Q(x)H_Q(y)=N\xi_Q(t), \qquad t=\frac{x\cdot y}{N}. κ ( x , y ) = E H Q ( x ) H Q ( y ) = N ξ Q ( t ) , t = N x ⋅ y .
The function κ \kappa κ is invariant under orthogonal transformations of R N \mathbb{R}^N R N , hence so is the law of H Q H_Q H Q , and we may assume that u = N e N u=\sqrt{N}e_N u = N e N . Then u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ is spanned by e 1 , … , e n e_1,\ldots,e_n e 1 , … , e n , and u a = 0 u_a=0 u a = 0 for a ≤ n a\le n a ≤ n . In this proof, the indices a , b , i , j a,b,i,j a , b , i , j range over { 1 , … , n } \{1,\ldots,n\} { 1 , … , n } , and all derivatives are evaluated at x = y = u x=y=u x = y = u , where t = 1 t=1 t = 1 .
Using ∂ x a t = y a / N \partial_{x_a}t=y_a/N ∂ x a t = y a / N and ∂ y a t = x a / N \partial_{y_a}t=x_a/N ∂ y a t = x a / N , we have
∂ x a ∂ y b κ = ξ Q ′ ′ ( t ) y a x b N + ξ Q ′ ( t ) δ a b = a Q δ a b , ∂ x i ∂ x j ∂ y a ∂ y b κ = b Q N ( δ i a δ j b + δ i b δ j a ) . \partial_{x_a}\partial_{y_b}\kappa=\xi_Q''(t)\frac{y_ax_b}{N}+\xi_Q'(t)\delta_{ab}=a_Q\delta_{ab}, \qquad\partial_{x_i}\partial_{x_j}\partial_{y_a}\partial_{y_b}\kappa=\frac{b_Q}{N}(\delta_{ia}\delta_{jb}+\delta_{ib}\delta_{ja}). ∂ x a ∂ y b κ = ξ Q ′′ ( t ) N y a x b + ξ Q ′ ( t ) δ ab = a Q δ ab , ∂ x i ∂ x j ∂ y a ∂ y b κ = N b Q ( δ ia δ j b + δ ib δ j a ) .
In the second identity, every other term of the derivative contains a factor x c x_c x c or y c y_c y c with c ≤ n c\le n c ≤ n , and vanishes. From the first identity, we see that ∇ S N H Q ( u ) \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N H Q ( u ) has covariance a Q Id u ⊥ a_Q\operatorname{Id}_{u^\perp} a Q Id u ⊥ . From the second, we see that the entries of ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla_{\perp}^{2}H_Q(u) ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) on and above the diagonal are uncorrelated, with variance b Q / N b_Q/N b Q / N off the diagonal and 2 b Q / N 2b_Q/N 2 b Q / N on it, which is the law of W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N .
Since K Q ( y ) = y ⋅ ∇ H Q ( y ) K_Q(y)=y\cdot\nabla H_Q(y) K Q ( y ) = y ⋅ ∇ H Q ( y ) and y ⋅ ∇ y t = t y\cdot\nabla_y t=t y ⋅ ∇ y t = t , we have E H Q ( x ) K Q ( y ) = y ⋅ ∇ y κ = N f ( t ) \mathbb{E}H_Q(x)K_Q(y)=y\cdot\nabla_y\kappa=Nf(t) E H Q ( x ) K Q ( y ) = y ⋅ ∇ y κ = N f ( t ) with f ( t ) = t ξ Q ′ ( t ) f(t)=t\xi_Q'(t) f ( t ) = t ξ Q ′ ( t ) , and E K Q ( x ) K Q ( y ) = x ⋅ ∇ x ( N f ( t ) ) = N t f ′ ( t ) \mathbb{E}K_Q(x)K_Q(y)=x\cdot\nabla_x(Nf(t))=Nt f'(t) E K Q ( x ) K Q ( y ) = x ⋅ ∇ x ( N f ( t )) = N t f ′ ( t ) . At t = 1 t=1 t = 1 we obtain
E H Q ( u ) 2 = N ξ ( Q ) , E H Q ( u ) K Q ( u ) = N a Q , E K Q ( u ) 2 = N ( a Q + b Q ) , \mathbb{E}H_Q(u)^2=N\xi(Q), \qquad\mathbb{E}H_Q(u)K_Q(u)=Na_Q, \qquad\mathbb{E}K_Q(u)^2=N(a_Q+b_Q), E H Q ( u ) 2 = N ξ ( Q ) , E H Q ( u ) K Q ( u ) = N a Q , E K Q ( u ) 2 = N ( a Q + b Q ) ,
so ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u)) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) has covariance N Σ Q N\Sigma_Q N Σ Q . For the cross covariances, we compute
E H Q ( x ) ∂ y a H Q ( y ) = ξ Q ′ ( t ) x a , E K Q ( x ) ∂ y a H Q ( y ) = f ′ ( t ) x a , \mathbb{E}H_Q(x)\,\partial_{y_a}H_Q(y)=\xi'_Q(t)x_a,\qquad\mathbb{E}K_Q(x)\,\partial_{y_a}H_Q(y)=f'(t)x_a, E H Q ( x ) ∂ y a H Q ( y ) = ξ Q ′ ( t ) x a , E K Q ( x ) ∂ y a H Q ( y ) = f ′ ( t ) x a ,
E ∂ x i ∂ x j H Q ( x ) H Q ( y ) = ξ Q ′ ′ ( t ) y i y j N , E ∂ x i ∂ x j H Q ( x ) K Q ( y ) = f ′ ′ ( t ) y i y j N , \mathbb{E}\partial_{x_i}\partial_{x_j}H_Q(x)\,H_Q(y)=\xi''_Q(t)\frac{y_i y_j}{N},\qquad\mathbb{E}\partial_{x_i}\partial_{x_j}H_Q(x)\,K_Q(y)=f''(t)\frac{y_i y_j}{N}, E ∂ x i ∂ x j H Q ( x ) H Q ( y ) = ξ Q ′′ ( t ) N y i y j , E ∂ x i ∂ x j H Q ( x ) K Q ( y ) = f ′′ ( t ) N y i y j ,
E ∂ x i ∂ x j H Q ( x ) ∂ y a H Q ( y ) = ξ Q ′ ′ ′ ( t ) y i y j x a N 2 + ξ Q ′ ′ ( t ) δ i a y j + δ j a y i N . \mathbb{E}\partial_{x_i}\partial_{x_j}H_Q(x)\,\partial_{y_a}H_Q(y)=\xi'''_Q(t)\frac{y_i y_jx_a}{N^2}+\xi''_Q(t)\frac{\delta_{ia}y_j+\delta_{ja}y_i}{N}. E ∂ x i ∂ x j H Q ( x ) ∂ y a H Q ( y ) = ξ Q ′′′ ( t ) N 2 y i y j x a + ξ Q ′′ ( t ) N δ ia y j + δ j a y i .
All of these vanish at x = y = u x=y=u x = y = u . Since the three objects are jointly Gaussian with vanishing cross covariances, they are independent.
For (7.3), let e ∈ u ⊥ e\in u^\perp e ∈ u ⊥ be a unit vector and let γ ( s ) = cos ( s / N ) u + N sin ( s / N ) e \gamma(s)=\cos(s/\sqrt{N})u+\sqrt{N}\sin(s/\sqrt{N})e γ ( s ) = cos ( s / N ) u + N sin ( s / N ) e be the unit-speed geodesic of S N S_N S N with γ ( 0 ) = u \gamma(0)=u γ ( 0 ) = u and γ ′ ( 0 ) = e \gamma'(0)=e γ ′ ( 0 ) = e . Then γ ′ ′ ( 0 ) = − u / N \gamma''(0)=-u/N γ ′′ ( 0 ) = − u / N , and
∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ( e , e ) = d 2 d s 2 H Q ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ s = 0 = e ⋅ ∇ 2 H Q ( u ) e − u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) N = e ⋅ ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) e − K Q ( u ) N . \begin{aligned}
\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)(e,e)=\left.\frac{d^2}{ds^2}H_Q(\gamma(s))\right|_{s=0}=e\cdot\nabla^2H_Q(u)e-\frac{u\cdot\nabla H_Q(u)}{N} \\
&=e\cdot\nabla^2_{\perp}H_Q(u)e-\frac{K_Q(u)}{N}.
\end{aligned} ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ( e , e ) = d s 2 d 2 H Q ( γ ( s )) s = 0 = e ⋅ ∇ 2 H Q ( u ) e − N u ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u ) = e ⋅ ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u ) e − N K Q ( u ) .
Polarization gives (7.3).
The weights w p = c p Q p / ξ ( Q ) w_p=c_pQ^p/\xi(Q) w p = c p Q p / ξ ( Q ) , p ∈ P p\in\mathcal{P} p ∈ P , form a probability vector. We have ξ ( Q ) = ∑ p c p Q p \xi(Q)=\sum_p c_pQ^p ξ ( Q ) = ∑ p c p Q p , a Q = ∑ p p c p Q p a_Q=\sum_p pc_pQ^p a Q = ∑ p p c p Q p , and a Q + b Q = ∑ p p 2 c p Q p a_Q+b_Q=\sum_p p^2c_pQ^p a Q + b Q = ∑ p p 2 c p Q p , and therefore
det Σ Q = ξ ( Q ) ( a Q + b Q ) − a Q 2 = ξ ( Q ) 2 ( ∑ p w p p 2 − ( ∑ p w p p ) 2 ) . \det\Sigma_Q=\xi(Q)(a_Q+b_Q)-a_Q^2=\xi(Q)^2\left(\sum_p w_pp^2-\left(\sum_p w_pp\right)^2\right). det Σ Q = ξ ( Q ) ( a Q + b Q ) − a Q 2 = ξ ( Q ) 2 p ∑ w p p 2 − ( p ∑ w p p ) 2 .
which is ξ ( Q ) 2 \xi(Q)^2 ξ ( Q ) 2 times the variance of p p p under the weights w w w . It is positive exactly when P \mathcal{P} P has at least two elements. If P = { p } \mathcal{P}=\{p\} P = { p } , then H Q H_Q H Q is homogeneous of degree p p p , and Euler’s identity implies that K Q = p H Q K_Q=pH_Q K Q = p H Q . The independence assertion in the pure case is contained in the computation above. □
Remark 7.2 (Comparison with the literature). Lemma 7.1 is the one-point structure of [30, Section 4.1, (4.1)]. There the field lives on a sphere of radius q N q\sqrt{N} q N and the radial derivative is the unit normal derivative. With q = Q q=\sqrt{Q} q = Q , their radial variable is K Q ( u ) / Q N K_Q(u)/\sqrt{QN} K Q ( u ) / QN , and their derivatives are taken in the variable Q u \sqrt{Q}\,u Q u . Moreover, [30] normalizes the mixture so that its value at 1 1 1 is 1 1 1 . To compare, we set α = ξ ( 1 ) \alpha=\xi(1) α = ξ ( 1 ) , ν = ξ / α \nu=\xi/\alpha ν = ξ / α , and H ^ N = H N / α \widehat{H}_N=H_N/\sqrt{\alpha} H N = H N / α . Then values, radial derivatives, gradients, and Hessians of H N H_N H N are α \sqrt{\alpha} α times those of H ^ N \widehat{H}_N H N , and gradients and Hessians in the variable u u u carry the additional factors Q \sqrt{Q} Q and Q Q Q from the homothety u ↦ Q u u\mapsto\sqrt{Q}\,u u ↦ Q u . We have included the computation to fix these normalizations, and it holds for every ξ ( 1 ) > 0 \xi(1)>0 ξ ( 1 ) > 0 .
We now fix the conditional laws given the value, the radial derivative, and the tangent gradient at a point. For a non-pure mixture and u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , let Λ u : R ℓ N → R 2 × u ⊥ \Lambda_u:\mathbb{R}^{\ell^N}\to\mathbb{R}^2\times u^\perp Λ u : R ℓ N → R 2 × u ⊥ be the linear map
Λ u z = ( H z , Q ( u ) , K z , Q ( u ) , ∇ S N H z , Q ( u ) ) \Lambda_u z=\left(H_{z,Q}(u),K_{z,Q}(u),\nabla_{S_N}H_{z,Q}(u)\right) Λ u z = ( H z , Q ( u ) , K z , Q ( u ) , ∇ S N H z , Q ( u ) )
and in the pure case let Λ u Z = ( H Z , Q ( u ) , ∇ S N H Z , Q ( u ) ) ∈ R × u ⊥ \Lambda_u Z=(H_{Z,Q}(u),\nabla_{S_N}H_{Z,Q}(u))\in\mathbb{R}\times u^\perp Λ u Z = ( H Z , Q ( u ) , ∇ S N H Z , Q ( u )) ∈ R × u ⊥ . We write T u T_u T u for the target space of Λ u \Lambda_u Λ u and Λ u ∗ \Lambda_u^* Λ u ∗ for the adjoint of Λ u \Lambda_u Λ u with respect to the Euclidean inner products. By Lemma 7.1, the covariance operator C u = Λ u Λ u ∗ C_u=\Lambda_u\Lambda_u^* C u = Λ u Λ u ∗ of Λ u Z \Lambda_uZ Λ u Z is N Σ Q ⊕ a Q Id u ⊥ N\Sigma_Q\oplus a_Q\operatorname{Id}_{u^\perp} N Σ Q ⊕ a Q Id u ⊥ for a non-pure mixture and N ξ ~ ( Q ) ⊕ a Q Id u ⊥ N\widetilde{\xi}(Q)\oplus a_Q\operatorname{Id}_{u^\perp} N ξ ( Q ) ⊕ a Q Id u ⊥ in the pure case, and it is invertible on T u T_u T u .
Definition 7.3 (Conditioned laws). For u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N and a ∈ T u a\in T_u a ∈ T u , let
Z u , a = Λ u ∗ C u − 1 a + ( Id − Λ u ∗ C u − 1 Λ u ) Z . (133) Z^{u,a}=\Lambda_u^*C_u^{-1}a+(\operatorname{Id}-\Lambda_u^*C_u^{-1}\Lambda_u)Z. \tag*{(133)} Z u , a = Λ u ∗ C u − 1 a + ( Id − Λ u ∗ C u − 1 Λ u ) Z . (133) For a non-pure mixture and ( h , k ) ∈ R 2 (h,k)\in\mathbb{R}^2 ( h , k ) ∈ R 2 , we write P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u and E h , k , u \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u} E h , k , u for probability and expectation under which the field is H Z u , a H_{Z^{u,a}} H Z u , a with a = ( N h , N k , 0 ) a=(Nh,Nk,0) a = ( N h , N k , 0 ) ; thus E h , k , u [ Φ ( H N ) ] = E [ Φ ( H Z u , ( N h , N k , 0 ) ) ] \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}[\Phi(H_N)]=\mathbb{E}[\Phi(H_{Z^{u,(Nh,Nk,0)}})] E h , k , u [ Φ ( H N )] = E [ Φ ( H Z u , ( N h , N k , 0 ) )] for every Borel function Φ ≥ 0 \Phi\geq0 Φ ≥ 0 on H N \mathcal{H}_N H N . In the pure case, P h , u \mathbb{P}_{h,u} P h , u and E h , u \mathbb{E}_{h,u} E h , u are defined in the same way with a = ( N h , 0 ) a=(Nh,0) a = ( N h , 0 ) , and for k = p h k=ph k = p h we also write E h , k , u = E h , u \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}=\mathbb{E}_{h,u} E h , k , u = E h , u . We call these the conditioned laws at u u u with marks ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) . Similarly, with Γ u Z = ∇ S N H Z , Q ( u ) \Gamma_uZ=\nabla_{S_N}H_{Z,Q}(u) Γ u Z = ∇ S N H Z , Q ( u ) , we write E u ∇ \mathbb{E}^{\nabla}_u E u ∇ for expectation under which the field is H Z 0 u H_{Z^u_0} H Z 0 u , where Z 0 u = ( Id − a Q − 1 Γ u ∗ Γ u ) Z Z^u_0=(\operatorname{Id}-a_Q^{-1}\Gamma_u^*\Gamma_u)Z Z 0 u = ( Id − a Q − 1 Γ u ∗ Γ u ) Z .
Lemma 7.4 (Properties of the conditioned laws). Let u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N .
For every a ∈ T u a\in T_u a ∈ T u , we have Λ u Z u , a = a \Lambda_uZ^{u,a}=a Λ u Z u , a = a . The vector ( Id − Λ u ∗ C u − 1 Λ u ) Z (\operatorname{Id}-\Lambda_u^*C_u^{-1}\Lambda_u)Z ( Id − Λ u ∗ C u − 1 Λ u ) Z is independent of Λ u Z \Lambda_uZ Λ u Z , and Z = Z u , Λ u Z Z=Z^{u,\Lambda_uZ} Z = Z u , Λ u Z . In particular , a ↦ Law ( Z u , a ) a\mapsto\operatorname{Law}(Z^{u,a}) a ↦ Law ( Z u , a ) is a regular version of the conditional law of Z Z Z given Λ u Z = a \Lambda_uZ=a Λ u Z = a , and it is continuous in a a a . In the same way, Law ( Z 0 u ) \operatorname{Law}(Z^u_0) Law ( Z 0 u ) is a version of the conditional law of Z Z Z given ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0 ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 .
Under P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u , we have H Q ( u ) = N h H_Q(u)=Nh H Q ( u ) = N h , K Q ( u ) = N k K_Q(u)=Nk K Q ( u ) = N k , and ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0 ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 surely, and ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) has the law of W n , N − k Id n W_{n,N}-k\operatorname{Id}_n W n , N − k Id n ; in the pure case this holds with k = p h k=ph k = p h . In particular, E h , k , u ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ = μ n , N ( k ) > 0 \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}|\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)|=\mu_{n,N}(k)>0 E h , k , u ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ = μ n , N ( k ) > 0 .
For a non-pure mixture and every field-dependent weight φ ≥ 0 \varphi\geq0 φ ≥ 0 , the function ( u , h , k ) ↦ E h , k , u φ ( H N , u ) (u,h,k)\mapsto\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\varphi(H_N,u) ( u , h , k ) ↦ E h , k , u φ ( H N , u ) is Borel on S N × R 2 S_N\times\mathbb{R}^2 S N × R 2 . In the pure case the function ( u , h ) ↦ E h , u φ ( H N , u ) (u,h)\mapsto\mathbb{E}_{h,u}\varphi(H_N,u) ( u , h ) ↦ E h , u φ ( H N , u ) is Borel on S N × R S_N\times\mathbb{R} S N × R ; equivalently, ( u , h , k ) ↦ E h , k , u φ ( H N , u ) (u,h,k)\mapsto\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\varphi(H_N,u) ( u , h , k ) ↦ E h , k , u φ ( H N , u ) is Borel on S N × { ( h , k ) : k = p h } S_N\times\{(h,k):k=ph\} S N × {( h , k ) : k = p h } . In both cases, u ↦ E u ∇ φ ( H N , u ) u\mapsto\mathbb{E}^{\nabla}_u\varphi(H_N,u) u ↦ E u ∇ φ ( H N , u ) is Borel on S N S_N S N .
For a non-pure mixture and every field-dependent weight φ ≥ 0 \varphi\geq0 φ ≥ 0 ,
E u ∇ φ ( H N , u ) = ∫ R 2 p N ( h , k ) E h , k , u φ ( H N , u ) d h d k , (134) \mathbb{E}^{\nabla}_u\varphi(H_N,u)=\int_{\mathbb{R}^2}p_N(h,k)\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\varphi(H_N,u)\,dh\,dk, \tag*{(134)} E u ∇ φ ( H N , u ) = ∫ R 2 p N ( h , k ) E h , k , u φ ( H N , u ) d h d k , (134) where p N ( h , k ) = N ( 2 π ) − 1 ( det Σ Q ) − 1 / 2 exp ( − N ( h , k ) Σ Q − 1 ( h , k ) T / 2 ) p_N(h,k)=N(2\pi)^{-1}(\det\Sigma_Q)^{-1/2}\exp\left(-N(h,k)\Sigma_Q^{-1}(h,k)^{\mathsf T}/2\right) p N ( h , k ) = N ( 2 π ) − 1 ( det Σ Q ) − 1/2 exp ( − N ( h , k ) Σ Q − 1 ( h , k ) T /2 ) is the density of the centered Gaussian law with covariance Σ Q / N \Sigma_Q/N Σ Q / N , and in the pure case the same identity holds with ∫ R p N p u r e ( h ) E h , u φ ( H N , u ) d h \int_{\mathbb{R}}p_N^{\mathrm{pure}}(h)\mathbb{E}_{h,u}\varphi(H_N,u)\,dh ∫ R p N pure ( h ) E h , u φ ( H N , u ) d h on the right, where p N p u r e ( h ) = ( N / ( 2 π ξ ( Q ) ) ) 1 / 2 e − N h 2 / ( 2 ξ ( Q ) ) p_N^{\mathrm{pure}}(h)=(N/(2\pi\xi(Q)))^{1/2}e^{-Nh^2/(2\xi(Q))} p N pure ( h ) = ( N / ( 2 π ξ ( Q )) ) 1/2 e − N h 2 / ( 2 ξ ( Q )) .
Proof. For (1), write Π u = Λ u ∗ C u − 1 Λ u \Pi_u=\Lambda_u^*C_u^{-1}\Lambda_u Π u = Λ u ∗ C u − 1 Λ u . We have Λ u Π u = Λ u \Lambda_u\Pi_u=\Lambda_u Λ u Π u = Λ u because Λ u Λ u ∗ = C u \Lambda_u\Lambda_u^*=C_u Λ u Λ u ∗ = C u , which implies that Λ u Z u , a = a \Lambda_uZ^{u,a}=a Λ u Z u , a = a . The covariance between ( Id − Π u ) Z (\operatorname{Id}-\Pi_u)Z ( Id − Π u ) Z and Λ u Z \Lambda_uZ Λ u Z is ( Id − Π u ) Λ u ∗ = Λ u ∗ − Λ u ∗ C u − 1 C u = 0 (\operatorname{Id}-\Pi_u)\Lambda_u^*=\Lambda_u^*-\Lambda_u^*C_u^{-1}C_u=0 ( Id − Π u ) Λ u ∗ = Λ u ∗ − Λ u ∗ C u − 1 C u = 0 , and jointly Gaussian vectors with zero covariance are independent. The identity Z = Λ u ∗ C u − 1 Λ u Z + ( Id − Π u ) Z Z=\Lambda_u^*C_u^{-1}\Lambda_uZ+(\operatorname{Id}-\Pi_u)Z Z = Λ u ∗ C u − 1 Λ u Z + ( Id − Π u ) Z is Z = Z u , Λ u Z Z=Z^{u,\Lambda_uZ} Z = Z u , Λ u Z . These facts imply that Law ( Z u , a ) \operatorname{Law}(Z^{u,a}) Law ( Z u , a ) is a regular version of the conditional law, and it is continuous in a a a because a a a enters (133) linearly. The same argument applies to Γ u \Gamma_u Γ u , whose covariance is a Q Id u ⊥ a_Q\operatorname{Id}_{u^\perp} a Q Id u ⊥ .
For (2), the first assertion follows from Λ u Z u , a = a \Lambda_u Z^{u,a}=a Λ u Z u , a = a . The operator ∇ ⊥ 2 H z , Q ( u ) \nabla_\perp^2 H_{z,Q}(u) ∇ ⊥ 2 H z , Q ( u ) is linear in z z z , and by Lemma 7.1 it is uncorrelated with Λ u Z \Lambda_u Z Λ u Z . In other words, ∇ ⊥ 2 H Λ u ∗ b , Q ( u ) = 0 \nabla_\perp^2 H_{\Lambda_u^*b,Q}(u)=0 ∇ ⊥ 2 H Λ u ∗ b , Q ( u ) = 0 for every b ∈ T u b\in T_u b ∈ T u . Applying this with b = C u − 1 a b=C_u^{-1}a b = C u − 1 a and b = C u − 1 Λ u Z b=C_u^{-1}\Lambda_u Z b = C u − 1 Λ u Z , we find that ∇ ⊥ 2 H Z u , a , Q ( u ) = ∇ ⊥ 2 H Z , Q ( u ) \nabla_\perp^2 H_{Z^{u,a},Q}(u)=\nabla_\perp^2 H_{Z,Q}(u) ∇ ⊥ 2 H Z u , a , Q ( u ) = ∇ ⊥ 2 H Z , Q ( u ) , which has the law of W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N . Combining this with (132) and K Q ( u ) = N k K_Q(u)=Nk K Q ( u ) = N k , we obtain the law of the intrinsic Hessian, and the last assertion follows from the definition of μ n , N \mu_{n,N} μ n , N .
For (3), regard Λ u \Lambda_u Λ u as a map into R 2 × R N \mathbb{R}^2\times\mathbb{R}^N R 2 × R N , which depends smoothly on u ∈ R N u\in\mathbb{R}^N u ∈ R N . On R 2 × R N \mathbb{R}^2\times\mathbb{R}^N R 2 × R N , the operator C u + = ( N Σ Q ) − 1 ⊕ a Q − 1 P u C_u^+=(N\Sigma_Q)^{-1}\oplus a_Q^{-1}P_u C u + = ( N Σ Q ) − 1 ⊕ a Q − 1 P u is smooth in u u u and agrees with C u − 1 C_u^{-1} C u − 1 on T u T_u T u . Then the map ( z , u , h , k ) ↦ Z u , ( N h , N k , 0 ) (z,u,h,k)\mapsto Z^{u,(Nh,Nk,0)} ( z , u , h , k ) ↦ Z u , ( N h , N k , 0 ) , computed from z z z in place of Z Z Z , is continuous, and ( z , u , h , k ) ↦ φ ( H Z u , ( N h , N k , 0 ) , u ) (z,u,h,k)\mapsto\varphi(H_{Z^{u,(Nh,Nk,0)}},u) ( z , u , h , k ) ↦ φ ( H Z u , ( N h , N k , 0 ) , u ) is Borel. Integrating out z z z against the standard Gaussian measure, we find by Tonelli’s theorem that ( u , h , k ) ↦ E h , k , u φ ( H N , u ) (u,h,k)\mapsto\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\varphi(H_N,u) ( u , h , k ) ↦ E h , k , u φ ( H N , u ) is Borel. The pure case and E u ∇ \mathbb{E}^{\nabla}_u E u ∇ are identical.
For (4), write Λ u z = ( Λ u ′ z , Γ u z ) \Lambda_u z=(\Lambda'_u z,\Gamma_u z) Λ u z = ( Λ u ′ z , Γ u z ) with Λ u ′ z = ( H z , Q ( u ) , K z , Q ( u ) ) \Lambda'_u z=(H_{z,Q}(u),K_{z,Q}(u)) Λ u ′ z = ( H z , Q ( u ) , K z , Q ( u )) . We have Λ u ′ Γ u ∗ = 0 \Lambda'_u\Gamma_u^*=0 Λ u ′ Γ u ∗ = 0 by Lemma 7.1. Then C u − 1 C_u^{-1} C u − 1 is block diagonal, Π u = Λ u ′ ∗ ( N Σ Q ) − 1 Λ u ′ + a Q − 1 Γ u ∗ Γ u \Pi_u=\Lambda_u^{\prime*}(N\Sigma_Q)^{-1}\Lambda'_u+a_Q^{-1}\Gamma_u^*\Gamma_u Π u = Λ u ′ ∗ ( N Σ Q ) − 1 Λ u ′ + a Q − 1 Γ u ∗ Γ u , and we have
Z 0 u = Λ u ′ ∗ ( N Σ Q ) − 1 Λ u ′ Z + ( Id − Π u ) Z = Z u , ( Λ u ′ Z , 0 ) . Z^u_0=\Lambda_u^{\prime*}(N\Sigma_Q)^{-1}\Lambda'_uZ+(\operatorname{Id}-\Pi_u)Z=Z^{u,(\Lambda'_uZ,0)}. Z 0 u = Λ u ′ ∗ ( N Σ Q ) − 1 Λ u ′ Z + ( Id − Π u ) Z = Z u , ( Λ u ′ Z , 0 ) .
By (1), Λ u ′ Z \Lambda'_uZ Λ u ′ Z is independent of ( Id − Π u ) Z (\operatorname{Id}-\Pi_u)Z ( Id − Π u ) Z , and it has the law N ( 0 , N Σ Q ) \mathcal{N}(0,N\Sigma_Q) N ( 0 , N Σ Q ) . Conditioning on Λ u ′ Z = ( N h , N k ) \Lambda'_uZ=(Nh,Nk) Λ u ′ Z = ( N h , N k ) and changing variables, the density of ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) is p N p_N p N , since Σ Q / N \Sigma_Q/N Σ Q / N has determinant det Σ Q / N 2 \det\Sigma_Q/N^2 det Σ Q / N 2 . This proves (134) . The pure case is the same with Λ u ′ z = H z , Q ( u ) \Lambda'_u z=H_{z,Q}(u) Λ u ′ z = H z , Q ( u ) . □
The conditioned laws depend on no choice of frame on S N S_N S N , and they are defined for every value of the marks. Any regular version of the conditional law of Z Z Z given Λ u Z \Lambda_uZ Λ u Z agrees with Law ( Z u , a ) \operatorname{Law}(Z^{u,a}) Law ( Z u , a ) only for almost every a a a . This says nothing at the single target value 0 0 0 of the gradient, which is the value that enters the Kac–Rice formula. All conditioned expectations in Part II refer to the laws of Definition 7.3. Since z ↦ H z ( x ) z\mapsto H_z(x) z ↦ H z ( x ) is linear, (133) says that the field under P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u is
H N ( x ) + Cov ( H N ( x ) , Λ u Z ) C u − 1 ( a − Λ u Z ) , a = ( N h , N k , 0 ) , H_N(x)+\operatorname{Cov}\left(H_N(x),\Lambda_uZ\right)C_u^{-1}(a-\Lambda_uZ),\qquad a=(Nh,Nk,0), H N ( x ) + Cov ( H N ( x ) , Λ u Z ) C u − 1 ( a − Λ u Z ) , a = ( N h , N k , 0 ) ,
which is the explicit Gaussian regression used in Definition 8.1. The conditioned hitting estimate of Section 8 is therefore stated under the same laws.
Gaussian concentration and determinant moments
We first record two Gaussian estimates. Part (1) of the next lemma is the Gaussian concentration inequality in the form [111, Proposition 4.1 and (4.1)], which also underlies Lemma 3.3; we include its proof through Gross’s logarithmic Sobolev inequality [84] and Herbst’s argument (see [17, 112]); part (2) bounds the extreme eigenvalues of a Gaussian matrix whose covariance is dominated by that of the GOE. We give the short proofs because we need dimension-free constants and degenerate covariances.
Lemma 7.5 (Gaussian concentration and an edge bound). 1. Let Y Y Y be a standard Gaussian vector in R m \mathbb{R}^{m} R m and let f : R m → R f:\mathbb{R}^{m}\to\mathbb{R} f : R m → R be L L L -Lipschitz. Then for every t ∈ R t\in\mathbb{R} t ∈ R ,
E exp ( t ( f ( Y ) − E f ( Y ) ) ) ≤ exp ( t 2 L 2 / 2 ) , (135) \mathbb{E}\exp\left(t(f(Y)-\mathbb{E}f(Y))\right)\leq\exp\left(t^{2}L^{2}/2\right), \tag*{(135)} E exp ( t ( f ( Y ) − E f ( Y )) ) ≤ exp ( t 2 L 2 /2 ) , (135) and, if L > 0 L>0 L > 0 , P ( f ( Y ) ≥ E f ( Y ) + s ) ≤ exp ( − s 2 / ( 2 L 2 ) ) \mathbb{P}(f(Y)\geq\mathbb{E}f(Y)+s)\leq\exp\left(-s^{2}/(2L^{2})\right) P ( f ( Y ) ≥ E f ( Y ) + s ) ≤ exp ( − s 2 / ( 2 L 2 ) ) for every s > 0 s>0 s > 0 . If L = 0 L=0 L = 0 , then f f f is constant and this probability is zero.
Let b > 0 b>0 b > 0 and 1 ≤ n ≤ N 1\leq n\leq N 1 ≤ n ≤ N , and let W W W be a centered Gaussian random symmetric n × n n\times n n × n matrix such that Var Tr ( W M ) ≤ ( 2 b / N ) Tr ( M 2 ) \operatorname{Var}\operatorname{Tr}(WM)\leq(2b/N)\operatorname{Tr}(M^{2}) Var Tr ( W M ) ≤ ( 2 b / N ) Tr ( M 2 ) for every symmetric M M M . Then
E λ max ( W ) ≤ 2 b n / N , P ( ∥ W ∥ op > 2 b + s ) ≤ 2 exp ( − N s 2 / ( 4 b ) ) ( s > 0 ) . (136) \mathbb{E}\lambda_{\max}(W)\leq2\sqrt{bn/N},\qquad\mathbb{P}\left(\lVert W\rVert_{\operatorname{op}}>2\sqrt{b}+s\right)\leq2\exp\left(-Ns^{2}/(4b)\right)\quad(s>0). \tag*{(136)} E λ m a x ( W ) ≤ 2 bn / N , P ( ∥ W ∥ op > 2 b + s ) ≤ 2 exp ( − N s 2 / ( 4 b ) ) ( s > 0 ) . (136) The covariance of W W W may be degenerate.
Proof. We begin with (1). Let γ \gamma γ be the standard Gaussian measure on R m \mathbb{R}^{m} R m and let Q s g ( y ) = E g ( e − s y + 1 − e − 2 s Y ) Q_{s}g(y)=\mathbb{E}g\left(e^{-s}y+\sqrt{1-e^{-2s}}Y\right) Q s g ( y ) = E g ( e − s y + 1 − e − 2 s Y ) be the Mehler semigroup, with generator L = Δ − y ⋅ ∇ \mathcal{L}=\Delta-y\cdot\nabla L = Δ − y ⋅ ∇ . We use three standard facts: the invariance of γ \gamma γ under Q s Q_{s} Q s , the Gaussian integration by parts formula ∫ ( L ψ ) χ d γ = − ∫ ∇ ψ ⋅ ∇ χ d γ \int(\mathcal{L}\psi)\chi\,d\gamma=-\int\nabla\psi\cdot\nabla\chi\,d\gamma ∫ ( L ψ ) χ d γ = − ∫ ∇ ψ ⋅ ∇ χ d γ , and the relation ∇ Q s g = e − s Q s ∇ g \nabla Q_{s}g=e^{-s}Q_{s}\nabla g ∇ Q s g = e − s Q s ∇ g . Let g g g be smooth and bounded, with bounded derivatives and inf g > 0 \inf g>0 inf g > 0 . Then
d d s ∫ Q s g log Q s g d γ = ∫ ( L Q s g ) ( 1 + log Q s g ) d γ = − ∫ ∣ ∇ Q s g ∣ 2 Q s g d γ . \frac{d}{ds}\int Q_{s}g\log Q_{s}g\,d\gamma=\int(\mathcal{L}Q_{s}g)(1+\log Q_{s}g)\,d\gamma=-\int\frac{|\nabla Q_{s}g|^{2}}{Q_{s}g}\,d\gamma. d s d ∫ Q s g log Q s g d γ = ∫ ( L Q s g ) ( 1 + log Q s g ) d γ = − ∫ Q s g ∣∇ Q s g ∣ 2 d γ .
Since Q s g → ∫ g d γ Q_{s}g\to\int g\,d\gamma Q s g → ∫ g d γ as s → ∞ s\to\infty s → ∞ , integrating in s s s gives
∫ g log g d γ − ∫ g d γ log ∫ g d γ = ∫ 0 ∞ ∫ ∣ ∇ Q s g ∣ 2 Q s g d γ d s . \int g\log g\,d\gamma-\int g\,d\gamma\log\int g\,d\gamma=\int_{0}^{\infty}\int\frac{|\nabla Q_{s}g|^{2}}{Q_{s}g}\,d\gamma\,ds. ∫ g log g d γ − ∫ g d γ log ∫ g d γ = ∫ 0 ∞ ∫ Q s g ∣∇ Q s g ∣ 2 d γ d s .
By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, ∣ Q s ∇ g ∣ 2 ≤ Q s ( ∣ ∇ g ∣ 2 / g ) Q s g |Q_{s}\nabla g|^{2}\leq Q_{s}(|\nabla g|^{2}/g)Q_{s}g ∣ Q s ∇ g ∣ 2 ≤ Q s ( ∣∇ g ∣ 2 / g ) Q s g . Together with ∇ Q s g = e − s Q s ∇ g \nabla Q_{s}g=e^{-s}Q_{s}\nabla g ∇ Q s g = e − s Q s ∇ g , this implies that ∣ ∇ Q s g ∣ 2 / Q s g ≤ e − 2 s Q s ( ∣ ∇ g ∣ 2 / g ) |\nabla Q_{s}g|^{2}/Q_{s}g\leq e^{-2s}Q_{s}(|\nabla g|^{2}/g) ∣∇ Q s g ∣ 2 / Q s g ≤ e − 2 s Q s ( ∣∇ g ∣ 2 / g ) . Inserting this and using the invariance of γ \gamma γ , we obtain the logarithmic Sobolev inequality
∫ g log g d γ − ∫ g d γ log ∫ g d γ ≤ 1 2 ∫ ∣ ∇ g ∣ 2 g d γ . \int g\log g\,d\gamma-\int g\,d\gamma\log\int g\,d\gamma\leq\frac{1}{2}\int\frac{|\nabla g|^{2}}{g}\,d\gamma. ∫ g log g d γ − ∫ g d γ log ∫ g d γ ≤ 2 1 ∫ g ∣∇ g ∣ 2 d γ .
Now let f f f be smooth and bounded with ∣ ∇ f ∣ ≤ L |\nabla f|\leq L ∣∇ f ∣ ≤ L , and set ψ ( t ) = log E e t f ( Y ) \psi(t)=\log\mathbb{E}e^{tf(Y)} ψ ( t ) = log E e t f ( Y ) . Applying the last inequality to g = e t f g=e^{tf} g = e t f with t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , we obtain t ψ ′ ( t ) − ψ ( t ) ≤ t 2 L 2 / 2 t\psi'(t)-\psi(t)\leq t^{2}L^{2}/2 t ψ ′ ( t ) − ψ ( t ) ≤ t 2 L 2 /2 , which means that ( ψ ( t ) / t ) ′ ≤ L 2 / 2 (\psi(t)/t)'\leq L^{2}/2 ( ψ ( t ) / t ) ′ ≤ L 2 /2 . As ψ ( t ) / t → E f ( Y ) \psi(t)/t\to\mathbb{E}f(Y) ψ ( t ) / t → E f ( Y ) when t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 , we have $\psi(t)\leq t\mathbb{E}f(Y)+ t 2 L 2 / 2 t^2L^2/2 t 2 L 2 /2 , which is (135) . Applying this to − f -f − f covers t < 0 t<0 t < 0 . A general L L L -Lipschitz f f f is the pointwise limit of smooth bounded functions with ∣ ∇ f ∣ ≤ L \lvert\nabla f\rvert\le L ∣ ∇ f ∣ ≤ L , obtained by truncation and mollification. We extend (7.6) to f f f by dominated convergence, using ∣ f ( y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ f ( 0 ) ∣ + L ∣ y ∣ \lvert f(y)\rvert\le\lvert f(0)\rvert+ L\lvert y\rvert ∣ f ( y )∣ ≤ ∣ f ( 0 )∣ + L ∣ y ∣ and the integrability of e c ∣ Y ∣ e^{c\lvert Y\rvert} e c ∣ Y ∣ . The tail bound follows from Markov’s inequality with t = s / L 2 t=s/L^2 t = s / L 2 .
For (2), let Γ \Gamma Γ be the covariance operator of W W W on the space of symmetric matrices with the inner product Tr ( A B ) \operatorname{Tr}(AB) Tr ( A B ) . Then W W W has the law of Γ 1 / 2 ζ \Gamma^{1/2}\zeta Γ 1/2 ζ , where ζ \zeta ζ is a standard Gaussian vector in that space, and the hypothesis says that ∥ Γ 1 / 2 ∥ op ≤ 2 b / N \lVert\Gamma^{1/2}\rVert_{\operatorname{op}}\le\sqrt{2b/N} ∥ Γ 1/2 ∥ op ≤ 2 b / N . For unit vectors v , w ∈ R n v,w\in\mathbb{R}^n v , w ∈ R n , let X v = v ⋅ W v = Tr ( W v v T ) X_v=v\cdot Wv=\operatorname{Tr}(Wvv^{\mathsf T}) X v = v ⋅ W v = Tr ( W v v T ) and Y v = 2 b / N g ⋅ v Y_v=2\sqrt{b/N}\,g\cdot v Y v = 2 b / N g ⋅ v , where g g g is a standard Gaussian vector in R n \mathbb{R}^n R n . Then
E ( X v − X w ) 2 ≤ 2 b N ∥ v v T − w w T ∥ F 2 = 4 b N ( 1 − ( v ⋅ w ) 2 ) ≤ 8 b N ( 1 − v ⋅ w ) = E ( Y v − Y w ) 2 . \mathbb{E}(X_v-X_w)^2\le\frac{2b}{N}\lVert vv^{\mathsf T}-ww^{\mathsf T}\rVert_F^2=\frac{4b}{N}\left(1-(v\cdot w)^2\right)\le\frac{8b}{N}(1-v\cdot w)=\mathbb{E}(Y_v-Y_w)^2. E ( X v − X w ) 2 ≤ N 2 b ∥ v v T − w w T ∥ F 2 = N 4 b ( 1 − ( v ⋅ w ) 2 ) ≤ N 8 b ( 1 − v ⋅ w ) = E ( Y v − Y w ) 2 .
where we used 1 − ( v ⋅ w ) 2 = ( 1 − v ⋅ w ) ( 1 + v ⋅ w ) 1-(v\cdot w)^2=(1-v\cdot w)(1+v\cdot w) 1 − ( v ⋅ w ) 2 = ( 1 − v ⋅ w ) ( 1 + v ⋅ w ) and ∣ v ⋅ w ∣ ≤ 1 \lvert v\cdot w\rvert\le1 ∣ v ⋅ w ∣ ≤ 1 . Both processes are continuous on the unit sphere. By the Sudakov–Fernique inequality [3, Theorem 2.2.3], we have E λ max ( W ) = E sup v X v ≤ E sup v Y v = 2 b / N E ∣ g ∣ ≤ 2 b n / N \mathbb{E}\lambda_{\max}(W)=\mathbb{E}\sup_v X_v\le\mathbb{E}\sup_v Y_v=2\sqrt{b/N}\,\mathbb{E}\lvert g\rvert\le2\sqrt{bn/N} E λ m a x ( W ) = E sup v X v ≤ E sup v Y v = 2 b / N E ∣ g ∣ ≤ 2 bn / N . The function ζ ↦ λ max ( Γ 1 / 2 ζ ) \zeta\mapsto\lambda_{\max}(\Gamma^{1/2}\zeta) ζ ↦ λ m a x ( Γ 1/2 ζ ) is 2 b / N \sqrt{2b/N} 2 b / N -Lipschitz, since λ max \lambda_{\max} λ m a x is 1 1 1 -Lipschitz for the Frobenius norm. By part (1) and E λ max ( W ) ≤ 2 b \mathbb{E}\lambda_{\max}(W)\le2\sqrt b E λ m a x ( W ) ≤ 2 b , we have P ( λ max ( W ) > 2 b + s ) ≤ exp ( − N s 2 / ( 4 b ) ) \mathbb{P}(\lambda_{\max}(W)>2\sqrt b+s)\le\exp(-Ns^2/(4b)) P ( λ m a x ( W ) > 2 b + s ) ≤ exp ( − N s 2 / ( 4 b )) . The matrix − W -W − W satisfies the same hypothesis, and a union bound gives (136) .
Combining Lemma 7.4(2) with Lemma 7.5, we record the law of the Hessian at a conditioned critical point and the meaning of a strict gap.
Corollary 7.6 (The Hessian at a conditioned critical point). Let u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N and ( h , k ) ∈ R 2 (h,k)\in\mathbb{R}^2 ( h , k ) ∈ R 2 , with k = p h k=ph k = p h in the pure case. Under P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u , the matrix of ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) in any orthonormal basis of u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ has the law of
b Q ( N − 1 ) / N G N − 1 − k Id N − 1 = W n , N − k Id n . \sqrt{b_Q(N-1)/N}\,G_{N-1}-k\operatorname{Id}_{N-1}=W_{n,N}-k\operatorname{Id}_n. b Q ( N − 1 ) / N G N − 1 − k Id N − 1 = W n , N − k Id n . In other words, its entries on and above the diagonal are independent Gaussians with mean − k δ i j -k\delta_{ij} − k δ ij , variance b Q / N b_Q/N b Q / N off the diagonal, and variance 2 b Q / N 2b_Q/N 2 b Q / N on it. If k ≥ 2 b Q + g k\ge2\sqrt{b_Q}+g k ≥ 2 b Q + g for some g > 0 g>0 g > 0 , then
P h , k , u ( ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ≤ − g 2 Id u ⊥ ) ≥ 1 − 2 e − N g 2 / ( 16 b Q ) . \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u}\left(\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)\le-\frac{g}{2}\operatorname{Id}_{u^\perp}\right)\ge1-2e^{-Ng^2/(16b_Q)}. P h , k , u ( ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ≤ − 2 g Id u ⊥ ) ≥ 1 − 2 e − N g 2 / ( 16 b Q ) . Proof. The first assertion is Lemma 7.4(2); it is the law of Lemma 5.14(1), stated for the conditioned laws of Definition 7.3. The shift − k Id -k\operatorname{Id} − k Id comes from (132) and K Q ( u ) = N k K_Q(u)=Nk K Q ( u ) = N k , and the variances are those of Lemma 7.1. By (131) , W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N satisfies the hypothesis of Lemma 7.5(2) with b = b Q b=b_Q b = b Q , and with s = g / 2 s=g/2 s = g /2 we obtain P ( ∥ W n , N ∥ op > 2 b Q + g / 2 ) ≤ 2 e − N g 2 / ( 16 b Q ) \mathbb{P}(\lVert W_{n,N}\rVert_{\operatorname{op}}>2\sqrt{b_Q}+g/2)\le2e^{-Ng^2/(16b_Q)} P (∥ W n , N ∥ op > 2 b Q + g /2 ) ≤ 2 e − N g 2 / ( 16 b Q ) . On the complementary event, W n , N − k Id ≤ ( 2 b Q + g / 2 − k ) Id ≤ − ( g / 2 ) Id W_{n,N}-k\operatorname{Id}\le(2\sqrt{b_Q}+g/2-k)\operatorname{Id}\le-(g/2)\operatorname{Id} W n , N − k Id ≤ ( 2 b Q + g /2 − k ) Id ≤ − ( g /2 ) Id .
We say that a set of marks has a strict gap if k ≥ 2 b Q + g k \ge2\sqrt{b_Q}+g k ≥ 2 b Q + g on it for a fixed g > 0 g>0 g > 0 . Corollary 7.6 implies that the conditioned critical points with such marks are nondegenerate local maxima with probability 1 − O ( e − c N ) 1-O(e^{-cN}) 1 − O ( e − c N ) . The conditioned hitting estimate of Section 8 does not use this gap, while the determinant bounds below do.
Proposition 7.7 (Normalized determinant moments). Let b , g > 0 b,g>0 b , g > 0 and k + < ∞ k_+<\infty k + < ∞ . Let 1 ≤ n ≤ N 1\le n\le N 1 ≤ n ≤ N , let W W W be a centered Gaussian random symmetric n × n n\times n n × n matrix such that Var Tr ( W M ) ≤ ( 2 b / N ) Tr ( M 2 ) \operatorname{Var}\operatorname{Tr}(WM)\le(2b/N)\operatorname{Tr}(M^2) Var Tr ( W M ) ≤ ( 2 b / N ) Tr ( M 2 ) for every symmetric M M M , let C C C be a deterministic symmetric n × n n\times n n × n matrix with ∥ C ∥ o p ≤ g / 4 \lVert C\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le g/4 ∥ C ∥ op ≤ g /4 , and let 2 b + g ≤ k ≤ k + 2\sqrt{b}+g\le k\le k_+ 2 b + g ≤ k ≤ k + . Set
D = ∣ det ( k Id n − C − W ) ∣ , μ = E D , Y = ∑ j = 1 n log max { ∣ k − λ j ( C + W ) ∣ , g / 2 } . D=\left|\det(k\operatorname{Id}_n-C-W)\right|,\qquad\mu=\mathbb{E}D,\qquad Y=\sum_{j=1}^{n}\log\max\{|k-\lambda_j(C+W)|,g/2\}. D = ∣ det ( k Id n − C − W ) ∣ , μ = E D , Y = j = 1 ∑ n log max { ∣ k − λ j ( C + W ) ∣ , g /2 } . Then μ > 0 \mu>0 μ > 0 , and for every real r ≥ 1 r\ge1 r ≥ 1 there exists K r = K r ( b , g , k + ) < ∞ K_r=K_r(b,g,k_+)<\infty K r = K r ( b , g , k + ) < ∞ such that
E ( D / μ ) r ≤ E ( e Y / μ ) r ≤ K r . (137) \mathbb{E}(D/\mu)^r\le\mathbb{E}(e^Y/\mu)^r\le K_r. \tag*{(137)} E ( D / μ ) r ≤ E ( e Y / μ ) r ≤ K r . (137) The constant K r K_r K r does not depend on n n n , N N N , k k k , C C C , or the covariance of W W W . There exists N 0 ( b , g ) N_0(b,g) N 0 ( b , g ) such that for N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_0 N ≥ N 0 one may take K r = 2 r exp ( 4 r 2 b / g 2 ) K_r=2^r\exp(4r^2b/g^2) K r = 2 r exp ( 4 r 2 b / g 2 ) . In particular, if u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N and 2 b Q + g ≤ k ≤ k + 2\sqrt{b_Q}+g\le k\le k_+ 2 b Q + g ≤ k ≤ k + , then under P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u the determinant D = ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ D=|\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)| D = ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ satisfies E h , k , u ( D / μ n , N ( k ) ) r ≤ K r ( b Q , g , k + ) \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}(D/\mu_{n,N}(k))^r\le K_r(b_Q,g,k_+) E h , k , u ( D / μ n , N ( k ) ) r ≤ K r ( b Q , g , k + ) ; in the pure case this holds for k = p h k=ph k = p h .
For 0 < r < 1 0<r<1 0 < r < 1 , we have E ( D / μ ) r ≤ 1 \mathbb{E}(D/\mu)^r\le1 E ( D / μ ) r ≤ 1 by Jensen’s inequality. The proposition asserts nothing about the dependence between D D D and other functions of the field, and none is needed below. Both hypotheses on C C C and W W W matter: if C C C were allowed to be random, or W W W to have a nonzero mean, the determinant could be close to zero with probability close to one.
Proof. The scalar function x ↦ log max { ∣ k − x ∣ , g / 2 } x\mapsto\log\max\{|k-x|,g/2\} x ↦ log max { ∣ k − x ∣ , g /2 } is ( 2 / g ) (2/g) ( 2/ g ) -Lipschitz on R \mathbb{R} R . By the Hoffman–Wielandt inequality [89], the ordered eigenvalues of symmetric matrices U , V U,V U , V satisfy ∑ j ( λ j ( U ) − λ j ( V ) ) 2 ≤ ∥ U − V ∥ F 2 \sum_j(\lambda_j(U)-\lambda_j(V))^2\le\lVert U-V\rVert_F^2 ∑ j ( λ j ( U ) − λ j ( V ) ) 2 ≤ ∥ U − V ∥ F 2 . (To verify it, expand ∥ U − V ∥ F 2 = Tr U 2 + Tr V 2 − 2 Tr ( U V ) \lVert U-V\rVert_F^2=\operatorname{Tr}U^2+\operatorname{Tr}V^2-2\operatorname{Tr}(UV) ∥ U − V ∥ F 2 = Tr U 2 + Tr V 2 − 2 Tr ( U V ) and diagonalize: Tr ( U V ) = ∑ i , j λ i ( U ) λ j ( V ) ∣ e i ⋅ f j ∣ 2 \operatorname{Tr}(UV)=\sum_{i,j}\lambda_i(U)\lambda_j(V)|e_i\cdot f_j|^2 Tr ( U V ) = ∑ i , j λ i ( U ) λ j ( V ) ∣ e i ⋅ f j ∣ 2 for orthonormal eigenbases ( e i ) , ( f j ) (e_i),(f_j) ( e i ) , ( f j ) ; the matrix ( ∣ e i ⋅ f j ∣ 2 ) (|e_i\cdot f_j|^2) ( ∣ e i ⋅ f j ∣ 2 ) is doubly stochastic, and by Birkhoff’s theorem and the rearrangement inequality this sum is at most ∑ j λ j ( U ) λ j ( V ) \sum_j\lambda_j(U)\lambda_j(V) ∑ j λ j ( U ) λ j ( V ) .)) By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, Y Y Y is a ( 2 n / g ) (2\sqrt{n}/g) ( 2 n / g ) -Lipschitz function of W W W in the Frobenius norm. Writing W = Γ 1 / 2 ζ W=\Gamma^{1/2}\zeta W = Γ 1/2 ζ as in the proof of Lemma 7.5 , we find that Y Y Y is a Lipschitz function of ζ \zeta ζ with constant
L = 2 g 2 b n N ≤ 2 2 b g . (138) L=\frac{2}{g}\sqrt{\frac{2bn}{N}}\le\frac{2\sqrt{2b}}{g}. \tag*{(138)} L = g 2 N 2 bn ≤ g 2 2 b . (138)
We note that this concerns the clipped function Y Y Y , which is defined and Lipschitz on all matrices.
Let E = { ∥ W ∥ o p ≤ 2 b + g / 4 } \mathcal{E}=\{\lVert W\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le2\sqrt{b}+g/4\} E = {∥ W ∥ op ≤ 2 b + g /4 } . We have P ( E c ) ≤ 2 e − N g 2 / ( 64 b ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}^{c})\le2e^{-Ng^{2}/(64b)} P ( E c ) ≤ 2 e − N g 2 / ( 64 b ) by (7.7). On E \mathcal{E} E , every eigenvalue of C + W C+W C + W is at most 2 b + g / 2 ≤ k − g / 2 2\sqrt{b}+g/2\le k-g/2 2 b + g /2 ≤ k − g /2 . This implies that D = e Y D=e^{Y} D = e Y on E \mathcal{E} E . Further, D ≤ e Y D\le e^{Y} D ≤ e Y everywhere, since max { ∣ k − x ∣ , g / 2 } ≥ ∣ k − x ∣ \max\{|k-x|,g/2\}\ge|k-x| max { ∣ k − x ∣ , g /2 } ≥ ∣ k − x ∣ . By (7.6) and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality,
E e t Y ≤ e t E Y + t 2 L 2 / 2 ( t ≥ 0 ) , E [ e Y 1 E c ] ≤ ( E e 2 Y ) 1 / 2 P ( E c ) 1 / 2 ≤ e E Y + L 2 P ( E c ) 1 / 2 . \mathbb{E}e^{tY}\le e^{t\mathbb{E}Y+t^{2}L^{2}/2}\quad(t\ge0),\qquad\mathbb{E}[e^{Y}\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{E}^{c}}]\le(\mathbb{E}e^{2Y})^{1/2}\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}^{c})^{1/2}\le e^{\mathbb{E}Y+L^{2}}\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}^{c})^{1/2}. E e t Y ≤ e t E Y + t 2 L 2 /2 ( t ≥ 0 ) , E [ e Y 1 E c ] ≤ ( E e 2 Y ) 1/2 P ( E c ) 1/2 ≤ e E Y + L 2 P ( E c ) 1/2 .
Since E e Y ≥ e E Y \mathbb{E}e^{Y}\ge e^{\mathbb{E}Y} E e Y ≥ e E Y by Jensen’s inequality, we obtain
μ ≥ E [ e Y 1 E ] ≥ e E Y ( 1 − e L 2 P ( E c ) 1 / 2 ) . (139) \mu\ge\mathbb{E}[e^{Y}\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{E}}]\ge e^{\mathbb{E}Y}\left(1-e^{L^{2}}\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}^{c})^{1/2}\right). \tag*{(139)} μ ≥ E [ e Y 1 E ] ≥ e E Y ( 1 − e L 2 P ( E c ) 1/2 ) . (139)
By (7.9), there exists N 0 ( b , g ) N_{0}(b,g) N 0 ( b , g ) such that the parenthesis is at least 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 for N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_{0} N ≥ N 0 . For such N N N , we have μ r ≥ 2 − r e r E Y \mu^{r}\ge2^{-r}e^{r\mathbb{E}Y} μ r ≥ 2 − r e r E Y , and dividing the bound on E e r Y \mathbb{E}e^{rY} E e r Y by μ r \mu^{r} μ r yields E ( e Y / μ ) r ≤ 2 r e r 2 L 2 / 2 ≤ 2 r exp ( 4 r 2 b / g 2 ) \mathbb{E}(e^{Y}/\mu)^{r}\le2^{r}e^{r^{2}L^{2}/2}\le2^{r}\exp(4r^{2}b/g^{2}) E ( e Y / μ ) r ≤ 2 r e r 2 L 2 /2 ≤ 2 r exp ( 4 r 2 b / g 2 ) , where we used L 2 ≤ 8 b / g 2 L^{2}\le8b/g^{2} L 2 ≤ 8 b / g 2 . As D ≤ e Y D\le e^{Y} D ≤ e Y , this proves (7.8) for N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_{0} N ≥ N 0 .
It remains to treat the finitely many pairs ( n , N ) (n,N) ( n , N ) with n ≤ N < N 0 n\le N<N_{0} n ≤ N < N 0 . For each such pair, the admissible covariance operators Γ \Gamma Γ (those with 0 ≤ Γ ≤ ( 2 b / N ) Id 0\le\Gamma\le(2b/N)\operatorname{Id} 0 ≤ Γ ≤ ( 2 b / N ) Id ), the admissible C C C , and the admissible k k k form a compact set. The quantities E D r \mathbb{E}D^{r} E D r , E e r Y \mathbb{E}e^{rY} E e r Y , and μ \mu μ are continuous on this set: Γ ↦ Γ 1 / 2 \Gamma\mapsto\Gamma^{1/2} Γ ↦ Γ 1/2 is continuous, and D r D^{r} D r and e r Y e^{rY} e r Y are bounded by a polynomial in ∣ ζ ∣ |\zeta| ∣ ζ ∣ uniformly on the set, and dominated convergence applies. Moreover μ > 0 \mu>0 μ > 0 on the set: at ζ = 0 \zeta=0 ζ = 0 the matrix k Id − C ≥ ( k − g / 4 ) Id k\operatorname{Id}-C\ge(k-g/4)\operatorname{Id} k Id − C ≥ ( k − g /4 ) Id is positive definite, and D > 0 D>0 D > 0 on a neighborhood of 0 0 0 in the support of ζ ↦ Γ 1 / 2 ζ \zeta\mapsto\Gamma^{1/2}\zeta ζ ↦ Γ 1/2 ζ , which has positive probability. By continuity and compactness, E e r Y / μ r \mathbb{E}e^{rY}/\mu^{r} E e r Y / μ r is bounded on each of these finitely many sets. This proves (7.8) for all N N N , and also μ > 0 \mu>0 μ > 0 .
For the last assertion, recall from Lemma 7.4(2) that under P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u the matrix of − ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) -\nabla^{2}_{S_{N}}H_{Q}(u) − ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) in an orthonormal basis of u ⊥ u^{\perp} u ⊥ has the law of k Id n − W n , N k\operatorname{Id}_{n}-W_{n,N} k Id n − W n , N , and − W n , N -W_{n,N} − W n , N has the law of W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N . Since W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N satisfies the hypothesis with b = b Q b=b_{Q} b = b Q by (7.2), we take C = 0 C=0 C = 0 .
Corollary 7.8 (Removal of exceptional events). Under the hypotheses of Proposition 7.7, let A A A be an event on the same probability space; it may depend on W W W and on any other randomness. Then for every r > 1 r>1 r > 1 and s ≥ 1 s\ge1 s ≥ 1 ,
E [ D 1 A ] μ ≤ K r 1 / r P ( A ) 1 − 1 / r , E [ D s 1 A ] μ s ≤ K 2 s 1 / 2 P ( A ) 1 / 2 . (140) \frac{\mathbb{E}[D\mathbf{1}_{A}]}{\mu}\le K_{r}^{1/r}\mathbb{P}(A)^{1-1/r},\qquad\frac{\mathbb{E}[D^{s}\mathbf{1}_{A}]}{\mu^{s}}\le K_{2s}^{1/2}\mathbb{P}(A)^{1/2}. \tag*{(140)} μ E [ D 1 A ] ≤ K r 1/ r P ( A ) 1 − 1/ r , μ s E [ D s 1 A ] ≤ K 2 s 1/2 P ( A ) 1/2 . (140) If moreover K r 1 / r P ( A ) 1 − 1 / r ≤ 1 / 2 K_{r}^{1/r}\mathbb{P}(A)^{1-1/r}\le1/2 K r 1/ r P ( A ) 1 − 1/ r ≤ 1/2 for some r > 1 r>1 r > 1 , then μ g o o d = E [ D 1 A c ] ≥ μ / 2 \mu_{\mathrm{good}}=\mathbb{E}[D\mathbf{1}_{A^{c}}]\ge\mu/2 μ good = E [ D 1 A c ] ≥ μ /2 and E ( D 1 A c / μ g o o d ) s ≤ 2 s K s \mathbb{E}(D\mathbf{1}_{A^{c}}/\mu_{\mathrm{good}})^{s}\le2^{s}K_{s} E ( D 1 A c / μ good ) s ≤ 2 s K s for every s ≥ 1 s\ge1 s ≥ 1 .
Proof. The first bound in (7.11) is Hölder’s inequality with exponents r r r and r / ( r − 1 ) r/(r-1) r / ( r − 1 ) together with (7.8), and the second is the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality applied to D s 1 A D^{s}\mathbf{1}_{A} D s 1 A . Under the additional hypothesis, the first bound implies that μ g o o d = μ − E [ D 1 A ] ≥ μ / 2 \mu_{\mathrm{good}}=\mu-\mathbb{E}[D\mathbf{1}_{A}]\ge\mu/2 μ good = μ − E [ D 1 A ] ≥ μ /2 , and then E ( D 1 A c / μ g o o d ) s ≤ 2 s E ( D / μ ) s ≤ 2 s K s \mathbb{E}(D\mathbf{1}_{A^{c}}/\mu_{\mathrm{good}})^{s}\le2^{s}\mathbb{E}(D/\mu)^{s}\le2^{s}K_{s} E ( D 1 A c / μ good ) s ≤ 2 s E ( D / μ ) s ≤ 2 s K s .
We note that if P ( A ) ≤ C 0 e − c 0 N \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}) \le C_0e^{-c_0N} P ( A ) ≤ C 0 e − c 0 N , then discarding A \mathcal{A} A changes the expected determinant by a relative amount that is exponentially small, with constants depending only on b , g , k + , C 0 , c 0 b,g,k_+,C_0,c_0 b , g , k + , C 0 , c 0 . In applications A \mathcal{A} A is a conditional event, such as the failure of a Hessian or derivative bound, and P ( A ) ≤ C 0 e − c 0 N \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}) \le C_0e^{-c_0N} P ( A ) ≤ C 0 e − c 0 N must hold under the same conditioned law. An unconditional bound on P ( A ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}) P ( A ) is not enough, and a bound P ( A ) → 0 \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}) \to0 P ( A ) → 0 without a rate bounds the relative loss only by P ( A ) 1 − 1 / r \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A})^{1-1/r} P ( A ) 1 − 1/ r . The corollary transfers such a conditional bound once it is established, but it does not prove it.
The semicircle law and bordered determinants
Proposition 7.7 needs no information about the size of μ \mu μ . The next proposition identifies μ \mu μ up to bounded factors in terms of the semicircle law. It also makes explicit the comparison between expected determinants in dimensions that differ by a fixed integer. Let
σ s c ( d x ) = 1 2 π 4 − x 2 1 [ − 2 , 2 ] ( x ) d x , Ω ( z ) = ∫ log ( z − x ) σ s c ( d x ) , \sigma_{\mathrm{sc}}(\mathrm{d}x)=\frac{1}{2\pi}\sqrt{4-x^2}\,1_{[-2,2]}(x)\,\mathrm{d}x,\qquad\Omega(z)=\int\log(z-x)\,\sigma_{\mathrm{sc}}(\mathrm{d}x), σ sc ( d x ) = 2 π 1 4 − x 2 1 [ − 2 , 2 ] ( x ) d x , Ω ( z ) = ∫ log ( z − x ) σ sc ( d x ) ,
and
g s c ( z ) = ∫ σ s c ( d x ) z − x = z − z 2 − 4 2 . g_{\mathrm{sc}}(z)=\int\frac{\sigma_{\mathrm{sc}}(\mathrm{d}x)}{z-x}=\frac{z-\sqrt{z^2-4}}{2}. g sc ( z ) = ∫ z − x σ sc ( d x ) = 2 z − z 2 − 4 .
for z > 2 z>2 z > 2 , so that Ω ′ = g s c \Omega'=g_{\mathrm{sc}} Ω ′ = g sc . (The formula for g s c g_{\mathrm{sc}} g sc follows by setting x = 2 cos θ x=2\cos\theta x = 2 cos θ and using ∫ 0 π ( z − 2 cos θ ) − 1 d θ = π / z 2 − 4 \int_0^\pi(z-2\cos\theta)^{-1}\,\mathrm{d}\theta=\pi/\sqrt{z^2-4} ∫ 0 π ( z − 2 cos θ ) − 1 d θ = π / z 2 − 4 .)
Proposition 7.9 (Determinants and the semicircle law). Let d 0 > 0 d_0>0 d 0 > 0 and Z + < ∞ Z_+<\infty Z + < ∞ . For every m ≥ 1 m\ge1 m ≥ 1 and 2 + d 0 ≤ z ≤ Z + 2+d_0\le z\le Z_+ 2 + d 0 ≤ z ≤ Z + ,
e m Ω ( z ) ≤ E ∣ det ( z Id m − G m ) ∣ ≤ C e m Ω ( z ) , E ∣ det ( z Id m − G m ) ∣ r ≤ C r e r m Ω ( z ) ( r ≥ 1 ) . (141) e^{m\Omega(z)}\le\mathbb{E}\left|\det(z\operatorname{Id}_m-G_m)\right|\le Ce^{m\Omega(z)},\qquad\mathbb{E}\left|\det(z\operatorname{Id}_m-G_m)\right|^r\le C_re^{rm\Omega(z)}\quad(r\ge1). \tag*{(141)} e m Ω ( z ) ≤ E ∣ det ( z Id m − G m ) ∣ ≤ C e m Ω ( z ) , E ∣ det ( z Id m − G m ) ∣ r ≤ C r e r m Ω ( z ) ( r ≥ 1 ) . (141) The same bound as the second holds for E e r Y z \mathbb{E}e^{rY_z} E e r Y z , where Y z = ∑ j log max { ∣ z − λ j ( G m ) ∣ , d 0 / 2 } Y_z=\sum_j\log\max\{|z-\lambda_j(G_m)|,d_0/2\} Y z = ∑ j log max { ∣ z − λ j ( G m ) ∣ , d 0 /2 } . The constants depend only on d 0 d_0 d 0 , Z + Z_+ Z + , and r r r .
Proof. The proof has four steps: we compute the signed expectation P m ( z ) = E det ( z Id m − G m ) P_m(z)=\mathbb{E}\det(z\operatorname{Id}_m-G_m) P m ( z ) = E det ( z Id m − G m ) , locate its roots, compare it with e m Ω ( z ) e^{m\Omega(z)} e m Ω ( z ) through a Riccati equation, and finally pass to absolute moments by concentration.
The expected characteristic polynomial. We expand the determinant as a sum over permutations σ \sigma σ of { 1 , … , m } \{1,\ldots,m\} { 1 , … , m } . The term of σ \sigma σ is sgn ( σ ) ∏ i ( z δ i σ ( i ) − ( G m ) i σ ( i ) ) . \operatorname{sgn}(\sigma)\prod_i(z\delta_{i\sigma(i)}-(G_m)_{i\sigma(i)}). sgn ( σ ) ∏ i ( z δ iσ ( i ) − ( G m ) iσ ( i ) ) . A diagonal entry occurs at most once in each term, is centered, and is independent of the other factors, and it contributes only through z z z . An off-diagonal entry ( G m ) a b (G_m)_{ab} ( G m ) ab occurs at most twice, and exactly twice when σ \sigma σ exchanges a a a and b b b . If σ \sigma σ has a cycle of length at least three, then some off-diagonal entry occurs exactly once and the term has mean zero. Only involutions contribute. An involution with j j j transpositions has sign ( − 1 ) j (-1)^j ( − 1 ) j , each transposition contributes E ( G m ) a b 2 = 1 / m \mathbb{E}(G_m)_{ab}^2=1/m E ( G m ) ab 2 = 1/ m , and there are m ! / ( 2 j j ! ( m − 2 j ) ! ) m!/(2^j j!(m-2j)!) m ! / ( 2 j j ! ( m − 2 j )!) such involutions. We conclude that
P m ( z ) = ∑ j = 0 ⌊ m / 2 ⌋ ( − 1 ) j m ! 2 j j ! ( m − 2 j ) ! m j z m − 2 j = m − m / 2 He m ( m z ) , (142) P_m(z)=\sum_{j=0}^{\lfloor m/2\rfloor}\frac{(-1)^j m!}{2^j j!(m-2j)!m^j}z^{m-2j}=m^{-m/2}\operatorname{He}_m(\sqrt{m}z), \tag*{(142)} P m ( z ) = j = 0 ∑ ⌊ m /2 ⌋ 2 j j ! ( m − 2 j )! m j ( − 1 ) j m ! z m − 2 j = m − m /2 He m ( m z ) , (142)
where He m \operatorname{He}_m He m is the monic probabilists’ Hermite polynomial.
Location of the roots. The recurrence He j + 1 ( x ) = x He j ( x ) − j He j − 1 ( x ) \operatorname{He}_{j+1}(x)=x\operatorname{He}_j(x)-j\operatorname{He}_{j-1}(x) He j + 1 ( x ) = x He j ( x ) − j He j − 1 ( x ) coincides with the recurrence obtained by expanding the characteristic polynomial of the tridiagonal matrix with zero diagonal and off-diagonal entries 1 , … , m − 1 \sqrt{1},\ldots,\sqrt{m-1} 1 , … , m − 1 along its last row. It follows that the roots λ 1 , … , λ m \lambda_1,\ldots,\lambda_m λ 1 , … , λ m of P m P_m P m are the eigenvalues of the tridiagonal matrix J m J_m J m with zero diagonal and off-diagonal entries j / m \sqrt{j/m} j / m , 1 ≤ j ≤ m − 1 1\leq j\leq m-1 1 ≤ j ≤ m − 1 . Each absolute row sum of the symmetric matrix J m J_m J m is at most 2 ( m − 1 ) / m < 2 2\sqrt{(m-1)/m}<2 2 ( m − 1 ) / m < 2 , and by Gershgorin’s theorem all roots are real and lie in ( − 2 , 2 ) (-2,2) ( − 2 , 2 ) . In particular P m ( z ) > 0 P_m(z)>0 P m ( z ) > 0 for z ≥ 2 z\geq2 z ≥ 2 .
Comparison with the semicircle law. The Hermite equation He m ′ ′ − x He m ′ + m He m = 0 \operatorname{He}_m''-x\operatorname{He}_m'+m\operatorname{He}_m=0 He m ′′ − x He m ′ + m He m = 0 and (7.13) imply that P m ′ ′ − m z P m ′ + m 2 P m = 0 P_m''-mzP_m'+m^2P_m=0 P m ′′ − m z P m ′ + m 2 P m = 0 . For z > 2 z>2 z > 2 , set g m = P m ′ / ( m P m ) = m − 1 ∑ j ( z − λ j ) − 1 g_m=P_m'/(mP_m)=m^{-1}\sum_j(z-\lambda_j)^{-1} g m = P m ′ / ( m P m ) = m − 1 ∑ j ( z − λ j ) − 1 . Dividing the differential equation by m 2 P m m^2P_m m 2 P m , we find
g m ′ m + g m 2 − z g m + 1 = 0 , g m ′ = − 1 m ∑ j ( z − λ j ) − 2 < 0. (143) \frac{g_m'}{m}+g_m^2-zg_m+1=0,\qquad g_m'=-\frac{1}{m}\sum_j(z-\lambda_j)^{-2}<0. \tag*{(143)} m g m ′ + g m 2 − z g m + 1 = 0 , g m ′ = − m 1 j ∑ ( z − λ j ) − 2 < 0. (143)
The roots of the quadratic q ( y ) = y 2 − z y + 1 q(y)=y^2-zy+1 q ( y ) = y 2 − z y + 1 are g s c ( z ) g_{\mathrm{sc}}(z) g sc ( z ) and g + ( z ) = ( z + z 2 − 4 ) / 2 g_+(z)=(z+\sqrt{z^2-4})/2 g + ( z ) = ( z + z 2 − 4 ) /2 , and (7.14) implies that q ( g m ) = − g m ′ / m > 0 q(g_m)=-g_m'/m>0 q ( g m ) = − g m ′ / m > 0 , that is, g m ( z ) g_m(z) g m ( z ) lies outside [ g s c ( z ) , g + ( z ) ] [g_{\mathrm{sc}}(z),g_+(z)] [ g sc ( z ) , g + ( z )] for every z > 2 z>2 z > 2 . The sets where g m < g s c g_m<g_{\mathrm{sc}} g m < g sc and where g m > g + g_m>g_+ g m > g + are open, disjoint, and cover the connected set ( 2 , ∞ ) (2,\infty) ( 2 , ∞ ) . Since g m ( z ) → 0 g_m(z)\to0 g m ( z ) → 0 and g + ( z ) → ∞ g_+(z)\to\infty g + ( z ) → ∞ as z → ∞ z\to\infty z → ∞ , the first set is all of ( 2 , ∞ ) (2,\infty) ( 2 , ∞ ) . Using q ( g m ) = ( g s c − g m ) ( g + − g m ) q(g_m)=(g_{\mathrm{sc}}-g_m)(g_+-g_m) q ( g m ) = ( g sc − g m ) ( g + − g m ) , g + − g m ≥ g + − g s c = z 2 − 4 g_+-g_m\geq g_+-g_{\mathrm{sc}}=\sqrt{z^2-4} g + − g m ≥ g + − g sc = z 2 − 4 , and z − λ j > z − 2 z-\lambda_j>z-2 z − λ j > z − 2 , we obtain
0 ≤ g s c ( z ) − g m ( z ) = q ( g m ) g + − g m ≤ 1 m ( z − 2 ) 2 z 2 − 4 . 0\leq g_{\mathrm{sc}}(z)-g_m(z)=\frac{q(g_m)}{g_+-g_m}\leq\frac{1}{m(z-2)^2\sqrt{z^2-4}}. 0 ≤ g sc ( z ) − g m ( z ) = g + − g m q ( g m ) ≤ m ( z − 2 ) 2 z 2 − 4 1 .
Since ( log P m ) ′ = m g m (\log P_m)'=mg_m ( log P m ) ′ = m g m and ( m Ω ) ′ = m g s c (m\Omega)'=mg_{\mathrm{sc}} ( m Ω ) ′ = m g sc , and since log P m ( z ) \log P_m(z) log P m ( z ) and m Ω ( z ) m\Omega(z) m Ω ( z ) both equal m log z + O ( z − 2 ) m\log z+O(z^{-2}) m log z + O ( z − 2 ) as z → ∞ z\to\infty z → ∞ for fixed m m m , integrating from z z z to ∞ \infty ∞ yields
0 ≤ log P m ( z ) − m Ω ( z ) ≤ ∫ z ∞ d t ( t − 2 ) 2 t 2 − 4 ≤ C d 0 ( z ≥ 2 + d 0 ) . (144) 0\leq\log P_m(z)-m\Omega(z)\leq\int_z^\infty\frac{dt}{(t-2)^2\sqrt{t^2-4}}\leq Cd_0\qquad(z\geq2+d_0). \tag*{(144)} 0 ≤ log P m ( z ) − m Ω ( z ) ≤ ∫ z ∞ ( t − 2 ) 2 t 2 − 4 d t ≤ C d 0 ( z ≥ 2 + d 0 ) . (144)
Absolute moments. Let E m = { ∥ G m ∥ o p ≤ 2 + d 0 / 2 } \mathcal{E}_m=\{\lVert G_m\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\leq2+d_0/2\} E m = {∥ G m ∥ op ≤ 2 + d 0 /2 } . By Lemma 7.5 (2) with N = n = m N=n=m N = n = m and b = 1 b=1 b = 1 , we have P ( E m c ) ≤ 2 e − m d 0 2 / 16 \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_m^c)\leq2e^{-md_0^2/16} P ( E m c ) ≤ 2 e − m d 0 2 /16 . On E m \mathcal{E}_m E m , the signed determinant is positive and equals e Y z e^{Y_z} e Y z , and its absolute value is at most e Y z e^{Y_z} e Y z everywhere. As in the proof of Proposition 7.7 , Y z Y_z Y z is a Lipschitz function of the Gaussian coordinates with constant at most 2 2 / d 0 2\sqrt{2}/d_0 2 2 / d 0 . Using the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in the numerator and Jensen’s inequality in the denominator, we find
E [ e Y z 1 E m c ] E e Y z ≤ exp ( 8 / d 0 2 ) P ( E m c ) 1 / 2 . \frac{\mathbb{E}[e^{Y_z}\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{E}_{m}^{c}}]}{\mathbb{E}e^{Y_z}} \leq\exp(8/d_0^2)\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_{m}^{c})^{1/2}. E e Y z E [ e Y z 1 E m c ] ≤ exp ( 8/ d 0 2 ) P ( E m c ) 1/2 .
We have P m ≥ E e Y z − 2 E [ e Y z 1 E m c ] P_m \geq\mathbb{E}e^{Y_z}-2\mathbb{E}[e^{Y_z}\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{E}_{m}^{c}}] P m ≥ E e Y z − 2 E [ e Y z 1 E m c ] , and therefore E e Y z ≤ 2 P m ( z ) \mathbb{E}e^{Y_z}\leq2P_m(z) E e Y z ≤ 2 P m ( z ) once m ≥ m 0 ( d 0 ) m\geq m_0(d_0) m ≥ m 0 ( d 0 ) . Then (7.6) gives E e r Y z ≤ e 4 r 2 / d 0 2 ( E e Y z ) r \mathbb{E}e^{rY_z}\leq e^{4r^2/d_0^2}(\mathbb{E}e^{Y_z})^r E e r Y z ≤ e 4 r 2 / d 0 2 ( E e Y z ) r . Combining these bounds with (7.15) and ∣ det ∣ ≤ e Y z |\det|\leq e^{Y_z} ∣ det ∣ ≤ e Y z proves the upper bounds in (7.12) for m ≥ m 0 m\geq m_0 m ≥ m 0 , and the lower bound follows from E ∣ det ( z Id m − G m ) ∣ ≥ P m ( z ) ≥ e m Ω ( z ) \mathbb{E}|\det(z\operatorname{Id}_m-G_m)|\geq P_m(z)\geq e^{m\Omega(z)} E ∣ det ( z Id m − G m ) ∣ ≥ P m ( z ) ≥ e m Ω ( z ) . For the finitely many m < m 0 m<m_0 m < m 0 , the moments are continuous in z z z on the compact interval [ 2 + d 0 , Z + ] [2+d_0,Z_+] [ 2 + d 0 , Z + ] and e m Ω ( z ) ≥ d 0 m e^{m\Omega(z)}\geq d_0^m e m Ω ( z ) ≥ d 0 m , and they are absorbed in the constants.
Corollary 7.10 (Fixed changes of dimension). Let b , g > 0 b,g>0 b , g > 0 , k + < ∞ k_+<\infty k + < ∞ , and 2 b + g ≤ k ≤ k + 2\sqrt{b}+g\leq k\leq k_+ 2 b + g ≤ k ≤ k + . Let m = N − j m=N-j m = N − j , where j j j ranges over a fixed finite set of nonnegative integers and m ≥ 1 m\geq1 m ≥ 1 . Set b m = b m / N b_m=bm/N b m = bm / N and
Λ m , N ( k ) = m ( 1 2 log b m + Ω ( k / b m ) ) . \Lambda_{m,N}(k)=m\left(\frac{1}{2}\log b_m+\Omega(k/\sqrt{b_m})\right). Λ m , N ( k ) = m ( 2 1 log b m + Ω ( k / b m ) ) . Then the first and every fixed higher moment of ∣ det ( k Id m − b m G m ) ∣ |\det(k\operatorname{Id}_m-\sqrt{b_m}G_m)| ∣ det ( k Id m − b m G m ) ∣ satisfy (7.12) with e m Ω e^{m\Omega} e m Ω replaced by e Λ m , N ( k ) e^{\Lambda_{m,N}(k)} e Λ m , N ( k ) . For two such dimensions, the difference of the two values of Λ m , N ( k ) \Lambda_{m,N}(k) Λ m , N ( k ) is bounded uniformly in N N N and k k k . In particular, the corresponding expected determinants are comparable up to constants independent of N N N and k k k .
Proof. We have ∣ det ( k Id m − b m G m ) ∣ = b m m / 2 ∣ det ( z Id m − G m ) ∣ |\det(k\operatorname{Id}_m-\sqrt{b_m}G_m)|=b_m^{m/2}|\det(z\operatorname{Id}_m-G_m)| ∣ det ( k Id m − b m G m ) ∣ = b m m /2 ∣ det ( z Id m − G m ) ∣ with z = k / b m ≥ 2 + g / b z=k/\sqrt{b_m}\geq2+g/\sqrt{b} z = k / b m ≥ 2 + g / b . For large N N N the shifts z z z lie in a fixed compact interval, and Proposition 7.9 applies. The finitely many remaining dimensions have b m > 0 b_m>0 b m > 0 and are absorbed in the constants. For the comparison, consider F ( t ) = t ( log ( b t / N ) / 2 + Ω ( z t ) ) F(t)=t(\log(bt/N)/2+\Omega(z_t)) F ( t ) = t ( log ( b t / N ) /2 + Ω ( z t )) with z t = k N / ( b t ) z_t=k\sqrt{N/(bt)} z t = k N / ( b t ) , for real t t t between the two dimensions. Since Ω ′ = g s c \Omega'=g_{\mathrm{sc}} Ω ′ = g sc and d z t / d t = − z t / ( 2 t ) dz_t/dt=-z_t/(2t) d z t / d t = − z t / ( 2 t ) ,
F ′ ( t ) = 1 2 log b t N + Ω ( z t ) + 1 2 ( 1 − z t g s c ( z t ) ) . F'(t)=\frac{1}{2}\log\frac{bt}{N}+\Omega(z_t)+\frac{1}{2}(1-z_tg_{\mathrm{sc}}(z_t)). F ′ ( t ) = 2 1 log N b t + Ω ( z t ) + 2 1 ( 1 − z t g sc ( z t )) .
which is bounded uniformly for t = N − O ( 1 ) t=N-O(1) t = N − O ( 1 ) and z t z_t z t in the compact interval. The mean value theorem completes the proof.
The next lemma bounds determinants of matrices obtained by adding a border of fixed size to a matrix of the form k Id − W k\operatorname{Id}-W k Id − W . It is used in Section 11, where the Hessian at one of two nearby points is compared with a bulk minor.
Lemma 7.11 (Bordered determinants). Let b , g > 0 b,g>0 b , g > 0 , k + < ∞ k_+<\infty k + < ∞ , and 2 b + g ≤ k ≤ k + 2\sqrt{b}+g\leq k\leq k_+ 2 b + g ≤ k ≤ k + . Let 1 ≤ m ≤ N 1\leq m\leq N 1 ≤ m ≤ N , let W W W have the law of b m / N G m \sqrt{b_m/N}G_m b m / N G m , and set T = k Id m − W T=k\operatorname{Id}_m-W T = k Id m − W . Let j ≥ 1 j\geq1 j ≥ 1 be a fixed
integer, and let U U U be a random m × j m \times j m × j matrix and C ∂ C_{\partial} C ∂ a random symmetric j × j j \times j j × j matrix on the same probability space; no independence from W W W is assumed. Set
M = ( T U U T C ∂ ) , μ T = E ∣ det T ∣ , γ T = ∑ i = 1 m log max { ∣ k − λ i ( W ) ∣ , g / 2 } . M=\begin{pmatrix} T & U \\ U^{\mathsf T} & C_{\partial} \end{pmatrix}, \qquad\mu_T=\mathbb{E}|\det T|, \qquad\gamma_T=\sum_{i=1}^{m}\log\max\{|k-\lambda_i(W)|,g/2\}. M = ( T U T U C ∂ ) , μ T = E ∣ det T ∣ , γ T = i = 1 ∑ m log max { ∣ k − λ i ( W ) ∣ , g /2 } .
There exists C j C_j C j depending only on j j j , with C 1 = 1 C_1=1 C 1 = 1 , such that surely
∣ det M ∣ ≤ C j e γ T ( ∥ C ∂ ∥ op + 2 g ∥ U ∥ F 2 ) j . (145) |\det M| \le C_j e^{\gamma_T}\left(\|C_{\partial}\|_{\operatorname{op}}+\frac{2}{g}\|U\|_{\mathrm F}^2\right)^j. \tag*{(145)} ∣ det M ∣ ≤ C j e γ T ( ∥ C ∂ ∥ op + g 2 ∥ U ∥ F 2 ) j . (145)
Suppose that E ( ∥ C ∂ ∥ op + ∥ U ∥ F 2 ) q ≤ L q \mathbb{E}\left(\|C_{\partial}\|_{\operatorname{op}}+\|U\|_{\mathrm F}^2\right)^q\le L_q E ( ∥ C ∂ ∥ op + ∥ U ∥ F 2 ) q ≤ L q for every q ≥ 1 q\ge1 q ≥ 1 . Then for every r ≥ 1 r\ge1 r ≥ 1 ,
E ∣ det M ∣ r ≤ C r μ T r , (146) \mathbb{E}|\det M|^r\le C_r\mu_T^r, \tag*{(146)} E ∣ det M ∣ r ≤ C r μ T r , (146)
where C r C_r C r depends only on b , g , k + , j , r b,g,k_+,j,r b , g , k + , j , r and L 2 j r L_{2jr} L 2 j r .
Suppose in addition that there exist s 0 > 0 s_0>0 s 0 > 0 and an event G G G such that on G G G the matrix T T T is invertible and ∣ det ( C ∂ − U T T − 1 U ) ∣ ≥ s 0 |\det(C_{\partial}-U^{\mathsf T}T^{-1}U)|\ge s_0 ∣ det ( C ∂ − U T T − 1 U ) ∣ ≥ s 0 , and that K 2 1 / 2 P ( G c ) 1 / 2 ≤ 1 / 2 K_2^{1/2}\mathbb{P}(G^{\mathrm c})^{1/2}\le1/2 K 2 1/2 P ( G c ) 1/2 ≤ 1/2 , where K 2 = K 2 ( b , g , k + ) K_2=K_2(b,g,k_+) K 2 = K 2 ( b , g , k + ) . Then E ∣ det M ∣ ≥ s 0 μ T / 2 \mathbb{E}|\det M|\ge s_0\mu_T/2 E ∣ det M ∣ ≥ s 0 μ T /2 , and for every r ≥ 1 r\ge1 r ≥ 1 ,
E ( ∣ det M ∣ E ∣ det M ∣ ) r ≤ 2 r C r s 0 r . (147) \mathbb{E}\left(\frac{|\det M|}{\mathbb{E}|\det M|}\right)^r\le\frac{2^rC_r}{s_0^r}. \tag*{(147)} E ( E ∣ det M ∣ ∣ det M ∣ ) r ≤ s 0 r 2 r C r . (147)
If instead M = k Id m + j − C − W ′ M=k\operatorname{Id}_{m+j}-C-W' M = k Id m + j − C − W ′ , where m + j ≤ N m+j\le N m + j ≤ N , C C C is deterministic with ∥ C ∥ op ≤ g / 4 \|C\|_{\operatorname{op}}\le g/4 ∥ C ∥ op ≤ g /4 , and W ′ W' W ′ is a centered Gaussian matrix with Var Tr ( W ′ A ) ≤ ( 2 b / N ) Tr ( A 2 ) \operatorname{Var}\operatorname{Tr}(W'A)\le(2b/N)\operatorname{Tr}(A^2) Var Tr ( W ′ A ) ≤ ( 2 b / N ) Tr ( A 2 ) for every symmetric A A A , then the normalized moments of ∣ det M ∣ |\det M| ∣ det M ∣ are bounded by Proposition 7.7 in dimension m + j m+j m + j , with no Schur complement hypothesis.
Proof. For (1), conjugate M M M by diag ( O , Id j ) \operatorname{diag}(O,\operatorname{Id}_j) diag ( O , Id j ) , where O O O is orthogonal and O T T O = diag ( t 1 , … , t m ) O^{\mathsf T}TO=\operatorname{diag}(t_1,\ldots,t_m) O T T O = diag ( t 1 , … , t m ) . This replaces U U U by O T U O^{\mathsf T}U O T U and does not change det M \det M det M , ∥ U ∥ F \|U\|_{\mathrm F} ∥ U ∥ F , or γ T \gamma_T γ T . The determinant is affine in each t i t_i t i , and expanding in the t i t_i t i gives
det M = ∑ I ⊂ { 1 , … , m } ( ∏ i ∉ I t i ) det ( 0 ∣ I ∣ U I U I T C ∂ ) , \det M=\sum_{I\subset\{1,\ldots,m\}}\left(\prod_{i\notin I}t_i\right)\det\begin{pmatrix} 0_{|I|} & U_I \\ U_I^{\mathsf T} & C_{\partial} \end{pmatrix}, det M = I ⊂ { 1 , … , m } ∑ i ∈ / I ∏ t i det ( 0 ∣ I ∣ U I T U I C ∂ ) ,
where U I U_I U I consists of the rows of U U U with indices in I I I . If ∣ I ∣ > j |I|>j ∣ I ∣ > j , the last matrix has rank at most 2 j < ∣ I ∣ + j 2j<|I|+j 2 j < ∣ I ∣ + j and its determinant vanishes. For ∣ I ∣ ≤ j |I|\le j ∣ I ∣ ≤ j , Laplace expansion along the first ∣ I ∣ |I| ∣ I ∣ rows and then along the first ∣ I ∣ |I| ∣ I ∣ columns writes this determinant as a signed sum, over pairs of sets J , J ′ ⊂ { 1 , … , j } J,J'\subset\{1,\ldots,j\} J , J ′ ⊂ { 1 , … , j } of size ∣ I ∣ |I| ∣ I ∣ , of det U I , J det U I , J ′ \det U_{I,J}\det U_{I,J'} det U I , J det U I , J ′ times a minor of C ∂ C_{\partial} C ∂ of order j − ∣ I ∣ j-|I| j − ∣ I ∣ . Each such minor has absolute value at most ∥ C ∂ ∥ op j − ∣ I ∣ \|C_{\partial}\|_{\operatorname{op}}^{j-|I|} ∥ C ∂ ∥ op j − ∣ I ∣ . By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and the Cauchy–Binet formula,
∑ ∣ I ∣ = ℓ ∣ det U I , J det U I , J ′ ∣ ≤ ( ∑ ∣ I ∣ = ℓ det ( U I , J ) 2 ∑ ∣ I ∣ = ℓ det ( U I , J ′ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 ≤ ∥ U ∥ F 2 ℓ , (148) \sum_{|I|=\ell}|\det U_{I,J}\det U_{I,J'}|
\le\left(\sum_{|I|=\ell}\det(U_{I,J})^2\sum_{|I|=\ell}\det(U_{I,J'})^2\right)^{1/2}
\le\|U\|_{\mathrm F}^{2\ell}, \tag*{(148)} ∣ I ∣ = ℓ ∑ ∣ det U I , J det U I , J ′ ∣ ≤ ∣ I ∣ = ℓ ∑ det ( U I , J ) 2 ∣ I ∣ = ℓ ∑ det ( U I , J ′ ) 2 1/2 ≤ ∥ U ∥ F 2 ℓ , (148)
since each sum is the Gram determinant of ℓ \ell ℓ columns of U U U , which is at most the product of their squared norms. Finally, ∏ i ∉ I ∣ t i ∣ ≤ e y T ( g / 2 ) − ∣ I ∣ \prod_{i\notin I}|t_i| \le e^{y_T(g/2)^{-|I|}} ∏ i ∈ / I ∣ t i ∣ ≤ e y T ( g /2 ) − ∣ I ∣ . Summing over ℓ = ∣ I ∣ ≤ j \ell=|I|\le j ℓ = ∣ I ∣ ≤ j and over J , J ′ J,J' J , J ′ , we find
∣ det M ∣ ≤ e y T ∑ ℓ = 0 j ( j ℓ ) 2 ∥ C ∂ ∥ o p j − ℓ ( 2 g ∥ U ∥ F 2 ) ℓ , |\det M| \le e^{y_T}\sum_{\ell=0}^{j}\binom{j}{\ell}^{2}\|C_{\partial}\|_{\mathrm{op}}^{j-\ell}\left(\frac{2}{g}\|U\|_{F}^{2}\right)^{\ell}, ∣ det M ∣ ≤ e y T ℓ = 0 ∑ j ( ℓ j ) 2 ∥ C ∂ ∥ op j − ℓ ( g 2 ∥ U ∥ F 2 ) ℓ ,
which implies (145) with C j = max ℓ ( j ℓ ) C_j=\max_{\ell}\binom{j}{\ell} C j = max ℓ ( ℓ j ) . For j = 1 j=1 j = 1 , the sum is e y T ( ∣ C ∂ ∣ + ( 2 / g ) ∣ U ∣ 2 ) e^{y_T}(|C_{\partial}|+(2/g)|U|^{2}) e y T ( ∣ C ∂ ∣ + ( 2/ g ) ∣ U ∣ 2 ) . The bound holds also when T T T is singular.
For (2), we apply the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality to (145) . Using (7.8) with C = 0 C=0 C = 0 , we find that E e 2 r Y T ≤ K 2 r μ T 2 r \mathbb{E}e^{2rY_T}\le K_{2r}\mu_T^{2r} E e 2 r Y T ≤ K 2 r μ T 2 r . Here we used that W W W satisfies the covariance hypothesis, by (7.2). The border factor has 2 r 2r 2 r -th moment at most max { 1 , 2 / g } 2 j r L 2 j r \max\{1,2/g\}^{2jr}L_{2jr} max { 1 , 2/ g } 2 j r L 2 j r . This proves (146) .
For (3), the Schur complement formula implies that ∣ det M ∣ = ∣ det T ∣ ∣ det ( C ∂ − U T − 1 U ) ∣ ≥ s 0 ∣ det T ∣ |\det M|=|\det T||\det(C_{\partial}-UT^{-1}U)|\ge s_0|\det T| ∣ det M ∣ = ∣ det T ∣∣ det ( C ∂ − U T − 1 U ) ∣ ≥ s 0 ∣ det T ∣ on G G G . By Corollary 7.8 with r = 2 r=2 r = 2 ,
E ∣ det M ∣ ≥ s 0 E [ ∣ det T ∣ 1 G ] ≥ s 0 μ T ( 1 − K 2 1 / 2 P ( G c ) 1 / 2 ) ≥ s 0 μ T 2 . \mathbb{E}|\det M|\ge s_0\mathbb{E}[|\det T|1_G]\ge s_0\mu_T\left(1-K_2^{1/2}\mathbb{P}(G^c)^{1/2}\right)\ge\frac{s_0\mu_T}{2}. E ∣ det M ∣ ≥ s 0 E [ ∣ det T ∣ 1 G ] ≥ s 0 μ T ( 1 − K 2 1/2 P ( G c ) 1/2 ) ≥ 2 s 0 μ T .
Combining this with (146) , we obtain (147) . Part (4) is Proposition 7.7 in dimension m + j ≤ N m+j\le N m + j ≤ N . □
Remark 7.12 (The hypothesis in part (3) is needed). Bounded moments of the border give upper bounds relative to μ T \mu_T μ T , but they do not bound E ∣ det M ∣ \mathbb{E}|\det M| E ∣ det M ∣ from below. For example, let j = 1 j=1 j = 1 , U = 0 U=0 U = 0 , and C ∂ = 1 A N C_{\partial}=1_{A_N} C ∂ = 1 A N , where A N A_N A N is independent of W W W and P ( A N ) = e − N \mathbb{P}(A_N)=e^{-N} P ( A N ) = e − N . All border moments are at most one, but E ∣ det M ∣ = e − N μ T \mathbb{E}|\det M|=e^{-N}\mu_T E ∣ det M ∣ = e − N μ T and E ∣ det M ∣ r ≥ e − N μ T r \mathbb{E}|\det M|^r\ge e^{-N}\mu_T^r E ∣ det M ∣ r ≥ e − N μ T r , while the normalized r r r -th moment is at least e ( r − 1 ) N e^{(r-1)N} e ( r − 1 ) N . The Hessian at a single critical point has no border of this kind, and the Hessians under two-point conditioning are covered by part (4), as the next lemma shows.
We turn to two points. Let u 1 , u 2 ∈ S N u_1,u_2\in S_N u 1 , u 2 ∈ S N and ρ = R ( u 1 , u 2 ) \rho=R(u_1,u_2) ρ = R ( u 1 , u 2 ) with ∣ ρ ∣ < 1 |\rho|<1 ∣ ρ ∣ < 1 . For a non-pure mixture, the two-point conditioned law with marks ( h i , k i ) i = 1 , 2 (h_i,k_i)_{i=1,2} ( h i , k i ) i = 1 , 2 is defined as in Definition 7.3, with Λ u \Lambda_u Λ u replaced by the joint map z ↦ ( Λ u 1 z , Λ u 2 z ) z\mapsto(\Lambda_{u_1}z,\Lambda_{u_2}z) z ↦ ( Λ u 1 z , Λ u 2 z ) and the target ( N h 1 , N k 1 , 0 , N h 2 , N k 2 , 0 ) (Nh_1,Nk_1,0,Nh_2,Nk_2,0) ( N h 1 , N k 1 , 0 , N h 2 , N k 2 , 0 ) , whenever the covariance of this joint vector is invertible on its target space. In the pure case the redundant radial derivatives are omitted, both zero gradients are retained, and the law is the conditional law given
( H Q ( u 1 ) , H Q ( u 2 ) , ∇ S N H Q ( u 1 ) , ∇ S N H Q ( u 2 ) ) = ( N h 1 , N h 2 , 0 , 0 ) , (H_Q(u_1),H_Q(u_2),\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u_1),\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u_2))=(Nh_1,Nh_2,0,0), ( H Q ( u 1 ) , H Q ( u 2 ) , ∇ S N H Q ( u 1 ) , ∇ S N H Q ( u 2 )) = ( N h 1 , N h 2 , 0 , 0 ) ,
with k i = ϕ h i k_i=\phi h_i k i = ϕ h i . Only the spherical gradients enter: the radial component of the Euclidean gradient is K Q / N K_Q/\sqrt{N} K Q / N , which is determined by the value in the pure case.
Lemma 7.13 (Hessian determinants under two-point conditioning). Assume that d ≥ 4 d\ge4 d ≥ 4 . Let g > 0 g>0 g > 0 and let K 2 ⊂ R 4 \mathcal{K}_2\subset\mathbb{R}^4 K 2 ⊂ R 4 be compact, with 2 b Q + g ≤ k i ≤ k + 2\sqrt{b_Q}+g\le k_i\le k_+ 2 b Q + g ≤ k i ≤ k + for ( h 1 , k 1 , h 2 , k 2 ) ∈ K 2 (h_1,k_1,h_2,k_2)\in\mathcal{K}_2 ( h 1 , k 1 , h 2 , k 2 ) ∈ K 2 ; in the pure case assume k i = ϕ h i k_i=\phi h_i k i = ϕ h i on K 2 \mathcal{K}_2 K 2 . There exists ρ 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \rho_0\in(0,1) ρ 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , depending only on ζ \zeta ζ , Q Q Q , g g g , and K 2 \mathcal{K}_2 K 2 , with the following properties for all N ≥ 2 N\ge2 N ≥ 2 and all u 1 , u 2 ∈ S N u_1,u_2\in S_N u 1 , u 2 ∈ S N with ∣ R ( u 1 , u 2 ) ∣ ≤ ρ 0 |R(u_1,u_2)|\le\rho_0 ∣ R ( u 1 , u 2 ) ∣ ≤ ρ 0 .
The covariance of ( Λ u 1 Z , Λ u 2 Z ) (\Lambda_{u_1}Z,\Lambda_{u_2}Z) ( Λ u 1 Z , Λ u 2 Z ) is invertible on its target space.
Under the two-point conditioned law with marks in K 2 \mathcal{K}_2 K 2 , for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 and every r ≥ 1 r\ge1 r ≥ 1 , the determinant D i = ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u i ) ∣ D_i=\lvert\det\nabla^2_{S^N}H_Q(u_i)\rvert D i = ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u i )∣ satisfies E ( D i / E D i ) r ≤ K r ( b Q , g , k + ) \mathbb{E}(D_i/\mathbb{E}D_i)^r\le K_r(b_Q,g,k_+) E ( D i / E D i ) r ≤ K r ( b Q , g , k + ) .
The determinants D 1 D_1 D 1 and D 2 D_2 D 2 may be dependent.
Proof. We first set up coordinates and record the covariances, then prove (1), and finally show that the conditional Hessian at u 1 u_1 u 1 has the form required by Proposition 7.7.
Coordinates and covariances. We write ρ = R ( u 1 , u 2 ) \rho=R(u_1,u_2) ρ = R ( u 1 , u 2 ) and ρ ˉ = 1 − ρ 2 \bar{\rho}=\sqrt{1-\rho^2} ρ ˉ = 1 − ρ 2 . By rotation invariance we may assume u 1 = N e N u_1=\sqrt{N}e_N u 1 = N e N and u 2 = N ( ρ ˉ e N − 1 + ρ e N ) u_2=\sqrt{N}(\bar{\rho}e_{N-1}+\rho e_N) u 2 = N ( ρ ˉ e N − 1 + ρ e N ) . The unit vectors τ 1 = e N − 1 ∈ u 1 ⊥ \tau_1=e_{N-1}\in u_1^\perp τ 1 = e N − 1 ∈ u 1 ⊥ and τ 2 = ρ e N − 1 − ρ ˉ e N ∈ u 2 ⊥ \tau_2=\rho e_{N-1}-\bar{\rho}e_N\in u_2^\perp τ 2 = ρ e N − 1 − ρ ˉ e N ∈ u 2 ⊥ span the tangent directions in the plane of u 1 u_1 u 1 and u 2 u_2 u 2 , and e 1 , … , e N − 2 e_1,\ldots,e_{N-2} e 1 , … , e N − 2 are tangent at both points. Let Y i = ( H Q ( u i ) , K Q ( u i ) ) / N Y_i=(H_Q(u_i),K_Q(u_i))/\sqrt{N} Y i = ( H Q ( u i ) , K Q ( u i )) / N , let η i = τ i ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u i ) \eta_i=\tau_i\cdot\nabla H_Q(u_i) η i = τ i ⋅ ∇ H Q ( u i ) , and call ∂ c H Q ( u i ) \partial_cH_Q(u_i) ∂ c H Q ( u i ) , c ≤ N − 2 c\le N-2 c ≤ N − 2 , the common gradient components. Differentiating κ ( x , y ) = N ζ ~ Q ( x ⋅ y / N ) \kappa(x,y)=N\widetilde{\zeta}_Q(x\cdot y/N) κ ( x , y ) = N ζ Q ( x ⋅ y / N ) as in the proof of Lemma 7.1, at x = u 1 x=u_1 x = u 1 , y = u 2 y=u_2 y = u 2 , and using u 1 ⋅ u 2 = N ρ u_1\cdot u_2=N\rho u 1 ⋅ u 2 = N ρ , u 2 ⋅ τ 1 = N ρ ˉ u_2\cdot\tau_1=\sqrt{N}\bar{\rho} u 2 ⋅ τ 1 = N ρ ˉ , u 1 ⋅ τ 2 = − N ρ ˉ u_1\cdot\tau_2=-\sqrt{N}\bar{\rho} u 1 ⋅ τ 2 = − N ρ ˉ , and τ 1 ⋅ τ 2 = ρ \tau_1\cdot\tau_2=\rho τ 1 ⋅ τ 2 = ρ , we find
Cov ( Y 1 , Y 2 ) = ( ζ ~ Q ( ρ ) ρ ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) ρ ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) ρ ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) + ρ 2 ζ ~ Q ′ ′ ( ρ ) ) , Cov ( η 1 , η 2 ) = ρ ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) − ρ ˉ 2 ζ ~ Q ′ ′ ( ρ ) , \operatorname{Cov}(Y_1,Y_2)=
\begin{pmatrix}
\widetilde{\zeta}_Q(\rho) & \rho\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho)\\
\rho\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho) & \rho\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho)+\rho^2\widetilde{\zeta}''_Q(\rho)
\end{pmatrix},
\qquad
\operatorname{Cov}(\eta_1,\eta_2)=\rho\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho)-\bar{\rho}^{\,2}\widetilde{\zeta}''_Q(\rho), Cov ( Y 1 , Y 2 ) = ( ζ Q ( ρ ) ρ ζ Q ′ ( ρ ) ρ ζ Q ′ ( ρ ) ρ ζ Q ′ ( ρ ) + ρ 2 ζ Q ′′ ( ρ ) ) , Cov ( η 1 , η 2 ) = ρ ζ Q ′ ( ρ ) − ρ ˉ 2 ζ Q ′′ ( ρ ) ,
Cov ( η 1 , Y 2 ) = − Cov ( η 2 , Y 1 ) = ρ ˉ ( ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) , ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) + ρ ζ ~ Q ′ ′ ( ρ ) ) , \operatorname{Cov}(\eta_1,Y_2)=-\operatorname{Cov}(\eta_2,Y_1)=\bar{\rho}\bigl(\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho),\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho)+\rho\widetilde{\zeta}''_Q(\rho)\bigr), Cov ( η 1 , Y 2 ) = − Cov ( η 2 , Y 1 ) = ρ ˉ ( ζ Q ′ ( ρ ) , ζ Q ′ ( ρ ) + ρ ζ Q ′′ ( ρ ) ) ,
Cov ( ∂ c H Q ( u 1 ) , ∂ c ′ H Q ( u 2 ) ) = ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) δ c c ′ . (149) \operatorname{Cov}\bigl(\partial_cH_Q(u_1),\partial_{c'}H_Q(u_2)\bigr)=\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho)\delta_{cc'}. \tag*{(149)} Cov ( ∂ c H Q ( u 1 ) , ∂ c ′ H Q ( u 2 ) ) = ζ Q ′ ( ρ ) δ c c ′ . (149)
For instance, Cov ( η 1 , K Q ( u 2 ) ) = τ 1 ⋅ ∇ x ( N f ( t ) ) = f ′ ( ρ ) u 2 ⋅ τ 1 \operatorname{Cov}(\eta_1,K_Q(u_2))=\tau_1\cdot\nabla_x(Nf(t))=f'(\rho)u_2\cdot\tau_1 Cov ( η 1 , K Q ( u 2 )) = τ 1 ⋅ ∇ x ( N f ( t )) = f ′ ( ρ ) u 2 ⋅ τ 1 with f ( t ) = t ζ ~ Q ′ ( t ) f(t)=t\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(t) f ( t ) = t ζ Q ′ ( t ) . The common gradient components are uncorrelated with Y 1 , Y 2 , η 1 , η 2 Y_1,Y_2,\eta_1,\eta_2 Y 1 , Y 2 , η 1 , η 2 , and the one-point covariances are those of Lemma 7.1.
Invertibility. By the preceding paragraph, the covariance of all the observations is block diagonal. One block is the covariance S ( ρ ) S(\rho) S ( ρ ) of ( Y 1 , Y 2 , η 1 , η 2 ) (Y_1,Y_2,\eta_1,\eta_2) ( Y 1 , Y 2 , η 1 , η 2 ) , a 6 × 6 6\times6 6 × 6 matrix (a 4 × 4 4\times4 4 × 4 matrix in the pure case) whose entries are polynomials in ρ \rho ρ and ρ ˉ \bar{\rho} ρ ˉ that do not depend on N N N . The other blocks are N − 2 N-2 N − 2 copies of the 2 × 2 2\times2 2 × 2 matrix with diagonal a Q a_Q a Q and off-diagonal ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) \widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho) ζ Q ′ ( ρ ) . All degrees of ζ ~ \widetilde{\zeta} ζ are at least d d d , so ∣ ζ ~ Q ( j ) ( ρ ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − j \lvert\widetilde{\zeta}^{(j)}_Q(\rho)\rvert\le C\lvert\rho\rvert^{d-j} ∣ ζ Q ( j ) ( ρ )∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − j for ∣ ρ ∣ ≤ 1 \lvert\rho\rvert\le1 ∣ ρ ∣ ≤ 1 and j ≤ 3 j\le3 j ≤ 3 . In particular S ( 0 ) = diag ( Σ Q , Σ Q , a Q , a Q ) S(0)=\operatorname{diag}(\Sigma_Q,\Sigma_Q,a_Q,a_Q) S ( 0 ) = diag ( Σ Q , Σ Q , a Q , a Q ) (with ζ ~ Q ( Q ) \widetilde{\zeta}_Q(Q) ζ Q ( Q ) in place of Σ Q \Sigma_Q Σ Q in the pure case), which is positive definite by Lemma 7.1, and ∣ ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 1 \lvert\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho)\rvert\le C\lvert\rho\rvert^{d-1} ∣ ζ Q ′ ( ρ )∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 1 . Fix ρ 1 > 0 \rho_1>0 ρ 1 > 0 such that for ∣ ρ ∣ ≤ ρ 1 \lvert\rho\rvert\le\rho_1 ∣ ρ ∣ ≤ ρ 1 the smallest eigenvalue of S ( ρ ) S(\rho) S ( ρ ) is at least half that of S ( 0 ) S(0) S ( 0 ) and ∣ ζ ~ Q ′ ( ρ ) ∣ ≤ a Q / 2 \lvert\widetilde{\zeta}'_Q(\rho)\rvert\le a_Q/2 ∣ ζ Q ′ ( ρ )∣ ≤ a Q /2 . Then all blocks are invertible, with inverses bounded independently of N N N . This proves (1) for ρ 0 ≤ ρ 1 \rho_0\le\rho_1 ρ 0 ≤ ρ 1 .
The conditional Hessian. Consider ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u 1 ) \nabla^2_{\perp}H_Q(u_1) ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u 1 ) in the orthonormal basis e 1 , … , e N − 2 , τ 1 e_1,\ldots,e_{N-2},\tau_1 e 1 , … , e N − 2 , τ 1 of u 1 ⊥ u_1^\perp u 1 ⊥ . We describe the covariances of its entries with the observations. Those with the observations at u 1 u_1 u 1 vanish by Lemma 7.1.
The entries ∂ a ∂ b H Q ( u 1 ) \partial_a\partial_b H_Q(u_1) ∂ a ∂ b H Q ( u 1 ) with a , b ≤ N − 2 a,b \le N-2 a , b ≤ N − 2 are uncorrelated with all the observations at u 2 u_2 u 2 , since every term of the corresponding derivative of κ \kappa κ contains ( u 2 ) a (u_2)_a ( u 2 ) a , ( u 2 ) b (u_2)_b ( u 2 ) b , ( u 1 ) c (u_1)_c ( u 1 ) c , or ( τ 2 ) a (\tau_2)_a ( τ 2 ) a , all of which vanish.
The entry ∂ a ∂ τ 1 H Q ( u 1 ) \partial_a\partial_{\tau_1}H_Q(u_1) ∂ a ∂ τ 1 H Q ( u 1 ) with a ≤ N − 2 a \le N-2 a ≤ N − 2 is uncorrelated with Y 2 Y_2 Y 2 and η 2 \eta_2 η 2 and with all common gradient components except ∂ a H Q ( u 2 ) \partial_a H_Q(u_2) ∂ a H Q ( u 2 ) .
The corner v 1 = τ 1 ⋅ ∇ 2 H Q ( u 1 ) τ 1 v_1=\tau_1\cdot\nabla^2H_Q(u_1)\tau_1 v 1 = τ 1 ⋅ ∇ 2 H Q ( u 1 ) τ 1 is uncorrelated with the common gradient components, and
Cov ( v 1 , Y 2 ) = ρ ˉ 2 N ( ξ Q ′ ′ ( ρ ) , 2 ξ Q ′ ′ ( ρ ) + ρ ξ ˉ Q ′ ′ ′ ( ρ ) ) , \operatorname{Cov}(v_1,Y_2)=\frac{\bar{\rho}^2}{\sqrt{N}}\left(\xi_Q^{\prime\prime}(\rho),\,2\xi_Q^{\prime\prime}(\rho)+\rho\bar{\xi}_Q^{\prime\prime\prime}(\rho)\right), Cov ( v 1 , Y 2 ) = N ρ ˉ 2 ( ξ Q ′′ ( ρ ) , 2 ξ Q ′′ ( ρ ) + ρ ξ ˉ Q ′′′ ( ρ ) ) ,
Cov ( v 1 , η 2 ) = 1 N ( 2 ρ ρ ˉ ξ Q ′ ′ ( ρ ) − ρ 3 ξ ˉ Q ′ ′ ′ ( ρ ) ) . \operatorname{Cov}(v_1,\eta_2)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\left(2\rho\bar{\rho}\,\xi_Q^{\prime\prime}(\rho)-\rho^3\bar{\xi}_Q^{\prime\prime\prime}(\rho)\right). Cov ( v 1 , η 2 ) = N 1 ( 2 ρ ρ ˉ ξ Q ′′ ( ρ ) − ρ 3 ξ ˉ Q ′′′ ( ρ ) ) .
The conditional mean of an entry is its covariance row with the observations, multiplied by the inverse covariance of the observations and by the target vector. The target vanishes on all gradient components. Since the covariance of the observations is block diagonal and the common gradient components form separate blocks with zero target, the first two items show that the conditional mean vanishes on the common block and on the cross row. Only the corner can have a nonzero conditional mean m 1 m_1 m 1 .
To bound m 1 m_1 m 1 , write the 6 × 6 6\times6 6 × 6 block in terms of Y = ( Y 1 , Y 2 ) Y=(Y_1,Y_2) Y = ( Y 1 , Y 2 ) and η = ( η 1 , η 2 ) \eta=(\eta_1,\eta_2) η = ( η 1 , η 2 ) and let c Y = Cov ( v 1 , Y ) c_Y=\operatorname{Cov}(v_1,Y) c Y = Cov ( v 1 , Y ) and c η = Cov ( v 1 , η ) c_\eta=\operatorname{Cov}(v_1,\eta) c η = Cov ( v 1 , η ) . The target is y ∗ = N ( h 1 , k 1 , h 2 , k 2 ) y^*=\sqrt{N}(h_1,k_1,h_2,k_2) y ∗ = N ( h 1 , k 1 , h 2 , k 2 ) on Y Y Y and 0 0 0 on η \eta η , and block inversion gives
m 1 = ( c Y − c η S η η − 1 S η Y ) ( S Y Y − S Y η S η η − 1 S η Y ) − 1 y ∗ . m_1=\left(c_Y-c_\eta S_{\eta\eta}^{-1}S_{\eta Y}\right)\left(S_{YY}-S_{Y\eta}S_{\eta\eta}^{-1}S_{\eta Y}\right)^{-1}y^*. m 1 = ( c Y − c η S η η − 1 S η Y ) ( S Y Y − S Y η S η η − 1 S η Y ) − 1 y ∗ .
By the bounds on ξ Q ( j ) \xi_Q^{(j)} ξ Q ( j ) , we have ∣ c Y ∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 / N |c_Y|\le C|\rho|^{d-2}/\sqrt{N} ∣ c Y ∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 / N , ∣ c η ∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 3 / N |c_\eta|\le C|\rho|^{d-3}/\sqrt{N} ∣ c η ∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 3 / N , and ∣ S η Y ∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 1 |S_{\eta Y}|\le C|\rho|^{d-1} ∣ S η Y ∣ ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 1 , and S η η − 1 S_{\eta\eta}^{-1} S η η − 1 is bounded. Then the first factor is at most C ( ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 + ∣ ρ ∣ 2 d − 4 ) / N ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 / N C(|\rho|^{d-2}+|\rho|^{2d-4})/\sqrt{N}\le C|\rho|^{d-2}/\sqrt{N} C ( ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 + ∣ ρ ∣ 2 d − 4 ) / N ≤ C ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 / N . The middle factor is the inverse of the conditional covariance of Y Y Y given η \eta η , which equals the Y Y YY Y Y block of S ( ρ ) − 1 S(\rho)^{-1} S ( ρ ) − 1 and is bounded. Finally, we have ∣ y ∗ ∣ ≤ C N |y^*|\le C\sqrt{N} ∣ y ∗ ∣ ≤ C N on K 2 K_2 K 2 . We conclude that ∣ m 1 ∣ ≤ C 1 ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 |m_1|\le C_1|\rho|^{d-2} ∣ m 1 ∣ ≤ C 1 ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 , with C 1 C_1 C 1 depending only on ξ \xi ξ , Q Q Q , and K 2 K_2 K 2 . This bound includes the extensive size of the targets, and the conditional mean need not be zero.
Gaussian conditioning subtracts a positive semidefinite operator from the covariance. Then the centered part W W W of the conditional law of ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u 1 ) \nabla_{\perp}^2H_Q(u_1) ∇ ⊥ 2 H Q ( u 1 ) satisfies Var Tr ( W A ) ≤ ( 2 b Q / N ) Tr ( A 2 ) \operatorname{Var}\operatorname{Tr}(WA)\le(2b_Q/N)\operatorname{Tr}(A^2) Var Tr ( W A ) ≤ ( 2 b Q / N ) Tr ( A 2 ) , by (131) applied to the unconditional law. Its mean is C = m 1 τ 1 τ 1 T C=m_1\tau_1\tau_1^{\mathsf T} C = m 1 τ 1 τ 1 T , with ∥ C ∥ o p ≤ C 1 ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 \|C\|_{\mathrm{op}}\le C_1|\rho|^{d-2} ∥ C ∥ op ≤ C 1 ∣ ρ ∣ d − 2 . We now choose ρ 0 ≤ ρ 1 \rho_0\le\rho_1 ρ 0 ≤ ρ 1 such that C 1 ρ 0 d − 2 ≤ g / 4 C_1\rho_0^{d-2}\le g/4 C 1 ρ 0 d − 2 ≤ g /4 . Since K Q ( u 1 ) = N k 1 K_Q(u_1)=Nk_1 K Q ( u 1 ) = N k 1 under the conditioned law, (132) implies that − ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u 1 ) = k 1 Id − C − W -\nabla_{S_N}^2H_Q(u_1)=k_1\operatorname{Id}-C-W − ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u 1 ) = k 1 Id − C − W in law, and (2) for i = 1 i=1 i = 1 follows from Proposition 7.7 . The case i = 2 i=2 i = 2 follows by exchanging the roles of u 1 u_1 u 1 and u 2 u_2 u 2 , and the pure case is the same with Y i = H Q ( u i ) / N Y_i=H_Q(u_i)/\sqrt{N} Y i = H Q ( u i ) / N and k i = ϕ i k_i=\phi_i k i = ϕ i . When N = 2 N=2 N = 2 , there are no common directions: the common gradient components, the blocks of the observation covariance that they form, and the common Hessian block are empty, u 1 ⊥ u_1^\perp u 1 ⊥ is spanned by τ 1 \tau_1 τ 1 , and the argument applies verbatim. ∎
Remark 7.14 (Related determinant estimates). Subag [140, Lemma 21] proves exponentially small determinant-weighted edge tails for a fixed number of possibly dependent matrices with GOE marginals and shifts in a compact interval outside [ − 2 , 2 ] [-2,2] [ − 2 , 2 ] . After rescaling and replacing G G G by − G -G − G , this is the kind of estimate that Corollary 7.8 provides. In [141, Lemma 38, (12.25)], he records the normalized second moment of the determinant at a critical point in windows of sublinear width in the pure model. The proofs above use the clipped logarithmic determinant and concentration approach of [140, proof of Lemma 21, (8.13)–(8.18)]. Propositions 7.7 and 7.9 give all fixed moments directly, including the covariance-dominated Gaussian matrices and deterministic perturbations in Proposition 7.7. The two-point block structure in the proof of Lemma 7.13 agrees with [30, Lemma 15].
The Kac–Rice formula with field-dependent weights
We prove the Kac–Rice formula in the coefficient space of the field. The first ingredient is the equal-dimensional area formula [69], together with the corresponding elementary case of Sard’s theorem [134]; we include the short proof.
Lemma 7.15 (Equal-dimensional area formula). Let V ⊂ R n V \subset\mathbb{R}^n V ⊂ R n be open and let α : V → R n \alpha: V \to\mathbb{R}^n α : V → R n be C 1 C^1 C 1 . Then the image under α \alpha α of { t ∈ V : det D α ( t ) = 0 } \{t \in V : \det D\alpha(t) = 0\} { t ∈ V : det D α ( t ) = 0 } has Lebesgue measure zero, and for every Borel function w ≥ 0 w \ge0 w ≥ 0 on V V V ,
∫ R n ∑ t ∈ V : α ( t ) = y w ( t ) d y = ∫ V w ( t ) ∣ det D α ( t ) ∣ d t . (150) \int_{\mathbb{R}^n} \sum_{t \in V:\,\alpha(t)=y} w(t)\,\mathrm{d}y = \int_V w(t) \lvert\det D\alpha(t) \rvert\,\mathrm{d}t. \tag*{(150)} ∫ R n t ∈ V : α ( t ) = y ∑ w ( t ) d y = ∫ V w ( t ) ∣ det D α ( t )∣ d t . (150) The sum may be defined arbitrarily for y y y in the image of the critical set.
Proof. Let K ⊂ V K \subset V K ⊂ V be compact, let ϵ > 0 \epsilon> 0 ϵ > 0 , and let L L L bound ∥ D α ∥ \lVert D\alpha\rVert ∥ D α ∥ on a compact neighborhood of K K K . By uniform continuity of D α D\alpha D α , there exists δ 0 > 0 \delta_0 > 0 δ 0 > 0 such that for every cube Q Q Q of side δ ≤ δ 0 \delta\le\delta_0 δ ≤ δ 0 that meets K K K and contains a critical point t 0 t_0 t 0 , we have ∣ α ( t ) − α ( t 0 ) − D α ( t 0 ) ( t − t 0 ) ∣ ≤ ϵ n δ \lvert\alpha(t) - \alpha(t_0) - D\alpha(t_0)(t - t_0) \rvert\le\epsilon\sqrt{n}\,\delta ∣ α ( t ) − α ( t 0 ) − D α ( t 0 ) ( t − t 0 )∣ ≤ ϵ n δ for t ∈ Q t \in Q t ∈ Q . The image of Q Q Q under the affine map t ↦ α ( t 0 ) + D α ( t 0 ) ( t − t 0 ) t \mapsto\alpha(t_0) + D\alpha(t_0)(t - t_0) t ↦ α ( t 0 ) + D α ( t 0 ) ( t − t 0 ) lies in an affine subspace of dimension at most n − 1 n - 1 n − 1 , within a ball of radius L n δ L\sqrt{n}\,\delta L n δ . Then α ( Q ) \alpha(Q) α ( Q ) lies in a box with n − 1 n - 1 n − 1 sides of length at most C n ( L + 1 ) δ C_n(L + 1)\delta C n ( L + 1 ) δ and one side of length at most C n ϵ δ C_n\epsilon\delta C n ϵδ , whose volume is at most C n ( L + 1 ) n − 1 ϵ δ n C_n(L + 1)^{n-1}\epsilon\delta^n C n ( L + 1 ) n − 1 ϵ δ n . A grid of cubes of side δ \delta δ covering K K K has at most C K δ − n C_K\delta^{-n} C K δ − n cubes meeting K K K . We conclude that the image of the critical points in K K K has outer measure at most C K , n ( L + 1 ) n − 1 ϵ C_{K,n}(L + 1)^{n-1}\epsilon C K , n ( L + 1 ) n − 1 ϵ . Letting ϵ → 0 \epsilon\to0 ϵ → 0 and exhausting V V V by compact sets proves the first assertion.
Every regular point has an open neighborhood on which α \alpha α is a C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism onto an open set. The regular set is covered by countably many such neighborhoods V i V_i V i , and the sets P i = V i ∖ ⋃ i ′ < i V i ′ P_i = V_i \setminus\bigcup_{i'<i} V_{i'} P i = V i ∖ ⋃ i ′ < i V i ′ form a Borel partition of it. For each i i i , by the change of variables formula for nonnegative Borel functions, we have ∫ 1 α ( P i ) ( y ) w ( ( α ∣ V i ) − 1 ( y ) ) d y = \int1_{\alpha(P_i)}(y)\,w((\alpha\vert_{V_i})^{-1}(y))\,\mathrm{d}y = ∫ 1 α ( P i ) ( y ) w (( α ∣ V i ) − 1 ( y )) d y = ∫ P i w ( t ) ∣ det D α ( t ) ∣ d t \int_{P_i} w(t)|\det D\alpha(t)|\,dt ∫ P i w ( t ) ∣ det D α ( t ) ∣ d t . Summing over i i i with Tonelli’s theorem proves (150) : the critical set contributes zero to the right side and only a null set of values y y y to the left side.
Next we state the Kac–Rice formula for a general Gaussian field that depends linearly on finitely many coefficients. Let M M M be a compact smooth Riemannian manifold of dimension n n n without boundary, let φ 1 , … , φ ℓ \varphi_1,\ldots,\varphi_\ell φ 1 , … , φ ℓ be smooth functions on M M M , and set f z = ∑ i z i φ i f_z=\sum_i z_i\varphi_i f z = ∑ i z i φ i for z ∈ R ℓ z\in\mathbb{R}^{\ell} z ∈ R ℓ . Let Z Z Z be a standard Gaussian vector in R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ . For u ∈ M u\in M u ∈ M , let Γ u : R ℓ → T u M \Gamma_u:\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\to T_uM Γ u : R ℓ → T u M be the linear map z ↦ ∇ f z ( u ) z\mapsto\nabla f_z(u) z ↦ ∇ f z ( u ) . If Γ u Γ u ∗ \Gamma_u\Gamma_u^* Γ u Γ u ∗ is positive definite, we write Z 0 u = ( Id − Γ u ∗ ( Γ u Γ u ∗ ) − 1 Γ u ) Z Z_0^u=(\operatorname{Id}-\Gamma_u^*(\Gamma_u\Gamma_u^*)^{-1}\Gamma_u)Z Z 0 u = ( Id − Γ u ∗ ( Γ u Γ u ∗ ) − 1 Γ u ) Z , which is a standard Gaussian vector in the subspace ker Γ u = { z : ∇ f z ( u ) = 0 } \ker\Gamma_u=\{z:\nabla f_z(u)=0\} ker Γ u = { z : ∇ f z ( u ) = 0 } , and p u ( 0 ) = ( 2 π ) − n / 2 det ( Γ u Γ u ∗ ) − 1 / 2 p_u(0)=(2\pi)^{-n/2}\det(\Gamma_u\Gamma_u^*)^{-1/2} p u ( 0 ) = ( 2 π ) − n /2 det ( Γ u Γ u ∗ ) − 1/2 , which is the density of ∇ f Z ( u ) \nabla f_Z(u) ∇ f Z ( u ) at 0 0 0 in any orthonormal basis of T u M T_uM T u M . As in Lemma 7.4(1), the law of Z 0 u Z_0^u Z 0 u is a version of the conditional law of Z Z Z given ∇ f Z ( u ) = 0 \nabla f_Z(u)=0 ∇ f Z ( u ) = 0 .
Proposition 7.16 (Kac–Rice formula in coefficient space). Assume that Γ u Γ u ∗ \Gamma_u\Gamma_u^* Γ u Γ u ∗ is positive definite for every u ∈ M u\in M u ∈ M . Then the set of z z z for which f z f_z f z has a degenerate critical point is closed and Lebesgue null. In particular, almost surely f Z f_Z f Z is a Morse function and has finitely many critical points. For every Borel function φ ≥ 0 \varphi\geq0 φ ≥ 0 on R ℓ × M \mathbb{R}^{\ell}\times M R ℓ × M , the function z ↦ ∑ u : ∇ f z ( u ) = 0 φ ( z , u ) z\mapsto\sum_{u:\nabla f_z(u)=0}\varphi(z,u) z ↦ ∑ u : ∇ f z ( u ) = 0 φ ( z , u ) is Borel on the set of Morse coefficients, and
E ∑ u : ∇ f Z ( u ) = 0 φ ( Z , u ) = ∫ M p u ( 0 ) E [ ∣ det ∇ 2 f Z 0 u ( u ) ∣ φ ( Z 0 u , u ) ] vol ( d u ) . (151) \mathbb{E}\sum_{u:\nabla f_Z(u)=0}\varphi(Z,u)=\int_M p_u(0)\,\mathbb{E}\left[\left|\det\nabla^2f_{Z_0^u}(u)\right|\varphi(Z_0^u,u)\right]\operatorname{vol}(du). \tag*{(151)} E u : ∇ f Z ( u ) = 0 ∑ φ ( Z , u ) = ∫ M p u ( 0 ) E [ det ∇ 2 f Z 0 u ( u ) φ ( Z 0 u , u ) ] vol ( d u ) . (151) The same identity holds for a Borel function φ \varphi φ of either sign whenever E ∑ u : ∇ f Z ( u ) = 0 ∣ φ ( Z , u ) ∣ < ∞ \mathbb{E}\sum_{u:\nabla f_Z(u)=0}|\varphi(Z,u)|<\infty E ∑ u : ∇ f Z ( u ) = 0 ∣ φ ( Z , u ) ∣ < ∞ ; by (151) applied to ∣ φ ∣ |\varphi| ∣ φ ∣ , this is equivalent to the finiteness of the right side of (151) with ∣ φ ∣ |\varphi| ∣ φ ∣ in place of φ \varphi φ .
Proof. The proof works in local coordinates on M M M . We split the coefficients so that the zeros of the gradient become the graph of a function of the remaining coefficients. The area formula then gives the identity in each chart, and a change of variables identifies the result with (151) .
Local coordinates. Let t ∈ V ⊂ R n t\in V\subset\mathbb{R}^n t ∈ V ⊂ R n be local coordinates on an open subset of M M M , and let γ ( z , t ) = ( ∂ t 1 f z , … , ∂ t n f z ) ( t ) = Γ ( t ) z \gamma(z,t)=(\partial_{t_1}f_z,\ldots,\partial_{t_n}f_z)(t)=\Gamma(t)z γ ( z , t ) = ( ∂ t 1 f z , … , ∂ t n f z ) ( t ) = Γ ( t ) z be the coordinate gradient, where Γ ( t ) \Gamma(t) Γ ( t ) is an n × ℓ n\times\ell n × ℓ matrix of rank n n n depending smoothly on t t t . Near each point of V V V we may choose n n n coefficient indices such that the corresponding n × n n\times n n × n submatrix Γ 1 ( t ) \Gamma_1(t) Γ 1 ( t ) of Γ ( t ) \Gamma(t) Γ ( t ) is invertible, and by shrinking V V V we may assume that it is invertible on V V V . After permuting coordinates, we write z = ( z ′ , z ′ ′ ) ∈ R n × R ℓ − n z=(z',z'')\in\mathbb{R}^n\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell-n} z = ( z ′ , z ′′ ) ∈ R n × R ℓ − n and Γ ( t ) = ( Γ 1 ( t ) , Γ 2 ( t ) ) \Gamma(t)=(\Gamma_1(t),\Gamma_2(t)) Γ ( t ) = ( Γ 1 ( t ) , Γ 2 ( t )) , so that
γ ( z , t ) = 0 ⟺ z ′ = α z ′ ′ ( t ) , α z ′ ′ ( t ) = − Γ 1 ( t ) − 1 Γ 2 ( t ) z ′ ′ . \gamma(z,t)=0\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad z'=\alpha_{z''}(t),\qquad\alpha_{z''}(t)=-\Gamma_1(t)^{-1}\Gamma_2(t)z''. γ ( z , t ) = 0 ⟺ z ′ = α z ′′ ( t ) , α z ′′ ( t ) = − Γ 1 ( t ) − 1 Γ 2 ( t ) z ′′ .
Differentiating Γ 1 ( t ) α z ′ ′ ( t ) + Γ 2 ( t ) z ′ = 0 \Gamma_1(t)\alpha_{z''}(t)+\Gamma_2(t)z'=0 Γ 1 ( t ) α z ′′ ( t ) + Γ 2 ( t ) z ′ = 0 in t t t gives
D α z ′ ′ ( t ) = − Γ 1 ( t ) − 1 D t γ ( ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) , t ) . (152) D\alpha_{z''}(t)=-\Gamma_1(t)^{-1}D_t\gamma\bigl((\alpha_{z''}(t),z''),t\bigr). \tag*{(152)} D α z ′′ ( t ) = − Γ 1 ( t ) − 1 D t γ ( ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) , t ) . (152)
At a zero of the gradient, D t γ D_t\gamma D t γ is the coordinate Hessian. By (152) , det D α z ′ ′ ( t ) = 0 \det D\alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}}(t)=0 det D α z ′′ ( t ) = 0 exactly when the critical point t t t of f ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) f_{(\alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}}(t),z^{\prime\prime})} f ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) is degenerate. By compactness, M M M is covered by finitely many such charts V 1 , … , V J V_1,\ldots,V_J V 1 , … , V J .
Nondegeneracy. The set of pairs ( z , u ) (z,u) ( z , u ) with ∇ f z ( u ) = 0 \nabla f_z(u)=0 ∇ f z ( u ) = 0 and det ∇ 2 f z ( u ) = 0 \det\nabla^2 f_z(u)=0 det ∇ 2 f z ( u ) = 0 is closed in R ℓ × M \mathbb{R}^{\ell}\times M R ℓ × M , because the Hessian operator depends continuously on ( z , u ) (z,u) ( z , u ) . Its projection to R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ is closed, since M M M is compact. This is the set D D D of coefficients with a degenerate critical point. For a chart V i V_i V i and fixed z ′ ′ z^{\prime\prime} z ′′ , a coefficient ( z ′ , z ′ ′ ) (z',z^{\prime\prime}) ( z ′ , z ′′ ) has a degenerate critical point in V i V_i V i exactly when z ′ z' z ′ is a critical value of α z ′ ′ \alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}} α z ′′ , which happens only for a null set of z ′ z' z ′ by Lemma 7.15. Fubini’s theorem then implies that D D D is Lebesgue null. The law of Z Z Z is absolutely continuous, so f Z f_Z f Z is almost surely a Morse function. Its critical points are then isolated, and since they form a closed subset of the compact manifold M M M , there are finitely many of them.
Measurability of the sum. At a pair ( z 0 , u 0 ) (z_0,u_0) ( z 0 , u 0 ) with ∇ f z 0 ( u 0 ) = 0 \nabla f_{z_0}(u_0)=0 ∇ f z 0 ( u 0 ) = 0 and det ∇ 2 f z 0 ( u 0 ) ≠ 0 \det\nabla^2 f_{z_0}(u_0)\ne0 det ∇ 2 f z 0 ( u 0 ) = 0 , the implicit function theorem provides an open set O ∋ z 0 O\ni z_0 O ∋ z 0 and a continuous map u ( ⋅ ) u(\cdot) u ( ⋅ ) on O O O such that near ( z 0 , u 0 ) (z_0,u_0) ( z 0 , u 0 ) the critical pairs are exactly the points of the graph { ( z , u ( z ) ) : z ∈ O } \{(z,u(z)):z\in O\} {( z , u ( z )) : z ∈ O } . Countably many such graphs G i = { ( z , u i ( z ) ) : z ∈ O i } G_i=\{(z,u_i(z)):z\in O_i\} G i = {( z , u i ( z )) : z ∈ O i } cover the set of nondegenerate critical pairs. Let P i = G i ∖ ⋃ i ′ < i G i ′ P_i=G_i\setminus\bigcup_{i'<i}G_{i'} P i = G i ∖ ⋃ i ′ < i G i ′ . Since the projection to z z z is a homeomorphism from G i G_i G i onto O i O_i O i , the set π ( P i ) \pi(P_i) π ( P i ) is Borel, and
∑ u : ∇ f z ( u ) = 0 φ ( z , u ) = ∑ i 1 π ( P i ) ( z ) φ ( z , u i ( z ) ) ( z ∉ D ) \sum_{u:\nabla f_z(u)=0}\varphi(z,u)=\sum_i\mathbf{1}_{\pi(P_i)}(z)\varphi(z,u_i(z))\qquad(z\notin D) u : ∇ f z ( u ) = 0 ∑ φ ( z , u ) = i ∑ 1 π ( P i ) ( z ) φ ( z , u i ( z )) ( z ∈ / D )
is Borel. The same enumeration shows that events defined in terms of the critical points, such as unions over critical points of Borel events, are Borel.
The identity in a chart. Let ( χ i ) (\chi_i) ( χ i ) be a smooth partition of unity subordinate to ( V i ) (V_i) ( V i ) , fix i i i , and write V = V i V=V_i V = V i , χ = χ i \chi=\chi_i χ = χ i . Let ϕ ℓ \phi_\ell ϕ ℓ denote the standard Gaussian density on R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ . For fixed z ′ ′ z^{\prime\prime} z ′′ , apply Lemma 7.15 to α z ′ ′ \alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}} α z ′′ with the weight w ( t ) = ϕ ℓ ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) χ ( t ) φ ( ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) , t ) w(t)=\phi_\ell(\alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}}(t),z^{\prime\prime})\chi(t)\varphi((\alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}}(t),z^{\prime\prime}),t) w ( t ) = ϕ ℓ ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) χ ( t ) φ (( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) , t ) . Using (152) , integrating over z ′ ′ z^{\prime\prime} z ′′ , and using Tonelli’s theorem, we obtain
E ∑ t ∈ V : γ ( Z , t ) = 0 χ ( t ) φ ( Z , t ) = ∫ V ∫ R ℓ − n ϕ ℓ ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) ∣ det Γ 1 ( t ) ∣ ∣ det D t γ ( z ˉ , t ) ∣ χ ( t ) φ ( z ˉ , t ) d z ′ ′ d t , z ˉ = ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) . (153) \mathbb{E}\sum_{t\in V:\gamma(Z,t)=0}\chi(t)\varphi(Z,t)
=
\int_V\int_{\mathbb{R}^{\ell-n}}
\frac{\phi_\ell(\alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}}(t),z^{\prime\prime})}{\lvert\det\Gamma_1(t)\rvert}
\left\lvert\det D_t\gamma(\bar z,t)\right\rvert\chi(t)\varphi(\bar z,t)\,dz^{\prime\prime}\,dt,
\qquad\bar z=(\alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}}(t),z^{\prime\prime}). \tag*{(153)} E t ∈ V : γ ( Z , t ) = 0 ∑ χ ( t ) φ ( Z , t ) = ∫ V ∫ R ℓ − n ∣ det Γ 1 ( t )∣ ϕ ℓ ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) ∣ det D t γ ( z ˉ , t ) ∣ χ ( t ) φ ( z ˉ , t ) d z ′′ d t , z ˉ = ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) . (153)
When ℓ = n \ell=n ℓ = n , the inner integral is absent.
Identification of the conditional law. Fix t ∈ V t\in V t ∈ V . Since the map ( z ′ , z ′ ′ ) ↦ ( Γ ( t ) z , z ′ ′ ) (z',z^{\prime\prime})\mapsto(\Gamma(t)z,z^{\prime\prime}) ( z ′ , z ′′ ) ↦ ( Γ ( t ) z , z ′′ ) is linear with Jacobian ∣ det Γ 1 ( t ) ∣ \lvert\det\Gamma_1(t)\rvert ∣ det Γ 1 ( t )∣ , the density of γ ( Z , t ) \gamma(Z,t) γ ( Z , t ) at 0 0 0 is p t c o ( 0 ) = ∫ ϕ ℓ ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) d z ′ ′ / ∣ det Γ 1 ( t ) ∣ p_t^{\mathrm{co}}(0)=\int\phi_\ell(\alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}}(t),z^{\prime\prime})\,dz^{\prime\prime}/\lvert\det\Gamma_1(t)\rvert p t co ( 0 ) = ∫ ϕ ℓ ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) d z ′′ / ∣ det Γ 1 ( t )∣ . The map z ′ ′ ↦ ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) z^{\prime\prime}\mapsto(\alpha_{z^{\prime\prime}}(t),z^{\prime\prime}) z ′′ ↦ ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) is a linear bijection onto ker Γ ( t ) \ker\Gamma(t) ker Γ ( t ) , and it carries Lebesgue measure to a constant multiple of Lebesgue measure on ker Γ ( t ) \ker\Gamma(t) ker Γ ( t ) . Further, ϕ ℓ \phi_\ell ϕ ℓ restricted to ker Γ ( t ) \ker\Gamma(t) ker Γ ( t ) is proportional to the standard Gaussian density of that subspace. We conclude that, for every Borel ψ ≥ 0 \psi\ge0 ψ ≥ 0 ,
∫ ϕ ℓ ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) ∣ det Γ 1 ( t ) ∣ ψ ( α z ′ ′ ( t ) , z ′ ′ ) d z ′ ′ = p t c o ( 0 ) E ψ ( Z 0 u ) . \int\frac{\phi_\ell(\alpha z^{\prime\prime}(t),z^{\prime\prime})}{\lvert\det\Gamma_1(t)\rvert}\psi(\alpha z^{\prime\prime}(t),z^{\prime\prime})\,\mathrm{d}z^{\prime\prime}=p_t^{\mathrm{co}}(0)\mathbb{E}\psi(Z_0^u). ∫ ∣ det Γ 1 ( t )∣ ϕ ℓ ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) ψ ( α z ′′ ( t ) , z ′′ ) d z ′′ = p t co ( 0 ) E ψ ( Z 0 u ) .
where u u u is the point with coordinates t t t . The constant is identified by taking ψ = 1 \psi=1 ψ = 1 . Here we used that ker Γ ( t ) = ker Γ u \ker\Gamma(t)=\ker\Gamma_u ker Γ ( t ) = ker Γ u , since the coordinate gradient and the gradient determine each other. This identification holds at the single value 0 0 0 of the gradient, for every Borel integrand.
From coordinates to orthonormal frames. Let E ( t ) E(t) E ( t ) be the matrix expressing the coordinate vectors ∂ t i \partial_{t_i} ∂ t i in an orthonormal frame of T u M T_uM T u M , so that the metric is G ( t ) = E ( t ) T E ( t ) G(t)=E(t)^{\mathsf T}E(t) G ( t ) = E ( t ) T E ( t ) and γ ( z , t ) \gamma(z,t) γ ( z , t ) is E ( t ) T E(t)^{\mathsf T} E ( t ) T applied to the frame components of ∇ f z ( u ) \nabla f_z(u) ∇ f z ( u ) . Then p t c o ( 0 ) = p u ( 0 ) / det G ( t ) p_t^{\mathrm{co}}(0)=p_u(0)/\sqrt{\det G(t)} p t co ( 0 ) = p u ( 0 ) / det G ( t ) . At a critical point the Christoffel terms vanish, and D t γ = E T ∇ 2 f z ( u ) E D_t\gamma=E^{\mathsf T}\nabla^2 f_z(u)E D t γ = E T ∇ 2 f z ( u ) E and ∣ det D t γ ∣ = det G ( t ) ∣ det ∇ 2 f z ( u ) ∣ \lvert\det D_t\gamma\rvert=\det G(t)\lvert\det\nabla^2 f_z(u)\rvert ∣ det D t γ ∣ = det G ( t ) ∣ det ∇ 2 f z ( u )∣ . Inserting these facts into (153) , the integrand becomes p u ( 0 ) E [ ∣ det ∇ 2 f Z 0 ( u ) ∣ χ ( u ) ϕ ( Z 0 u , u ) ] det G ( t ) p_u(0)\mathbb{E}[\lvert\det\nabla^2 f_{Z_0}(u)\rvert\chi(u)\phi(Z_0^u,u)]\sqrt{\det G(t)} p u ( 0 ) E [∣ det ∇ 2 f Z 0 ( u )∣ χ ( u ) ϕ ( Z 0 u , u )] det G ( t ) , and det G ( t ) d t \sqrt{\det G(t)}\,\mathrm{d}t det G ( t ) d t is the Riemannian volume. Summing over the charts proves (7.21). For ϕ \phi ϕ of either sign with E ∑ ∣ ϕ ( Z , u ) ∣ < ∞ \mathbb{E}\sum\lvert\phi(Z,u)\rvert<\infty E ∑ ∣ ϕ ( Z , u )∣ < ∞ , we apply (7.21) to the positive and negative parts of ϕ \phi ϕ . Both resulting identities are between finite quantities, and we subtract them. Integrability of the signed sum alone would not suffice, since cancellations between the critical points can make the signed sum integrable while the right side of (7.21) is undefined.
We now specialize to the center field on S N S_N S N .
Theorem 7.17 (Kac–Rice formula with field-dependent weights). Let K ⊂ R 2 \mathcal{K}\subset\mathbb{R}^2 K ⊂ R 2 be a Borel set and let ϕ \phi ϕ be a field-dependent weight that is either nonnegative or bounded. Almost surely, H Q H_Q H Q restricted to S N S_N S N is a Morse function and has finitely many critical points. If ξ \xi ξ is a non-pure mixture, then
E ∑ u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) / N ∈ K ϕ ( H N , u ) = ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) n / 2 ∫ S N ∫ K p N ( h , k ) E h , k , u [ ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ ϕ ( H N , u ) ] d h d k ν N ( d u ) . (154) \mathbb{E}\sum_{\substack{u\in S_N:\ \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0\\(H_Q(u),K_Q(u))/N\in\mathcal{K}}}\phi(H_N,u)
=
\frac{\lvert S_N\rvert}{(2\pi a_Q)^{n/2}}
\int_{S_N}\int_{\mathcal{K}}p_N(h,k)\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\left[\left\lvert\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)\right\rvert\phi(H_N,u)\right]\,\mathrm{d}h\,\mathrm{d}k\,\nu_N(\mathrm{d}u). \tag*{(154)} E u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) / N ∈ K ∑ ϕ ( H N , u ) = ( 2 π a Q ) n /2 ∣ S N ∣ ∫ S N ∫ K p N ( h , k ) E h , k , u [ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ϕ ( H N , u ) ] d h d k ν N ( d u ) . (154) with p N p_N p N as in (7.5). If ξ \xi ξ is pure of degree p p p , let K p = { h ∈ R : ( h , p h ) ∈ K } \mathcal{K}_p=\{h\in\mathbb{R}:(h,ph)\in\mathcal{K}\} K p = { h ∈ R : ( h , p h ) ∈ K } ; then
E ∑ u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 H Q ( u ) / N ∈ K p ϕ ( H N , u ) = ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) n / 2 ∫ S N ∫ K p p N p u r e ( h ) E h , u [ ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ ϕ ( H N , u ) ] d h ν N ( d u ) . (155) \mathbb{E}\sum_{\substack{u\in S_N:\ \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0\\H_Q(u)/N\in\mathcal{K}_p}}\phi(H_N,u)
=
\frac{\lvert S_N\rvert}{(2\pi a_Q)^{n/2}}
\int_{S_N}\int_{\mathcal{K}_p}p_N^{\mathrm{pure}}(h)\mathbb{E}_{h,u}\left[\left\lvert\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)\right\rvert\phi(H_N,u)\right]\,\mathrm{d}h\,\nu_N(\mathrm{d}u). \tag*{(155)} E u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 H Q ( u ) / N ∈ K p ∑ ϕ ( H N , u ) = ( 2 π a Q ) n /2 ∣ S N ∣ ∫ S N ∫ K p p N pure ( h ) E h , u [ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ϕ ( H N , u ) ] d h ν N ( d u ) . (155)
For nonnegative φ \varphi φ both sides may be infinite; for bounded φ \varphi φ both sides are finite. In the pure case there is no two-dimensional density, since Σ Q \Sigma_Q Σ Q is singular.
Proof. We apply Proposition 7.16 with M = S N M=S_N M = S N , ℓ = ℓ N \ell=\ell_N ℓ = ℓ N , and f z f_z f z the restriction of H z , Q H_{z,Q} H z , Q to S N S_N S N , which is linear in z z z . By Lemma 7.1, the covariance of ∇ S N H Q ( u ) \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u) ∇ S N H Q ( u ) is a Q I d u ⊥ a_Q I_{d_{u^\perp}} a Q I d u ⊥ , which is positive definite, and p u ( 0 ) = ( 2 π a Q ) − n / 2 p_u(0)=(2\pi a_Q)^{-n/2} p u ( 0 ) = ( 2 π a Q ) − n /2 . The vector Z u 0 Z_u^0 Z u 0 of Proposition 7.16 is the vector of Definition 7.3, and the conditional expectation in (7.21) is E ∇ \mathbb{E}_{\nabla} E ∇ . The Riemannian volume of S N S_N S N is ∣ S N ∣ ν N |S_N|\nu_N ∣ S N ∣ ν N .
Let φ ≥ 0 \varphi\geq0 φ ≥ 0 , and apply (7.21) to the Borel function
( z , u ) ↦ φ ( H z , u ) 1 { ( H z , Q ( u ) , K z , Q ( u ) ) / N ∈ K } . (z,u)\mapsto\varphi(H_{z},u)\mathbf{1}\{(H_{z,Q}(u),K_{z,Q}(u))/N\in\mathcal{K}\}. ( z , u ) ↦ φ ( H z , u ) 1 {( H z , Q ( u ) , K z , Q ( u )) / N ∈ K } .
By Lemma 7.4(4) and (2), the inner expectation equals
∫ R 2 p N ( h , k ) E h , k , u [ ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ φ ( H N , u ) ] 1 K ( h , k ) d h d k , \int_{\mathbb{R}^2}p_N(h,k)\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\left[\left|\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)\right|\varphi(H_N,u)\right]\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{K}}(h,k)\,dh\,dk, ∫ R 2 p N ( h , k ) E h , k , u [ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) φ ( H N , u ) ] 1 K ( h , k ) d h d k ,
since ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) = ( N h , N k ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u))=(Nh,Nk) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) = ( N h , N k ) surely under P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u . This proves (7.24). The joint measurability needed for the integral is Lemma 7.4(3). No continuity of φ \varphi φ is used, because the incidence argument of Proposition 7.16 applies to every Borel integrand. In the pure case, K Q = p H Q K_Q=pH_Q K Q = p H Q and ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) / N ∈ K (H_Q(u),K_Q(u))/N\in\mathcal{K} ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) / N ∈ K exactly when H Q ( u ) / N ∈ K p H_Q(u)/N\in\mathcal{K}_p H Q ( u ) / N ∈ K p . Then (7.25) follows from the pure part of Lemma 7.4(4).
For bounded φ \varphi φ , take φ = 1 \varphi=1 φ = 1 and K = R 2 \mathcal{K}=\mathbb{R}^2 K = R 2 . By Lemma 7.4(2), the right side of (7.24) becomes ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) − n / 2 ∫ R 2 p N ( h , k ) μ n , N ( k ) d h d k |S_N|(2\pi a_Q)^{-n/2}\int_{\mathbb{R}^2}p_N(h,k)\mu_{n,N}(k)\,dh\,dk ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) − n /2 ∫ R 2 p N ( h , k ) μ n , N ( k ) d h d k . This is finite, as μ n , N ( k ) ≤ E ( ( ∥ W n , N ∥ o p + ∣ k ∣ ) n ) ≤ C N ( 1 + ∣ k ∣ ) n \mu_{n,N}(k)\leq\mathbb{E}((\lVert W_{n,N}\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}+|k|)^n)\leq C_N(1+|k|)^n μ n , N ( k ) ≤ E ((∥ W n , N ∥ op + ∣ k ∣ ) n ) ≤ C N ( 1 + ∣ k ∣ ) n . This shows that the expected number of critical points is finite. For bounded φ \varphi φ , the hypothesis of the last assertion of Proposition 7.16 then holds, and the formula follows from the positive and negative parts of φ \varphi φ . The pure case is identical.
Corollary 7.18 (Expected numbers of critical points). Let I , U ⊂ R I,U\subset\mathbb{R} I , U ⊂ R be Borel sets and set
C N ( I , U ) = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , H Q ( u ) / N ∈ I , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U } . C_N(I,U)=\{u\in S_N:\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0,\ H_Q(u)/N\in I,\ K_Q(u)/N\in U\}. C N ( I , U ) = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , H Q ( u ) / N ∈ I , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U } . If ξ \xi ξ is a non-pure mixture, then
E ∣ C N ( I , U ) ∣ = ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) n / 2 N 2 π det Σ Q ∫ I ∫ U e − N 2 ( h , k ) Σ Q − 1 ( h , k ) T μ n , N ( k ) d k d h . (156) \mathbb{E}|C_N(I,U)|=\frac{|S_N|}{(2\pi a_Q)^{n/2}}\frac{N}{2\pi\sqrt{\det\Sigma_Q}}\int_I\int_U e^{-\frac{N}{2}(h,k)\Sigma_Q^{-1}(h,k)^{\mathsf{T}}}\mu_{n,N}(k)\,dk\,dh. \tag*{(156)} E ∣ C N ( I , U ) ∣ = ( 2 π a Q ) n /2 ∣ S N ∣ 2 π det Σ Q N ∫ I ∫ U e − 2 N ( h , k ) Σ Q − 1 ( h , k ) T μ n , N ( k ) d k d h . (156) If ξ \xi ξ is pure of degree p p p , then
E ∣ C N ( I , U ) ∣ = ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) n / 2 ( N 2 π ξ ( Q ) ) 1 / 2 ∫ I 1 { p h ∈ U } e − N h 2 / ( 2 ξ ( Q ) ) μ n , N ( p h ) d h . (157) \mathbb{E}|C_N(I,U)|=\frac{|S_N|}{(2\pi a_Q)^{n/2}}\left(\frac{N}{2\pi\xi(Q)}\right)^{1/2}\int_I\mathbf{1}\{ph\in U\}e^{-Nh^2/(2\xi(Q))}\mu_{n,N}(ph)\,dh. \tag*{(157)} E ∣ C N ( I , U ) ∣ = ( 2 π a Q ) n /2 ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π ξ ( Q ) N ) 1/2 ∫ I 1 { p h ∈ U } e − N h 2 / ( 2 ξ ( Q )) μ n , N ( p h ) d h . (157) Both quantities are finite. With I = [ ( m N − M ) / N , ( m N + M ) / N ] I=[(m_N-M)/N,(m_N+M)/N] I = [( m N − M ) / N , ( m N + M ) / N ] , these formulas give the expected size of the set C N , M C_{N,M} C N , M of critical points in a fixed window.
Proof. We take φ = 1 \varphi= 1 φ = 1 and K = I × U \mathcal{K} = I \times U K = I × U in Theorem 7.17 . By Lemma 7.4 (2), the conditioned expectation of the determinant is μ n , N ( k ) \mu_{n,N}(k) μ n , N ( k ) , which depends neither on u u u nor on h h h , and the integral over ν N \nu_N ν N equals one. Finiteness was shown in the proof of Theorem 7.17 . □ \square □
No asymptotic estimate of these integrals is part of the statement. The counts in fixed windows are estimated in Sections 9 to 11. We record two reformulations that are used there.
Remark 7.19 (Palm form). For a non-pure mixture, let
Λ N ( d u d h d k ) = ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) n / 2 p N ( h , k ) μ n , N ( k ) ν N ( d u ) d h d k . \Lambda_N(du\,dh\,dk) = \frac{|S_N|}{(2\pi a_Q)^{n/2}}p_N(h,k)\mu_{n,N}(k)\nu_N(du)\,dh\,dk. Λ N ( d u d h d k ) = ( 2 π a Q ) n /2 ∣ S N ∣ p N ( h , k ) μ n , N ( k ) ν N ( d u ) d h d k .
be the intensity measure of the marked critical points, so that Λ N ( S N × I × U ) = E ∣ C N ( I , U ) ∣ \Lambda_N(S_N \times I \times U) = \mathbb{E}|C_N(I,U)| Λ N ( S N × I × U ) = E ∣ C N ( I , U ) ∣ . For u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N and ( h , k ) ∈ R 2 (h,k) \in\mathbb{R}^2 ( h , k ) ∈ R 2 , the Palm law at u u u with marks ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) is the determinant-weighted law
E h , k , u P a l m [ Φ ] = E h , k , u [ ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ Φ ] μ n , N ( k ) . \mathbb{E}^{\mathrm{Palm}}_{h,k,u}[\Phi] = \frac{\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}[|\det\nabla^2_{S_N} H_Q(u)|\Phi]}{\mu_{n,N}(k)}. E h , k , u Palm [ Φ ] = μ n , N ( k ) E h , k , u [ ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣Φ ] .
With this notation, (154) reads
E ∑ u : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) / N ∈ K φ ( H N , u ) = ∫ S N × K E h , k , u P a l m [ φ ( H N , u ) ] Λ N ( d u d h d k ) . \mathbb{E}\sum_{\substack{u:\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0\\(H_Q(u),K_Q(u))/N\in\mathcal{K}}}\varphi(H_N,u)
=
\int_{S_N\times\mathcal{K}}\mathbb{E}^{\mathrm{Palm}}_{h,k,u}[\varphi(H_N,u)]\,\Lambda_N(du\,dh\,dk). E u : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) / N ∈ K ∑ φ ( H N , u ) = ∫ S N × K E h , k , u Palm [ φ ( H N , u )] Λ N ( d u d h d k ) .
In the pure case, Λ N \Lambda_N Λ N has density ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) − n / 2 p N p u r e ( h ) μ n , N ( p h ) |S_N|(2\pi a_Q)^{-n/2}p_N^{\mathrm{pure}}(h)\mu_{n,N}(ph) ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π a Q ) − n /2 p N pure ( h ) μ n , N ( p h ) with respect to ν N ( d u ) d h \nu_N(du)\,dh ν N ( d u ) d h , and the Palm law is E h , u [ ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ Φ ] / μ n , N ( p h ) \mathbb{E}_{h,u}[|\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)|\Phi]/\mu_{n,N}(ph) E h , u [ ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣Φ ] / μ n , N ( p h ) . The Palm law and the conditioned law are different laws, and an estimate under one does not transfer to the other without an argument such as Lemma 7.22 .
Remark 7.20 (Antipodal points and Subag’s tameness condition). The formulas above count points of S N S_N S N . In an even model, the critical points come in antipodal pairs, and for a selection invariant under u ↦ − u u \mapsto-u u ↦ − u the number of pairs is half of (156) or (157) . For a general weight one must instead specify a representative of each pair, or average the two values. A weighted sum cannot be divided by two without such a convention. For pure models of degree p ≥ 3 p \ge3 p ≥ 3 , Subag [141, Lemma 36] proves a marked Kac–Rice formula under a tameness condition on an auxiliary field. Theorem 7.17 requires only Borel measurability of the weight. This matters for weights given by probabilities of trajectory events, for which the tameness hypotheses of [141, Lemma 36] have not been verified.
Hitting probabilities as weights
We now show that hitting probabilities of the Langevin diffusion are field-dependent weights. For H ∈ H N H \in\mathcal{H}_N H ∈ H N , β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , and x ∈ S N x \in S_N x ∈ S N , let P x H \mathbb{P}^H_x P x H be the law on C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) C([0,T],S_N) C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) of the diffusion of Definition 3.4 started at x x x . Recall from Lemma 3.5 that it is the law of the solution of the Itô equation (40) , which has noise coefficient 2 \sqrt{2} 2 and stays on S N S_N S N . We write P ν N H = ∫ P x H ν N ( d x ) \mathbb{P}^H_{\nu_N} = \int\mathbb{P}^H_x \nu_N(\mathrm{d}x) P ν N H = ∫ P x H ν N ( d x ) for the law of the diffusion started from ν N \nu_N ν N , independently of the field and of the noise.
Lemma 7.21 (Hitting probabilities are field-dependent weights). Let N ≥ 2 N \ge2 N ≥ 2 , β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , and T ∈ ( 0 , ∞ ) T \in(0,\infty) T ∈ ( 0 , ∞ ) . For every Borel set A ⊂ C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) A \subset C([0,T],S_N) A ⊂ C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) , the map H ↦ P ν N H ( A ) H \mapsto\mathbb{P}^H_{\nu_N}(A) H ↦ P ν N H ( A ) is Borel on H N \mathcal{H}_N H N . For every Borel set A ⊂ C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) × S N A \subset C([0,T],S_N) \times S_N A ⊂ C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) × S N , the function
φ A ( H , u ) = P ν N H ( { ω : ( ω , u ) ∈ A } ) \varphi_A(H,u) = \mathbb{P}^H_{\nu_N}\left(\{\omega: (\omega,u) \in A\}\right) φ A ( H , u ) = P ν N H ( { ω : ( ω , u ) ∈ A } ) is a field-dependent weight with values in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . In particular, for a ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] a \in[0,1] a ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] ,
φ T , a ( H , u ) = P ν N H ( sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) (158) \varphi_{T,a}(H,u) = \mathbb{P}^H_{\nu_N}\left(\sup_{0 \le t \le T} \lvert R(X_t,u)\rvert\ge a\right) \tag*{(158)} φ T , a ( H , u ) = P ν N H ( 0 ≤ t ≤ T sup ∣ R ( X t , u )∣ ≥ a ) (158) is a field-dependent weight. This applies to T = e γ N T = e^{\gamma N} T = e γ N for each fixed N N N .
Proof. By Lemma 4.2 (a), ( H , x ) ↦ P x H (H,x) \mapsto\mathbb{P}^H_x ( H , x ) ↦ P x H is a Borel probability kernel from H N × S N \mathcal{H}_N \times S_N H N × S N to C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) C([0,T],S_N) C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) . Its proof realizes all these laws through the same Brownian motion and shows that they depend continuously on ( H , x ) (H,x) ( H , x ) . For a bounded Borel function F F F on C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) C([0,T],S_N) C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) , the function ( H , x ) ↦ ∫ F d P x H (H,x) \mapsto\int F\,\mathrm{d}\mathbb{P}^H_x ( H , x ) ↦ ∫ F d P x H is Borel, and Tonelli’s theorem shows that H ↦ ∫ F d P ν N H H \mapsto\int F\,\mathrm{d}\mathbb{P}^H_{\nu_N} H ↦ ∫ F d P ν N H is Borel. This proves the first assertion. For a Borel set A A A , the function ( H , u ) ↦ ∫ 1 A ( ω , u ) P ν N H ( d ω ) (H,u) \mapsto\int\mathbf{1}_A(\omega,u)\,\mathbb{P}^H_{\nu_N}(\mathrm{d}\omega) ( H , u ) ↦ ∫ 1 A ( ω , u ) P ν N H ( d ω ) is Borel when A = A 1 × E A = A_1 \times E A = A 1 × E is a product of Borel sets, by the first assertion. The sets A A A for which it is Borel form a Dynkin system, and the π \pi π –λ \lambda λ theorem extends this to all Borel sets A A A . Finally, ( ω , u ) ↦ sup t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u ) ∣ (\omega,u) \mapsto\sup_{t \le T}\lvert R(\omega(t),u)\rvert ( ω , u ) ↦ sup t ≤ T ∣ R ( ω ( t ) , u )∣ is continuous for the uniform topology, since ∣ R ( x , u ) − R ( x ′ , u ′ ) ∣ ≤ ( ∣ x − x ′ ∣ + ∣ u − u ′ ∣ ) / N \lvert R(x,u) - R(x',u')\rvert\le(\lvert x-x'\rvert+ \lvert u-u'\rvert)/\sqrt{N} ∣ R ( x , u ) − R ( x ′ , u ′ )∣ ≤ (∣ x − x ′ ∣ + ∣ u − u ′ ∣) / N on S N S_N S N . It follows that the event in (158) is a Borel subset of C ( [ 0 , T ] , S N ) × S N C([0,T],S_N) \times S_N C ([ 0 , T ] , S N ) × S N . No bound uniform in T T T is needed, since N N N and T T T are fixed. □ \square □
Lemma 4.3(b) states the special case of Lemma 7.21 that is used in Sections 4 and 13.
Determinant-weighted transfer
The estimate of Section 8 bounds a hitting probability under the conditioned law P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u . The Kac–Rice formula weights this law by the absolute determinant, that is, it averages under the Palm law of Remark 7.19. The following elementary lemma bounds the cost of this change of law.
Lemma 7.22 (Hölder bound for determinant-weighted expectations). Let D ≥ 0 D \ge0 D ≥ 0 be a random variable with 0 < μ = E D < ∞ 0 < \mu= \mathbb{E}D < \infty 0 < μ = E D < ∞ , and suppose that E ( D / μ ) r ≤ K \mathbb{E}(D/\mu)^r \le K E ( D / μ ) r ≤ K for some r > 1 r > 1 r > 1 . Let φ \varphi φ be a random variable with 0 ≤ φ ≤ 1 0 \le\varphi\le1 0 ≤ φ ≤ 1 and E φ ≤ q \mathbb{E}\varphi\le q E φ ≤ q . Then
E [ D φ ] μ ≤ K 1 / r q 1 − 1 / r . (159) \frac{\mathbb{E}[D\varphi]}{\mu} \le K^{1/r}q^{1-1/r}. \tag*{(159)} μ E [ D φ ] ≤ K 1/ r q 1 − 1/ r . (159) No assumption on the dependence between φ \varphi φ and D D D is made.
Proof. Let r ′ = r / ( r − 1 ) r' = r/(r-1) r ′ = r / ( r − 1 ) . By Hölder’s inequality, E [ ( D / μ ) φ ] ≤ ( E ( D / μ ) r ) 1 / r ( E φ r ′ ) 1 / r ′ \mathbb{E}[(D/\mu)\varphi] \le(\mathbb{E}(D/\mu)^r)^{1/r}(\mathbb{E}\varphi^{r'})^{1/r'} E [( D / μ ) φ ] ≤ ( E ( D / μ ) r ) 1/ r ( E φ r ′ ) 1/ r ′ . Since 0 ≤ φ ≤ 1 0 \le\varphi\le1 0 ≤ φ ≤ 1 , we have φ r ′ ≤ φ \varphi^{r'} \le\varphi φ r ′ ≤ φ , and the last factor is at most q 1 / r ′ = q 1 − 1 / r q^{1/r'} = q^{1-1/r} q 1/ r ′ = q 1 − 1/ r .
For r = 2 r = 2 r = 2 the loss is K 2 1 / 2 q 1 / 2 K_2^{1/2}q^{1/2} K 2 1/2 q 1/2 . If an estimate is already available under the Palm law, there is no loss, and Lemma 7.22 is not needed. The lemma is not a perturbation statement: φ \varphi φ may be strongly correlated with D D D , and the bound uses only the moment of D / μ D/\mu D / μ and the mean of φ \varphi φ .
Theorem 7.23 (Determinant-weighted transfer). Let g > 0 g > 0 g > 0 and let K ⊂ R 2 \mathcal{K} \subset\mathbb{R}^2 K ⊂ R 2 be compact, with k ≥ 2 b Q + g k \ge2\sqrt{b_Q}+g k ≥ 2 b Q + g for every ( h , k ) ∈ K (h,k) \in\mathcal{K} ( h , k ) ∈ K ; in the pure case assume that k = p h k = ph k = p h for every ( h , k ) ∈ K (h,k) \in\mathcal{K} ( h , k ) ∈ K . If K ≠ ∅ \mathcal{K} \ne\varnothing K = ∅ , let k + = max { k : ( h , k ) ∈ K } k_+ = \max\{k : (h,k) \in\mathcal{K}\} k + = max { k : ( h , k ) ∈ K } ; if K = ∅ \mathcal{K} = \varnothing K = ∅ , set k + = 2 b Q + g k_+ = 2\sqrt{b_Q}+g k + = 2 b Q + g . For each N N N , let W N ⊂ K \mathcal{W}_N \subset\mathcal{K} W N ⊂ K be a Borel set, let
C N = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) / N ∈ W N } , C_N = \{u \in S_N : \nabla_{S_N} H_Q(u) = 0,\ (H_Q(u),K_Q(u))/N \in\mathcal{W}_N\}, C N = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) / N ∈ W N } , and let φ N \varphi_N φ N be a field-dependent weight with values in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . Suppose that q N ≥ 0 q_N \ge0 q N ≥ 0 satisfies
E h , k , u φ N ( H N , u ) ≤ q N for all u ∈ S N and ( h , k ) ∈ W N . (160) \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\varphi_N(H_N,u) \le q_N \qquad\text{for all }u \in S_N\text{ and }(h,k) \in\mathcal{W}_N. \tag*{(160)} E h , k , u φ N ( H N , u ) ≤ q N for all u ∈ S N and ( h , k ) ∈ W N . (160) Then for every r > 1 r > 1 r > 1 and N ≥ 2 N \ge2 N ≥ 2 ,
E ∑ u ∈ C N φ N ( H N , u ) ≤ K r 1 / r q N 1 − 1 / r E ∣ C N ∣ , (161) \mathbb{E}\sum_{u\in C_N}\varphi_N(H_N,u) \le K_r^{1/r}q_N^{1-1/r}\mathbb{E}|C_N|, \tag*{(161)} E u ∈ C N ∑ φ N ( H N , u ) ≤ K r 1/ r q N 1 − 1/ r E ∣ C N ∣ , (161) where K r = K r ( b Q , g , k + ) K_r = K_r(b_Q,g,k_+) K r = K r ( b Q , g , k + ) is the constant of Proposition 7.7. The same bound holds with φ N \varphi_N φ N replaced by θ φ N \theta\varphi_N θ φ N , for every field-dependent weight θ \theta θ with values in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] .
Proof. If K = ∅ \mathcal{K} = \varnothing K = ∅ , then W N = C N = ∅ \mathcal{W}_N = C_N = \varnothing W N = C N = ∅ , so both claims are immediate. Otherwise, fix u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N and ( h , k ) ∈ W N (h,k) \in\mathcal{W}_N ( h , k ) ∈ W N and let D = ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ D = |\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)| D = ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) ∣ under P h , k , u \mathbb{P}_{h,k,u} P h , k , u . Recall from Lemma 7.4(2) that E h , k , u D = μ n , N ( k ) \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}D = \mu_{n,N}(k) E h , k , u D = μ n , N ( k ) . By Proposition 7.7, E h , k , u ( D / μ n , N ( k ) ) r ≤ K r \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}(D/\mu_{n,N}(k))^r \le K_r E h , k , u ( D / μ n , N ( k ) ) r ≤ K r . Combining Lemma 7.22 with (7.30), we obtain
E h , k , u [ D φ N ( H N , u ) ] ≤ K r 1 / r q N 1 − 1 / r μ n , N ( k ) . \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}[D\varphi_N(H_N,u)] \le K_r^{1/r}q_N^{1-1/r}\mu_{n,N}(k). E h , k , u [ D φ N ( H N , u )] ≤ K r 1/ r q N 1 − 1/ r μ n , N ( k ) . We insert this bound into (7.24) with K \mathcal{K} K replaced by W N \mathcal{W}_N W N (or into (7.25) in the pure case). The remaining integral is the right side of (7.24) with φ = 1 \varphi= 1 φ = 1 , which equals E ∣ C N ∣ \mathbb{E}|C_N| E ∣ C N ∣ by
Theorem 7.17 with φ = 1 \varphi= 1 φ = 1 . This proves (161) . For the last assertion, D θ φ N ≤ D φ N D\theta\varphi_N \le D\varphi_N D θ φ N ≤ D φ N pointwise, and the same integral bounds the left side. Note that the normalizer on the right side of (161) remains the expected number of all critical points in C N C_N C N , and no lower bound on the Palm law weighted by θ \theta θ is needed.
We now apply Theorem 7.23 to hitting probabilities and to the critical points in a fixed window. For a deterministic sequence ( m N ) (m_N) ( m N ) , a Borel set U ⊂ R U \subset\mathbb{R} U ⊂ R , and M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 , let
C N , M = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , ∣ H Q ( u ) − m N ∣ ≤ M , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U } . (162) C_{N,M}=\left\{u\in S_N:\nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u)=0,\ \lvert H_Q(u)-m_N\rvert\le M,\ K_Q(u)/N\in U\right\}. \tag*{(162)} C N , M = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , ∣ H Q ( u ) − m N ∣ ≤ M , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U } . (162)
We call this set the critical points in a fixed window , since its half-width M M M does not depend on N N N . The marks of its points lie in W N , M = [ ( m N − M ) / N , ( m N + M ) / N ] × U W_{N,M}=[(m_N-M)/N,(m_N+M)/N]\times U W N , M = [( m N − M ) / N , ( m N + M ) / N ] × U , intersected with the line { k = p h } \{k=ph\} { k = p h } in the pure case. In an even model, both points of each antipodal pair are counted.
Corollary 7.24 (Critical points in a fixed window). Assume that d ≥ 4 d\ge4 d ≥ 4 and β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , and let g g g , K K K , and k + k_+ k + be as in Theorem 7.23. Suppose the following.
There exist a ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] a\in(0,1] a ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , γ > 0 \gamma>0 γ > 0 , and numbers q N q_N q N with q N → 0 q_N\to0 q N → 0 such that, for all N N N , all u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , and all ( h , k ) ∈ K (h,k)\in K ( h , k ) ∈ K ,
E h , k , u P v N H N ( sup 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ≤ q N . \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\mathbb{P}_{v_N}^{H_N}\left(\sup_{0\le t\le e^{\gamma N}}\lvert R(X_t,u)\rvert\ge a\right)\le q_N. E h , k , u P v N H N ( 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N sup ∣ R ( X t , u )∣ ≥ a ) ≤ q N . For every M > 0 M>0 M > 0 there exists N M N_M N M such that W N , M ⊂ K W_{N,M}\subset K W N , M ⊂ K for all N ≥ N M N\ge N_M N ≥ N M .
For every M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , C M = sup N E ∣ C N , M ∣ < ∞ C_M=\sup_N\mathbb{E}\lvert C_{N,M}\rvert<\infty C M = sup N E ∣ C N , M ∣ < ∞ .
Then for every r > 1 r>1 r > 1 , M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , and N ≥ N M N\ge N_M N ≥ N M ,
E P v N H N ( ∃ u ∈ C N , M , ∃ t ≤ e γ N : ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ≤ C M K r 1 / r q N 1 − 1 / r . (163) \mathbb{E}\mathbb{P}_{v_N}^{H_N}\left(\exists u\in C_{N,M},\ \exists t\le e^{\gamma N}:\lvert R(X_t,u)\rvert\ge a\right)\le C_MK_r^{1/r}q_N^{1-1/r}. \tag*{(163)} E P v N H N ( ∃ u ∈ C N , M , ∃ t ≤ e γ N : ∣ R ( X t , u )∣ ≥ a ) ≤ C M K r 1/ r q N 1 − 1/ r . (163) The same bound holds for every subfamily of C N , M C_{N,M} C N , M selected by a field-dependent weight with values in { 0 , 1 } \{0,1\} { 0 , 1 } . The exponent γ \gamma γ does not depend on M M M .
Proof. Let T N = e γ N T_N=e^{\gamma N} T N = e γ N and φ N = φ T N , a \varphi_N=\varphi_{T_N,a} φ N = φ T N , a . By Lemma 7.21, φ N \varphi_N φ N is a field-dependent weight with values in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . Fix M M M and N ≥ N M N\ge N_M N ≥ N M . By hypothesis (1), (160) holds on W N = W N , M ⊂ K W_N=W_{N,M}\subset K W N = W N , M ⊂ K , and Theorem 7.23 implies that
E ∑ u ∈ C N , M φ N ( H N , u ) ≤ K r 1 / r q N 1 − 1 / r E ∣ C N , M ∣ ≤ C M K r 1 / r q N 1 − 1 / r . \mathbb{E}\sum_{u\in C_{N,M}}\varphi_N(H_N,u)\le K_r^{1/r}q_N^{1-1/r}\mathbb{E}\lvert C_{N,M}\rvert\le C_MK_r^{1/r}q_N^{1-1/r}. E u ∈ C N , M ∑ φ N ( H N , u ) ≤ K r 1/ r q N 1 − 1/ r E ∣ C N , M ∣ ≤ C M K r 1/ r q N 1 − 1/ r .
By Theorem 7.17, C N , M C_{N,M} C N , M is almost surely finite, and for each such field the union bound under P v N H N \mathbb{P}_{v_N}^{H_N} P v N H N bounds the probability on the left of (163) by ∑ u ∈ C N , M φ N ( H N , u ) \sum_{u\in C_{N,M}}\varphi_N(H_N,u) ∑ u ∈ C N , M φ N ( H N , u ) . On the Borel set of Morse fields this probability is Borel, by the enumeration of critical points in the proof of Proposition 7.16 together with Lemma 7.21. Defining it to be zero on the null set of non-Morse fields gives a Borel representative, which is sufficient for its expectation. Taking expectations proves (163) . For a subfamily selected by a weight θ \theta θ , use the last assertion of Theorem 7.23 . The constant K r \mathrm{K}_r K r depends only on b Q b_Q b Q , g g g , k + k_+ k + , and r r r , the numbers q N q_N q N depend on K \mathcal{K} K , a a a , and γ \gamma γ , and neither depends on M M M ; the half-width M M M enters only through C M C_M C M and N M N_M N M .
Note that E ∣ C N , M ∣ < ∞ \mathbb{E}|C_{N,M}| < \infty E ∣ C N , M ∣ < ∞ for each N N N by Corollary 7.18 , and hypothesis (3) is equivalent to lim sup N E ∣ C N , M ∣ < ∞ \limsup_N \mathbb{E}|C_{N,M}| < \infty lim sup N E ∣ C N , M ∣ < ∞ . For a non-pure mixture, hypothesis (2) holds, for instance, when K = [ h − , h + ] × [ k − , k + ] \mathcal{K} = [h_-,h_+] \times[k_-,k_+] K = [ h − , h + ] × [ k − , k + ] , U ⊂ [ k − , k + ] U \subset[k_-,k_+] U ⊂ [ k − , k + ] , and m N / N m_N/N m N / N converges to a point of ( h − , h + ) (h_-,h_+) ( h − , h + ) . In the pure case, replace this rectangle by its intersection with { ( h , k ) : k = p h } \{(h,k): k = ph\} {( h , k ) : k = p h } , as in the definition of W N , M \mathcal{W}_{N,M} W N , M . By Markov’s inequality, (163) implies that for each fixed M M M the probability, for the fixed field, that the diffusion started from ν N \nu_N ν N enters the cap C a ( u ) = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } C_a(u) = \{x \in S_N : |R(x,u)| \ge a\} C a ( u ) = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } of Definition 4.1 for some u ∈ C N , M u \in C_{N,M} u ∈ C N , M before time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N tends to zero in probability.
Remark 7.25 (Polynomial rates). Let a ∗ > 0 a_* > 0 a ∗ > 0 be given by Corollary 8.3 for the fixed ξ \xi ξ , Q Q Q , β \beta β , and K \mathcal{K} K . Fix a ∈ ( 0 , min { 1 , a ∗ } ] a \in(0,\min\{1,a_*\}] a ∈ ( 0 , min { 1 , a ∗ }] , and let γ \gamma γ , c c c , C C C , and N 0 N_0 N 0 be given by that corollary. After increasing C C C to cover the finitely many dimensions 2 ≤ N < N 0 2 \le N < N_0 2 ≤ N < N 0 , for which the left side of hypothesis (1) is at most one, hypothesis (1) of Corollary 7.24 holds with
q N = C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . q_N = C(N^{1-d/2} + N^{3-d}) + e^{-cN}. q N = C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N .
Since d ≥ 4 d \ge4 d ≥ 4 , we have N 3 − d ≤ N 1 − d / 2 N^{3-d} \le N^{1-d/2} N 3 − d ≤ N 1 − d /2 and q N ≤ C ′ N − ( d − 2 ) / 2 q_N \le C'N^{-(d-2)/2} q N ≤ C ′ N − ( d − 2 ) /2 . Then, for every fixed M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 and r > 1 r > 1 r > 1 , the left side of (163) is at most C M , r N − ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1 / r ) / 2 C_{M,r}N^{-(d-2)(1-1/r)/2} C M , r N − ( d − 2 ) ( 1 − 1/ r ) /2 for N ≥ N M N \ge N_M N ≥ N M . For r = 2 r = 2 r = 2 the exponent is ( d − 2 ) / 4 (d-2)/4 ( d − 2 ) /4 . As Proposition 7.7 holds for every fixed r r r , every exponent below ( d − 2 ) / 2 (d-2)/2 ( d − 2 ) /2 is available. The time exponent γ \gamma γ , chosen from Corollary 8.3, does not depend on M M M or r r r . These rates are used in Proposition 13.1 and in the selection and entropy statements of Section 4.
Remark 7.26 (Order of the parameters). Table 7.1 lists the parameters of Theorem 7.23 and Corollary 7.24 in the order in which they are fixed. All of them are fixed before N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ . Only the count bound C M C_M C M and the threshold N M N_M N M depend on the window half-width M M M ; in particular, the time exponent γ \gamma γ is chosen before M M M .
Table 7.1. Parameters in the determinant-weighted transfer, in the order in which they are fixed.
Cap hitting estimates under critical-point conditioning
In this section, we prove Theorem 8.2 , the hitting estimate for the caps under critical-point conditioning. It concerns the original Langevin diffusion started from the uniform law ν N \nu_N ν N , in a field conditioned to have a critical point of the center field H Q H_Q H Q at a prescribed point u u u , with prescribed value and radial derivative. The theorem states that this diffusion reaches the set { x : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } \{x : \lvert R(x,u)\rvert\ge a\} { x : ∣ R ( x , u )∣ ≥ a } before time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N with averaged probability at most C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N C(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d})+e^{-cN} C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N , for every finite mixture of minimum degree d ≥ 4 d\ge4 d ≥ 4 . Corollary 8.3 makes the estimate uniform over a compact rectangle of marks, with one time exponent. This corollary is the form of the conditioned hitting estimate used in Proposition 13.1, where it is combined with the determinant-weighted transfer of Theorem 7.23 and the separation criterion of Proposition 4.5 .
The section is self-contained. From earlier sections, it uses only the model (Definition 3.1), the construction of the dynamics (Lemma 3.5), and the rotation covariance of the path kernels (Lemma 4.2 ). It does not use the static results of Section 5, the counts of critical points and the concentration of the Gibbs measure on bands in Sections 9 to 12, or the Kac–Rice formula of § 6.2 , and it needs no lower bound on the Hessian at the critical point. The spherical harmonic computations, the concentration estimate on the sphere, and the comparison of resolvents that we need are proved here.
Standing notation. Throughout this section, ξ ( r ) = ∑ p ∈ P c p r p \xi(r)=\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}}c_pr^p ξ ( r ) = ∑ p ∈ P c p r p is a finite mixture with c p > 0 c_p>0 c p > 0 for p ∈ P p\in\mathcal{P} p ∈ P , minimum degree d = min P ≥ 4 d=\min\mathcal{P}\ge4 d = min P ≥ 4 , and maximum degree p ˉ = max P \bar p=\max\mathcal{P} p ˉ = max P . We realize H N = ∑ p ∈ P H N , p H_N=\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}}H_{N,p} H N = ∑ p ∈ P H N , p , where the H N , p H_{N,p} H N , p are independent centered Gaussian homogeneous polynomials of degree p p p on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N with E H N , p ( x ) H N , p ( y ) = N c p R ( x , y ) p \mathbb{E}H_{N,p}(x)H_{N,p}(y)=Nc_pR(x,y)^p E H N , p ( x ) H N , p ( y ) = N c p R ( x , y ) p . For fixed N N N , the field is a function of the finite-dimensional Gaussian vector J J J of the coefficients of these polynomials. We write H J H_J H J when this dependence matters. The covariance identity E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y ) ) \mathbb{E}H_N(x)H_N(y)=N\xi(R(x,y)) E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( R ( x , y )) , with R ( x , y ) = x ⋅ y / N R(x,y)=x\cdot y/N R ( x , y ) = x ⋅ y / N , holds for all x , y ∈ R N x,y\in\mathbb{R}^N x , y ∈ R N . We fix Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] Q\in(0,1] Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , and recall the center field and the radial derivative,
H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) = ∑ p ∈ P Q p / 2 H N , p ( u ) , K Q ( u ) = d d t H N ( t Q u ) ∣ t = 1 = ∑ p ∈ P p Q p / 2 H N , p ( u ) . (164) \begin{aligned}
H_Q(u)&=H_N(\sqrt{Q}\,u)=\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}}Q^{p/2}H_{N,p}(u),\\
K_Q(u)&=\left.\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}H_N(t\sqrt{Q}\,u)\right|_{t=1}=\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}}pQ^{p/2}H_{N,p}(u). \tag*{(164)}
\end{aligned} H Q ( u ) K Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) = p ∈ P ∑ Q p /2 H N , p ( u ) , = d t d H N ( t Q u ) t = 1 = p ∈ P ∑ p Q p /2 H N , p ( u ) . (164)
and the parameters ζ ( Q ) \zeta(Q) ζ ( Q ) , a Q = Q ζ ′ ( Q ) a_Q = Q\zeta'(Q) a Q = Q ζ ′ ( Q ) , b Q = Q 2 ζ ′ ′ ( Q ) b_Q = Q^2\zeta''(Q) b Q = Q 2 ζ ′′ ( Q ) , and
Σ Q = ( ζ ( Q ) a Q a Q a Q + b Q ) . \Sigma_Q =
\begin{pmatrix}
\zeta(Q) & a_Q \\
a_Q & a_Q+b_Q
\end{pmatrix}. Σ Q = ( ζ ( Q ) a Q a Q a Q + b Q ) .
For u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N we write G u = ∇ S N H Q ( u ) G_u = \nabla_{S_N}H_Q(u) G u = ∇ S N H Q ( u ) , a vector in the tangent space u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ . We write ∇ E \nabla_E ∇ E for the Euclidean gradient, ∇ = ∇ S N \nabla= \nabla_{S_N} ∇ = ∇ S N for the gradient in the induced metric of S N S_N S N , and Π x = I − x x T / N \Pi_x = I - xx^{\mathsf T}/N Π x = I − x x T / N for the orthogonal projection onto x ⊥ x^\perp x ⊥ , so that ∇ H = Π x ∇ E H \nabla H = \Pi_x\nabla_E H ∇ H = Π x ∇ E H at x ∈ S N x \in S_N x ∈ S N . The diffusion with Hamiltonian H H H has generator L β , H = Δ S N + β ∇ H ⋅ ∇ L_{\beta,H} = \Delta_{S_N} + \beta\nabla H \cdot\nabla L β , H = Δ S N + β ∇ H ⋅ ∇ and invariant law π H \pi^H π H , and P ν N H \mathbb{P}^H_{\nu_N} P ν N H denotes its path law started from ν N \nu_N ν N . For 0 < a < 1 0 < a < 1 0 < a < 1 and u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N , we write
C a ( u ) = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a } C_a(u) = \{x \in S_N : |R(x,u)| \ge a\} C a ( u ) = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ ≥ a }
for the union of the two antipodal caps of latitude a a a around ± u \pm u ± u , and I ( a ) = − 1 2 log ( 1 − a 2 ) I(a) = -\frac{1}{2}\log(1-a^2) I ( a ) = − 2 1 log ( 1 − a 2 ) .
We prescribe the values H Q ( u ) = N h H_Q(u) = Nh H Q ( u ) = N h and K Q ( u ) = N k K_Q(u) = Nk K Q ( u ) = N k and call the pair ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) of the energy and the radial derivative per spin the marks. We fix bounds h ˉ , k ˉ > 0 \bar h,\bar k > 0 h ˉ , k ˉ > 0 and call a pair ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) admissible if ∣ h ∣ ≤ h ˉ |h| \le\bar h ∣ h ∣ ≤ h ˉ and ∣ k ∣ ≤ k ˉ |k| \le\bar k ∣ k ∣ ≤ k ˉ , and, when ζ \zeta ζ is pure of degree p p p , also k = p h k = ph k = p h . Unless stated otherwise, C C C and c c c denote positive constants that depend only on ζ \zeta ζ , Q Q Q , β \beta β , h ˉ \bar h h ˉ , and k ˉ \bar k k ˉ , and that may change from line to line. They never depend on N N N , u u u , ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , a point of S N S_N S N , or the realization of the field on the regularity event of Lemma 8.6 .
The main estimate
We first define the conditioned field. When ζ \zeta ζ is a non-pure mixture, Σ Q \Sigma_Q Σ Q is nonsingular (see Proposition 8.7 ), and we define polynomials θ 1 , θ 2 , θ 3 \theta_1,\theta_2,\theta_3 θ 1 , θ 2 , θ 3 by
( θ 1 ( r ) , θ 2 ( r ) ) = ( ζ ( Q r ) , Q r ζ ′ ( Q r ) ) Σ Q − 1 , θ 3 ( r ) = Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) a Q . (165) (\theta_1(r),\theta_2(r)) = (\zeta(\sqrt{Q}r),\sqrt{Q}r\zeta'(\sqrt{Q}r))\Sigma_Q^{-1}, \qquad\theta_3(r) = \frac{\sqrt{Q}\zeta'(\sqrt{Q}r)}{a_Q}. \tag*{(165)} ( θ 1 ( r ) , θ 2 ( r )) = ( ζ ( Q r ) , Q r ζ ′ ( Q r )) Σ Q − 1 , θ 3 ( r ) = a Q Q ζ ′ ( Q r ) . (165)
When ζ = c p r p \zeta= c_p r^p ζ = c p r p is pure, we set instead θ 1 ( r ) = Q − p / 2 r p \theta_1(r) = Q^{-p/2}r^p θ 1 ( r ) = Q − p /2 r p , θ 2 = 0 \theta_2 = 0 θ 2 = 0 , and θ 3 ( r ) = Q − p / 2 r p − 1 \theta_3(r) = Q^{-p/2}r^{p-1} θ 3 ( r ) = Q − p /2 r p − 1 ; the last formula agrees with (8.2).
Definition 8.1 (The conditioned field). Let u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N , and for x ∈ R N x \in\mathbb{R}^N x ∈ R N let r = x ⋅ u / N r = x \cdot u/N r = x ⋅ u / N . The Gaussian regression projection of H N H_N H N at u u u is the random polynomial
D u ( x ) = θ 1 ( r ) H Q ( u ) + θ 2 ( r ) K Q ( u ) + θ 3 ( r ) G u ⋅ x . (166) D_u(x) = \theta_1(r)H_Q(u) + \theta_2(r)K_Q(u) + \theta_3(r)G_u \cdot x. \tag*{(166)} D u ( x ) = θ 1 ( r ) H Q ( u ) + θ 2 ( r ) K Q ( u ) + θ 3 ( r ) G u ⋅ x . (166) For an admissible pair ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , the conditioned field is
H h , k , u = H N + δ h , k , u , δ h , k , u ( x ) = N ( θ 1 ( r ) h + θ 2 ( r ) k ) − D u ( x ) . (167) H^{h,k,u} = H_N + \delta_{h,k,u}, \qquad\delta_{h,k,u}(x) = N\bigl(\theta_1(r)h + \theta_2(r)k\bigr) - D_u(x). \tag*{(167)} H h , k , u = H N + δ h , k , u , δ h , k , u ( x ) = N ( θ 1 ( r ) h + θ 2 ( r ) k ) − D u ( x ) . (167) We write E h , k , u \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u} E h , k , u for the expectation under the law of H h , k , u H^{h,k,u} H h , k , u .
We show in Proposition 8.7 below that the law of H h , k , u H^{h,k,u} H h , k , u is a version of the conditional law of H N H_N H N given H Q ( u ) = N h H_Q(u)=Nh H Q ( u ) = N h , K Q ( u ) = N k K_Q(u)=Nk K Q ( u ) = N k , and G u = 0 G_u=0 G u = 0 . In the pure case, K Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) K_Q(u)=pH_Q(u) K Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) identically, and the conditioning is on H Q ( u ) = N h H_Q(u)=Nh H Q ( u ) = N h and G u = 0 G_u=0 G u = 0 . This is the version given by Gaussian regression, and it depends continuously on ( h , k , u ) (h,k,u) ( h , k , u ) .
Theorem 8.2 (Cap hitting bound from the uniform initial law). Let Z \mathfrak{Z} Z be a finite mixture of minimum degree d ≥ 4 d\ge4 d ≥ 4 , and fix Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] Q\in(0,1] Q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , and h ˉ , k ˉ > 0 \bar{h},\bar{k}>0 h ˉ , k ˉ > 0 . Then there exists a ∗ > 0 a_*>0 a ∗ > 0 such that, for every a ∈ ( 0 , a ∗ ] a\in(0,a_*] a ∈ ( 0 , a ∗ ] , there exist γ , c , C > 0 \gamma,c,C>0 γ , c , C > 0 and N 0 N_0 N 0 with the following property. For every N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_0 N ≥ N 0 , every u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , and every admissible pair ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) ,
E h , k , u [ P ν N H ( sup 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ] ≤ C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . (168) \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\left[\mathbb{P}^{H}_{\nu_N}\left(\sup_{0\le t\le e^{\gamma N}}|R(X_t,u)|\ge a\right)\right]\le C\left(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d}\right)+e^{-cN}. \tag*{(168)} E h , k , u [ P ν N H ( 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N sup ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ] ≤ C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . (168) The constant a ∗ a_* a ∗ depends only on Z \mathfrak{Z} Z , Q Q Q , β \beta β , h ˉ , k ˉ \bar{h},\bar{k} h ˉ , k ˉ , and the constants γ , c , C , N 0 \gamma,c,C,N_0 γ , c , C , N 0 depend only on these and on a a a .
In (8.5), the field H H H has the law of H h , k , u H^{h,k,u} H h , k , u , and X X X is the diffusion with generator L β , H L_{\beta,H} L β , H ; we assume that its initial point and its driving noise are independent of H H H . The event in (8.5) is the event that the path enters C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) by time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N . Note that both polynomial terms tend to zero, since d ≥ 4 d\ge4 d ≥ 4 .
Corollary 8.3 (Uniformity over a rectangle of marks). Let Z \mathfrak{Z} Z , Q Q Q , and β \beta β be as in Theorem 8.2, and let K ⊂ R 2 \mathcal{K}\subset\mathbb{R}^2 K ⊂ R 2 be compact. Then there exists a ∗ > 0 a_*>0 a ∗ > 0 such that, for every a ∈ ( 0 , a ∗ ] a\in(0,a_*] a ∈ ( 0 , a ∗ ] , there exist γ , c , C > 0 \gamma,c,C>0 γ , c , C > 0 and N 0 N_0 N 0 , depending only on Z , Q , β , K , a \mathfrak{Z},Q,\beta,\mathcal{K},a Z , Q , β , K , a , such that for every N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_0 N ≥ N 0 ,
sup u ∈ S N sup ( h , k ) ∈ K E h , k , u [ P ν N H ( sup 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ] ≤ C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . (169) \sup_{u\in S_N}\ \sup_{(h,k)\in\mathcal{K}}\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\left[\mathbb{P}^{H}_{\nu_N}\left(\sup_{0\le t\le e^{\gamma N}}|R(X_t,u)|\ge a\right)\right]\le C\left(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d}\right)+e^{-cN}. \tag*{(169)} u ∈ S N sup ( h , k ) ∈ K sup E h , k , u [ P ν N H ( 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N sup ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ] ≤ C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . (169) When Z \mathfrak{Z} Z is pure of degree p p p , the supremum is over ( h , k ) ∈ K (h,k)\in\mathcal{K} ( h , k ) ∈ K with k = p h k=ph k = p h . If the admissible set of marks is empty, the left side is taken to be zero.
Proof. Fix h ˉ , k ˉ \bar{h},\bar{k} h ˉ , k ˉ with K ⊂ [ − h ˉ , h ˉ ] × [ − k ˉ , k ˉ ] \mathcal{K}\subset[-\bar{h},\bar{h}]\times[-\bar{k},\bar{k}] K ⊂ [ − h ˉ , h ˉ ] × [ − k ˉ , k ˉ ] and apply Theorem 8.2. Its constants depend only on the bounds h ˉ , k ˉ \bar{h},\bar{k} h ˉ , k ˉ on the marks, equivalently on the bounds ∣ H Q ( u ) ∣ ≤ N h ˉ |H_Q(u)|\le N\bar{h} ∣ H Q ( u ) ∣ ≤ N h ˉ and ∣ K Q ( u ) ∣ ≤ N k ˉ |K_Q(u)|\le N\bar{k} ∣ K Q ( u ) ∣ ≤ N k ˉ on the conditioned values, and on Z , Q , β , a \mathfrak{Z},Q,\beta,a Z , Q , β , a .
Remark 8.4 (Scope). In Proposition 13.1, Corollary 8.3 is applied to a compact rectangle of marks that contains the marks of every fixed energy window [ m N − M , m N + M ] [mN-M,mN+M] [ m N − M , m N + M ] . Its constants, and in particular the time exponent γ \gamma γ , do not depend on the half-width M M M of the window chosen later, as long as the marks of that window lie in K \mathcal{K} K . On the rectangle used there, k k k also stays at a fixed distance above 2 b ˉ Q 2\sqrt{\bar{b}_Q} 2 b ˉ Q , which the determinant moments of Section 7 require; the conditional law of ∇ 2 H Q ( u ) \nabla^2H_Q(u) ∇ 2 H Q ( u ) under E h , k , u \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u} E h , k , u is computed in that section. The proof below does not use this condition. We do not obtain uniformity as Q ↓ 0 Q\downarrow0 Q ↓ 0 , as the coefficients of Z \mathfrak{Z} Z degenerate, or as a a a shrinks with N N N . For minimum degree d = 3 d=3 d = 3 , the term N 3 − d N^{3-d} N 3 − d does not vanish, and our argument yields no hitting estimate.
The mechanism and the origin of the errors
We now explain why the dynamics started from ν N \nu_N ν N cannot reach the caps around a critical point of H Q H_Q H Q with a large value within time e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N , and where the two polynomial errors in (168) come from. The discussion in this section is informal; the precise statements and proofs follow in the next sections.
The unconditioned field. We begin with the case where the field is not conditioned and the axis u u u is uniform on S N S_N S N and independent of H N H_N H N . A uniform point has overlap of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 with u u u , and ν N ( C a ( u ) ) ≤ e − N I ( a ) / 2 \nu_N(C_a(u)) \le e^{-N I(a)/2} ν N ( C a ( u )) ≤ e − N I ( a ) /2 for large N N N . By rotation invariance, the Gibbs mass of C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) , averaged over the field and the axis, is also exponentially small. To turn this into a bound that holds for the whole time interval [ 0 , e γ N ] [0,e^{\gamma N}] [ 0 , e γ N ] , we introduce a resolvent. Let κ ≥ 0 \kappa\ge0 κ ≥ 0 be a killing rate supported near C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) , and let τ \tau τ be the killing time, that is, the first time at which ∫ 0 t κ ( X v ) d v \int_0^t \kappa(X_v)\,\mathrm{d}v ∫ 0 t κ ( X v ) d v exceeds an independent unit exponential variable. We will see that E e − λ τ \mathbb{E}e^{-\lambda\tau} E e − λ τ is controlled by λ − 1 ∫ κ d π H \lambda^{-1}\int\kappa\,\mathrm{d}\pi^H λ − 1 ∫ κ d π H , together with a cost for the initial law. The relative entropy of ν N \nu_N ν N with respect to π H \pi^H π H is of order N N N , and it enters only through a bound on the Fisher information of the initial density after it is smoothed by the resolvent of the unperturbed generator. With λ = e − γ N \lambda=e^{-\gamma N} λ = e − γ N , the term λ − 1 ∫ κ d π H \lambda^{-1}\int\kappa\,\mathrm{d}\pi^H λ − 1 ∫ κ d π H is of order e γ N − N I ( a ) / 2 e^{\gamma N-NI(a)/2} e γ N − N I ( a ) /2 , which is exponentially small when γ \gamma γ is small.
The conditioning and the axis average. Conditioning u u u to be a critical point of H Q H_Q H Q with a large value changes the whole field, and H h , k , u = H N + δ h , k , u H^{h,k,u}=H_N+\delta_{h,k,u} H h , k , u = H N + δ h , k , u . The correction is of order N N N near u u u , so we cannot treat it as a small perturbation of H N H_N H N . The observation that makes a comparison possible is that the correction vanishes to high order at the equator of u u u . The functions θ 1 \theta_1 θ 1 and θ 2 \theta_2 θ 2 are of order ∣ r ∣ d |r|^d ∣ r ∣ d , and θ 3 \theta_3 θ 3 is of order ∣ r ∣ d − 1 |r|^{d-1} ∣ r ∣ d − 1 , so that
∣ δ h , k , u ( x ) ∣ ≤ C N ∣ r ∣ d + C N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ∣ V x ( u ) ∣ , V x ( u ) = N − 1 / 2 G u ⋅ x , |\delta_{h,k,u}(x)| \le CN|r|^d+C\sqrt{N}|r|^{d-1}|V_x(u)|,\qquad V_x(u)=N^{-1/2}G_u\cdot x, ∣ δ h , k , u ( x ) ∣ ≤ C N ∣ r ∣ d + C N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ∣ V x ( u ) ∣ , V x ( u ) = N − 1/2 G u ⋅ x ,
where r = R ( x , u ) r=R(x,u) r = R ( x , u ) . A fixed point x x x has overlap of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 with a uniform axis u u u , and V x ( u ) V_x(u) V x ( u ) is of order one. This means that the correction is of order N 1 − d / 2 N^{1-d/2} N 1 − d /2 for typical pairs ( x , u ) (x,u) ( x , u ) , and this is the source of both polynomial errors. We therefore compare the conditioned dynamics at a uniform axis with the unconditioned dynamics, using a smooth truncation δ α \delta_\alpha δ α of δ h , k , u \delta_{h,k,u} δ h , k , u at a small fixed scale α \alpha α (see (190) and the last paragraph of this section), through the density e w e^w e w with w = β δ α w=\beta\delta_\alpha w = β δ α . The truncation is necessary: near u u u , the correction itself is of order N N N , and the axis average of e β δ h , k , u e^{\beta\delta_{h,k,u}} e β δ h , k , u can be exponentially large. For a sufficiently small fixed α \alpha α , we will see that only two moments of e w e^w e w are needed, averaged over the axis for each fixed point x x x and each fixed field satisfying the regularity bounds of Lemma 8.6:
η = E u [ ∣ e w − 1 ∣ ] = O ( N 1 − d / 2 ) , ϵ = E u [ e w ( 1 − e − w ) 2 ] = O ( N 2 − d ) . \eta=\mathbb{E}_u[|e^w-1|]=O(N^{1-d/2}),\qquad\epsilon=\mathbb{E}_u[e^w(1-e^{-w})^2]=O(N^{2-d}). η = E u [ ∣ e w − 1∣ ] = O ( N 1 − d /2 ) , ϵ = E u [ e w ( 1 − e − w ) 2 ] = O ( N 2 − d ) .
The correlated gradient. This raises a difficulty, since the point x x x in these averages may depend on the field, and G u G_u G u is a function of the same field. We cannot treat G u G_u G u as a Gaussian vector independent of x x x . To overcome this difficulty, we fix the field and x x x and average u u u over a latitude { u : R ( x , u ) = r } \{u : R(x,u) = r\} { u : R ( x , u ) = r } . We show in Lemma 8.9 that V x V_x V x concentrates on each latitude, by the logarithmic Sobolev inequality on the sphere (Lemma 8.8), and that its latitude mean can be computed exactly by the Funk–Hecke formula. The top spherical harmonic component of each H N , p H_{N,p} H N , p contributes N ∣ r ∣ p − 1 \sqrt{N}|r|^{p-1} N ∣ r ∣ p − 1 to this mean, and the lower components contribute a bounded amount. Note that these lower components have covariance weights ω p , j , N = O ( N − j ) \omega_{p,j,N} = O(N^{-j}) ω p , j , N = O ( N − j ) , and hence pointwise variances of order N 1 − j N^{1-j} N 1 − j (Lemma 8.5 ); they must be kept.
The time horizon. The main obstacle is the length e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N of the time interval. A comparison of path laws, for example by Girsanov’s formula, costs an amount proportional to the time. To overcome this obstacle, we prove the entropy–resolvent comparison of Lemma 8.11 . It compares the Laplace transform E e − λ τ \mathbb{E}e^{-\lambda\tau} E e − λ τ of the killing time for the perturbed process with an integrated killing rate, in which the initial density is smoothed by the resolvent of the unperturbed generator, at the cost
η + ϵ ⏟ O ( N 1 − d / 2 ) + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) ⏟ O ( N 3 − d ) . (170) \underbrace{\eta+\sqrt{\epsilon}}_{O(N^{1-d/2})}
+
\underbrace{\epsilon(1+\mathcal{H}_0)}_{O(N^{3-d})}. \tag*{(170)} O ( N 1 − d /2 ) η + ϵ + O ( N 3 − d ) ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) . (170)
where H 0 = ∫ ( 1 + f 0 ) log ( 1 + f 0 ) d μ \mathcal{H}_0 = \int(1+f_0)\log(1+f_0)\,d\mu H 0 = ∫ ( 1 + f 0 ) log ( 1 + f 0 ) d μ , and f 0 f_0 f 0 is the density of the initial law with respect to the reference measure μ \mu μ of Lemma 8.11 . In our application, μ \mu μ is the joint law of the field and of a point drawn from the Gibbs measure, f 0 μ f_0\mu f 0 μ is the joint law of the field and of the initial point, and H 0 = O ( N ) \mathcal{H}_0 = O(N) H 0 = O ( N ) by (214) . Since ∫ f 0 d μ = 1 \int f_0\,d\mu= 1 ∫ f 0 d μ = 1 and the function a ↦ ( 1 + a ) log ( 1 + a ) − a log a a \mapsto(1+a)\log(1+a) - a\log a a ↦ ( 1 + a ) log ( 1 + a ) − a log a is nonnegative and concave, Jensen’s inequality shows that H 0 \mathcal{H}_0 H 0 exceeds ∫ f 0 log f 0 d μ \int f_0\log f_0\,d\mu ∫ f 0 log f 0 d μ , the entropy of ν N \nu_N ν N relative to the Gibbs measure averaged over the field, by at most 2 log 2 2\log2 2 log 2 . The point is that this cost is not multiplied by the time: the factor e γ N e^{\gamma N} e γ N appears only in the integrated killing rate, which is exponentially small. At d = 4 d=4 d = 4 , both terms in (170) are O ( N − 1 ) O(N^{-1}) O ( N − 1 ) ; at d = 3 d=3 d = 3 , the second is of order one. In the proof of the comparison, we test the resolvent equation of the killed diffusion against a weighted function, and a commutator identity cancels a cross term that would otherwise be of order one.
Truncation and the return to the true process. The comparison lemma requires a bounded perturbation whose size is small compared with the entropy cost of the caps. For this reason, we truncate δ h k , u \delta h_{k,u} δ h k , u by smooth cutoffs at scale α \alpha α in both r = R ( x , u ) r=R(x,u) r = R ( x , u ) and s = G u ⋅ x / N s=G_u\cdot x/N s = G u ⋅ x / N . On the support of the cutoffs, the truncated correction is at most C N α d CN\alpha^d C N α d , while a cap of latitude α / 4 \alpha/4 α /4 costs N I ( α / 4 ) ≥ N α 2 / 32 NI(\alpha/4)\ge N\alpha^2/32 N I ( α /4 ) ≥ N α 2 /32 . Since d > 2 d>2 d > 2 , we can choose α \alpha α small and then γ \gamma γ small, so that the integrated killing rate remains exponentially small. We then return to the true process using two facts. First, after a hit of the cap C α / 2 ( u ) C_{\alpha/2}(u) C α /2 ( u ) , the killing rate equals one during a time interval of fixed length, except with exponentially small probability. Second, the true and truncated processes coincide until ∣ r ∣ |r| ∣ r ∣ or ∣ s ∣ |s| ∣ s ∣ reaches α \alpha α . Reaching ∣ r ∣ = α |r| = \alpha ∣ r ∣ = α requires crossing C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) with a = α / 2 a = \alpha/2 a = α /2 first. Reaching ∣ s ∣ = α |s| = \alpha ∣ s ∣ = α is exponentially unlikely. Indeed, G u G_u G u is exactly the Gaussian vector that the conditioning removes. It is independent of the conditioned field and of the whole true trajectory, and s t s_t s t is Gaussian with variance at most a Q / N a_Q/N a Q / N at each fixed time.
Organization. In § 6.3.3 , we compute the harmonic decomposition of the field and prove regularity bounds with exponential tails. § 6.3.4 constructs the conditioned field by regression and bounds the correction. § 6.4.1 proves the latitude concentration and the two moment bounds for e w e^w e w . § 6.4.2 states and proves the entropy–resolvent comparison for abstract diffusions. § 6.4.3 applies it to the truncated process, and § 6.4.4 shows that the true process does not reach the cutoff boundary { ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣ / N = α } \{|G_u \cdot x|/N = \alpha\} { ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣/ N = α } . We assemble the proof of Theorem 8.2 in § 6.4.5 . Table 8.1 lists the parameters in the order in which they are fixed; all of them are fixed before N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ .
Table 8.1. Parameters in the proof of Theorem 8.2, in the order in which they are chosen.
Harmonic coefficients and regularity of the field
The latitude mean of the tangent gradient term G u ⋅ x G_u \cdot x G u ⋅ x involves every spherical harmonic component of H N , p H_{N,p} H N , p , not only the top one. In this section, we compute the variances of these components exactly and prove regularity bounds at their correct scales.
Let N ≥ 3 N \ge3 N ≥ 3 and α N = ( N − 2 ) / 2 \alpha_N = (N - 2)/2 α N = ( N − 2 ) /2 . The Gegenbauer polynomials C ℓ ( α N ) C_\ell^{(\alpha_N)} C ℓ ( α N ) are defined by
( 1 − 2 r t + t 2 ) − α N = ∑ ℓ ≥ 0 C ℓ ( α N ) ( r ) t ℓ . (1 - 2rt + t^2)^{-\alpha_N} = \sum_{\ell\ge0} C_\ell^{(\alpha_N)}(r)t^\ell. ( 1 − 2 r t + t 2 ) − α N = ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ C ℓ ( α N ) ( r ) t ℓ .
Expanding the left side by the binomial series gives
C ℓ ( α N ) ( r ) = ∑ j = 0 ⌊ ℓ / 2 ⌋ ( − 1 ) j ( α N ) ℓ − j j ! ( ℓ − 2 j ) ! ( 2 r ) ℓ − 2 j , C ℓ ( α N ) ( 1 ) = ( 2 α N ) ℓ ℓ ! . C_\ell^{(\alpha_N)}(r) = \sum_{j=0}^{\lfloor\ell/2 \rfloor} \frac{(-1)^j(\alpha_N)_{\ell-j}}{j!(\ell- 2j)!}(2r)^{\ell- 2j}, \qquad C_\ell^{(\alpha_N)}(1) = \frac{(2\alpha_N)_\ell}{\ell!}. C ℓ ( α N ) ( r ) = j = 0 ∑ ⌊ ℓ /2 ⌋ j ! ( ℓ − 2 j )! ( − 1 ) j ( α N ) ℓ − j ( 2 r ) ℓ − 2 j , C ℓ ( α N ) ( 1 ) = ℓ ! ( 2 α N ) ℓ .
where ( t ) j = t ( t + 1 ) ⋯ ( t + j − 1 ) (t)_j = t(t + 1)\cdots(t + j - 1) ( t ) j = t ( t + 1 ) ⋯ ( t + j − 1 ) and ( t ) 0 = 1 (t)_0 = 1 ( t ) 0 = 1 ; see [62, Section 18.5(iii), (18.5.10)]. We define the normalized zonal polynomials
Z ℓ , N ( r ) = C ℓ ( α N ) ( r ) C ℓ ( α N ) ( 1 ) = ℓ ! ( 2 α N ) ℓ ∑ j = 0 ⌊ ℓ / 2 ⌋ ( − 1 ) j ( α N ) ℓ − j j ! ( ℓ − 2 j ) ! ( 2 r ) ℓ − 2 j , (171) Z_{\ell,N}(r) = \frac{C_\ell^{(\alpha_N)}(r)}{C_\ell^{(\alpha_N)}(1)} = \frac{\ell!}{(2\alpha_N)_\ell} \sum_{j=0}^{\lfloor\ell/2 \rfloor} \frac{(-1)^j(\alpha_N)_{\ell-j}}{j!(\ell- 2j)!}(2r)^{\ell- 2j}, \tag*{(171)} Z ℓ , N ( r ) = C ℓ ( α N ) ( 1 ) C ℓ ( α N ) ( r ) = ( 2 α N ) ℓ ℓ ! j = 0 ∑ ⌊ ℓ /2 ⌋ j ! ( ℓ − 2 j )! ( − 1 ) j ( α N ) ℓ − j ( 2 r ) ℓ − 2 j , (171)
so that Z 0 , N = 1 Z_{0,N}=1 Z 0 , N = 1 and Z ℓ , N ( 1 ) = 1 Z_{\ell,N}(1)=1 Z ℓ , N ( 1 ) = 1 . From the generating function, we also obtain the differential equation
( 1 − r 2 ) Z ′ ′ − ( N − 1 ) r Z ′ + ℓ ( ℓ + N − 2 ) Z = 0 , Z = Z ℓ , N . (172) (1-r^2)Z''-(N-1)rZ'+\ell(\ell+N-2)Z=0,\qquad Z=Z_{\ell,N}. \tag*{(172)} ( 1 − r 2 ) Z ′′ − ( N − 1 ) r Z ′ + ℓ ( ℓ + N − 2 ) Z = 0 , Z = Z ℓ , N . (172)
Lemma 8.5 (Harmonic coefficients). Let N ≥ 3 N\ge3 N ≥ 3 .
For every integer p ≥ 0 p\ge0 p ≥ 0 ,
r p = ∑ j = 0 ⌊ p / 2 ⌋ ω p , j , N Z p − 2 j , N ( r ) , ω p , j , N = p ! Γ ( α N ) ( p − 2 j + α N ) 2 j j ! Γ ( p − j + α N + 1 ) ⋅ ( 2 α N ) p − 2 j ( p − 2 j ) ! . (173) r^p=\sum_{j=0}^{\lfloor p/2\rfloor}\omega_{p,j,N}Z_{p-2j,N}(r),\qquad
\omega_{p,j,N}=\frac{p!\,\Gamma(\alpha_N)(p-2j+\alpha_N)}{2^j j!\,\Gamma(p-j+\alpha_N+1)}\cdot\frac{(2\alpha_N)_{p-2j}}{(p-2j)!}. \tag*{(173)} r p = j = 0 ∑ ⌊ p /2 ⌋ ω p , j , N Z p − 2 j , N ( r ) , ω p , j , N = 2 j j ! Γ ( p − j + α N + 1 ) p ! Γ ( α N ) ( p − 2 j + α N ) ⋅ ( p − 2 j )! ( 2 α N ) p − 2 j . (173) The coefficients ω p , j , N \omega_{p,j,N} ω p , j , N are positive and sum to one.
For fixed p p p and 0 ≤ j ≤ p / 2 0\le j\le p/2 0 ≤ j ≤ p /2 , as N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ ,
ω p , j , N = p ! 2 j j ! ( p − 2 j ) ! N − j ( 1 + O p ( N − 1 ) ) ; in particular ω p , j , N ≤ C p N − j . (174) \omega_{p,j,N}=\frac{p!}{2^j j!(p-2j)!}N^{-j}(1+O_p(N^{-1}));\qquad\text{in particular }\omega_{p,j,N}\le C_pN^{-j}. \tag*{(174)} ω p , j , N = 2 j j ! ( p − 2 j )! p ! N − j ( 1 + O p ( N − 1 )) ; in particular ω p , j , N ≤ C p N − j . (174) For fixed ℓ \ell ℓ and m m m , the function Z ℓ , N ( r ) − r ℓ Z_{\ell,N}(r)-r^\ell Z ℓ , N ( r ) − r ℓ and its first m m m derivatives are bounded by C ℓ , m / N C_{\ell,m}/N C ℓ , m / N on [ − 1 , 1 ] [-1,1] [ − 1 , 1 ] . In particular, for ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 and ∣ r ∣ ≤ 1 |r|\le1 ∣ r ∣ ≤ 1 ,
∣ Z ℓ , N ′ ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ℓ ( ∣ r ∣ ℓ − 1 + N − 1 ) . (175) |Z'_{\ell,N}(r)|\le C_\ell(|r|^{\ell-1}+N^{-1}). \tag*{(175)} ∣ Z ℓ , N ′ ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ℓ ( ∣ r ∣ ℓ − 1 + N − 1 ) . (175) Let H N , p ∣ S N = ∑ j H p , p − 2 j H_{N,p}|_{S_N}=\sum_j H_{p,p-2j} H N , p ∣ S N = ∑ j H p , p − 2 j be the decomposition into spherical harmonics, where H p , ℓ H_{p,\ell} H p , ℓ has degree ℓ \ell ℓ . The fields H p , p − 2 j H_{p,p-2j} H p , p − 2 j , for p ∈ P p\in\mathcal{P} p ∈ P and 0 ≤ j ≤ p / 2 0\le j\le p/2 0 ≤ j ≤ p /2 , are independent centered Gaussian fields on S N S_N S N , and
E H p , p − 2 j ( x ) H p , p − 2 j ( y ) = N c p ω p , j , N Z p − 2 j , N ( R ( x , y ) ) , x , y ∈ S N . (176) \mathbb{E}H_{p,p-2j}(x)H_{p,p-2j}(y)=Nc_p\omega_{p,j,N}Z_{p-2j,N}(R(x,y)),\qquad x,y\in S_N. \tag*{(176)} E H p , p − 2 j ( x ) H p , p − 2 j ( y ) = N c p ω p , j , N Z p − 2 j , N ( R ( x , y )) , x , y ∈ S N . (176)
For example, at p = 4 p=4 p = 4 we have
r 4 = ( N − 1 ) ( N + 1 ) ( N + 2 ) ( N + 4 ) Z 4 , N ( r ) + 6 ( N − 1 ) N ( N + 4 ) Z 2 , N ( r ) + 3 N ( N + 2 ) . r^4=\frac{(N-1)(N+1)}{(N+2)(N+4)}Z_{4,N}(r)+\frac{6(N-1)}{N(N+4)}Z_{2,N}(r)+\frac{3}{N(N+2)}. r 4 = ( N + 2 ) ( N + 4 ) ( N − 1 ) ( N + 1 ) Z 4 , N ( r ) + N ( N + 4 ) 6 ( N − 1 ) Z 2 , N ( r ) + N ( N + 2 ) 3 .
In particular, the component of degree two of a quartic field has a variance of order N − 1 N^{-1} N − 1 relative to the top component.
Proof. We first recall the uniqueness of zonal harmonics. Fix z ∈ S N z\in S_N z ∈ S N . The Laplacian Δ S N \Delta_{S_N} Δ S N acts on functions of r = R ( x , z ) r=R(x,z) r = R ( x , z ) by g ↦ N − 1 [ ( 1 − r 2 ) g ′ ′ − ( N − 1 ) r g ′ ] g\mapsto N^{-1}[(1-r^2)g''-(N-1)rg'] g ↦ N − 1 [( 1 − r 2 ) g ′′ − ( N − 1 ) r g ′ ] . Then (8.9) implies that the function x ↦ Z ℓ , N ( R ( x , z ) ) x\mapsto Z_{\ell,N}(R(x,z)) x ↦ Z ℓ , N ( R ( x , z )) is an eigenfunction of Δ S N \Delta_{S_N} Δ S N with eigenvalue − ℓ ( ℓ + N − 2 ) / N -\ell(\ell+N-2)/N − ℓ ( ℓ + N − 2 ) / N ; since it is the restriction of a polynomial of degree ℓ \ell ℓ , it is a spherical harmonic of degree ℓ \ell ℓ , and it is invariant under the rotations fixing z z z . Conversely, a spherical harmonic of degree ℓ \ell ℓ invariant under these rotations is a polynomial in R ( x , z ) R(x,z) R ( x , z ) of degree at most ℓ \ell ℓ that satisfies (8.9). The polynomial solutions of (8.9) of degree at most ℓ \ell ℓ form a one-dimensional space, since the coefficients are determined recursively by the leading one. Such a harmonic is a scalar multiple of Z ℓ , N ( R ( ⋅ , z ) ) Z_{\ell,N}(R(\cdot,z)) Z ℓ , N ( R ( ⋅ , z )) .
The expansion (173) . By (171) , ω p , j , N Z p − 2 j , N = p ! Γ ( α N ) ( p − 2 j + α N ) ( 2 p j ! Γ ( p − j + α N + 1 ) ) − 1 C p − 2 j ( α N ) \omega_{p,j,N}Z_{p-2j,N}=p!\,\Gamma(\alpha_N)(p-2j+\alpha_N)(2^{p}j!\,\Gamma(p-j+\alpha_N+1))^{-1}C_{p-2j}^{(\alpha_N)} ω p , j , N Z p − 2 j , N = p ! Γ ( α N ) ( p − 2 j + α N ) ( 2 p j ! Γ ( p − j + α N + 1 ) ) − 1 C p − 2 j ( α N ) . Inserting the explicit sum for C p − 2 j ( α N ) C_{p-2j}^{(\alpha_N)} C p − 2 j ( α N ) , we find that the coefficient of r p − 2 s r^{p-2s} r p − 2 s in the right side of (173) is
p ! 2 2 s ( p − 2 s ) ! ∑ j = 0 s ( − 1 ) s − j ( p − 2 j + α N ) Γ ( p − s − j + α N ) j ! ( s − j ) ! Γ ( p − j + α N + 1 ) \frac{p!}{2^{2s}(p-2s)!}\sum_{j=0}^{s}\frac{(-1)^{s-j}(p-2j+\alpha_N)\Gamma(p-s-j+\alpha_N)}{j!(s-j)!\Gamma(p-j+\alpha_N+1)} 2 2 s ( p − 2 s )! p ! j = 0 ∑ s j ! ( s − j )! Γ ( p − j + α N + 1 ) ( − 1 ) s − j ( p − 2 j + α N ) Γ ( p − s − j + α N )
For s = 0 s=0 s = 0 this equals one. For s ≥ 1 s\ge1 s ≥ 1 , recall the beta integral
Γ ( p − s − j + α N ) Γ ( p − j + α N + 1 ) = 1 s ! ∫ 0 1 t p − s − j + α N − 1 ( 1 − t ) s d t . \frac{\Gamma(p-s-j+\alpha_N)}{\Gamma(p-j+\alpha_N+1)}=\frac{1}{s!}\int_0^1 t^{p-s-j+\alpha_N-1}(1-t)^s\,\mathrm{d}t. Γ ( p − j + α N + 1 ) Γ ( p − s − j + α N ) = s ! 1 ∫ 0 1 t p − s − j + α N − 1 ( 1 − t ) s d t .
Writing y = 1 / t y=1/t y = 1/ t , the binomial theorem and its derivative in y y y give
∑ j = 0 s ( − 1 ) s − j ( p + α N − 2 j ) t − j j ! ( s − j ) ! = t − s ( 1 − t ) s − 1 s ! [ ( p + α N ) ( 1 − t ) − 2 s ] . \sum_{j=0}^{s}\frac{(-1)^{s-j}(p+\alpha_N-2j)t^{-j}}{j!(s-j)!}=\frac{t^{-s}(1-t)^{s-1}}{s!}\left[(p+\alpha_N)(1-t)-2s\right]. j = 0 ∑ s j ! ( s − j )! ( − 1 ) s − j ( p + α N − 2 j ) t − j = s ! t − s ( 1 − t ) s − 1 [ ( p + α N ) ( 1 − t ) − 2 s ] .
Inserting these two identities, we find that the sum over j j j equals ( s ! ) − 2 (s!)^{-2} ( s ! ) − 2 times the integral over [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] of
t p − 2 s + α N − 1 ( 1 − t ) 2 s − 1 [ ( p + α N ) ( 1 − t ) − 2 s ] = d d t [ t p − 2 s + α N ( 1 − t ) 2 s ] . t^{p-2s+\alpha_N-1}(1-t)^{2s-1}\left[(p+\alpha_N)(1-t)-2s\right]=\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\left[t^{p-2s+\alpha_N}(1-t)^{2s}\right]. t p − 2 s + α N − 1 ( 1 − t ) 2 s − 1 [ ( p + α N ) ( 1 − t ) − 2 s ] = d t d [ t p − 2 s + α N ( 1 − t ) 2 s ] .
Both boundary values vanish, because p − 2 s + α N > 0 p-2s+\alpha_N>0 p − 2 s + α N > 0 and 2 s > 0 2s>0 2 s > 0 . This proves (173) . The coefficients are positive by their formula, and evaluating (173) at r = 1 r=1 r = 1 shows that they sum to one.
Asymptotics. For fixed p p p and j j j , each gamma ratio and Pochhammer symbol in ω p , j , N \omega_{p,j,N} ω p , j , N is a finite product of factors α N + c \alpha_N+c α N + c , or of factors 2 α N + c 2\alpha_N+c 2 α N + c , with fixed constants c c c , or the reciprocal of such a product. The substitution α N + c = α N ( 1 + c / α N ) \alpha_N+c=\alpha_N(1+c/\alpha_N) α N + c = α N ( 1 + c / α N ) gives
ω p , j , N = p ! 2 2 j j ! ( p − 2 j ) ! α N − j ( 1 + O p ( α N − 1 ) ) , \omega_{p,j,N}=\frac{p!}{2^{2j}j!(p-2j)!}\alpha_N^{-j}(1+O_p(\alpha_N^{-1})), ω p , j , N = 2 2 j j ! ( p − 2 j )! p ! α N − j ( 1 + O p ( α N − 1 )) ,
which is (174) , since α N − j = 2 j N − j ( 1 + O j ( N − 1 ) ) \alpha_N^{-j}=2^jN^{-j}(1+O_j(N^{-1})) α N − j = 2 j N − j ( 1 + O j ( N − 1 )) . In the same way, the leading coefficient of Z ℓ , N Z_{\ell,N} Z ℓ , N is 2 ℓ ( α N ) ℓ / ( 2 α N ) ℓ = 1 + O ℓ ( N − 1 ) 2^\ell(\alpha_N)_\ell/(2\alpha_N)_\ell=1+O_\ell(N^{-1}) 2 ℓ ( α N ) ℓ / ( 2 α N ) ℓ = 1 + O ℓ ( N − 1 ) , and its coefficient of r ℓ − 2 j r^{\ell-2j} r ℓ − 2 j is O ℓ ( N − j ) O_\ell(N^{-j}) O ℓ ( N − j ) for j ≥ 1 j\ge1 j ≥ 1 . Differentiating this polynomial of fixed degree yields (3).
The harmonic components. The decomposition of H N , p ∣ S N H_{N,p}|_{S_N} H N , p ∣ S N into spherical harmonics is given by linear projections, and the components are jointly Gaussian with the original fields. Their covariances are obtained by applying the projections in both variables of the kernel N c p R ( x , y ) p = N c p ∑ j ω p , j , N Z p − 2 j , N ( R ( x , y ) ) N c_p R(x,y)^p=N c_p\sum_j\omega_{p,j,N}Z_{p-2j,N}(R(x,y)) N c p R ( x , y ) p = N c p ∑ j ω p , j , N Z p − 2 j , N ( R ( x , y )) . With one variable fixed, Z ℓ , N ( R ( x , y ) ) Z_{\ell,N}(R(x,y)) Z ℓ , N ( R ( x , y )) is a spherical harmonic of degree ℓ \ell ℓ in the other variable. Harmonics of different degrees are orthogonal in L 2 ( ν N ) L^2(\nu_N) L 2 ( ν N ) , as they are eigenfunctions of Δ S N \Delta_{S_N} Δ S N with the distinct eigenvalues − ℓ ( ℓ + N − 2 ) / N -\ell(\ell+N-2)/N − ℓ ( ℓ + N − 2 ) / N . The projection onto degree ℓ ′ \ell' ℓ ′ in both variables keeps the term with ℓ = ℓ ′ \ell=\ell' ℓ = ℓ ′ and removes the others. This proves (176) , and it shows that components of different degrees, or of different p p p , are uncorrelated. Being jointly Gaussian, they are independent.
The next lemma is a refinement of Lemma 3.2 for the finite mixtures of this section: it also controls the lower harmonic components, at their own scale. For a component H p , ℓ H_{p,\ell} H p , ℓ , we work with its harmonic homogeneous extension of degree ℓ \ell ℓ to R N \mathbb{R}^{N} R N .
Lemma 8.6 (Regularity with exponential tails). There exist C 0 C_0 C 0 and N 0 N_0 N 0 , depending only on ξ \xi ξ and Q Q Q , and events Ω N \Omega_N Ω N determined by the coefficient vector J J J , such that P ( Ω N c ) ≤ e − N \mathbb{P}(\Omega_N^c)\le e^{-N} P ( Ω N c ) ≤ e − N for N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_0 N ≥ N 0 , each Ω N \Omega_N Ω N is invariant under the rotations H ↦ H ∘ g − 1 H\mapsto H\circ g^{-1} H ↦ H ∘ g − 1 , g ∈ O ( N ) g\in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) , and the following holds on Ω N \Omega_N Ω N .
For every p ∈ P p\in\mathcal{P} p ∈ P and m ∈ { 0 , 1 , 2 } m\in\{0,1,2\} m ∈ { 0 , 1 , 2 } , sup x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ E m H N , p ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ C 0 N 1 − m / 2 \sup_{x\in S_N}\lVert\nabla_E^m H_{N,p}(x)\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le C_0N^{1-m/2} sup x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ E m H N , p ( x ) ∥ op ≤ C 0 N 1 − m /2 .
For every p ∈ P p\in\mathcal{P} p ∈ P and 0 ≤ j ≤ p / 2 0\le j\le p/2 0 ≤ j ≤ p /2 , sup x ∈ S N ∣ H p , p − 2 j ( x ) ∣ ≤ C 0 N 1 − j / 2 \sup_{x\in S_N}|H_{p,p-2j}(x)|\le C_0N^{1-j/2} sup x ∈ S N ∣ H p , p − 2 j ( x ) ∣ ≤ C 0 N 1 − j /2 .
With ∥ ⋅ ∥ ∞ \lVert\cdot\rVert_\infty ∥ ⋅ ∥ ∞ denoting the supremum over S N S_N S N ,
∥ H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ H Q ∥ ∞ + ∥ K Q ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 N , \lVert H_N\rVert_\infty+\lVert H_Q\rVert_\infty+\lVert K_Q\rVert_\infty\le C_0N, ∥ H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ H Q ∥ ∞ + ∥ K Q ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 N , ∥ ∇ E H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ E H Q ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ H Q ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 N , \lVert\nabla_EH_N\rVert_\infty+\lVert\nabla_EH_Q\rVert_\infty+\lVert\nabla H_N\rVert_\infty+\lVert\nabla H_Q\rVert_\infty\le C_0\sqrt{N}, ∥ ∇ E H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ E H Q ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ H Q ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 N , ∥ ∇ E 2 H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ E 2 H Q ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ 2 H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ 2 H Q ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 . (177) \lVert\nabla_E^2H_N\rVert_\infty+\lVert\nabla_E^2H_Q\rVert_\infty+\lVert\nabla^2H_N\rVert_\infty+\lVert\nabla^2H_Q\rVert_\infty\le C_0. \tag*{(177)} ∥ ∇ E 2 H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ E 2 H Q ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ 2 H N ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∇ 2 H Q ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 . (177) where the norms of second derivatives are operator norms.
Proof. We first treat a component of degree zero, which occurs as H p , 0 H_{p,0} H p , 0 for even p p p . It is a centered Gaussian constant Z Z Z with Var Z = N σ 2 \operatorname{Var} Z=N\sigma^2 Var Z = N σ 2 , where σ 2 = c p ω p , p / 2 , N \sigma^2=c_p\omega_{p,p/2,N} σ 2 = c p ω p , p /2 , N . The Gaussian tail bound gives P ( ∣ Z ∣ > 2 L σ N ) ≤ 2 e − 2 L 2 N \mathbb{P}(|Z|>2L\sigma N)\le2e^{-2L^2N} P ( ∣ Z ∣ > 2 L σ N ) ≤ 2 e − 2 L 2 N for L > 0 L>0 L > 0 , and on the complementary event ∣ Z ∣ ≤ 2 L σ N ≤ C L N 1 − p / 4 |Z|\le2L\sigma N\le CLN^{1-p/4} ∣ Z ∣ ≤ 2 L σ N ≤ C L N 1 − p /4 , which is the value bound required in (2) with j = p / 2 j=p/2 j = p /2 ; all derivatives of positive order vanish.
Now let T T T be an isotropic centered Gaussian homogeneous polynomial of degree 1 ≤ ℓ ≤ p ˉ 1\le\ell\le\bar p 1 ≤ ℓ ≤ p ˉ on R N \mathbb{R}^{N} R N , with E T ( x ) 2 = N σ 2 \mathbb{E}T(x)^2=N\sigma^2 E T ( x ) 2 = N σ 2 for ∣ x ∣ 2 = N |x|^2=N ∣ x ∣ 2 = N . By homogeneity and isotropy, E T ( y ) 2 = N σ 2 ( ∣ y ∣ 2 / N ) ℓ \mathbb{E}T(y)^2=N\sigma^2(|y|^2/N)^\ell E T ( y ) 2 = N σ 2 ( ∣ y ∣ 2 / N ) ℓ for all y y y . Let T \mathcal{T} T be the symmetric ℓ \ell ℓ -linear form with T ( y ) = T ( y , … , y ) T(y)=\mathcal{T}(y,\ldots,y) T ( y ) = T ( y , … , y ) . For unit vectors v 1 , … , v ℓ v_1,\ldots,v_\ell v 1 , … , v ℓ , the polarization identity
T ( v 1 , … , v ℓ ) = 1 2 ℓ ℓ ! ∑ ε ∈ { ± 1 } ℓ ( ∏ i ε i ) T ( ∑ i ε i v i ) \mathcal{T}(v_1,\ldots,v_\ell)=\frac{1}{2^\ell\ell!}\sum_{\varepsilon\in\{\pm1\}^\ell}\left(\prod_i\varepsilon_i\right)T\left(\sum_i\varepsilon_i v_i\right) T ( v 1 , … , v ℓ ) = 2 ℓ ℓ ! 1 ε ∈ { ± 1 } ℓ ∑ ( i ∏ ε i ) T ( i ∑ ε i v i )
and ∣ ∑ i ε i v i ∣ ≤ ℓ |\sum_i\varepsilon_i v_i|\le\ell ∣ ∑ i ε i v i ∣ ≤ ℓ give E T ( v 1 , … , v ℓ ) 2 ≤ D ℓ 2 σ 2 N 1 − ℓ \mathbb{E}\mathcal{T}(v_1,\ldots,v_\ell)^2\le D_\ell^2\sigma^2N^{1-\ell} E T ( v 1 , … , v ℓ ) 2 ≤ D ℓ 2 σ 2 N 1 − ℓ , where D ℓ = ℓ ℓ / ℓ ! D_\ell=\ell^\ell/\ell! D ℓ = ℓ ℓ / ℓ ! . Let N \mathcal{N} N be a ( 4 p ˉ ) − 1 (4\bar p)^{-1} ( 4 p ˉ ) − 1 -net of the unit sphere; comparing disjoint balls shows that we may take ∣ N ∣ ≤ ( 1 + 8 p ˉ ) N |\mathcal{N}|\le(1+8\bar p)^N ∣ N ∣ ≤ ( 1 + 8 p ˉ ) N . Replacing the arguments one at a time by net points, and using that each replacement costs at most ( 4 p ˉ ) − 1 ∥ T ∥ o p (4\bar{p})^{-1}\lVert T\rVert_{\mathrm{op}} ( 4 p ˉ ) − 1 ∥ T ∥ op , we find ∥ T ∥ o p ≤ 4 3 max v i ∈ N ∣ T ( v 1 , … , v ℓ ) ∣ \lVert T\rVert_{\mathrm{op}} \le\frac{4}{3}\max_{v_i\in\mathcal{N}}|T(v_1,\ldots,v_\ell)| ∥ T ∥ op ≤ 3 4 max v i ∈ N ∣ T ( v 1 , … , v ℓ ) ∣ . The Gaussian tail bound and a union bound over the ( 1 + 8 p ˉ ) ℓ N (1+8\bar{p})^{\ell N} ( 1 + 8 p ˉ ) ℓ N tuples then give, for L > 0 L>0 L > 0 ,
P ( ∥ T ∥ o p > 2 L D ℓ σ N 1 − ℓ / 2 ) ≤ 2 exp ( − N [ L 2 / 2 − p ˉ log ( 1 + 8 p ˉ ) ] ) . (178) \mathbb{P}\left(\lVert T\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}>2LD_\ell\sigma N^{1-\ell/2}\right)\le2\exp\left(-N\left[L^2/2-\bar{p}\log(1+8\bar{p})\right]\right). \tag*{(178)} P ( ∥ T ∥ op > 2 L D ℓ σ N 1 − ℓ /2 ) ≤ 2 exp ( − N [ L 2 /2 − p ˉ log ( 1 + 8 p ˉ ) ] ) . (178)
For ∣ x ∣ = N |x|=\sqrt{N} ∣ x ∣ = N and 0 ≤ m ≤ ℓ 0\le m\le\ell 0 ≤ m ≤ ℓ , the m m m th derivative of T T T at x x x is ( ℓ m ) T ( x , … , x , ⋅ , … , ⋅ ) \binom{\ell}{m}T(x,\ldots,x,\cdot,\ldots,\cdot) ( m ℓ ) T ( x , … , x , ⋅ , … , ⋅ ) , where ( ℓ m ) = ℓ ( ℓ − 1 ) ⋯ ( ℓ − m + 1 ) \binom{\ell}{m}=\ell(\ell-1)\cdots(\ell-m+1) ( m ℓ ) = ℓ ( ℓ − 1 ) ⋯ ( ℓ − m + 1 ) , and has operator norm at most ( ℓ m ) ∥ T ∥ o p N ( ℓ − m ) / 2 \binom{\ell}{m}\lVert T\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}N^{(\ell-m)/2} ( m ℓ ) ∥ T ∥ op N ( ℓ − m ) /2 . On the complement of the event in (178) , it is at most 2 L D ℓ ( ℓ m ) σ N 1 − m / 2 2LD_\ell\binom{\ell}{m}\sigma N^{1-m/2} 2 L D ℓ ( m ℓ ) σ N 1 − m /2 . Derivatives of order m > ℓ m>\ell m > ℓ vanish.
We use these bounds for each H N , p H_{N,p} H N , p , with σ 2 = c p \sigma^2=c_p σ 2 = c p , and for the harmonic extension of each H p , p − 2 j H_{p,p-2j} H p , p − 2 j , with σ 2 = c p ω p , j , N ≤ C N − j \sigma^2=c_p\omega_{p,j,N}\le CN^{-j} σ 2 = c p ω p , j , N ≤ C N − j by (176) and (174) . This is a fixed finite number M 0 M_0 M 0 of polynomials, those of degree zero included. We choose L L L with L 2 / 2 ≥ p ˉ log ( 1 + 8 p ˉ ) + log ( 2 M 0 ) + 2 L^2/2\ge\bar{p}\log(1+8\bar{p})+\log(2M_0)+2 L 2 /2 ≥ p ˉ log ( 1 + 8 p ˉ ) + log ( 2 M 0 ) + 2 . The union of the M 0 M_0 M 0 exceptional events then has probability at most e − N e^{-N} e − N for large N N N ; any fixed exponential rate is possible by enlarging L L L . We define Ω N \Omega_N Ω N by the resulting bounds on the suprema in (1) and (2), with a suitable C 0 C_0 C 0 . These suprema are continuous functions of J J J , which makes Ω N \Omega_N Ω N Borel, and they are invariant under rotations, since the decomposition into components commutes with rotations.
Part (3) follows by summing the components with the weights 1 1 1 , Q p / 2 Q^{p/2} Q p /2 , and p Q p / 2 pQ^{p/2} p Q p /2 of (164) . For the spherical derivatives, recall that ∇ T = Π x ∇ E T \nabla T=\Pi_x\nabla_E T ∇ T = Π x ∇ E T and
∇ 2 T ( x ) = Π x ∇ E 2 T ( x ) Π x − x ⋅ ∇ E T ( x ) N Π x ⊥ , \nabla^2T(x)=\Pi_x\nabla_E^2T(x)\Pi_x-\frac{x\cdot\nabla_E T(x)}{N}\Pi_{x^\perp}, ∇ 2 T ( x ) = Π x ∇ E 2 T ( x ) Π x − N x ⋅ ∇ E T ( x ) Π x ⊥ ,
and that x ⋅ ∇ E T = ℓ T x\cdot\nabla_E T=\ell T x ⋅ ∇ E T = ℓ T for a homogeneous polynomial of degree ℓ \ell ℓ . Increasing C 0 C_0 C 0 once completes the proof.
Exact regression of the whole field
In this section, we show that the field of Definition 8.1 has the conditional law, and we bound the correction δ h , k , u \delta_{h,k,u} δ h , k , u . The regression is performed on the whole field H N H_N H N , although the conditioned quantities concern the center field at radius Q \sqrt{Q} Q ; the dynamics are always driven by the field on S N S_N S N itself.
Proposition 8.7 (Whole-field regression). Let u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , and let r = x ⋅ u / N r=x\cdot u/N r = x ⋅ u / N for x ∈ R N x\in\mathbb{R}^N x ∈ R N .
If ξ \xi ξ is a non-pure mixture, then det Σ Q > 0 \det\Sigma_Q>0 det Σ Q > 0 , and the coefficient vector of the random polynomial H N − D u H_N-D_u H N − D u is independent of the vector ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , G u ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u),G_u) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , G u ) . If ξ \xi ξ is pure of degree p p p , then K Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) K_Q(u)=pH_Q(u) K Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) , and the coefficient vector of H N − D u H_N-D_u H N − D u is independent of ( H Q ( u ) , G u ) (H_Q(u),G_u) ( H Q ( u ) , G u ) . In both cases, the law of H h , k , u H^{h,k,u} H h , k , u is a version of the conditional law of H N H_N H N given H Q ( u ) = N h H_Q(u)=Nh H Q ( u ) = N h , K Q ( u ) = N k K_Q(u)=Nk K Q ( u ) = N k , and G u = 0 G_u=0 G u = 0 .
For ∣ r ∣ ≤ 1 |r|\le1 ∣ r ∣ ≤ 1 ,
∣ θ 1 ( r ) ∣ + ∣ θ 2 ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ r ∣ d , ∣ θ 3 ′ ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ r ∣ d − 2 , |\theta_1(r)|+|\theta_2(r)|\le C|r|^d,\qquad|\theta_3'(r)|\le C|r|^{d-2}, ∣ θ 1 ( r ) ∣ + ∣ θ 2 ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ r ∣ d , ∣ θ 3 ′ ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ r ∣ d − 2 , ∣ θ 1 ′ ( r ) ∣ + ∣ θ 2 ′ ( r ) ∣ + ∣ θ 3 ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ r ∣ d − 1 . (179) |\theta_1'(r)|+|\theta_2'(r)|+|\theta_3(r)|\le C|r|^{d-1}. \tag*{(179)} ∣ θ 1 ′ ( r ) ∣ + ∣ θ 2 ′ ( r ) ∣ + ∣ θ 3 ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ r ∣ d − 1 . (179)
The correction has spherical gradient
∇ δ h , k , u ( x ) = [ θ 1 ′ ( r ) ( N h − H Q ( u ) ) + θ 2 ′ ( r ) ( N k − K Q ( u ) ) − θ 3 ′ ( r ) G u ⋅ x ] Π x u N − θ 3 ( r ) Π x G u (180) \nabla\delta_{h,k,u}(x)=\left[\theta'_1(r)(Nh-H_Q(u))+\theta'_2(r)(Nk-K_Q(u))-\theta'_3(r)G_u\cdot x\right]\frac{\Pi_xu}{N}-\theta_3(r)\Pi_xG_u \tag*{(180)} ∇ δ h , k , u ( x ) = [ θ 1 ′ ( r ) ( N h − H Q ( u )) + θ 2 ′ ( r ) ( N k − K Q ( u )) − θ 3 ′ ( r ) G u ⋅ x ] N Π x u − θ 3 ( r ) Π x G u (180)
at x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N . On Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , for every admissible ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) and x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N ,
∣ δ h , k , u ( x ) ∣ ≤ C N ∣ r ∣ d + C ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣ , ∥ ∇ δ h , k , u ∥ ∞ ≤ C N . (181) |\delta_{h,k,u}(x)|\le CN|r|^d+C|r|^{d-1}|G_u\cdot x|,\qquad\|\nabla\delta_{h,k,u}\|_\infty\le C\sqrt{N}. \tag*{(181)} ∣ δ h , k , u ( x ) ∣ ≤ C N ∣ r ∣ d + C ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣ , ∥∇ δ h , k , u ∥ ∞ ≤ C N . (181)
Proof. We begin with the covariances. Recall that E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( x ⋅ y / N ) \mathbb{E}H_N(x)H_N(y)=N\xi(x\cdot y/N) E H N ( x ) H N ( y ) = N ξ ( x ⋅ y / N ) for all x , y ∈ R N x,y\in\mathbb{R}^N x , y ∈ R N . Differentiating in y y y along t Q u t\sqrt{Q}\,u t Q u and along unit vectors e ⊥ u e\perp u e ⊥ u , we find, for every x ∈ R N x\in\mathbb{R}^N x ∈ R N ,
Cov ( ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) ) = N Σ Q , Cov ( G u ) = a Q I u ⊥ , Cov ( ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) , G u ) = 0 , Cov ( H N ( x ) , G u ) = Q ξ ′ ( Q r ) Π u x , Cov ( H N ( x ) , ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) ) = N ( ξ ( Q r ) , Q r ξ ′ ( Q r ) ) . (182) \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{Cov}((H_Q(u),K_Q(u)))&=N\Sigma_Q,\qquad\operatorname{Cov}(G_u)=a_QI_{u^\perp},\\
\operatorname{Cov}((H_Q(u),K_Q(u)),G_u)&=0,\qquad\operatorname{Cov}(H_N(x),G_u)=\sqrt{Q}\,\xi'(\sqrt{Q}r)\Pi_{u}x,\\
\operatorname{Cov}(H_N(x),(H_Q(u),K_Q(u)))&=N\bigl(\xi(\sqrt{Q}r),\sqrt{Q}r\xi'(\sqrt{Q}r)\bigr). \tag*{(182)}
\end{aligned} Cov (( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ))) Cov (( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) , G u ) Cov ( H N ( x ) , ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ))) = N Σ Q , Cov ( G u ) = a Q I u ⊥ , = 0 , Cov ( H N ( x ) , G u ) = Q ξ ′ ( Q r ) Π u x , = N ( ξ ( Q r ) , Q r ξ ′ ( Q r ) ) . (182)
For example, the identity for Cov ( H N ( x ) , G u ) \operatorname{Cov}(H_N(x),G_u) Cov ( H N ( x ) , G u ) follows by differentiating N ξ ( Q x ⋅ v / N ) N\xi(\sqrt{Q}\,x\cdot v/N) N ξ ( Q x ⋅ v / N ) in v v v at v = u v=u v = u in a direction e ⊥ u e\perp u e ⊥ u , which yields Q ξ ′ ( Q r ) x ⋅ e \sqrt{Q}\,\xi'(\sqrt{Q}r)\,x\cdot e Q ξ ′ ( Q r ) x ⋅ e . The covariance of G u G_u G u follows from ∂ e ∂ e ′ N ξ ( Q v ⋅ v ′ / N ) = Q ξ ′ ( Q ) e ⋅ e ′ \partial_e\partial_{e'}N\xi(Qv\cdot v'/N)=Q\xi'(Q)e\cdot e' ∂ e ∂ e ′ N ξ ( Q v ⋅ v ′ / N ) = Q ξ ′ ( Q ) e ⋅ e ′ at v = v ′ = u v=v'=u v = v ′ = u , since u ⋅ e = u ⋅ e ′ = 0 u\cdot e=u\cdot e'=0 u ⋅ e = u ⋅ e ′ = 0 . The same orthogonality shows that ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u)) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u )) and G u G_u G u are uncorrelated. With w p = c p Q p w_p=c_pQ^p w p = c p Q p , we have ξ ( Q ) = ∑ p w p \xi(Q)=\sum_p w_p ξ ( Q ) = ∑ p w p , a Q = ∑ p p w p a_Q=\sum_p pw_p a Q = ∑ p p w p , and a Q + b Q = ∑ p p 2 w p a_Q+b_Q=\sum_p p^2w_p a Q + b Q = ∑ p p 2 w p , so that
det Σ Q = ( ∑ p w p ) ( ∑ p p 2 w p ) − ( ∑ p p w p ) 2 > 0 \det\Sigma_Q=\left(\sum_p w_p\right)\left(\sum_p p^2w_p\right)-\left(\sum_p pw_p\right)^2>0 det Σ Q = ( p ∑ w p ) ( p ∑ p 2 w p ) − ( p ∑ p w p ) 2 > 0
by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, with equality exactly when only one degree occurs. Consider a non-pure mixture. By (182) , D u ( x ) D_u(x) D u ( x ) is the orthogonal projection of H N ( x ) H_N(x) H N ( x ) onto the span of the coordinates of ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , G u ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u),G_u) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , G u ) . Indeed, the coefficients of H Q ( u ) H_Q(u) H Q ( u ) and K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) are N ( ξ ( Q r ) , Q r ξ ′ ( Q r ) ) ( N Σ Q ) − 1 = ( θ 1 ( r ) , θ 2 ( r ) ) N(\xi(\sqrt{Q}r),\sqrt{Q}r\xi'(\sqrt{Q}r))(N\Sigma_Q)^{-1}=(\theta_1(r),\theta_2(r)) N ( ξ ( Q r ) , Q r ξ ′ ( Q r )) ( N Σ Q ) − 1 = ( θ 1 ( r ) , θ 2 ( r )) , the coefficient vector of G u G_u G u is Q ξ ′ ( Q r ) Π u x / a Q \sqrt{Q}\,\xi'(\sqrt{Q}r)\Pi_ux/a_Q Q ξ ′ ( Q r ) Π u x / a Q , and Π u x ⋅ G u = x ⋅ G u \Pi_ux\cdot G_u=x\cdot G_u Π u x ⋅ G u = x ⋅ G u . The family { ( H N − D u ) ( x ) : x ∈ R N } \{(H_N-D_u)(x):x\in\mathbb{R}^N\} {( H N − D u ) ( x ) : x ∈ R N } and the vector ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , G u ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u),G_u) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , G u ) are jointly Gaussian with zero cross-covariances, and they are therefore independent. A polynomial of degree at most p ˉ \bar p p ˉ is determined by its values at finitely many points, and its coefficient vector is a linear function of these values. This proves the independence in (1). Since H N = ( H N − D u ) + D u H_N=(H_N-D_u)+D_u H N = ( H N − D u ) + D u and D u D_u D u is linear in the conditioning vector, replacing ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , G u ) (H_Q(u),K_Q(u),G_u) ( H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) , G u ) by ( N h , N k , 0 ) (Nh,Nk,0) ( N h , N k , 0 ) in D u D_u D u produces a version of the conditional law; this is the field (8.4). In the pure case, H N = H N , p H_N=H_{N,p} H N = H N , p is homogeneous of degree p p p , which implies that K Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) K_Q(u)=pH_Q(u) K Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) . We have Var H Q ( u ) = N c p Q p \operatorname{Var}H_Q(u)=Nc_pQ^p Var H Q ( u ) = N c p Q p and Cov ( H N ( x ) , H Q ( u ) ) = N c p Q p / 2 r p \operatorname{Cov}(H_N(x),H_Q(u))=Nc_pQ^p/2r_p Cov ( H N ( x ) , H Q ( u )) = N c p Q p /2 r p . By (182) , the regression coefficients on H Q ( u ) H_Q(u) H Q ( u ) and G u G_u G u are Q − p / 2 r p Q^{-p/2}r^p Q − p /2 r p and Q − p / 2 r p − 1 Q^{-p/2}r^{p-1} Q − p /2 r p − 1 . The same argument applies, and no singular matrix is inverted.
For (2), note that θ 1 , θ 2 \theta_1,\theta_2 θ 1 , θ 2 are linear combinations of ξ ( Q r ) \xi(\sqrt{Q}\,r) ξ ( Q r ) and Q r ξ ′ ( Q r ) \sqrt{Q}\,r\,\xi'(\sqrt{Q}\,r) Q r ξ ′ ( Q r ) , whose lowest power of r r r is r d r^d r d , and that θ 3 \theta_3 θ 3 is a multiple of ξ ′ ( Q r ) \xi'(\sqrt{Q}\,r) ξ ′ ( Q r ) , whose lowest power is r d − 1 r^{d-1} r d − 1 . These are fixed polynomials of degree at most p ˉ \bar p p ˉ , which implies (8.16).
For (3), the identity (8.17) is the product rule, with ∇ r = Π x u / N \nabla r=\Pi_xu/N ∇ r = Π x u / N and ∇ ( G u ⋅ x ) = Π x G u \nabla(G_u\cdot x)=\Pi_xG_u ∇ ( G u ⋅ x ) = Π x G u . On Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , we have ∣ N h − H Q ( u ) ∣ ≤ ( h ˉ + C 0 ) N |Nh-H_Q(u)|\le(\bar h+C_0)N ∣ N h − H Q ( u ) ∣ ≤ ( h ˉ + C 0 ) N , ∣ N k − K Q ( u ) ∣ ≤ ( k ˉ + C 0 ) N |Nk-K_Q(u)|\le(\bar k+C_0)N ∣ N k − K Q ( u ) ∣ ≤ ( k ˉ + C 0 ) N , ∣ G u ∣ ≤ C 0 N |G_u|\le C_0\sqrt{N} ∣ G u ∣ ≤ C 0 N , and ∣ Π x u ∣ / N ≤ N − 1 / 2 |\Pi_xu|/N\le N^{-1/2} ∣ Π x u ∣/ N ≤ N − 1/2 . Inserting these bounds and (8.16) into (8.4) and (8.17), and using ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣ ≤ C 0 N |G_u\cdot x|\le C_0N ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣ ≤ C 0 N , we obtain (8.18). These bounds control the conditional mean N ( θ 1 h + θ 2 k ) N(\theta_1h+\theta_2k) N ( θ 1 h + θ 2 k ) , which is of order N N N near u u u , as well as the random part of the correction.
Latitude concentration and moments of the density ratio
In this section, we bound two moments of the density e w e^w e w of the truncated perturbation, averaged over a uniform axis, for every fixed field on Ω N \Omega_N Ω N and every fixed point x x x . We begin with the concentration inequality on the sphere. This is the curvature criterion of Bakry and Émery [16, Corollary 2, p. 199; Example (b), p. 200] for the logarithmic Sobolev inequality, followed by the Herbst argument; see also [17, Sections 5.4 and 5.7]. The optimal constant on the sphere is due to Mueller and Weissler [121]; see also [16, p. 200]. The curvature constant used below suffices for our purposes.
Lemma 8.8 (Concentration on the sphere). Let m ≥ 2 m\ge2 m ≥ 2 , let σ m \sigma_m σ m be the normalized surface measure on the unit sphere S m ⊂ R m + 1 S^m\subset\mathbb{R}^{m+1} S m ⊂ R m + 1 , and let g : S m → R g:S^m\to\mathbb{R} g : S m → R be L L L -Lipschitz for the geodesic distance. Then
∫ e t ( g − ∫ g d σ m ) d σ m ≤ exp ( L 2 t 2 2 ( m − 1 ) ) , t ∈ R . (183) \int e^{t(g-\int g\,d\sigma_m)}\,d\sigma_m\le\exp\left(\frac{L^2t^2}{2(m-1)}\right),\qquad t\in\mathbb{R}. \tag*{(183)} ∫ e t ( g − ∫ g d σ m ) d σ m ≤ exp ( 2 ( m − 1 ) L 2 t 2 ) , t ∈ R . (183)
Proof. For a function q > 0 q>0 q > 0 , let Ent ( q ) = ∫ q log q d σ m − ∫ q d σ m log ∫ q d σ m \operatorname{Ent}(q)=\int q\log q\,d\sigma_m-\int q\,d\sigma_m\log\int q\,d\sigma_m Ent ( q ) = ∫ q log q d σ m − ∫ q d σ m log ∫ q d σ m and I ( q ) = ∫ ∣ ∇ q ∣ 2 / q d σ m \mathcal{I}(q)=\int|\nabla q|^2/q\,d\sigma_m I ( q ) = ∫ ∣∇ q ∣ 2 / q d σ m . We first show that
Ent ( q ) ≤ I ( q ) 2 ( m − 1 ) (184) \operatorname{Ent}(q)\le\frac{\mathcal{I}(q)}{2(m-1)} \tag*{(184)} Ent ( q ) ≤ 2 ( m − 1 ) I ( q ) (184)
for smooth q > 0 q>0 q > 0 . Let q t = e t Δ q q_t=e^{t\Delta}q q t = e t Δ q be the heat flow on S m S^m S m , which stays smooth and positive. By integration by parts, we have d d t Ent ( q t ) = − I ( q t ) \frac{d}{dt}\operatorname{Ent}(q_t)=-\mathcal{I}(q_t) d t d Ent ( q t ) = − I ( q t ) . Writing v = log q t v=\log q_t v = log q t , we have ∂ t v = Δ v + ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 \partial_t v=\Delta v+|\nabla v|^2 ∂ t v = Δ v + ∣∇ v ∣ 2 and I ( q t ) = ∫ q t ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 \mathcal{I}(q_t)=\int q_t|\nabla v|^2 I ( q t ) = ∫ q t ∣∇ v ∣ 2 . Differentiating, we find
d d t I ( q t ) = ∫ q t Δ ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 + 2 ∫ q t ∇ v ⋅ ∇ Δ v + 2 ∫ q t ∇ v ⋅ ∇ ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 . \frac{d}{dt}\mathcal{I}(q_t)=\int q_t\Delta|\nabla v|^2+2\int q_t\nabla v\cdot\nabla\Delta v+2\int q_t\nabla v\cdot\nabla|\nabla v|^2. d t d I ( q t ) = ∫ q t Δ∣∇ v ∣ 2 + 2 ∫ q t ∇ v ⋅ ∇Δ v + 2 ∫ q t ∇ v ⋅ ∇∣∇ v ∣ 2 .
where we moved the Laplacian in the first term. The divergence theorem for q t ∇ ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 q_t\nabla|\nabla v|^2 q t ∇∣∇ v ∣ 2 , with ∇ q t = q t ∇ v \nabla q_t=q_t\nabla v ∇ q t = q t ∇ v , shows that the third term equals − 2 ∫ q t Δ ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 -2\int q_t\Delta|\nabla v|^2 − 2 ∫ q t Δ∣∇ v ∣ 2 . By the Bochner identity 1 2 Δ ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 = ∇ v ⋅ ∇ Δ v + ∣ ∇ 2 v ∣ 2 + Ric ( ∇ v , ∇ v ) \frac{1}{2}\Delta|\nabla v|^2=\nabla v\cdot\nabla\Delta v+|\nabla^2v|^2+\operatorname{Ric}(\nabla v,\nabla v) 2 1 Δ∣∇ v ∣ 2 = ∇ v ⋅ ∇Δ v + ∣ ∇ 2 v ∣ 2 + Ric ( ∇ v , ∇ v ) and Ric = ( m − 1 ) g S m \operatorname{Ric}=(m-1)g_{S^m} Ric = ( m − 1 ) g S m , we conclude that
d d t I ( q t ) = − 2 ∫ q t ( ∣ ∇ 2 v ∣ 2 + ( m − 1 ) ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 ) ≤ − 2 ( m − 1 ) I ( q t ) . \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\mathcal{I}(q_t)=-2\int q_t\left(|\nabla^2v|^2+(m-1)|\nabla v|^2\right)\leq-2(m-1)\mathcal{I}(q_t). d t d I ( q t ) = − 2 ∫ q t ( ∣ ∇ 2 v ∣ 2 + ( m − 1 ) ∣∇ v ∣ 2 ) ≤ − 2 ( m − 1 ) I ( q t ) .
Hence I ( q t ) ≤ e − 2 ( m − 1 ) t I ( q ) \mathcal{I}(q_t)\leq e^{-2(m-1)t}\mathcal{I}(q) I ( q t ) ≤ e − 2 ( m − 1 ) t I ( q ) . By the spherical harmonic expansion, q t q_t q t converges uniformly to ∫ q d σ m \int q\,\mathrm{d}\sigma_m ∫ q d σ m , and Ent ( q t ) → 0 \operatorname{Ent}(q_t)\to0 Ent ( q t ) → 0 . Integrating in t t t gives (184) .
Now let g g g be smooth with ∣ ∇ g ∣ ≤ L |\nabla g|\leq L ∣∇ g ∣ ≤ L , and let ψ ( t ) = log ∫ e t g d σ m \psi(t)=\log\int e^{tg}\,\mathrm{d}\sigma_m ψ ( t ) = log ∫ e t g d σ m . Applying (184) to q = e t g q=e^{tg} q = e t g , for which I ( q ) ≤ L 2 t 2 ∫ e t g \mathcal{I}(q)\leq L^2t^2\int e^{tg} I ( q ) ≤ L 2 t 2 ∫ e t g , we find t ψ ′ ( t ) − ψ ( t ) ≤ L 2 t 2 / ( 2 ( m − 1 ) ) t\psi'(t)-\psi(t)\leq L^2t^2/(2(m-1)) t ψ ′ ( t ) − ψ ( t ) ≤ L 2 t 2 / ( 2 ( m − 1 )) . The derivative of ψ ( t ) / t \psi(t)/t ψ ( t ) / t is at most L 2 / ( 2 ( m − 1 ) ) L^2/(2(m-1)) L 2 / ( 2 ( m − 1 )) , and ψ ( t ) / t → ∫ g d σ m \psi(t)/t\to\int g\,\mathrm{d}\sigma_m ψ ( t ) / t → ∫ g d σ m as t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 . Integrating, we obtain (183) for t > 0 t>0 t > 0 ; the case t < 0 t<0 t < 0 follows by applying this to − g -g − g . A Lipschitz function is a uniform limit of smooth functions with the same Lipschitz constant, and dominated convergence completes the proof.
We now fix x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N and let u u u be uniform on S N S_N S N . Then r = R ( x , u ) r=R(x,u) r = R ( x , u ) has density
p N ( r ) = c N ( 1 − r 2 ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 , − 1 < r < 1 , c N = Γ ( N / 2 ) π Γ ( ( N − 1 ) / 2 ) ≤ N , (185) p_N(r)=c_N(1-r^2)^{(N-3)/2},\qquad-1<r<1,\qquad c_N=\frac{\Gamma(N/2)}{\sqrt{\pi}\,\Gamma((N-1)/2)}\leq\sqrt{N}, \tag*{(185)} p N ( r ) = c N ( 1 − r 2 ) ( N − 3 ) /2 , − 1 < r < 1 , c N = π Γ (( N − 1 ) /2 ) Γ ( N /2 ) ≤ N , (185)
by spherical coordinates and the beta integral; the bound on c N c_N c N follows from Γ ( z + 1 2 ) ≤ z Γ ( z ) \Gamma(z+\frac{1}{2})\leq\sqrt{z}\,\Gamma(z) Γ ( z + 2 1 ) ≤ z Γ ( z ) . Conditionally on r r r , we can write u = r x + 1 − r 2 y u=rx+\sqrt{1-r^2}\,y u = r x + 1 − r 2 y , where y y y is uniform on the latitude sphere S N ∩ x ⊥ S_N\cap x^\perp S N ∩ x ⊥ , which has dimension N − 2 N-2 N − 2 and radius N \sqrt{N} N . We write E l a t \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}} E lat for the expectation over y y y at fixed r r r , and define
V x ( u ) = N − 1 / 2 G u ⋅ x = N − 1 / 2 ∇ H Q ( u ) ⋅ x . (186) V_x(u)=N^{-1/2}G_u\cdot x=N^{-1/2}\nabla H_Q(u)\cdot x. \tag*{(186)} V x ( u ) = N − 1/2 G u ⋅ x = N − 1/2 ∇ H Q ( u ) ⋅ x . (186)
Lemma 8.9 (The tangent gradient on a latitude). Let N ≥ 6 N\geq6 N ≥ 6 , let the field lie in Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , and fix x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N . For − 1 < r < 1 -1<r<1 − 1 < r < 1 , let m x ( r ) = E l a t V x ( u ) m_x(r)=\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}V_x(u) m x ( r ) = E lat V x ( u ) and Z = V x ( u ) − m x ( r ) Z=V_x(u)-m_x(r) Z = V x ( u ) − m x ( r ) . Then
∣ m x ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ( N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 + 1 ) , E l a t e t Z ≤ e C t 2 , t ∈ R . (187) |m_x(r)|\leq C(\sqrt{N}|r|^{d-1}+1),\qquad\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}e^{tZ}\leq e^{Ct^2},\qquad t\in\mathbb{R}. \tag*{(187)} ∣ m x ( r ) ∣ ≤ C ( N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 + 1 ) , E lat e tZ ≤ e C t 2 , t ∈ R . (187) The point x x x in this lemma may be any function of the field: the lemma fixes the field and x x x before averaging over the axis.
Proof. We first prove the concentration. Along a unit-speed curve in S N S_N S N , the derivative of Π u ∇ E H Q ( u ) \Pi_u\nabla E H_Q(u) Π u ∇ E H Q ( u ) has norm at most 2 ∣ ∇ E H Q ( u ) ∣ / N + ∥ ∇ 2 E H Q ( u ) ∥ o p ≤ 3 C 0 2|\nabla E H_Q(u)|/\sqrt{N}+\|\nabla^2 E H_Q(u)\|_{\mathrm{op}}\leq3C_0 2∣∇ E H Q ( u ) ∣/ N + ∥ ∇ 2 E H Q ( u ) ∥ op ≤ 3 C 0 by (177) . Because ∣ x ∣ = N |x|=\sqrt{N} ∣ x ∣ = N , the function V x V_x V x is 3 C 0 3C_0 3 C 0 -Lipschitz on S N S_N S N . The map y ↦ r x + 1 − r 2 y y\mapsto rx+\sqrt{1-r^2}y y ↦ r x + 1 − r 2 y is 1 1 1 -Lipschitz. After rescaling the latitude sphere to the unit sphere S N − 2 S^{N-2} S N − 2 , the function y ↦ V x ( u ) y\mapsto V_x(u) y ↦ V x ( u ) is 3 C 0 N 3C_0\sqrt{N} 3 C 0 N -Lipschitz. Then Lemma 8.8 with m = N − 2 m=N-2 m = N − 2 implies that E l a t e t Z ≤ exp ( 9 C 0 2 N t 2 / ( 2 ( N − 3 ) ) ) ≤ e C t 2 \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}e^{tZ}\leq\exp(9C_0^2Nt^2/(2(N-3)))\leq e^{Ct^2} E lat e tZ ≤ exp ( 9 C 0 2 N t 2 / ( 2 ( N − 3 ))) ≤ e C t 2 .
We next compute the mean, keeping all harmonic components. Let Y Y Y be a spherical harmonic of degree ℓ \ell ℓ on S N S_N S N . Its average over the rotations fixing x x x is a spherical harmonic of degree ℓ \ell ℓ invariant under these rotations, with the value Y ( x ) Y(x) Y ( x ) at x x x . By the uniqueness of zonal harmonics recalled in the proof of Lemma 8.5, it equals Y ( x ) Z ℓ , N ( R ( x , ⋅ ) ) Y(x)Z_{\ell,N}(R(x,\cdot)) Y ( x ) Z ℓ , N ( R ( x , ⋅ )) . Evaluated on the latitude of overlap r r r , this gives E l a t Y ( u ) = Z ℓ , N ( r ) Y ( x ) \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}Y(u)=Z_{\ell,N}(r)Y(x) E lat Y ( u ) = Z ℓ , N ( r ) Y ( x ) , the latitude-averaging form of the Funk–Hecke identity. For the uniqueness of zonal harmonics used in this argument, see also [7, Theorem 2.8, pp. 19–20]. Using (8.1) and Lemma 8.5(4), we obtain
E l a t H Q ( u ) = ∑ p ∈ P Q p / 2 ∑ j = 0 ⌊ p / 2 ⌋ Z p − 2 j , N ( r ) H p , p − 2 j ( x ) . (188) \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}H_Q(u)=\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}}Q^{p/2}\sum_{j=0}^{\lfloor p/2\rfloor}Z_{p-2j,N}(r)H_{p,p-2j}(x). \tag*{(188)} E lat H Q ( u ) = p ∈ P ∑ Q p /2 j = 0 ∑ ⌊ p /2 ⌋ Z p − 2 j , N ( r ) H p , p − 2 j ( x ) . (188)
For fixed y y y , we have ∂ r u = ( x − r y ) / 1 − r 2 = ( x − r u ) / ( 1 − r 2 ) \partial_r u=(x-ry)/\sqrt{1-r^2}=(x-ru)/(1-r^2) ∂ r u = ( x − r y ) / 1 − r 2 = ( x − r u ) / ( 1 − r 2 ) , and ( x − r u ) ⋅ u = 0 (x-ru)\cdot u=0 ( x − r u ) ⋅ u = 0 . Since G u G_u G u is tangent at u u u , we have
d d r H Q ( u ) = ∇ E H Q ( u ) ⋅ x − r u 1 − r 2 = G u ⋅ x 1 − r 2 = N V x ( u ) 1 − r 2 . \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}r}H_Q(u)=\nabla_EH_Q(u)\cdot\frac{x-ru}{1-r^2}=\frac{G_u\cdot x}{1-r^2}=\frac{\sqrt{N}V_x(u)}{1-r^2}. d r d H Q ( u ) = ∇ E H Q ( u ) ⋅ 1 − r 2 x − r u = 1 − r 2 G u ⋅ x = 1 − r 2 N V x ( u ) .
Since the law of y y y does not depend on r r r , we may differentiate (8.25) under the expectation. We find
m x ( r ) = 1 − r 2 N ∑ p ∈ P Q p / 2 ∑ j = 0 ⌊ p / 2 ⌋ Z p − 2 j , N ′ ( r ) H p , p − 2 j ( x ) . (189) m_x(r)=\frac{1-r^2}{\sqrt{N}}\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}}Q^{p/2}\sum_{j=0}^{\lfloor p/2\rfloor}Z'_{p-2j,N}(r)H_{p,p-2j}(x). \tag*{(189)} m x ( r ) = N 1 − r 2 p ∈ P ∑ Q p /2 j = 0 ∑ ⌊ p /2 ⌋ Z p − 2 j , N ′ ( r ) H p , p − 2 j ( x ) . (189)
For j = 0 j=0 j = 0 , Lemma 8.6(2) and (8.12) bound the term by C N ∣ r ∣ p − 1 + C N − 1 / 2 C\sqrt{N}|r|^{p-1}+CN^{-1/2} C N ∣ r ∣ p − 1 + C N − 1/2 . For j ≥ 1 j\geq1 j ≥ 1 , the component satisfies ∣ H p , p − 2 j ( x ) ∣ ≤ C 0 N |H_{p,p-2j}(x)|\leq C_0\sqrt{N} ∣ H p , p − 2 j ( x ) ∣ ≤ C 0 N , and ∣ Z p − 2 j , N ′ ∣ ≤ C |Z'_{p-2j,N}|\leq C ∣ Z p − 2 j , N ′ ∣ ≤ C on [ − 1 , 1 ] [-1,1] [ − 1 , 1 ] by Lemma 8.5(3), and the term is bounded. There are finitely many terms, and ∣ r ∣ p − 1 ≤ ∣ r ∣ d − 1 |r|^{p-1}\leq|r|^{d-1} ∣ r ∣ p − 1 ≤ ∣ r ∣ d − 1 since p ≥ d p\geq d p ≥ d . This proves the bound on m x ( r ) m_x(r) m x ( r ) .
We now define the truncation. We fix once and for all an even C ∞ C^\infty C ∞ function χ : R → [ 0 , 1 ] \chi:\mathbb{R}\to[0,1] χ : R → [ 0 , 1 ] with χ = 1 \chi=1 χ = 1 on [ − 1 , 1 ] [-1,1] [ − 1 , 1 ] and χ = 0 \chi=0 χ = 0 outside [ − 2 , 2 ] [-2,2] [ − 2 , 2 ] . For a cutoff scale α > 0 \alpha>0 α > 0 , u , x ∈ S N u,x\in S_N u , x ∈ S N , and an admissible pair ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , we set
r = R ( x , u ) , s = G u ⋅ x N , r=R(x,u),\qquad s=\frac{G_u\cdot x}{N}, r = R ( x , u ) , s = N G u ⋅ x ,
δ α ( u , x ) = χ ( r / α ) χ ( s / α ) δ h , k , u ( x ) , w ( u , x ) = β δ α ( u , x ) . (190) \delta_\alpha(u,x)=\chi(r/\alpha)\chi(s/\alpha)\delta_{h,k,u}(x),\qquad w(u,x)=\beta\delta_\alpha(u,x). \tag*{(190)} δ α ( u , x ) = χ ( r / α ) χ ( s / α ) δ h , k , u ( x ) , w ( u , x ) = β δ α ( u , x ) . (190)
The function δ α ( u , ⋅ ) \delta_\alpha(u,\cdot) δ α ( u , ⋅ ) is smooth on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N , and it depends on the field through H Q ( u ) H_Q(u) H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) , and G u G_u G u .
Proposition 8.10 (Axis-averaged moments of the density ratio). There exist α 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 8 ] \alpha_0\in(0,1/8] α 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1/8 ] , C 1 C_1 C 1 , and N 0 N_0 N 0 such that, for every α ∈ ( 0 , α 0 ] \alpha\in(0,\alpha_0] α ∈ ( 0 , α 0 ] , every N ≥ N 0 N\geq N_0 N ≥ N 0 , every field in Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , every admissible ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , and every x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N , with u u u uniform on S N S_N S N ,
E u ∣ e w ( u , x ) − 1 ∣ ≤ C 1 N 1 − d / 2 , (191) \mathbb{E}_u\left|e^{w(u,x)}-1\right|\leq C_1N^{1-d/2}, \tag*{(191)} E u e w ( u , x ) − 1 ≤ C 1 N 1 − d /2 , (191) E u [ e w ( u , x ) ( 1 − e − w ( u , x ) ) 2 ] ≤ C 1 N 2 − d . (192) \mathbb{E}_u\left[e^{w(u,x)}\left(1-e^{-w(u,x)}\right)^2\right]\leq C_1N^{2-d}. \tag*{(192)} E u [ e w ( u , x ) ( 1 − e − w ( u , x ) ) 2 ] ≤ C 1 N 2 − d . (192)
Moreover, for all u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N ,
sup x ∈ S N ∣ δ α ( u , x ) ∣ ≤ C 1 N α d , ∥ ∇ δ α ( u , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ C 1 N α d − 1 . (193) \sup_{x \in S_N} |\delta_\alpha(u,x)| \le C_1N\alpha^d,\qquad\|\nabla\delta_\alpha(u,\cdot)\|_\infty\le C_1\sqrt{N}\alpha^{d-1}. \tag*{(193)} x ∈ S N sup ∣ δ α ( u , x ) ∣ ≤ C 1 N α d , ∥∇ δ α ( u , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ C 1 N α d − 1 . (193)
The constants α 0 \alpha_0 α 0 , C 1 C_1 C 1 , N 0 N_0 N 0 do not depend on α \alpha α .
Proof. The proof has three steps. We first bound exponential moments on each latitude, then integrate over the overlap r r r , and finally verify the deterministic bounds.
Moments on a latitude. Fix ζ ≥ 0 \zeta\ge0 ζ ≥ 0 ; we will take ζ = 2 β \zeta= 2\beta ζ = 2 β . Recall that ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣ = N ∣ V x ( u ) ∣ |G_u \cdot x| = \sqrt{N}|V_x(u)| ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣ = N ∣ V x ( u ) ∣ . Using (181) , we find
∣ δ h , k , u ( x ) ∣ ≤ C 2 N ∣ r ∣ d + C 2 N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ∣ V x ( u ) ∣ . (194) |\delta_{h,k,u}(x)| \le C_2N|r|^d + C_2\sqrt{N}|r|^{d-1}|V_x(u)|. \tag*{(194)} ∣ δ h , k , u ( x ) ∣ ≤ C 2 N ∣ r ∣ d + C 2 N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ∣ V x ( u ) ∣. (194)
Here V x V_x V x is the gradient of the sampled field itself. A centered variable with the bound (187) satisfies P ( ∣ Z ∣ > v ) ≤ 2 e − v 2 / ( 4 C ) \mathbb{P}(|Z| > v) \le2e^{-v^2/(4C)} P ( ∣ Z ∣ > v ) ≤ 2 e − v 2 / ( 4 C ) by Chernoff’s inequality. It follows that E l a t Z 4 ≤ C \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}Z^4 \le C E lat Z 4 ≤ C and E l a t e t ∣ Z ∣ ≤ 2 e C t 2 \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}e^{t|Z|} \le2e^{Ct^2} E lat e t ∣ Z ∣ ≤ 2 e C t 2 for t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 . The Cauchy–Schwarz inequality then gives E l a t [ Z 2 e t ∣ Z ∣ ] ≤ C e 2 C t 2 \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}[Z^2e^{t|Z|}] \le Ce^{2Ct^2} E lat [ Z 2 e t ∣ Z ∣ ] ≤ C e 2 C t 2 . We write V x = m x + Z V_x=m_x+Z V x = m x + Z , insert the bound on m x m_x m x from (187) into (194) , and apply these estimates with t = ζ C 2 N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 t=\zeta C_2\sqrt{N}|r|^{d-1} t = ζ C 2 N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 . We obtain
E l a t e ζ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ C ζ e Ψ ζ ( r ) , E l a t [ V x 2 e ζ ∣ δ ∣ ] ≤ C ζ ( 1 + N ∣ r ∣ 2 d − 2 ) e Ψ ζ ( r ) , (195) \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}e^{\zeta|\delta|} \le C_\zeta e^{\Psi_\zeta(r)},\qquad\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{lat}}\left[V_x^2e^{\zeta|\delta|}\right] \le C_\zeta(1+N|r|^{2d-2})e^{\Psi_\zeta(r)}, \tag*{(195)} E lat e ζ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ C ζ e Ψ ζ ( r ) , E lat [ V x 2 e ζ ∣ δ ∣ ] ≤ C ζ ( 1 + N ∣ r ∣ 2 d − 2 ) e Ψ ζ ( r ) , (195)
where δ = δ h , k , u ( x ) \delta=\delta_{h,k,u}(x) δ = δ h , k , u ( x ) and
Ψ ζ ( r ) = C ζ ( N ∣ r ∣ d + N ∣ r ∣ 2 d − 2 + N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ) . \Psi_\zeta(r)=C_\zeta\left(N|r|^d+N|r|^{2d-2}+\sqrt{N}|r|^{d-1}\right). Ψ ζ ( r ) = C ζ ( N ∣ r ∣ d + N ∣ r ∣ 2 d − 2 + N ∣ r ∣ d − 1 ) .
In Ψ ζ \Psi_\zeta Ψ ζ , the first term comes from the value correction, the second from the square of the random coefficient t t t and from the mean m x m_x m x , and the third from the bounded part of m x m_x m x .
Integration over the overlap. For N ≥ 6 N \ge6 N ≥ 6 , the density (185) satisfies p N ( r ) ≤ N e − N r 2 / 4 p_N(r) \le\sqrt{N}e^{-Nr^2/4} p N ( r ) ≤ N e − N r 2 /4 . We choose α 0 ≤ 1 / 8 \alpha_0 \le1/8 α 0 ≤ 1/8 so small that
C ζ ( ( 2 α 0 ) d − 2 + ( 2 α 0 ) 2 d − 4 + ( 2 α 0 ) d − 3 ) ≤ 1 / 8. C_\zeta\left((2\alpha_0)^{d-2}+(2\alpha_0)^{2d-4}+(2\alpha_0)^{d-3}\right)\le1/8. C ζ ( ( 2 α 0 ) d − 2 + ( 2 α 0 ) 2 d − 4 + ( 2 α 0 ) d − 3 ) ≤ 1/8.
Since N ≤ N \sqrt{N}\le N N ≤ N and d ≥ 4 d\ge4 d ≥ 4 , we then have Ψ ζ ( r ) ≤ N r 2 / 8 \Psi_\zeta(r)\le Nr^2/8 Ψ ζ ( r ) ≤ N r 2 /8 for ∣ r ∣ ≤ 2 α 0 |r|\le2\alpha_0 ∣ r ∣ ≤ 2 α 0 . For every fixed j ≥ 0 j\ge0 j ≥ 0 and α ≤ α 0 \alpha\le\alpha_0 α ≤ α 0 , it follows that
∫ ∣ r ∣ ≤ 2 α p N ( r ) ∣ r ∣ j e Ψ ζ ( r ) d r ≤ N ∫ R ∣ r ∣ j e − N r 2 / 8 d r ≤ C j N − j / 2 . (196) \int_{|r|\le2\alpha}p_N(r)|r|^j e^{\Psi_\zeta(r)}\,dr\le\sqrt{N}\int_{\mathbb{R}}|r|^j e^{-Nr^2/8}\,dr\le C_jN^{-j/2}. \tag*{(196)} ∫ ∣ r ∣ ≤ 2 α p N ( r ) ∣ r ∣ j e Ψ ζ ( r ) d r ≤ N ∫ R ∣ r ∣ j e − N r 2 /8 d r ≤ C j N − j /2 . (196)
Note that δ α 2 e ζ ∣ δ α ∣ ≤ 1 { ∣ r ∣ ≤ 2 α } δ 2 e ζ ∣ δ ∣ \delta_\alpha^2e^{\zeta|\delta_\alpha|}\le1_{\{|r|\le2\alpha\}}\delta^2e^{\zeta|\delta|} δ α 2 e ζ ∣ δ α ∣ ≤ 1 { ∣ r ∣ ≤ 2 α } δ 2 e ζ ∣ δ ∣ , since the cutoffs take values in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] and vanish for ∣ r ∣ > 2 α |r|>2\alpha ∣ r ∣ > 2 α . Squaring (194) , taking the latitude average with (195) , and integrating with (196) , we find
E u [ δ α 2 e ζ ∣ δ α ∣ ] ≤ C ( N 2 N − d + N N − ( d − 1 ) + N 2 N − ( 2 d − 2 ) ) ≤ C N 2 − d . (197) \mathbb{E}_u\left[\delta_\alpha^2e^{\zeta|\delta_\alpha|}\right]\le C\left(N^2N^{-d}+NN^{-(d-1)}+N^2N^{-(2d-2)}\right)\le CN^{2-d}. \tag*{(197)} E u [ δ α 2 e ζ ∣ δ α ∣ ] ≤ C ( N 2 N − d + N N − ( d − 1 ) + N 2 N − ( 2 d − 2 ) ) ≤ C N 2 − d . (197)
The three terms come from N 2 r 2 d N^2r^{2d} N 2 r 2 d , from N r 2 d − 2 Nr^{2d-2} N r 2 d − 2 times the bounded part of the second moment of V x V_x V x , and from N r 2 d − 2 Nr^{2d-2} N r 2 d − 2 times N r 2 d − 2 Nr^{2d-2} N r 2 d − 2 .
We now take ζ = 2 β \zeta= 2\beta ζ = 2 β . The inequalities ∣ e t − 1 ∣ ≤ ∣ t ∣ e ∣ t ∣ |e^t-1| \le|t|e^{|t|} ∣ e t − 1∣ ≤ ∣ t ∣ e ∣ t ∣ and e t ( 1 − e − t ) 2 = e t + e − t − 2 ≤ t 2 e ∣ t ∣ e^t(1-e^{-t})^2=e^t+e^{-t}-2\le t^2e^{|t|} e t ( 1 − e − t ) 2 = e t + e − t − 2 ≤ t 2 e ∣ t ∣ , together with the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, give
E u ∣ e w − 1 ∣ ≤ β ( E u [ δ 2 e 2 β ∣ δ ∣ ] ) 1 / 2 , E u [ e w ( 1 − e − w ) 2 ] ≤ β 2 E u [ δ 2 e 2 β ∣ δ ∣ ] . \mathbb{E}_{u}|e^w-1|\le\beta\left(\mathbb{E}_{u}[\delta^2e^{2\beta|\delta|}]\right)^{1/2},\qquad\mathbb{E}_{u}[e^w(1-e^{-w})^2]\le\beta^2\mathbb{E}_{u}[\delta^2e^{2\beta|\delta|}]. E u ∣ e w − 1∣ ≤ β ( E u [ δ 2 e 2 β ∣ δ ∣ ] ) 1/2 , E u [ e w ( 1 − e − w ) 2 ] ≤ β 2 E u [ δ 2 e 2 β ∣ δ ∣ ] .
Together with (8.34), this proves (8.28) and (8.29).
Deterministic bounds. Wherever the cutoff product or one of its derivatives is nonzero, we have ∣ r ∣ ≤ 2 α |r|\le2\alpha ∣ r ∣ ≤ 2 α and ∣ s ∣ ≤ 2 α |s|\le2\alpha ∣ s ∣ ≤ 2 α . Since G u ⋅ x = N s G_u\cdot x=Ns G u ⋅ x = N s , (8.16) and the bounds on Ω N \Omega_N Ω N imply that ∣ δ h , k , u ∣ ≤ C N α d |\delta_{h,k,u}|\le CN\alpha^d ∣ δ h , k , u ∣ ≤ C N α d there. In (8.17), the terms with θ 1 ′ , θ 2 ′ \theta'_1,\theta'_2 θ 1 ′ , θ 2 ′ cost C N α d − 1 C\sqrt{N}\alpha^{d-1} C N α d − 1 , the term with θ 3 ′ \theta'_3 θ 3 ′ costs C α d − 2 N ∣ s ∣ N − 1 / 2 ≤ C N α d − 1 C\alpha^{d-2}N|s|N^{-1/2}\le C\sqrt{N}\alpha^{d-1} C α d − 2 N ∣ s ∣ N − 1/2 ≤ C N α d − 1 , and the last term costs C N α d − 1 C\sqrt{N}\alpha^{d-1} C N α d − 1 . Further, ∣ ∇ r ∣ ≤ N − 1 / 2 |\nabla r|\le N^{-1/2} ∣∇ r ∣ ≤ N − 1/2 and ∣ ∇ s ∣ = ∣ Π x G u ∣ / N ≤ C 0 N − 1 / 2 |\nabla s|=|\Pi_xG_u|/N\le C_0N^{-1/2} ∣∇ s ∣ = ∣ Π x G u ∣/ N ≤ C 0 N − 1/2 , and each differentiated cutoff contributes at most C α − 1 N − 1 / 2 ⋅ N α d C\alpha^{-1}N^{-1/2}\cdot N\alpha^d C α − 1 N − 1/2 ⋅ N α d . These estimates prove (8.30).
An entropy–resolvent comparison
The next lemma does not involve the Gaussian model. It compares the killing time of a perturbed reversible diffusion, killed at a rate κ \kappa κ , with the integrated killing rate against a resolvent of the unperturbed diffusion. The perturbation is averaged over a frozen label, and only the two averaged moments of (8.28) and (8.29) enter. We state the lemma for diffusion Dirichlet forms, so that integration by parts with frozen variables and bounded measurable perturbations has a precise meaning. Its ingredients are standard Dirichlet form calculus [76]; the quantitative comparison below is proved here.
Setting. Let ( U , ϑ ) (\mathcal{U},\vartheta) ( U , ϑ ) and ( E , μ ) (E,\mu) ( E , μ ) be probability spaces and μ ˉ = ϑ ⊗ μ \bar{\mu}=\vartheta\otimes\mu μ ˉ = ϑ ⊗ μ . We think of u ∈ U u\in\mathcal{U} u ∈ U as a frozen label, that is, a parameter that does not move under the dynamics. Let E 0 \mathcal{E}_0 E 0 be a symmetric Dirichlet form on L 2 ( μ ˉ ) L^2(\bar{\mu}) L 2 ( μ ˉ ) with domain V \mathcal{V} V , and let A 0 ≥ 0 A_0\ge0 A 0 ≥ 0 be the associated self-adjoint operator, so that E 0 ( g , v ) = ⟨ A 0 g , v ⟩ μ ˉ \mathcal{E}_0(g,v)=\langle A_0g,v\rangle_{\bar{\mu}} E 0 ( g , v ) = ⟨ A 0 g , v ⟩ μ ˉ for g ∈ Dom ( A 0 ) g\in\operatorname{Dom}(A_0) g ∈ Dom ( A 0 ) and v ∈ V v\in\mathcal{V} v ∈ V . We assume the following.
(D1) (Conservativeness.) 1 ∈ V 1\in\mathcal{V} 1 ∈ V and E 0 ( 1 , 1 ) = 0 \mathcal{E}_0(1,1)=0 E 0 ( 1 , 1 ) = 0 .
(D2) (Carré du champ.) There exists a symmetric bilinear map ( g , v ) ↦ D g ⋅ D v (g,v)\mapsto Dg\cdot Dv ( g , v ) ↦ D g ⋅ D v from V × V \mathcal{V}\times\mathcal{V} V × V to L 1 ( μ ˉ ) L^1(\bar{\mu}) L 1 ( μ ˉ ) , with D g ⋅ D g ≥ 0 Dg\cdot Dg\ge0 D g ⋅ D g ≥ 0 , such that E 0 ( g , v ) = ∫ D g ⋅ D v d μ ˉ \mathcal{E}_0(g,v)=\int Dg\cdot Dv\,d\bar{\mu} E 0 ( g , v ) = ∫ D g ⋅ D v d μ ˉ .
(D3) (Diffusion property.) If g , v ∈ V ∩ L ∞ g,v\in\mathcal{V}\cap L^\infty g , v ∈ V ∩ L ∞ , then g v ∈ V gv\in\mathcal{V} g v ∈ V and D ( g v ) ⋅ D ψ = g D v ⋅ D ψ + v D g ⋅ D ψ D(gv)\cdot D\psi=gDv\cdot D\psi+vDg\cdot D\psi D ( g v ) ⋅ D ψ = g D v ⋅ D ψ + v D g ⋅ D ψ for ψ ∈ V \psi\in\mathcal{V} ψ ∈ V . If g ∈ V ∩ L ∞ g\in\mathcal{V}\cap L^\infty g ∈ V ∩ L ∞ and φ ∈ C 1 ( R ) \varphi\in C^1(\mathbb{R}) φ ∈ C 1 ( R ) , then φ ( g ) ∈ V \varphi(g)\in\mathcal{V} φ ( g ) ∈ V and D φ ( g ) ⋅ D ψ = φ ′ ( g ) D g ⋅ D ψ D\varphi(g)\cdot D\psi=\varphi'(g)Dg\cdot D\psi D φ ( g ) ⋅ D ψ = φ ′ ( g ) D g ⋅ D ψ .
(D4) (Frozen label.) The resolvents ( λ + A 0 ) − 1 (\lambda+A_0)^{-1} ( λ + A 0 ) − 1 , λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 , and the map ( g , v ) ↦ D g ⋅ D v (g,v)\mapsto Dg\cdot Dv ( g , v ) ↦ D g ⋅ D v send functions that do not depend on u u u to functions that do not depend on u u u .
By (D2), ∣ D g ⋅ D v ∣ ≤ ( D g ⋅ D g ) 1 / 2 ( D v ⋅ D v ) 1 / 2 |Dg\cdot Dv|\le(Dg\cdot Dg)^{1/2}(Dv\cdot Dv)^{1/2} ∣ D g ⋅ D v ∣ ≤ ( D g ⋅ D g ) 1/2 ( D v ⋅ D v ) 1/2 pointwise. We write ∣ D g ∣ 2 = D g ⋅ D g |Dg|^2=Dg\cdot Dg ∣ D g ∣ 2 = D g ⋅ D g , and identify a function on E E E with a function on U × E \mathcal{U}\times E U × E that does not depend on u u u . In our application, E E E is a product of a parameter space and S N S_N S N , the label is the axis, and D g ⋅ D v = ∇ g ⋅ ∇ v Dg \cdot Dv = \nabla_g \cdot\nabla_v D g ⋅ D v = ∇ g ⋅ ∇ v with the gradient acting in the variable of S N S_N S N only.
Let w w w be a bounded measurable function on U × E \mathcal{U} \times E U × E . We define
M = ∫ e w d μ ˉ , μ w = M − 1 e w μ ˉ , E w ( g , v ) = ∫ D g ⋅ D v d μ w , g , v ∈ V . M = \int e^w \,d\bar{\mu}, \qquad\mu_w = M^{-1}e^w\bar{\mu}, \qquad\mathcal{E}_w(g,v) = \int Dg \cdot Dv \,d\mu_w,\quad g,v\in\mathcal{V}. M = ∫ e w d μ ˉ , μ w = M − 1 e w μ ˉ , E w ( g , v ) = ∫ D g ⋅ D v d μ w , g , v ∈ V .
Since w w w is bounded, the norms of L 2 ( μ w ) L^2(\mu_w) L 2 ( μ w ) and L 2 ( μ ˉ ) L^2(\bar{\mu}) L 2 ( μ ˉ ) are equivalent, and E w \mathcal{E}_w E w is a closed form on L 2 ( μ w ) L^2(\mu_w) L 2 ( μ w ) with domain V \mathcal{V} V ; let A w ≥ 0 A_w \ge0 A w ≥ 0 be its operator. For a smooth w w w on a manifold, − A w = − A 0 + D w ⋅ D -A_w=-A_0+Dw\cdot D − A w = − A 0 + D w ⋅ D . We assume that there exists a Markov process ( u , X t ) t ≥ 0 (u,X_t)_{t\ge0} ( u , X t ) t ≥ 0 on U × E \mathcal{U}\times E U × E , whose label coordinate u u u does not move, and whose transition semigroup acts on bounded measurable functions by e − t A w e^{-tA_w} e − t A w , μ w \mu_w μ w -almost everywhere.
Lemma 8.11 (Entropy–resolvent comparison). In the setting above, suppose that for μ \mu μ -almost every x ∈ E x\in E x ∈ E ,
∫ ∣ e w ( u , x ) − 1 ∣ d ϑ ( u ) ≤ η ≤ 1 2 , ∫ e w ( u , x ) ( 1 − e − w ( u , x ) ) 2 d ϑ ( u ) ≤ ϵ . (198) \int\left|e^{w(u,x)}-1\right|\,d\vartheta(u)\le\eta\le\frac{1}{2},\qquad\int e^{w(u,x)}\left(1-e^{-w(u,x)}\right)^2\,d\vartheta(u)\le\epsilon. \tag*{(198)} ∫ e w ( u , x ) − 1 d ϑ ( u ) ≤ η ≤ 2 1 , ∫ e w ( u , x ) ( 1 − e − w ( u , x ) ) 2 d ϑ ( u ) ≤ ϵ . (198) Let f 0 ≥ 0 f_0\ge0 f 0 ≥ 0 be a function on E E E with ∫ f 0 d μ = 1 \int f_0\,d\mu=1 ∫ f 0 d μ = 1 and H 0 = ∫ ( 1 + f 0 ) log ( 1 + f 0 ) d μ < ∞ \mathcal{H}_0=\int(1+f_0)\log(1+f_0)\,d\mu<\infty H 0 = ∫ ( 1 + f 0 ) log ( 1 + f 0 ) d μ < ∞ . Let κ ≥ 0 \kappa\ge0 κ ≥ 0 be a bounded measurable function on U × E \mathcal{U}\times E U × E . Start the process from the law ϑ ⊗ ( f 0 μ ) \vartheta\otimes(f_0\mu) ϑ ⊗ ( f 0 μ ) , let e be a unit exponential variable independent of it, and let τ κ = inf { t ≥ 0 : ∫ 0 t κ ( u , X v ) d v ≥ e } \tau_\kappa=\inf\{t\ge0:\int_0^t\kappa(u,X_v)\,dv\ge\mathbf{e}\} τ κ = inf { t ≥ 0 : ∫ 0 t κ ( u , X v ) d v ≥ e } , with inf ∅ = ∞ \inf\varnothing=\infty inf ∅ = ∞ , be the killing time at rate κ \kappa κ . For λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 define
f = λ ( λ + A 0 ) − 1 f 0 , F = 1 + f , R λ = λ − 1 ∫ κ F d μ w . (199) f=\lambda(\lambda+A_0)^{-1}f_0,\qquad F=1+f,\qquad\mathcal{R}_\lambda=\lambda^{-1}\int\kappa F\,d\mu_w. \tag*{(199)} f = λ ( λ + A 0 ) − 1 f 0 , F = 1 + f , R λ = λ − 1 ∫ κ F d μ w . (199) Then
E e − λ τ κ ≤ 4 η + 5 ϵ + R λ + 2 H 0 [ R λ + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) ] , (200) \mathbb{E}e^{-\lambda\tau_\kappa}\le4\eta+5\sqrt{\epsilon}+\mathcal{R}_\lambda+2\sqrt{\mathcal{H}_0\left[\mathcal{R}_\lambda+\epsilon(1+\mathcal{H}_0)\right]}, \tag*{(200)} E e − λ τ κ ≤ 4 η + 5 ϵ + R λ + 2 H 0 [ R λ + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) ] , (200) with e − λ ⋅ ∞ = 0 e^{-\lambda\cdot\infty}=0 e − λ ⋅ ∞ = 0 . In particular, for every T > 0 T>0 T > 0 ,
P ( τ κ ≤ T ) ≤ 14 ( η + ϵ + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) + R 1 / T ) . (201) \mathbb{P}(\tau_\kappa\le T)\le14\left(\eta+\sqrt{\epsilon}+\epsilon(1+\mathcal{H}_0)+\mathcal{R}_{1/T}\right). \tag*{(201)} P ( τ κ ≤ T ) ≤ 14 ( η + ϵ + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) + R 1/ T ) . (201) The first resolvent in (199) acts on the unperturbed form; for unbounded f 0 f_0 f 0 it is extended to L 1 ( μ ) L^1(\mu) L 1 ( μ ) , where it is a contraction. No constant in (200) depends on ∥ w ∥ ∞ \lVert w\rVert_\infty ∥ w ∥ ∞ , on λ \lambda λ , or on a spectral gap, and the form need not be irreducible. The boundedness of w w w is used only to define E w \mathcal{E}_w E w and A w A_w A w .
Proof. We first treat bounded f 0 f_0 f 0 . An approximation removes this restriction at the end. The proof has four steps: an entropy bound for the resolvent of the unperturbed generator, the probabilistic meaning of the resolvent of the killed diffusion, a weighted energy estimate, and a comparison of initial laws.
Two consequences of the moment bounds. By the first bound in (8.35), we have 1 − η ≤ M ≤ 1 + η 1-\eta\le M \le1+\eta 1 − η ≤ M ≤ 1 + η . Let k = 1 − e − w k=1-e^{-w} k = 1 − e − w . For every nonnegative measurable Γ \Gamma Γ on E E E , Tonelli’s theorem and (8.35) give
∫ k 2 Γ d μ w ≤ 2 ϵ ∫ Γ d μ , ∫ Γ d μ w ≤ 3 ∫ Γ d μ . (202) \int k^{2}\Gamma\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w \le2\epsilon\int\Gamma\,\mathrm{d}\mu,\qquad\int\Gamma\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w \le3\int\Gamma\,\mathrm{d}\mu. \tag*{(202)} ∫ k 2 Γ d μ w ≤ 2 ϵ ∫ Γ d μ , ∫ Γ d μ w ≤ 3 ∫ Γ d μ . (202)
Indeed, e w k 2 = e w ( 1 − e − w ) 2 e^{w}k^{2}=e^{w}(1-e^{-w})^{2} e w k 2 = e w ( 1 − e − w ) 2 , M ≥ 1 / 2 M\ge1/2 M ≥ 1/2 , and ( 1 + η ) / ( 1 − η ) ≤ 3 (1+\eta)/(1-\eta)\le3 ( 1 + η ) / ( 1 − η ) ≤ 3 . All the small constants below come from (8.39), not from a pointwise bound on e w e^{w} e w .
The resolvent of the unperturbed generator. For bounded f 0 f_0 f 0 , the representation f = λ ∫ 0 ∞ e − λ t e − t A 0 f 0 d t f=\lambda\int_0^\infty e^{-\lambda t}e^{-tA_0}f_0\,\mathrm{d}t f = λ ∫ 0 ∞ e − λ t e − t A 0 f 0 d t and (D1) show that f ≥ 0 f\ge0 f ≥ 0 , ∫ f d μ = 1 \int f\,\mathrm{d}\mu=1 ∫ f d μ = 1 , and f ∈ Dom ( A 0 ) ∩ L ∞ f\in\operatorname{Dom}(A_0)\cap L^\infty f ∈ Dom ( A 0 ) ∩ L ∞ . By (D4), f f f does not depend on u u u . With F 0 = 1 + f 0 F_0=1+f_0 F 0 = 1 + f 0 , we have A 0 F = A 0 f = λ ( F 0 − F ) A_0F=A_0f=\lambda(F_0-F) A 0 F = A 0 f = λ ( F 0 − F ) . The function F ≥ 1 F\ge1 F ≥ 1 is bounded, and (D3) shows that log F ∈ V \log F\in\mathcal{V} log F ∈ V with D log F ⋅ D ψ = F − 1 D F ⋅ D ψ D\log F\cdot D\psi=F^{-1}DF\cdot D\psi D log F ⋅ D ψ = F − 1 D F ⋅ D ψ . Let J = ∫ ∣ D F ∣ 2 F − 1 d μ \mathcal{J}=\int|DF|^2F^{-1}\,\mathrm{d}\mu J = ∫ ∣ D F ∣ 2 F − 1 d μ . Testing with log F \log F log F , we find
J = ⟨ A 0 F , log F ⟩ μ = λ ⟨ F 0 − F , log F ⟩ μ ≤ λ [ ∫ F 0 log F 0 d μ − ∫ F log F d μ ] ≤ λ H 0 . (203) \mathcal{J}=\langle A_0F,\log F\rangle_\mu=\lambda\langle F_0-F,\log F\rangle_\mu
\le\lambda\left[\int F_0\log F_0\,\mathrm{d}\mu-\int F\log F\,\mathrm{d}\mu\right]\le\lambda\mathcal{H}_0. \tag*{(203)} J = ⟨ A 0 F , log F ⟩ μ = λ ⟨ F 0 − F , log F ⟩ μ ≤ λ [ ∫ F 0 log F 0 d μ − ∫ F log F d μ ] ≤ λ H 0 . (203)
In the first inequality, we used the tangent line inequality ( a − b ) log b ≤ a log a − b log b − ( a − b ) (a-b)\log b\le a\log a-b\log b-(a-b) ( a − b ) log b ≤ a log a − b log b − ( a − b ) for a , b > 0 a,b>0 a , b > 0 , and that F 0 F_0 F 0 and F F F both have integral two. In the second, we used F log F ≥ 0 F\log F\ge0 F log F ≥ 0 .
The resolvent of the killed diffusion. The form E w ( g , v ) + ∫ κ g v d μ w \mathcal{E}_w(g,v)+\int\kappa gv\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w E w ( g , v ) + ∫ κ g v d μ w is closed on V \mathcal{V} V ; let
h = ( λ + A w + κ ) − 1 κ ∈ Dom ( A w ) ⊂ V . h=(\lambda+A_w+\kappa)^{-1}\kappa\in\operatorname{Dom}(A_w)\subset\mathcal{V}. h = ( λ + A w + κ ) − 1 κ ∈ Dom ( A w ) ⊂ V .
The Duhamel formula expresses e − t ( A w + κ ) e^{-t(A_w+\kappa)} e − t ( A w + κ ) as the series
e − t ( A w + κ ) = ∑ n ≥ 0 ( − 1 ) n ∫ 0 < v 1 < ⋯ < v n < t e − v 1 A w κ e − ( v 2 − v 1 ) A w κ ⋯ κ e − ( t − v n ) A w d v . e^{-t(A_w+\kappa)}=\sum_{n\ge0}(-1)^n\int_{0<v_1<\cdots<v_n<t}e^{-v_1A_w}\kappa e^{-(v_2-v_1)A_w}\kappa\cdots\kappa e^{-(t-v_n)A_w}\,\mathrm{d}v. e − t ( A w + κ ) = n ≥ 0 ∑ ( − 1 ) n ∫ 0 < v 1 < ⋯ < v n < t e − v 1 A w κ e − ( v 2 − v 1 ) A w κ ⋯ κ e − ( t − v n ) A w d v .
whose n n n th term has norm at most ∥ κ ∥ ∞ n t n / n ! \lVert\kappa\rVert_\infty^n t^n/n! ∥ κ ∥ ∞ n t n / n ! on bounded functions. Expanding the exponential in E u , x [ e − ∫ 0 t κ ( u , X v ) d v g ( X t ) ] \mathbb{E}_{u,x}\left[e^{-\int_0^t\kappa(u,X_v)\,\mathrm{d}v}g(X_t)\right] E u , x [ e − ∫ 0 t κ ( u , X v ) d v g ( X t ) ] and using the Markov property, we identify the two series term by term. The result is the Feynman–Kac formula e − t ( A w + κ ) g ( u , x ) = E u , x [ e − ∫ 0 t κ ( u , X v ) d v g ( X t ) ] e^{-t(A_w+\kappa)}g(u,x)=\mathbb{E}_{u,x}\left[e^{-\int_0^t\kappa(u,X_v)\,\mathrm{d}v}g(X_t)\right] e − t ( A w + κ ) g ( u , x ) = E u , x [ e − ∫ 0 t κ ( u , X v ) d v g ( X t ) ] for bounded g g g . Conditionally on the path, τ κ \tau_\kappa τ κ has density κ ( u , X t ) e − ∫ 0 t κ ( u , X v ) d v \kappa(u,X_t)e^{-\int_0^t\kappa(u,X_v)\,\mathrm{d}v} κ ( u , X t ) e − ∫ 0 t κ ( u , X v ) d v on [ 0 , ∞ ) [0,\infty) [ 0 , ∞ ) . Integrating the Feynman–Kac formula for g = κ g=\kappa g = κ against e − λ t d t e^{-\lambda t}\,\mathrm{d}t e − λ t d t , we obtain
h ( u , x ) = E u , x e − λ τ κ . (204) h(u,x)=\mathbb{E}_{u,x}e^{-\lambda\tau_\kappa}. \tag*{(204)} h ( u , x ) = E u , x e − λ τ κ . (204)
Note that 0 ≤ h ≤ 1 0\le h\le1 0 ≤ h ≤ 1 . This is why the lemma controls the killing time itself.
The commutator. Let g ∈ Dom ( A 0 ) g \in\operatorname{Dom}(A_0) g ∈ Dom ( A 0 ) not depend on u u u , and let v ∈ V v \in\mathcal{V} v ∈ V be bounded. Then
E w ( g , v ) = ⟨ ( 1 − k ) A 0 g , v ⟩ μ w + ∫ k D g ⋅ D v d μ w . (205) \mathcal{E}_w(g,v)=\langle(1-k)A_0g,v\rangle_{\mu_w}+\int k\,Dg\cdot Dv\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w. \tag*{(205)} E w ( g , v ) = ⟨( 1 − k ) A 0 g , v ⟩ μ w + ∫ k D g ⋅ D v d μ w . (205)
Indeed, since ( 1 − k ) e w = 1 (1-k)e^{w}=1 ( 1 − k ) e w = 1 , the first term on the right equals M − 1 ∫ A 0 g v d μ ˉ = M − 1 ∫ D g ⋅ D v d μ ˉ M^{-1}\int A_0gv\,\mathrm{d}\bar{\mu}=M^{-1}\int Dg\cdot Dv\,\mathrm{d}\bar{\mu} M − 1 ∫ A 0 g v d μ ˉ = M − 1 ∫ D g ⋅ D v d μ ˉ , and adding the second term multiplies the integrand by 1 + ( e w − 1 ) = e w 1+(e^{w}-1)=e^{w} 1 + ( e w − 1 ) = e w . The identity (8.42) is a weak form of A w g = ( 1 − k ) A 0 g + D w ∗ ( k D g ) A_wg=(1-k)A_0g+D_w^*(kDg) A w g = ( 1 − k ) A 0 g + D w ∗ ( k D g ) , where D w ∗ D_w^* D w ∗ is the adjoint in L 2 ( μ w ) L^2(\mu_w) L 2 ( μ w ) ; no derivative of w w w or k k k appears in it.
The weighted energy. Let B h = ∫ F ∣ D h ∣ 2 d μ w B_h=\int F|Dh|^2\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w B h = ∫ F ∣ D h ∣ 2 d μ w and A h = ∫ F h 2 d μ w A_h=\int Fh^2\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w A h = ∫ F h 2 d μ w , which are finite. By (D3), F h ∈ V Fh\in\mathcal{V} F h ∈ V and D ( F h ) ⋅ D h = F ∣ D h ∣ 2 + h D F ⋅ D h D(Fh)\cdot Dh=F|Dh|^2+h\,DF\cdot Dh D ( F h ) ⋅ D h = F ∣ D h ∣ 2 + h D F ⋅ D h . Testing the equation ( λ + A w + κ ) h = κ (\lambda+A_w+\kappa)h=\kappa ( λ + A w + κ ) h = κ against F h Fh F h , and using h ≤ 1 h\leq1 h ≤ 1 , we find
B h + ∫ h D F ⋅ D h d μ w + ∫ ( λ + κ ) F h 2 d μ w = ∫ κ F h d μ w ≤ ∫ κ F d μ w = λ R λ . (206) B_h+\int h\,DF\cdot Dh\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w+\int(\lambda+\kappa)Fh^2\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w=\int\kappa Fh\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w\leq\int\kappa F\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w=\lambda R_\lambda. \tag*{(206)} B h + ∫ h D F ⋅ D h d μ w + ∫ ( λ + κ ) F h 2 d μ w = ∫ κ F h d μ w ≤ ∫ κ F d μ w = λ R λ . (206)
The cross term is the delicate one, since ∣ D F ∣ |DF| ∣ D F ∣ is not small. Using (D3), we write h D F ⋅ D h = 1 2 D F ⋅ D ( h 2 ) h\,DF\cdot Dh=\frac{1}{2}DF\cdot D(h^2) h D F ⋅ D h = 2 1 D F ⋅ D ( h 2 ) . Applying (8.42) with g = F g=F g = F and v = h 2 v=h^2 v = h 2 , and using A 0 F = λ ( f 0 − f ) A_0F=\lambda(f_0-f) A 0 F = λ ( f 0 − f ) and ( 1 − k ) e w = 1 (1-k)e^w=1 ( 1 − k ) e w = 1 , we obtain
∫ h D F ⋅ D h d μ w = λ 2 M ∫ f 0 h 2 d μ ˉ − λ 2 ∫ f h 2 d μ w + λ 2 ∫ k f h 2 d μ w + ∫ k h D F ⋅ D h d μ w . (207) \int h\,DF\cdot Dh\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w=\frac{\lambda}{2M}\int f_0h^2\,\mathrm{d}\bar{\mu}-\frac{\lambda}{2}\int fh^2\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w+\frac{\lambda}{2}\int kfh^2\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w+\int kh\,DF\cdot Dh\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w. \tag*{(207)} ∫ h D F ⋅ D h d μ w = 2 M λ ∫ f 0 h 2 d μ ˉ − 2 λ ∫ f h 2 d μ w + 2 λ ∫ k f h 2 d μ w + ∫ k h D F ⋅ D h d μ w . (207)
The first term on the right is nonnegative. Since F − f / 2 ≥ F / 2 F-f/2\geq F/2 F − f /2 ≥ F /2 , the second term combined with λ A h \lambda A_h λ A h in (8.43) leaves at least λ A h / 2 \lambda A_h/2 λ A h /2 . We apply (8.39) to the third and fourth terms, with Γ = f \Gamma=f Γ = f and Γ = ∣ D F ∣ 2 / F \Gamma=|DF|^2/F Γ = ∣ D F ∣ 2 / F , which do not depend on u u u by (D4). Using also h ≤ 1 h\leq1 h ≤ 1 , ∫ f d μ = 1 \int f\,\mathrm{d}\mu=1 ∫ f d μ = 1 , and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, we obtain
∣ ∫ k f h 2 d μ w ∣ ≤ 2 ϵ A h , ∣ ∫ k h D F ⋅ D h d μ w ∣ ≤ 2 ϵ J B h . (208) \left|\int kfh^2\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w\right|\leq\sqrt{2\epsilon A_h},\qquad\left|\int kh\,DF\cdot Dh\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w\right|\leq\sqrt{2\epsilon\mathcal{J}B_h}. \tag*{(208)} ∫ k f h 2 d μ w ≤ 2 ϵ A h , ∫ k h D F ⋅ D h d μ w ≤ 2 ϵ J B h . (208)
For the first bound, we used ∫ f h 4 d μ w ≤ A h \int fh^4\,\mathrm{d}\mu_w\leq A_h ∫ f h 4 d μ w ≤ A h . Inserting (8.44) and (8.45) into (8.43), we have
B h + λ 2 A h ≤ λ R λ + λ 2 2 ϵ A h + 2 ϵ J B h . B_h+\frac{\lambda}{2}A_h\leq\lambda R_\lambda+\frac{\lambda}{2}\sqrt{2\epsilon A_h}+\sqrt{2\epsilon\mathcal{J}B_h}. B h + 2 λ A h ≤ λ R λ + 2 λ 2 ϵ A h + 2 ϵ J B h .
Using Young’s inequality in the forms λ 2 2 ϵ A h ≤ λ 4 A h + λ 2 ϵ \frac{\lambda}{2}\sqrt{2\epsilon A_h}\leq\frac{\lambda}{4}A_h+\frac{\lambda}{2}\epsilon 2 λ 2 ϵ A h ≤ 4 λ A h + 2 λ ϵ and 2 ϵ J B h ≤ 1 2 B h + ϵ J \sqrt{2\epsilon\mathcal{J}B_h}\leq\frac{1}{2}B_h+\epsilon\mathcal{J} 2 ϵ J B h ≤ 2 1 B h + ϵ J , and then (8.40), we find
B h λ ≤ 2 R λ + ϵ + 2 ϵ H 0 . (209) \frac{B_h}{\lambda}\leq2R_\lambda+\epsilon+2\epsilon\mathcal{H}_0. \tag*{(209)} λ B h ≤ 2 R λ + ϵ + 2 ϵ H 0 . (209)
The term λ A h \lambda A_h λ A h must be kept here, since it absorbs the negative second term of (8.44). Without it, B h / λ B_h/\lambda B h / λ would only be bounded by a constant, and the last term of (8.37) below would be of order ϵ H 0 \sqrt{\epsilon\mathcal{H}_0} ϵ H 0 , which is N ( 3 − d ) / 2 N^{(3-d)/2} N ( 3 − d ) /2 in our application.
Comparison of initial laws. The actual initial law ϑ ⊗ ( f 0 μ ) \vartheta\otimes(f_0\mu) ϑ ⊗ ( f 0 μ ) has density q 0 = M e − w f 0 q_0 = M e^{-w}f_0 q 0 = M e − w f 0 with respect to μ w \mu_w μ w . Because the first moment bound in (8.35) holds for each x x x , we have
∥ q 0 − f 0 ∥ L 1 ( μ w ) = M − 1 ∫ f 0 ∣ M − e w ∣ d μ ˉ ≤ 2 ∫ f 0 ( ∣ M − 1 ∣ + ∫ ∣ 1 − e w ∣ d ϑ ) d μ ≤ 4 η . (210) \lVert q_0-f_0\rVert_{L^1(\mu_w)}=M^{-1}\int f_0\lvert M-e^w\rvert\,d\bar{\mu}\le2\int f_0\left(\lvert M-1\rvert+\int\lvert1-e^w\rvert\,d\vartheta\right)d\mu\le4\eta. \tag*{(210)} ∥ q 0 − f 0 ∥ L 1 ( μ w ) = M − 1 ∫ f 0 ∣ M − e w ∣ d μ ˉ ≤ 2 ∫ f 0 ( ∣ M − 1 ∣ + ∫ ∣ 1 − e w ∣ d ϑ ) d μ ≤ 4 η . (210)
By (8.41), E e − λ τ κ = ⟨ q 0 , h ⟩ μ w ≤ ⟨ f 0 , h ⟩ μ w + 4 η \mathbb{E}e^{-\lambda\tau_\kappa}=\langle q_0,h\rangle_{\mu_w}\le\langle f_0,h\rangle_{\mu_w}+4\eta E e − λ τ κ = ⟨ q 0 , h ⟩ μ w ≤ ⟨ f 0 , h ⟩ μ w + 4 η . To bound the last pairing, we test the equation for h h h against f f f . Using (8.42) with g = f g=f g = f and v = h v=h v = h , we have E w ( f , h ) = λ ⟨ f 0 − f , h ⟩ μ w − ⟨ k A 0 f , h ⟩ μ w + ∫ k D f ⋅ D h d μ w \mathcal{E}_w(f,h)=\lambda\langle f_0-f,h\rangle_{\mu_w}-\langle kA_0f,h\rangle_{\mu_w}+\int k\,Df\cdot Dh\,d\mu_w E w ( f , h ) = λ ⟨ f 0 − f , h ⟩ μ w − ⟨ k A 0 f , h ⟩ μ w + ∫ k D f ⋅ D h d μ w . Inserting this into the equation λ ⟨ h , f ⟩ μ w + E w ( h , f ) + ⟨ κ h , f ⟩ μ w = ⟨ κ , f ⟩ μ w \lambda\langle h,f\rangle_{\mu_w}+\mathcal{E}_w(h,f)+\langle\kappa h,f\rangle_{\mu_w}=\langle\kappa,f\rangle_{\mu_w} λ ⟨ h , f ⟩ μ w + E w ( h , f ) + ⟨ κh , f ⟩ μ w = ⟨ κ , f ⟩ μ w , we obtain
⟨ f 0 , h ⟩ μ w = λ − 1 ⟨ f , κ ( 1 − h ) ⟩ μ w + ⟨ k ( f 0 − f ) , h ⟩ μ w − λ − 1 ∫ k D f ⋅ D h d μ w . (211) \langle f_0,h\rangle_{\mu_w}=\lambda^{-1}\langle f,\kappa(1-h)\rangle_{\mu_w}+\langle k(f_0-f),h\rangle_{\mu_w}-\lambda^{-1}\int k\,Df\cdot Dh\,d\mu_w. \tag*{(211)} ⟨ f 0 , h ⟩ μ w = λ − 1 ⟨ f , κ ( 1 − h ) ⟩ μ w + ⟨ k ( f 0 − f ) , h ⟩ μ w − λ − 1 ∫ k D f ⋅ D h d μ w . (211)
The first term lies in [ 0 , R λ ] [0,R_\lambda] [ 0 , R λ ] . For the second, by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (8.39) with Γ = f 0 \Gamma=f_0 Γ = f 0 and Γ = f \Gamma=f Γ = f , we have ∫ ∣ k ∣ ( f 0 + f ) d μ w ≤ 2 6 ϵ ≤ 5 ϵ \int\lvert k\rvert(f_0+f)\,d\mu_w\le2\sqrt{6}\epsilon\le5\sqrt{\epsilon} ∫ ∣ k ∣ ( f 0 + f ) d μ w ≤ 2 6 ϵ ≤ 5 ϵ . For the third, note that D f = D F Df=DF D f = D F . The argument for (8.45), followed by (8.40) and (8.46), yields
λ − 1 ∣ ∫ k D f ⋅ D h d μ w ∣ ≤ λ − 1 2 ϵ J B h ≤ 2 ϵ H 0 B h / λ ≤ 2 ϵ H 0 [ R λ + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) ] . \lambda^{-1}\left\lvert\int k\,Df\cdot Dh\,d\mu_w\right\rvert\le\lambda^{-1}\sqrt{2\epsilon\mathcal{J}B_h}\le\sqrt{2\epsilon\mathcal{H}_0B_h/\lambda}\le2\sqrt{\epsilon\mathcal{H}_0\left[R_\lambda+\epsilon(1+\mathcal{H}_0)\right]}. λ − 1 ∫ k D f ⋅ D h d μ w ≤ λ − 1 2 ϵ J B h ≤ 2 ϵ H 0 B h / λ ≤ 2 ϵ H 0 [ R λ + ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) ] .
Combining these bounds proves (8.37) for bounded f 0 f_0 f 0 . All the integrations by parts above are identities between forms, for the functions F F F , h h h , F h Fh F h , h 2 h^2 h 2 , and log F \log F log F , which lie in V \mathcal{V} V by (D3). We use no regularity of these functions or of w w w beyond membership in V \mathcal{V} V .
Unbounded initial densities. For general f 0 f_0 f 0 , let f 0 ( n ) = ( f 0 ∧ n ) / ∫ ( f 0 ∧ n ) d μ f_0^{(n)}=(f_0\wedge n)/\int(f_0\wedge n)\,d\mu f 0 ( n ) = ( f 0 ∧ n ) / ∫ ( f 0 ∧ n ) d μ . Then f 0 ( n ) → f 0 f_0^{(n)}\to f_0 f 0 ( n ) → f 0 in L 1 ( μ ) L^1(\mu) L 1 ( μ ) . For large n n n , we have f 0 ( n ) ≤ 2 f 0 f_0^{(n)}\le2f_0 f 0 ( n ) ≤ 2 f 0 . Since ( 1 + 2 a ) log ( 1 + 2 a ) ≤ 2 ( 1 + a ) log ( 1 + a ) + 2 a (1+2a)\log(1+2a)\le2(1+a)\log(1+a)+2a ( 1 + 2 a ) log ( 1 + 2 a ) ≤ 2 ( 1 + a ) log ( 1 + a ) + 2 a for a ≥ 0 a\ge0 a ≥ 0 , dominated convergence gives H 0 ( n ) → H 0 \mathcal{H}_0^{(n)}\to\mathcal{H}_0 H 0 ( n ) → H 0 . The resolvent λ ( λ + A 0 ) − 1 \lambda(\lambda+A_0)^{-1} λ ( λ + A 0 ) − 1 is a contraction on L 1 ( μ ) L^1(\mu) L 1 ( μ ) , which implies that f ( n ) → f f^{(n)}\to f f ( n ) → f in L 1 ( μ ) L^1(\mu) L 1 ( μ ) . Since κ \kappa κ and e w e^w e w are bounded, it follows that R λ ( n ) → R λ \mathcal{R}_\lambda^{(n)}\to\mathcal{R}_\lambda R λ ( n ) → R λ . The function h h h does not depend on f 0 f_0 f 0 and is bounded, so the left side of (8.37) converges as well. This proves (8.37) in general.
The time horizon. Finally, 1 { τ κ ≤ T } ≤ e ⋅ e − τ κ / T \mathbf{1}_{\{\tau_\kappa\le T\}}\le e\cdot e^{-\tau_\kappa/T} 1 { τ κ ≤ T } ≤ e ⋅ e − τ κ / T . Using (8.37) with λ = 1 / T \lambda=1/T λ = 1/ T , together with 2 ϵ H 0 R ≤ R + ϵ H 0 2\sqrt{\epsilon\mathcal{H}_0}\mathcal{R}\le\mathcal{R}+\epsilon\mathcal{H}_0 2 ϵ H 0 R ≤ R + ϵ H 0 and 2 ϵ H 0 ( 1 + H 0 ) ≤ 2 ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) 2\epsilon\sqrt{\mathcal{H}_0}(1+\mathcal{H}_0)\le2\epsilon(1+\mathcal{H}_0) 2 ϵ H 0 ( 1 + H 0 ) ≤ 2 ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) , we find that P ( τ κ ≤ T ) ≤ e ( 4 η + 5 ϵ + 2 R 1 / T / T + 3 ϵ ( 1 + H 0 ) ) \mathbb{P}(\tau_\kappa\le T)\le e(4\eta+5\sqrt{\epsilon}+2\mathcal{R}_{1/T}/T+3\epsilon(1+\mathcal{H}_0)) P ( τ κ ≤ T ) ≤ e ( 4 η + 5 ϵ + 2 R 1/ T / T + 3 ϵ ( 1 + H 0 )) . This implies (8.38).
Killing-time bound for the truncated process
We now apply Lemma 8.11 to the diffusion whose Hamiltonian is H N + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) H_N+\delta_\alpha(u,\cdot) H N + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) , with u u u uniform and independent of the field. Recall the constants α 0 \alpha_0 α 0 and C 1 C_1 C 1 of Proposition 8.10.
For a smooth function H ~ \widetilde{H} H on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N , the diffusion with generator L β , H ~ L_{\beta,\widetilde{H}} L β , H is the solution of the stochastic differential equation
d X t = 2 Π X t d B t + [ β Π X t ∇ E H ~ ( X t ) − N − 1 N X t ] d t (212) dX_t=\sqrt{2}\,\Pi_{X_t}\,dB_t+\left[\beta\Pi_{X_t}\nabla_E\widetilde{H}(X_t)-\frac{N-1}{N}X_t\right]dt \tag*{(212)} d X t = 2 Π X t d B t + [ β Π X t ∇ E H ( X t ) − N N − 1 X t ] d t (212)
in R N \mathbb{R}^N R N , where B B B is a standard Brownian motion in R N \mathbb{R}^N R N ; compare Lemma 3.5 and (63) . The coefficients are smooth and in particular locally Lipschitz. Let ρ t = ∣ X t ∣ 2 − N \rho_t = |X_t|^2-N ρ t = ∣ X t ∣ 2 − N . Note that x ⋅ Π x v = − ρ x ⋅ v / N x\cdot\Pi_xv=-\rho\,x\cdot v/N x ⋅ Π x v = − ρ x ⋅ v / N and tr ( Π x Π x ) = N − 1 + ρ 2 / N 2 \operatorname{tr}(\Pi_x\Pi_x)=N-1+\rho^2/N^2 tr ( Π x Π x ) = N − 1 + ρ 2 / N 2 for ρ = ∣ x ∣ 2 − N \rho=|x|^2-N ρ = ∣ x ∣ 2 − N . Then Itô’s formula gives d ρ t = ρ t ( a t d t + b t ⋅ d B t ) d\rho_t=\rho_t(a_t\,dt+b_t\cdot dB_t) d ρ t = ρ t ( a t d t + b t ⋅ d B t ) with locally bounded processes a t a_t a t and b t b_t b t . This implies that ρ t = 0 \rho_t=0 ρ t = 0 for all t t t when ρ 0 = 0 \rho_0=0 ρ 0 = 0 , so that the solution started on S N S_N S N is global and pathwise unique. When the coefficients of H ~ \widetilde H H range over a finite-dimensional parameter space, localization on bounded sets of parameters and successive approximations construct the solution as a jointly measurable function of the parameters, the initial point, and the path of B B B .
Proposition 8.12 (The truncated process avoids the caps). There exists α 1 ∈ ( 0 , α 0 ] \alpha_1\in(0,\alpha_0] α 1 ∈ ( 0 , α 0 ] such that, for every α ∈ ( 0 , α 1 ] \alpha\in(0,\alpha_1] α ∈ ( 0 , α 1 ] , there exist γ 0 , c , C > 0 \gamma_0,c,C>0 γ 0 , c , C > 0 and N 0 N_0 N 0 with the following property. Let Q α Q_\alpha Q α be the joint law of: the coefficient vector J J J of H N H_N H N , conditioned on Ω N \Omega_N Ω N ; an independent uniform axis u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N ; an independent initial point X 0 X_0 X 0 with law ν N \nu_N ν N ; and the solution X X X of (8.49) with H ~ = H J + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) \widetilde H=H_J+\delta_\alpha(u,\cdot) H = H J + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) , driven by an independent Brownian motion. Then, for every N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_0 N ≥ N 0 and every admissible ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) ,
Q α ( sup 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ 0 N ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ α 2 ) ≤ C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . (213) Q_\alpha\left(\sup_{0\le t\le e^{\gamma_0N}}|R(X_t,u)|\ge\frac{\alpha}{2}\right)\le C\left(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d}\right)+e^{-cN}. \tag*{(213)} Q α ( 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ 0 N sup ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ 2 α ) ≤ C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . (213)
The same bound holds with γ 0 \gamma_0 γ 0 replaced by any γ ∈ ( 0 , γ 0 ] \gamma\in(0,\gamma_0] γ ∈ ( 0 , γ 0 ] .
Proof. The proof has three steps: we verify the hypotheses of Lemma 8.11, bound the integrated killing rate, and convert the killing at a smooth rate into a hit of the cap C α / 2 ( u ) C_{\alpha/2}(u) C α /2 ( u ) .
The setting of the comparison lemma. Let Θ \Theta Θ be the space of coefficient vectors, P Ω ( d J ) = P ( d J ∣ Ω N ) \mathbb{P}_{\Omega}(dJ)=\mathbb{P}(dJ\mid\Omega_N) P Ω ( dJ ) = P ( dJ ∣ Ω N ) , E = Θ × S N E=\Theta\times S_N E = Θ × S N , and
μ ( d J , d x ) = P Ω ( d J ) π H J ( d x ) , f 0 ( J , x ) = Z H J e − β H J ( x ) , \mu(dJ,dx)=\mathbb{P}_{\Omega}(dJ)\,\pi^{H_J}(dx),\qquad f_0(J,x)=Z_{H_J}e^{-\beta H_J(x)}, μ ( dJ , d x ) = P Ω ( dJ ) π H J ( d x ) , f 0 ( J , x ) = Z H J e − β H J ( x ) ,
where Z H J = ∫ e β H J d ν N Z_{H_J}=\int e^{\beta H_J}\,d\nu_N Z H J = ∫ e β H J d ν N . The label space is ( U , ϑ ) = ( S N , ν N ) (\mathcal{U},\vartheta)=(S_N,\nu_N) ( U , ϑ ) = ( S N , ν N ) , the space of axes. Then f 0 μ f_0\mu f 0 μ is exactly P Ω ⊗ ν N \mathbb{P}_{\Omega}\otimes\nu_N P Ω ⊗ ν N , the law of the field and the initial point. On Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , we have ∣ H J ∣ ≤ C 0 N |H_J|\le C_0N ∣ H J ∣ ≤ C 0 N , which implies f 0 ≤ e 2 β C 0 N f_0\le e^{2\beta C_0N} f 0 ≤ e 2 β C 0 N and
H 0 ≤ log ( 1 + e 2 β C 0 N ) ∫ ( 1 + f 0 ) d μ ≤ C ( 1 + N ) . (214) \mathcal{H}_0\le\log(1+e^{2\beta C_0N})\int(1+f_0)\,d\mu\le C(1+N). \tag*{(214)} H 0 ≤ log ( 1 + e 2 β C 0 N ) ∫ ( 1 + f 0 ) d μ ≤ C ( 1 + N ) . (214)
The base form is E 0 ( g , v ) = ∫ ∇ x g ⋅ ∇ x v d μ ˉ \mathcal{E}_0(g,v)=\int\nabla_xg\cdot\nabla_xv\,d\bar\mu E 0 ( g , v ) = ∫ ∇ x g ⋅ ∇ x v d μ ˉ , where μ ˉ = ν N ⊗ μ \bar\mu=\nu_N\otimes\mu μ ˉ = ν N ⊗ μ and ∇ x \nabla_x ∇ x is the gradient in the variable of S N S_N S N , with domain V = L 2 ( ν N ⊗ P Ω ; H 1 ( S N , ν N ) ) \mathcal{V}=L^2(\nu_N\otimes\mathbb{P}_{\Omega};H^1(S_N,\nu_N)) V = L 2 ( ν N ⊗ P Ω ; H 1 ( S N , ν N )) . Since e − 2 β C 0 N ≤ d μ / d ( P Ω ⊗ ν N ) ≤ e 2 β C 0 N e^{-2\beta C_0N}\le d\mu/d(\mathbb{P}_{\Omega}\otimes\nu_N)\le e^{2\beta C_0N} e − 2 β C 0 N ≤ d μ / d ( P Ω ⊗ ν N ) ≤ e 2 β C 0 N , the form norm ( ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( μ ˉ ) 2 + E 0 ( g , g ) ) 1 / 2 (\|g\|_{L^2(\bar\mu)}^2+\mathcal{E}_0(g,g))^{1/2} ( ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( μ ˉ ) 2 + E 0 ( g , g ) ) 1/2 on V \mathcal{V} V is equivalent to the norm of this Hilbert space. Then E 0 \mathcal{E}_0 E 0 is closed. Constants lie in V \mathcal{V} V with zero energy, the product and chain rules hold fiberwise, and the operations in (D4) act fiberwise in ( u , J ) (u,J) ( u , J ) . The equivalence constants grow with N N N , but they are never used as small constants. For fixed ( u , J ) (u,J) ( u , J ) , the operator A 0 A_0 A 0 acts as − L β , H J -L_{\beta,H_J} − L β , H J , which is symmetric for π H J \pi^{H_J} π H J .
We take w = β δ α ( u , x ) w=\beta\delta_\alpha(u,x) w = β δ α ( u , x ) , a bounded function of ( u , J , x ) (u,J,x) ( u , J , x ) , smooth in x x x . The conditional law of μ w \mu_w μ w given ( u , J ) (u,J) ( u , J ) is the Gibbs measure of H J + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) H_J+\delta_\alpha(u,\cdot) H J + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) . For fixed ( u , J ) (u,J) ( u , J ) , the form E w \mathcal{E}_w E w is therefore the Dirichlet form of L β , H J + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) L_{\beta,H_J+\delta_\alpha(u,\cdot)} L β , H J + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) , and A w A_w A w acts as − L β , H J + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) -L_{\beta,H_J+\delta_\alpha(u,\cdot)} − L β , H J + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) . The solutions of (212) , constructed for each fixed ( u , J ) (u,J) ( u , J ) and measurable in these parameters, provide the Markov process required by the lemma, with frozen label u u u and frozen parameter J J J . Its initial law ϑ ⊗ ( f 0 μ ) \vartheta\otimes(f_0\mu) ϑ ⊗ ( f 0 μ ) is the initial law of Q α Q_\alpha Q α . No differentiation in J J J is needed, since the gradient acts only in x x x .
For α ≤ α 0 \alpha\le\alpha_0 α ≤ α 0 , Proposition 8.10 verifies (198) for every ( J , x ) (J,x) ( J , x ) with J ∈ Ω N J\in\Omega_N J ∈ Ω N , with
η = C 1 N 1 − d / 2 , ϵ = C 1 N 2 − d , (215) \eta=C_1N^{1-d/2},\qquad\epsilon=C_1N^{2-d}, \tag*{(215)} η = C 1 N 1 − d /2 , ϵ = C 1 N 2 − d , (215)
and η ≤ 1 / 2 \eta\le1/2 η ≤ 1/2 for large N N N .
The integrated killing rate. Let ϕ : R → [ 0 , 1 ] \phi:\mathbb{R}\to[0,1] ϕ : R → [ 0 , 1 ] be smooth and even, with ϕ ( r ) = 0 \phi(r)=0 ϕ ( r ) = 0 for ∣ r ∣ ≤ α / 4 |r|\le\alpha/4 ∣ r ∣ ≤ α /4 and ϕ ( r ) = 1 \phi(r)=1 ϕ ( r ) = 1 for ∣ r ∣ ≥ α / 3 |r|\ge\alpha/3 ∣ r ∣ ≥ α /3 , and let κ ( u , J , x ) = ϕ ( R ( x , u ) ) \kappa(u,J,x)=\phi(R(x,u)) κ ( u , J , x ) = ϕ ( R ( x , u )) . Since f f f does not depend on u u u and ∫ F d μ = 2 \int F\,d\mu=2 ∫ F d μ = 2 , we integrate over the label first, bound e w e^w e w by (193) , and use M ≥ 1 / 2 M\ge1/2 M ≥ 1/2 . For fixed x x x , the set of axes u u u with κ ( u , J , x ) ≠ 0 \kappa(u,J,x)\ne0 κ ( u , J , x ) = 0 is contained in C α / 4 ( x ) C_{\alpha/4}(x) C α /4 ( x ) . By symmetry, ν N ( C b ( x ) ) \nu_N(C_b(x)) ν N ( C b ( x )) does not depend on x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N ; we denote this common value by ν N ( C b ) \nu_N(C_b) ν N ( C b ) . We obtain
R λ ≤ 4 λ − 1 e C 1 β N α d ν N ( C α / 4 ) . (216) R_\lambda\le4\lambda^{-1}e^{C_1\beta N\alpha^d}\nu_N(C_{\alpha/4}). \tag*{(216)} R λ ≤ 4 λ − 1 e C 1 β N α d ν N ( C α /4 ) . (216)
This step uses that (193) holds for every u u u and x x x , not only on average. By (185) , for every fixed b ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) b\in(0,1) b ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and large N N N ,
ν N ( C b ) = 2 ∫ b 1 p N ( r ) d r ≤ 2 N e − ( N − 3 ) I ( b ) ≤ e − N I ( b ) / 2 . (217) \nu_N(C_b)=2\int_b^1p_N(r)\,dr\le2\sqrt{N}e^{-(N-3)I(b)}\le e^{-NI(b)/2}. \tag*{(217)} ν N ( C b ) = 2 ∫ b 1 p N ( r ) d r ≤ 2 N e − ( N − 3 ) I ( b ) ≤ e − N I ( b ) /2 . (217)
Since I ( b ) ≥ b 2 / 2 I(b)\ge b^2/2 I ( b ) ≥ b 2 /2 and d > 2 d>2 d > 2 , there exists α 1 ∈ ( 0 , α 0 ] \alpha_1\in(0,\alpha_0] α 1 ∈ ( 0 , α 0 ] such that C 1 β α d ≤ I ( α / 4 ) / 8 C_1\beta\alpha^d\le I(\alpha/4)/8 C 1 β α d ≤ I ( α /4 ) /8 for all α ≤ α 1 \alpha\le\alpha_1 α ≤ α 1 . We fix α ≤ α 1 \alpha\le\alpha_1 α ≤ α 1 and set γ 0 = I ( α / 4 ) / 8 \gamma_0=I(\alpha/4)/8 γ 0 = I ( α /4 ) /8 . For λ = ( e γ 0 N + 1 ) − 1 \lambda=(e^{\gamma_0N}+1)^{-1} λ = ( e γ 0 N + 1 ) − 1 , (216) and (217) imply that R λ ≤ 8 e − N I ( α / 4 ) / 4 R_\lambda\le8e^{-NI(\alpha/4)/4} R λ ≤ 8 e − N I ( α /4 ) /4 for large N N N . Combining (201) , (214) , and (215) , we obtain
Q α ( τ κ ≤ e γ 0 N + 1 ) ≤ C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N , (218) Q_\alpha\left(\tau_\kappa\le e^{\gamma_0N}+1\right)\le C\left(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d}\right)+e^{-cN}, \tag*{(218)} Q α ( τ κ ≤ e γ 0 N + 1 ) ≤ C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N , (218)
where τ κ \tau_\kappa τ κ is the killing time at rate κ \kappa κ , defined with an independent unit exponential variable as in Lemma 8.11. In (218) we used N 2 − d ≤ N 1 − d / 2 N^{2-d}\le N^{1-d/2} N 2 − d ≤ N 1 − d /2 .
From the killing time to the cap. Let r t = R ( X t , u ) r_t=R(X_t,u) r t = R ( X t , u ) . By (212) , r t r_t r t has drift − N − 1 N r t + β N − 1 u ⋅ ∇ H ~ ( X t ) -\frac{N-1}{N}r_t+\beta N^{-1}u\cdot\nabla\widetilde{H}(X_t) − N N − 1 r t + β N − 1 u ⋅ ∇ H ( X t ) and martingale part with quadratic variation rate 2 ∣ Π X t u ∣ 2 / N 2 = 2 ( 1 − r t 2 ) / N ≤ 2 / N 2|\Pi_{X_t}u|^2/N^2=2(1-r_t^2)/N\le2/N 2∣ Π X t u ∣ 2 / N 2 = 2 ( 1 − r t 2 ) / N ≤ 2/ N . On Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , we have ∥ ∇ H ~ ∥ ∞ ≤ C N \lVert\nabla\widetilde{H}\rVert_\infty\le C\sqrt{N} ∥ ∇ H ∥ ∞ ≤ C N by (177) and (193) , and the drift is bounded by a constant d ˉ r \bar d_r d ˉ r . Let τ α / 2 = inf { t ≥ 0 : ∣ r t ∣ ≥ α / 2 } \tau_{\alpha/2}=\inf\{t\ge0: |r_t|\ge\alpha/2\} τ α /2 = inf { t ≥ 0 : ∣ r t ∣ ≥ α /2 } , let Δ = α / 2 − α / 3 = α / 6 \Delta=\alpha/2-\alpha/3=\alpha/6 Δ = α /2 − α /3 = α /6 , and let t 0 = Δ / ( 4 ( d ˉ r + 1 ) ) < 1 t_0=\Delta/(4(\bar d_r+1))<1 t 0 = Δ/ ( 4 ( d ˉ r + 1 )) < 1 . We claim that, for every T > 0 T>0 T > 0 ,
Q α ( { τ α / 2 ≤ T } ∩ { inf τ α / 2 ≤ t ≤ τ α / 2 + t 0 ∣ r t ∣ < α 3 } ) ≤ 2 exp ( − N Δ 2 16 t 0 ) . (219) Q_\alpha\left(\{\tau_{\alpha/2}\le T\}\cap\left\{\inf_{\tau_{\alpha/2}\le t\le\tau_{\alpha/2}+t_0}|r_t|<\frac{\alpha}{3}\right\}\right)\le2\exp\left(-\frac{N\Delta^2}{16t_0}\right). \tag*{(219)} Q α ( { τ α /2 ≤ T } ∩ { τ α /2 ≤ t ≤ τ α /2 + t 0 inf ∣ r t ∣ < 3 α } ) ≤ 2 exp ( − 16 t 0 N Δ 2 ) . (219)
Indeed, after τ α / 2 \tau_{\alpha/2} τ α /2 , the drift moves r t r_t r t by at most d ˉ r t 0 ≤ Δ / 4 \bar d_r t_0\le\Delta/4 d ˉ r t 0 ≤ Δ/4 during a time t 0 t_0 t 0 . A decrease of ∣ r t ∣ |r_t| ∣ r t ∣ from at least α / 2 \alpha/2 α /2 to below α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 therefore requires an increment of the martingale part of absolute value at least Δ / 2 \Delta/2 Δ/2 , and its quadratic variation during this interval is at most 2 t 0 / N 2t_0/N 2 t 0 / N . A continuous martingale whose quadratic variation is at most v v v has an absolute increment at least b b b with probability at most 2 e − b 2 / ( 2 v ) 2e^{-b^2/(2v)} 2 e − b 2 / ( 2 v ) , by the exponential supermartingale. Applying this after the stopping time τ α / 2 \tau_{\alpha/2} τ α /2 , conditionally on the frozen variables, and integrating, we conclude that (219) holds. This also covers the case τ α / 2 = 0 \tau_{\alpha/2}=0 τ α /2 = 0 .
On the complement of the event in (219) , and on { τ α / 2 ≤ T } \{\tau_{\alpha/2}\le T\} { τ α /2 ≤ T } , the killing rate equals one on the whole interval [ τ α / 2 , τ α / 2 + t 0 ] [\tau_{\alpha/2},\tau_{\alpha/2}+t_0] [ τ α /2 , τ α /2 + t 0 ] . Conditionally on the path, the integrated killing rate is at least t 0 t_0 t 0 by time T + t 0 T+t_0 T + t 0 , and the killing occurs by that time with probability at least 1 − e − t 0 1-e^{-t_0} 1 − e − t 0 . Integrating, and using (219) , we find
Q α ( τ α / 2 ≤ T ) ≤ ( 1 − e − t 0 ) − 1 Q α ( τ κ ≤ T + t 0 ) + 2 e − N Δ 2 / ( 16 t 0 ) . Q_\alpha(\tau_{\alpha/2}\le T)\le(1-e^{-t_0})^{-1}Q_\alpha(\tau_\kappa\le T+t_0)+2e^{-N\Delta^2/(16t_0)}. Q α ( τ α /2 ≤ T ) ≤ ( 1 − e − t 0 ) − 1 Q α ( τ κ ≤ T + t 0 ) + 2 e − N Δ 2 / ( 16 t 0 ) .
We take T = e γ 0 N T=e^{\gamma_0N} T = e γ 0 N and use (218) with t 0 < 1 t_0<1 t 0 < 1 . After adjusting C C C , c c c , and N 0 N_0 N 0 , this proves (213) . The left side of (213) decreases when γ 0 \gamma_0 γ 0 is decreased.
The cutoff in the gradient variable
The truncated and true processes coincide until ∣ r ∣ |r| ∣ r ∣ or ∣ s ∣ |s| ∣ s ∣ reaches the cutoff scale. In this section, we show that the true process is unlikely to reach the cutoff boundary ∣ s ∣ = α |s|=\alpha ∣ s ∣ = α . The argument uses the independence of G u G_u G u from the conditioned field, under the unrestricted Gaussian law.
Lemma 8.13 (The gradient cutoff is not reached). Let ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) be admissible. Let u u u be uniform on S N S_N S N and independent of H N H_N H N , let X 0 X_0 X 0 have law ν N \nu_N ν N , and let X X X solve (212) with H ~ = H h , k , u \widetilde H=H^{h,k,u} H = H h , k , u , where X 0 X_0 X 0 and the Brownian motion are independent of ( H N , u ) (H_N,u) ( H N , u ) . Let s t = G u ⋅ X t / N s_t=G_u\cdot X_t/N s t = G u ⋅ X t / N . For every b > 0 b>0 b > 0 , there exist γ b , c b > 0 \gamma_b,c_b>0 γ b , c b > 0 and N 0 N_0 N 0 such that, for N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_0 N ≥ N 0 ,
P ( sup 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ b N ∣ s t ∣ ≥ b ) ≤ e − c b N . (220) \mathbb{P}\left(\sup_{0\le t\le e^{\gamma_bN}}|s_t|\ge b\right)\le e^{-c_bN}. \tag*{(220)} P ( 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ b N sup ∣ s t ∣ ≥ b ) ≤ e − c b N . (220) The same bound, with a smaller c b c_b c b , holds when the coefficient vector of H N H_N H N is conditioned on Ω N \Omega_N Ω N . The constants do not depend on ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) .
Proof. We first work under the unrestricted law. Conditionally on u u u , the coefficient vector of H N − D u H_N-D_u H N − D u is independent of G u G_u G u , by Proposition 8.7 , and G u G_u G u is a centered Gaussian vector in u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ with covariance a Q I u ⊥ a_Q I_{u^\perp} a Q I u ⊥ , by (182) . The coefficients of H h , k , u = ( H N − D u ) + N ( θ 1 h + θ 2 k ) H^{h,k,u}=(H_N-D_u)+N(\theta_1h+\theta_2k) H h , k , u = ( H N − D u ) + N ( θ 1 h + θ 2 k ) are a continuous function of those of H N − D u H_N-D_u H N − D u and of u u u . By the measurable construction of the solutions of (212) , the whole trajectory ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 is a measurable function of these coefficients, of u u u , of X 0 X_0 X 0 , and of the Brownian motion. Conditionally on u u u , it is therefore independent of G u G_u G u . At each fixed time t t t , conditionally on u u u and on the trajectory, s t s_t s t is centered Gaussian with variance a Q ∣ Π u X t ∣ 2 / N 2 ≤ a Q / N a_Q|\Pi_uX_t|^2/N^2\leq a_Q/N a Q ∣ Π u X t ∣ 2 / N 2 ≤ a Q / N , and
P ( ∣ s t ∣ ≥ b / 2 ) ≤ 2 e − N b 2 / ( 8 a Q ) . (221) \mathbb{P}\left(|s_t|\geq b/2\right)\leq2e^{-Nb^2/(8a_Q)}. \tag*{(221)} P ( ∣ s t ∣ ≥ b /2 ) ≤ 2 e − N b 2 / ( 8 a Q ) . (221)
We choose 0 < γ b < b 2 / ( 32 a Q ) 0<\gamma_b<b^2/(32a_Q) 0 < γ b < b 2 / ( 32 a Q ) and the grid of times j / N j/N j / N , 0 ≤ j ≤ ⌈ N e γ b N ⌉ 0\leq j\leq\lceil Ne^{\gamma_bN}\rceil 0 ≤ j ≤ ⌈ N e γ b N ⌉ . A union bound in (221) shows that some grid value satisfies ∣ s j / N ∣ ≥ b / 2 |s_{j/N}|\geq b/2 ∣ s j / N ∣ ≥ b /2 with probability at most e − c N e^{-cN} e − c N . We next control the intervals between grid points; here we use the regularity event once. On Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , we have ∣ G u ∣ ≤ C 0 N |G_u|\leq C_0\sqrt{N} ∣ G u ∣ ≤ C 0 N and ∥ ∇ H h , k , u ∥ ∞ ≤ C N \|\nabla H^{h,k,u}\|_\infty\leq C\sqrt{N} ∥∇ H h , k , u ∥ ∞ ≤ C N , by (177) and (181) . By (212) , s t s_t s t has drift − N − 1 N s t + β N − 1 G u ⋅ ∇ H h , k , u ( X t ) -\frac{N-1}{N}s_t+\beta N^{-1}G_u\cdot\nabla H^{h,k,u}(X_t) − N N − 1 s t + β N − 1 G u ⋅ ∇ H h , k , u ( X t ) , which is bounded by a constant d ˉ s \bar d_s d ˉ s since ∣ s t ∣ ≤ C 0 |s_t|\leq C_0 ∣ s t ∣ ≤ C 0 , and its martingale part has quadratic variation rate 2 ∣ Π X t G u ∣ 2 / N 2 ≤ q ˉ s / N 2|\Pi_{X_t}G_u|^2/N^2\leq\bar q_s/N 2∣ Π X t G u ∣ 2 / N 2 ≤ q ˉ s / N . On an interval of length 1 / N 1/N 1/ N , the drift moves s t s_t s t by at most b / 4 b/4 b /4 for large N N N . If ∣ s ∣ < b / 2 |s|<b/2 ∣ s ∣ < b /2 at the left endpoint and ∣ s ∣ |s| ∣ s ∣ reaches b b b in the interval, the martingale increment has absolute value at least b / 4 b/4 b /4 , while its quadratic variation is at most q ˉ s / N 2 \bar q_s/N^2 q ˉ s / N 2 . The martingale inequality used in the proof of Proposition 8.12 shows that this has probability at most 2 e − b 2 N 2 / ( 32 q ˉ s ) 2e^{-b^2N^2/(32\bar q_s)} 2 e − b 2 N 2 / ( 32 q ˉ s ) . This bound holds conditionally on every field in Ω N \Omega_N Ω N and every axis, because the Brownian motion is independent of them. A union over O ( N e γ b N ) O(Ne^{\gamma_bN}) O ( N e γ b N ) intervals costs at most e − c N 2 e^{-cN^2} e − c N 2 . Adding P ( Ω N c ) ≤ e − N \mathbb{P}(\Omega_N^c)\leq e^{-N} P ( Ω N c ) ≤ e − N once, we conclude that (220) holds.
Under the law conditioned on Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , the probability of the event in (220) is at most its unrestricted probability divided by P ( Ω N ) ≥ 1 / 2 \mathbb{P}(\Omega_N)\geq1/2 P ( Ω N ) ≥ 1/2 . This proves the second assertion. The independence of G u G_u G u from the trajectory was used only under the unrestricted law. □
Proof of the main estimate
Proof of Theorem 8.2. We fix the parameters, couple the true and truncated processes, remove the regularity restriction, and finally pass from a uniform axis to a deterministic one.
Choice of parameters. We fix ξ \xi ξ , Q Q Q , β \beta β , h ˉ \bar h h ˉ , k ˉ \bar k k ˉ , and take C 0 C_0 C 0 and Ω N \Omega_N Ω N from Lemma 8.6, and α 1 \alpha_1 α 1 from Proposition 8.12. We set a ∗ = α 1 / 2 a_*=\alpha_1/2 a ∗ = α 1 /2 . Given a ∈ ( 0 , a ∗ ] a\in(0,a_*] a ∈ ( 0 , a ∗ ] , we set α = 2 a \alpha=2a α = 2 a , so that the cap C α / 2 ( u ) C_{\alpha/2}(u) C α /2 ( u ) in (213) is C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) . We then choose
γ = min { γ 0 , γ α } . \gamma=\min\{\gamma_0,\gamma_\alpha\}. γ = min { γ 0 , γ α } .
where γ 0 \gamma_0 γ 0 is given by Proposition 8.12 and γ α \gamma_\alpha γ α by Lemma 8.13 with b = α b=\alpha b = α . All these choices precede N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ , and none depends on u u u or ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) ; see Table 8.1 .
The coupling. Let the coefficient vector J J J of H N H_N H N have its law conditioned on Ω N \Omega_N Ω N , and sample an independent uniform axis u u u , an independent initial point X 0 X_0 X 0 with law ν N \nu_N ν N , and an independent Brownian motion B B B . On this probability space, let X t r X^{\mathrm{tr}} X tr solve (212) with H ~ = H h , k , u = H N + δ h , k , u \widetilde H=H^{h,k,u}=H_N+\delta_{h,k,u} H = H h , k , u = H N + δ h , k , u , and let X c u t X^{\mathrm{cut}} X cut solve it with H ~ = H N + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) \widetilde H=H_N+\delta_\alpha(u,\cdot) H = H N + δ α ( u , ⋅ ) , both from X 0 X_0 X 0 and driven by B B B . Let r t r_t r t and s t s_t s t be defined by (190) along each path. On the open set { x : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ < α , ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣ / N < α } \{x:|R(x,u)|<\alpha,\ |G_u\cdot x|/N<\alpha\} { x : ∣ R ( x , u ) ∣ < α , ∣ G u ⋅ x ∣/ N < α } , the two cutoffs equal one, and the two Hamiltonians and their gradients agree there. By pathwise uniqueness, the two solutions coincide up to the first time that either of them leaves this set.
Let T = e γ N T=e^{\gamma N} T = e γ N , let τ a t r \tau_a^{\mathrm{tr}} τ a tr and τ a c u t \tau_a^{\mathrm{cut}} τ a cut be the hitting times of C a ( u ) C_a(u) C a ( u ) by the two processes, and let ζ t r = inf { t ≥ 0 : ∣ s t t r ∣ ≥ α } \zeta^{\mathrm{tr}}=\inf\{t\ge0:|s_t^{\mathrm{tr}}|\ge\alpha\} ζ tr = inf { t ≥ 0 : ∣ s t tr ∣ ≥ α } . We claim that
{ τ a t r ≤ T } ⊂ { τ a c u t ≤ T } ∪ { ζ t r ≤ T } . (222) \{\tau_a^{\mathrm{tr}}\le T\}\subset\{\tau_a^{\mathrm{cut}}\le T\}\cup\{\zeta^{\mathrm{tr}}\le T\}. \tag*{(222)} { τ a tr ≤ T } ⊂ { τ a cut ≤ T } ∪ { ζ tr ≤ T } . (222)
If ∣ R ( X 0 , u ) ∣ ≥ a |R(X_0,u)|\ge a ∣ R ( X 0 , u ) ∣ ≥ a , both hitting times are zero. If ∣ s 0 ∣ ≥ α |s_0|\ge\alpha ∣ s 0 ∣ ≥ α , then ζ t r = 0 \zeta^{\mathrm{tr}}=0 ζ tr = 0 . Otherwise, suppose that τ a t r ≤ T \tau_a^{\mathrm{tr}}\le T τ a tr ≤ T and ζ t r > T \zeta^{\mathrm{tr}}>T ζ tr > T . Since a < α a<\alpha a < α and the path is continuous, the true process reaches ∣ r ∣ = a |r|=a ∣ r ∣ = a before ∣ r ∣ = α |r|=\alpha ∣ r ∣ = α , and it does not reach ∣ s ∣ = α |s|=\alpha ∣ s ∣ = α before time T T T . The two processes therefore coincide on [ 0 , τ a t r ] [0,\tau_a^{\mathrm{tr}}] [ 0 , τ a tr ] , and τ a c u t = τ a t r ≤ T \tau_a^{\mathrm{cut}}=\tau_a^{\mathrm{tr}}\le T τ a cut = τ a tr ≤ T . This proves (222) .
The law of ( J , u , X c u t ) (J,u,X^{\mathrm{cut}}) ( J , u , X cut ) is Q α Q_\alpha Q α . Since γ ≤ γ 0 \gamma\le\gamma_0 γ ≤ γ 0 , Proposition 8.12 bounds the probability of the first event in (222) by C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N C(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d})+e^{-cN} C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . In the same way, γ ≤ γ α \gamma\le\gamma_\alpha γ ≤ γ α and the restricted bound of Lemma 8.13 imply that the second event has probability at most e − c α N e^{-c_\alpha N} e − c α N .
Removing the restriction. Let now J J J have its unrestricted Gaussian law, with the other variables as before. For any event A A A , we have P ( A ) ≤ P ( A ∣ Ω N ) + P ( Ω N c ) \mathbb{P}(A)\le\mathbb{P}(A\mid\Omega_N)+\mathbb{P}(\Omega_N^c) P ( A ) ≤ P ( A ∣ Ω N ) + P ( Ω N c ) , and P ( Ω N c ) ≤ e − N \mathbb{P}(\Omega_N^c)\le e^{-N} P ( Ω N c ) ≤ e − N . Under the unrestricted law and conditionally on u u u , the field H h , k , u H^{h,k,u} H h , k , u has the law E h , k , u \mathbb{E}_{h,k,u} E h , k , u of Definition 8.1, which is the conditional law by Proposition 8.7, and it is independent of X 0 X_0 X 0 and B B B . By the measurable construction of the solutions of (212) , the probability of { τ a t r ≤ T } \{\tau_a^{\mathrm{tr}}\le T\} { τ a tr ≤ T } given u u u is the left side of (8.5) at the axis u u u ; it is a measurable function of u u u (compare Lemma 4.2). We have shown that
∫ E h , k , u [ P ν N H ( sup 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ] ν N ( d u ) ≤ C ( N 1 − d / 2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . (223) \int\mathbb{E}_{h,k,u}\left[\mathbb{P}_{\nu_N}^{H}\left(\sup_{0\le t\le e^{\gamma N}}|R(X_t,u)|\ge a\right)\right]\nu_N(du)
\le C(N^{1-d/2}+N^{3-d})+e^{-cN}. \tag*{(223)} ∫ E h , k , u [ P ν N H ( 0 ≤ t ≤ e γ N sup ∣ R ( X t , u ) ∣ ≥ a ) ] ν N ( d u ) ≤ C ( N 1 − d /2 + N 3 − d ) + e − c N . (223)
Deterministic axes. Let g ∈ O ( N ) g\in O(N) g ∈ O ( N ) . The law of H N H_N H N is invariant under H ↦ H ∘ g − 1 H\mapsto H\circ g^{-1} H ↦ H ∘ g − 1 , and for the field H ∘ g − 1 H\circ g^{-1} H ∘ g − 1 the quantities H Q ( g u ) H_Q(gu) H Q ( g u ) , K Q ( g u ) K_Q(gu) K Q ( g u ) , and G g u G_{gu} G g u equal H Q ( u ) H_Q(u) H Q ( u ) , K Q ( u ) K_Q(u) K Q ( u ) , and g G u gG_u g G u for the field H H H . By (166) and (167) , the conditioned field at g u gu g u built from H ∘ g − 1 H\circ g^{-1} H ∘ g − 1 is H h , k , u ∘ g − 1 H^{h,k,u}\circ g^{-1} H h , k , u ∘ g − 1 . The law of H h , k , g u H^{h,k,gu} H h , k , g u is therefore the image of the law of H h , k , u H^{h,k,u} H h , k , u under H ↦ H ∘ g − 1 H\mapsto H\circ g^{-1} H ↦ H ∘ g − 1 . If X X X solves (212) for a Hamiltonian H ~ \widetilde H H with Brownian motion B B B , then g X gX g X solves it for H ~ ∘ g − 1 \widetilde H\circ g^{-1} H ∘ g − 1 with Brownian motion g B gB g B ; this is the rotation covariance of Lemma 4.2 at the level of paths. Together with the invariance of ν N \nu_N ν N and R ( g x , g u ) = R ( x , u ) R(gx,gu)=R(x,u) R ( g x , g u ) = R ( x , u ) , it shows that the integrand in (223) takes the same value at u u u and at g u gu g u . As O ( N ) O(N) O ( N ) acts transitively on S N S_N S N , the integrand is constant, and (223) implies (168) for every u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N . In the pure case, the same argument applies with the conditioning vector ( H Q ( u ) , G u ) (H_Q(u), G_u) ( H Q ( u ) , G u ) and k = p h k = ph k = p h . Finite sums of exponentially small terms are bounded by e − c N e^{-cN} e − c N after decreasing c c c and increasing N 0 N_0 N 0 , and this completes the proof.
Pure models: critical-point counts and Gibbs concentration on bands
In this section, we prove the hypotheses of the reduction in Section 4 on critical-point counts and on the concentration of the Gibbs measure on bands, for the pure model ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r)=r^p ξ ( r ) = r p . The degree p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 may be odd or even, and β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) is fixed. Proposition 9.1 states that the expected number of critical points of the center field H Q H_Q H Q in a fixed window around m N = N E 0 − ( log N ) / ( 2 c 0 ) m_N = NE_0 - (\log N)/(2c_0) m N = N E 0 − ( log N ) / ( 2 c 0 ) is bounded. It also states that this window contains the global maximum with probability close to one. Theorem 9.2 states that the bands around these critical points carry asymptotically all of the Gibbs measure, both for every small fixed width and for widths of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 . Both results are used in Section 13, in the proofs of Theorem 1.2 and Corollary 1.3 for pure models.
We use the following results from other sections. From § 6.4 , we use the representation and regularity of the field (Lemma 3.2) and the concentration of free energies (Lemma 3.3). From Section 5, we use that the pure model is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q , with explicit parameters (Proposition 5.20), the ground-state parameters E 0 E_0 E 0 and K 0 K_0 K 0 of Proposition 5.11, and the bound on the residual coefficient of Lemma 5.22. From Section 6, we use that every limiting directing measure is carried by the sphere of squared norm Q Q Q (Theorem 6.3). This is the only information about the overlap structure of the Gibbs measure that enters the proof. From § 6.2 , we use the conditioned laws and the law of the Hessian at a conditioned critical point (Definition 7.3 and Corollary 7.6), and Gaussian concentration (Lemma 7.5). We also use the moment bounds for conditioned determinants, the removal of exceptional events, and the bound on expected determinants by the logarithmic potential of the semicircle law (Propositions 7.7 and 7.9 and Corollary 7.8), as well as the marked Kac–Rice formula, the exact count formula, and the Hölder bound for determinant-weighted expectations (Theorem 7.17, Corollary 7.18, and Lemma 7.22).
The pure model has more explicit structure than a general mixture. We use several results of Subag and of Subag and Zeitouni about it. The parameters Q Q Q and x x x and the ground energy are given by Subag’s computation of the pure free energy through the TAP approach [142]. The critical values near the maximum were studied by Subag and Zeitouni [144], who identified their extremal process; we use only the resulting tightness of the centered maximum. The law of the field conditioned on a critical point was computed by Subag [141]. In [141, Theorem 1], Subag proved that for sufficiently large β \beta β the Gibbs measure concentrates on thin bands around the critical points of nearly maximal value. That theorem assumes that β \beta β is large, and it is not used here. Instead, we derive the concentration of the Gibbs measure on bands at every β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_{\mathrm{s}}(p) β > β s ( p ) from Theorem 6.3 , together with Subag’s fixed-parameter estimates for free energies of replicated bands [143]. Since ξ \xi ξ is pure, the radial derivative is a multiple of the value, K Q = p H Q K_Q = pH_Q K Q = p H Q . All conditioning at a critical point is therefore on the value and the spherical gradient alone, and no covariance matrix of the value and the radial derivative is inverted.
The proof proceeds in stages. In § 6.5.3 , we bound the density of critical values by an exponential with a bounded prefactor on every window of sublinear width (Lemma 9.6 ). In § 6.5.4 , we show that all critical points with energy close to the ground energy are nondegenerate maxima, and that every point with such energy is close to a critical maximum (Proposition 9.12 ); we also prove Proposition 9.1 . In § 6.5.5 , we show that the empirical mean of a fixed number of Gibbs samples with pairwise overlaps close to Q Q Q has energy close to the ground energy (Proposition 9.15 ). In § 6.5.6 , we combine these two facts with the directing measure and obtain a cover of the Gibbs measure by caps around critical points of near-ground energy (Proposition 9.16). In Sections 9.7 to 9.9, we pass from this cover to critical points in a fixed window and to microscopic bands, of width of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 . The tools are second moments and lower tails of band partition functions conditioned on a critical point, a Laplace computation over latitudes, a lower bound for the partition function, and a bound on the partition functions of the bands around critical points whose value lies at least L L L below the centering, which decays exponentially in L L L .
Notation. Throughout this section, p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 is an integer, ξ ( r ) = r p \xi(r) = r^p ξ ( r ) = r p , β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_{\mathrm{s}}(p) β > β s ( p ) is fixed, and H N H_N H N is realized by (3.2), so that it is a homogeneous polynomial of degree p p p on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N . We write π \pi π for the Gibbs measure, Z N , β = ∫ e β H N d ν N Z_{N,\beta} = \int e^{\beta H_N}\,d\nu_N Z N , β = ∫ e β H N d ν N for the partition function, as in Definition 3.1, and P N = N − 1 log Z N , β P_N = N^{-1}\log Z_{N,\beta} P N = N − 1 log Z N , β . As in Section 3, ∇ \nabla ∇ and ∇ 2 \nabla^2 ∇ 2 denote Euclidean derivatives, and ∇ S N \nabla_{S_N} ∇ S N , ∇ S N 2 \nabla^2_{S_N} ∇ S N 2 , and ∇ S N 3 \nabla^3_{S_N} ∇ S N 3 denote the spherical gradient, Hessian, and third covariant derivative. We write d S N d_{S_N} d S N for the geodesic distance on S N S_N S N and ∣ S N ∣ = 2 π N / 2 N ( N − 1 ) / 2 / Γ ( N / 2 ) |S_N| = 2\pi^{N/2}N^{(N-1)/2}/\Gamma(N/2) ∣ S N ∣ = 2 π N /2 N ( N − 1 ) /2 /Γ ( N /2 ) for its surface area. Constants C , c > 0 C,c > 0 C , c > 0 depend only on p p p and β \beta β unless we say otherwise. All parameters other than N N N are fixed before N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ , in the order stated in each proof, and Table 9.1 summarizes this order.
Table 9.1. Parameters in the proofs of Proposition 9.1 and Theorem 9.2, in the order in which they are fixed. The window M M M of Proposition 9.1 and Theorem 9.2(1) is fixed after the band width b b b and the interval U U U , and before N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ .
Parameters and statements
Thermodynamic parameters. By Proposition 5.20 , the pair ( ξ , β ) (\xi,\beta) ( ξ , β ) is strictly 1RSB with a nondegenerate contact at Q Q Q (Definition 5.9 ), and the parameters x x x and Q Q Q are explicit. Let z p > 0 z_p > 0 z p > 0 be the unique solution of
p [ ( 1 + z p ) log ( 1 + z p ) − z p ] = z p 2 (224) p\left[(1+z_p)\log(1+z_p)-z_p\right]=z_p^2 \tag*{(224)} p [ ( 1 + z p ) log ( 1 + z p ) − z p ] = z p 2 (224)
which is the equation υ ( z p ) = 1 / p \upsilon(z_p)=1/p υ ( z p ) = 1/ p of Proposition 5.20, and let
q s = z p 1 + z p , e p = p + z p p ( 1 + z p ) , e ∞ = 2 p − 1 p , q_s=\frac{z_p}{1+z_p},\qquad e_p=\frac{p+z_p}{\sqrt{p(1+z_p)}},\qquad e_\infty=2\sqrt{\frac{p-1}{p}}, q s = 1 + z p z p , e p = p ( 1 + z p ) p + z p , e ∞ = 2 p p − 1 ,
c p = z p p ( 1 + z p ) , w 0 = p − 1 1 + z p . (225) c_p=\frac{z_p}{\sqrt{p(1+z_p)}},\qquad w_0=\sqrt{\frac{p-1}{1+z_p}}. \tag*{(225)} c p = p ( 1 + z p ) z p , w 0 = 1 + z p p − 1 . (225)
By Proposition 5.20, we have z p > 2 ( p − 2 ) z_p>2(p-2) z p > 2 ( p − 2 ) ; the radius Q Q Q is the unique solution in ( q s , 1 ) (q_s,1) ( q s , 1 ) of
β 2 p ( 1 + z p ) Q p − 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 = 1 ; (226) \beta^2p(1+z_p)Q^{p-2}(1-Q)^2=1; \tag*{(226)} β 2 p ( 1 + z p ) Q p − 2 ( 1 − Q ) 2 = 1 ; (226)
the other parameter is x = z p s / Q x=z_ps/Q x = z p s / Q , where s = 1 − Q s=1-Q s = 1 − Q ; the ground energy of H N H_N H N is E ( 1 ) = lim N N − 1 E max S N H N = e p E(1)=\lim_{N}N^{-1} \mathbb{E}\max_{S_N}H_N=e_p E ( 1 ) = lim N N − 1 E max S N H N = e p ; the ground-state parameters of Proposition 5.11 are E 0 = e p Q p / 2 E_0=e_pQ^{p/2} E 0 = e p Q p /2 and K 0 = p E 0 K_0=pE_0 K 0 = p E 0 ; and, with the residual covariance ψ Q ( t ) = ( Q + s t ) p − Q p − p Q p − 1 s t \psi_Q(t)=(Q+st)^p-Q^p-pQ^{p-1}st ψ Q ( t ) = ( Q + s t ) p − Q p − p Q p − 1 s t ,
F ( β ) = β e p Q p / 2 + 1 2 log s + β 2 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) . (227) F(\beta)=\beta e_pQ^{p/2}+\frac{1}{2}\log s+\frac{\beta^2}{2}\psi_Q(1). \tag*{(227)} F ( β ) = β e p Q p /2 + 2 1 log s + 2 β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) . (227)
These formulas were obtained by Subag [142, Theorems 1 and 2] from the generalized TAP representation; see Remark 5.21 for the dictionary.
We record some consequences. Since z p > p − 2 z_p>p-2 z p > p − 2 , we have 0 < w 0 < 1 0<w_0<1 0 < w 0 < 1 and q s > ( p − 2 ) / ( p − 1 ) ≥ 2 / 3 q_s>(p-2)/(p-1)\ge2/3 q s > ( p − 2 ) / ( p − 1 ) ≥ 2/3 , and
e p = p − 1 p ( w 0 + w 0 − 1 ) , e p 2 − e ∞ 2 = ( z p − p + 2 ) 2 p ( 1 + z p ) > 0. (228) e_p=\sqrt{\frac{p-1}{p}}\left(w_0+w_0^{-1}\right),\qquad e_p^2-e_\infty^2=\frac{(z_p-p+2)^2}{p(1+z_p)}>0. \tag*{(228)} e p = p p − 1 ( w 0 + w 0 − 1 ) , e p 2 − e ∞ 2 = p ( 1 + z p ) ( z p − p + 2 ) 2 > 0. (228)
By (9.3) and the definition of x x x ,
Q > q s > 2 3 , 0 < x < 1 , β s Q ( p − 2 ) / 2 = 1 p ( 1 + z p ) , c p = β x Q p / 2 . (229) Q>q_s>\frac{2}{3},\qquad0<x<1,\qquad\beta sQ^{(p-2)/2}=\frac{1}{\sqrt{p(1+z_p)}},\qquad c_p=\beta xQ^{p/2}. \tag*{(229)} Q > q s > 3 2 , 0 < x < 1 , β s Q ( p − 2 ) /2 = p ( 1 + z p ) 1 , c p = β x Q p /2 . (229)
From the last identity, we find that the slope c 0 = β x c_0=\beta x c 0 = β x of Proposition 5.11 is c 0 = c p Q − p / 2 c_0=c_pQ^{-p/2} c 0 = c p Q − p /2 . The center covariance parameters are ξ ( Q ) = Q p \xi(Q)=Q^p ξ ( Q ) = Q p , a Q = p Q p a_Q=pQ^p a Q = p Q p , and b Q = p ( p − 1 ) Q p b_Q=p(p-1)Q^p b Q = p ( p − 1 ) Q p .
Center field and windows. The center field and its radial derivative are
H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) = Q p / 2 H N ( u ) , K Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) , u ∈ S N , H_Q(u)=H_N(\sqrt{Q}\,u)=Q^{p/2}H_N(u),\qquad K_Q(u)=pH_Q(u),\qquad u\in S_N, H Q ( u ) = H N ( Q u ) = Q p /2 H N ( u ) , K Q ( u ) = p H Q ( u ) , u ∈ S N ,
where the second identity is Euler’s identity for homogeneous polynomials. We have K 0 = p Q p / 2 e p > p Q p / 2 e ∞ = 2 b Q K_0 = pQ^{p/2}e_p > pQ^{p/2}e_\infty= 2\sqrt{b_Q} K 0 = p Q p /2 e p > p Q p /2 e ∞ = 2 b Q by (9.5). We fix a compact interval U U U that contains K 0 K_0 K 0 in its interior and satisfies min U > 2 b Q \min U > 2\sqrt{b_Q} min U > 2 b Q . We set
M N = N e p − log N 2 c p , m N = Q p / 2 M N = N E 0 − log N 2 c 0 , (230) M_N = Ne_p - \frac{\log N}{2c_p}, \qquad m_N = Q^{p/2}M_N = NE_0 - \frac{\log N}{2c_0}, \tag*{(230)} M N = N e p − 2 c p log N , m N = Q p /2 M N = N E 0 − 2 c 0 log N , (230)
and we let C N , M C_{N,M} C N , M and B N , M B_{N,M} B N , M be as in Definition 4.1, with these Q Q Q , U U U , and m N m_N m N :
C N , M = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , ∣ H Q ( u ) − m N ∣ ≤ M , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U } . C_{N,M} = \left\{u \in S_N : \nabla_{S_N} H_Q(u) = 0,\ \lvert H_Q(u) - m_N\rvert\le M,\ K_Q(u)/N \in U\right\}. C N , M = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H Q ( u ) = 0 , ∣ H Q ( u ) − m N ∣ ≤ M , K Q ( u ) / N ∈ U } .
We also use the critical points of H N H_N H N in windows around M N M_N M N ,
D N , L = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 , ∣ H N ( u ) − M N ∣ ≤ L } . D_{N,L} = \left\{u \in S_N : \nabla_{S_N} H_N(u) = 0,\ \lvert H_N(u) - M_N\rvert\le L\right\}. D N , L = { u ∈ S N : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 , ∣ H N ( u ) − M N ∣ ≤ L } .
The critical points of H Q H_Q H Q and of H N H_N H N coincide. For u ∈ D N , L u \in D_{N,L} u ∈ D N , L , we have K Q ( u ) / N = p Q p / 2 H N ( u ) / N = K 0 + O ( ( L + log N ) / N ) K_Q(u)/N = pQ^{p/2}H_N(u)/N = K_0 + O((L + \log N)/N) K Q ( u ) / N = p Q p /2 H N ( u ) / N = K 0 + O (( L + log N ) / N ) . Since K 0 K_0 K 0 is an interior point of U U U , it follows that, for every fixed L > 0 L > 0 L > 0 ,
C N , Q p / 2 L ⊂ D N , L for every N , C N , Q p / 2 L = D N , L for all sufficiently large N . (231) C_{N,Q^{p/2}L} \subset D_{N,L}\ \text{for every }N,\qquad C_{N,Q^{p/2}L} = D_{N,L}\ \text{for all sufficiently large }N. \tag*{(231)} C N , Q p /2 L ⊂ D N , L for every N , C N , Q p /2 L = D N , L for all sufficiently large N . (231)
We count points of S N S_N S N ; for even p p p , both u u u and − u -u − u are counted.
We now state the two main results of this section.
Proposition 9.1 (Critical points in fixed windows). Let p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 , β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) , and let U U U , m N m_N m N , and C N , M C_{N,M} C N , M be as above. For every fixed M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 ,
sup N ≥ 2 E ∣ C N , M ∣ < ∞ . (232) \sup_{N \ge2} \mathbb{E}\lvert C_{N,M}\rvert< \infty. \tag*{(232)} N ≥ 2 sup E ∣ C N , M ∣ < ∞. (232) Further,
lim M → ∞ lim inf N → ∞ P { C N , M ≠ ∅ and max S N H Q ≤ m N + M } = 1. (233) \lim_{M \to\infty}\liminf_{N \to\infty}\mathbb{P}\left\{C_{N,M} \ne\varnothing\ \text{and}\ \max_{S_N} H_Q \le m_N + M\right\} = 1. \tag*{(233)} M → ∞ lim N → ∞ lim inf P { C N , M = ∅ and S N max H Q ≤ m N + M } = 1. (233) *Finally, for every fixed M > 0 M > 0 M > 0 , with probability tending to one, every u ∈ C N , M u \in C_{N,M} u ∈ C N , M is a nondegenerate local maximum of H Q H_Q H Q .
For b > 0 b > 0 b > 0 and u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N , we write B u ( b ) = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } B_u(b) = \{x \in S_N : \lvert R(x,u) - \sqrt{Q}\rvert\le b\} B u ( b ) = { x ∈ S N : ∣ R ( x , u ) − Q ∣ ≤ b } and B N , M ( b ) = ⋃ u ∈ C N , M B u ( b ) B_{N,M}(b) = \bigcup_{u \in C_{N,M}} B_u(b) B N , M ( b ) = ⋃ u ∈ C N , M B u ( b ) ; for a fixed b b b , these are the bands of Definition 4.1.
Theorem 9.2 (Gibbs concentration on bands). Let p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 , β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) , and let U U U , m N m_N m N , and C N , M C_{N,M} C N , M be as above.
There exists b 0 = b 0 ( p , β ) ∈ ( 0 , Q ) b_0 = b_0(p,\beta) \in(0,\sqrt{Q}) b 0 = b 0 ( p , β ) ∈ ( 0 , Q ) such that for every fixed b ∈ ( 0 , b 0 ] b \in(0,b_0] b ∈ ( 0 , b 0 ] ,
lim M → ∞ lim sup N → ∞ E π ( B N , M ( b ) c ) = 0. (234) \lim_{M \to\infty}\limsup_{N \to\infty}\mathbb{E}\,\pi\left(B_{N,M}(b)^c\right) = 0. \tag*{(234)} M → ∞ lim N → ∞ lim sup E π ( B N , M ( b ) c ) = 0. (234) :::`
For every ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 , there exist M 0 , w ∗ > 0 M_0, w_\ast> 0 M 0 , w ∗ > 0 such that for all fixed M ≥ M 0 M \ge M_0 M ≥ M 0 and w ≥ w ∗ w \ge w_\ast w ≥ w ∗ ,
lim sup N → ∞ P ( B N , M ( w N − 1 / 2 ) c ) ≤ ε . (235) \limsup_{N \to\infty} \mathbb{P}\left(B_{N,M}(wN^{-1/2})^{c}\right) \le\varepsilon. \tag*{(235)} N → ∞ lim sup P ( B N , M ( w N − 1/2 ) c ) ≤ ε . (235)
Part (1) is the concentration property (4.2) for every band width b ∈ ( 0 , b 0 ] b \in(0,b_0] b ∈ ( 0 , b 0 ] . The proofs of Proposition 9.1 and Theorem 9.2 are completed in § 6.5.4 and Section 9.9, respectively. Table 9.1 lists the parameters that appear in these proofs, in the order in which they are fixed.
The exponent of the latitude integral
The bands around a critical point are weighed by a one-dimensional integral over latitudes. In this section, we choose the latitude a a a of the caps used below and record the properties of the exponent of that integral. As in Lemma 5.22, for 0 ≤ q ≤ 1 0 \le q \le1 0 ≤ q ≤ 1 we let
C β ( q ) = β 2 [ 1 − q 2 p − p q 2 p − 2 ( 1 − q 2 ) ] , C β ′ ( q ) = − 2 β 2 p ( p − 1 ) q 2 p − 3 ( 1 − q 2 ) ≤ 0. (236) C_\beta(q) = \beta^2\left[1-q^{2p}-pq^{2p-2}(1-q^2)\right], \qquad C'_\beta(q) = -2\beta^2p(p-1)q^{2p-3}(1-q^2) \le0. \tag*{(236)} C β ( q ) = β 2 [ 1 − q 2 p − p q 2 p − 2 ( 1 − q 2 ) ] , C β ′ ( q ) = − 2 β 2 p ( p − 1 ) q 2 p − 3 ( 1 − q 2 ) ≤ 0. (236)
The quantity N C β ( q ) / β 2 NC_\beta(q)/\beta^2 N C β ( q ) / β 2 is the variance of the field on the latitude q q q around a critical point, after the conditioning (see Lemma 9.5 below). By Lemma 5.22, we have
C β ( Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) < 159 320 < 1 2 (237) C_\beta(\sqrt{Q}) = \beta^2\psi_Q(1) < \frac{159}{320} < \frac{1}{2} \tag*{(237)} C β ( Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) < 320 159 < 2 1 (237)
for every p ≥ 4 p \ge4 p ≥ 4 and every β > β s ( p ) \beta> \beta_s(p) β > β s ( p ) . This bound is what makes the second moments of band partition functions finite in Proposition 9.19.
Lemma 9.3 (Choice of the cap latitude). For 0 < q < 1 0 < q < 1 0 < q < 1 , let
Λ ( q ) = β e p q p + 1 2 log ( 1 − q 2 ) + 1 2 C β ( q ) . \Lambda(q) = \beta e_p q^{p} + \frac{1}{2}\log(1-q^2) + \frac{1}{2}C_\beta(q). Λ ( q ) = β e p q p + 2 1 log ( 1 − q 2 ) + 2 1 C β ( q ) . There exists a ∈ ( 1 / 2 , Q ) a \in(1/\sqrt{2},\sqrt{Q}) a ∈ ( 1/ 2 , Q ) such that
C β ( a ) < 1 2 , β a p > c p , Λ ( Q ) = F ( β ) , Λ ′ ′ ( Q ) < 0 , (238) C_\beta(a) < \frac{1}{2}, \qquad\beta a^p > c_p, \qquad\Lambda(\sqrt{Q}) = F(\beta), \qquad\Lambda''(\sqrt{Q}) < 0, \tag*{(238)} C β ( a ) < 2 1 , β a p > c p , Λ ( Q ) = F ( β ) , Λ ′′ ( Q ) < 0 , (238) Λ \Lambda Λ is strictly increasing on [ a , Q ] [a,\sqrt{Q}] [ a , Q ] , and Λ \Lambda Λ is strictly decreasing on [ Q , 1 ) [\sqrt{Q},1) [ Q , 1 ) . In particular, Q \sqrt{Q} Q is the unique maximizer of Λ \Lambda Λ on [ a , 1 ) [a,1) [ a , 1 ) . We fix such an a a a for the rest of this section, and write k ∗ = − Λ ′ ′ ( Q ) > 0 k_*=-\Lambda''(\sqrt{Q})>0 k ∗ = − Λ ′′ ( Q ) > 0 .
Proof. Let f ( q ) = β q p − 2 ( 1 − q 2 ) f(q)=\beta q^{p-2}(1-q^2) f ( q ) = β q p − 2 ( 1 − q 2 ) . Differentiating Λ \Lambda Λ and using (236) , we find
Λ ′ ( q ) = p β e p q p − 1 − q 1 − q 2 − β 2 p ( p − 1 ) q 2 p − 3 ( 1 − q 2 ) \Lambda'(q)=p\beta e_p q^{p-1}-\frac{q}{1-q^2}-\beta^2p(p-1)q^{2p-3}(1-q^2) Λ ′ ( q ) = pβ e p q p − 1 − 1 − q 2 q − β 2 p ( p − 1 ) q 2 p − 3 ( 1 − q 2 ) = q 1 − q 2 ( p e p f ( q ) − 1 − p ( p − 1 ) f ( q ) 2 ) . =\frac{q}{1-q^2}\left(p e_p f(q)-1-p(p-1)f(q)^2\right). = 1 − q 2 q ( p e p f ( q ) − 1 − p ( p − 1 ) f ( q ) 2 ) . The quadratic p ( p − 1 ) f 2 − p e p f + 1 p(p-1)f^2-p e_p f+1 p ( p − 1 ) f 2 − p e p f + 1 has the roots
a ± = e p ± e p 2 − e ∞ 2 2 ( p − 1 ) , a − = 1 p ( 1 + z p ) , a + = 1 + z p p ( p − 1 ) . a_\pm=\frac{e_p\pm\sqrt{e_p^2-e_\infty^2}}{2(p-1)},\qquad
a_-=\frac{1}{\sqrt{p(1+z_p)}},\qquad
a_+=\frac{\sqrt{1+z_p}}{\sqrt{p}(p-1)}. a ± = 2 ( p − 1 ) e p ± e p 2 − e ∞ 2 , a − = p ( 1 + z p ) 1 , a + = p ( p − 1 ) 1 + z p . where we used (9.5) and z p > p − 2 z_p>p-2 z p > p − 2 to evaluate the square root as ( z p − p + 2 ) / p ( 1 + z p ) (z_p-p+2)/\sqrt{p(1+z_p)} ( z p − p + 2 ) / p ( 1 + z p ) . Also a + > a − a_+>a_- a + > a − , since z p > p − 2 z_p>p-2 z p > p − 2 . Factoring the quadratic, we find
Λ ′ ( q ) = − p ( p − 1 ) q 1 − q 2 ( f ( q ) − a − ) ( f ( q ) − a + ) . (239) \Lambda'(q)=-\frac{p(p-1)q}{1-q^2}(f(q)-a_-)(f(q)-a_+). \tag*{(239)} Λ ′ ( q ) = − 1 − q 2 p ( p − 1 ) q ( f ( q ) − a − ) ( f ( q ) − a + ) . (239) Note that f ( Q ) = a − f(\sqrt{Q})=a_- f ( Q ) = a − by (9.6). Further, f ′ ( q ) = β q p − 3 [ ( p − 2 ) − p q 2 ] f'(q)=\beta q^{p-3}[(p-2)-pq^2] f ′ ( q ) = β q p − 3 [( p − 2 ) − p q 2 ] is negative for q 2 > ( p − 2 ) / p q^2>(p-2)/p q 2 > ( p − 2 ) / p , and Q > ( p − 2 ) / p Q>(p-2)/p Q > ( p − 2 ) / p . It follows that f f f is strictly decreasing on an interval ( q 1 , 1 ) (q_1,1) ( q 1 , 1 ) that contains Q \sqrt{Q} Q . For q ∈ ( Q , 1 ) q\in(\sqrt{Q},1) q ∈ ( Q , 1 ) , we have f ( q ) < a − < a + f(q)<a_-<a_+ f ( q ) < a − < a + and (239) implies that Λ ′ ( q ) < 0 \Lambda'(q)<0 Λ ′ ( q ) < 0 . For q ∈ ( q 1 , Q ) q\in(q_1,\sqrt{Q}) q ∈ ( q 1 , Q ) close to Q \sqrt{Q} Q , we have a − < f ( q ) < a + a_-<f(q)<a_+ a − < f ( q ) < a + and Λ ′ ( q ) > 0 \Lambda'(q)>0 Λ ′ ( q ) > 0 . Differentiating (239) at Q \sqrt{Q} Q , where the first factor in parentheses vanishes, we find
Λ ′ ′ ( Q ) = − p ( p − 1 ) Q 1 − Q f ′ ( Q ) ( a − − a + ) < 0 , \Lambda''(\sqrt{Q})=-\frac{p(p-1)\sqrt{Q}}{1-Q}f'(\sqrt{Q})(a_--a_+)<0, Λ ′′ ( Q ) = − 1 − Q p ( p − 1 ) Q f ′ ( Q ) ( a − − a + ) < 0 ,
since f ′ ( Q ) < 0 f'(\sqrt{Q})<0 f ′ ( Q ) < 0 and a − − a + < 0 a_- - a_+<0 a − − a + < 0 . The identity Λ ( Q ) = F ( β ) \Lambda(\sqrt{Q})=F(\beta) Λ ( Q ) = F ( β ) is (9.4), because C β ( Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) C_\beta(\sqrt{Q})=\beta^2\psi_Q(1) C β ( Q ) = β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) .
Recall from (9.14) that C β ( Q ) < 1 / 2 C_\beta(\sqrt{Q})<1/2 C β ( Q ) < 1/2 . We also have β Q p / 2 = c p / χ > c p \beta Q^{p/2}=c_p/\chi>c_p β Q p /2 = c p / χ > c p and Q > 2 / 3 > 1 / 2 \sqrt{Q}>\sqrt{2/3}>1/\sqrt{2} Q > 2/3 > 1/ 2 by (9.6). All of these strict inequalities persist on a short interval just below Q \sqrt{Q} Q . Let q 2 q_2 q 2 be the supremum of the set { 0 } ∪ { q ∈ ( 0 , Q ) : Λ ′ ( q ) ≤ 0 } \{0\}\cup\{q\in(0,\sqrt{Q}):\Lambda'(q)\leq0\} { 0 } ∪ { q ∈ ( 0 , Q ) : Λ ′ ( q ) ≤ 0 } , which is smaller than Q \sqrt{Q} Q by the sign of Λ ′ \Lambda' Λ ′ established above. Choosing a < Q a<\sqrt{Q} a < Q larger than q 2 q_2 q 2 and 1 / 2 1/\sqrt{2} 1/ 2 , and close enough to Q \sqrt{Q} Q , we obtain all the assertions. □
The conditional field and the density of critical values
Lemma 9.4 (Regularity of the pure field). There exist C , c > 0 C,c>0 C , c > 0 such that, for every N ≥ 2 N\geq2 N ≥ 2 , with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N ,
sup x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N 3 H N ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ C N . (240) \sup_{x\in S_N}\left\|\nabla^3_{S_N}H_N(x)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\leq\frac{C}{\sqrt{N}}. \tag*{(240)} x ∈ S N sup ∇ S N 3 H N ( x ) op ≤ N C . (240)
Moreover, E sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N ∣ ∇ H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ C N \mathbb{E}\sup_{|x|\leq\sqrt{N}}|\nabla H_N(x)|\leq C\sqrt{N} E sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N ∣∇ H N ( x ) ∣ ≤ C N for all N ≥ 2 , ∗ a n d f o r e v e r y f i x e d ∗ N\geq2, *and for every fixed* N ≥ 2 , ∗ an df or e v er y f i x e d ∗ r>0 and all sufficiently large N N N ,
P { ∣ 1 N max S N H N − e p ∣ > r } ≤ 2 e − N r 2 / 8 . (241) \mathbb{P}\left\{\left|\frac{1}{N}\max_{S_N}H_N-e_p\right|>r\right\}\leq2e^{-Nr^2/8}. \tag*{(241)} P { N 1 S N max H N − e p > r } ≤ 2 e − N r 2 /8 . (241)
Proof. Let K , c K,c K , c be the constants of Lemma 3.2(3), and work on the event of that lemma. Let x ∈ S N x\in S_N x ∈ S N , and let z , v , w z,v,w z , v , w be unit tangent vectors at x x x . The spherical Hessian is the restriction to tangent vectors of the form A = ∇ 2 H N − N − 1 ( x ⋅ ∇ H N ) I = ∇ 2 H N − ( p / N ) H N I A=\nabla^2H_N-N^{-1}(x\cdot\nabla H_N)I=\nabla^2H_N-(p/N)H_NI A = ∇ 2 H N − N − 1 ( x ⋅ ∇ H N ) I = ∇ 2 H N − ( p / N ) H N I , where we used Euler’s identity x ⋅ ∇ H N = p H N x\cdot\nabla H_N=pH_N x ⋅ ∇ H N = p H N . For tangent vector fields V V V , the covariant derivative on S N S_N S N is ∇ z V + N − 1 ( z ⋅ V ) x \nabla_zV+N^{-1}(z\cdot V)x ∇ z V + N − 1 ( z ⋅ V ) x . Differentiating A ( V , W ) A(V,W) A ( V , W ) along z z z and subtracting the terms in which the covariant derivative falls on V V V or W W W , we obtain
∇ S N 3 H N ( x ) [ z , v , w ] = ∇ 3 H N ( x ) [ z , v , w ] − p N ( ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ z ) ( v ⋅ w ) − p − 1 N [ ( z ⋅ v ) ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ w + ( z ⋅ w ) ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ v ] . \nabla^3_{S_N}H_N(x)[z,v,w]=\nabla^3H_N(x)[z,v,w]-\frac{p}{N}(\nabla H_N(x)\cdot z)(v\cdot w)
-\frac{p-1}{N}\left[(z\cdot v)\nabla H_N(x)\cdot w+(z\cdot w)\nabla H_N(x)\cdot v\right]. ∇ S N 3 H N ( x ) [ z , v , w ] = ∇ 3 H N ( x ) [ z , v , w ] − N p ( ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ z ) ( v ⋅ w ) − N p − 1 [ ( z ⋅ v ) ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ w + ( z ⋅ w ) ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ v ] .
Here we used A ( x , w ) = ∇ 2 H N ( x ) [ x , w ] = ( p − 1 ) ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ w A(x,w)=\nabla^2H_N(x)[x,w]=(p-1)\nabla H_N(x)\cdot w A ( x , w ) = ∇ 2 H N ( x ) [ x , w ] = ( p − 1 ) ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ w for tangent w w w , which is Euler’s identity for the homogeneous polynomial ∇ H N ⋅ w \nabla H_N\cdot w ∇ H N ⋅ w of degree p − 1 p-1 p − 1 . By (3.3), the right side is at most K / N + 3 p K / N K/\sqrt{N}+3pK/\sqrt{N} K / N + 3 p K / N , which proves (9.17).
For the second assertion, let Y = sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N , ∣ v ∣ ≤ 1 ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ v Y=\sup_{|x|\leq\sqrt{N},|v|\leq1}\nabla H_N(x)\cdot v Y = sup ∣ x ∣ ≤ N , ∣ v ∣ ≤ 1 ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ v . Writing H N ( x ) = g ⋅ Ψ ( x ) H_N(x)=g\cdot\Psi(x) H N ( x ) = g ⋅ Ψ ( x ) as in the proof of Lemma 3.3, each ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ v \nabla H_N(x)\cdot v ∇ H N ( x ) ⋅ v is a linear function of g g g whose coefficient vector has norm at most p ∣ x ∣ p − 1 ∣ v ∣ N − ( p − 1 ) / 2 ≤ p p|x|^{p-1}|v|N^{-(p-1)/2}\leq p p ∣ x ∣ p − 1 ∣ v ∣ N − ( p − 1 ) /2 ≤ p . Then Y Y Y is a p p p -Lipschitz function of g g g , and the Gaussian concentration inequality of Lemma 7.5(1) implies that P { Y ≤ E Y − t } ≤ e − t 2 / ( 2 p 2 ) \mathbb{P}\{Y\leq\mathbb{E}Y-t\}\leq e^{-t^2/(2p^2)} P { Y ≤ E Y − t } ≤ e − t 2 / ( 2 p 2 ) for t > 0 t>0 t > 0 . Recall from Lemma 3.2(3) that P { Y > K N } ≤ e − c N \mathbb{P}\{Y>K\sqrt{N}\}\leq e^{-cN} P { Y > K N } ≤ e − c N . If E Y > K N + 2 p c N \mathbb{E}Y>K\sqrt{N}+2p\sqrt{cN} E Y > K N + 2 p c N , we would have 1 − e − 2 c N ≤ P { Y > K N } ≤ e − c N 1-e^{-2cN}\leq\mathbb{P}\{Y>K\sqrt{N}\}\leq e^{-cN} 1 − e − 2 c N ≤ P { Y > K N } ≤ e − c N , which is impossible for large N N N . We conclude that E Y ≤ ( K + 2 p C ) N \mathbb{E}Y \le(K+2p\sqrt{C})\sqrt{N} E Y ≤ ( K + 2 p C ) N for all sufficiently large N N N ; for each of the remaining N N N , E Y ≤ p E ∣ g ∣ < ∞ \mathbb{E}Y \le p\mathbb{E}|g| < \infty E Y ≤ p E ∣ g ∣ < ∞ .
For (9.18), note that max S N H N \max_{S_N} H_N max S N H N is a N \sqrt{N} N -Lipschitz function of g g g , since it is a maximum of linear functions of g g g whose coefficient vectors have norm ∣ Ψ ( x ) ∣ = N |\Psi(x)|=\sqrt{N} ∣Ψ ( x ) ∣ = N . Using Proposition 5.20(3) and the definition of E ( 1 ) E(1) E ( 1 ) in Theorem 5.2, we find that ∣ E max S N H N / N − e p ∣ ≤ r / 2 |\mathbb{E}\max_{S_N} H_N/N-e_p| \le r/2 ∣ E max S N H N / N − e p ∣ ≤ r /2 for all sufficiently large N N N . For such N N N , Lemma 7.5(1) with s = N r / 2 s=Nr/2 s = N r /2 , applied to the maximum and to its negative, implies (9.18). □ \square □
Conditioned laws and the Kac–Rice formula. We use the results of Section 7 with the center radius equal to one, so that the center field is H N H_N H N itself, with covariance parameters ξ ( 1 ) = 1 \xi(1)=1 ξ ( 1 ) = 1 , a 1 = p a_1=p a 1 = p , and b 1 = p ( p − 1 ) b_1=p(p-1) b 1 = p ( p − 1 ) . For the pure model, the radial derivative is p H N pH_N p H N , and the conditioning is on the value and the spherical gradient alone. For u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N and h ∈ R h\in\mathbb{R} h ∈ R , we write P u ; h \mathbb{P}_{u;h} P u ; h and E u ; h \mathbb{E}_{u;h} E u ; h for the conditioned law of Definition 7.3 at u u u , with the normalized value h / N h/N h / N ; under it, H N ( u ) = h H_N(u)=h H N ( u ) = h and ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 \nabla_{S_N}H_N(u)=0 ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 . Let n = N − 1 n=N-1 n = N − 1 , let G n G_n G n be a standard GOE matrix of dimension n n n as in Section 7, and let
ζ N = ( p ( p − 1 ) ( N − 1 ) N ) 1 / 2 , D ( u ) = ∣ det ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) ∣ . \zeta_N=\left(\frac{p(p-1)(N-1)}{N}\right)^{1/2},\qquad D(u)=\left|\det\nabla^2_{S_N}H_N(u)\right|. ζ N = ( N p ( p − 1 ) ( N − 1 ) ) 1/2 , D ( u ) = det ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) .
Recall from Corollary 7.6 that, under P u ; h \mathbb{P}_{u;h} P u ; h , the matrix of ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) \nabla^2_{S_N}H_N(u) ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) in an orthonormal basis of u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ has the law of
ζ N G n − p h N I d n . (242) \zeta_NG_n-\frac{ph}{N}I d_n. \tag*{(242)} ζ N G n − N p h I d n . (242)
It follows that μ N ( h ) = E u ; h D ( u ) = μ n , N ( p h / N ) \mu_N(h)=\mathbb{E}_{u;h}D(u)=\mu_{n,N}(ph/N) μ N ( h ) = E u ; h D ( u ) = μ n , N ( p h / N ) does not depend on u u u . It is strictly positive, as noted in Section 7.1, and it is continuous in h h h . Indeed, the absolute determinant ∣ det ( ζ N G n − ( p h / N ) I d n ) ∣ |\det(\zeta_NG_n-(ph/N)I d_n)| ∣ det ( ζ N G n − ( p h / N ) I d n ) ∣ is continuous in h h h , and for h h h in a compact interval it is bounded by ( ζ N ∥ G n ∥ op + C ) n (\zeta_N\|G_n\|_{\operatorname{op}}+C)^n ( ζ N ∥ G n ∥ op + C ) n , which is integrable; dominated convergence applies. By Theorem 7.17, after the change of variables from the normalized value to h h h , we have, for every deterministic Borel set J ⊂ R J\subset\mathbb{R} J ⊂ R and every Borel function φ ( H , u ) ≥ 0 \varphi(H,u)\ge0 φ ( H , u ) ≥ 0 ,
E ∑ u : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 H N ( u ) ∈ J φ ( H , u ) = ∫ J ρ N ( h ) ∫ S N E u ; h [ D ( u ) φ ( H , u ) ] μ N ( h ) ν N ( d u ) d h . (243) \mathbb{E}\sum_{\substack{u:\nabla_{S_N}H_N(u)=0\\H_N(u)\in J}}\varphi(H,u)
=\int_J\rho_N(h)\int_{S_N}\frac{\mathbb{E}_{u;h}[D(u)\varphi(H,u)]}{\mu_N(h)}\,\nu_N(du)\,dh. \tag*{(243)} E u : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 H N ( u ) ∈ J ∑ φ ( H , u ) = ∫ J ρ N ( h ) ∫ S N μ N ( h ) E u ; h [ D ( u ) φ ( H , u )] ν N ( d u ) d h . (243)
where
ρ N ( h ) = ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π p ) − ( N − 1 ) / 2 ( 2 π N ) − 1 / 2 e − h 2 / ( 2 N ) μ N ( h ) . (244) \rho_N(h)=|S_N|(2\pi p)^{-(N-1)/2}(2\pi N)^{-1/2}e^{-h^2/(2N)}\mu_N(h). \tag*{(244)} ρ N ( h ) = ∣ S N ∣ ( 2 π p ) − ( N − 1 ) /2 ( 2 π N ) − 1/2 e − h 2 / ( 2 N ) μ N ( h ) . (244)
With φ = 1 \varphi=1 φ = 1 , (9.20) is the count formula of Corollary 7.18: ρ N \rho_N ρ N is the density of the intensity measure of the critical values { H N ( u ) : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 } \{H_N(u):\nabla_{S_N}H_N(u)=0\} { H N ( u ) : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 } , counted at points of S N S_N S N , and it is continuous.
Let Δ = e p − e ∞ > 0 \Delta=e_p-e_\infty>0 Δ = e p − e ∞ > 0 . By Proposition 7.7, applied with the radius equal to one, the shift k = p h / N k=ph/N k = p h / N , the gap g = p Δ / 2 g=p\Delta/2 g = p Δ/2 , and k + = p ( e p + Δ / 2 ) k_+=p(e_p+\Delta/2) k + = p ( e p + Δ/2 ) , there exists K 2 K_2 K 2 , depending only on p p p , such that
E u ; h [ D ( u ) 2 ] ≤ K 2 μ N ( h ) 2 for all N ≥ 2 , u ∈ S N and ∣ h N − e p ∣ ≤ Δ 2 . (245) \mathbb{E}_{u;h}\left[D(u)^2\right]\le K_2\mu_N(h)^2\qquad\text{for all }N\ge2,\ u\in S_N\text{ and }\left|\frac{h}{N}-e_p\right|\le\frac{\Delta}{2}. \tag*{(245)} E u ; h [ D ( u ) 2 ] ≤ K 2 μ N ( h ) 2 for all N ≥ 2 , u ∈ S N and N h − e p ≤ 2 Δ . (245)
Indeed, for such h h h we have p h / N ≥ p e ∞ + p Δ / 2 = 2 b ˉ 1 + p Δ / 2 ph/N\ge pe_\infty+p\Delta/2=2\sqrt{\bar b_1}+p\Delta/2 p h / N ≥ p e ∞ + p Δ/2 = 2 b ˉ 1 + p Δ/2 .
The next lemma describes the whole field under P u ; h \mathbb{P}_{u;h} P u ; h , and not only its Hessian at u u u .
Lemma 9.5 (The field conditioned on a critical point). Let u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N and h ∈ R h\in\mathbb{R} h ∈ R . We write each x ∈ S N ∖ { ± u } x\in S_N\setminus\{\pm u\} x ∈ S N ∖ { ± u } as x = q u + N ( 1 − q 2 ) ω x=qu+\sqrt{N(1-q^2)}\,\omega x = q u + N ( 1 − q 2 ) ω , where q = R ( x , u ) q=R(x,u) q = R ( x , u ) and ω \omega ω is a unit vector orthogonal to u u u , and let
α k ( q ) = ( p k ) 1 / 2 q p − k ( 1 − q 2 ) k / 2 , 0 ≤ k ≤ p . \alpha_k(q)=\binom{p}{k}^{1/2}q^{p-k}(1-q^2)^{k/2},\qquad0\le k\le p. α k ( q ) = ( k p ) 1/2 q p − k ( 1 − q 2 ) k /2 , 0 ≤ k ≤ p . Under P u ; h \mathbb{P}_{u;h} P u ; h , the field has the law of
H N ( q u + N ( 1 − q 2 ) ω ) = h q p + N ∑ k = 2 p α k ( q ) X k ( ω ) , (246) H_N\left(qu+\sqrt{N(1-q^2)}\,\omega\right)=hq^p+\sqrt{N}\sum_{k=2}^{p}\alpha_k(q)X_k(\omega), \tag*{(246)} H N ( q u + N ( 1 − q 2 ) ω ) = h q p + N k = 2 ∑ p α k ( q ) X k ( ω ) , (246) where X 2 , … , X p X_2,\ldots,X_p X 2 , … , X p are independent centered Gaussian fields on the unit sphere of u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , with E X k ( ω ) X k ( ω ′ ) = ( ω ⋅ ω ′ ) k \mathbb{E}X_k(\omega)X_k(\omega')=(\omega\cdot\omega')^k E X k ( ω ) X k ( ω ′ ) = ( ω ⋅ ω ′ ) k . The Hessian ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) + ( p h / N ) Id \nabla^2_{S_N}H_N(u)+(ph/N)\operatorname{Id} ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) + ( p h / N ) Id is a function of X 2 X_2 X 2 ; in particular, it is not independent of the field in (246) .
Proof. This is [141, Lemmas 14 and 15 and Corollary 17], written in our notation: Subag’s pure field of degree k k k on the sphere of radius N − 1 \sqrt{N-1} N − 1 in u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , multiplied by N / ( N − 1 ) \sqrt{N/(N-1)} N / ( N − 1 ) as in [141, (4.11)], is our N X k ( ω ) \sqrt{N}X_k(\omega) N X k ( ω ) . We indicate the computation. After a rotation, we may assume that u = N e N u=\sqrt{N}e_N u = N e N . We group the monomials in (3.2) according to the number k k k of indices different from N N N . The groups involve disjoint sets of the Gaussian variables and are independent. The group with k k k such indices equals N α k ( q ) X k ( ω ) \sqrt{N}\alpha_k(q)X_k(\omega) N α k ( q ) X k ( ω ) for a field X k X_k X k that is a homogeneous polynomial of degree k k k in ω \omega ω . Its covariance is identified by expanding E H N ( x ) H N ( x ′ ) = N ( q q ′ + ( 1 − q 2 ) ( 1 − q ′ 2 ) ω ⋅ ω ′ ) p \mathbb{E}H_N(x)H_N(x')=N\left(qq'+\sqrt{(1-q^2)(1-q'^2)}\,\omega\cdot\omega'\right)^p E H N ( x ) H N ( x ′ ) = N ( q q ′ + ( 1 − q 2 ) ( 1 − q ′2 ) ω ⋅ ω ′ ) p by the binomial theorem. The group with k = 0 k=0 k = 0 is q p H N ( u ) q^pH_N(u) q p H N ( u ) . The group with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 is N α 1 ( q ) ζ ⋅ ω \sqrt{N}\alpha_1(q)\,\zeta\cdot\omega N α 1 ( q ) ζ ⋅ ω for a standard Gaussian vector ζ \zeta ζ in u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , and ∇ S N H N ( u ) = p ζ \nabla_{S_N}H_N(u)=\sqrt{p}\,\zeta ∇ S N H N ( u ) = p ζ , since only this group contributes to the first derivatives at u u u . The conditioned law of Definition 7.3 is Gaussian regression on ( H N ( u ) , ∇ S N H N ( u ) ) (H_N(u),\nabla_{S_N}H_N(u)) ( H N ( u ) , ∇ S N H N ( u )) . It replaces the first two groups by h q p hq^p h q p and 0 0 0 and leaves the others unchanged, which proves (9.23). In the tangent coordinate y = N ( 1 − q 2 ) ω y=\sqrt{N(1-q^2)}\,\omega y = N ( 1 − q 2 ) ω near u u u , the groups with k ≥ 3 k\ge3 k ≥ 3 are of order ∣ y ∣ 3 |y|^3 ∣ y ∣ 3 , and h q p = h − ( p h / 2 N ) ∣ y ∣ 2 + O ( ∣ y ∣ 4 ) hq^p=h-(ph/2N)|y|^2+O(|y|^4) h q p = h − ( p h /2 N ) ∣ y ∣ 2 + O ( ∣ y ∣ 4 ) . The Hessian at u u u is therefore − ( p h / N ) Id -(ph/N)\operatorname{Id} − ( p h / N ) Id plus the Hessian at y = 0 y=0 y = 0 of the group with k = 2 k=2 k = 2 , which is a function of X 2 X_2 X 2 .
We now bound ρ N \rho_N ρ N . For t > 2 t > 2 t > 2 , let w ( t ) = ( t − t 2 − 4 ) / 2 w(t) = (t - \sqrt{t^2 - 4})/2 w ( t ) = ( t − t 2 − 4 ) /2 , which is the Stieltjes transform g s c ( t ) g_{\mathrm{sc}}(t) g sc ( t ) of the semicircle law σ s c \sigma_{\mathrm{sc}} σ sc of § 6.2.4 , let Ω ( t ) = ∫ log ( t − λ ) σ s c ( d λ ) \Omega(t) = \int\log(t-\lambda)\,\sigma_{\mathrm{sc}}(\mathrm{d}\lambda) Ω ( t ) = ∫ log ( t − λ ) σ sc ( d λ ) , and let
γ p = p p − 1 , θ ( e ) = 1 2 + 1 2 log ( p − 1 ) − e 2 2 + Ω ( γ p e ) , e > e ∞ . \gamma_p = \sqrt{\frac{p}{p-1}}, \qquad\theta(e) = \frac{1}{2} + \frac{1}{2}\log(p-1) - \frac{e^2}{2} + \Omega(\gamma_p e), \qquad e > e_\infty. γ p = p − 1 p , θ ( e ) = 2 1 + 2 1 log ( p − 1 ) − 2 e 2 + Ω ( γ p e ) , e > e ∞ .
Note that γ p e > 2 \gamma_p e > 2 γ p e > 2 if and only if e > e ∞ e > e_\infty e > e ∞ . The function θ ( e ) \theta(e) θ ( e ) is Θ p ( − e ) \Theta_p(-e) Θ p ( − e ) in the notation of [144, (2.5)], the exponential growth rate of the expected number of critical points with values above N e Ne N e , computed by Auffinger, Ben Arous, and Černý [12].
Lemma 9.6 (Density of critical values). 1. The function θ \theta θ is strictly concave on ( e ∞ , ∞ ) (e_\infty,\infty) ( e ∞ , ∞ ) , θ ( e p ) = 0 \theta(e_p) = 0 θ ( e p ) = 0 , and θ ′ ( e p ) = − c p \theta'(e_p) = -c_p θ ′ ( e p ) = − c p .
Let J J J be a compact subinterval of ( e ∞ , ∞ ) (e_\infty,\infty) ( e ∞ , ∞ ) . There exists C C C , depending only on p p p and J J J , such that for all N ≥ 2 N \ge2 N ≥ 2 with h / N ( N − 1 ) ∈ J h/\sqrt{N(N-1)} \in J h / N ( N − 1 ) ∈ J ,
ρ N ( h ) ≤ C N − 1 / 2 exp [ ( N − 1 ) θ ( h N ( N − 1 ) ) ] . (247) \rho_N(h) \le C N^{-1/2}\exp\left[(N-1)\theta\left(\frac{h}{\sqrt{N(N-1)}}\right)\right]. \tag*{(247)} ρ N ( h ) ≤ C N − 1/2 exp [ ( N − 1 ) θ ( N ( N − 1 ) h ) ] . (247) Let a N , a N ′ ≥ 0 a_N,a'_N \ge0 a N , a N ′ ≥ 0 be deterministic with a N + a N ′ = o ( N ) a_N+a'_N=o(N) a N + a N ′ = o ( N ) . There exists C C C , depending only on p p p , such that for all sufficiently large N N N and all h ∈ [ M N − a N , M N + a N ′ ] h \in[M_N-a_N,M_N+a'_N] h ∈ [ M N − a N , M N + a N ′ ] ,
ρ N ( h ) ≤ C e c p ( M N − h ) . (248) \rho_N(h) \le C e^{c_p(M_N-h)}. \tag*{(248)} ρ N ( h ) ≤ C e c p ( M N − h ) . (248)
The bound (248) has a bounded prefactor on every window of sublinear width. This is what the summable bounds in Section 9.9, on the bands around critical points far below the centering, require.
Proof. For (1), we have Ω ′ ( t ) = w ( t ) \Omega'(t) = w(t) Ω ′ ( t ) = w ( t ) and Ω ′ ′ ( t ) = w ′ ( t ) = ( 1 − t / t 2 − 4 ) / 2 < 0 \Omega''(t) = w'(t) = (1-t/\sqrt{t^2-4})/2 < 0 Ω ′′ ( t ) = w ′ ( t ) = ( 1 − t / t 2 − 4 ) /2 < 0 for t > 2 t > 2 t > 2 . This implies that θ ′ ′ ( e ) = − 1 + γ p 2 Ω ′ ′ ( γ p e ) < 0 \theta''(e) = -1+\gamma_p^2\Omega''(\gamma_p e)<0 θ ′′ ( e ) = − 1 + γ p 2 Ω ′′ ( γ p e ) < 0 . For v ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] v \in(0,1] v ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , we have w ( v + v − 1 ) = v w(v+v^{-1})=v w ( v + v − 1 ) = v , and Ω ( 2 ) = 1 / 2 \Omega(2)=1/2 Ω ( 2 ) = 1/2 by the closed form of Ω \Omega Ω in [144, (2.4)]. Integrating Ω ′ = w \Omega'=w Ω ′ = w along t = v ′ + 1 / v ′ t=v'+1/v' t = v ′ + 1/ v ′ , v ′ ∈ [ v , 1 ] v'\in[v,1] v ′ ∈ [ v , 1 ] , we find
Ω ( v + v − 1 ) = 1 2 + ∫ 1 v ( v ′ − 1 v ′ ) d v ′ = v 2 2 − log v . \Omega(v+v^{-1}) = \frac{1}{2}+\int_1^v\left(v'-\frac{1}{v'}\right)\,\mathrm{d}v'=\frac{v^2}{2}-\log v. Ω ( v + v − 1 ) = 2 1 + ∫ 1 v ( v ′ − v ′ 1 ) d v ′ = 2 v 2 − log v .
By (9.5), γ p e p = w 0 + w 0 − 1 \gamma_p e_p=w_0+w_0^{-1} γ p e p = w 0 + w 0 − 1 , and the last display gives Ω ( γ p e p ) = w 0 2 / 2 − log w 0 \Omega(\gamma_p e_p)=w_0^2/2-\log w_0 Ω ( γ p e p ) = w 0 2 /2 − log w 0 ; also Ω ′ ( γ p e p ) = w 0 \Omega'(\gamma_p e_p)=w_0 Ω ′ ( γ p e p ) = w 0 . Substituting w 0 2 = ( p − 1 ) / ( 1 + z p ) w_0^2=(p-1)/(1+z_p) w 0 2 = ( p − 1 ) / ( 1 + z p ) and e p 2 = ( p + z p ) 2 / ( p ( 1 + z p ) ) e_p^2=(p+z_p)^2/(p(1+z_p)) e p 2 = ( p + z p ) 2 / ( p ( 1 + z p )) , we find
θ ( e p ) = p ( 1 + z p ) log ( 1 + z p ) − p z p − z p 2 2 p ( 1 + z p ) = 0 , θ ′ ( e p ) = − e p + γ p w 0 = − c p , \theta(e_p)=\frac{p(1+z_p)\log(1+z_p)-p z_p-z_p^2}{2p(1+z_p)}=0,\qquad\theta'(e_p)=-e_p+\gamma_p w_0=-c_p, θ ( e p ) = 2 p ( 1 + z p ) p ( 1 + z p ) log ( 1 + z p ) − p z p − z p 2 = 0 , θ ′ ( e p ) = − e p + γ p w 0 = − c p ,
where the first identity is (9.1), and the second follows from γ p w 0 = p / ( 1 + z p ) \gamma_p w_0=\sqrt{p/(1+z_p)} γ p w 0 = p / ( 1 + z p ) and (9.2). For (2), let e = h / N ( N − 1 ) e = h/\sqrt{N(N-1)} e = h / N ( N − 1 ) and v = γ p e v = \gamma_p e v = γ p e . Then v = ( p h / N ) / ζ N v = (ph/N)/\zeta_N v = ( p h / N ) / ζ N , and by (242) , μ N ( h ) = ζ N − 1 E ∣ det ( v Id n − G n ) ∣ \mu_N(h) = \zeta_N^{-1}\mathbb{E}|\det(v\operatorname{Id}_n-G_n)| μ N ( h ) = ζ N − 1 E ∣ det ( v Id n − G n ) ∣ , where we used that − G n -G_n − G n has the law of G n G_n G n . Since e 2 ( N − 1 ) = h 2 / N e^2(N-1)=h^2/N e 2 ( N − 1 ) = h 2 / N , (244) becomes
ρ N ( h ) = ∣ S N ∣ N − ( N − 1 ) / 2 ( ( p − 1 ) ( N − 1 ) 2 π ) ( N − 1 ) / 2 ( 2 π N ) − 1 / 2 e − ( N − 1 ) e 2 / 2 E ∣ det ( v Id n − G n ) ∣ . (249) \rho_N(h)=|S_N|N^{-(N-1)/2}\left(\frac{(p-1)(N-1)}{2\pi}\right)^{(N-1)/2}(2\pi N)^{-1/2}e^{-(N-1)e^2/2}\mathbb{E}|\det(v\operatorname{Id}_n-G_n)|. \tag*{(249)} ρ N ( h ) = ∣ S N ∣ N − ( N − 1 ) /2 ( 2 π ( p − 1 ) ( N − 1 ) ) ( N − 1 ) /2 ( 2 π N ) − 1/2 e − ( N − 1 ) e 2 /2 E ∣ det ( v Id n − G n ) ∣. (249)
The interval γ p J \gamma_p\mathcal{J} γ p J is a compact subinterval of ( 2 , ∞ ) (2,\infty) ( 2 , ∞ ) , and Proposition 7.9 gives E ∣ det ( v Id n − G n ) ∣ ≤ C e ( N − 1 ) Ω ( v ) \mathbb{E}|\det(v\operatorname{Id}_n-G_n)|\le Ce^{(N-1)\Omega(v)} E ∣ det ( v Id n − G n ) ∣ ≤ C e ( N − 1 ) Ω ( v ) , with C C C depending only on p p p and J \mathcal{J} J . By Stirling’s formula, ∣ S N ∣ N − ( N − 1 ) / 2 ( ( N − 1 ) / ( 2 π ) ) ( N − 1 ) / 2 ( 2 π N ) − 1 / 2 e − ( N − 1 ) / 2 = ( 1 + o ( 1 ) ) ( π N ) − 1 / 2 |S_N|N^{-(N-1)/2}((N-1)/(2\pi))^{(N-1)/2}(2\pi N)^{-1/2}e^{-(N-1)/2}=(1+o(1))(\pi N)^{-1/2} ∣ S N ∣ N − ( N − 1 ) /2 (( N − 1 ) / ( 2 π ) ) ( N − 1 ) /2 ( 2 π N ) − 1/2 e − ( N − 1 ) /2 = ( 1 + o ( 1 )) ( π N ) − 1/2 . Inserting these bounds into (249) and using ( N − 1 ) [ log ( p − 1 ) + 1 − e 2 ] / 2 + ( N − 1 ) Ω ( γ p e ) = ( N − 1 ) θ ( e ) (N-1)[\log(p-1)+1-e^2]/2+(N-1)\Omega(\gamma_p e)=(N-1)\theta(e) ( N − 1 ) [ log ( p − 1 ) + 1 − e 2 ] /2 + ( N − 1 ) Ω ( γ p e ) = ( N − 1 ) θ ( e ) , we obtain (247) .
For (3), let J = [ e p − Δ / 2 , e p + Δ / 2 ] \mathcal{J}=[e_p-\Delta/2,e_p+\Delta/2] J = [ e p − Δ/2 , e p + Δ/2 ] and let C C C be as in (2). For h ∈ [ M N − a N ′ , M N + a N ′ ] h\in[M_N-a'_N,M_N+a'_N] h ∈ [ M N − a N ′ , M N + a N ′ ] and large N N N , we have h / N ( N − 1 ) ∈ J h/\sqrt{N(N-1)}\in\mathcal{J} h / N ( N − 1 ) ∈ J . Part (1) implies that θ ( e ) ≤ − c p ( e − e p ) \theta(e)\le-c_p(e-e_p) θ ( e ) ≤ − c p ( e − e p ) for all e > e ∞ e>e_\infty e > e ∞ . Let r N = ( N − 1 ) / N r_N=\sqrt{(N-1)/N} r N = ( N − 1 ) / N and v = M N − h v=M_N-h v = M N − h . Inserting the tangent bound into (247) , we find
log ρ N ( h ) ≤ log C − 1 2 log N − c p r N h + c p ( N − 1 ) e p = log C + c p r N v + c p e p [ ( N − 1 ) − N r N ] + r N − 1 2 log N , (250) \begin{aligned}
\log\rho_N(h)\le\log C-\frac{1}{2}\log N-c_p r_N h+c_p(N-1)e_p \\
&=\log C+c_p r_Nv+c_p e_p\left[(N-1)-Nr_N\right]+\frac{r_N-1}{2}\log N, \tag*{(250)}
\end{aligned} log ρ N ( h ) ≤ log C − 2 1 log N − c p r N h + c p ( N − 1 ) e p = log C + c p r N v + c p e p [ ( N − 1 ) − N r N ] + 2 r N − 1 log N , (250)
where we used r N M N = r N N e p − r N ( log N ) / ( 2 c p ) r_NM_N=r_NNe_p-r_N(\log N)/(2c_p) r N M N = r N N e p − r N ( log N ) / ( 2 c p ) . The last two terms are bounded, since ( N − 1 ) − N r N → − 1 / 2 (N-1)-Nr_N\to-1/2 ( N − 1 ) − N r N → − 1/2 and ( 1 − r N ) log N → 0 (1-r_N)\log N\to0 ( 1 − r N ) log N → 0 . If v ≥ 0 v\ge0 v ≥ 0 , then r N v ≤ v r_Nv\le v r N v ≤ v . If v < 0 v<0 v < 0 , then c p ( r N − 1 ) v ≤ c p ∣ v ∣ / N = o ( 1 ) c_p(r_N-1)v\le c_p|v|/N=o(1) c p ( r N − 1 ) v ≤ c p ∣ v ∣/ N = o ( 1 ) , since ∣ v ∣ ≤ a N ′ = o ( N ) |v|\le a'_N=o(N) ∣ v ∣ ≤ a N ′ = o ( N ) . In both cases, we obtain (248) .
The proof of (2) is the computation of [144, Section 4], with the Hermite asymptotics replaced by the upper bound of Proposition 7.9; only an upper bound with a bounded prefactor is needed below.
Remark 9.7 (Windows of sublinear width). For windows of fixed width, (248) also follows from the case of compact windows in [144, Proposition 3]. On windows of width much larger than N \sqrt{N} N , the exponent in (247) differs from its linearization − c p ( h − M N ) -c_p(h-M_N) − c p ( h − M N ) by a term of order ( h − N e p ) 2 / N (h-Ne_p)^2/N ( h − N e p ) 2 / N , because θ ′ ′ ( e p ) < 0 \theta''(e_p)<0 θ ′′ ( e p ) < 0 . For this reason we use the upper bound (248) , which is what the arguments below need, and not a relative asymptotic for ρ N \rho_N ρ N on such windows.
Lemma 9.8 (Tightness of the maximum). The sequence max S N H N − M N \max_{S_N}H_N-M_N max S N H N − M N is tight. Moreover, there exists C C C such that lim sup N → ∞ P { max S N H N > M N + L } ≤ C e − c p L / 2 \limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{P}\{\max_{S_N}H_N>M_N+L\}\le Ce^{-c_pL/2} lim sup N → ∞ P { max S N H N > M N + L } ≤ C e − c p L /2 for every L ≥ 0 L\ge0 L ≥ 0 .
Proof. We begin with the upper tail. Let L ≥ 0 L\ge0 L ≥ 0 and J = [ M N + L , N ( e p + Δ / 4 ) ] \mathcal{J}=[M_N+L,N(e_p+\Delta/4)] J = [ M N + L , N ( e p + Δ/4 )] . On the event { M N + L < max H N ≤ N ( e p + Δ / 4 ) } \{M_N+L<\max H_N\le N(e_p+\Delta/4)\} { M N + L < max H N ≤ N ( e p + Δ/4 )} , the maximizer of H N H_N H N is a critical point
with value in J J J . By (243) with φ = 1 \varphi=1 φ = 1 , this event has probability at most ∫ J ρ N ( h ) d h \int_J \rho_N(h)\,dh ∫ J ρ N ( h ) d h . For h ∈ J h\in J h ∈ J and large N N N , we have h / N ( N − 1 ) ∈ [ e p − Δ / 2 , e p + Δ / 2 ] h/\sqrt{N(N-1)}\in[e_p-\Delta/2,e_p+\Delta/2] h / N ( N − 1 ) ∈ [ e p − Δ/2 , e p + Δ/2 ] , and (250) , which uses only (247) and the tangent bound, implies that ρ N ( h ) ≤ C exp ( − c p r N ( h − M N ) ) ≤ C e − c p ( h − M N ) / 2 \rho_N(h)\le C\exp(-c_p r_N(h-M_N))\le Ce^{-c_p(h-M_N)/2} ρ N ( h ) ≤ C exp ( − c p r N ( h − M N )) ≤ C e − c p ( h − M N ) /2 . Integrating, we find ∫ J ρ N ≤ ( 2 C / c p ) e − c p L / 2 \int_J\rho_N\le(2C/c_p)e^{-c_pL/2} ∫ J ρ N ≤ ( 2 C / c p ) e − c p L /2 . The event { max H N > N ( e p + Δ / 4 ) } \{\max H_N>N(e_p+\Delta/4)\} { max H N > N ( e p + Δ/4 )} has probability tending to zero by (241) , and the bound on the upper tail follows.
The lower tail is the main content of the work of Subag and Zeitouni. They identified the extremal process of the critical values and the limiting law of the minimum of H N H_N H N [144, Theorem 1 and Corollary 2], with the centering − N e p + ( log N ) / ( 2 c p ) -Ne_p+(\log N)/(2c_p) − N e p + ( log N ) / ( 2 c p ) up to an additive constant depending only on p p p [144, (1.4) and (1.5)]. Their hypothesis is p ≥ 3 p\ge3 p ≥ 3 , with no condition on the temperature. Their E 0 E_0 E 0 , the unique zero of Θ p ( − ⋅ ) \Theta_p(-\cdot) Θ p ( − ⋅ ) above E ∞ E_\infty E ∞ , is our e p e_p e p , and their c p = Θ p ′ ( − E 0 ) c_p=\Theta_p'(-E_0) c p = Θ p ′ ( − E 0 ) is our c p c_p c p , by Lemma 9.6 (1). Applied to the field − H N -H_N − H N , which has the same law as H N H_N H N , their results imply that max S N H N − M N \max_{S_N}H_N-M_N max S N H N − M N is tight. We use only this tightness, which does not depend on the additive constant in the centering or on the normalization of the limiting intensity.
Lemma 9.9 (Marked first moments in windows of sublinear width). Let a N , a N ′ ≥ 0 a_N,a'_N\ge0 a N , a N ′ ≥ 0 be deterministic with a N + a N ′ = o ( N ) a_N+a'_N=o(N) a N + a N ′ = o ( N ) , and let J N ⊂ [ M N − a N , M N + a N ′ ] J_N\subset[M_N-a_N,M_N+a'_N] J N ⊂ [ M N − a N , M N + a N ′ ] be deterministic Borel sets. Let Y ( H , u ) ≥ 0 Y(H,u)\ge0 Y ( H , u ) ≥ 0 be a Borel function of the field and the point, and let y N : J N → [ 0 , ∞ ] y_N:J_N\to[0,\infty] y N : J N → [ 0 , ∞ ] be a Borel function such that E u ; h [ Y ( H , u ) 2 ] ≤ y N ( h ) 2 \mathbb{E}_{u;h}[Y(H,u)^2]\le y_N(h)^2 E u ; h [ Y ( H , u ) 2 ] ≤ y N ( h ) 2 for all u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N and h ∈ J N h\in J_N h ∈ J N . There exists C C C , depending only on p p p , such that for all sufficiently large N N N ,
E ∑ u : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 H N ( u ) ∈ J N Y ( H , u ) ≤ C ∫ J N e c p ( M N − h ) y N ( h ) d h . (251) \mathbb{E}\sum_{\substack{u:\nabla_{S_N}H_N(u)=0\\ H_N(u)\in J_N}}Y(H,u)\le C\int_{J_N}e^{c_p(M_N-h)}y_N(h)\,dh. \tag*{(251)} E u : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 H N ( u ) ∈ J N ∑ Y ( H , u ) ≤ C ∫ J N e c p ( M N − h ) y N ( h ) d h . (251)
Proof. For large N N N , every h ∈ J N h\in J_N h ∈ J N satisfies ∣ h / N − e p ∣ ≤ Δ / 2 |h/N-e_p|\le\Delta/2 ∣ h / N − e p ∣ ≤ Δ/2 . By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality under P u ; h \mathbb{P}_{u;h} P u ; h and (245) , we have E u ; h [ D ( u ) Y ( H , u ) ] ≤ K 2 1 / 2 μ N ( h ) y N ( h ) \mathbb{E}_{u;h}[D(u)Y(H,u)]\le K_2^{1/2}\mu_N(h)y_N(h) E u ; h [ D ( u ) Y ( H , u )] ≤ K 2 1/2 μ N ( h ) y N ( h ) . Inserting this bound into (243) and using (248) , we obtain (251) .
For an indicator Y = 1 A Y=1_A Y = 1 A , the bound in the proof is the Hölder bound of Lemma 7.22 for determinant-weighted expectations, with r = 2 r=2 r = 2 . The proof keeps the determinant inside the conditional expectation; no independence between the Hessian and the weight Y Y Y is used. For latitude intervals and weights that satisfy the tameness condition of [141, Lemma 36], bounds of this type are [141, Lemmas 38 and 41], already stated for windows of sublinear width. Here we prove the bounded-prefactor envelope of Lemma 9.6 (3) directly and apply the estimates to arbitrary Borel weights, including indicators of bands with small partition function and partition functions of disconnected sets of latitudes.
Localization at critical maxima
In this section, we show that every point with energy close to the ground energy lies close to a critical maximum, and complete the proof of Proposition 9.1 . We write Δ = e p − e ∞ \Delta= e_p-e_\infty Δ = e p − e ∞ as before.
Lemma 9.10 (A Hessian bound at all high critical points). Let κ = p Δ / 4 \kappa= p\Delta/4 κ = p Δ/4 . There exist τ 0 ∈ ( 0 , Δ / 4 ] \tau_0 \in(0,\Delta/4] τ 0 ∈ ( 0 , Δ/4 ] and c > 0 c > 0 c > 0 , depending only on p p p , such that for all sufficiently large N N N , with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N , every critical point u u u of H N H_N H N with H N ( u ) ≥ N ( e p − τ 0 ) H_N(u) \ge N(e_p-\tau_0) H N ( u ) ≥ N ( e p − τ 0 ) satisfies ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) ≤ − κ Id \nabla^2_{S_N} H_N(u) \le-\kappa\operatorname{Id} ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) ≤ − κ Id .
Proof. Let h ∈ [ N ( e p − Δ / 4 ) , N ( e p + Δ / 4 ) ] h \in[N(e_p-\Delta/4),N(e_p+\Delta/4)] h ∈ [ N ( e p − Δ/4 ) , N ( e p + Δ/4 )] and u ∈ S N u \in S_N u ∈ S N , and let A A A be the set of pairs ( H , u ) (H,u) ( H , u ) for which ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) \nabla^2_{S_N}H_N(u) ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) has an eigenvalue larger than − κ -\kappa − κ . By (242) , under P u ; h \mathbb{P}_{u;h} P u ; h , the event A A A occurs if and only if λ max ( ς N G n ) > p h / N − κ \lambda_{\max}(\varsigma_NG_n)>ph/N-\kappa λ m a x ( ς N G n ) > p h / N − κ , and p h / N − κ ≥ p ( e p − Δ / 2 ) = 2 b 1 + p Δ / 2 ph/N-\kappa\ge p(e_p-\Delta/2)=2\sqrt{b_1}+p\Delta/2 p h / N − κ ≥ p ( e p − Δ/2 ) = 2 b 1 + p Δ/2 . The matrix ς N G n \varsigma_NG_n ς N G n is the matrix W n , N W_{n,N} W n , N of § 6.2 with b Q b_Q b Q replaced by b 1 b_1 b 1 , and it satisfies the hypothesis of Lemma 7.5 (2) with b = b 1 b=b_1 b = b 1 . Using (136) with s = p Δ / 2 s=p\Delta/2 s = p Δ/2 , we find that P u ; h ( A ) ≤ 2 e − c ′ N \mathbb{P}_{u;h}(A)\le2e^{-c'N} P u ; h ( A ) ≤ 2 e − c ′ N with c ′ = p 2 Δ 2 / ( 16 b 1 ) c'=p^2\Delta^2/(16b_1) c ′ = p 2 Δ 2 / ( 16 b 1 ) . The shift p h / N ph/N p h / N lies in [ 2 b 1 + 3 p Δ / 4 , p ( e p + Δ / 4 ) ] [2\sqrt{b_1}+3p\Delta/4,p(e_p+\Delta/4)] [ 2 b 1 + 3 p Δ/4 , p ( e p + Δ/4 )] , so Corollary 7.8 with r = 2 r=2 r = 2 gives
E u ; h [ D ( u ) 1 A ( H , u ) ] ≤ K 2 1 / 2 ( 2 e − c ′ N ) 1 / 2 μ N ( h ) ≤ e − c 1 N μ N ( h ) \mathbb{E}_{u;h}\left[D(u)1_A(H,u)\right]\le K_2^{1/2}(2e^{-c'N})^{1/2}\mu_N(h)\le e^{-c_1N}\mu_N(h) E u ; h [ D ( u ) 1 A ( H , u ) ] ≤ K 2 1/2 ( 2 e − c ′ N ) 1/2 μ N ( h ) ≤ e − c 1 N μ N ( h )
for large N N N , with c 1 = c ′ / 3 c_1=c'/3 c 1 = c ′ /3 , where K 2 K_2 K 2 depends only on p p p . The constant c 1 c_1 c 1 does not change when the energy interval is shrunk below.
Let τ 0 ≤ Δ / 4 \tau_0\le\Delta/4 τ 0 ≤ Δ/4 , to be chosen. By (243) with φ = 1 A \varphi=1_A φ = 1 A , the expected number of critical points u u u with ( H , u ) ∈ A (H,u)\in A ( H , u ) ∈ A and H N ( u ) ∈ [ N ( e p − τ 0 ) , N ( e p + τ 0 ) ] H_N(u)\in[N(e_p-\tau_0),N(e_p+\tau_0)] H N ( u ) ∈ [ N ( e p − τ 0 ) , N ( e p + τ 0 )] is at most e − c 1 N e^{-c_1N} e − c 1 N times ∫ ρ N ( h ) d h \int\rho_N(h)\,dh ∫ ρ N ( h ) d h over this interval. For such h h h , we have h / N ( N − 1 ) ≥ e p − τ 0 h/\sqrt{N(N-1)}\ge e_p-\tau_0 h / N ( N − 1 ) ≥ e p − τ 0 . Using Lemma 9.6 (2) with J = [ e p − Δ / 2 , e p + Δ / 2 ] J=[e_p-\Delta/2,e_p+\Delta/2] J = [ e p − Δ/2 , e p + Δ/2 ] and the tangent bound θ ( e ) ≤ − c p ( e − e p ) \theta(e)\le-c_p(e-e_p) θ ( e ) ≤ − c p ( e − e p ) , we find ρ N ( h ) ≤ C N − 1 / 2 e ( N − 1 ) c p τ 0 \rho_N(h)\le CN^{-1/2}e^{(N-1)c_p\tau_0} ρ N ( h ) ≤ C N − 1/2 e ( N − 1 ) c p τ 0 , and the integral is at most 2 C τ 0 N 1 / 2 e c p τ 0 N 2C\tau_0N^{1/2}e^{c_p\tau_0N} 2 C τ 0 N 1/2 e c p τ 0 N . We choose τ 0 \tau_0 τ 0 so small that c p τ 0 ≤ c 1 / 2 c_p\tau_0\le c_1/2 c p τ 0 ≤ c 1 /2 . By Markov’s inequality, the probability that there exists such a critical point is at most 2 C τ 0 N 1 / 2 e − c 1 N / 2 2C\tau_0N^{1/2}e^{-c_1N/2} 2 C τ 0 N 1/2 e − c 1 N /2 . Finally, a critical point with value above N ( e p + τ 0 ) N(e_p+\tau_0) N ( e p + τ 0 ) exists only if max H N > N ( e p + τ 0 ) \max H_N>N(e_p+\tau_0) max H N > N ( e p + τ 0 ) , which has probability at most 2 e − N τ 0 2 / 8 2e^{-N\tau_0^2/8} 2 e − N τ 0 2 /8 by (241) . This proves the lemma. □ \square □
The determinant weight enters through Corollary 7.8 . The probability of the event A A A under the conditioned law alone would not control the critical points selected by the field, since critical points are counted with the weight D ( u ) D(u) D ( u ) .
Lemma 9.11 (Deterministic localization in superlevel sets). Let f ∈ C 3 ( S N ) f\in C^3(S_N) f ∈ C 3 ( S N ) and f ∗ = max S N f f_*=\max_{S_N}f f ∗ = max S N f , and suppose that sup S N ∥ ∇ 3 f ∥ o p ≤ C 3 / N \sup_{S_N}\lVert\nabla^3f\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le C_3/\sqrt{N} sup S N ∥ ∇ 3 f ∥ op ≤ C 3 / N . Let δ 0 , κ > 0 \delta_0,\kappa>0 δ 0 , κ > 0 , and suppose that every critical point c c c of f f f with f ( c ) > f ∗ − δ 0 N f(c)>f_*-\delta_0N f ( c ) > f ∗ − δ 0 N satisfies ∇ S N 2 f ( c ) ≤ − κ I \nabla^2_{S_N}f(c)\le-\kappa I ∇ S N 2 f ( c ) ≤ − κ I . Let r 0 = min ( 1 , κ / ( 2 C 3 ) ) r_0=\min(1,\kappa/(2C_3)) r 0 = min ( 1 , κ / ( 2 C 3 )) , with r 0 = 1 r_0=1 r 0 = 1 if C 3 = 0 C_3=0 C 3 = 0 , and let 0 < δ < min ( δ 0 , κ r 0 2 / 4 ) 0<\delta<\min(\delta_0,\kappa r_0^2/4) 0 < δ < min ( δ 0 , κ r 0 2 /4 ) . Then every connected component V \mathcal{V} V of
{ f > f ∗ − δ N } \{f>f_*-\delta N\} { f > f ∗ − δ N } contains exactly one critical point c c c of f f f , which is the maximizer of f f f on V \mathcal V V , and V \mathcal V V is contained in the open geodesic ball of radius r 0 N r_0\sqrt{N} r 0 N around c c c . Moreover, every x ∈ V x\in\mathcal V x ∈ V satisfies
d S N ( x , c ) < 2 δ / κ N , f ( c ) ≥ f ( x ) . (252) d_{S_N}(x,c)<2\sqrt{\delta/\kappa}\sqrt{N},\qquad f(c)\ge f(x). \tag*{(252)} d S N ( x , c ) < 2 δ / κ N , f ( c ) ≥ f ( x ) . (252)
Proof. The function f f f attains its maximum on the compact closure of V \mathcal V V at some point c c c , and f ( c ) > f ∗ − δ N f(c)>f_*-\delta N f ( c ) > f ∗ − δ N since V \mathcal V V is nonempty. A small connected neighborhood of c c c on which f > f ∗ − δ N f>f_*-\delta N f > f ∗ − δ N meets V \mathcal V V , and hence is contained in V \mathcal V V . We conclude that c ∈ V c\in\mathcal V c ∈ V , c c c is a local maximum of f f f , and ∇ S N 2 f ( c ) ≤ − κ I \nabla_{S_N}^{2}f(c)\le-\kappa I ∇ S N 2 f ( c ) ≤ − κ I by hypothesis.
Let γ \gamma γ be a unit-speed geodesic starting at c c c . Along γ \gamma γ , the Hessian, transported in parallel, changes by at most C 3 t / N C_3t/\sqrt{N} C 3 t / N in operator norm up to time t t t . For t ≤ r 0 N t\le r_0\sqrt{N} t ≤ r 0 N , it is therefore at most − κ I + C 3 r 0 I ≤ − ( κ / 2 ) I -\kappa I+C_3r_0I\le-(\kappa/2)I − κ I + C 3 r 0 I ≤ − ( κ /2 ) I . Integrating twice along γ \gamma γ and using ∇ S N f ( c ) = 0 \nabla_{S_N}f(c)=0 ∇ S N f ( c ) = 0 , we obtain, for every y y y in the closed geodesic ball of radius r 0 N r_0\sqrt{N} r 0 N around c c c ,
f ( y ) ≤ f ( c ) − κ 4 d S N ( y , c ) 2 ≤ f ∗ − κ 4 d S N ( y , c ) 2 . (253) f(y)\le f(c)-\frac{\kappa}{4}d_{S_N}(y,c)^2\le f_*-\frac{\kappa}{4}d_{S_N}(y,c)^2. \tag*{(253)} f ( y ) ≤ f ( c ) − 4 κ d S N ( y , c ) 2 ≤ f ∗ − 4 κ d S N ( y , c ) 2 . (253)
The geodesics in this argument are unique, since the radius r 0 N ≤ N r_0\sqrt{N}\le\sqrt{N} r 0 N ≤ N is smaller than the injectivity radius π N \pi\sqrt{N} π N of S N S_N S N . On the boundary sphere of the ball, (9.30) implies that f ≤ f ∗ − κ r 0 2 N / 4 < f ∗ − δ N f\le f_*-\kappa r_0^2N/4<f_*-\delta N f ≤ f ∗ − κ r 0 2 N /4 < f ∗ − δ N . The open set V \mathcal V V is path connected, contains c c c , and does not meet this boundary sphere. It is therefore contained in the open ball. If c ′ ≠ c c'\ne c c ′ = c were another critical point in the ball, then along the geodesic from c c c to c ′ c' c ′ , of length t 1 > 0 t_1>0 t 1 > 0 , the derivative of f f f at time t 1 t_1 t 1 would be at most − κ t 1 / 2 < 0 -\kappa t_1/2<0 − κ t 1 /2 < 0 , which contradicts ∇ S N f ( c ′ ) = 0 \nabla_{S_N}f(c')=0 ∇ S N f ( c ′ ) = 0 . Finally, (9.30) and f ( x ) > f ∗ − δ N f(x)>f_*-\delta N f ( x ) > f ∗ − δ N imply (9.29). □ \square □
Proposition 9.12 (Proximity of high-energy points to local maxima). For every fixed r > 0 r>0 r > 0 , there exist ϵ 0 , c > 0 \epsilon_0,c>0 ϵ 0 , c > 0 such that, for all sufficiently large N N N , with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N , every y ∈ S N y\in S_N y ∈ S N with H N ( y ) ≥ N ( e p − ϵ 0 ) H_N(y)\ge N(e_p-\epsilon_0) H N ( y ) ≥ N ( e p − ϵ 0 ) has a nondegenerate local maximum u u u of H N H_N H N with
∣ u − y ∣ ≤ r N , H N ( u ) ≥ H N ( y ) . (254) |u-y|\le r\sqrt{N},\qquad H_N(u)\ge H_N(y). \tag*{(254)} ∣ u − y ∣ ≤ r N , H N ( u ) ≥ H N ( y ) . (254) The same holds with ϵ 0 \epsilon_0 ϵ 0 replaced by any smaller positive number.
Proof. Let τ 0 , κ \tau_0,\kappa τ 0 , κ be as in Lemma 9.10 and C 3 C_3 C 3 the constant in (9.17), and let r 0 = min ( 1 , κ / ( 2 C 3 ) ) r_0=\min(1,\kappa/(2C_3)) r 0 = min ( 1 , κ / ( 2 C 3 )) . We fix ϵ 0 ∈ ( 0 , τ 0 / 6 ) \epsilon_0\in(0,\tau_0/6) ϵ 0 ∈ ( 0 , τ 0 /6 ) so small that 3 ϵ 0 < κ r 0 2 / 4 3\epsilon_0<\kappa r_0^2/4 3 ϵ 0 < κ r 0 2 /4 and 2 3 ϵ 0 / κ < r 2\sqrt{3\epsilon_0/\kappa}<r 2 3 ϵ 0 / κ < r ; every smaller ϵ 0 \epsilon_0 ϵ 0 has the same properties. Let E \mathcal E E be the intersection of the events of Lemmas 9.4 and 9.10 with { ∣ max H N / N − e p ∣ ≤ ϵ 0 } \{|\max H_N/N-e_p|\le\epsilon_0\} { ∣ max H N / N − e p ∣ ≤ ϵ 0 } . These lemmas and (9.18) imply that P ( E c ) ≤ e − c N \mathbb P(\mathcal E^c)\le e^{-cN} P ( E c ) ≤ e − c N for some c > 0 c>0 c > 0 .
On E \mathcal E E , let f = H N f=H_N f = H N and f ∗ = max H N f_*=\max H_N f ∗ = max H N . Every critical point c c c with f ( c ) > f ∗ − τ 0 N / 2 f(c)>f_*-\tau_0N/2 f ( c ) > f ∗ − τ 0 N /2 satisfies f ( c ) > N ( e p − ϵ 0 − τ 0 / 2 ) ≥ N ( e p − τ 0 ) f(c)>N(e_p-\epsilon_0-\tau_0/2)\ge N(e_p-\tau_0) f ( c ) > N ( e p − ϵ 0 − τ 0 /2 ) ≥ N ( e p − τ 0 ) and ∇ S N 2 f ( c ) ≤ − κ I \nabla_{S_N}^{2}f(c)\le-\kappa I ∇ S N 2 f ( c ) ≤ − κ I . We apply Lemma 9.11 with δ 0 = τ 0 / 2 \delta_0=\tau_0/2 δ 0 = τ 0 /2 and δ = 3 ϵ 0 \delta=3\epsilon_0 δ = 3 ϵ 0 ; note that 3 ϵ 0 < τ 0 / 2 3\epsilon_0<\tau_0/2 3 ϵ 0 < τ 0 /2 . If H N ( y ) ≥ N ( e p − ϵ 0 ) H_N(y)\ge N(e_p-\epsilon_0) H N ( y ) ≥ N ( e p − ϵ 0 ) , then f ∗ − f ( y ) ≤ 2 ϵ 0 N < 3 ϵ 0 N f_*-f(y)\le2\epsilon_0N<3\epsilon_0N f ∗ − f ( y ) ≤ 2 ϵ 0 N < 3 ϵ 0 N , and y y y lies in a component of { f > f ∗ − 3 ϵ 0 N } \{f>f_*-3\epsilon_0N\} { f > f ∗ − 3 ϵ 0 N } . Let u u u be its critical point. By (9.29), H N ( u ) ≥ H N ( y ) H_N(u)\ge H_N(y) H N ( u ) ≥ H N ( y ) and ∣ u − y ∣ ≤ d S N ( u , y ) < 2 3 ϵ 0 / κ N < r N |u-y|\le d_{S_N}(u,y)<2\sqrt{3\epsilon_0/\kappa}\sqrt{N}<r\sqrt{N} ∣ u − y ∣ ≤ d S N ( u , y ) < 2 3 ϵ 0 / κ N < r N , and u u u is a nondegenerate local maximum since ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) ≤ − κ I \nabla_{S_N}^{2}H_N(u)\le-\kappa I ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) ≤ − κ I . □ \square □
Proof of Proposition 9.1. Let M > 0 M>0 M > 0 be fixed and L = Q − p / 2 M L=Q^{-p/2}M L = Q − p /2 M . By (231) , C N , M ⊂ D N , L C_{N,M}\subset D_{N,L} C N , M ⊂ D N , L for every N N N . Using (243) with φ = 1 \varphi=1 φ = 1 and (248) with a N = a N ′ = L a_N=a'_N=L a N = a N ′ = L , we obtain, for all N ≥ N 0 N\ge N_0 N ≥ N 0 ,
E ∣ D N , L ∣ = ∫ M N − L M N + L ρ N ( h ) d h ≤ C ∫ − L L e − c p t d t ≤ 2 C L e c p L . \mathbb{E}|D_{N,L}|=\int_{M_N-L}^{M_N+L}\rho_N(h)\,\mathrm{d}h\le C\int_{-L}^{L}e^{-c_pt}\,\mathrm{d}t\le2CL e^{c_pL}. E ∣ D N , L ∣ = ∫ M N − L M N + L ρ N ( h ) d h ≤ C ∫ − L L e − c p t d t ≤ 2 C L e c p L .
For each of the finitely many N < N 0 N<N_0 N < N 0 , the integral is finite because ρ N \rho_N ρ N is continuous. This proves (232) .
For (233) , let ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 . By Lemma 9.8 , there exists L L L such that lim inf N P { ∣ max H N − M N ∣ ≤ L } ≥ 1 − ε \liminf_N\mathbb{P}\{|\max H_N-M_N|\le L\}\ge1-\varepsilon lim inf N P { ∣ max H N − M N ∣ ≤ L } ≥ 1 − ε . On this event, a maximizer u ∗ u_* u ∗ of H N H_N H N is a critical point with ∣ H N ( u ∗ ) − M N ∣ ≤ L |H_N(u_*)-M_N|\le L ∣ H N ( u ∗ ) − M N ∣ ≤ L . Then u ∗ ∈ D N , L u_*\in D_{N,L} u ∗ ∈ D N , L , and u ∗ ∈ C N , Q p / 2 L u_*\in C_{N,Q^{p/2}L} u ∗ ∈ C N , Q p /2 L for all sufficiently large N N N by (231) . Further, max H Q = Q p / 2 max H N ≤ m N + Q p / 2 L \max H_Q=Q^{p/2}\max H_N\le m_N+Q^{p/2}L max H Q = Q p /2 max H N ≤ m N + Q p /2 L . As the event in (233) increases with M M M , its probability has lim inf \liminf lim inf at least 1 − ε 1-\varepsilon 1 − ε for every M ≥ Q p / 2 L M\ge Q^{p/2}L M ≥ Q p /2 L . This proves (233) .
Finally, let M M M be fixed. For all sufficiently large N N N , every u ∈ C N , M u\in C_{N,M} u ∈ C N , M satisfies H N ( u ) ≥ M N − Q − p / 2 M ≥ N ( e p − τ 0 ) H_N(u)\ge M_N-Q^{-p/2}M\ge N(e_p-\tau_0) H N ( u ) ≥ M N − Q − p /2 M ≥ N ( e p − τ 0 ) . By Lemma 9.10 , with probability at least 1 − e − c N 1-e^{-cN} 1 − e − c N , every such u u u satisfies ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) = Q p / 2 ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) ≤ − Q p / 2 κ I \nabla^2_{S_N}H_Q(u)=Q^{p/2}\nabla^2_{S_N}H_N(u)\le-Q^{p/2}\kappa I ∇ S N 2 H Q ( u ) = Q p /2 ∇ S N 2 H N ( u ) ≤ − Q p /2 κ I , and it is a nondegenerate local maximum of H Q H_Q H Q .
Empirical means of fixed replica groups
In this section, we show that if n n n samples from the Gibbs measure, with n n n large but fixed, have pairwise overlaps close to Q Q Q , then their empirical mean, rescaled to squared norm N Q NQ N Q , has energy close to N E 0 NE_0 N E 0 . The proof uses Subag’s free energies of replicated bands. The same inputs are stated for general mixtures in Section 12.3.
Let m ∈ R N m\in\mathbb{R}^N m ∈ R N with ∣ m ∣ 2 = N Q |m|^2=NQ ∣ m ∣ 2 = N Q , so that m = Q u m=\sqrt{Q}\,u m = Q u with u ∈ S N u\in S_N u ∈ S N , and let n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 and ρ , δ > 0 \rho,\delta>0 ρ , δ > 0 . We define
T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) = { ( σ 1 , … , σ n ) ∈ S N n : ∣ R ( σ i , m ) − Q ∣ ≤ δ Q for all i , ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − Q ∣ < ρ for all i ≠ j } , T_N(m,n,\rho,\delta)=\left\{(\sigma^1,\ldots,\sigma^n)\in S_N^n:\left|R(\sigma^i,m)-Q\right|\le\delta\sqrt{Q}\text{ for all }i,\ \left|R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)-Q\right|<\rho\text{ for all }i\ne j\right\}, T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) = { ( σ 1 , … , σ n ) ∈ S N n : R ( σ i , m ) − Q ≤ δ Q for all i , R ( σ i , σ j ) − Q < ρ for all i = j } ,
and
P ~ N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) = 1 N n log ∫ T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) exp ( β ∑ i = 1 n [ H N ( σ i ) − H N ( m ) ] ) ν N ⊗ n ( d σ ) . (255) \widetilde{P}_N(m,n,\rho,\delta)=\frac{1}{Nn}\log\int_{T_N(m,n,\rho,\delta)}\exp\left(\beta\sum_{i=1}^{n}[H_N(\sigma^i)-H_N(m)]\right)\nu_N^{\otimes n}(\mathrm{d}\sigma). \tag*{(255)} P N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) = N n 1 log ∫ T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) exp ( β i = 1 ∑ n [ H N ( σ i ) − H N ( m )] ) ν N ⊗ n ( d σ ) . (255)
The condition on R ( σ i , m ) R(\sigma^i,m) R ( σ i , m ) says that σ i ∈ B u ( δ ) \sigma^i\in B_u(\delta) σ i ∈ B u ( δ ) , as R ( σ , m ) = Q R ( σ , u ) R(\sigma,m)=\sqrt{Q}R(\sigma,u) R ( σ , m ) = Q R ( σ , u ) . This is Subag’s free energy of the replicated band [143, (1.10)], with the squared norm q = Q q=Q q = Q . For N ≥ n + 1 N\ge n+1 N ≥ n + 1 , the set T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) T_N(m,n,\rho,\delta) T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) has nonempty interior: it contains the points σ i = m + N s ω i \sigma^i=m+\sqrt{N}s\,\omega_i σ i = m + N s ω i for orthonormal vectors ω 1 , … , ω n \omega_1,\ldots,\omega_n ω 1 , … , ω n orthogonal to m m m , for which R ( σ i , m ) = Q R(\sigma^i,m)=Q R ( σ i , m ) = Q and R ( σ i , σ j ) = Q R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)=Q R ( σ i , σ j ) = Q , so that all the constraints hold with strict slack at this tuple. Hence T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) T_N(m,n,\rho,\delta) T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) has positive measure, and P ~ N \widetilde{P}_N P N is finite. The expectation E P ~ N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) \mathbb{E}\widetilde{P}_N(m,n,\rho,\delta) E P N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) does not depend on m m m , by rotation invariance.
Proposition 9.13 (Uniform concentration; [143, Proposition 24]). Let t , c > 0 t,c>0 t , c > 0 . There exist δ 0 , ρ 0 > 0 \delta_0,\rho_0>0 δ 0 , ρ 0 > 0 and an integer n 0 n_0 n 0 such that for all δ ∈ ( 0 , δ 0 ] \delta\in(0,\delta_0] δ ∈ ( 0 , δ 0 ] , ρ ∈ ( 0 , ρ 0 ] \rho\in(0,\rho_0] ρ ∈ ( 0 , ρ 0 ] , n ≥ n 0 n\ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 , and N ≥ n + 1 N\ge n+1 N ≥ n + 1 ,
P { sup ∣ m ∣ 2 = N Q [ P ~ N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) − E P ~ N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) ] < t } > 1 − e − c N . \mathbb{P}\left\{\sup_{|m|^2=NQ}\left[\widetilde{P}_N(m,n,\rho,\delta)-\mathbb{E}\widetilde{P}_N(m,n,\rho,\delta)\right]<t\right\}>1-e^{-cN}. P { ∣ m ∣ 2 = N Q sup [ P N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) − E P N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) ] < t } > 1 − e − c N .
This is [143, Proposition 24, (3.1)], which holds for every mixture with exponentially decaying coefficients, in particular for the pure covariance of either parity, and for every q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) q\in[0,1) q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) in place of Q Q Q . We restrict to N ≥ n + 1 N\ge n+1 N ≥ n + 1 , where the replicated set has positive measure; for each fixed n n n , this excludes finitely many dimensions. The parameters δ , ρ , n \delta,\rho,n δ , ρ , n in the proposition are fixed: they are chosen before N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ . Subag also proved the estimates that relate P ~ N \widetilde{P}_N P N to the free energy of the residual field on the exact latitude [143, Lemmas 17–19]: a bound L N L\sqrt{N} L N on the Lipschitz constant of H N H_N H N on the ball of radius N \sqrt{N} N , with probability at least 1 − e − c ′ N 1-e^{-c'N} 1 − e − c ′ N for L L L large [143, Lemma 17]; the projection of a band of width δ \delta δ onto its exact latitude, which raises the pair tolerance from ρ \rho ρ to ρ + 8 δ \rho+\sqrt{8\delta} ρ + 8 δ and costs N − 1 log ν N ( B u ( δ ) ) + β L 2 δ N^{-1}\log\nu_N(B_u(\delta))+\beta L\sqrt{2\delta} N − 1 log ν N ( B u ( δ )) + β L 2 δ [143, Lemma 18, (2.2)]; and the removal of the field of degree one, at a cost at most a universal constant times β γ 1 2 1 / n + ρ \beta\gamma_1^2\sqrt{1/n+\rho} β γ 1 2 1/ n + ρ , where γ 1 2 \gamma_1^2 γ 1 2 is its coefficient [143, Lemma 19, (2.5)]. The proof of the next lemma follows these arguments, with fixed n n n , ρ \rho ρ , and δ \delta δ , and it gives the upper bound we need directly.
Lemma 9.14 (Expected free energy of a replicated band). Let T Q = ( log s ) / 2 + β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) / 2 T_Q=(\log s)/2+\beta^2\psi_Q(1)/2 T Q = ( log s ) /2 + β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) /2 . There exists C C C such that for all δ ∈ ( 0 , Q / 2 ] \delta\in(0,\sqrt{Q}/2] δ ∈ ( 0 , Q /2 ] , ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 , and n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 ,
lim sup N → ∞ E P ~ N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) ≤ T Q + C δ + C ( 1 n + ρ + 8 δ s ) 1 / 2 . (256) \limsup_{N\to\infty}\mathbb{E}\widetilde{P}_N(m,n,\rho,\delta)\le T_Q+C\sqrt{\delta}+C\left(\frac{1}{n}+\frac{\rho+\sqrt{8\delta}}{s}\right)^{1/2}. \tag*{(256)} N → ∞ lim sup E P N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) ≤ T Q + C δ + C ( n 1 + s ρ + 8 δ ) 1/2 . (256)
Note that F ( β ) = β E 0 + T Q F(\beta)=\beta E_0+T_Q F ( β ) = β E 0 + T Q by (9.4), since E 0 = e p Q p / 2 E_0=e_pQ^{p/2} E 0 = e p Q p /2 .
Proof. Let u = m / Q u=m/\sqrt{Q} u = m / Q . We bound the integral in (255) in three steps: we project the replicas to the exact latitude R ( ⋅ , u ) = Q R(\cdot,u)=\sqrt{Q} R ( ⋅ , u ) = Q , we separate the latitude from the direction orthogonal to u u u , and we bound the field on the exact latitude.
Projection to the exact latitude. We write σ ∈ B u ( δ ) \sigma\in B_u(\delta) σ ∈ B u ( δ ) as σ = r u + N ( 1 − r 2 ) ω \sigma=ru+\sqrt{N(1-r^2)}\,\omega σ = r u + N ( 1 − r 2 ) ω , with ∣ r − Q ∣ ≤ δ |r-\sqrt{Q}|\le\delta ∣ r − Q ∣ ≤ δ and ω \omega ω a unit vector orthogonal to u u u , and let σ ′ = Q u + N s ω \sigma'=\sqrt{Q}\,u+\sqrt{N}s\,\omega σ ′ = Q u + N s ω . If r = cos ϕ r=\cos\phi r = cos ϕ and Q = cos ϕ ′ \sqrt{Q}=\cos\phi' Q = cos ϕ ′ with ϕ , ϕ ′ ∈ [ 0 , π ] \phi,\phi'\in[0,\pi] ϕ , ϕ ′ ∈ [ 0 , π ] , then
∣ σ − σ ′ ∣ 2 = 4 N sin 2 ϕ − ϕ ′ 2 ≤ 4 N ∣ sin ϕ + ϕ ′ 2 sin ϕ − ϕ ′ 2 ∣ = 2 N ∣ cos ϕ − cos ϕ ′ ∣ ≤ 2 N δ , |\sigma-\sigma'|^2=4N\sin^2\frac{\phi-\phi'}{2}\le4N\left|\sin\frac{\phi+\phi'}{2}\sin\frac{\phi-\phi'}{2}\right|=2N|\cos\phi-\cos\phi'|\le2N\delta, ∣ σ − σ ′ ∣ 2 = 4 N sin 2 2 ϕ − ϕ ′ ≤ 4 N sin 2 ϕ + ϕ ′ sin 2 ϕ − ϕ ′ = 2 N ∣ cos ϕ − cos ϕ ′ ∣ ≤ 2 N δ ,
where we used ∣ ϕ − ϕ ′ ∣ / 2 ≤ ( ϕ + ϕ ′ ) / 2 ≤ π − ∣ ϕ − ϕ ′ ∣ / 2 |\phi-\phi'|/2\le(\phi+\phi')/2\le\pi-|\phi-\phi'|/2 ∣ ϕ − ϕ ′ ∣/2 ≤ ( ϕ + ϕ ′ ) /2 ≤ π − ∣ ϕ − ϕ ′ ∣/2 . This is the bound ∣ σ − σ ′ ∣ ≤ 2 N δ |\sigma-\sigma'|\le\sqrt{2N\delta} ∣ σ − σ ′ ∣ ≤ 2 N δ of [143, Lemma 18], and for two such points ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − R ( σ ′ i , σ ′ j ) ∣ ≤ 2 2 δ = 8 δ |R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)-R(\sigma'^i,\sigma'^j)|\le2\sqrt{2\delta}=\sqrt{8\delta} ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − R ( σ ′ i , σ ′ j ) ∣ ≤ 2 2 δ = 8 δ . Let Lip \operatorname{Lip} Lip be the Lipschitz constant of H N H_N H N on the ball of radius N \sqrt{N} N , which contains the segment between σ \sigma σ and σ ′ \sigma' σ ′ . Then
∑ i = 1 n [ H N ( σ ′ i ) − H N ( m ) ] ≤ ∑ i = 1 n [ H N ( σ i ) − H N ( m ) ] + n Lip 2 N δ . (257) \sum_{i=1}^{n}\left[H_N(\sigma'^i)-H_N(m)\right]\le\sum_{i=1}^{n}\left[H_N(\sigma^i)-H_N(m)\right]+n\operatorname{Lip}\sqrt{2N\delta}. \tag*{(257)} i = 1 ∑ n [ H N ( σ ′ i ) − H N ( m ) ] ≤ i = 1 ∑ n [ H N ( σ i ) − H N ( m ) ] + n Lip 2 N δ . (257)
Latitude and direction. Under ν N \nu_N ν N , the latitude r = R ( σ , u ) r=R(\sigma,u) r = R ( σ , u ) has density ℓ N ( 1 − r 2 ) ( N − 3 ) / 2 \ell_N(1-r^2)^{(N-3)/2} ℓ N ( 1 − r 2 ) ( N − 3 ) /2 on ( − 1 , 1 ) (-1,1) ( − 1 , 1 ) , with
ℓ N = Γ ( N / 2 ) π Γ ( ( N − 1 ) / 2 ) ≤ N , (258) \ell_N=\frac{\Gamma(N/2)}{\sqrt{\pi}\Gamma((N-1)/2)}\le\sqrt{N}, \tag*{(258)} ℓ N = π Γ (( N − 1 ) /2 ) Γ ( N /2 ) ≤ N , (258)
and, given r r r , the direction ω \omega ω is uniform on the unit sphere of u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ . If ( σ i ) ∈ T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) (\sigma^i)\in T_N(m,n,\rho,\delta) ( σ i ) ∈ T N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) , then ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − Q ∣ < ρ + 8 δ \lvert R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)-Q\rvert<\rho+\sqrt{8\delta} ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − Q ∣ < ρ + 8 δ , and since R ( σ i , σ j ) = Q + s ω i ⋅ ω j R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)=Q+s\,\omega_i\cdot\omega_j R ( σ i , σ j ) = Q + s ω i ⋅ ω j , we have ∣ ω i ⋅ ω j ∣ < ρ ′ = ( ρ + 8 δ ) / s \lvert\omega_i\cdot\omega_j\rvert<\rho'=(\rho+\sqrt{8\delta})/s ∣ ω i ⋅ ω j ∣ < ρ ′ = ( ρ + 8 δ ) / s . The integrand after projection depends only on the directions, and it is nonnegative. Enlarging the domain of integration, we obtain
∫ T N exp ( β ∑ i [ H N ( σ i ) − H N ( m ) ] ) d ν N ⊗ n ≤ ν N ( B u ( δ ) ) n e n β Lip 2 N δ \int_{T_N}\exp\left(\beta\sum_i[H_N(\sigma^i)-H_N(m)]\right)\,d\nu_N^{\otimes n}\le\nu_N(B_u(\delta))^n e^{n\beta\operatorname{Lip}\sqrt{2N\delta}} ∫ T N exp ( β i ∑ [ H N ( σ i ) − H N ( m )] ) d ν N ⊗ n ≤ ν N ( B u ( δ ) ) n e n β Lip 2 N δ
× ∫ { ∣ ω i ⋅ ω j ∣ < ρ ′ } e β ∑ i X ( ω i ) d ω , \qquad\times\int_{\{\lvert\omega_i\cdot\omega_j\rvert<\rho'\}}e^{\beta\sum_i X(\omega_i)}\,d\omega, × ∫ {∣ ω i ⋅ ω j ∣ < ρ ′ } e β ∑ i X ( ω i ) d ω ,
where X ( ω ) = H N ( Q u + N s ω ) − H N ( m ) X(\omega)=H_N(\sqrt{Q}\,u+\sqrt{N}s\,\omega)-H_N(m) X ( ω ) = H N ( Q u + N s ω ) − H N ( m ) and d ω d\omega d ω is the product of uniform probability measures on the unit sphere of u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ . Since 1 − r 2 ≤ 1 − ( Q − δ ) 2 1-r^2\le1-(\sqrt{Q}-\delta)^2 1 − r 2 ≤ 1 − ( Q − δ ) 2 on the band and δ ≤ Q / 2 \delta\le\sqrt{Q}/2 δ ≤ Q /2 , we have
1 N log ν N ( B u ( δ ) ) ≤ 1 N log ( 2 δ N ) + N − 3 2 N log ( s + 2 Q δ ) ≤ 1 2 log s + 2 δ s + o ( 1 ) . \frac{1}{N}\log\nu_N(B_u(\delta))\le\frac{1}{N}\log(2\delta\sqrt{N})+\frac{N-3}{2N}\log(s+2\sqrt{Q}\delta)\le\frac{1}{2}\log s+\frac{2\delta}{s}+o(1). N 1 log ν N ( B u ( δ )) ≤ N 1 log ( 2 δ N ) + 2 N N − 3 log ( s + 2 Q δ ) ≤ 2 1 log s + s 2 δ + o ( 1 ) .
The field on the exact latitude. Since R ( Q u + N s ω , Q u + N s ω ′ ) = Q + s ω ⋅ ω ′ R(\sqrt{Q}u+\sqrt{N}s\,\omega,\sqrt{Q}u+\sqrt{N}s\,\omega')=Q+s\,\omega\cdot\omega' R ( Q u + N s ω , Q u + N s ω ′ ) = Q + s ω ⋅ ω ′ and R ( Q u + N s ω , m ) = Q R(\sqrt{Q}u+\sqrt{N}s\,\omega,m)=Q R ( Q u + N s ω , m ) = Q , the covariance of X X X is
E X ( ω ) X ( ω ′ ) = N [ ( Q + s ω ⋅ ω ′ ) p − Q p ] = N [ p Q p − 1 s ω ⋅ ω ′ + ψ Q ( ω ⋅ ω ′ ) ] . \mathbb{E}X(\omega)X(\omega')=N\left[(Q+s\,\omega\cdot\omega')^p-Q^p\right]=N\left[pQ^{p-1}s\,\omega\cdot\omega'+\psi_Q(\omega\cdot\omega')\right]. E X ( ω ) X ( ω ′ ) = N [ ( Q + s ω ⋅ ω ′ ) p − Q p ] = N [ p Q p − 1 s ω ⋅ ω ′ + ψ Q ( ω ⋅ ω ′ ) ] .
Since the polynomial ψ Q \psi_Q ψ Q has nonnegative coefficients, we may write X ( ω ) = N γ 1 g ⋅ ω + Y ( ω ) X(\omega)=\sqrt{N}\gamma_1g\cdot\omega+Y(\omega) X ( ω ) = N γ 1 g ⋅ ω + Y ( ω ) , with γ 1 = ( p Q p − 1 s ) 1 / 2 \gamma_1=(pQ^{p-1}s)^{1/2} γ 1 = ( p Q p − 1 s ) 1/2 , g g g a standard Gaussian vector in u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , and Y Y Y an independent centered Gaussian field with covariance N ψ Q ( ω ⋅ ω ′ ) N\psi_Q(\omega\cdot\omega') N ψ Q ( ω ⋅ ω ′ ) . On { ∣ ω i ⋅ ω j ∣ < ρ ′ } \{\lvert\omega_i\cdot\omega_j\rvert<\rho'\} {∣ ω i ⋅ ω j ∣ < ρ ′ } , the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality gives
∣ g ⋅ ∑ i = 1 n ω i ∣ ≤ ∣ g ∣ ∣ ∑ i = 1 n ω i ∣ ≤ ∣ g ∣ ( n + n ( n − 1 ) ρ ′ ) 1 / 2 ≤ n ∣ g ∣ ( 1 n + ρ ′ ) 1 / 2 . \left\lvert g\cdot\sum_{i=1}^n\omega_i\right\rvert\le\lvert g\rvert\left\lvert\sum_{i=1}^n\omega_i\right\rvert\le\lvert g\rvert\left(n+n(n-1)\rho'\right)^{1/2}\le n\lvert g\rvert\left(\frac{1}{n}+\rho'\right)^{1/2}. g ⋅ i = 1 ∑ n ω i ≤ ∣ g ∣ i = 1 ∑ n ω i ≤ ∣ g ∣ ( n + n ( n − 1 ) ρ ′ ) 1/2 ≤ n ∣ g ∣ ( n 1 + ρ ′ ) 1/2 .
After this bound, we drop the constraint on the directions, so that the remaining integral factorizes into n n n identical factors. By Jensen’s inequality,
1 N E log ∫ e β Y ( ω ) d ω ≤ 1 N log ∫ E e β Y ( ω ) d ω = β 2 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) . \frac{1}{N}\mathbb{E}\log\int e^{\beta Y(\omega)}\,d\omega\le\frac{1}{N}\log\int\mathbb{E}e^{\beta Y(\omega)}\,d\omega=\frac{\beta^2}{2}\psi_Q(1). N 1 E log ∫ e β Y ( ω ) d ω ≤ N 1 log ∫ E e β Y ( ω ) d ω = 2 β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) .
Conclusion. Combining the three steps, taking expectations, and using E ∣ g ∣ ≤ N \mathbb{E}\lvert g\rvert\le\sqrt{N} E ∣ g ∣ ≤ N and E Lip ≤ C N \mathbb{E}\operatorname{Lip}\le C\sqrt{N} E Lip ≤ C N (Lemma 9.4), we find
E P ~ N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) ≤ 1 2 log s + 2 δ s + o ( 1 ) + C β 2 δ + β γ 1 ( 1 n + ρ ′ ) 1 / 2 + β 2 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) . \mathbb{E}\widetilde{P}_N(m,n,\rho,\delta)\le\frac{1}{2}\log s+\frac{2\delta}{s}+o(1)+C\beta\sqrt{2\delta}+\beta\gamma_1\left(\frac{1}{n}+\rho'\right)^{1/2}+\frac{\beta^2}{2}\psi_Q(1). E P N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) ≤ 2 1 log s + s 2 δ + o ( 1 ) + C β 2 δ + β γ 1 ( n 1 + ρ ′ ) 1/2 + 2 β 2 ψ Q ( 1 ) .
Since δ ≤ δ \delta\le\sqrt{\delta} δ ≤ δ , this implies (256) . The bound uses the expected Lipschitz constant; no contribution from the complement of a regularity event is lost.
Proposition 9.15 (Empirical means of Gibbs replica groups). Let ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 . There exist an integer n 0 n_0 n 0 and η , c > 0 \eta,c > 0 η , c > 0 such that for every fixed integer n ≥ n 0 n \ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 and all sufficiently large N N N , depending on n n n ,
E π ⊗ n { ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − Q ∣ < η for all i ≠ j , H Q ( u ^ ) ≤ N ( E 0 − ε ) } ≤ e − c N , (259) \mathbb{E}\,\pi^{\otimes n}\left\{ \lvert R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)-Q\rvert< \eta\ \text{for all }i\ne j,\ H_Q(\hat{u})\le N(E_0-\varepsilon) \right\}\le e^{-cN}, \tag*{(259)} E π ⊗ n { ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − Q ∣ < η for all i = j , H Q ( u ^ ) ≤ N ( E 0 − ε ) } ≤ e − c N , (259) where σ ˉ = n − 1 ∑ i = 1 n σ i \bar{\sigma}=n^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^{n}\sigma^i σ ˉ = n − 1 ∑ i = 1 n σ i , q ˉ = ∣ σ ˉ ∣ 2 / N \bar{q}=\lvert\bar{\sigma}\rvert^2/N q ˉ = ∣ σ ˉ ∣ 2 / N , and u ^ = σ ˉ / q ˉ ∈ S N \hat{u}=\bar{\sigma}/\sqrt{\bar{q}}\in S_N u ^ = σ ˉ / q ˉ ∈ S N . On the event in (259) , we have q ˉ > 0 \bar{q}>0 q ˉ > 0 , and u ^ \hat{u} u ^ is well defined.
The diagonal of the overlap matrix enters the mean: since R ( σ i , σ i ) = 1 R(\sigma^i,\sigma^i)=1 R ( σ i , σ i ) = 1 , the squared norm of σ ˉ \bar{\sigma} σ ˉ is close to Q + ( 1 − Q ) / n Q+(1-Q)/n Q + ( 1 − Q ) / n and not to Q Q Q . For this reason the number n n n of replicas is fixed and large, and it is chosen before N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ .
Proof. We first relate u ^ \hat{u} u ^ to the replicas, then choose the parameters, and finally bound the Gibbs probability by a union over a net.
Geometry of the mean. Let q n = Q + ( 1 − Q ) / n q_n=Q+(1-Q)/n q n = Q + ( 1 − Q ) / n , and suppose that ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − Q ∣ < η \lvert R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j)-Q\rvert<\eta ∣ R ( σ i , σ j ) − Q ∣ < η for all i ≠ j i\ne j i = j , with η < Q / 2 \eta<Q/2 η < Q /2 . Since q ˉ = n − 2 ∑ i , j R ( σ i , σ j ) \bar{q}=n^{-2}\sum_{i,j}R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j) q ˉ = n − 2 ∑ i , j R ( σ i , σ j ) and R ( σ i , σ ˉ ) = n − 1 ∑ j R ( σ i , σ j ) R(\sigma^i,\bar{\sigma})=n^{-1}\sum_jR(\sigma^i,\sigma^j) R ( σ i , σ ˉ ) = n − 1 ∑ j R ( σ i , σ j ) , with diagonal terms equal to one, we have
∣ q ˉ − q n ∣ ≤ η , ∣ R ( σ i , σ ˉ ) − q ˉ ∣ ≤ 2 η . \lvert\bar{q}-q_n\rvert\le\eta,\qquad\lvert R(\sigma^i,\bar{\sigma})-\bar{q}\rvert\le2\eta. ∣ q ˉ − q n ∣ ≤ η , ∣ R ( σ i , σ ˉ ) − q ˉ ∣ ≤ 2 η .
In particular, q ˉ ≥ Q − η > Q / 2 \bar{q}\ge Q-\eta>Q/2 q ˉ ≥ Q − η > Q /2 . Writing R ( σ i , Q u ^ ) − Q = Q / q ˉ [ R ( σ i , σ ˉ ) − q ˉ ] + Q q ˉ − Q R(\sigma^i,\sqrt{Q}\hat{u})-Q=\sqrt{Q/\bar{q}}\,[R(\sigma^i,\bar{\sigma})-\bar{q}]+\sqrt{Q\bar{q}}-Q R ( σ i , Q u ^ ) − Q = Q / q ˉ [ R ( σ i , σ ˉ ) − q ˉ ] + Q q ˉ − Q , and using ∣ Q q ˉ − Q ∣ ≤ ∣ q ˉ − Q ∣ ≤ η + 1 / n \lvert\sqrt{Q\bar{q}}-Q\rvert\le\lvert\bar{q}-Q\rvert\le\eta+1/n ∣ Q q ˉ − Q ∣ ≤ ∣ q ˉ − Q ∣ ≤ η + 1/ n and Q / q ˉ ≤ 2 \sqrt{Q/\bar{q}}\le\sqrt{2} Q / q ˉ ≤ 2 , we obtain
∣ R ( σ i , Q u ^ ) − Q ∣ ≤ 1 n + 4 η . (260) \lvert R(\sigma^i,\sqrt{Q}\hat{u})-Q\rvert\le\frac{1}{n}+4\eta. \tag*{(260)} ∣ R ( σ i , Q u ^ ) − Q ∣ ≤ n 1 + 4 η . (260)
Choice of the parameters. Let L L L be such that the event { Lip ≤ L N } \{\operatorname{Lip}\le L\sqrt{N}\} { Lip ≤ L N } , with Lip \operatorname{Lip} Lip as in the proof of Lemma 9.14, has probability at least 1 − e − c 2 N 1-e^{-c_2N} 1 − e − c 2 N for some c 2 > 0 c_2>0 c 2 > 0 ; such an L L L exists by Lemma 3.2(3). Let δ 0 , ρ 0 , n 0 ′ \delta_0,\rho_0,n'_0 δ 0 , ρ 0 , n 0 ′ be the parameters given by Proposition 9.13 with t = β ε / 8 t=\beta\varepsilon/8 t = β ε /8 and c = 1 c=1 c = 1 . Fix δ ∈ ( 0 , min ( δ 0 , Q / 2 ) ] \delta\in(0,\min(\delta_0,\sqrt{Q}/2)] δ ∈ ( 0 , min ( δ 0 , Q /2 )] , ρ ∈ ( 0 , ρ 0 ] \rho\in(0,\rho_0] ρ ∈ ( 0 , ρ 0 ] , and n 1 n_1 n 1 so that the error terms in (256) are at most β ε / 16 \beta\varepsilon/16 β ε /16 for every n ≥ n 1 n\ge n_1 n ≥ n 1 . Then for every fixed n ≥ n 1 n\ge n_1 n ≥ n 1 and all sufficiently large N N N ,
E P ~ N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) ≤ T Q + β ε 8 . (261) \mathbb{E}\widetilde{P}_N(m,n,\rho,\delta)\le T_Q+\frac{\beta\varepsilon}{8}. \tag*{(261)} E P N ( m , n , ρ , δ ) ≤ T Q + 8 β ε . (261)
Let ϑ > 0 \vartheta>0 ϑ > 0 be a net radius with ϑ ≤ δ Q / 4 \vartheta\le\delta\sqrt{Q}/4 ϑ ≤ δ Q /4 and L ϑ ≤ ε / 4 L\vartheta\le\varepsilon/4 L ϑ ≤ ε /4 . The sphere { ∣ m ∣ 2 = N Q } \{\lvert m\rvert^2=NQ\} {∣ m ∣ 2 = N Q } has a ϑ N \vartheta\sqrt{N} ϑ N -net N \mathcal{N} N with at most e A ϑ N e^{A_\vartheta N} e A ϑ N points, where A ϑ = log ( 1 + 2 Q / ϑ ) A_\vartheta=\log(1+2\sqrt{Q}/\vartheta) A ϑ = log ( 1 + 2 Q / ϑ ) . Let n 0 ≥ max ( n 0 ′ , n 1 ) n_0\ge\max(n'_0,n_1) n 0 ≥ max ( n 0 ′ , n 1 ) satisfy 1 / n 0 ≤ δ Q / 4 1/n_0\le\delta\sqrt{Q}/4 1/ n 0 ≤ δ Q /4 and n 0 β ε / 4 ≥ 2 A ϑ n_0\beta\varepsilon/4\ge2A_\vartheta n 0 β ε /4 ≥ 2 A ϑ , and choose η ∈ ( 0 , min ( Q / 2 , ρ , δ Q / 16 ) ) \eta\in(0,\min(Q/2,\rho,\delta\sqrt{Q}/16)) η ∈ ( 0 , min ( Q /2 , ρ , δ Q /16 )) . All these choices are made before N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ , and they remain valid for every fixed n ≥ n 0 n\ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 . A union over the net. Let n ≥ n 0 n \ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 , and let E \mathcal{E} E be the intersection of the events { Lip ≤ L N } \{\operatorname{Lip} \le L\sqrt{N}\} { Lip ≤ L N } , { P N ≥ F ( β ) − β ε / 8 } \{P_N \ge F(\beta)-\beta\varepsilon/8\} { P N ≥ F ( β ) − β ε /8 } , and the event of Proposition 9.13. By Lemma 3.3 and E P N → F ( β ) \mathbb{E}P_N \to F(\beta) E P N → F ( β ) , the second event has probability at least 1 − 2 e − c N 1-2e^{-cN} 1 − 2 e − c N for large N N N . We conclude that P ( E c ) ≤ e − c 3 N \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}^{c}) \le e^{-c_3N} P ( E c ) ≤ e − c 3 N for some c 3 > 0 c_3>0 c 3 > 0 and large N N N . Suppose that a tuple ( σ i ) (\sigma^i) ( σ i ) belongs to the event in (259) , and let m j ∈ N m_j \in\mathbb{N} m j ∈ N satisfy ∣ m j − Q u ^ ∣ ≤ ϑ N |m_j-\sqrt{Q}\hat{u}| \le\vartheta\sqrt{N} ∣ m j − Q u ^ ∣ ≤ ϑ N . Then ∣ R ( σ i , m j ) − R ( σ i , Q u ^ ) ∣ ≤ ϑ |R(\sigma^i,m_j)-R(\sigma^i,\sqrt{Q}\hat{u})| \le\vartheta ∣ R ( σ i , m j ) − R ( σ i , Q u ^ ) ∣ ≤ ϑ , and (260) and the choice of the parameters give ∣ R ( σ i , m j ) − Q ∣ ≤ 3 δ Q / 4 |R(\sigma^i,m_j)-Q| \le3\delta\sqrt{Q}/4 ∣ R ( σ i , m j ) − Q ∣ ≤ 3 δ Q /4 , and ∣ R ( σ i , σ k ) − Q ∣ < η ≤ ρ |R(\sigma^i,\sigma^k)-Q|<\eta\le\rho ∣ R ( σ i , σ k ) − Q ∣ < η ≤ ρ for i ≠ k i\ne k i = k . This means that ( σ i ) ∈ T N ( m j , n , ρ , δ ) (\sigma^i)\in T_N(m_j,n,\rho,\delta) ( σ i ) ∈ T N ( m j , n , ρ , δ ) .
On E \mathcal{E} E , we also have
H N ( m j ) ≤ H N ( Q u ^ ) + L ϑ N = H Q ( u ^ ) + L ϑ N ≤ N ( E 0 − 3 ε / 4 ) , H_N(m_j) \le H_N(\sqrt{Q}\hat{u})+L\vartheta N=H_Q(\hat{u})+L\vartheta N\le N(E_0-3\varepsilon/4), H N ( m j ) ≤ H N ( Q u ^ ) + L ϑN = H Q ( u ^ ) + L ϑN ≤ N ( E 0 − 3 ε /4 ) ,
where we used L ϑ ≤ ε / 4 L\vartheta\le\varepsilon/4 L ϑ ≤ ε /4 . On E \mathcal{E} E , for every such net point m j m_j m j ,
π ⊗ n ( T N ( m j , n , ρ , δ ) ) = exp { N n [ β N H N ( m j ) + P ~ N ( m j , n , ρ , δ ) − P N ] } ≤ e − 3 N n β ε / 8 . \pi^{\otimes n}(T_N(m_j,n,\rho,\delta))=\exp\left\{Nn\left[\frac{\beta}{N}H_N(m_j)+\widetilde{P}_N(m_j,n,\rho,\delta)-P_N\right]\right\}\le e^{-3Nn\beta\varepsilon/8}. π ⊗ n ( T N ( m j , n , ρ , δ )) = exp { N n [ N β H N ( m j ) + P N ( m j , n , ρ , δ ) − P N ] } ≤ e − 3 N n β ε /8 .
Indeed, on E \mathcal{E} E , the event of Proposition 9.13 and (261) give P ~ N ( m j , n , ρ , δ ) ≤ T Q + β ε / 4 \widetilde{P}_N(m_j,n,\rho,\delta)\le T_Q+\beta\varepsilon/4 P N ( m j , n , ρ , δ ) ≤ T Q + β ε /4 , and P N ≥ F ( β ) − β ε / 8 = β E 0 + T Q − β ε / 8 P_N\ge F(\beta)-\beta\varepsilon/8=\beta E_0+T_Q-\beta\varepsilon/8 P N ≥ F ( β ) − β ε /8 = β E 0 + T Q − β ε /8 ; the exponent is therefore at most N n [ − 3 β ε / 4 + 3 β ε / 8 ] Nn[-3\beta\varepsilon/4+3\beta\varepsilon/8] N n [ − 3 β ε /4 + 3 β ε /8 ] . Summing over the net, we find that on E \mathcal{E} E the Gibbs probability of the event in (259) is at most e A ϑ N − 3 N n β ε / 8 ≤ e − N n β ε / 8 e^{A_\vartheta N-3Nn\beta\varepsilon/8}\le e^{-Nn\beta\varepsilon/8} e A ϑ N − 3 N n β ε /8 ≤ e − N n β ε /8 , where we used n β ε / 4 ≥ 2 A ϑ n\beta\varepsilon/4\ge2A_\vartheta n β ε /4 ≥ 2 A ϑ . Taking expectations, we find that the left side of (259) is at most e − c 3 N + e − N n β ε / 8 e^{-c_3N}+e^{-Nn\beta\varepsilon/8} e − c 3 N + e − N n β ε /8 , which is at most e − c N e^{-cN} e − c N with c = min ( c 3 , β ε / 8 ) / 2 c=\min(c_3,\beta\varepsilon/8)/2 c = min ( c 3 , β ε /8 ) /2 for all sufficiently large N N N .
A coarse cover from the directing measure
For τ > 0 \tau>0 τ > 0 , let
U N ( τ ) = ⋃ u : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 H N ( u ) ≥ N ( e p − τ ) { x ∈ S N : R ( x , u ) ≥ a } , \mathcal{U}_N(\tau)=\bigcup_{\substack{u:\nabla S_NH_N(u)=0\\H_N(u)\ge N(e_p-\tau)}}\{x\in S_N:R(x,u)\ge a\}, U N ( τ ) = u : ∇ S N H N ( u ) = 0 H N ( u ) ≥ N ( e p − τ ) ⋃ { x ∈ S N : R ( x , u ) ≥ a } ,
where a a a is the cap latitude of Lemma 9.3. The set of pairs ( H , x ) (H,x) ( H , x ) with x ∈ U N ( τ ) x\in\mathcal{U}_N(\tau) x ∈ U N ( τ ) is closed, by the projection argument in the proof of Lemma 4.3, and π ( U N ( τ ) ) \pi(\mathcal{U}_N(\tau)) π ( U N ( τ )) is a Borel function of the field. In this section, we show that the caps in U N ( τ ) \mathcal{U}_N(\tau) U N ( τ ) carry asymptotically all of the Gibbs measure, for every fixed τ > 0 \tau>0 τ > 0 .
We use the notation of Section 6.1. Let σ 1 , σ 2 , … \sigma^1,\sigma^2,\ldots σ 1 , σ 2 , … be independent samples from π \pi π , conditionally on the field, let L N \mathcal{L}_N L N be the annealed law of the overlap array ( R ( σ i , σ j ) ) i , j ≥ 1 (R(\sigma^i,\sigma^j))_{i,j\ge1} ( R ( σ i , σ j ) ) i , j ≥ 1 on the compact space M = [ − 1 , 1 ] N × N \mathcal{M}=[-1,1]^{\mathbb{N}\times\mathbb{N}} M = [ − 1 , 1 ] N × N , and let L \mathcal{L} L be the set of limiting overlap laws, that is, of subsequential weak limits of ( L N ) (\mathcal{L}_N) ( L N ) . By Proposition 5.20, Theorem 6.3 applies, with the radius Q Q Q of Section 9.1. Together with Theorem 6.2, it gives the following. Every L ∈ L \mathcal{L}\in\mathscr{L} L ∈ L has a directing measure ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω (G_\omega)_{\omega\in\Omega} ( G ω ) ω ∈ Ω , so that an array with law L \mathcal{L} L is obtained by drawing ω \omega ω , then independent vectors v 1 , v 2 , … v_1,v_2,\ldots v 1 , v 2 , … in the unit ball B B B of ℓ 2 \ell^2 ℓ 2 with law G ω G_\omega G ω , and setting R i i = 1 R_{ii}=1 R ii = 1 and R i j = v i ⋅ v j R_{ij}=v_i\cdot v_j R ij = v i ⋅ v j for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j ; and for almost every ω \omega ω , G ω { v : ∥ v ∥ 2 = Q } = 1 G_\omega\{v:\|v\|^2=Q\}=1 G ω { v : ∥ v ∥ 2 = Q } = 1 . No other property of the directing measure is used.